THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
Linne™ Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1913
Vol. XXXVIII.
WITH THIRTY PLATES.
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BT
W. A. PEPPERDAY di CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
1914.
W. A. PEPPERDAY AND CO.,
GENERAL PRINTERS,
II9a PITT STREET, SYDNEY.
CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1913.
PART I. (No. 149).
(Issued 17th September, 1913.)
PAGES
Presidential Address delivered at the Thirty-eighth Annual
General Meeting, March 26th, 1913, by \V. W. Froggatt,
F.L.S 1-42
Notes on Australian Marine Algce, i. B}' A. H. S. Ldcas,
M.A., B.Sc. (Plates i.-v.) 49-60
Revision of Australian Species of the Subfamilies Gyphaleince
and Cnodaloninie [Coleoptera : Tenebrionidce], By H. J.
Carter, B. A., F.MS. (Plates vi.-vii.) ... 61-105
Stratigraphical Geology of the Permo Carboniferous System in
the Maitland-Branxton District : with some Notes on the
Permo-Carboniferou8 Palaeogeography in New South Wales.
By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Geology. (Plates viii.-xiii.) .. 114-145
The Geology of the Permo-Carboniferoua System in the Glen-
donbrook District, near Singleton, N.S. W. By A. B.
Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in
Geology. (Plate xiv.) ... 146-159
Notes on some recently discovered Occurrences of the Pseudo-
morph, Glendonite. By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology 160-168
Studies in Australian Microlepidoptera. By A. Jefferis Turner,
M.D., F.E.S. ._ 174-228
Hon. Treasurer's Financial Statement, Balance Sheet, etc. ... 42-47
Elections and Announcements 48,106,169
Notes and Exhibits 48,106,169
27796
IV. CONTENTS.
PART II. (No. 150).
(Issued 5th November, 1913).
PACKS
Some Descriptions of new Forms of Australian Odonata. By R.
J. Tjllyard, M.A., F.K.8. (Plate xv.) 229-241
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydnej'. No. 18. By J. H.
Maiden and E. Betchk 242-252
Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xi. By C. Hkdlev,
F.L.S. (Plates xvi.-xix.) 258-339
Revision of the Amycterides. Part ii. Talaurinus (continued)
[Coleoptera] 340 394
Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... ... 253, 395
Notes and Exhihits 253-255,395-400
Report of proceedings in connection with the presentation of a
portrait in oils of the late Prof. W. J. Stephens, M.A., for
some time President of the Society ... ... .. ... 255-257
PART III. (No. 151).
{Issued 19th December, 1913).
PAGES
Descriptions of two new Species of Cicindela [Coleoptera : Cara-
bidce] from Western Australia. By Thomas G, Sloane ... 401-403
Revisional Notes on Australian Carabidce. Part iv. The Genus
Notonomus. By Thomes G. Sloane 404-449
On a Case of Natural Hybridism in the Genus Grevillea [N.O.
Proteace*:]. By J. J. Fletcher. [Title] 449
Revision of the Australian Curculionidce belonging to the Sub-
family Gryptorhynchides[CoLEO¥TKRA]. Part xii. By Arthur
M. Lea, F.E.S 451-489
The Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales. Part i. Introduction. By. W. N. Benson,
B.A., B.Sc. (Plates xx.-xxi.) 491-517
The Development of the N.O. Myrtacece. By E. (J. Andrews,
B.A.,F.G.S 529-568
Discussion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 521
Elections and Announcements .. 450,525
Notes and Exhibits 518,525
CONTENTS. V.
PART IV. (No. 152).
(Issued 23rd March, 1914).
PAGBS
The Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales. Part ii. The Geology of the Nundle District.
By W. N. Benson, B.A., B.Sc. (Plates xxii.-xxiv.)... ... 569-596
Descriptions of three new Species of Myrtacece. By R. T. Baker,
F.L.S. (Plates xxv. -xxvi.) 597-602
New Fossorial Hymenoptera from Australia and Tasmania. By
Rowland E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S 608-623
Hydrocyanic Acid in Plants. Part ii. Its Occurrence in the
Grasses of New South Wales. By Jamks M. Petrie, D.Sc,
F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Biochemistry 624-638
Notes on the Indigenous Plants in the Cobar District, N.S. W.
No. ii. By Archdeacon F. E. Haviland 639-655
The Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales. Part iii. Petrology. By W. N. Benson,
B. A., B.Sc. (Plates xxvii.-xxix.) 662-724
Contributions to our Knowledge of Soil- Fertility. Nos. vii.-xi.
By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society 725-746
A Revision of the Culicidce in the Macleay Museum, Sydney.
By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S., Entomologist to the Austra-
lian Institute of Tropical Medicine. (Plate xxx.) 747-760
Note on the Occurrence of Strychnicine. By James M. Petrie,
D.Sc, F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in
Biochemistry 761-764
Study of the Odonata of Tasmania in relation to the Bassian
Isthmus. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S., Science
Research Student in the University of Sydney ... ... 765-778
Elections and Announcements .. ... ... ... ... 603, 656
Notes and Exhibits - 603-607, 656-661
List of Donations and Exchanges, 1912-13 779-801
Title-page i.
Contents ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... iil.
List of Plates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... vii.
List of new Generic Names vi.
Corrigenda ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... vi.
Index i.-xl.
VI. CONTENTS.
CORRIGENDA.
Page 65, line 15— for Lygestria, read Lygestira.
Page 65, line 26— for L sulci-, read L. suki-
Page 67, line 13— for metatticu* Westw., read metallicus Macl.
Page 76, line 34— for P. elongatus Macl., read P. elongatulus Macl.
Page 99, line 3— for C. Master si, read P. Master si.
Page 99, line 5— for 0. aculeatus, read P. aculeatus.
Page 104, line 9 — for C. varicolor, read T. raricolor.
Page 109, line 11— for Sturnus vulgarus, read Sturnus vulgaris.
Page 119, line 30— for Mourlonia rotundatum, read Mour Ionia rotundata.
Page 272, line 28— for Strigella sincera, read Strigilla sincera.
Page 539, line 3 — under Western Australia, read Actinndium, 1 species.
Page 563, line 5— for Poranthera [preoccupied], read Porantheris.
Page 564, line 21 —for Porantheras, read Porantheres.
Page 651, line 4— for Polygonum pi.kbium, read Polygonum plebeium.
Page 653, line 35— for P. Tasmanica, read F. Tasmanica.
Page 662, line 5— for Plates xxv -xxvii., read Plates xxvii.-xxix.
Pages 664, 666, 667, 669, in the references to figs. 1 -6— for PI. xxv., read
PI. xxvii.
Pages 673, 674, 675, 681, 689, in the references to figs.7-11— for PI. xxvi.,
read PI. xxviii.
Pages 694, 697, 699, in the references to figs 13-15— /or PI. xxvii., read
PI. xxix.
LIST OF NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN
THIS VOLUME(1913).
Bolbophanes [Coleoptera] ... 86
Corymbosa (My rtacese] 562
Cydophanes [Coleoptera] ... 92
Dicherotropis [Coleoptera] . . . 388
Euthorybeta [Lepidoptera] ... 200
Lataurinus [Coleoptera] ... 383
Napeccetes [Lepidoptera] ... 218
iVaWcava[Mollusca] 294
Ophthalamycterus [Coleoptera]. . 386
Pachyporopterus [Coleopte ra] . . . 46 1
PAGE.
Peritalaurinus [Coleoptera] ... 384
f Poranihera*[ My rtacese] ... 563
-J Pomn£/ieWj}[ My rtacese]. See
\ Corrigenda.
i?e^'za/ra(subgen.)[Mollusca] ... 326
Sderorrhinella [Coleoptera] ... 388
Synechodes [Lepidoptera] ... 200
Tanaodena [Lepidoptera] ... 204
Trychnomera[ Lepidoptera] ... 199
* Preoccupied. See Corrigenda.
LIST OF PLATES.
PROCEEDINGS, 1913.
Plate i. — Spermatorhnus lejolisii (Thur. ) De Toni.
Plate ii. — Nitophylum sinuosum [Tetrasporangiferous Plant].
Plate iii. [Cystocarpiferous Plant].
Plate iv. — Sondera bennettia7ia{Ha,rv.) F.v.M.
Plate v. — Ulva lactuca L. ; Bryopsis baculifera J.Ag.
Plates ri. - vii. — Australian Cyphaleince.
Plate viii. — Comparative Series of Sections of Greta Coal-seams south of
Branxton.
Plate ix. — Geological Map of part of the Hunter River District.
Plate x. — Map showing approximately the Western Limit of the Lower
Marine Sea in New South Wales.
Plate xi.— Map showing approximately the distribution of the land and
sea during the deposition of the Greta Coal-Measures in New
South Wales.
Plate xii. — Map showing approximately the extent of the Upper Marine
Sea in New South Wales.
Plate xiii. — Map showing approximately the extent of the inland Sea, in
which were deposited the Upper Coal-Measures.
Plate xi v. — Geological Map of the Glendonbrook District, N.S.W.
Plate xv. — New Forms of Australian Odonata.
Plates xvi.-xix. — Types of Australian Mollusca.
Plate xx —Geological Map of the Bingaraand Tamworth District, N.S.W.
Plate xxi. — Geological Sections across the Bingara, Tamworth, and Nundle
District, N.S.W.
Plate xxii. — Geological Map of the Nundle District.
Plate xxiii.— View looking up Munro's Creek, Nundle District.
Plate xxiw— Swamp Creek Falls, dropping behind a shutter-like mass of
spilite.
Plate xxv. — Melaleuca Maideni, n.sp.
Plate xxvi. — Melaleuca Smithii, n.sp.
Plates xxvii.-xxix. — Photomicrographs illustrating the Petrology of the
Great Serpentine Belt.
Plate xxx.—Culicada vittiger(Skuse); JEdeomyia venustipes{Sk\ise).
-
h y
PROCEEDINGS Y>,
OF THE ^--
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OP
NEW SOUTH. WALES.
WEDNESDAY, MARCH 26th, 1913.
The Thirty-eighth Annual General Meeting, and the Ordi-
nary Monthly Meeting, were held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca
Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, March 26th,
1913.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., President, in the Chair.
The Minutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting
(March 27th, 1912) were read and confirmed.
The President delivered the Annual Address.
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.
During the past year, twenty-five individuals passed the ballot,
but only twenty of them accepted the obligations of membership.
A new edition of the Rules, with an up-to-date List of Members,
has been distributed with Part 3 of the Proceedings for 1912, from
which it will be seen that the number of Ordinary Members now on
the Roll is 167 — a larger number than the Society began with in
1875 (105), but a smaller number than it has had at some periods
of its history.
Though this meeting is only the Thirty-eighth Annual General
Meeting, I may remind you that the Society had a predecessor, the
Entomological Society of New South Wales, which, had it sur-
vived, would have been in a position to celebrate its jubilee last
year. The first Monthly Meeting of the Entomological Society was
held on 5th May, 1862. The meetings were continued until July,
2 president's address.
1873, at somewhat irregular intervals towards the last; and then
the Society came to an end. Meanwhile the Society published ten
annual Parts of its Transactions, forming two complete volumes,
Part i., having been issued in 1863, fifty years ago this year. These
publications are of special interest, because they were the first
scientific serial publications issued by a scientific society in New
South Wales. The half-century anniversaries to which I have
alluded, though interesting in themselves, because suggestive of the
great development in education generally, and especially in science,
of which we to-day are cognisant, are also of particular, though
melancholy, interest to us, by reason of the recent deaths of two of
the veterans, Mr. George Masters, and Dr. James C. Cox, within a
few months of each other.
George Masters was born in Kent, England, in July, 1837. He
emigrated to Tasmania, while still a young man, and subsequently
entered the service of the late Dr. Howitt, of Melbourne, who
formed the Howitt Collection of Insects, now in the National
Museum, Melbourne. His association with Dr. Howitt may be
supposed to have stimulated Mast rs' interest in natural history,
and especially in entomology. Be that as it may, the pamphlet on
the "Fauna of Tasmania," published by Mr. G. Krefft, in 1868, is
said by the author, to be based on the observations of Mr. George
Masters. We first hear of Masters, in connection with scientific
matters, as a visitor, introduced by Sir William (then Mr.) Mac-
leay, at the third meeting of the recently established Entomological
Society of New South Wales, on 7th July, 1862. He had just
returned from an important collecting visit to Port Denison, then
newly settled, undertaken in the interests of Sir William Macleay's
Collection. Hence it is a reasonable supposition, that Mr. Masters
came to Sydney in the year 1860, or perhaps early in 1861. The
Port Denison collection provided the material for Sir William's
earliest contributions to the Entomological Society of New South
Wales.
Subsequently Mr. Masters joined the Society. For about two
years after his return from Port Denison, he assiduously collected
insects in the neighbourhood of Sydney, and in the western portion
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 3
of the County of Cumberland, at Eastern Creek and Windsor, as
well as in other localities not specified. The exhibition of Mr.
Masters' choice collections, from time to time, was one of the most
interesting features of the meetings of the Society.
In 1864, Mr. Masters joined the staff of the Australian Museum,
Sydney. The official notice of his appointment states that: "An
Assistant Curator, of considerable practical experience, has been
appointed, who takes an active part in the arrangement of the
collection, and occasionally travels in search of natural history
specimens ; a very large and highly valuable collection, comprising
many new genera, has been brought together." During his con-
nection with the Australian Museum, which lasted for ten years,
very large and important general collections were made for the
Museum. From June to December, 1864, the first year of his
appointment, the additions of vertebrates consisted ohiefly of birds,
together with 5,000 specimens of insects, but localities are not men-
tioned. Thereafter, he made extensive collections in South and
West Australia, at Pine Mountain and in other localities in
Queensland, again in West Australia, at Lord Howe Island, at
Maneero, at the Snowy Mountains, and in the Wide Bay District,
Queensland, whence he brought back nineteen specimens of Cera-
todus. The Coleoptera obtained on this trip, amounted to nearly
16,000 specimens, representing over 1,100 species, according to Sir
William Macleay. In 1867, Mr. Masters collected in Tasmania.
On his return, after his collection had been exhibited to the
Trustees at a Board Meeting, he was specially thanked by letter
for his zeal, diligence and skill in making such a splendid collec-
tion, and made the recipient of a gift in token of the appreciation
of the Trustees. A lengthy account of the history and contents
of "The Sydney Museum" will be found in the "Evening News"
of May 22nd, 1868, in which appreciative reference is made to
Mr Masters' share in the development and arrangement of the
collections.
During the period 1871-74, Mr. Masters published a "Catalogue
of the Described Coleoptera of Australia," in five parts, founded
upon Gemminger and Harold's "Catalogus Coleopterorum," re-
4 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
vised, as far as possible, both as to species incorrectly included,
and as to localities. Also, in 1873, a "Catalogue of the Described
Diurnal Lepidoptera," and a "List of Australian Longicorns."
These useful compilations, though now out of date, did much to
help and stimulate Australian entomologists, at that time, when
access to, and a knowledge of, the necessary literature, was so
diffieult to acquire. They are referred to, in an appreciative
manner, by Professor West wood in his Presidential Address to
the Entomological Society of London, in 1873.
Mr. Masters retired from the Australian Museum to take up the
position of Curator of the Macleay Collection, offered to him by
Sir William Macleay, in February, 1874. About a year earlier, Sir
William had intimated, to the Senate, his intention of presenting
the Macleay Collection to the University of Sydney at some future
time. That is to say, Sir William had only an alternative choice
in the ultimate disposal of the portion of the Macleay Collection
which he had inherited — the original collection of his uncle, Mr.
Alexander Macleay, enlarged, and still further developed, by his
cousin, Mr. W. Sharp Macleay; and the only other course open to
him, was to arrange for its return to a University in England. But
Sir William was too keenly interested in Australia, and in an en-
deavour to put entomology, in common with other branches of
Natural Science, on a firm basis in New South Wales, to take any
other course than he did.
With the appointment of Mr. Masters, the Macleay Collection
began to develop rapidly — by purchase, by the efforts of special
collectors, as the result of collecting trips by Sir William and Mr.
Masters, sometimes accompanied by Professor Stephens, and
especially by the acquisition of the extensive marine and other col-
lections obtained during the expedition to the north-east coast and
to New Guinea, in the "Chevert" in 1875. Some record of the con-
sequent expansion of the collection, will be found in the earlier
volumes of the Society's Proceedings, and need not now be referred
to in detail.
In 1888, a suitable building having been provided for its recep-
tion, since then known as the Macleay Museum, Sir William trans-
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 5
ferred the entire collection to the University of Sydney, together
with the sum of £6,000, for the maintenance of a Curator, with the
proviso that Mr. Master should retain the position, which he had
so creditably filled for fourteen years, and which he subsequently
held up to the time of his decease, on 23rd June, 1912, within one
month of the attainment of his seventy-fifth birthday.
I have dwelt at some length upon this notice of Mr. Masters'
career, because some such recognition of his more than fifty years'
service in the cause of zoological science is due to his memory, and
also because of his active interest in the work of the Entomological
Society of New South Wales, of his early and long connection with
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, of which he was an
Original Members, elected in 1874; and also because of his lengthy
association with Sir William Macleay, and with the Macleay Col-
lection, in the maintenance, and development of which, he
played so important a part; and, lastly, because he was so well
known to Australian entomologists, and especially to those of this
State, who cannot but gratefully remember their indebtedness to
his kindness of heart, to his courtesy and readiness to forward
their studies, and to help them, in so far as it was in his power to
do so. With the exception of Central Australia and the North-
west, Mr. Masters had collected in some portion of every State in
the Commonwealth. He was possessed of an unrivalled knowledge
of the habits, and life-histories of Australian animals; and it is
much to be regretted that his distaste for the literary side of the
subject, has deprived us of much interesting matter, that it would
have been advantageous to us to have had on record, because so
much of its was acquired under most favourable conditions, when
settlement was only just beginning to interfere with the native
fauna.
James Charles Cox, M.D., Edin., F.R.C.S., was such a well-
known figure in Sydney, that I need not dwell upon biographical
details, beyond mentioning that he was the fifth son of Mr. Edward
Cox, of Mulgoa, and grandson of Captain William Cox, of the
New South Wales Corps, who came to Australia in 1800, and was
the progenitor of the numerously-represented Australian branch
6 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
of the Cox family. As the Chief Magistrate of the district — for at
this time Captain Cox resided at Clarendon, on the Hawkesbury,
between Windsor and Richmond — Governor Macquarie, in 1813,
entrusted to him the responsible task of getting a road made across
the Blue Mountains to the site now occupied by the town of
Bathurst, shortly after Blaxland, Lawson, and Wentworth, and
Evans had completed their labours; and which Captain Cox car-
ried out very successfully in the face of many difficulties. After
completing his medical studies at Edinburgh, Dr. J. C. Cox re-
turned to Sydney, and therafter engaged in the practice of his
profession. Among the official positions which he filled for some
years, were Lecturer in Medicine at the University of Sydney, and
Chief Medical Officer to the Australian Mutual Provident Society.
He was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Australian Museum
in 1865, and for a number of years, and up to the time of his
death, he was Chairman of the Board. For a lengthy period, under
the old regime, he was President of the Board of Fisheries, and
took a great interest in the development of the fishing industry.
He was a member of the Philosophical Society of New South
Wales, founded in 1856, and contributed a paper "On the Wam-
beyan Caves," which was read on 9th July, 1862, and which was
published in the Transactions of the Society, issued in 1866.
We have a special interest in Dr. Cox, because of his active and
loyal support of Sir William Macleay in initiating and carrying on
the work of both the Entomological Society of New South Wales,
and the Linnean Society of New South Wales. He was an Origi-
nal Member of both Societies. From its foundation in 1862 to
1865, he was Hon. Secretary of the former, and subsequently Hon.
Treasurer. His connection with the Society appears to have stimu-
lated his interest in entomology, and led him to make a collection ;
for the record of one of his exhibits, is of a very small species of
Trox, which he had found in a Phalidura in his cabinet. From
time to time, at the Meetings, he exhibited collections from various
localities, some of them the results of his own collecting. But even
at this time he must have been more interested in conchology. Dur-
ing the period from 1864-1873, he contributed seventeen concholo-
President's address. 7
gical papers, descriptive, for the most part, of Australian or
Pacific Islands Land-shells, the first to the Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, for July, 1864, twelve to the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London, two to the Journal de Conchyliologie,
and one, upon Australian Oysters, to the Acclimatisation Society
of New South Wales. In 1864, he issued, at his own expense, a
"Catalogue of Australian Land-Shells"; and, in 1868, "A Mono-
graph of Australian Land-Shells, with Drawings by Miss Scott,
and Mrs. Edward Forde."
When the establishment of a Society of Natural History, which
eventually assumed the name of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, was mooted in October, 1874, Dr. Cox was among the first
to respond to the call of the promoters, and to offer himself for
enrolment as an Original Member. He was elected a Member of
the first Council, and retained his seat for a number of years, after-
wards; and was the fourth President, in 1881 and 1882. He was
the author of a number of papers, while a reference to the pub-
lished "List of Contributors" to the first ten volumes of the Pro-
ceedings, and to the continuation in manuscript kept by the Secre-
tary, and still awaiting publication, shows that he took some
trouble to add to the interest of the Society's Meetings by bringing
noteworthy specimens under notice, and offering observations on
matters worthy of record. When the meetings were held in the
city, and Dr. Cox resided in Macquarie Street, he was a very
regular attendant, notwithstanding his professional engagements.
But with advancing age, and his removal to a distant suburb, he
became unable to keep up the active interest in the Society, which
was, for so long a period, characteristic of him. Apart altogether
from his work as medical man, the memory of Dr. Cox deserves to
be held in kindly remembrance by all of us, in this State, interested
in biology, for his untiring efforts to advance Natural Science, and
for his honourable and long record of service extending over a full
half century. Dr. Cox passed away on 29th September, 1912,
aged 79.
We have also to mourn the loss, by death of the Rev. Thomas
Blackburn, B.A., of Adelaide, the senior worker on the Coleoptera,
8 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
in Australia; and a Corresponding Member of the Society since
1888. Mr. Blackburn left England in the seventies, to take up
clerical work in the Hawaiian Islands. Being interested in ento-
mology, he made a very praiseworthy effort to accumulate a repre-
sentative collection of the insects of those islands. An account of
some of the groups of the Coleoptera, by Dr. D. Sharp, will be
found in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London
for 1878, and later volumes; and of the Hemiptera, by Mr. A.
White, in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1878.
A few years later, Mr. Blackburn, came to Australia, and accepted
charge of a parish of Woodville, near Adelaide, where he spent
the rest of his life. Soon after his arrival, he took up the study of
Australian coleoptera, and became the author of a considerable
series of papers on the subject, comprising about thirty papers
contributed to the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Aus
tralia, the first of which was read in December, 1886, and was pub-
lished in Vol. x., 1886-87 (1887). The first of his papers contri-
buted to the Linnean Society of New South Wales, was one entitled
"Notes on the Hemiptera of the Hawaiian Islands" ( Proc. 1888, p.
343) ; and this was followed by a series of twenty-nine papers
descriptive of Australian coleoptera spread over the Proceedings
from 1888 to 1904. Mr. A. M. Lea, of Adelaide, has prepared
a more detailed biographical sketch than I am in a position to do,
together with a bibliography, and an index of the species de-
scribed by Mr. Blackburn, which will be most useful. This will
appear in the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia for 1912.
Thirty-seven papers, covering the customary wide range of sub-
jects, were contributed at the Monthly Meetings. Parts i.-iii. of
the Proceedings for 1912, containing twenty of these, have been
published and distributed, while the concluding Part is now in
hand. Under existing conditions, which, are largely subject to the
prevailing unrest in industrial matters during a transitional period,
our printing does not proceed quite so rapidly as we have been
accustomed to ; but, so far, we have not been able to overcome the
difficulty.
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 9
In last year's address, I referred to the Council's responsibility
in the matter of the re-investment of the large sum of money com-
prised in the Society's major security, which matured in August,
1912. Anticipating the Hon. Treasurer's financial statement, I
may state briefly, that, when the time came, the Council was able
to arrange for a renewal of the great part of the loan on mortgage,
for another year, at a somewhat higher rate; while satisfactory
investments for the balance were entered into for periods of three
or five years, at more satisfactory rates than we have had for some
years past.
In the early part of the year, Mr. Henry Deane, resigned from
the Council, in consequence of frequent absences through profes-
sional engagements, resulting finally in his removal to Melbourne;
and at the end of the year, Professor J. T. Wilson also resigned, in
consequence of his contemplated absence in Europe during this
year. Both Mr. Deane and Professor Wilson have rendered signal
service to the Society, as Members of the Council, as well as occu-
pants of the Presidential Chair — Mr. Deane in 1895 and 1896, Pro-
fessor Wilson in 1897 and 1898, in important periods in the
Society's history; so that the Council parts, with both of them,
with great regret. We may hope to welcome Professor Wilson
back early next year. But Mr. Deane's removal to Melbourne in
connection with the construction of the Transcontinental Railway,
deprives us of an enthusiastic member keenly interested in botany
and allied matters, whose presence and contributions added much
to the interest of the Meetings for a number of years, until his
official duties, entailing frequent absences from Sydney, inter-
rupted these, as well as his investigations upon fossil plants, which
began so auspiciously. Dr. J. B. Cleland was elected by the Coun-
cil, under the provisions of Rule xiii., to fill Mr. Deane's place for
the remainder of the session ; while a successor to Professor Wilson
will be elected at this Meeting, under the new Rules.
A very important matter carried out during the year, has been
the revision of the section of the Society's Rules relating to elec-
tions to the Council, and some cognate matters. The existing
Rules came into force fifteen years ago, at a time when the Society
10 president's address.
had taken over the responsibility of only one portion of the en-
dowments, devised by Sir William Macleay. Since then, addi-
tional responsibilities have devolved upon the Council, in taking
over and carrying out in its entirety, Sir William's scheme of
endowments, the last item of which, namely, the endowment of
four Fellowships, is now almost on the eve of realisation. When,
therefore, in the early part of the year, the Council was approach-
ed by a private member, with some suggestions, it decided to con-
sider the advisability of a revision of the Rules upon all points,
which experience had shown to be capable of improvement. The
whole matter was referred to the Society's solicitors for advice, and
a Sub-committee was appointed to take action. Finally, after con-
sideration by the Council, a draft of the proposed alterations of
certain of the Rules, was put before the Members at a Special
General Meeting, convened for the purpose, on 27th November,
and carried; and subsequently confirmed at a Special General
Meeting on 18th December, 1912. The most important alterations
provide, if necessary, for a postal vote, instead o£ an ordinary
ballot at the Annual Meeting; and for a three-fourths majority in
the matter of any alteration in the Rules. As about 40 per cent,
of the Members reside outside the metropolitan and suburban
areas, in other countries or States, and are rarely able, or quite
unable, to attend any of the Meetings, in addition to those who
live nearer but are prevented, by professional or other engage-
ments, from being present, a more extended franchise than we
have hitherto had seemed to desirable, because the large amount
of money, whose investment is controlled by the Council, is derived
from the trust funds bequeathed by Sir William Macleay. The
existing Rules are a legitimate development of the Society's origi-
nal Rules, enlarged in scope, from time to time, to meet new con-
ditions, arising out of the old ones, as experience required. Just
as later Councils have endeavoured to carry out and develop, as
new conditions required, the policy of the original Council, when
Sir William Macleay was, as he has been described, "the head and
heart," as well as the financier, of the Society. And so, as the
Council of to-day, has had now more than twenty-one years' ex-
PRESIDENT^ ADDRESS. 11
perience in the management of the Society's affairs, since the death
of Sir William Macleay, in December, 1891, and the existing con-
dition of things has come about in consequence; it was deemed
desirable that the alteration of Rule lxiv., so as to provide for a
three-fourths majority in the matter of the alteration of the Rules,
should receive attention, so that the maintenance of a policy which
is founded on precedent as well as experience, should be reasonably
safeguarded.
In the bacteriological laboratory, the Macleay Bacteriologist has
continued his research into the action of microbiological life in
relation to soil-fertility. In the treatment of domestic sewage, it
is pumped over poor soils or sandy wastes, and, in passing
through, undergoes an amount of putrefaction, which enables the
effluent to be discharged into rivers and harbours. After working
actively for some time, the soils become clogged, and are so useless
that they have to be rested. In the clogged condition, they are said
to be sewage-sick, and it has hitherto been supposed that, in the
absence of clay, the inactivity was due to the pores and spaces
having become plugged with slime. Recently, however, Russell and
Golding have claimed that the sickness is brought about by proto-
zoa devouring the decay-bacteria, and preventing their exercising
their beneficial function, in consequence of which the soil becomes
useless. They were led to this opinion by the fact that, after treat-
ment with heat and volatile disinfectants, the surviving bacteria
increase in numbers above those in control tests. The experimental
work in the Society's laboratory did not support this contention,
for when the protozoa were destroyed by a moderate heat, the vola-
tile disinfectation was able to bring about a considerable increase
in the numbers of the bacteria. That the disinfectant has an
action upon the fatty matters in such soils, was shown by the bac-
terial growths in the various layers of soil behaving as if the disin-
fectant had carried the fatty matters towards the surface while
evaporating. The dry sewage-sick soil contained 9 per cent, of
organic matter, and 19 per cent, of this consisted of fatty matter,
and 9 per cent, of crude gum. The older idea that the inactivity
of such soils is due, in the absence of clay, to the accumulation of
12 president's address.
slime and fatty matter, is more probable than that the protozoa
limit the activities of the bacteria.
Previous work by Dr. Greig-Smith had shown that the increased
fertility of soils, occasioned by the employment of heat or volatile
disinfectants, was caused by the heat destroying, more or less, the
bacteriotoxins, and by the volatile disinfectants altering the dis-
position of the agricere. But there remained the fact that phago-
cytic protozoa are in the soil, and that they may have some action,
although not to the extent claimed by the Rothamsted investigators.
Accordingly, the effect of directly adding protozoa to soil, was
tested by noting their effect upon the growth of bacteria. The
experimental work showed that the addition of a mixed protozoal
fauna or of a pure Amoeba- culture, did not lessen the numbers of
bacteria. Instead of doing so, the bacteria always increased. The
increase, which always was considerable, was traced to the freely-
growing bacteria, which invariably accompanied the protozoa. The
use of filtered soil-extracts, upon which Russell and Hutchinson
based their idea concerning the activity of the soil-protozoa, did
not bear out their contention, as there was so little difference be-
twen the action of filtered, as against unfiltered, extracts that it
was concluded that the soil-protozoa have no action in limiting the
number of bacteria in soils. This has since been supported by the
work of Lipman in America.
Dr. J. M. Petrie, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Biochemistry, con-
tributed two papers to last year's Proceedings — "The Chemistry of
Doryphora sassafras" and "The Occurrence of Hydrocyanic Acid
in Plants (other than Grasses), Part i." — which have appeared in
Part ii. of the Proceedings. Part ii. of the latter paper is in pre-
paration; and a systematic study of the occurrence of hydro-
cyanic acid in grasses, is in progress. About one hundred different
grasses have been tested four times during one year, at intervals of
three months ; and the presence of hydrocyanic glucosides and their
specific enzymes has been demonstrated in about twenty well-
known species, but the occurrence is found to vary with the sea-
sons. Other investigations are being carried out on the alkaloid
Solandrine, on the alkaloids of Duboisia my op oroides, and D.
president's address. 13
Leichhardtii F.v.M., from Queensland, on the occurrence of alka-
loids in Australian species of the genus Solanum, and in the Native
Tobacco and the Noogoora Burr, and on the poisonous properties
of an introduced weed, Stachys arvensis Linn.
Mr. E. F. Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow in Zoology,
has been engaged, during the year, in a study of the Monaxonellid
Sponges. A preliminary examination and classification of the
available unnamed material have been carried out; and his first
paper, embodying the results of his investigation of the Monaxonid
Sponges described in Lendenfeld's Australian Museum Catalogue,
will be ready for communication to the Society, in about three
months' time.
Mr. A. B. Walkom has completed his investigations on the strati-
graphical geology of the Permo-Carboniferous System in the Mait-
land-Branxton District, and also in the Glendonbrook District,
near Singleton, and two papers, embodying his results, together
with a third, giving notes on some recently discovered occurrences
of the pseudomorph, Glendonite, will be communicated to the
Society, at the meeting in April.
In answer to the Council's call for applications for three vacant
Fellowships, issued last October, three applications for reappoint-
ment were received ; but one of the applicants, Mr. A. B. Walkom,
subsequently withdrew, in consequence of his appointment to the
teaching staff of the Queensland University. I have now the
pleasure of making the first public announcement of the re-election
of Dr. J. M. Petrie, and of Mr. E. F. Hallmann to Linnean
Macleay Fellowships, for another year, from 1st proximo; and in
offering them the Society's best wishes for the successful develop-
ment of the enterprises which they have in hand. I am glad of the
opportunity, also, of offering Mr. Walkom the Society's hearty
congratulations on his appointment to the Queensland University,
coupled with best wishes for a prosperous and fruitful career.
I am glad of the opportunity likewise of offering the Society's
congratulations to three other members — to Mr. J. E. Carne,
F.G.S., on his safe return after a successful and adventurous
geological expedition to New Guinea, and who, I may add, has
14 president's address.
kindly promised to show us a series of lantern slides, illustrating
his experiences, at an early Meeting; to Dr. H. I. Jensen, who left
us, in September last, to take up the position of Geologist of the
Northern Territory, which will now, for the first time, have the
advantage of a resident geologist ; and, lastly, to Dr. W. G. Wool-
nongh, who has recently left us to occupy the Chair of Geology, in
the newly-established University of West Australia, in which
capacity, all those who know Professor Woolnough, have no doubt
that he will amply justify his appointment.
The establishment, by the liberality of the Government, of three
new Chairs, in Botany, Organic and Applied Chemistry, and
Economics, in the University of Sydney; and also of seven Science
Research Scholarships, are matters of the greatest interest and
importance, and will materially strengthen the number of those
engaged in research work in this State. Botany, especially, is a
subject very much in need of the assistance which a Professorship
and all that that implies, can give ; for while systematic botany has
not been neglected, the study of the morphology and embryology of
our most interesting flora has languished for lack of teaching, of
financial support, and of laboratory facilities. I have great plea-
sure in offering the Society's congratulations, good wishes, and a
hearty welcome, especially to Dr. Robert Robinson, Professor of
Organic and Applied Chemistry, and to Dr. A. A. Lawson, Pro-
fessor of Botany.
I should also like to offer the Society's congratulations to two
of our Members, Mr. G. I. Playfair, and Mr. R. J. Tillyard, on
their appointment to Science Research Scholarships, and who will
now be able to give their whole time to their work, instead of
merely their "wearied leisure" as heretofore; while, at the same
time, wishing that their emoluments more nearly approached those
of the Macleay Fellows.
Only a few weeks ago our hearts were stirred by the sorrowful
news of the tragic but heroic ending of Captain Scott's otherwise
successful journey to the South Pole, with the details of which you
are all familiar, from the newspaper reports, supplemented by
Professor David's heartfelt commentaries thereon. As soon as pos-
president's address. 15
sible, after the receipt of the news, I forwarded, on the Society's
behalf, a cablegram expressive of sympathy, to the President of
the Royal Geographical Society of London. To this brief state-
ment, I shall only add, that the Lord Mayor's Fund is still open,
and offers to us, individually, an opportunity of showing honour
to the memory of Captain Scott and his gallant comrades, as well
as practical sympathy with those who are left to mourn their
grievous losses.
We are all thankful for the safe return of those members of the
Mawson Expedition, who have come back recently in the "Aurora."
But our warmest sympathy is due to Dr. Mawson, in his delayed
return to his base under circumstances so exceedingly trying and
depressing, necessitating another period of exile from home; nor
can we forget his six companions.
A Century of Civilisation from a Zoologist's Point of
View.
Though Governor Phillip occupied New South Wales in
1788, the advent of civilised man cannot be said to have
made any impression upon the Australian continent outside
the circumscribed area round Port Jackson until 1812 (just
about one hundred years ago), when the increasing flocks and
herds were able to pass over the Blue Mountains, and spread
out, north, south, and west. The advance of the pioneer
stockowners once started, soon brought about very marked
changes in these, until then, virgin lands, even though it was
simply a pastoral occupation of them until many years later.
In 1824, the site of Brisbane was selected, and a northern
settlement came into existence ; while, at this date, Sir Gordon
Bremer formed military stations on Melville Island, and at
Raffles Bay, on the north coast. Though these northern settle-
ments were abandoned seven years later, they left their mark
on the Australian fauna through the introduction of the
Indian buffalo, which, spreading into the swamps and marshes
beyond, increased into large herds.
On the 1st of June, 1829, Captain Freemantle hoisted the
British flag on the West Australian coast, and, between that
16 president's address.
date and 1832, a number of small but interesting expeditions
were undertaken at the instance of Sir James Stirling, which
greatly extended the knowledge of the western region.
About the same time, Victoria was invaded from the south
by restless pioneers from the settlements in Tasmania, and
from the north, across the Murray, by explorers and over-
landers with their stock to occupy the rich lands of Australia
Felix.
Soon after New Year, 1830, Captain Charles Sturt, who
had left Sydney the previous year, started his adventurous
voyage down the Murray, and reached South Australia,
where, six years later, the town of Adelaide was laid out by
Colonel Light.
With the settlement of Port Essington, on the north coast,
when the military stations at Melville Island and Raffles Bay
were abandoned in 1831, we may say that Australia was in-
vested on all sides.
A remarkable idea, that had an important influence on the
colonisation of Australia, was the general opinion of the
settlers and explorers that the greater part of the central
lands of the continent was marsh or desert, and much of the
coast land useless for settlement. Captain Dampier, and the
Dutch navigators, fresh from the rich tropical jungles of the
East Indies, could see no future for the mud flats, and pindan
scrub, which last hid the rich open forest-land of the north-
west coast. It is also evident that it was the totally different
aspect of the Australian bush-land, wind-swept plains, and
stunted forests, with the parched soil clothed with tufts of
brown bleached grass under a summer sun, which, compared
with the green fields of England, damped the spirits of our
pioneers.
The first inland explorers, working out westward in New
South Wales, were very unfortunate in their seasons. First,
they became entangled in the Macquarie Marshes ; then they
struck the River Darling in a time of drought, when the river
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
1?
had dwindled down to a stream of salL water; and, years
afterwards, Sturt's account of his enforced residence at Mount
Poole for nearly a year, stamped these western lands of New
South Wales as absolute desert. North of Adelaide, there is
a large area of salt pans and marshes, which seemed to be
always in the path of exolorers from the south, and most dis-
couraging accounts wer S sent in regarding the desolation of
the north lands.
Nothing could be more depressing than to travel through
the mallee country of Victoria and New South Wales in mid-
summer; and even as recently as 1862, Tenison- Woods, in
his "Geological Observations in South Australia," was only
voicing the general opinion, when he said the Mallee Lands
were worthless for settlement. Nevertheless, within less than
twenty-five years, large areas are producing rich crops of
wheat and fruit. In Victoria, in particular, they have been
greatly developed under the Mallee Pastoral Leases Act of
1883. It is estimated that the area of Mallee Land in Vic-
toria is about 12,000,000 acres; and that from 20 to 25 per
cent, of this consists of open plains, and country timbered
with pine, belar, bull-oak, and other scrub-trees. About
1,150,000 acres are under cultivation; and, in a second re-
port, it was stated that, in spite of the dry season, the wheat-
crops were much better in the Mallee than on the clay soils.
Twenty-five years ago, the wheat-farmers declared that
cultivation could not be carried out on the red soil lands of
the central area of New South Wales, and that ruin stared
anyone in the face, who attempted cropping in the west ; yet
every year sees the wheat belt extending, and with improved
methods of treatment and modern appliances, good returns
are being obtained.
I would, in my address, try to point out some of the great
changes that have been wrought by the advent of the white
man with his domestic animals, in the displacement of the
aboriginal population and the original fauna of this great
continent, in a hundred years of civilisation.
2
18 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
The aboriginal population was estimated by Flanagan, in
the whole of Australia, at 500,000. Krefft says that, in 1847,
the natives in Victoria were estimated at 5,000 souls. Though
these estimates were probably under the mark, and the native
population was comparatively scanty, in proportion to the size
of the country, they were uniformly scattered all over the
land. A nation of hunters, they moved on with the game,
and their numbers, in different localities, were regulated by
the food -supply. Their hunting assistants were the dingos,
which they were in the habit of catching as puppies, and
training. In hard times, they often ate their dogs ; and
several explorers have recorded how the natives of the in-
trior guarded their dogs, in fear that the intruders might
want them for the same purpose. Even the wild dingos used
to come and wander round the camps of the natives during the
lean times.
After aboriginals and dingos, the most deadly enemy of
the marsupial was the eaglehawk, which would even attack
and kill a large kangaroo. Ernest Giles, speaking of Central
Australia, says, "The greatest enemy besides the blackmail
and the dingo, is the large eaglehawk, which, though flying
at an enormous height, is always on the watch ; but it is only
when the wallaby lets itself out on the stony open ridges, that
the enemy can swoop down upon it. The eagle trusses it with
its talons, smashes its head to quiet it, and finally, if a
female, it flies away with the victim for food for its young."
No one, unless he has lived in unstocked country, has any
idea how numerous the eagles and hawks are, before poison
has been laid. I once counted forty dead eagles round a
poisoned carcase, on an out-station in the north-west. Gould,
in 1859, remarks on the number of hawks in Australia, and
records 40 or 50 kites (Milvus affinis) on a tree, on the Man-
ning River ; while, thirty years ago, the whistling eagles used
to congregate around every western homestead, like the
turkey-buzzards on the cathedral roofs in South American
towns
President's address. 19
The natives were expert hunters, and where permanent
water existed, had many ways of getting food, such as their
fisheries on the Barwon River, where large numbers of fish
were trapped by means of stone barriers. They caught ducks
with nets, sometimes 20 feet deep and 100 feet in length,
spanned across a river or creek, into which they scared the
frightened birds by throwing up an imitation hawk. Krefft
says,* "1 have seen from 50 to 100 ducks taken in this manner
at a single haul." Enormous quantities of eggs were also col-
lected by the natives in their wanderings, so that the increase
of the large birds was kept down in several ways. The peri-
odic droughts were much more far-reaching than in modern
days ; immense areas became waterless, and though the natives
often died, large quantities of game also perished.
The grass-eating animals were kept so well in hand under
the systems adopted by the native hunters, and the car-
nivorous birds, that the grass was never eaten down as on
stocked land ; therefore, towards the summer months, it was
often several feet in height, and was regularly fired by the
natives, to enable them to get over the country, to catch
their game, and also to harass their enemies with grass-fires,
and attack them under cover of the smoke.
Stuart was much troubled, when crossing from Adelaide to
the north coast, and was attacked several times under cover
of the clouds of smoke. At Frews waterholes, he had a
narrow escape. He says, "To-day they have set fire to the
grass round about us, and the wind, being strong from the
north-east, it travelled with great- rapidity. In coming into
the camp, three miles back, I and the two that were with me
narrowly escaped being surrounded by it ; it was as much as
our horses could get past it, as it came rolling and roaring
along in one immense sheet of flame and smoke, destroying
everything before it."
Trans. Phil. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1862-65.
20 president's address.
I had a similar experience in North Queensland, on the
rolling downs country, where the natives set fire to the spini-
fex ridges on the head of the Gilbert River, and sent twenty
miles of flame through the long grass. Giles constantly refers
to this habit : "To the north, west, and south-west the natives
were hunting, and, as usual, burning the spinifex before
them." Again, he says, speaking of the intense heat at
Uder: "Nevertheless, the natives were about, burning, ever
burning, one would think they were the fabled salamander
race, ancl live on fire instead of water."
Before the advent of white men, the greater part of the
surface of Australia was fire-swept towards the end of the
summer, even the coastal parts being sometimes burnt out ;n
large areas, as happened on the historic Black Thursday,
when, in 1851, the greater part of Victoria and New South
Wales was one great bushfire.
We can now consider the most striking changes that came
with civilisation, and the passing of the aboriginals as a
nation of hunters, the first of which was the enormous in-
crease of the indigenous animals and large birds, not only
caused by the disappearance of the native, but also by the
partial extermination of the dingos and wild dogs, both of
which lived upon the. native fauna. The laying of poisoned
baits by the squatters, for these pests, killed off large num-
bers of carnivorous birds, which also checked the undue in-
crease of wild game.
This remarkable increase of marsupials, in particular, was
very noticeable even in the early fifties. Wheelwright, in
his "Bush Wanderings," when speaking of game, says that
his party of kangaroo-shooters killed 2,000 in the season
within thirty miles of Melbourne. And all over the forest-
country, kangaroo-drives were the only way of keeping the
larger marsupials within bounds. In both New South Wales
and Queensland, Acts were passed, making it compulsory for
the squatters to destroy kangaroos ; an assessment per capita
was made on all sheep and cattle, inspectors were appointed,
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
21
and a price fixed for scalps. In New South Wales, sixpence
per scalp was paid all over the State, while, in Queensland, it
varied from twopence to ninepence in different districts. This
work was afterwards passed on to the Pastures Protection
Boards, and Local Boards in each land district, with a Gene-
ral Council of Advice elected annually in Sydney.
Under the Pastures Protection Boards last year (1911),
the following list of noxious animals destroyed, as pro-
claimed under the Act, was recorded, with the bonuses paid
for them in New South Wales : —
Names.
Number*.
Bonus paid.
Wallabies
Kangaroo Rats
Padymelons...
Wombats
Hares
Native dogs and pups
Foxes and cubs
Eaglehawks...
Crows
505,129
96,922
16,140
255
163,064
8,251
26,278
5,328
89,133
£2,401 14 4
815 3 0
88 11 9
7 6 0
1,205 19 3
4,091 12 6
3,561 11 3
428 7 0
2,311 i6 0
Total
910,500
£15,511 12 1
In the Annual Report of the Department of Lands of
Victoria, 1911-12, the cost of destroying vermin, under this
Act, is given as £40,142 16s. 3d., including dogs and foxes.
During the last year (1912), a North Coast Crows and
Flying Foxes Destruction Board was formed at Beinleigh,
N.S.W., which includes ten shires.
The opossum, like the kangaroo, lost its enemies, and mul-
tiplied rapidly in all suitable localities. A writer in the
Journal of the Royal Society of New South Wales (1885) con-
sidered that opossums were so numerous in several localities
in Victoria, that, owing to the constant defoliation, large
numbers of the forest gum-trees were actually dying. He
pointed out that these forests, forty years before, had been
the hunting ground of a tribe of 200 aboriginals, whose chief
food-supply was opossums; and that, at the moderate esti-
mate of 50 opossums a day, 200 natives would account for
22 president's address.
18,000 a year. In New Zealand, where our opossums have
been introduced and liberated only a few years ago, they
have bred so quickly, free from all enemies, that they are
now looked upon as a pest.
The emu, about which so much has been written as a
vanishing bird, with a partial protection is more plentiful
now in many inland districts, than it was when the natives
caught the young birds in the long grass, hunted for the eggs,
and would hide all day on the edge of a water-hole to kill
them when drinking. Under the same conditions, we seldom
saw a cassowary in the Cairns scrubs, in North Queensland,
in 1880, when the blacks were numerous; but six years later,
when I hunted over the same ground, they were quite com-
mon, because there were no blacks.
The next important change brought about in new country
by stocking, was the hardening of the surface of the soil, the
eating-off of the rough grass, and the consequent improvement
of the pasturage. This is known to every stockman, and I
had a striking example brought under my notice on the
King's Sound Pastoral Company's station in North-West
Australia, where, in the midst of about two million acres of
unstocked land, there was a fenced-in paddock of about ten
thousand acres, upon which the station sheep were depas-
tured. Within three years, the enclosed land, though very lightly
stocked, was transformed into a different and better class of
country from that outside the ring-fence, which was poor and
thinly grassed.
The original condition of the greater part of the sheep and
cattle lands before stocking, was loose, friable soil, black
loam, or sand ridges covered with scattered tufts of grass and
herbage. This land, in the dry season, opened out in great
cracks and fissures, or became loose, shifting sand, under the
influence of summer sun and wind-storms. This was changed
again, under the action of the fierce winter rains, into a quag-
mire, over which even the kangaroo found it difficult to travel.
The carts and drays of the pioneers travelling over the road-
president's address. 23
less plains and ridges, sank so far into the soil, that the deeply
cut tracks often remained for years, useful guides to later
travellers.
Dr. Woolls, in his "Plants of the Darling," says: "When,
in 1865, Mr. E. Ford was surveying in that district, he wrote
that it was quite impossible to find a moist spot on the Dar-
ling, everything being dry, parched and burnt up, whilst the
ground was cracked in all directions with deep fissures."
The rapidity with which, even after heavy rains, the clay-
pans, swamps, and marshes dried up in the interior, was
startling to the traveller. Many of our large inland lakes
and swamps, which have been permanent sheets of water for
the last forty years, were, in the early days of settlement,
only sheets of water through the winter and spring, and were
quite dry long before the end of summer. This is evident
from the fact, that there are many of these swamps and
lakes, even at the present time, surrounded with a frings of
gaunt, dead skeletons of gum-trees, many of which must have
been very old trees before the altered conditions came about,
and they were killed by the accumulated water. The Kow
Swamp, in the north of Victoria, is an example of this ; from
the present low-water mark at the end of summer, hundreds
of dead, bleached red-gums encircle the clear water as far
in as the low-water mark of olden times ; while outward, to
the high-water mark, the large red-gums grow with all their
usual vigour. This swamp was perfectly dry in the great
drought of 1865, but since the floods of 1870, it has been a
permanent sheet of water, with an average depth of 2-3 feet
at the end of the summer.
Not only did the stocking improve the pasturage, but the con-
stant padding of the soil by the feet of the cattle, horses, and
sheep, puddled the soil, so that the beds of the clay-pans, water-
holes, creeks, and swamps, which previously had retained the sur-
face-water for a very short time after rain, became so hardened
and puddled, that the water became more or less permanent. The
habit of sheep in following each other in strings, gives rise to
24 president's address.
regular beaten tracks (sheep-pads), which, trending in all direc-
tions, usually lead down into the watercourses, forming regular
gutters. There the accumulated water is still further retained in
the clay-pans, because the fine clay and sediment, carried in the
water, settles and forms a skin or coating on the bottom.
This is corroborated by Mr. W. E. Abbott,* who says, "The dif-
ference between stocked country and that which has never been
stocked, is apparent even after a few years; the surface becomes
firmer, and water runs where it never ran before." This makes a
great difference in the quantity of surface-water that runs into
rivers and swamps, and very soon rivers run with half the amount
of rain that they did previously.
Stockowners were soon confronted with the important problem
of the conservation of water for their stock during the summer
months, and the further inland they moved out, the more serious
the question of water became. The first method adopted was the
formation of dams across the creeks, constructing embankments
of earth when the creeks were low, and backing up the water, with
a bywash on the side. These dams, however, were constantly break-
ing away with the sudden floods, so common in the interior, and
necessitated constant watching and repairing.
The next step was the digging out of deep excavations with slop-
ing sides, usually on the edge of some swamp or water-course, and
the surrounding area cut with gutters leading into the excavation.
These were known as tanks. Private owners soon found the value
of this impounded water, and, in 1869, the Government of New
South Wales saw their advantages, and started similar watering
places at intervals along the main stock-routes; these were after-
wards known as Government Tanks. The sum of £5,000 was voted
for the construction of watering places between Booligal and Wil-
cannia under the supervision of the Roads Department, and these
were found to be so valuable that similar excavations were carried
out in other places; so that between 1882 and 1883, the sum of
£103,000 was expended by the Government. These Government
* "Water-Supply in the Interior of New South Wales," Journ. Proc.
Roy. Soe. N. S. Wales, xviii., 1884. p. 85.
president's address. 25
Tanks were fitted with pumps and watering troughs for travelling
stock; and were sublet by the Lands Department to contractors,
who took charge, and had a fixed scale of prices for supplying
travellers with water.
Water was also sought for by sinking wells, but with few excep-
tions, in the dry country the supply of water obtained was scanty ;
and though sufficient for the homestead or passing traveller, made
very little difference to the development of the surrounding coun-
try. The next great factor in Australian settlement was the dis-
covery of artesian water under a very large area underlying some
of the most waterless country in the interior. One of the first sug-
gestions as to the possibility of finding artesian water in this
country, was made in a work entitled "Journals of Several Expedi-
tions made in Western Australia, 1829-32, under the sanction of
Sir James Stirling," published in London in 1833. In the intro-
duction, the author says : "Now our journalists assure us that they
have always found water by digging, sometimes with their bare
hands, only to the depth of one foot; if this be true, as there is
every reason to suppose it is, the common mode of well-sinking
would be tolerably certain of obtaining a supply, and the method
of boring so successfully attempted in France and England, called
the Artesian Well, might finally be called to the settler's aid with
an entire dependence upon its efficacy."
The geologists always hoped to obtain artesian water, and, in
1851, experiments were carried out in putting down bores through
the Hawkesbury Sandstone, but the results were nil.
In 1879, Mr. H. C. Russell, Government Astronomer, at a meet-
ing of the Royal Society of New South Wales, stated that the rain-
water which fell in the interior of Australia, did not flow down to
the sea in the river-drainage, but sank into the soil, and accumu-
lated underground. The actual demonstration of the existence of
artesian beds was first recorded by Mr. C. Wilkinson* at Officer's
Killarah Station, near the Darling River, where water was struck
at a depth of from 134 to 142 feet, and shot up above the tube a
distance of 26 feet. In 1901, according to Mr. Pittman, 158 bores
* Proceedings of the Linnean Soc. of New South Wales, vi., 1881, p. 155.
26 president's address.
were sending out artesian water at an estimated yield of over
77,000,000 gallons per day, the deepest bore being 4,086 feet, with
a flow of 745,200 gallons a day.
Artesian water is now found beneath a very large area in Cen-
tral Queensland ; and, in similar country in New South Wales, it is
estimated to extend under 83,000 square miles.
Quite recently another area containing artesian supplies, in a
different geological formation, has been tapped in Western Aus-
tralia, so that the artesian basin of the dry lands may extend over
a very large area yet to be proved.
By the discovery of these great underground reservoirs, most
wonderful changes have been wrought. In country where stock
and stockmen struggled, and often perished for want of water,
artesian supplies tapped, it may be, 3,000 feet below, shoot up
above the top of the bore-pipes in a glittering fountain, spreading
round into the neighbouring lagoon a bountiful supply for all.
In 1881, I saw 300 head of fat cattle stampede for want of
water, between the Saxby and the Flinders Rivers, and these died
along the back track, where now there are several fine bores. In
the same district, between Taldora and Cambridge Downs, on the
mail route to Normanton, we had a waterless track for 80 miles,
during the midsummer months, which is now supplied with artesian
water.
The alteration of forest-lands may next claim attention. With
the exception of the fringe along the slopes of the eastern coast of
Queensland and New South Wales, spreading out in Gippsland
and Cape Otway in Victoria, and also the south-west corner of
Western Australia, there is little of what we may call true forest
in the 2,944,600 square miles comprising Australia. There are,
however, large areas of scrub, and open, stunted forest-land, where
grass and herbage struggle for existence. Under the various Land
Acts which came into force in the different States, certain con-
ditions were generally made, allowing the leaseholders certain
vested rights, when they expended money in making permanent
improvements. Among these, one form of improvement largely
availed of, by the squatters, was known as ringbarking.
president's address. 27
Ringbarking is a simple method adopted in this class of country
for killing off the timber without the expense of cutting down or
digging up the trees. It consists of cutting a scarf through the
bark, right round the trunk, with a second one a few inches below,
and then tearing off the detached ring of bark between; later on,
experience showed that one scarf was just as effective. This
caused the gradual death of the trees thus treated; and a greatly
increased growth of grass and herbage ensued in consequence.
According to Mr. Abbott,* this method was first adopted on the
watershed of the Hunter River in 1860; ten years later, it was
general in other districts; in 1880, fully three-fourths of all the
purchased, and much of the leasehold land on the Hunter had been
ringbarked. The landholders soon noticed the wonderful improve-
ment in the quantity and quality of the grass on ringbarked land
in comparison with the stock-carrying capabilities of the natural
scrub-land; and this rapid and cheap method of improving the
pasturage was universal over this class of country in Australia.
When first adopted in 1860, many of the squatters declared that
the destruction of the forest-trees and scrub would tend to the
drying up of all the intersecting creeks and watercourses. After
careful observations, extending over ten years, Abbott stated, in
the paper previously quoted, that, in the Hunter River district,
ringbarking had produced the opposite effect, for while, between
1850-1860, the creeks were seldom running, and were usually
quite dry in the summer months, he fonnd, after the death of the
timber, that these watercoures became permanent creeks with a
constant flow of water. This, he considered, might be due to two
causes; first, that the dead roots acted .like drain-pipes through the
soil into the creeks, or, secondly, that the live roots of the trees had
sucked up the greater part of the rainfall prior to the ringbarking.
Time has since shown that, in many places, ringbarking added
much more to the fertility of the soil, than grubbing out and burn-
ing off the green timber. The slow decay of the roots beneath, and
the rotting of the falling leaves, bark, and branches, returned more
*" Ringbarking and its Effects," Journ. Proo. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xiv., 1880, p.97.
28 president's address.
to the soil than the ash from the burning of heaps of dry timber.
This is frequently demonstrated, in a smaller way, in orchard-
lands, results showing that fruit-trees planted in "green land" —
that is, directly the living forest has been cleared off — do not thrive
as well as those set out in land in which the trees and scrnb had
been killed and retained, before being taken up for an orchard.
On some of the ringbarked western lands, the owners now find it
is often advisable to leave all the smaller bits of wood and bark
from the dead trees, upon the surface of the ground, when clearing
up; for they act as a mulch, and keep the surface-soil from being
cut up and blown away by the action of the summer sun and winds.
The stocking of the country in the western lands and the conse-
quent suppression of bush-fires on the plains and in open country,
from the absence of grass, brought about other conditions. One of
the most conspicuous of these, was the appearance of millions of
small pine-trees, which overran thousands of acres of land on the
back-blocks of the Lachlan and other parts of Western New South
Wales, land which had previously been open and lightly timbered,
or well grassed plains.
This became so noticeable about 1880, that many theories were
advanced to explain the cause of this wonderful growth of pine-
seedlings. The most general idea was that the wholesale ring-
barking, which had been instituted by the squatters for some years,
not so much to improve the scrub-lands, as to secure the leaseholds
against the free selectors, had brought about this new evil.
There were, however, probably several causes, all working to-
gether. First, the stocking of the land with sheep to its fullest
capacity, as was the custom about this time, left no dry summer
grass, and there were consequently no bush-fires. Next, ring-
barking the existing timber opened the soil to light and air, but,
in consequence of the value of the timber for fencing and house-
building, all the large, mature, cypress pine-trees were left un-
touched; therefore, the pine seeds dropped on to resting soil, and
were scattered far and wide by the wind. Thousands of sheep
passing through the dead scrub, and finding shade under the big
pine-trees, helped to bury the seeds in the loose soil.
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 29
Within a few years, very large tracts of good open grazing land
had changed into impenetrable scrub, through which it was hardly
possible to ride. The appearance of this "pine-scrub" was one of
the reasons that led the New South Wales Government to pass an
Act to restrict ringbarking or the cutting of timber under a certain
size, without special permission from the authorities. There have
been many instances, in other parts of Australia, of the gradual
encroachment of trees and scrub upon open grass-land, when the
conditions that restricted their advance have been removed.
On the other hand, we have records, by some of our earlier ex-
plorers, of dense undergrowth and scrub, in places which now we
find only open forest; as on some of the old roads over the slopes
of the Blue Mountains. There are many causes, besides bush-fires,
that bring about these changes. Wattle and gum-scrub are often
destroyed by wood-boring insects. I do not think that the bush-
fires have altered the face of our coastal forest-lands, for the recov-
ery and rapid growth of trees after these fires, is characteristic of
this country. The development of the rich sugar-lands of the
Queensland coast, and the dairying industry in the northern dis-
tricts of New South Wales, have been responsible for the destruc-
tion of most of our eastern forests; but this has been inevitable,
for the land was too rich and productive to remain virgin forest.
It is only history repeating itself, for the whole of Southern
Europe, from Turkey to Southern France, was, in the dawn of
history, covered with huge forests, of which, now, not a vestige
remains.
There are large areas of rugged broken land in all the States,
that are of little value for settlement ; and these should be reserved
for forest-conservation, and scientific re-afforestation. The forest-
reserves in the sand-hill, and box and cypress country, should not
be thrown open for selection; at the most, many of them would
only support three or four families, if cleared and burnt-off;
whereas under a proper supervision, they will produce timber-trees
and firewood for centuries, for the surrounding settlers.
Many noxious plants and weeds have been accidentally intro-
duced; some, after a brief course of luxuriance, die out, while
30 president's address.
others like the briars, Lantana, and prickly-pear, have made good
their footing; but this aspect of the question cannot be dealt with
here. Increasing land-values and closer settlement will be the chief
factors in reclaiming such lands.
The transformation of Australia has been effected by the intro-
duction of the domestic animals of Europe, and the vanguard
nearly always consisted of cattle. It was cattle that first went
down the passes of the Blue Mountains to the Bathurst plains ; and
they spread rapidly. Mitchell found many cattle running on the
Lachlan, when going south-west on his expedition in 1835 ; and on
his return from crossing Victoria, in the following year, he met
many mobs with the overlanders going south, from New South
Wales cattle-stations.
Cattle and horses trample down the soil, eat off the rough grass,
and improve the land for later occupation by sheep. In many
instances, particularly in North Queensland, in the "sixties," sheep
men made very heavy losses through disregarding this rule, and
hundreds of sheep were killed through the seeds of the spear-grass.
There was no indigenous animal in Australia allied to horned
cattle, and all the early importations came direct from England,
except a few obtained at the Cape on the way out, so that all our
original stock were free from stock-diseases prevalent in other
parts of the world; and they throve and increased accordingly.
There were some outbreaks of pleuro, chiefly in the coastal dis-
tricts ; but there was no epidemic until the outbreak of Cattle-tick
Fever or Redwater, in the Northern Territory, in 1885. This viru-
lent disease, which frequently destroyed 50 per cent, of the herds,
first made its appearance among the working bullocks and travel-
ling stock on the Roper River; while its immediate spread into
Queensland was due to the establishment of boiling-down works on
the Norman and Albert Rivers, and the consequent influx of tick-
infested cattle.
A similar outbreak had occurred in the south-western portion
of the United States, in 1868, and the results of the scientific inves-
tigations carried out in America, gave our stockowners some data
to start upon, and the disease, in Australia, was proved to be iden-
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 31
tical with, and caused by the same kind of tick. In 1896, a Tick
Conference was held by the Queensland and New South Wales
Governments, when it was shown that the whole of the northern
half of Queensland, taking a line from Longreach to Townsville,
was tick-infested ; and only a few years later, the cattle-tick reached
the northern boundary of New South Wales. The cattle-tick also
travelled westward, and soon infested most of the cattle-stations on
the north-west of Western Australia.
Until recently, Redwater, or Tick-fever, was supposed to have
been introduced from India or Timor with the bulfalos; but later
investigations show that the buffalos are immune, and that the
disease was introduced from the Dutch East Indies with cattle
from that region. The bulfalos have made their mark in the north,
though seldom ranging far beyond the swamps and marsh-land;
but some idea of their increase and number is indicated by the fact
that 100,000 buffalo hides have been exported from the Northern
Territory during the last thirty years.
In spite of periodic droughts since the industry of cattle-breed-
ing has been carried on in Australia, and the frequent losses in con-
sequence, and in spite of the devastating Tick-fever, the growth of
our herds has steadily increased. From the last returns available,
there are 11,744,714 cattle in Australia and Tasmania, of which
5,131,699 are in Queensland.
The horse has followed the cattle, and without his aid much of
Australia would have remained unexplored for many years. The
horse thrives in all parts of Australia, under domestication, and in
many of the more rugged or timbered districts, horses escape from
the paddocks, and running wild, have-increased until they became
a regular pest on the runs. They were popularly known as "Brum-
bies," and in many places were hunted and shot for the sake of
their hides. On a large station in Riverina, in the early "seventies/'
over 2,000 wild horses were thus destroyed at a cost of three shil-
lings per head. At the present time, the number of horses in Aus-
tralia and Tasmania is set down at 2,146,049.
The first sheep landed in Australia came from the Cape of Good
Hope with Captain Phillip's fleet, in 1788, and were 19 in number.
32 president's addkess.
In 1795, Macarthur had raised his flock to 1,000. In 1810 only
167 lbs. of wool were among our exports ; but the introduction of
the merino increased both the quantity and value of the fleece, and,
in 1813, the wool industry was well established.
Though some of the coastal country was found unhealthy and
fluke-infested, the open forest and ranges, with the great western
plains, were found to be ideal country for the development of
sheep; and, in about 1841, the supply had increased beyond the
demand, and good sheep were selling for eighteen pence a head.
Catarrh appeared in many of the flocks, and 70,000 died, in one
season. This was followed by the accidental introduction of the
Sheep Scab, which spread with alarming rapidity, so that at the
time of the opening out of the gold-diggings, all the southern flocks
were infected. In New South Wales, between 1848 and 1855, many
squatters were ruined, and it was worse again from 1863 to 1867,
on account of the arrival of large mobs from Victoria. Active
measures thus came into force, and the Government, by constant
supervision and regular dipping, finally stamped it out, and the
State was proclaimed clean in 1868. South Australia was infected
in about 1850-1 by imported sheep from Tasmania or Victoria, but
similar legislation stamped it out in 1866-67. Scab never entered
Queensland, but was common in West Australian flocks down to
1890. It is said to have come direct from England about 1830, with
a small consignment of sheep imported by a company of settlers.
Though immense losses have taken place during the great
droughts, and millions of sheep have died, the number of sheep in
Australia has regularly increased; so that, at the present time,
there are over 92,000,000 sheep in Australia and Tasmania, and
the wool-clip in 1910 was worth £14,727,000.
The last of the larger domestic animals introduced into Aus-
tralia, was the camel. The generally accepted idea that the greater
part of inland Australia was a desert, suggested that "the ship of
the desert" should be used for transport. As far back as 1837-43,
Captain Stokes, in his "Discoveries in Australia," advised that
camels should be introduced from India; and he suggested that
they could be landed on the north-west coast of Australia at a very
president's address. 33
reasonable cost. It was not until I860, however, that the first
camels, twenty-four in number, with their native drivers, were
imported from Peshawur, India, by the Committee of the Burke
and Wills Exploring Expedition. Of these, Burke took sixteen
with him in his reckless dash across to the north, of which only one
reached Cooper's Creek on the return march. Camels were not
used in the construction of the Transcontinental Telegraph Line
(1870-2), but Colonel Warburton took seventeen in his expedition
across Western Australia in 1873, only two of which reached the
Oakover River. About the same date, Messrs. Smith and Elder
imported camels for use on their inland stations from Adelaide,
and fitted Ernest Giles out with seventeen camels for his second
expedition across Western Australia. From this date, camels have
been used in considerable numbers for carrying stores and wool, in
the northern and western lands of Australia. They were first used
in Western Australia by Mills, who brought thirty from South
Australia to Northampton to carry on the construction of the tele-
graph line thence to Carnarvon; and later, in 1886, Mr. McNulty
(the present Under-Secretary of Agriculture, W.A.), brought, so
he informs me, ten camels to explore the country round Nullarbar
Plains and Queen Victoria Springs.
When the Kimberley Goldfields were discovered, camels were
imported in large numbers; and, in 1887, one lot of three hundred
were landed on the north-west coast, and many of tliem sold at very
low rates. They are, at present, used in considerable numbers in
the interior, and the latest statistics give their numbers as 3,000
in South Australia, 1,200 in New South Wales, and in
Western Australia.
Though the introduction of the camel has not done much in alter-
ing the natural conditions of the country, it has had a good deal to
do with opening up the dry lands of Central Austrtalia, and has
thus added to the development of the States.
The introduction of the rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) has done more
to alter the natural conditions of animal and plant-life in Aus-
tralia, than the vast herds of cattle and mobs of sheep. The wild
rabbit, originally a native of Spain, was introduced into England
34 president's address.
at a very early date. An Act was passed, in 1605, by Queen Eliza-
beth, dealing with the unlawful hunting of deer and conies. In the
reign of George III., persons stealing rabbits from unenclosed
warrens, could be transported for seven years, "or suffer such other
lesser punishment by whipping, fine or imprisonment as the Court
shall at their discretion award and direct."
We have no accurate account of when the first rabbits reached
this country, but the first record of their existence in Australia is
to be found in Captain Stokes' "Discoveries in Australia" (Vol. ii.,
p. 426). Speaking of Corner Inlet, Victoria, he says: "During the
examination of this great useless sheet of water, the ship lay near
a small islet, close to the promontory, about seven miles from the
entrance, which, from the abundance of rabbits, we called Rabbit
Island. I have since learnt that these animals multiplied from a
single pair, turned loose by a praiseworthy sealer, six years before,
and encourages me to expect a similar result from the gift I had
bestowed on Kent Group." Thus, though not on the mainland,
they were plentiful quite close to Wilson's Promontory seventy
years ago. Mr. J. H. Kershaw, who first called my attention to
this record, informs me that the descendants of these rabbits are
still plentiful, but, through inbreeding, have all become much
smaller than those on the mainland, and are almost black in colour.
There were, doubtless, many attempts made to acclimatise the
rabbit in Australia. In 1858, a colony was established on the
Upper Murray, which, after flourishing for three years, died out.
It appears that, in 1860, the rabbit, as a wild free animal, was
unknown in Victoria, for, in a Prize Essay on Agriculture, printed
at that date, the author (Mr. Storey) advocated the introduction of
the wild English variety.
It has been generally asserted that the progenitors of the present
plague rabbits were liberated between Geelong and Colac, by a
well-known landholder, for sport, sometime between 1864 and
1870 ; but the exact date will always be a matter of doubt, for no
one is anxious to claim the distinction. The President of the
Acclimatisation Society of Victoria, at the Annual Meeting in
1890, while noting the spread of the rabbit, "desired to state that
president's address. 35
the Society was not responsible for the introduction of this terrible
rodent-pest."
In South Australia, Mr. Samuel White, between 1854 and 1855,
turned out rabbits on his land at Wirrabeen, where they remained
without any rapid increase in numbers until about 1868, when they
began to spread out, and, by 1870, covered a large area. In 1876,
they were recognised in South Australia as a pest, and the Govern-
ment passed a Bill for their destruction. Under this Act, destruc-
tion-camps were formed, and large sums of money expended in
trying to exterminate them.
Legislative action was first adopted in Victoria in 1880, when
power was granted to the Municipal Authorities to destroy rabbits ;
but this not meeting the requirements, the Act was repealed, and
the Government passed the Vermin Destruction Act.
It is somewhat remarkable that, just about the same year, the
rabbits from the Stony Rises, about Colac and Geelong, in Vic-
toria, and also the rabbits in South Australia, began to move on
northward. I knew the Murray country, from Euchuca to Swan
Hill, Victoria, in 1875, before the vanguard of the advancing army
of rabbits had reached our country; but, in 1879, they were swarm-
ing through all the sand-hills, flats, and mallee-scrub. In 1879, they
were killed near Balranald, though these may have been stragglers
from the South Australian invasion. In 1880, the rabbits crossed
over at Murray Downs Station into New South Wales, and spread
rapidly over the south-west.
The seriousness of the pest was so apparent, that the New South
Wales Government passed the "Rabbity Nuisance Act," in May,
1883. Under this Act, inspectors were appointed, and, later on,
a Rabbit Branch was created in the Department of Mines. Under
the regulations of the Board, the owners of infested lands were
compelled to engage gangs of men to destroy rabbits; and, between
the date of the passing of the Bill and the end of 1886, the
Government paid out £361,492 in the purchase of rabbit-scalps,
and incidental expenses, and recorded the collection of 7,852,787
scalps. At the same time, many landholders had expended large
36 president's address
sums to stem the advance of the rabbit, with very little success;
for, at this date, not a single Station from the South Australian
border, in the west, to the 146th parallel, or forming a line from
Brewarrina on the north and Gnndagai on the south, was free from
rabbits.
After crossing the Murray, the rabbits travelled steadily north-
ward, spreading east and west as they advanced, at the rate of
sixty miles per year; and crossed the Queensland border, at a dozen
different places, in 1887. Here they met the western rabbits, which
had moved on from South Australia towards the Warrego River,
and joined forces in Queensland.
Tn 1888, the New South Wales Government appointed a Rabbit
Commission, the members of which met in Sydney, and considered
the various projects brought forward to exterminate rabbits by
introducing contagious diseases. Dr. Watson, of Adelaide, sug-
gested the importation of Rabbit Scab from Germany. Drs. Ellis
and Butcher carried out a number of experiments to destroy the
rabbits with an indigenous disease at Tentonalogy, near Wilcannia ;
and Pasteur offered the microbe of chicken-cholera from Paris. At
the conclusion of this conference, the Government offered £25,000
for an approved satisfactory specific to destroy the rabbits. In
1890, the New South Wales Government passed a New Rabbit Act,
superseding the Rabbit Nuisance Act of 1883, under which it was
estimated that £1,543,000 had been expended in fighting rabbits.
This money was first obtained through a direct tax upon all land-
holders, but the sum collected was so inadequate, that it had to be
supplemented by £503,786 from the consolidated revenue. The
natural enemies of the rabbit were studied, at home and abroad;
wild cats did a little ; monitor lizards are specially protected under
the Stock Act, on account of their known habit of eating rabbit,
but, though they do eat young rabbits, they are deadly enemies to
the opossum and other harmless creatures, and are carrion feeders.
Someone imported 120 mongooses, but they, fortunately, died
out, and the experiment was not repeated. The fox has even been
regarded as a friend, by some of the large landholders, because,
while rabbits are plentiful, he leaves the young lambs alone.
PRESIDENT'S ADDltESS. 37
All sorts ol' mechanical methods have been tried — digging out,
suffocating by forcing bisulphide of carbon fumes into the bur-
rows, trapping, the burning up of all logs and stumps, and finally
wire-netting fences. Under the regulations of the present Act,
poisoning lias been enforced on all rabbit-infested land, the local
Boards having power to summons and fine neglectful landowners.
The erection of wire-netting fences has been encouraged. Queens-
land, New South Wales, and West Australia have spent large sums
in erecting barrier-fences, some hundreds of miles in length, to
check the spread of the rabbits. In New South Wales, the State
rabbit-proof fences total 1,322 miles, erected at a cost of £69,885 ;
private owners have put up 81,235 miles of wire-fencing, at a cost
of £4,611,427; while the Pastures Boards own another 348 miles,
which cost £14,459.
The Under-Secretary of the Department of Public Lands, in
Queensland, informs me that the range of the rabbit in that State
is as follows: — "The Warrego district, the western part of the
Maranoa, with the Carnorvan, Gregory North, and Mitchell dis-
tricts more lightly infested." The estimated length of all the rabbit-
proof -fences, at the end of 1911, was 19,303 miles, including the
Government Border fences of 732 miles; and the expenditure by
the Department for that year, in dealing witli the rabbits, was
£24,699. The total cost of operations since the Boards came into
force is, Government expenditure £842,478, and by the District
Boards and Run-owners, £893,977, or a total of £1,736,455. This,
however, does not include the outlay of the runholders on the
destruction of rabbits, which runs into a very large amount of
money.
The rabbits entered the eastern boundary of Western Australia
from South Australia, and the vanguard of the army reached
Euela in 1898. They are now spread over a large area, from the
South Australian border to the Barrier Fence, about 180 miles
from the coast, that runs from the Great Australian Bight, and
strikes the Indian Ocean about 100 miles north of Condon. Be-
tween the Barrier Fence, and what is known as the No. 2 Fence,
38 president's address
about eighty miles further west, there are a number of rabbits in
places^
In isiHi, the pastoralista of New South Wales oolleoted a sum
of money Eor the purpose of bringing out a specialist from the
Pasteur Institute oi' Tans, to experiment On the practicability of
inoculating the rabbits with some virulent organism that would
Bpread and destroy them. Dr. Danysz came out, and, under the
supervision o( the Board i^\' Health, carried out his investigations
at Broughtofl Island; nothing practical, however, eventuated.
Though when years oi' drought come round, the rabbit, plague
decreases; yet, as Boon as ^ood seasons take their place, the rabbits.
if negleoted, are as abundant as ever, in spite of the enormous sums
expended in trapping, hunting and poisoning, in experiments ear-
ned out to infect them with contagious diseases, and in the miles
o( wire-netting encircling the pastoralista' holdings.
The only thing that will control the rabbit, is closer settlement.
subdivision o\' paddocks, and wire-netting. Of course, some new
factor ma) spring up, and the balance of nature be restored. There
has invn a marked difference in the native flora since the introduc-
tion o\' rabbits, for they have not only eaten out the grass by the
roots in many places, but all kinds o( herbage, plants, shrubs, and
Beedlings have been eaten down or barked, even to the smaller
scrub minis, until the land has become "rabbit-sick"; and even with
good Seasons, if will be years before many of these plants will
reappear.
In several of the methods used in fighting the rabbits, the native
animals and birds have Buffered as severely as the plants. The
Universal distribution of phosphorus ami pollard by means of the
poison cart, claimed to be one o[' the most effective methods of
destroying rabbits, has killed off an enormous number of the most
useful insectivorous birds, so that the magpie, laughing jackass.
stone plover, and other birds have almost disappeared where the
poison-Cart is regularly employed. In some of the western land.
where poisoned water is used, often in a very careless manner, all
conspicuous living things die out with the rabbit.
PBESIDENT'b 4DDBH0I .'VJ
Besides the destruction of the flora and fauna, there is another
very important aspect of the rabbit-question, that cannot be over-
Looked. The effect that the constant killing of rabbits, often id a
very brutal manner, has upon the minds of the people engaged in
rabbit trapping, is to be deplored. The callous way in which boys
and girls treat maimed rabbits, has been frequently noted. The
School [nspector of the STass district recently reported that 20 pet
Cent. <>! the children in the smaller schools were engaged in trap
ping. When rabbiting is seriously undertaken, it occupies a great
pari, of the time of the children when out of school, and seriously
encroaches on their hours of Bleep, as they work at the traps till
late at night. Opinions differe among the teachers as to its effect,
but there is a general consensus of opinion that it induces not only
physical, but also mental and moral deterioration. In the Mudgee
district, over two hundred children are engaged in rabbiting, from
(Jour to six months in the year.
On the other hand, it is claimed that the rahlut has created an
important industry, employing a great many people at good wages,
collecting and distributing a valuable food supply. The pecuniary
value of the rabbit industry is certainly important. Frozen rabbits
and hares exported IVoin New South Wales last year (1912) were
valued at £252,053, and exported skins at £318,930, while the esti-
mated value of by-products totalled another £57,000. The total i'or
the Commonwealth, for frozen rabbits and skins, readied
£1,053,391. ' '
In spite of this large sum returned IVoin rabbit-trapping, it is
not a. I rue source of Wealth, hut a parasitic growth upon our most
important wealth, the sheep and wool ; and Australia would he much
richer without it. The rabbit has, and still is, destroying annually
millions of pounds' worth of OUr best assets. On one station alone,
in a, single season, a honus of sixpence per scalp was paid on
500, ooo rabbits, in one season, in New Zealand, in L886, it was
estimated that the rabbits were eating the grass of from Ave to six
millions sheep, and costing, per a.uniini, at least £1,500,000.
The hare {Lepus europaeua) is so closely related to the rabbit,
that it is hardly necessary to deal with it in detail. It was intro-
40 president's address.
duced into Australia in the same manner as the rabbit; but, though
thoroughly established over the greater part of the settled districts
of the southern and eastern States, with a few exceptions, it has
done no very serious damage. Its chief depredations have been in
orchards, where it delights to gnaw the bark of fruit-trees, and
in cultivation-paddocks. It is somewhat remarkable that, when the
rabbits come into a district, the hares move out.
The fox (Canis vulpes) was introduced into Australia, it is said,
about 1808, by some of the members of a Hunt Club, for the pur-
pose of indulging in the noble sport of fox-hunting. They were
turned out in Southern Victoria, about the district of Geelong or
Colac ; but as no one, now, wishes to claim the honour of the intro-
duction of the fox into Australia, it is very difficult to get any
accurate records on the subject. Like the rabbit, it was some years
before the fox became acclimatised, and established itself under the
new conditions of life; for it was nearly twenty years later, that
foxes were first noticed on the southern border of New South
Wales. At first, they made their way northward through Gipps-
land, keeping to the forest and scrub-lands of the eastern coast;
but within the last ten years, they have spread all through Riverina
out into the scrub-lands of the western plains, and are now gener-
ally distributed all over the State. It is evidently only a matter of
time, when the fox will be found all over Australia. Last year, the
Armidale Pastures Protection Board paid for the scalps of 367 adult
and 117 cub foxes, while the combined bonus of all the Protection
Boards in New South Wales amounted to £3,561 for the scalps of
26,278 foxes.
A very large portion of Australia is admirably adapted for the
home of the fox, and it is very easy for them to make their
"earths," or to enlarge rabbit-burrows in the scrub and sandhills,
where the natural food of the fox (the rabbit) is plentiful. That
the fox has not become such a serious pest to the sheep-breeders
as was at first expected, is due to the abundance of rabbits; what
they will do when the rabbits are reduced down to normal, it is
hard to say; and though, in England, they are almost omnivorous,
feeding upon rats, beetles, and even snails and worms in hard
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 41
times, here, in the great open spaces, lambs in paddocks will be
much more palatable food.
Though many of the squatters have rather tolerated the fox, or,
at least, have not taken active measures against it, on account of
its rabbit-hunting habits, it has not been the case with the farmers
who breed poultry. In fact, the advent of the fox into the south-
ern districts, has been a very serious blowT to poultry- and turkey-
breeding in particular. All poultry had to be shut up at night in
wired-in yards; and, in many places, this profitable branch of
farming has been abandoned, simply on account of the trouble with
foxes.
Another change that the fox is bringing about is the destruction
of the larger ground-nesting birds, such as the lyre-bird and scrub-
fcurkey, in the coastal brushes; and, in the west, the mallee hen,
pigeons, and wild ducks will all share the same fate.
Of course, there is very often an unseen enemy that appears and
evens up things, and with the foxes frequenting the coastal scrubs
north of Sydney, this appears to have come in the shape of the
common bush- or dog-tick. An observant friend informs me that,
this last year, on his land at Narrabeen, he has found several dead
foxes in the scrub, showing signs of tick-infestation.
In this necessarily brief summary, I have tried to show some of
the new conditions that have come about during a century of
civilisation; and that, in spite of mistakes due to the want of
knowledge of the life of this new land, we have steadily gone
ahead, as an agricultural and pastoral community. Australia is a
land capable of growing rich crops of cereals, lucerne, and other
fodder-plants, under scientific cultivation. The latent fertility of
our driest lands has been shown, where water can be applied ; writh
a close study of the climatic conditions, the composition of the
soil, and the selection of the most suitable hardy varieties of wTheat
and other cereals, our farmers are reaping the reward of their intel-
ligence and industry. We are rapidly developing a nation of
farmers, who will be able to hold their own in the markets of the
world. The improvement in the character of our live stock has.
been also going on; our stockowners have imported the ve^y best
LIBRARY-
42 president's address.
stud-cattle obtainable, while the Government has helped the smaller
herds of the dairy farmers with their stud-cattle farms.
Above all, Australia is a land capable of carrying great flocks of
sheep, with a climate exactly suited to the fine-woolled sheep of the
merino type; and our stock-owners comprise a large number of
men who have spared no expense, or attention, in the production
of the finest fleeces, both in quality and quantity, our wool is
improving every year, and is competed for by the manufacturers
of the world.
The old antagonism between the woolgrowers and the wheat-
growers dates from the time when the free selectors cut up the
sheep runs; but now we see the squatters finding that they can
grow wheat profitably, and the farmer has his sheep in conjunction
with his crops. i
The sheep will not decrease in Australia, as some writers sug-
gest, but will increase as rapidly under the new conditions as the
wheat, though they will be divided up into smaller flocks. In
Great Britain, so small in area, compared with Australia, there
were in 1911, 26„494,992 sheep, most of which are made up of
flocks of a few hundred in number.
The civilisation of the empty spaces of the interior will go on
as it has in the past nearer the coast, slowly but surely, until the
flocks and herds meet from the east and west.
Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance
sheet for the year 1912, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H.
Rayment, F.C.P.A., Incorporated Accountant; and he moved
that it be received and adopted, which was carried unanimously.
Abstract: General Account, Balance from 1911, .£139 3s. Id.;
income, £1,044 5s. 0d.; expenditure, .£956 18s. 9d.; transfer to
Bookbinding account, £18 18s. 0d.; balance to 1913, £207 1 Is. 4d.
Bacteriology Account, Balance from 1911, £71 Is. 3d.; income,
£483 10s. 3d.; expenditure, £489 5s. 9d.; transfer to Capital
account, £26; balance to 1913, £39 5s. 9d. Linnean Maclkay
Fellowships Account, Income, £1,562 4s. 5d.; expenditure,
£1,001 15s. 0d.; transfer to Capital account, £560 9s. 5d.
43
The Scrutineers having handed in their report, the President
declared the following elections for the Current Session to have
been duly made : —
President : Mr. W. S. Dun.
Members of Council (to fill seven vacancies) : Messrs. R. H.
Cambage, F.L.S., J. H. Campbell, J. E. Carne, F.G.S., H. G.
Chapman, M.D., B.S., J. B. Cleland, M.D., Ch.M., T. Storie-
Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., and Alex. G. Hamilton.
Auditor : Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A.
On the motion of Mr. Maiden, seconded by Mr. Cambage, a
very cordial vote of thanks was accorded, by acclamation, to the
retiring President.
44
s
5Ti
H
M)
tj
N)
Eh
O
o
o
m
H
0
T3 0 0
O C lO
.iOG CD
Hi CD CO lt
: >»
• a>
Cu c
b£n3
« o
6
« ^ n -m
£f.1o
• S 0/ c j
r S §
3D hh O
crt
o o
o o
o t>
a-
S re
-TO
"0
a- cu
0; C
— —
OlOO
I- <M
OS
rH
■81
o r
CO
3
"2 -
p o
3
-p
—
CO
o
t-H
0)
„
OS
C
T— 1
-c
>
0t
-2 «
5!)
45
-a
o
■d
fl
o
u
a
o
P
o
o
o
<
a
o
o
S5
coco
OS
2.2
OOcN
»OCOG5
(NOOi-h
r-l >-
o o
<M O
O CO
o>ls
■ CO 09 I
: -£ o M =
s o S ~
• S ^ %.
.5 a* o
as rtr^-T £>
C fl O <L
» 5^:-
^ " ? ai i^
I «rt
-t CC M<
CD -tOO I--
CO i-hO
», loco
=rt
G0<M
^
CO
,_
CO
1—1
tN
l"
t^coco
TfCOC.
(NCC I
=t?
^~ »
.S-s S
S » -
• ;-. 0) r-
: h 4s
JS--8
0J 0J
c,' H v •- " 5 - c-
Srs-S o ®
2^2
Z 2 CO CV p
£ ££^|^i
0/ a; c
1.1
O. 3
O^
fr
CO
rH
OS
rH
O '*•
<
S3
|ffl
03
fe
"2 fe
^
eg
-R
"^
T3
i—l
a
-1^
^T
nd
«a
p
^
«tj
^
46
"O 005
OS
go 0*0
*0
CJ 0 03
OS
^ OCO
CO
e5
OS
CO
co"
3
CD . cq
^3 : W)
OQ fn ..3
H 8 • >
H 52 ■ c3
S m :QQ
"^ co ' -P
qj • C
i .s
P1 • £
r3 • I*
.. -p • >
oo 5 O
sod o
estme
New
Sto
Cash,
>>
i— i
T3 O O OO
OCO
OS
oo O O OO
0*0
IQ
o o ^co
OOJ
OS
O O t^<M
oco
CO
Itf Tj^ <© 00
CD
os
1-4" i— r
CO"
co
1— 1
rH
i— i
!h CO . >>r-i
<U
• pi co • £• es
CM
[ES.
d by
000,
ered
Cap
11 ...
L2 ...
rH
OS
SI*"0* ..
cj
CD
Q
H V O & ■„ ^
-p
< 3 -S-e^ ® 5
co
i—i
CO
-P
s1i|*4is
03
§»S 3lfi°
-P
Am
iam
ate '.
a ted
icil
inve
31st
31st
O
o
o
£
o
o
rt 9 s
c
O <J r5
r— 1
rOCOrH <<#
CO
rH
rH
OOrHCO CO
f—\
i— 1 rH
^
C^rHCO CO
IQ
*o
T*
crt
rO ° °°
m ° «°
M o CO
^W (M rH
• co • co •
:■§ :^ :
ph co
. a) ■•* •
rH co . O •
OS 0) --S •
rH > fc .
O _, CD co £
£ SgW.2
8"gs 1
c cd o ft
Bala
Inter
Tuiti
Less
pro
t>> * ~ -
pq - - «
^ OOS
CO
lO
EQ 0*0
1— 1
OS
oi oo coos
r-\
T|i
^* t* (Mo-j
IQ
23
cfl
rjjTJiOOTttSOOO ocooco
m CO O h* *C CN CO "H iOCOOSOS
m rH rHrH rH r-\
(V» CO CO CO rH lO CO CM HTtlOO
HiCMrH CM
^ !
icals
tion
ting
rest
«i : : S,:i :g : :.s : * '■• :
CD . • • • <D • ft •*-! «
W) : : : :rfl : o • -a, : w . .
d Wa
e (pr
and
enses.
ed
1913.
alary an
ent
ates ... .
isurance.
as
pparatus
elephone.
udit Fe
of) ... .
ettty Cas
aurnals ;
ank Exp
ccumulat
Invested
alance to
^P^KmO^H^ PhHsPQ h^ m
o^^^^--- *>-?-•
H
47
EH
fc
P
O
o
N
u
T-i
<
2
CO
tf
Ph
0)
t-H
fl
w
B
CO
V
&
o
<D
o
P
1-1
43
M
GO
r-l
CO
4^
►*
od
<
43
CD
W
<D
J
A
o
GQ
<j
©
§
£
rt
pq
■o
CiC0*O
IO
03
TjfOt^
<N
fH
3
0"tf t^
00of
CO
Oi
i— I
co
co
<^
r^Oi O
O
mTt< O
O
—
bif^
ID
H
W
03
IT
.gfc
03
5 °
-1
^
° 'M^ c
pq^
S : w o
-P
co
T3 s
.2cq
'<-> co
o7
2 ^
tments
ortgag
South
ribed 3
lercial
p
OP
O OS
Cv f^H p» B g
—
, ~
d £ o
CO
C8
^ ^ o
O
-o o
*0
lO
00 O
(M
CM
o
os
OS
« £
CO
i— 1
co
»
8"
t>T
o
c
DIO
<4*
c
3C5
>> ■ &I-P
r
H
02
cp ~ '-Per
DO
H
mC
^CO
oo
0 lO
r^
3
«
fc
HCN
H r-H
•<
M
2 „rH OC4H £
S5C5
^ CD ^ CP 02
p
r ,"
-p-Q^S g
CO
§8
Amoun
am Ma
ate Du
of Inco
in ter
EM
3 -p
1S
0cO
..SrQ
"
3 -P
pital
Wil
Pro
lance
ised
H^
TO CC
U PQ
COT*
m!
pq
co 0*005
=fl
o *o
o io
o
eg
Cfl
§^
o t
0<4H
!_ CO
ag
O - -
o
O
co
c3 «^
^ r
,2 uJ ^
TO ^s
T3 ^
48
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
March 26th, 1913.
Mr. \V. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (27th November, 1912), amounting to 28 Vols.,
274 Parts or Nos., 63 Bulletins, 14 Reports, and 18 Pamphlets,
received from 101 Societies and 2 Individuals, were laid upon
the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Miss S. Hynes showed fruits of Hernandia bivalvis Benth.,
from Queensland, and a coloured illustration of the fresh fruits;
and another instalment of illustrations of native plants, from
coloured drawings by Mrs. Rowan, prepared for teaching
purposes.
Mr. E. I. Bickford exhibited a flowering branch of Eucalyptus
macrocarpa Hook., remarkable for its very large crimson flowers,
and large fruits; from York, W.A.
Mr. Tillyard reported that the two-year old seedling of Nuytsia
Jioribunda, the Western Australian Christmas Tree, of which he
had exhibited a photograph a year ago, had been destroyed by a
bush fire in January last.
49
NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN MARINE ALGJE, i.
By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.
(Plates i.-v.)
FUCOIDE^E.
Turbinaria Lamour.
T. ornata J.Ag. — Mr. C. Hedley collected several specimens of
Turbinaria on Murray Island, Torres St., which agree with T.
ornata except that the receptacles are all distinctly racemose and
not at all cymose. The largest measured 20 cm. in length, the
peltate laminae were in general 17 mm. in diameter, including the
teeth of the margin. A second crown of teeth was present on a
few of the laminae. The " leaves " were hollowed out into
vesicles. Stolons were borne abundantly on the lower stipes,
but I could not find any buds upon them. The species is widely
distributed over the Pacific and Indian Oceans, and throughout
the Malay Archipelago. On the Queensland coast it has been
gathered as far south as Port Denison. Mr. Hedley's form may
be distinguished as forma racemosa.
Some years ago I picked up a fragment of a Turbinaria, pro-
babl}T of this species, which had been carried south with the
pumice of the northern island volcanoes, and thrown up on the
beach at Bronte, near Bondi.
The branching Turbinarias found on our north coasts are T.
conoides Kuetz., and T. decurrens Bory, A third slender branch-
ing form, T. gracilis Sond., from West Australia, was figured by
Harvey (Phyc. Austr., P1.131).
Of the simple forms, T. trial a ta Kuetz., recorded from \V. Aus-
tralia by Labillardiere, was figured by Kuetzing (Tab. Phyc. x.,
t.69). It is not listed as Australian by Sonder, who was, how-
ever, acquainted with it from Fan Domingo in the West Indie.*.
T. ornata was already figured by Turner.
A. and E. S. Gepp have figured T. murrayana of the latter,
from specimens collected in the Seychelles by J. Starkie Gardiner
50 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN MARINE ALGjE, i ,
during the " Sealark " Expedition to the Indian Ocean (Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond., Vol. xii., Pt.4, 1909). This form has been
recorded from Macassar and from New Guinea, and may well be
found in the future on the islands of Torres St. and perhaps on
our tropical coasts. In T. murrayana there are no vesicles, the
leaves being solid. May not the simple unbranched form with
solid leaves be a reef-growing stage of T. decurrens ? One is so
familiar with non development of vesicles until they are func-
tionally needed in other Sargassacese, notably Sargassum and
Cystophora^ that one may expect to find evesiculose individuals
in the case of normally vesiculose species of Turbinaria. In
fact, there is a similar variety, evesiculosa Bart., of T. conoides.
Both vesicled and unvesicled forms of this species grew in the
Seychelles on reefs exposed at dead low tide, but in different
localities.
Cystophyllum J.Ag.
C. muricatum (Turn.) J.Ag., has a wide range, from the
Tropics to Tasmania. It is recorded from the Sunda Islands
and Austral ia(Freycinet, Preiss, Gaudichaud), and the Admiralty
Islands( Dickie). Harvey says it is found throughout the Indian
Ocean. It probably occurs all round the Australian coasts.
Thus Harvey gives the range " from King George's Sound to
Port Jackson, in various places." Victorian records are Port
Phillip(F. v. Mueller), Geelong(Lucas), Port Phillip Heads and
Western Port (J. B. Wilson). Sonder gives Georgetown, Tas-
mania. In New South Wales I have found it in Botany Bay
and Port Stephens. Mr. D. Stead sent me specimens from
W^allis Lake, where it is regarded as a nuisance on the oyster-
banks; and Sonder gives Clarence River. Queensland localities
are Moreton Bay(Lucas), Port Denison, Rockingham Bay, Cook-
town, and Whitsunday Island(Sonder). This is a remarkably
extended distribution for a brown alga whose habitat is sheltered
harbours.
Figured, Turner (Hist. Fuc. ii., P1.112), Harvey (Phyc Austr.,
PL 139). The fruiting receptacles are very similar to those of
Sargassum, and are produced in the summer about Sydney.
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 51
De Toni includes Sirophymlis binodis Kuetz.,(Tab. Phyc. x.,
t.59, £.2) as C. muricatum var. binodis (Kuetz.). The description
is: " Fronds muricate; aculei rather lax, thickened at the apex,
bi- or tri-dentate, divaricate; vesicles in pairs, rarely threes,
lanceolate. Australia(Kuetzing)." I have not seen the type of
this variety, but individuals of our species seem to answer well
enough to this description.
C. onustum(M ert.) J.Ag., Holdfast Bay, W.A (F. v. Mueller),
and Mus. Paris, and V. australe Sonder, Holdfast Bay (F. v.
Mueller) are nearly allied forms to C. muricatum. De Toni does
not list the latter, which is recognised by Harvey in his Syn.
Cat. T have not seen either.
Hormosira Endl.
H.(\) articulata(Forsk.) Zan. — I had the good fortune to dis-
cover this singular species, with its remarkable triquetrous stem
with interrupted alternate wing-expansions, growing on a rocky
shelf around a small island in the upper reaches of Port Stephens.
It was growing in company with Cystophyllum muricatum, and
could be gathered while wading at low tide.
To make sure of my identification of this species, which is
known as a Red Sea species, possibly occurring also in the China
Sea, I submitted a specimen to Mrs. E. S. Gepp, who kindly
compared it with the specimens of H. articulata in the British
Herbaria. She confirms the identification.
Judging from the distribution so far known, we may expect to
find this plant further north. Like C. muricatum, it appears to
affect the quieter waters of sheltered harbours.
Notheia Bail. & Harv.
K. anomala Bail, k Harv. — This interesting parasite is only
listed by De Toni from New Zealand and Tasmania. Harvey,
however, recorded it from the south coast of Victoria at Port
Fairy and Port Phillip Heads. I found it growing abundantly
at Barwon Heads, and J. Bracebridge Wilson at Western Port.
I have since traced it along the coast of New South Wales from
Twofold Bay to Port Stephens. It is evidently, then, widely
52 NOTKS ON AUSTRALIAN MARINE ALG.E, ].,
distributed around the shores of the south-east Australasian seas.
Personally I have only found it growing on the varieties of Hor-
mosira banksii.
Haliseris Targioni-Tazzetti .
Frond laminar, membranaceous,* dichotomous, midribbed, seg-
ments broadly linear, formed of two layers of cells, interior cells
rather angular, those constituting the midrib non-approximated,
cortical cells subcubical, monostromatic, densely packed with
endochrome. Spores scattered on both surfaces of the frond.
Tetraspores collected in naked sori, sublinear or in patches,
evolved on both surfaces of the frond. Paranemata separate
from the sporiferous sori, in small clumps, articulate, club-shaped.
Antheridia clustered in sori.
None of the Australian species show marginal veins.
i., Fronds membranaceous, with no veins from the midrib.
//. polypodioides(Desfont.) Ag. A form of wide distribution,
Europe, Atlantic, S. Africa, Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Japan. —
" Tasmania(Harvey)" De Toni.
H. wood '/card fia(R.Br.) J. Ag. = II. polypodioides var. denticulate
Sonder. — Has the habit of II. poli/podioides, but the margins of
the fronds are beset with numerous denticles.
Cape York(Daemel), Rockingham Bay (Dallachi), Ballina(Hen-
derson). — Sarawak(Zanardini), China Sea(Kuetz). -Figured by
Kuetzing(Tab. Phvc. ix., t.53).
H.muelleri Sonder, Linnsea( Vol.25; Fig., Harvey, Phyc.Austr.,
P1.180). — Sori of tetraspores in oblong cloud-like patches, con-
tinent over the greater part of the frond from the midrib to the
margins. Axils rounded, margins entire. Fronds to 50mm.
wide. Proximal part of frond gradually denuded. Tufts of
paranemata scattered equally over the whole frond, alternately
on one face and on the other.
West and south coasts of Australia (Sonder, Harvey), Anglesea,
Barwon Heads, Port Phillip (Lucas), Port Phillip Heads and
Western Port (J. Br. Wilson), Cape Schank(Mrs. Barker). —
Tasmania(W. H. Archer).
•Coriaceous in the Brazilian H. areschougii J.Ag.
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 53
Both Harvey and Bonder included the following under //.
muelleri.
H. acrostichoides J.Ag., Till. Algernes System, v. — Sori of tetra-
spores on each side of midrib in an elongated linear patch,
recalling arrangement of sori in Blechnam, leaving wide sterile
margins. Axils rather acute, margins entire. Fronds to 12 mm.
in width, lanceolate. Proximal part of frond terete. Tufts of
paranemata larger than in //. muelleri, and more conspicuously
arranged in arcuate, subparallel rows, curving back from the
midrib to the margins, those of alternate lines on opposite faces
of the frond, not as De Toni writes, "per laminam sine evidenti
ordine sparsa." Radix a stupose mass, reaching up to several
ounces in weight.
Tasmania(R. Gunn), Port Fairy( Harvey), Port Phillip Hds.,
and Western Port(J. Br. Wilson), Port Jackson and Port Stephens
(Lucas), Moreton Bay(G. Gross).
Probably Bonder's record of H. muelleri for Cooktown properly
belongs to this species.
H. partialis Harv., Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., xx. Fig., Harvey,
Phyc. Austr., PI. 29. — Sori of tetraspores forming deflexed lines
proceeding from the midrib to the margins. Tetraspores oval,
with wide colourless perispores. Axils widely angular, segments
very patent, margins entire, segments to 15 mm. ( Harvey's fig.),
proximal portion of stem becoming more or less denuded of
lamina. Paranemata not seen.
"Cast ashore from deep water," Fremantle, VV.A.(Harvey,
Clifton).
H. crassinervia Zanard.; Phyc. Austr. nov. sub n.5. — Sori not
seen. Axils rather acute, segments distant, widely linear, obtuse,
margins entire. Paranemata not seen. Stout conspicuous mid-
rib blackening on drying; rest of frond firm, turning dark brown
on drying.
Lord Howe T.(Fullagar, Lind). Needs elucidation.
ii., Fronds membranaceous, with veins running from midrib to
margins.
H. australis Sond., Alg. Mueller., Linnsea xxv. Fig., Kuetz.,
Tab. Phyc. ix., t.54. — Sori not seen. Axils rather acute, margins
54 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN MARlNK ALGiE, L,
entire, segments broad linear, obtuse, to 25 mm. wide. Numerous
very fine veins running out from the midrib obliquely toward the
margins, easily detected by the naked eye. Paranemata not
seen.
Lefebre Peninsula(Sonder), "Port Denison &c. Australia "
(Kilner, F. v. Mueller). Needs elucidation.
H. plagiogramma Mont., Cent. i. Fig., Kuetz., Tab. Phyc. ix.,
t.57. — Sori forming a subcontinuous spot along each side of the
midrib. Axils rather acute, margins entire. Numerous fine
veins running out from the midrib obliquely to the margins, about
1 mm. apart. Paranemata not recorded. Frond small, scarcely
12-14 cm. long.
Atlantic, Sandwich Islands. — Australia(Zanardini).
Spermatochnus Kuetz.
(Plate i.)
S. lejolisii(Thm\) De Toni. — This graceful and delicate alga
was a sore puzzle, as it seems to be without fruit, and no fucoid
of our Australian list seemed to even approach it. I accordingly
forwarded a specimen to Mrs. E. S. Gepp of the British Museum,
who has most kindly helped me out of other difficulties. She
wrote "A new record for Australia! Dr. Kuckuck, the authority
on this group, is now working here, and he named it, so there is
no doubt about it. He is making a new genus on S. lejolisii,
and has studied the European specimens of it."
Shores of France(l.e Jolis) and England(Holmes). I found it
growing on fronds of a Dicti/ota, on a shelf of rock made acces-
sible at low water, on an island in the inner harbour of Port
Stephens.
Myriocladia J. Ag.
M. sciurus Harv. — Mr. L. Rodway sent me this alga, gathered
by him at Pv-etreat, on the Derwent River, Tasmania. It had
previously only been found in Victoria (Port Fairy), and New
South Wales (Newcastle). Harvey did not secure fruiting speci-
mens. The Tasmanian specimens were in full fruit, the sporangia
being characteristic of the genus as defined by J. Agardh.
BY A. ti. S. LUCAS. 55
Viva lactuca^L. — Ouv common Ulva, which I take to be U.
lactnca, is, when only 2 mm. wide, a flat or gently waved mem-
brane. I have never seen any appearance of a tube or horn.
Very old individuals develop, in the basal part of the frond, an
anterior layer which gives to it a much greater thickness and
solidity. I append drawings of sections of this basal dark green
portion, which, if seen alone and reaching some inches in dimen-
sions, has the appearance of a totally different plant(Plate v.).
The following seem to be new species.
NlTOPHYLLUM SINUOSUM, Sp.n.
(Plates ii.-iii.)
Fronde breviter stipata, tenue membranacea, avenia, circum-
scriptione ovali, densissime circumcirca lobata etundulata; stipite
cuneato ad 6 vel 7 mm. longo, mox evanescente; margine integer-
rimo in breves sublineares lobos egrediente, apicibus loborum
obtusis fere rectilinearibus ; cystocarpiis rotundatis 1 mm.
diametro metientibus, numerosis in media regione frondis,
angusta pallidiori zona concentrice cinctis; soris oblongis, axi
majore in marginem frondis verso, 2 mm. longo, per totam super-
ticiem frondis superioris, zona satis lata prope marginem excepta,
sparsis. Magnitudo frondis maxime variabilis, usque ad 35 cm.
x 20 cm. Lacinine rarius visse. Color pulchre roseus.
A handsome species belonging to the same Group as the
Atlantic iV. 2Mnct<itum(St<ickh. ) Grev., and iVr. crispatum(Kiietz.)
J.Ag., which appears to be its representative on both sides of
Bass Straits. It differs from both in the general outline, being
broad rather than long, and the lobes being short and square-
edged. It is of a rich carmine when fullest coloured. This colour
changes to orange after a few hours' standing in seawater, but
returns on drying. The substance is thin and membranaceous,
and the fronds adhere most closely to paper.
I have found it only in Botany Bay, where it grows in a few
fathoms on the leaves of Zoster a and C ymodocea. It may be
obtained in fruit of both kinds, on different individuals, in any
56 \OTKs ON \ US TK A T.I A N MARINE AL(i.K, i.,
month of bhe year. The oblong Bori of betrasporangia radiate
outwards towards the edge of tin* frond.
P0LY8IPHONIA compacta, sp.n,
despite densissimo, pulvinato; filis benuibus, omnino articu
latis el eeortieatis; primariis decumbentibus vel repentihus im
plicatis, largiter radieantibus; secundariis adscendentibus a basi
erectiusculis, paroius dichotomis vage ramulosis; ramulis sparsis
angustis axilUs erectiusculis; arbiculis plerumque 9-siphoniis,
Alorura primariorum diametro sesquilongioribus, secundariorum
aequalibus, ramulorum ultimorum gradatim brevioribus; apicibus
simplioibus vel Beeps furcatis fibrill is coronals : tetrasporangiis
in medio ramujo immersis seriatis, apparenter e singulo siphone
bransformatis : cvstooarpiis nondumvisis, Coloreobscure rubro
vel brunneo-purpureo; substantia mollissiina,
(hows in oushion or moss like patches which cpver and follow
bhe inequalities o\' the rock. Variable in outline, irregularly
ova); the patches may attain a Longest diameter oi 80mm. or
more, and may become confluent. The lower layer forms a firm
imbricate reticulum; the upper, rising to a height oi 10 [6 mm.,
consists ^^ free ramuli, very soft to the touch
The primary filaments, somewhat stouter than the secondary,
creep over the rock surface, and are attached bo it by numerous
simple or forked colourless rhisoids. These di> not arise from
every joint, but as many as ii\e may spring from one articulus.
Bach rhiioid, or division o't ■ rhisoid, terminates in an expanded
adhesive disc. The rhizoids were generally about twice as long
as the ,i<»int to which they were attached, and their diameter was
about I or I of that ^i bhe joint.
The betrasporangia not moniliform, but extending in » series 6f
bo nine or more in the middle ^^ the ramulus. Fertile lamulus
not infrequently branched, sometimes bearing an immature
fertile ramellus. Nocystocarps or antheridia as yet observed.
A narrow colourless .-one, at each articulation, separated the
siphons of adjacent joints. Siphons nearly constantly nine.
Hah Rock-pools left by falling tide; Farm Cove, Tort Jack
son. Associated with Ccramium clavatum.
BY a. u. 8. LUCAS. ,r>7
New records for New South Waits.
Chondria curdieana Karv., MS. I have gathered thisatWol-
longong, Botany Bay, and Port Stephens, Heir. I. ECretschman
recently forwarded handsome specimens to the National Her
barium from Port Flacking. Some of these attained to a Length
of '24 cm., with an equal spread of branches. The species is of ;i
beautiful iridescent blue while growing in the water, in this
particular resembling its near ally, C. co3rulescens(Cro\iaii) Falk.,
of the Atlantic and Mediterranean, [twasseni to Harveyfrom
V ictoria.
Bryopsis bacn/i/mt J.A#. Miss M. Klockton found this
eleganl Bryopsis growing In a hemispherical mass on the muddy
bottom of the Parramatta River al Elyde. The bright green
filaments are so dense that the mass appears almost black in the
water. Kadius of mass about '_!.', inches. The branching is most
characteristic, the famuli coming off in general alternately, at
rather long intervals, except at (lie tips of the branches, con
stricted a1 the base, very obtuse and very Long, It was found
by,). Bracebridge Wilson in Port Phillip, probably on the Mats
about Mud Island.
We bake the opportunity of reproducing photographically
(Plate iv.) a well-grown specimen of Soncfaria bennettiana(H.&vv.)
F.v.M. The specimen was among the Algae left by Mr. Charles
Moore in the offices of the Botanical Gardens, There is no
record of it, hut it was probably dredged in Port Jackson by Dr.
K. P. Ramsay. I have never obtained it either cast up or by
dredging.
New records Jot Tasmania.
Mr. L. Rodway, Government Botanist, in May, I '.Ml', forwarded
bo me, for identification, a very fine collection, made by him, of
Tasmanian Alga. I have so far identified 173 species. The
collection contains a number of forms of great interest. Mr.
Rod way's specimens are from the Derwent and Huon Rivers, the
I >'rOnt recast eaux Channel, Southport, and Eaglehawk Neck, and
a few from other localities. The Channel especially furnishes
rarer species.
58 NOTES OX AUSTRALIAN MARINE ALUiE, i.,
The following, so far as I know, have not been hitherto
recorded from Tasmania.
FuCOIDKjE.
Sargassum linear if olium(T urn.) Ag. Ralph's Bay.
S. pa radoxum(H. Br.) Harv. Derwent, Channel.
Cystophora siliquosa J.Ag. Derwent.
C. torulosa(Yl.Br.) J.Ag. Devenport, Derwent, Southport.
Gymnosorus variegatus J.Ag. Channel.
Gutleria multifida{$>m.) Gmel.
Myriocladia sciurus Harv. Derwent.
Elachista australis J.Ag. Derwent.
Golpomenia si?mosa(Tloth.) Derb. Sl Solan. Derwent.
Asperococcus compressus Griff. Derwent, Eaglehawk Neck.
Gladostephus verticillntus(\ ightf. ) Ag. Southport.
Floride^e.
JJangia alropurpur m(Roth. ) Ag. Derwent, Blackmail's Bay.
var. roseo-purpurea Kuetz. Derwent.
Ghantrausia sp. Huon.
Pterocladia lucida(lX. Br.) J.Ag.
P. capillacea{Gme\.) Born. & Thur. Thouin Bay.
Erythruclonium mnelleri Send. Near Action I.; dredged in
20 fathoms.
Rhabdonia robuMa(Grev) J.Ag. Ralph's Bay.
Hypoglossum heferocystideum J.Ag. Channel.
Phitymorpha imbricata J.Ag. Derwent.
Laurencia botryoides{Tuvn.) Gaill. Derwent.
Ghondria 8ucculenla(j . Ag.) Falk. Channel.
Polysiphonia ccespitida Sond. Eaglehawk Neck.
Geramium clavnlatum Ag. Eaglehawk Neck.
Gratehnipia jilicina Ag., var. luxurians A. & E. S. Gepp.
1 )erwent.
Amphiroa( Metayoniol ithon) granifera Harv. Devonport.
CHLOUOPHYCEiE.
Etderomorpha /;ro/*/era( Muell.) J.Ag. Derwent.
BY A. tt. S. LUCAS. 59
Chcetophora elegmis(\\ot\\.) Ag. In fresh- water stream, Proc-
tor's Road.
Ghaetomorpha a«>ei?(Dillw.) Kuetz. Derwent, Thouin Bay.
Cladophora pet lucid VfHuds.) Kuetz. Derwent.
Cfiaccida Kuetz. Derwent.
C. coTifervoides(Roih.) Le Jolis. Channel.
Rhizoclonium tortuosum Kuetz. Derwent.
Bryopsis hypnoides Lamour. Eaglehawk Neck.
Canlerpa cactoides(Tum.) Ag. Near Actaeon I., in 20 fathoms.
C 'odium bu?'sa(h.) Ag.
C. galeatum J.Ag. Derwent.
Probably many other Victorian seaweeds will also be found on
the other side of Bass Straits.
Good fruiting examples, of Polysiphonia macrarthra Z&n., were
sent. Cystocarps numerous, lateral on median branches, sphaerico-
urceolate, on short stout pedicels consisting of one zone(articulus)
of siphons. Cystocarps 2-3 times as long as pedicel, with a
diameter shorter than that of the ramulus to which they are
attached.
The following species of Ptilonia appears to be new.
Ptilonia intermedia, sp.nov.
Fronde lineari ex ancipite plana, ad 30 cm. longa, decomposito-
pinnata. Caule initio fere tereti a hasi scutata mox ancipito
piano; ramis in ambitu ovalibus alternis axillis rotundatis bis vel
ter pinnatis, rachide ad 2 mm. lata; pinnulis planis, linearibus,
membranaceis, pinnellis paucis quasi dentiformibus e inargine
excurrentibus. Fronde stratis tribus contexta, costa fills articu-
latis ramosis longitudinal ibus, centrale distinctum ciugentibus,
cellis intermedii rotundato-angulatis majoribus, cellulis corti-
calibus parvulis radiatis. Cystocarpiis sphsericis parvulis, 300/x.
diametro, muticis, apparenter terminalibus ex apice pinnellae
praelongo evolutis. Color roseo-purpurea
D'Entrecasteaux Channel, Tasmania; November, 1910 (L.
Rod way).
With the typical structure of frond and cystocarps of the
genus, this graceful species, with the general habit of Delisea,
60 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN MAKINE ALG^, i.
appears to be intermediate between P. australasica Harv., and
P. subulifera J.Ag.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES L-V.
Plate i.
Spermatochnus /ejolisii{Tln\v.) De Toni. (Half nat. size).
Plate ii.
Nitophyllum siuuomm, sp.nov. Tetrasporangiferous plant.
Plate iii.
Nitophyllum sinuosum, sp.nov. Cystocarpiferous plant.
Plate iv.
Sondera bennettiana(Ha.vv.) F.v. M.[Syn. Claudea bennettiana Harv.].
Plate v.
Fig. 1. — tjlva lactuca L. , transverse section of basal portion.
Fig.2. — Ulva lactuca L. ; longitudinal section of same.
Figs. 3- 4. — Bryopsis baculifera J.Ag.; tips of branchlets.
(Figs. 1-2 from drawings by Miss M. Flockton.)
61
REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE SUB-
FAMILIES GYPHALEINJE AND CNODALONIN.E.
(Fani. TENEBRIONIDiE).
By H. J. Carter, BA., F.E.S.
(Plates vi.-vii.)
The Cyphaleinse are almost entirely Australian, the only
recorded exceptions being (a) the species of the genera Crypsis
and Artactes from the Indo-Malayan Islands and Japan; (b) two
species from New Guinea, described by Macleay as Prophanes,
but which I consider to be Cyphaleus; and (c), a single species,
Cyphaleus valdivianus Phil., from Chili. It is extremely pro-
bable that more will come to light as the fauna of New Guinea
is more thoroughly investigated, while the single link with South
America is an interesting fact of distribution. Its members
include the handsomest of all the Tenebrionidae, but endowed
with strong powers of flight; and their habits and life-histories
being almost unknown, comparatively few specimens are to be
seen in ordinary collections. The subfamily presents strong
evidence of belonging to an ancient but disappearing race, with
its man}' genera and few species, and these sometimes not very
closely related to one another.
The Cyphaleince are distinguished from the Tenebrionince by
the following characters. Head flat, more or less enclosed in the
thorax, eyes large and transverse, mandibles bifid at the ex-
tremity, antennae generally long, with joints G-10 successively
enlarged. Prothorax generally Insinuate at apex and base, with
the anterior angles well produced; the prosternum is in general
strongly compressed or carinate, its process received behind into
a wide cavity of the mesosternum. The intercoxal process wide,
oval, or angular, tibiae with short spines, not usually enlarged at
apex, tarsi long.
62 SUBFAMILIES CYPH A LEIN.fi AND CNODALONIN^H,
Some of the genera (e.g., Chartopteryx, Prophanes, and Cyclo-
phanes) present a feature which seems to have escaped notice, in
the excavated, or strongly depressed central part of the apical
segment of the abdomen. Most of the genera, including the
above three, also Paraphanes, Hemicyclus, Oremasis, and Cypha-
leus, show strong sexual characters, viz., (l)the protuberant
ovipositor of the female, (2) the strongly enlarged three basal
joints of the front tarsi, and, to a less extent, of the intermediate
tarsi. The ovipositor has not been mentioned, so far as I am
aware, by other writers, and should not be mistaken for the male
organ. It is linear-lanceolate, slightly enlarged towards the
apex, sulcate or convex on its upper surface, bifid at its ex-
tremity, with two small linear appendages, and a few hairs near
apex. It has been customary for writers on this group to insert
an apology for adding a new genus. In adding four new genera
to the present list, the author would rather apologise for not
adding more, since some of the existing genera, especially Cypha-
leus and Chartopteryx, contain species of strikingly different
facies. The possession of more material, however, is necessary
before an author can sacrifice or mutilate rare specimens for dis-
section; and until this is done, it is better to include such doubt-
ful species under existing genera, if their salient characters render
the classification suitable. As a partial compensation, two of
the existing genera are omitted, Tetraphyllus as being a genus of
the Subfamily Cnodalonince, recorded only from Madagascar; the
two Australian species T. Reaumuri Caste!., and T. sumptuosus
Hope, belonging to other genera,' vide infra): while Decialma Pasc,
= Olistluena Erichs., and must be sunk. Pascoe had evident doubts
on this subject, when proposing the genus Decialma. The slight
difference in the antennae may readily be explained by an error of
observation, and the great difficulty in estimating the ratio of
length to breadth of small antennal joints {vide note on Decialma,
infra). There is very little distinction between Rectus and Olis-
thcena, save in the wider form and more widely separated eyes of
the former. For the present, I would retain Hectus until inter-
mediate forms appear. Pascoe's Table of Genera( Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist (4.) iii., 1869, p.288) is misleading, in placing Prophanes
BY H. J. CARTER. 63
and Cyphaleus under the heading " Prosternum not prolonged or
compressed." All the species known to me (the majority of the
described species) have the prosternum strongly compressed, as
stated by Lacordaire and Westwood. In the new Catalogue of
Junk, Herr Gebien has included Ephidonius Pasc, in this sub-
family, but the strongly exserted head, with its broad front, its
small widely separated eyes, its long tibial spurs, and differently
clothed tarsi, inter multa alia, separate it so widely from the
other genera of the Cyphaleinre, that it cannot be so included.
Both Ephidonius and Brises, as Hates remarks, (Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 1872, p. 280) occupy an uncertain position. The dis-
tinction between "epipleune entire" and " epipleurse abruptly
narrowed behind," is a very untrustworthy character for dis-
tinguishing some of the genera in Pascoe's Table, and the author
has included under Prophanes only those species which have the
more strongly characteristic spinose prothorax and elytral apex.
Oremasis, Cyclophanes and Prophanes have abruptly terminated
epipleune clearly defined, while Chartopleryx, Cyphaleus, Mozrodes,
Anausis and others have it to a modified extent. Pascoe's classi-
fication was published in 1869; the following tabulations of
genera and species include those since added by Haag-Rutenberg,
Bates, Lea, Blackburn, and the author.
Since writing the above, the author has received a number of
specimens from the British Museum, that have been compared
with types, or otherwise identified, together with some valuable
notes on the types by Mr. K. G. Blair. Thus on Apomestris,
Mr. Blair writes: "The genus does not seem to me really distinct
from Altes, which also has the anterior femora with a similar
tooth, though the hind femora are plain. The sculpture is the
same in both, and there is the same indistinct ridge from the
humerus to the tip of the elytra."
Mozrodes westwoodi Mac!.— There seems to be a strong pre-
sumption that this is identical with Prophanes acideatus Westw.,
the type of the genus Prophanes. Four specimens sent by the
British Museum include one, named by Pascoe as P. aculeatus.
If this synonymy be maintained, the genus Moerodes must be
sunk. Unfortunately the type of P. aculeatus is in the Melly
64 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEIS.K AND CS0DAL0X1X.E,
Coll., (Geneva 1), and as Westwood gives Swan River as its
habitat, whereas Mterodes is, I believe, confined to East Aus-
tralia, there is a doubt which can only be removed by reference
to the actual type. Tt is certain, however, that M. Westwoodi
Macl., and the new species, M. Kershawi, are not congeneric with
M. Mastersi Pasc.
Genera of the Cyphalein^.
l(41)Prosternum prolonged, compressed or carinate anteriorly.
2(26)Antennre rather short, not extending beyond the base of prothorax,
joints 7-10 considerably thicker and shorter than preceding.
3. Tibiae dilated at apex Lepispilm Westw.
4(26)Tibise not dilated at apex.
5(7) Elytra striate-punctate.
6. Body glabrous Platyphanex Westw.
7. Body pilose Laonicus Haag.
8. Elytra seriate-punctate Opigenia Pasc.
9(26) Elytra irregularly punctate.
10(22) Body glabrous.
ll(15)Anterior angles of prothorax little produced.
12(14)Form convex and subcylindric.
13.Prosternnm and clypeus very short, legs long Trisi/tis Haag.
ll.Prosternuni and clypeus longer, legs short. Ctimene Bates.
15. Form depressed Mitrephorus, n.geu.
16(22)Anterior angles of prothorax strongly produced.
17. Elytra subgibbous, eyes rather close Toreuma, n.gen.
18(20)Elytra depressed.
19. Elongate subparallel, eyes widely separated O/isthceua Erichs. ;
Decialma Pasc.
20. Elytra wider and subovate, eyes closer * Hectus Pasc.
21. Form ovate-elliptic, very convex, pronotum scarcely explanate
Bolbophane*, n. gen.
22. Form hemispherical, pronotum widely explanate Hemicyrlus Westw.
23(26). Body pilose.
24. Pro- and metafemora dentate Apomestris Bates.
25.Profemora dentate, elytra with two humps at base Alfes Pase.
26 Femora simple, elytra without humps _ Amarygmimus Bates.
27(41) Antennae long, extending beyond the base of prothorax, joints 7-10
little enlarged.
28(36)Anterior angles of prothorax advanced but not spinose.
29. Basal joints of posterior tarsi nearly as long as the rest united
Chartopteryx Westw.
* Genus unknown to the author in nature.
BY H. J. CARTBK. 65
30(36) Basal joint of posterior tarsi much shorter than tlie rest united.
31.Epipleurse prolonged Cyphaleus Westw.
32(36)Epipleurae abruptly narrowed behind.
33(35)Elytra irregularly punctate.
34. Elytra spinose at apex, form elliptic Oremasix Pasc.
35. Elytra not spinose at apex, form widely ovate Cyclophaues, n.gen.
36. Elytra seriate-punctate, form parallel Paraphanes Macl.
37(41)Anterior angles of protborax spinose.
38(40)Eyes moderately distant.
39. Body very convex, widely ovate, coloured. Prophanes Westw.
40. Body depressed, elongate, black or obscure bronze.... M ee/ odes Waterh.
41. Eyes much closer, colours variegated Anauaia Bates.
42(46)Prosternum not compressed nor carinate.
43(45)Mesosternum notched.
44. Eyes partially covered by prothorax, tarsi pilose beneath
Lygestria Pasc.
45. Eyes free, tarsi partially clothed beneath Barytipha Pasc.
46. — Mesosternum not notched Mithippa Pasc.
The numbers within brackets, denote how far down the first column the
specified character applies.
Tables of Species.
Lepispilus Westw.
1(3) Elytra with ocellate depressions clothed with white pubescence.
2. Sides of prothorax widely rounded rotundicoUi* Black b.
3.Sides of prothorax subangulately rounded, sinuate behind
.sidcicollis Boisd.
4. Entirely black, without pubescence stygianus Pasc.
L. rotundicollis Blackb., is, I believe, distinct from L sulci-
collis, though both appear to be variable. I have taken it at
Kosciusko, and on the Blue Mts., while L. sulcicollis is widely
distributed throughout Australia and Tasmania
L. stygianus Pasc, occurs plentifully in the higher levels of
the Australian Alps, and on Mt. Kosciusko. Both Mr. Lea and
the author have previously commented on its distinction from
Boisduval's species.
Platyphanes Westw.
l(8)Elytra with 14 lines of punctures.
2(7)Elytra strongly striate-punctate.
3(5) Widely ovate (length much less than twice breadth).
4. Colour golden-green, with purple margins superb us Blsckb.
66 SUBFAMILIES CYPBALEINJS AND CXODALOXIN^E,
5. Colour uniform dark green or bronze gibbosus Westw .
6.Less widely ovate (length about twice breadth) ...Clarki, n.sp.
7.Length greater than twice breadth creber Blackb.
8. Elytra lineate-punctate (smaller than preceding) cyaneus Pasc.
9(ll)Elytra with 12 rows of punctures (besides a short scutellary row).
lO.Ovate; elytra striate-punctate ellipticus, n.sp.
11. Parallel; elytra lineate-punctate parallelus, n.sp.
12(21) Elytra with 10 lines of punctures (besides a short scutellary row).
13(15)Colour above black.
14. Elongate, parallel(23 x 9 mm.), elytra deeply sulcate(?)
striato-punctatus West.(MacL).
15.0blong-ovate(l9 x 9 mm.), striae shallow elongatulus Macl.
16. Colour variegated, purple and green chalcopteroides, n.sp.
17. Head and pronotum black, elytra blue, form parallel
cyaneipennis, n. sp.
18(23)Colour bronze.
19. Elytra ovate, (nitid golden-bronze) Frenchi, n.sp.
20(23)Elytra parallel, (colour darker).
21. Size large(22 mm. long, legs dark oblongus Waterh.;
Gode.ffroyi Haag-Rut.
22. Size small(12 mm. long), legs red minor, n.sp.
23. Elytra with 10 lines of punctures, without the short scutellary row.
Anterior angles acutely dentate quadrifoveatus, n.sp.
Anterior angles rounded var. subangulatus.
P. vittatus Westw., has been omitted above, as unknown to
the author, and too briefly described for classification. Type in
Coll. Melly(Geneva 1).
P. Godeffroyi Haag = P. oblongus Waterh. — I concur with
Blackburn's surmise on this point. Its author states that it was
sent to Bates for determination, but the latter apparently did
not compare it with Waterhouse's type, since he considered it to
belong to a new genus.
Olisth^ena Erichs.,( = Decialma Pasc).
1. Whole surface nitid black nitida Erichs.; Erichsoni Champ.
2(4)Elytra greenish or bronze.
3.Underside brown tenuitar sis ~Pa.sc.
4. Underside black, head more densely punctured than in 3...Pascoei Bates.
0. Erichsoni Champ. = 0. nitida Erichs.— The descriptions and
figures given by their respective authors establish this identity.
A specimen labelled 0. nitida Erichs., from the British Museum,
differs from specimens labelled 0. Erichsoni, in the "subangularly
BY H. J. CARTER. 6?
widened posterior tibiae." This is, I consider, only sexual, and
a male character. The distinction of 0. Pascoei Bates, from 0.
tenuitarsis is very doubtful, depending on slight differences noted
in the brief diagnosis of the former(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873,
p. 358). Mr. Blair notes that Pascoe's type appears to be an
immature specimen, thus increasing the probability of the
synonymy. The two species described as Decialma by Macleay,
are evidently slight colour-varieties of the same species. I have
examined the types. They do not belong to this genus, and will
be found under C7mrio^eca(Cnodalonin9e),
Hemicyclus Westw.
l.Legs dark metallic.
2.Elytra smooth and mirror-like Reaumuri Casteln.; grandis Westw.
metallicus Westw
3. Elytra distinctly punctate punctulatus Pasc
4. Legs yellow Jlavipes, n.sp
Synonymy. — H. metallicus Macl. = H. grandis Westw. = H.
{Tetraphyllus) Reaumuri Casteln. The descriptions are almost
identical, and Castelnau's name has the priority. H. metallicus
is evidently the male, and grandis the female of the same species.
I have examined a considerable number of specimens; and Mr.
Blair has examined the types, and confirms my conclusions.
Tetraphyllus sumptuosus Hope, is almost certainly = Espites
basalis Pasc. Unfortunately its type appears to have been lost.
Professor Poulton has made a search amongst the Hope Collec-
tion in vain for it. The genus Tetraphyllus thus disappears from
the Australian lists, and is apparently only from Madagascar.
Bolbophanes n.gen.
l(3)Colour bronze with metallic reflections."
2.Elytra smooth, nitid, and finely punctate, legs red Dumbrelli Lea.
3. Elytra longitudinally ridged, legs blue rugatus, n.sp.
4.Colour purple or green, elytra less nitid, closely rugose-punctate
varicolor, n.sp.
Chartopteryx Westw.
1(6) Body pilose.
2(5)Form very convex.
3. Elytra with lichen-like clothing, forming a pattern at apex
Childreni Westw.
f>8 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEISj® AND CNODALONIN^:,
4.Elytral colours more or less in vittse, apex spined Master si Macl.
5. Elytral colours intermixed, apex unspined victoriensis Blackb.
6. Form subdepressed, elytral punctures much smaller than in 5
Blaclcbumi, n.sp.
7(U)Body glabrous.
8. Colour nitid bronze, irregularly punctate ylaber Macl.
9(ll)Colour rather dull chocolate-brown.
10. Size vei^ large, punctures distinct imper talis Cart.
11 Size much smaller, punctures obscure planu*, n.sp.
The above probably belong to three different genera, of which
the first four are true Chartopteryx. C. imperialis Cart., and C.
planus have the general form and tarsi of the genus, but differ
so markedly in clothing and sculpture as to constitute a distinct
group; while C. glaber Macl., differs from the others, except C.
Mackbumi, in its much less convexity. Three specimens of C.
glaber were taken by the author at Acacia Creek, N.S.W., as
well as C. planus, by beating dense creepers in the scrub. Single
specimens of C. Blackburni and C. planus are amongst the
British Museum specimens sent for determination.
Cyphaleus Westw.
l(4)Apex of elytra not mucronate in either sex.
2(5)Body pilose.
3. Pronotum black, elytra variegated or purple .Jbrnwsus Westw.
var. , elytral punctures less crowded . iopterus Westw.; insignitus Pasc.
4. Whole surface black rugosus Gray; aterrimus Gray.
5. Pronotum green or blue, elytra variegated, size larger than preceding.
Apex of elytra bluntly mucronate in ? .fulgidipennis Boisd.;
Schmeltzi Haag-Rut.
6(8)Body glabrous.
7. Pronotum obscure green or blue, elytral punctures much smaller and
less deeply impressed than in the preceding mreus Waterh.
8. Pronotum brilliant copper, elytral disc blue, sides golden
cupricollis M acl .
C. insignitus Pasc. = C. iopterus Westw. = C.formosus Westw.
Synonymy. — Mr. Blair has compared the types of C. iopterus
Westw., and C. insignitns Pasc, and finds them identical. He
says : " Pascoe was probably misled by a much broken example
with greenish head and thorax, labelled C. iopterus Westw., in
the British Museum Coll., wrongly (a better example, included
BY H. J. CARTER. 69
in the consignment sent, = C. Schmeltzi Haag ex desc.)". Pascoe
was, no doubt, influenced also by the catalogues, which give C.
iopterus Westw., as a synonym of Chrysobalus fulgidipemiis
Boisd. This is certainly a mistake, as the scanty description of
Boisduval contains the words " thorace cyaneo," whilst in C.
iopterus that segment is quite black. C. formosus Westw.,
(specimens compared with types of both, are sent) only differs
from C. iopterus Westw., as the description states, in " the
smaller size, more regular and slighter punctures of the elytra,
and the uniform violet-purple colour " of G. iopterus. In the
author's opinion, these distinctions are rather individual than
specific. In the whole group, the species with large punctures
(e.g., Prophanes Mastersi Pasc.) are subject to wide variation in
the disposition and closeness of these punctures; while in colour,
the variation is between concolorous purple to a brilliant varie-
gation of green, blue, and purple; and in size, from 18 x 8Jmm.,
to 24 x 12 mm. (the measurements of a (J and 9 specimen now
before me).
C. Schmeltzi Haag-Rut., = C. fulgidipennis Boisd. — The de-
scription of Boisduval does not err on the side of completeness
of detail, but every word of it applies to the large species so
named in our museums. The only difference noted in 0. Schmeltzi
is the mucronate apex of the elytra. Having examined several
specimens, I find that, while identical in other respects, some
specimens exhibit these blunt teeth at the elytral apex, but in
others the tooth is wanting. All the former are 9, the latter <£,
as shown by the widely dilated basal joints of the anterior tarsi,
and the longer antennae in the <J specimens. C. cereus Waterh.,
is rare. I have two specimens from Brisbane and Sydney
respectively. C. cupricollis Macl., is a fairly common Queens-
land species.
Cyclophanes n.gen.
1. Underside black, size large, punctures coarse gloriosus, n.sp.
2(4)Underside brilliantly metallic, size smaller.
3. Elytra variegated, slightly nitid, with lateral vitta. variegatus, n.sp.
4.Elytra brilliant green (purple reflections), without vitta, punctures much
finer splendens, n.sp.
70 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINjE AND CNODALONINuE,
Prophanes Westw.
l(3)Elytra bronze.
2.Head, pronotum, and underside black *aculeatus Westw.
3. Head, pronotum and underside nitid purple-bronze ducalis, n.sp.
4(6)Elytra blue (purplish in brevispinosus).
5. Elytra sparsely foveate-punctate Master si Pasc. ; chalybeipennis Macl.
6. Elytra closely, finely punctate. brevispinosus, n.sp.
P. cupreipennis Macl., and P. submetallicus Macl., from New-
Guinea, have non-spinose pronotum and apex of elytra, and are
more at home under Cyphaleus.
P. spinosus Waterh., and P. tricolor Haag, are transferred to
the genus Anausis (vide infra).
P. striatopunctatus Westw. — There are two specimens so named
in the Macleay Museum, which are Platyphanes of the elongate,
10-striate type. They are labelled New South Wales (West-
wood's type came from Melbourne), and correspond to West-
wood's very brief diagnosis, except that the elytra are black
instead of "cseruleo-nigris." It maybe noted that Westwood
considered Anausis metallescens and Lygestira simplex as included
under his genus Prophanes.
Mozrodes Waterh.
Elytra with punctures fine and irregular Weshooodi Macl.
Elytra striate-punctate Kershawi, n.sp.
Anausis Bates.
l.Head and pronotum brown, apex of elytra produced beyond spines.
Macleayi Bates.
2(4)Head and pronotum black, apex of elytra not thus produced.
3. Hairs on elytra long, punctures large quadrispinosus Waterh.;
tricolor Haag.
4. Hairs on elytra short and sparse, punctures smaller ...
metallescens Westw.; spinosus Waterh.
The synonymy of A. tricolor Haag, with A. quadrispinosus
Waterh., has been noted above. From the description, it seemed
likely that Prophanes spinosus Waterh., was merely an abraded
specimen of A. metallescens Westw. While writing this, I receive
* Species unknown to the author in nature.
BY H. J. CARTER. 71
a letter from my friend, Mr. G. E. Bryant, who has collected
widely in Australia, and who has been kind enough to send me
drawings of the types of the above. From the drawing of A.
Macleayi Bates, the apices of elytra, though produced, are not
certainly produced so far as the spines. Of this species, Mr.
Bryant writes, "It differs from the other two "(4. spinosus and
A. metallescens) "in being smaller and narrower, and the thorax
more thickly punctured, and is a much bluer colour." (A speci-
men in Mr. Lea's collection, from Mullewa, W.A., exactly
answers to this description.) Of the others he says "P. spinosus
Waterh., is a much broader insect, and the eyes are wider apart.
P. metallescens Westw., happens to agree with one of the speci-
mens put with P. spinosus; it differs from P. spinosus only in
having the anterior angles of the thorax sloping in, instead of
out; in colouring, they are exactly alike, and I dare say the shape
of the thorax is sexual." He also says, "I believe A. Macleayi
Bates, P. spinosus Waterh., and P. metallescens Westw., are, in
all probability, the same species." I must here state my agree,
ment with the sexual differences. Three specimens of A. metal-
lescens are before me, of which one is male, two female; the male
has the thoracic spines straight, or slightly in-sloped; the two
females have them distinctly pointing outwards; while the species
varies considerably in size and width (one of the females has
the ovipositor extruded; the male has the front tarsi slightly
enlarged). 1 would, for the present, hold A. Macleayi Bates, as
distinct, the single type-specimen recorded having certain denned
distinctions; while its widely different locality is noteworthy
(Champion Bay). My specimens of A. metallescens Westw., are
from Cootamundra, N.S.W.; Gippsland, and Queensland, while
that of A, quadrispinosus Waterh., was taken by myself at
Acacia Creek, Northern New South Wales.
Lygestira Pasc.
The species are correctly stated in Junk's Catalogue. Black-
burn has pointed out the synonymy of L. funerea Pasc, with L.
simplex Westw., while the second species, L. lata Waterh., is
easily distinguished by its wider form and finer punctuation.
72 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEIN^E AND CNODALONINM,
L. simplex Westw., is widely distributed in New South Wales
and Victoria, while my specimens of L. lata Waterh., are from
the Tweed River, N.S.W., and South Queensland.
Mithippia Pasc.
l.Prothorax widest at apex, punctures coarser, elytra striate-punctate. ...
aurita Pasc.
2. Prothorax with parallel sides, punctures finer, elytra irregularly punc-
tate Jansoni Bates.
I have the former from the Blue Mountains. Of the latter, I
have a cotype from West Australia, kindly given me in exchange
from the British Museum.
As it is impossible to identify Prophanes striato punctatus
Westw., from the ten words of its description, I append a de-
scription of the insect so labelled in the South Australian
Museum, kindly lent me, and which applies also to the two
specimens in the Macleay Museum, the first from Brisbane, the
latter labelled New South Wales. It is a Platyphanes, the
largest of the elongate group.
Platyphanes striato-punctatus Westw.
Elongate ovate, black, moderately nitid, pronotum and under
side with brownish tint, palpi, antennae, and tarsi reddish.
Head : labrum emarginate: epistoma straight in front, rounded
at sides, making an angle with the strongly raised and sub-
cornute canthus, the latter straight at the sides; eyes bordered
on the inside by a carina, separated by a distance equal to the
2nd and 3rd antennal joints combined, the whole clearly and not
very closely punctate. Antennae not extending to base of pro-
thorax, enlarged towards apex, joint 3 little longer than 4, 3-7
obconic, 8-11 oval, longer than wide, 11 longer than 10. Pro-
thorax 4J x 7J mm., length measured in the middle, width at
base, arcuate-emarginate at apex, the anterior angles strongly
advanced and subacute but rounded at the tips; sides nearly
straight, extreme border thickened anteriorly, finer posteriorly
and on front angle; posterior angles widely acute (about 80°),
and very slightly produced, base bisinuate; disc with two foveas
BY H. J. CARTER. 73
at the anterior corners, and two smaller foveae at base, clearly
but not deeply punctate. Scutellum curvilinear-triangular.
Elytra 19 x 10^ mm., very convex, wider than prothorax at base,
shoulders widely rounded, widest in front of middle, and gradu-
ally tapering, without sinuation, to the apex, narrowly bordered
and channelled, the channel subobsolete at apex; each elytron
with ten rows of large, round, very deep punctures, separated
longitudinally and transversely by convex intervals, forming
promiscuous reticulations, besides a short scutellary row of
smaller punctures, and an abbreviated row of similar size to
these between the 3rd and 4th series; also a lateral row on
extreme sides, almost concealed by the channel, all the series
subobsolete at apex, the punctures in series often confluent or so
closely placed as to give the appearance of lying in deep sulci.
Epipleurce smooth, apical segment of abdomen finely punctate,
the basal segments striolate and coarsely punctate, sides of meta-
sternum pustulose, their episterna rugose-punctate; prosternum
carinate, produced and rounded behind; tibiae with a short spine,
hind tarsi with basal and apical joints of equal length. Dimen-
sions, 25 x 10 J r mm.
Hab. — Brisbane; also New South Wales
The elytra are described as " coeruleo-nigris " in Westwood's
laconic diagnosis of ten words. He also gives "Melbourne" as
the habitat, while its dimensions are given as " magnitudo P.
simplicis."
It is nearest P. creber Blackb., the type af which, in the Mel
bourne Museum, has been lent me for examination, through the
courtesy of Mr. Kershaw. P. creber differs in the following
particulars : larger size, less convex, colour nitid bronze, eyes
not bordered by carina, head and pronotum less strongly punc-
tate, the lateral border of the latter uniformly thickened, its
sides sinuate; elytra without scutellary row of punctures, the
punctures in series smaller; there are about fourteen rows, the
lateral series ill-defined; but all are continuous to apex (no
abbreviated row), and nowise reticulate, or sulcate, inter multa
alia.
74
Platyphanes Clarki, n.sp.
Widely ovate, brilliantly nitid, head metallic green and purple,
pronotum and elytra dark olive-bronze, the margins of both and
the epipleurse of the latter metallic gold or purple; legs and
underside metallic black, the former very, the latter moderately
nitid, apical joints of antennae piceous, tarsi and tibiae with
golden pubescence.
Head truncate in front of epistoma, its sides rather straightly
widening, with a large foveate impression at each angle, and
separated from front by a wide concavity with an arched suture;
front convex, the forehead rather sparsely, the clypeal area more
thickly dotted with fine but evident punctures; eyes separated
by a space equal to the transverse diameter of one eye; antennae
robust, not reaching the base of thorax, with joints 8-11 strongly
enlarged, 3 little longer than 4, 5-7 gradually widening, 8-10
nearly circular, 11 ovoid, larger than 10. Prothorax moderately
flat, glabrous, twice as wide as long (5 x 10 mm.), arcuate-
emarginate at apex, anterior angles advanced but rounded,
sinuate-emarginate at base, with a wide central lobe, and acute
posterior angles produced backwards; sides narrowed anteriorly
but uniformly rounded, lateral margins widely furrowed, extreme
border reflexed and partly continuous on sides of apex; surface
very nitid, minutely and sparsely punctate (punctures only visible
under a lens). Scutellum transversely triangular, its centre
convex, sides depressed. Elytra rapidly widening behind the
prothorax, humeral angles subobsolete, middle two-thirds parallel,
apex rather abruptly narrowed and unarmed, with uniformly
narrow margin throughout, extreme border raised, the channel
within of a bright metallic colour; very convex, gibbous in the
humeral regions, convexity greatest in front of middle, sutural
region depressed behind scutellum, faintly striate-punctate, the
striae only perceptible when viewed from the side, with fourteen
lines of small punctures becoming obliterated on sides and apex,
and very faintly impressed near suture, otherwise distinct and
in general placed at a distance nearly equal to that between the
striae; intervals scarcely convex, smooth and polished. Abdomen:
BY H. J. CARTER. 75
last segment minutely and closely punctate, in the other segments
punctures somewhat obscured by the close and fine striolation,
sides of mesosternum and epimera with larger punctures, pro-
sternal process widely rounded behind, compressed (saddle-like,
not carinate), and strongly produced forward, mesosternal cavity
rounded, its branches very tumid; anterior tarsi not apparently
enlarged, posterior tarsi with basal joint longer than second and
third combined, the claw-joint as long as the other three com-
bined. Dimensions, 23-25 x 12-14 mm.
#«&.— Tenterfield (Dr. C. D. Clark); Dorrigo (sent by Mr.
French).
Two specimens, both male, under examination, which I name
in honour of the friend who first roused my interest in entomo-
logy, and whose collection contained one of the handsome speci-
mens. The species is readily distinguished from its nearest allies,
P. creber Blackb., and P. superbus Blackb., being narrower (in
proportion to length), darker, granulated near the eyes, with
sides of prothorax sinuate, and with its elytra "cancellato-
punctulatis," while P. superbus is separated by colour, and its
convex elytral intervals, amongst many other differences. Type
in the author's Coll.
There are specimens also in the Macleay JV1 useum, Sydney, and
in the Adelaide Museum.
Platyphanes chalcopteroides, n.sp.
Elongate, subparallel, moderately convex; underside and legs
black, head greenish-black, pronotum dark green with a purple
patch on each side, and purple tinge at apex and base; elytra
variegated, the colours not arranged in vittae but gradually
merging (i.e., the suture blue, disc chiefly green, sides purple
with the external interval golden).
Head : labrum emarginate, epistoma evenly rounded, canthus
little raised, suture faintly impressed, eyes partially covered by
prothorax, separated by a space equal to the transverse diameter
of one eye, evenly and closely punctate, antennae not reaching
the base of prothorax, joint 3 scarcely longer than 4, 5-7 gradu-
76 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINjE AND CN0DAL0N1 NJE.
ally widening, 8-10 nearly round, 1 1 shortly ovoid. Prothorax
5x8 mm., arcuate-emarginate at apex, anterior angles advanced
but rounded, sides evenly rounded, wider at base than at apex;
posterior angles obtuse, base sinuate, central lobe produced,
lateral borders round and reflexed, narrowly channelled within,
the border slightly produced, on apex gradually evanescent
towards the middle, disc closely and evidently punctate, with two
small foveae near the middle, central line only indicated on basal
half by some lsevigate spaces. Scutellwm large, triangular, its
sides rounded, nitid and finely punctate. Elytra convex, nowhere
gibbous, soon widening behind prothorax, then parallel for the
greater part, and evenly rounded at apex, substriate-punctate,
the striae not always evident, with ten rows of punctures (besides
a short scute! lary row), the punctures successively larger from
suture to the sides, those on the centre of disc somewhat as in
Chahopterus iridicolor Bless., but less evenly spaced; between
rows 3 and 4 a short extra row starting from the base and
suddenly ending at a distance slightly beyond the scutellary row,
all punctures becoming obsolete at extreme apex; intervals flat
and laavigate; legs and underside minutely punctate, base and
sides of metasternum with transversely ridged punctures, its
epimera with a few larger round punctures, prosternum com-
pressed and carinate in front, rounded and produced behind into
the corresponding mesosternal cavity; legs rather short, the tibiae
compressed and wide (the anterior and intermediate slightly
curved), tarsi shorter than usual, the claw-joint of posterior tarsi
as long as the rest combined. Dimensions, 20 x 10| mm.
Mob. — Duaringa, South Queensland; Cairns, N.Q.
Two specimens, male and female, the former obtained from
Mr. W. Duboulay, the latter from Cairns, are superficially like
some of the larger species of Chalcopterus, especially in the
colour, form and sculpture of the elytra, and are not very near
any described species of the genus, though evidently belonging
to the group that contains P. elongatus Macl., and P. oblongus
Waterh. Specimens examined from Melbourne and Adelaide
Museums. Type in the author's Coll,
BY H. J. CARTER. 77
Platyphanes minor, n.sp.
Ovate, dark coppery-bronze (sometimes greenish), very nitid;
antennae, palpi, legs, and tarsi chestnut-red, underside reddish-
brown.
Head and prothorax closely punctate, the former with labrum
slightly emarginate, epistoma evenly arcuate, can thus raised and
earlike, eyes separated by a distance less than the transverse
diameter of one eye, antennae not reaching base of prothorax,
their four apical joints strongly enlarged, 3 little longer than 4,
subconic, 8-10 nearly round, 11 longer and wider than 10, ovoid.
Prothorax rather squarely emarginate in front, anterior angles
advanced, acute but rounded at tips, not much wider at base
than at apex, sides nearly straight, feebly rounded anteriorly,
feebly sinuate near base; posterior angles acute and pointing
obliquely outward, margins raised, finely punctate, rather Avidely
channelled within, narrowly continued on apical border as far as
the eyes, base sinuate, without border. Scutellum nearly semi-
circular, convex and punctate. Elytra ovate, moderately convex,
wider than prothorax at base; humeral angle obtuse, scarcely
gibbous on shoulders nor compressed on flanks, their outline (seen
from the side) a regular curve, highest about the middle, margin
very narrow, the groove within it containing an irregular row of
large punctures, lineate-punctate, with about ten rows of large
round punctures, closely placed (at a distance less than the
diameter of one), and a short scutellary row, the punctures
becoming larger and sometimes confluent and irregular on the
flanks, intervals apparently quite impunctate and very nitid,
sometimes transversely raised (subcancellate). Abdomen finely
striolate, the two basal segments with large scattered punctures,
the apical segment with close minute punctures, metasternal
punctures similar to those of P. ellipticus (supra), the prosternal
sculpture much finer (not at all rugose), the process narrowed but
not carinate, mesosternal cavity and intercoxal process triangular;
tarsi as in P. ellipticus. Dimensions, 12 x 5^ mm.
Hob. - Dorrigo, New South Wales(Mr. R. J. Tillyard).
I am indebted to that enthusiastic naturalist, Mr. Tillyard, for
the two specimens described above, in which I cannot distinguish
78 SUBFAMILIES CtPHALElNJE AND CNODALONIN^E.
any sexual character. It differs from all described species in its
small size, and comparatively coarser sculpture, which combined
with its red legs and nitid colour, will enable it to be readily
identified. In one specimen, the colour is greenish, with its
punctures cuprescent and fiery. Type in the author's Coll.
Platyphanes parallelus, n.sp.
Oblong, nitid black; antennae, oral organs, coxae and tarsi red;
apex and underside of tibiae, parts of sternum piceous.
Head and prothorax finely and very closely punctate, with
labrum piceous and emarginate, epistoma evenly and widely
rounded, suture clearly denned, canthus little raised, eyes partly
concealed by prothorax and separated by a distance about half
the transverse diameter of one eye: antennae not reaching the
base of prothorax, joint 3 longer than 4, 8-11 considerably
widened and nearly round, 11 scarcely longer than 10. Pro-
thorax(S x 4 \ mm.) more convex than in the two preceding species,
not much wider at base than at apex, widest at middle, apex
with middle part subtruncate, anterior angles strongly advanced
but widely rounded, sides rounded anteriorly, rather straightly
narrowed posteriorly, posterior angles obtuse, disc with two small
impressions near base; the whole narrowly bordered throughout.
Scutellum equilaterally triangular, punctate. Elytra parallel,
very little convex longitudinally, slightly gibbous at shoulders,
humeral angle obtuse, apex bluntly rounded, very narrowly
margined and channelled; lineate-punctate, with about twelve
lines of punctures, besides a short scutellary row, the punctures
increasing in size outwards, unequally spaced, the rows closer
than in P. minor, the lateral punctures much coarser than in P.
ellipticus or P. cyaneus, and at least as large as in P. minor, the
lines on the flanks quite confused, the punctures there coarse and
irregular; at apex the lineate punctures very small but distinct.
Abdomen finely punctate and striolate; metasternum and its
epimera sparsely punctate, mesosternal cavity and intercoxal
process triangular; prosternum finely rugose, its process sharply
carinate, produced and narrowly rounded behind; tarsi as in the
two preceding. Dimensions, 14 x 6| mm.
BY H. J. CARTER. 79
Hab.—Dorrigo, New South Wales(Mr. R. J. Tillyard).
Another of Mr. Tillyard's captures in this prolific district, in
November, 1911. The species differs from the two preceding
species in its more convex prothorax, with more rounded anterior
and obtuse posterior angles, different elytral sculpture, and more
parallel form, besides its colour distinctions. Type in the
author's Coll.
Platyphanes Frenchi, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate; glossy bronze above, underside black; antennae,
tarsi and legs brownish-red.
Head finely and closely punctate, epistoma arcuate, its curve
slightly interrupted at the canthus, limiting suture definite and
curved, eyes separated by a distance greater than the apparent
transverse diameter of an eye; antennae with joint 3 shorter than
4-5 combined [joints 7-11 wanting]. Prothorax 4 x 7 J mm.,
widest at base, length measured in the middle, rather straight at
apex, its angles little advanced and rather widely rounded, sides
gently and arcuately widening to the base, a feeble sinuation
near the acute posterior angles, base strongly bisinuate, pro-
duced at the middle and at the angles; lateral border somewhat
thick, narrowly channelled within and continuous on apex behind
the eye; an irregular depression from the anterior angles along
the sides and base, interrupted on the central lobe; without any
sign of medial line, disc punctate similarly to the head. Scutellum
widely triangular. Elytra ovate and convex, thrice and one-half
as long as the prothorax, shoulders obtuse, sides with narrow
horizontal margin, almost disappearing at shoulders and apex;
with ten rows (besides a short scutellary row) of small closely
placed punctures, intervals quite smooth and very nitid; epipleurse
bronze, and finely punctate. Abdomen punctate-striolate, the
last segment with a shallow depression; sides of metasternum
and epimera with large pitted punctures; prosternum carinate,
its process produced anteriorly, and fitting into a semicircular
groove in the mesosternum behind; intercoxal process forming a
wide pointed arch; apical joint of all tarsi as long as the rest
combined. Dimensions, 19x9^ mm.
80 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINjE AND CNODALONlN^E,
Hab. - Condamine River, Queensland; and New South Wales.
A single specimen, £, in the Melbourne Museum( French Coll.).
I have seen also two specimens sent by Mr. Lea from the Ade-
laide Museum (one labelled Sydney), and one sent from the
British Museum. Its form is between /'. cyaneus Pasc, and P.
elongatulns MacL, (less gibbous than the former, and wider than
the latter). The head, thorax, and elytra are equally nitid and
brilliant. Type in the National Museum, Melbourne.
Platyphanes quadrifoveatus, n.sp.
Elongate, parallel; head and underside black, pronotum and
elytra olivaceous, nitid; legs and antennae brown, apical joints of
the latter and tarsi reddish.
Head: labrum prominent, epistoma truncate, canthus raised,
rather square in front and parallel at the sides, limiting suture
scarcely evident; eyes large, scarcely free of the prothorax,
separated by a distance less than the transverse diameter of one
eye; closely and finely punctate; antennae not extending to base
of prothorax, joint 3 little longer than 4, 7-11 considerably and
successively widened, 8-10 wider than long, nearly round, 11
longer than wide. Prothorax 5 x 7| mm., length measured in
the middle, widest at middle, slightly convex, evenly arcuate at
apex, anterior angles acutely and dentately produced and reflexed,
sides sinuate behind angle, feebly rounded and narrowed behind,
posterior angle obtuse, with narrow raised border at sides and
apex, base bisinuate, disc with fine shallow punctures throughout,
and four large, almost circular foveate depressions at equal dis-
tances in a straight transverse line across the middle, one
(smaller) on each side near the margin, two (larger and deeper)
on middle of disc. Scutellum cordate, finely punctured. Elytra
elongate, parallel for the greater part, moderately convex, length
nearly twice the width, wider than prothorax at base, shoulders
round, not sinuate before the apex, narrowly and evenly margined
throughout ; striate-punctate, with ten rows of large, closely
placed punctures, intervals slightly convex and impunctate, the
last row (on sides) containing the largest punctures, those in the
sixth and ninth rows somewhat confused, the sixth row terminat-
BY H. J. CARTER. 81
ing abruptly before the apical declivity, striae and punctures
obsolescent at apex; abdomen with first segment coarsely rugose,
with a few large punctures, between the coxae, these punctures
and rugosity finer on the second segment, apical segments
minutely and densely punctate ; intercoxal process widely
V-shaped, metasternum smooth, prosternum compressed, its pro-
cess saddle-shaped, terminating anteriorly in a sharp angle, pos-
teriorly bluntly rounded, with a corresponding mesosternal cavity,
the latter strongly rugose or subtubereulate; legs stout, middle
tibiae slightly curved, tibial spurs very short, posterior tarsi with
claw joint nearly as long as the rest combined. Dimensions,
25 x 101 mm.
Hub. - Queensland.
Var.(or 9) subangulatus, smaller and more bronzed, legs and
antennae a paler red-brown, with anterior angles of prothorax
produced but rounded, elytral intervals flatter, the punctures in
striae smaller, those in the sixth and ninth rows more irregular.
The species is near 1\ oblongus Waterh., but differs in the
shape of prothorax, with its strongly dentate anterior angles,
and nearly straight sides, reddish legs, and antennae; moreover,
the short scutellary stria (present in P. oblongus) is wanting. I
have been much puzzled as to the relation between P. quadri-
foveatus and the var. specified above, but being unable to find
any describable differences of structure, except the remarkable
one of its anterior angles, I prefer, for the present, not to con-
sider the var. as a distinct species. I believe them to be of
opposite sexes.
The type of P. quadrifoveatus is in the National Museum,
Melbourne; var. subanyulatus is in the author's Coll. There is
a specimen of the former in the Macleay Museum and of the
latter, one in the British Museum consignment, from the Rich-
mond River; and I have since received another from Mount
Tambourine, Q., through Mr. R. J. Tillyard.
Platyphanes ellipticus, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate, apex somewhat acuminate ; dark coppery-
bronze, nitid, sometimes greenish; epipleurae bright bronze ;
underside, legs, and antennae black.
6
82 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEIN& AND CNODALONIN^E,
Head and prothorax finely, closely punctate, the former with
labrum ciliate and emarginate ; epistoma truncate in front,
rounded at sides, can thus not prominent, suture scarcely defined;
eyes partly concealed by prothorax, separated by a distance wider
than the transverse diameter of one eye; antennae extending
beyond the middle of prothorax, four apical joints considerably
enlarged, 3 longer than 4, less than 4 and 5 combined, 8-10
nearly round, 11 ovoid. Prothorax wider at base than at apex,
arcuate-emarginate at apex, anterior angles prominent and rather
widely acute; sides evenly rounded, with round, raised, strongly
thickened and finely punctured border, narrowly channelled
within; posterior angles acute, and produced a little backward,
border narrowed and continued on apex as far as the eye: base
very sinuate, without a border, middle lobe wide, middle line
faintly indicated by laevigate space on basal half. Scutellum
triangular, depressed in middle, minutely punctate. Elytra
slightly wider than prothorax at base, convex and a little gibbous
at shoulders, these obtuse; sides subparallel on middle two-
thirds, flanks a little flattened at middle: striate-punctate, with
twelve faintly impressed stripe (besides a short scutellary one),
the punctures irregular in size and distance (very similar to
those in P. cyanens Pasc), both striae and punctures becoming
obsolete at apex, obscure and irregular on the sides, intervals flat
and very minutely punctate. Abdomen finely striolate, apical
segment only showing minute punctures, sides of metasternum
with oval ridged punctures, epimera with large round punctures,
intercoxal process wide, its apex truncate; prosternum coarsely
rugose, its process narrowly conical, not carinate, narrowly
rounded behind, produced and almost pointed at apex; mandibles
bifid at apex; tarsi rather short, not enlarged in the male,
posterior tarsi with basal joint as long as the next two, claw-
joint not as long as the rest combined. Dimensions, 11-14 x
5J-7 mm.
#«&.— North Queensland(Mr. F. Dodd).
Eight specimens, sent by Mr. Dodd, are near but distinct
from P. cyaneus Pasc, from which it differs in its narrower and
more elongate form, more widely rounded and thickened border
BY H. J. CARTER. 83
to prothorax, sharper anterior angles and black tibiae, inter alia.
Both in P. cyaneus and in P. ellipticus, the colour may be
coppery, green, or cyaneous, but is usually concolorous and vari-
able in size. I have specimens of P. cyaneus Pasc.,(a common
Queensland insect) from 13 x 7 to 16 x 8J mm., from Rockhampton
and the Dawson River.
Platyphanes punctipennis Cart. = Trisilus punctipennis Cart. —
This species must be removed from this genus, from its not
having striate-punctate elytra. Having recently identified Tri-
silus femoralis Haag, I consider that my species should be placed
under Trisilus. For distinction, the following differences may
be noted. In T. punctipennis, the form is less convex, anterior
angles of prothorax more advanced, femora more slender. The
prosternum and clypeus are short in both, but there is an evident,
though short, space between the procoxae and front margin of
the prosternum, though Haag-Rutenberg stated that they touched
this margin.
Mitrrphorus, n.gen.
Near Olisthcena, from which it differs in the following char-
acters. Antennae shorter and stouter, joint 3 scarcely longer
than 4, apical joints more enlarged, eleventh larger than the
rest, ovate. Head short and deeply received into the prothorax,
the eyes partly concealed, less widely separated (than in Olis-
thama): forehead subvertical. Prothorax very convex, sub-
truncate at apex, its anterior angles scarcely produced, obtuse
and defiexed; very narrowly bordered at sides and apex, without
any foliation or differentiation of disc to the border; sides little
narrowed at apex. Legs short; tibiae thin, glabrous, the middle
and hind tibiae slightly curved.
MlTREPHORUS CONVEXICOLLIS, n.Sp.
Elongate-ovate; whole surface above, beneath, and legs, nitid
black; tarsi and apical joints of antennae piceous-red.
Head closely and distinctly punctate, epistoma rounded, labrum
not prominent, canthus little raised, parallel behind; suture
84 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINjE AND CNODALONINjE,
straight, forehead vertical, eyes half concealed by prothorax,
separated by a distance equal to the transverse diameter of one
eye; antennae reaching the base of prothorax, joints 3-5 short and
slender, 7-11 moderately enlarged, 8-10 somewhat round, about
as wide as long, 11 ovate, longer and wider than 10. Prothorax
2J x 4 mm., convex, feebly arcuate-emarginate at apex: anterior
angles scarcely produced, deflexed and obtuse, the sides feebly
rounded anteriorly, nearly straight behind; posterior angles sub-
rectangular, widest at base, lateral border and channel very
narrow, apical border still narrower, disc without any lateral
foliation, and, like the head, densely and evenly punctate. Scu-
tellum transversely triangular, nearly smooth. Elytra slightly
wider than prothorax at base, moderately convex, scarcely
parallel, sides narrowly bordered and channelled throughout,
disc closely and irregularly punctate (very much as in 0. tenui-
tarsis Pasc). Abdomen with two apical segments minutely
punctate, other segments striolate, intercoxal process triangular;
metasternum coarsely punctate; prosternum rugose, widely cari-
nate, its process received into a V-shaped notch of the meso-
sternum; legs and tarsi rather short, claw-joint of posterior tarsi
scarcely longer than the basal joint. Dimensions, 9|-11 x 4-5 mm.
Hob. — Tambourine Mountain, South Queensland.
Two specimens, taken by Mr. A. M. Lea and the author
respectively, in January, 1912, can be readily distinguished from
Olisthcena by their convex prothorax, with its wide and bent
down anterior angles, the disc continuous to the lateral channel,
less parallel form, etc. Type in the author's Coll.
Toreuma, n.gen.
Elongate, subparallel, eyes large, rather close. Epistoma
short and tumid, canthus little raised and rounded in front;
antennae short and very fine, penultimate joints not much
enlarged, last joint of maxillary palpi small, securiform, of the
labial obconic, prothorax moderately convex, explanate laterally,
sides arcuately narrowed from base to apex, strongly emarginate
at apex, elytra strongly arched longitudinally, gibbous near the
BY H. J. CARTER. 85
middle, irregularly, subfoveately impressed; femora tumid, tibiae
thin, glabrous above, finely tomentose beneath, tarsi short, basal
joint shorter than the apical, intercoxal process rather narrow,
prosternum short and carinate; other characters as in Olisthce?ia.
A genus not very near any other, distinguished by its narrow
parallel form, with unusual convexity — (Topev/m, embossed work).
TOREUMA CUPREUM, n.Sp.
Elongate, parallel, convex; nitid coppery-bronze above, reddish-
brown beneath; antennae, tibiae, and tarsi red.
Head finely and closely punctate, the epistoma rounded, labrum
prominent; canthus oblique, little raised, scarcely angulate in
front; suture straight and well marked, forehead widely canalicu-
late; eyes large, separated by a distance less than the transverse
diameter of one eye; antennae not reaching base of prothorax,
joint 3 little longer than 4, 3-6 subcylindric, 7-10 obconic, 8-10
enlarged but not so wide as long, 1 1 oval. Prothorax 2x4 mm.,
length measured in middle, width at base, bisinuate at apex, the
middle moderately, the angles considerably advanced and acute;
sides arcuately widening to the base, the latter bisinuate, the
posterior angles more sharply acute than the anterior; apex and
sides with moderately thick border, the latter finely channelled
within, explanate margins rather wide and opaque in colour, the
disc very nitid, both disc and margins finely, not closely, punctate.
Scutellum scutiform (triangular, with rounded sides), punctate.
Elytra of same width as prothorax at base, very convex, with
highest point in the middle; sides subparallel for the greater
part, narrowly bordered and channelled throughout, the whole
surface unevenly vermiculate-punctate, with unequal fovea?
irregularly scattered, the vermiculate intervals closely and
evidently punctate, some larger impressions near base. Apical
segment of abdomen closely punctate, other segments distinctly
striolate, intercoxal process triangular; sternum with fine shallow
punctures; prosternum carinate, received into a semicircular
notch of the mesosternum; tarsi short, the claw-joint nearly as
long as the rest combined. Dimensions, 10 x 4| mm.
Hab. — North Queensland! Mr. F. Dodd).
86
SUBFAMILIES CYPUALEIN^E AND CNODALONIN^E,
A single specimen^) sent by Mr. Dodd, is evidently separated
from the described genera by the combination of characters noted
above. Type in the author's Coll.
Paraphanes Macl. — Lea has described a species as Paraphanes
Dumbrelli, that presents so many differences from Macleay's
genus as to render it inadmissible to its ranks. As Macleay's
description, as to some details, is a little vague, while that of P.
Dumbrelli omits some essential characters, I propose the new
genus Bolbophanes for Lea's species, and two other North Queens-
land insects; and I give below a comparison of the characters of
Paraphanes and Bolbophanes, taken from specimens compared
with the type.
Paraphanes Macl.
Form elongate, moderately
convex, parallel.
Antennae long, penultimate
joints little enlarged, 3 distinctly
longer than 4, joints 3-10 gradu-
ally enlarging and obconic, 11
twice as long as 10, subcylindric.
Eyes quite free of prothorax,
and very prominent.
Prothorax long ; length to
breadth as 2:3.
Sides bisinuate, anterior an-
gles sublobate; posterior den-
tate, produced outwards.
Elytra lineate-punctate.
Prosternum very long, sharply
carinate.
Mesosternal cavity rounded.
Epipleurw very narrow, in-
complete.
Bolbophanes, n.gen.
Form short, very convex
(Paropsis-like), ovate.
Antennae short, joints 8-10
abruptly enlarged and trans,
verse, 3-7 short and slender, 1 1
large and ovoid .
Eyes (normally) partially
covered by prothorax, not at all
prominent.
Prothorax short ; length to
breadth as 1 : 2.
Sides widely rounded, arcu-
ately narrowed from base to
apex, posterior angles scarcely
produced.
Elytra irregularly, closely
punctate.
Prosternum very short, coxae
almost touching front margin, a
short wide carina.
Mesosternal cavity triangular.
Epipleurce very wide, incom.
plete.
BY H. J. CARTER. 87
Femora with fringe of hair on Femora glabrous,
lower surface.
Front tarsi of £ little en- Front tarsi of £ considerably
larged. enlarged.
Hind tarsi with last joint as Hind tarsi with basal and
long as the rest combined. claw-joint subequal.
N.B. — The fringed femora are a noteworthy, distinguishing
character of P. nitida Macl., not mentioned by its author.
From the above, it is evident that the two genera Bolbophaves
and Paraphanes come under widely separated sections of the
subfamily, the former standing next to Hemici/clus; while the
latter approaches Prophanes in the structure of the antennae,
though standing alone in other respects.
BOLBOPHANES RUGATUS, n.Sp.
Ovate, very convex and nitid; elytra dark greenish-bronze,
head and pronotum metallic green; antennae, legs, and tarsi
blue; underside metallic green; abdomen sometimes reddish.
Head : eyes scarcely free of prothorax, and widely separated,
epistoma rounded, canthus small and inconspicuous, rather
coarsely punctate; antennae short, joints 7-11 gradually enlarged,
9-10 transverse, 11 nearly round. Prothorax more than twice as
wide as long, widely emarginate at apex; anterior angles ad-
vanced but obtuse, sides arcuately widening to base, the latter
bisinuate ; posterior angles subrectangular and not produced,
sides a little explanate with narrow reflexed border, disc without
regular impressions or central line, finely punctate on middle,
more coarsely on margins. Scutettum triangular and punctate.
Elytra of same width as prothorax at base, humeri obtuse, widest
behind the middle, with narrow border continued to apex, with
fine shallow punctures close and irregular, the surface (especially
towards sides) longitudinally ridged, their interstices more or
less wrinkled. Epipleurae and episterna coarsely punctate ;
abdomen finely punctate; prosternum short, its process convex
and rounded behind. Tarsi short. Dimensions, 9-13 x 6-8 mm.
0«6.-Blue Mountains, N.S.W.(Dr. E. W. Ferguson) —Tam-
bourine Mountain, Queensland(R. Illidge, and the author).
00 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEIS.fl AND CN0DAL0N1NJZ,
Five specimens examined, show little sexual distinction, (in
three of them, the front tarsi are wanting). A Paropsis-\ike
insect, closely allied to B. Dumbrelli Lea, from which it differs
in (1) the coarser punctures of upper surface, (2) its uneven
surface of elytra, (3) its blue antennae and legs, which in B.
Dumbrelli are reddish.
B0LB0PHANES VARIC0L0R, n.Sp.
Shortly ovate, very convex, glabrous (except on head) and
moderately nitid; colour various, in some specimens purple or
cyaneous, in others dark green with purple reflections (the elytra
generally concolorous) ; underside, legs, antennae, and tarsi
metallic blue-black or violaceous.
Head densely punctate, epistoma and labrum with short dark
hair, the latter prominent, the former rounded in front, sinuate
at the canthus, deeply impressed at the suture; eyes separated
by a distance greater than the apparent transverse diameter of
an eye; antennae scarcely reaching the base of prothorax, joint 3
slightly longer than 4, joints 8-11 slightly enlarged, 9-10 nearly
round, 11 largest and ovoid. Prothorax (2 J x 5 J mm.) widest at
base, length measured in middle, apex and base bisinuate, in each
case produced at the middle and at the angles; anterior angles
acute but slightly rounded, sides arcuately widening to the base;
posterior angles acute, sides and apex narrowly bordered, lateral
margins explanate and sometimes finely corrugated, disc closely
and uniformly finely punctate, a smooth middle line sometimes
indicated, a small basal fovea on each side. Scutellum rounded
behind and on sides, punctate. Elytra very convex, slightly
gibbous at the shoulders, closely fitting and of same v\ idth as
prothorax at base, then widening and oval, a little sinuously
narrowed near the apex, very narrowly bordered throughout;
disc uniformly closely, distinctly punctate, with a slight tendency
to rugosity. Abdomen minutely rugose, the last segment closely
punctate, with a circular depression; sternum sparsely, epimera
closely punctate; prosternum carinate, received behind into a
triangular cavity of the metasternum; intercoxal process wide,
its apex truncate; three basal joints of front and intermediate tarsi
BY H. J. CARTER. 89
considerably enlarged in the male, basal joint of hind tarsi as
long as the claw-joint. Dimensions, 10-12 x 5-6J mm.
Hob. — Kui-anda(Dodd and Tillyard), Mackay and Stanthorpe
(Illidge), North Queensland (Melbourne Museum).
Twelve specimens of this apparently common Queensland insect
have been examined (4 males, 8 females), and these differ only in
size, colour, and the sexual characters mentioned above. Six of
them are more or less purple-bronze with cyaneous reflections on
the head and prothorax; the others are chiefly dull green, with
some purple or metallic reflections; the colour of the underside
and legs also varies from being nearly black, to violet or blue.
Types in the author's Coll.
Hemicyclus flavipes, n.sp.
Widely ovate, convex, glabrous; head (especially clypeus)
metallic, pronotum and elytra nitid bronze-brown, the former
with slight coloured reflections; underside metallic bronze with
green reflections, epipleurse greenish, labium, palpi, antennae, and
legs yellow.
Head : labrum very prominent, epistoma truncate and closely
punctate, space between eyes wider than the apparent diameter
of one eye (as seen from above), sparsely punctate, antennae
extending beyond base of prothorax, joints 7-11 enlarged, 8-11
oval, 11 longer and wider than 10. Prothorax 2^ x 5 mm., widely
obliquely emarginate at apex, anterior angles obtuse, sides nearly
straight and strongly widening to base, posterior angles acute
but slightly rounded at extremity, base bisinuate, explanate
margins corrugated and punctate, disc smooth. Scutellum
triangular. Elytra : shoulders rounded, wider than prothorax
at base, widest behind middle, finely margined, channel widest at
shoulder, then gradually narrowing behind and, with the epi-
pleurre, abruptly ending before apex. Disc, under lens, seen to
be closely set with shallow punctulate impressions, epipleurae
wrinkled and sparsely punctate, abdomen with last segment
finely punctate; presternum saddle-shaped, rounded behind, flanks
of presternum finely striolate. Posterior tarsi with joints 1 and
4 of about equal length. Dimensions, 12 x 10 mm.
90 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINjE AND CNODALOMNjE,
Bab.— Dorrigo, New South Wales(Mr. J. H. Maiden).
A single female specimen, in the South Australian Museum, is
easily separated from its congeners by its yellow appendages,
inter alia.
Chartopteryx planus, n.sp.
Elongate-elliptic, glabrous, subnitid; chocolate-brown above
and below, the margins of elytra with a pale band; legs, oral
organs, antennae, and tarsi reddish, tibiae and tarsi with golden
tomentum.
Head: labrum emarginate and ciliate, showing membranous
hinge: epistoma broadly truncate, canthus raised and shortly
rounded, suture arcuate and clearly defined; impunctate; eyes
very large, just free from the prothorax, separated by a distance
of one-half the width of one eye; antennas long, slender (extend-
ing to the middle of the elytra), joint 3 nearly as long as 4 and
5 combined, 3-6 cylindric, 7-10 very slightly enlarged and suc-
cessively shorter, 11 narrowly elongate-ovate. Prothorax de-
pressed, 3x6 mm., (length measured in the middle), apex semi-
circular, its angles strongly projecting and acute (with their tips
rounded), sides sinuate anteriorly, moderately widened behind
the middle, again sinuate near the acute and slightly produced
hind angles; narrowly produced throughout, the lateral and
latero-anterior border slightly raised, nitid, and thicker than the
rest, margins rather widely foliate and concave, and with the
disc entirely impunctate ; base strongly bisinuate, with wide
central lobe; a small foveate impression within each posterior
angle. Scutellum triangular with rounded sides, convex and
impunctate. Elytra moderately convex in both directions,
nowhere gibbous; elliptic, rather suddenly incurved towards apex,
humeral angle subobsolete and obtuse; widest behind middle,
each elytron separately rounded at apex; extreme border narrowly
raised (discontinued towards apex), just perceptibly canaliculate
within; disc with the suture and three obscurely raised lines
smooth from base to apex, the intervals very minutely and
irregularly punctate, a short scutellary row of small punctures
visible (with a lens); whole underside smooth and impunctate with
BY H. J. CARTER. 91
the exception of some minute punctures on the apical segment:
presternum compressed and subcarinate, its process little enlarged
behind or produced in front; intercoxal process widely triangular
(like a Gothic arch), legs and tarsi long, anterior tarsi with three
basal joints strongly dilated, fourth joint very small; posterior
tarsi with basal joint almost as long as the rest combined, joint
2 twice as long as 3, claw-joint as long as 2 and 3 combined.
Dimensions, 15-18 x 7^-9 mm.
Hob. - Wollongbar, Richmond River(Mr. R. Helms); Acacia
Creek(the author).
Two specimens in my collection, both male, and a specimen in
the Queensland Museum, are the only specimens I have seen of
this species, one of which was taken by the author by beating
creepers in a dense scrub. It is very like G. imperialis Carter,
in colour, form and sculpture; but is much smaller, less convex,
with the greatest height at, or rather behind, the middle. Type
in the author's Coll.
Chartopteryx Blackburni, n.sp.
Elongate, lightly obovate, and little convex; head metallic blue
and green with purple reflections, pronoturn brilliant green, elytra
blue with suture and sides purplish, sternum iridescent green,
legs darker, abdomen reddish with metallic reflections, upper
surface sparsely clothed with long, black, upright hairs.
Head with epistoma rounded and coarsely punctate, forming
nearly a right angle with the raised and prominent canthus,
forehead wide between eyes, more sparsely and less coarsely
punctate than the epistoma; antennae very little enlarged apically,
extending considerably beyond the base of thorax, joint 3 as long
as 4 and 5 combined, 3-7 subcylindric, 8 much shorter than 7
and slightly wider, 2-10 oval, longer than wide, 11 elongate-
ovate. Prothorax 3x5 mm., widest at base, length measured in
middle, arcuate-emarginate at apex, anterior angles prominent
and acute, sides rather abruptly widened at middle, posterior
angles produced and acute, lateral border narrow, moderately
channelled within, base bisinuate, the whole (including the
border) sparsely clothed with setiferous punctures with four
92 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEIN.E AND CNODALONINjE,
larger depressions, two near sides, two near base. Elytra wider
than prothorax at base, and four times as long, shoulders rounded,
sides gradually widening till near the apex, the latter unarmed:
lateral border and channel very narrow but continuous to apex,
epipleurae continuous almost to apex, the whole surface evenly
but not very closely dotted with small setiferous punctures,
becoming smaller towards apex, a single lateral row of close large
punctures. Abdomen with finer setiferous punctures than on
elytra, the hairs arising therefrom adpressed and of a lighter
colour; epipleurre and episterna coarsely punctate, prosternum
carinate and sharply produced behind, submentum transversely
rugose. Hind tarsi with basal joint as long as the rest combined.
Dimensions, 16 x 1\ mm.
I lab. — A ustralia.
A single female specimen in the South Australian Museum,
labelled Australia, Blackburn Coll., is distinguished from its
allies by the combination of brilliant colour, and depressed form,
and the punctures of elvtra evidently smaller than in C. Mastersi
Macl., and C. victoriensis Blackb. A second specimen in the
British Museum consignment to me, labelled S. Australia (F.
Bates, 81, 19).
Cyclophanes, n.gen.
Between Oremasis and Hemicyclus in facies and characters.
Widely ovate, very convex longitudinally, explanate and less
convex transversely, especially on pronotum and apical half of
elytra. Glabrous. Mentum trapezoidal, convex; labial palpi
short, basal joint securiform; maxillary palpi long and robust,
last joint large and securiform. Epistoma truncate in front,
rounded at sides, canthus arcuate, raised and concave within,
limiting suture clearly defined and arcuate. Eyes large, reniform,
clear of prothorax, not approximate; antennae long, extending
considerably beyond the base of prothorax, joint 3 as long as 4-5
combined, cylindric, 4-7 subequal in length, successively wider at
apex, obconic, 8-1 1 oval, successively wider and shorter, longer
than wide, 1 1 wider and longer than 1 0, rounded at apex. Pro-
thorax twice and one-half as wide at base as long in the middle,
BY H. J. CARTER. 93
narrowly bordered at sides and apex, lateral margins widely
explanate. Elytra of same width at base as prothorax, shoulders
definitely angulate and obtuse, very convex, with highest point
in front of middle, irregularly punctate, epipleurae wide, hori-
zontal, rather abruptly narrowed before apex; elytra narrowly
bordered till near apex, the border then suddenly bent down and
continuous (though not visible from above) to apex. Intercoxal
process rather widely arched, prosternum compressed and saddle-
shaped at apex, conical behind, not carinate; mesosternal cavity
rounded; appendages yellow; tibiae with small spine at apex,
anterior tarsi of male with three basal joints much enlarged,
posterior tarsi with basal and apical joints of equal length (e±-
cluding claws), the other two joints short. Penis short, attached
to an arcuately widening lamella; female with a long protuberant
ovipositor.
Cyclophanes variegatus, n.sp.
Widely ovate, moderately nitid above, very nitid beneath;
head purple-green and gold, pronotum purple on margin, green
and purple on disc; elytra mostly dark green, with suture, border,
and shoulders coppery-purple; a purple band, wide at base, ex-
tending thence round the sides (but not reaching them) to apex,
where it meets the sutural band; epipleurae bright blue, variegated
with purple; underside iridescent purple, blue and gold, the
former colour predominant, the last on the epimera; antennae,
oral organs, legs, and tarsi yellow.
Head rather closely punctate on front, more sparsely and
coarsely on epistoma, front widening behind, eyes separated by a
distance equal to the transverse diameter of one eye. Prothorax
2| x 7 mm., sinuate-emarginate at apex, the middle very slightly
advanced, the angles reaching to half the width of eyes, obtuse
and rounded, sides evenly and arcuately widening to base, the
latter bisinuate, central lobe wide, posterior angles rather widely
acute, not at all produced, foliate margins wide, a little upturned,
transversely wrinkled, separated from disc by a blue sulcus con-
taining an irregular row of punctures, disc nearly flat, finely
and closely punctate, a small basal fovea on each side of scutellum.
94 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINJR AND CNODALONIN.V,
Scutellum triangular, sides rounded, finely punctate. Elytra
ovate, very convex or humped in front of middle, thence evenly
and rather flatly declivous to apex, the latter rather sharp, but
unarmed: a small depression at extreme shoulders and on each
side of scutellum, border narrowly canaliculate within, abruptly
ending before apex, densely not coarsely punctate, with three
obscure, sometimes raised lines on each elytron, less punctate
than the rest, more evident on apical than basal half. Abdomen
faintly striolate, the last segment punctate, sternum finely punc-
tate at sides only and on epimera; epipleurse slightly rugose and
very finely punctate, submentum evidently punctate, legs slender,
tibiae straight. Dimensions, 14-15 x 9-10 mm.
#a&._Dorrigo, New South Wales(R. J. Tillyard).
Three specimens of this beautiful insect were amongst Mr.
Tillyard's captures, two males and one female. The anterior tarsi
show more than the usual sexual enlargement. The colours are
much more brilliant on the underside than above, but their
definition is difficult to describe. Its form and combined char-
acters do not fit it into any of the existing genera, though it is
nearest Oremasis; while approaching Hemicyclus in its broadly
ovate form, from which it is readily distinguished by its more
explanate surface, longer (and yellow) legs, and antennas. Types
in the author's Coll.
Cyclophanes gloriosus, n.sp.
Widely oblong-ovate; upper surface brilliant iridescent blue
and green with purple reflections, the head rather densely clothed
with golden pubescence, pronotum at the sides and epipleurse of
elytra purple; underside black; antennae, palpi, legs, and tarsi
bright yellow.
Head : labrum very prominent and rectangular, epistoma
rounded in front, angular at its junction with canthus, the
latter quite straight at the sides, angular in front, closely and
not coarsely punctate, these sometimes concealed by dense short
recumbent hairs; eyes large, reniform, separated by a distance
equal to the transverse diameter of one eye (as seen from above);
antennae extending slightly beyond the base of prothorax, joints
BY H. J. CARTER. 95
7-11 moderately enlarged, 3 about half as long again as 4, 4-6
equal, subcylindric (very slightly obconic), 8-10 rather quadrate-
ovate, not wider than long, shorter than 7, the last intermediate
in form and length between 6 and 8; 11 oblong-ovate, as long as
9 and 10 combined. Prothorax i\ x 7^ mm., length measured
in the middle, width at base, width across front angles 4 mm.,
apex with discal part straight (or sometimes produced forward in
the middle), the anterior angles produced to half the width of
the eyes, fairly widely rounded, sides arcuately widening to base;
posterior angles dentate, acute and a little outwardly directed
(overlapping the elytra), base strongly bisinuate, central lobe
produced; apex, sides, and angles at base very narrowly bordered,
margins wide, slightly concave and coarsely rugose-punctate, disc
nearly smooth, with small punctures sparsely and irregularly
placed, a more or less regular line of larger punctures at base and
apex; without any indication of a middle line. Scutellum scuti-
form, impunctate, depressed at sides, convex in middle. Elytra
very convex, gibbous at shoulders, humeral angle obtuse, soon
widening considerably behind the shoulders, parallel for the
middle portion, then rather abruptly incurved to the apex, the
last unarmed and rounded; disc irregularly punctate, punctures
coarser and more crowded in the humeral region, base and sides,
more sparse and smaller near suture and quite evanescent on
apical declivity, intervals minutely punctate on disc, rugose and
vermiculate near shoulder and on epipleurse. Abdomen minutely
punctate (the last segment more coarsely and closely so, and
truncate at apex); sides of metasternum and epimera rather
finely punctate, prosternum short, saddle-shaped, its process
scarcely produced forward, triangular with rounded sides behind,
received into the correspondingly notched mesosternum. Legs
long, finely pitted, tibiae straight, with a line of short yellow hair
on the inside, tarsi flavosetose, the anterior with three basal
joints enlarged, posterior with basal and claw-joint of about
equal length, the other two joints short. Dimensions, 17-20 x
10-11J mm.
Uab. — Bellinger River (Mr. Jackson, per R. Helms), Dorrigo
(R. J. Tillyard),
96 SUBFAMILIES CYPBALE1NM AND CNODALONIN^S,
Three specimens, all, I think, g, in ray collection, in colour
and general appearance resemble Prophanes Mastersi Pasc, but
are without the spinose prothorax and elytra. The bright yellow
appendages, more rounded form of both prothorax and elytra,
the antennal and tarsal structure, the absence of the abdominal
excavation, and its greatly enlarged anterior tarsi, together with
the strongly sculptured margins of prothorax, mark this species
as an ally of Cyclophanes variegatus. Type in the author's Coll.
Cyclophanes splendens, n.sp.
Widely ovate, glabrous, very nitid; head purple and gold, pro-
notum metallic purple on disc, bronze at sides, a line of blue on
inside of margins, elytra metallic green with purple reflections
at suture and sides, whole underside iridescent and variegated
(purple, green, and blue), legs, tarsi, and antennae yellow (femora
greenish).
Head : labrum very prominent and rectangular, epistoma trun-
cate, slightly rounded at sides, a depression within each corner,
defining suture straight and deep; eyes large, separated by a
distance equal to the apparent transverse diameter of an eye;
closely, not coarsely punctate; antennae extending beyond the
base of prothorax, joint 3 about as long as 4-5 combined, 7-11
gradually enlarging, 8-10 ovate, not wider than long, 1 1 longer
and wider than 10. Prothorax 2| x 6 mm., length measured in
the middle, width at base, arcuate-emarginate at apex, anterior
angles reaching the middle of the eye, moderately acute, sides
arcuately and strongly widened to base, posterior angles acute
but slightly blunted, base bisinuate, extreme border narrowly
raised on sides and apex, explanate margins wide, concave, trans-
versely wrinkled and punctate, separated from disc by a blue
channel containing a row of punctures, disc nearly smooth, middle
line vaguely suggested at base. Scutellum widely triangular,
smooth. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax at base, ovate
and convex, a little produced at apex, humeral angle distinct and
obtuse, lateral border and channel narrow, the former abruptly
bent down and ending before the apex; whole surface (except
the apical declivity) finely, regularly and rather closely punctate,
BY H. J. CARTER. 97
depressed on each side of scutellum and foveate within the
humeri; abdomen finely striolate at sides, the last segment punc-
tate, with large circular depression, epi- and parapleural nearly
smooth, sternum finely rugose at sides, prosternal process not
carinate, saddle-shaped in front, circular behind, closely fitting
mesosternal cavity. Ovipositor extruded. Dimensions, 13 x 9 mm.
Hab. — Tambourine Mountain, South Queensland(H. Hacker).
A single female specimen, in the Queensland Museum, is a sin
gularly beautiful insect, much more nitid than and without the
longitudinal lines on the elytra of C. variegatus. There are two
specimens in the Macleay Museum, from New South Wales.
Prophanes ducalis, n.sp.
Oblong-ovate, glabrous, whole surface above and below a rich
metallic purple bronze, very nitid, (borders of pronotum and parts
of head tinged with green), legs blue, femora with violet reflec-
tions, apical joints of antennae fuscous.
Head with labrum produced (showing membranous hinge),
truncate and rectangular, epistoma straight in front, angulate at
its junction with canthus, the latter raised and elongate, limiting
suture straight and clearly impressed, front widely, channelled, eyes
large and separated by a distance considerably less than the trans-
verse diameter of one eye; closely, irregularly punctate, the punc-
tures larger on clypeal than on frontal area (in neither case so
coarse as in P. Master si Pasc). Antennae extending considerably
beyond the humeri, joints 7-11 enlarged, 3 about as long as 4 and
5 combined, 4-6 obconic, 7-10 pear-shaped, 8-10 shorter than 7,
not wider than long, 1 1 elongate subcylindric, nearly as long as the
preceding three combined. Prothorax,4 x 7 mm., length measured
in the middle, width at base, widely emarginate at apex, anterior
angles strongly produced into spines curved obliquely outwards,
width between spines 5 mm.; sides slightly sinuate (widely in
front, narrowly behind), otherwise nearly straight, base strongly
bisinuate, central lobe produced and subtruncate, posterior
angles produced (less so than the middle lobe) and acute,
with narrow raised border throughout, except on central basal
lobe ; surface uneven, with six large foveate depressions, two f orm-
7
98 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALBINM ANO CNODALONINJE,
ing (or rather including) the middle line, the anterior of these
elongate, the basal round, two on each side (occupying a large
portion of disc) ; surface rather closely punctate, the scarcely
concave explanate margins with much larger punctures. Scutel-
lum oval. Elytra ovate, subparallel at the middle, very convex
(gibbous in humeral region), of same width as prothorax at base,
humeri obtuse, widest at middle, strongly bispinose at apex, nar-
rowly bordered, and, with the epipleurae, closely irregularly fove-
ate-punctate, intervals smooth, vermiculate, sometimes showing a
longitudinal arrangement, foveae sometimes confluent, with smaller
bronze punctures within them ; of varied size, but larger and more
confluent towards sides. Abdomen nearly smooth, and with the
sternum brilliantly metallic, the last segment with a large central
depression, narrowed and curved at base, widened into a circular
excavation at apex; intercoxal process moderately wide, sides of
metasternum rugose-punctate, epimera with large round punc-
tures, prosternum punctured on sides, its process saddle-shaped,
not carinate, produced acutely forward, fitting into a widely tri-
angular cavity of the mesosternum behind ; legs long, tibiae pitted,
anterior tarsi enlarged, posterior tarsi with basal joint longer than
2 and 3 combined, claw- joint not as long as the rest combined,
clothed with reddish tomentum. Dimensions, 20-21 x 10J-1 lmm.
Hab. — North Queensland (F. P. Dodd), Upper Herbert River
(per C. French, F.L.S.).
Two specimens, I believe Q, of this fine species under ex-
amination. A specimen sent also from the British Museum ;
there is one in the Macleay Museum. The curious abdominal
excavation, though unnoticed in other descriptions, occurs
also in P. Master si Pasc, and in P. cupricollis Macl., and
is possibly a sexual distinction, the obvious males having a
less regular depression. It occurs as an irregular depression
also in Cyphaleus ruyosus Gray, C. rerewsWaterh., C. fulgidipennis
Boisd., and C. insiynitus Pasc. P. ducalis is nearest to, though
very distinct from, P. Masteri Pasc, and P. aculeatus Westw.,(the
latter only known to me by description). From the former, it is
distinguished by the less closely punctate head, eyes larger and less
BY H. J. CARTER. 99
separated, anterior angles of prothorax longer, posterior reflexed
(in C. Master i deflexed), elytra narrower, its spines longer, fove-
ate punctures of elytra quite irregular and close, its intervals
smooth, besides colour-differences. From C. aculeatus Westw., it
differs in its metallic head, prothorax, and underside, and the
sculpture of the elytra. Type in the author's Coll.
Pkophanes bkevispinosus, n.sp.
Ovate, convex, glabrous; head green-bronze, pronotum purple-
bronze, elytra obscure purple and blue, underside obscure green ;
antennae, legs, and tarsi blue, the last clothed with reddish tonien-
tum.
Head rather coarsely rugose-punctate, epistoma rounded in
front, angulate at sides, canthus raised, prominent and rectangular
in front, suture deeply impressed, arcuate, forehead canaliculate,
eyes more distant than the obvious transverse diameter of one, and
quite free of the prothorax; antennas with joint 3 as long as 4-5
combined, 4-7 subcylindric and equal, 8 shorter and enlarged, 9-11
moderately enlarged, 9 and 10 shortly ovate, longer than wide, 11
more elongate than 10. Prothorax 3x5J mm., length measured
in middle, width at bas"e, nearly flat, depressed behind apical bor-
ders, and within posterior angles, bisinuate at base and apex, the
middle lobe and angles produced; anterior angles with a rather
wide, short tooth directed outwards, sides scarcely sinuate in front,
nearly straightly widened to base, posterior angle acute, obliquely
directed outwards; sides and apex narrowly bordered, the former
not foliate or furrowed ; middle line indicated by a small depression
at base, disc rather evenly, closely, not -coarsely punctate. Scutel-
lum scutiform, punctate, with a central depression. Elytra convex,
ovate, humeri obtuse, with a slight depression at flanks, apex briefly
dentate (scarcely spinose), narrowly bordered and channelled, the
channel occupied by a line of large punctures; disc regularly,
closely, and finely punctate, punctures evanescent at apex, epipleu-
rse coarsely punctate. Abdomen striolate-punctate, the last seg-
ment punctate only, its centre depressed, its apex circularly ex-
cised; intercoxal process widely rounded, sides of metasternum,
100 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALMNJi AND CNODALON1XM,
and epimera with rather large, round punctures, prosternum more
finely punctate, the process rather wide, not carinate; pointed in
front and triangularly rounded behind. Legs long, three basal
joints of anterior tarsi enlarged, posterior tarsi with claw-joint
wanting, basal joint long. Dimensions, 16x8 mm.
Hab. — North Queensland.
A single male (I think from Mr. Dodd) is nearest P. quadri-
spinosus Waterh., which is, however, said to be "parce pubescens,"
"niger," with anterior angles "longe porrectis," and posterior angles
"rectis," all of which characters sufficiently differentiate it from
the above. The raised and subdentate canthus should assist in its
identification. Type in the author's Coll.
McERODES KEKSHAWI, 11. Sp.
Elongate, parallel; black, glabrous, moderately nitid, antennae
and tarsi reddish, apex of palpi testaceous.
Head densely punctate, epistoma truncate in front, widely
rounded on sides, canthus raised, suture only defined by oblique
lines at the sides, eyes separated by a distance less than the appar-
ent transverse diameler of an eye (seen from above), antennae not
reaching base of prothorax, joint 3 little longer than 4, 7-11 suc-
cessively widened and transverse, 9-11 widely ovate. Prothorax
3|x 7 mm., length measured in the middle, width near base, apex
arcuate-emarginate; anterior angles strongly produced outwards
into a sharp spine, sides rounded, sinuate behind front angles, nar-
rowed behind, base bisinuate; posterior angles acute, lateral mar-
gins subhorizontal, widening at the anterior angles and narrowiy
produced on apex as far as the eyes; disc regularly, closely punc-
tate, with some irregular depressions near base. Scutellum scuti-
form and concave. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders
rounded, sides- parallel for the greater part, lateral border nar-
rowly channelled within, continuous to the apical spine, the latter
short and stout, not placed at suture, but about 2 mm. apart; disc
with about fourteen rows of large punctures, uneven in size and
position (in general close), rows 8-9 and 12-13 somewhat com-
mingled, the punctures continuous to the apex, but smaller in this
region ; intervals and epipleuras smooth. Abdomen finely punctate-
BY H. J. CARTER. 101
striolate; sides of metasterhum and epimera strongly pustulose,
prosternum rugose, its process carinate, produced anteriorly and
received into a triangular cavity behind ; intercoxal process widely
arched. Dimensions, 20 x 10 mm.
Hab. — Queensland.
Two specimens, both probably male, are amongst some Cypha-
leinse sent for examination, from the Melbourne Museum, by Mr.
J. Kershaw, the courteous Curator, to whom I dedicate the species.
A specimen also in the Adelaide Museum. It is readily distin-
guished from M. Westwoodi MacL. by the following: (1) wider
and differently shaped prothorax, especially wider at apex through
its strongly divergent spines, which are narrower and more for-
wardly directed in M. Westwoodi. (2) Punctate-striate elytra
(quite irregular sculpture in M. Westwoodi). (3) The apical spines
placed farther from the sutural extremity. (4) Stouter and more
parallel form. Type in National Museum, Melbourne.
The Australian Cnodalonix^s.
This subfamily occupies a position between Cyphaleina? and
Helopinse. They are differentiated from the former by the
following characters. Head not largely enclosed in prothorax,
the latter not strongly emarginate, prosternum little or not at
all compressed, its process less produced behind, and the corres-
ponding mesosternal notch less enlarged, the epipleural fold
continuous to the apex, tarsi shorter. From the Helopinse, they
are differentiated by the depressed joints of their antennae, and
their brilliant metallic colours. Widely distributed in the East
Indies, South America, Madagascar, so., far only four genera have
been recorded from Australia; and these may be distinguished
by the following table.
l(3)Prothorax aud elytra more or less cylindric.
2. Elytra coarsely and irregularly punctate Titama Eriehs.
3. Elytra finely striate-punctate Thtsilea Haag.
4. Body oval, prothorax explanate, tarsi thin Chariotheca Pasc.
5. Form more depressed, tarsi short and stout Espites Pasc.
Pascoe differentiates Espites from Chariotheca by its slopino-
mesosternum, short stout tarsi, and narrow clypeus.
102 SUBFAMILIES CYPHALEINM AND CSODALONlN^,
The genus Cholipus Pasc, originally placed with the Cnoda-
loninse, is now considered identical with Encyalesthus (Tenebri-
oninse). Tetraphyllus is apparently confined to Madagascar, the
two species under that name in Gemminger and Harold, and
Masters' Catalogue, are evidently wrongly placed, and are almost
certainly synonymous as follows.
Hemicyclus grandis Westw. = Hemicyclus (Tetraphyllus) Reau-
muri Casteln. Espites basalis Pasc. = Espites (Tetraphyllus)
sumptuosus (I) Hope. Hope's type has apparently been lost, and
the description is very scanty, so that it would be desirable to
retain Pascoe's name.
TiTiENA Erichs.
l(7)Pilose.
2(4)Colour variegated; size large, 15 mm. long.
3. Prothorax more cylindric, punctures coarser columbina Erichs.
4.Prothorax more explanate, punctures finer tyrrhena, n.sp.
5(7)Colour blue, size smaller.
6. Feebly pilose, rugose-punctate; 8-9 mm. long.... alcyonea Erichs.
7. Strongly pilose, not at all rugose; 6 mm. long minor, n.sp.
8(10)Glabrous.
9. Size large, colour variegated varicolor Haag.
lO.Size smaller, colour dark metallic (black with age).... tasmanica Champ.
Thesilea Haag.
Of this genus, two species are recorded from Australia.
T. cuprina Fairm., from Wallis Island. I have identified two
specimens sent by Mr. F. Dodd, of Kuranda.
7 '. planicollis Fairm. = T. oblonga Blanch., (Olisthama) = tyChar-
iotheca cupripennis Pasc.
The former synonymy is contained in the Gemminger and
Harold's Catalogue; the latter is my own conclusion from the
descriptions and figure(Voy. P61e Sud, 1853). I have specimens
of C cupripennis Pasc, that I compared with the type, from
Kuranda.
Chariotheca Pasc.
l(3)Form oval.
2. Pronotum black amaroides Pasc.
3. Pronotum blue Sesti Blackb.
4(6)Foxm elongate and parallel.
BY H. J. CARTER. 103
5. Size larger and wider(8-ll x3|4mm.) striato-punctata Macl.;
viridipennis Macl.
6. Size smaller(7-8 x 2-2^ mm.) cupripennis Pasc.
Having examined the types of Decialma striato-punctata Macl.,
and of D. viridipennis Macl., I am convinced, (l)that there is
nothing but a slight colour-distinction between the two specimens;
and (2) that both are congeneric with C. cupripennis Pasc,
from which it is chiefly distinguished by difference of size. I
have already pointed out the strong probability of the synonymy
of C. cupripennis Pasc, with Thesilea planicollis Fairm., which
only a comparison of the types will definitely prove.
Espites Pasc
E. basalis Pasc, = (?)E.( Tetraphyllus) sumptuosus Hope.
I have already recorded this species from Cape York; origin-
ally described from New Guinea(These Proceedings, 1910, p. 134).
TlT^NA TYRRHENA, n.Sp.
Head and prothorax bright purple, with blue reflections, elytra
with the suture greenish, shoulders and margins cyaneous, the rest
purple with some metallic reflections, underside and legs variegated
with blue and purple, underside of femora reddish, tarsi and an-
tennae castaneous.
Head coarsely and densely rugose-punctate, eyes smaller and
more prominent than in T. varicolor Haag-Rut. Prothorax very
convex anteriorly, produced and gibbous at the middle of apex,
anterior angles acute and prominent, the sides more rounded and
more narrowed behind than in T. varicolor Haag-Hut., posterior
angles widely obtuse, bisinuate and lobate at base, lateral margins
narrow and partially evident from above, sparsely pilose with
short whitish hair, and coarsely dotted with large round punctures,
the interstices (especially near base) subvermiculate and sometimes
wider than the punctures. Scutellum semicircular, punctate. Ely-
tra very little wider than prothorax, striate-punctate, the stria?
shallow, the intervals containing irregular lines of punctures of
the same size as those in the striae, otherwise smooth, elytra more
sparsely and shortly pilose than the prothorax. Sternum and
104 SUBFAMILIES CYPR ALE1N M AND CSODALON1N JE,
abdomen strongly punctate, the punctures smaller and more distant
than on the elytra. Dimensions, 11-11*5 x 3*5 mm.
Hab. — Ebor and Guyra (New England district), New South
Wales (R. J. Tillyard and the author).
Three specimens under examination, without evident sexual dis-
tinction. A beautiful variegated species, nearest to T. varicolor
Haag-Rut., but differing in its narrower form, the colours different-
ly arranged, and having much coarser punctures on the prothorax
and elytra. C. varicolor is, moreover, glabrous or nearly so. Com-
pared with T. columbine, Erichs., the colour is much more brilliant
and various, the prothorax is less cylindric (more explanate on
hinder half), the punctures on prothorax are smaller and less
crowded, while those on the elytra are distinctly smaller, especially
towards the apex. Its distinctions from the other described species
are obvious. One specimen has the elytra greenish, with the suture
coppery-purple, otherwise identical with the other two. Type in
the author's Coll.
TlT^NA MINOR, n.Sp.
Upper surface dark peacock-blue, pilose, suture of elytra brassy ;
underside, legs, antennae and oral organs red.
Head and prothorax densely and (compared with other species)
finely punctate, the latter thickly clad with long upright whitish
hairs; very gibbous anteriorly, the lateral margins only evident
near base from above, sides rather widely rounded, all angles ob-
tuse, the posterior very wide and subobsolete. Elytra evidently
wider than the prothorax at base, and shortly cylindric, striate-
punctate, the striee shallow, the punctures moderately large (though
smaller and closer than in any described species), the intervals with
smaller punctures sometimes irregular (near the suture), sometimes
in rows, pilose (with more sparse clothing than the prothorax),
segments of abdomen longitudinally striate and finely punctate,
mesosternum coarsely punctate. Dimensions, 6x2 mm.
Hab. — Tambourine Mountain, South Queensland (the author)
Several specimens taken by Mr. A. M. Lea, and the author, at
night, on fences, in January, 1912, of which four are under ex-
BY H. J. CARTER. 105
amination. The smallest (except T. tasmanica Champ.), and the
most finely sculptured species in the genus. From Champion's
species, it differs in colour, clothing, and sculpture, the punctures
everywhere finer and nowhere variolose. The prothorax has a red-
dish tinge, when viewed from the side, in some cases. Types in the
author's Coll.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. -VII.
Plate vi.
Fig. 1. — Platyphanes Clarki.
Fig. 2.— P. chalcopteroides.
Fig. 3 —P. Frenchi.
Fig. 4. — P. eUiptints.
Fig.5.— P. parallelus.
Fig. 6. — P. minor.
Fig.7. — P. qnadrifoveatus, var. subangulatus,
Fig. 8. — P. qnadrifoveatus.
Fig. 9. — Bolbophants Dumbrelli Lea.
Fig. 10. — B. rugatu*.
Fig. 1 1. — B. varicolor.
Fig. 1 2. — Tore uma cupreum.
Fig. 13. - Chlorophanes punctipennis.
Fig. 14. — Mitrephorus ronvexicollis.
Plate vii.
Fig. 1 — Pi-ophan.es brevispinosus.
Fig. 2.— P. ducalis.
Fig.3. — Trisilus femoralis Haag (at first, misdetermined by the author as
a new species).
Fig, 1. — Cyclophants gloriosus.
Fig. 5. — G. variegatus.
Fig. 6. — C. splendens.
Fig.7. — Chartopteryx imperialis.
Fig. 8. — C. planus.
Fig.9. — Mmrodes Kershawi.
Some loss of antennae and tarsi is due to the breaking loose of a specimen
in the box sent to Mr. Macintosh, who kindly took the original photo-
graphs.
106
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
April 30th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
Mr. Berkeley Harrison, Burringbar, N.S.W.; Mr. Gerald
F. Hill, Darwin, N.T.; Professor A. A. Lawson, University of
Sydney; and Mr. Alex. H. Turnbull, Wellington, N.Z., were
elected Ordinary Members of the Society.
The President announced that, under the provisions of Rule
xxvi., the Council had elected Messrs. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A.,
B.Sc, J. R. Garland, M.A., C. Hedley, F.L.S., and W. W.
Froggatt, F.L.S., to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. H. Campbell
[Royal Mint, Macquarie Street] to be Hon. Treasurer, for the
Session 1912-13.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (26th March, 1913), amounting to 10 Vols., 69
P art or Nos., 8 Bulletins, and 3 Reports, received from 53
Societies, <fcc., were laid upon the table.
notes and exhibits.
Mr. D. G. Stead reported that the heavy easterly and south-
easterly seas experienced during the early part of the month, had
caused considerable destruction of the fauna along the ocean
littoral. This, however, was not so great as on the occasion
previously recorded (These Proceedings, 1912, p. 390). At Port
Macquarie, numbers of Flat-tail Mu\let(Mugil peronii), Silver
M.Ji\\et(Muyil georgii), and Sand M.\i\\et(Myxus elongtitus), and a
few Blackfish (6rire^a tricuspidata) were washed ashore on the
south side of the breakwater. At Stockton Beach, Newcastle,
during the height of the storm, many Sea Mu\\et(Mugil dobula),
Freshwater M ullet( Trachystoma petardi), Black Bream( CTiryso-
phrys australis), Sand Whitmg(Sillago ciliata), Blackfish, and
Jewfi.sh(Scicena antarctica), and a Dart ( Trachinotus bailloniiY
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 107
were washed up. One of the Jewfish weighed 601bs., and another
241bs., while many of the Mullet measured from 10 to 16 inches;
and this will indicate the severity of the storm. The Freshwater
JVJ ullet were brought out of the Hunter River by a heavy freshet
then running. At Tuggerah Lakes, many Black Bream were
enabled to enter the Lakes over the sandspit separating the latter
from the sea, the waves washing right over. At Lake Illawarra
(the entrance to which is also closed), through the same cause,
many EelsM nguilla reinhardtii) and Black Bream were enabled
to reach the ocean from the Lake. At Manly Beach, a large
A\ba,tross(D iomedea) was washed ashore. The invertebrate fauna
and the flora of the reefs and bumboras had also suffered con-
siderably. At Cronulla, on the 29th March, after several days
of strong south-west winds, a Little ~Pengum( Eiidyptula minor)
was found standing on the rocks, near Glaisher Point, in an
almost exhausted condition.
Mr. T. Steel exhibited shells of the common snail, Helix aspersa,
eaten by the common brown rat at Petersham. In each case the
apex of the shell was nibbled away so as to permit of the ready
extraction of the mollusc. He also mentioned that Mr. Arthur
Yates, seedsman, had reported to him that a stray rat which got
into one of his firm's orchid-houses at Exeter, had practically
exterminated the snails, which were previously somewhat of a
pest.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited and offered observations on : (1)
Echinopogon ovatus Beauv., the " Rough Bearded Grass." This
species was forwarded by Mr. C. J. Campbell, Rangers' Valley,
Dundee, New England, to Messrs. Anderson and Company, Seeds-
men and Plant Merchants, Sydney, who sent it to Mr. Turner
for identification and report. Mr, Campbell writes : "This grass
has appeared in the district of late years, and has the effect of
giving young cattle and sheep the 'staggers,' which in many cases
cause death. If you can give me any information regarding the
above, I shall be obliged." E. ovatus, in one form or another, is
fairly common in the coast-districts of all the States of the Com-
monwealth, and is recorded in Turner's botanical survey of New
108 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
England, where it was first discovered by Mr. G. Stuart; also in
Dr. James Norton's " Vegetation of Springwood, Blue Moun-
tains." The leaves of this grass are very scabrous, the asperities
being erect on the upper surface, and reversed on the underside
of the laminae and on the sheaths. The spike-like bearded panicle
is also very rough to the touch. It is probably owing to these
circumstances, that the grass caused irritation in the alimentary
canal of stock that had eaten of it, and brought on the symptoms
referred to. E. ovatus was figured and described by Mr. Turner,
in the Government "Agricultural Gazette," (Vol. iii., p. 388). —
(2)Panicum capillare Linn. This species is indigenous to Europe,
Asia, and North America, and is now apparently acclimatised in
Australia. It was found near the Botany Sewage Farm by the
exhibitor. Although a highly ornamental grass, it is only of annual
duration. In America, this species is popularly called " Old
Witch Grass," or " Fool Hay," and is reported to be common in
several of the States, and growing principally on sandy soils. —
(3) A fasciated growth of Cassia candolleana Vogel,( = Cassia
bicapsularis Linn.). Although Mr. Turner had cultivated this
profusely flowering South American shrub for many years, he
had never hitherto seen it in the condition exhibited.
Mr. W. W. Froggatt showed a number of flowers of the
01eander( Nerium Oleander Linn.), received from Mr. G. Ryder,
Quanda Station, Gulargambone, N.S.W., containing specimens of
Diptera, Hymenoptera, and Lepidoptera, caught and held by
their probosces, in the manner described and figured by Mr. E.
Jarvis in a recent number of the Queensland Agricultural Journal
(xxx., p. 263, April, 1913). Five species of flies were represented
including two specimens of Lucilia ccesar, three of Calliphora
oceanice, one of Helophilus bengalensis, together with an unde-
termined Syrphid and Muscid. The other victims comprised a
noctuid moth and a hive-bee.
Mr. L. Harrison exhibited two specimens of an undetermined
Hippoboscid fly, forwarded by Mr. R. Blacket, and taken upon a
Grey M&gpie(Strepera versicolor Lath.), one specimen showing,
attached to the hairs of the dorsal surface of the abdomen
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 109
fourteen individuals of an undescribed species of Degeeriella
(Mallophaga); also a Hippoboscid forwarded by Mr. A. S. Le
Souef, taken upon a Regent ~Bird(Sericulus chrysocephalus Lewin),
from the Nambucca River, with a single individual of Degeeriella
hectica Nitzsch, attached to the hairs on the right side of the
abdomen. Sharp(Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890, p. 30) records the
capture of several specimens of a mallophagous insect from an
Omithomyia taken on the wing. Mjoberg (Arkiv for Zoologi,
Band vi., 1910, p. 10) records taking specimens of I'hiloj^erus
leontodon Nitzsch, attached to Hippoboscids from a Starling
(Sturnus vulgarus Linn.). Both these authors have suggested
the possibility of Mallophaga habitually making use of dipterous
parasites to effect transfer from a dying, or dead, to a new, host.
The additional examples now brought forward, would appear to
strengthen this possibility. But Degeeriella and Philopterus are
genera, the individuals of which die a few hours— at most, two davs
— after the death of their host, first attaching themselves, by their
mandibles, to some part of the feathers. Death appears to be
due simply to the fall in temperature, following upon the death
of the host. There is thus another possibility, namely, that the
mallophagous insects which find a Hippoboscid upon the body of
a dead host, fasten upon it, as its body temperature is above that
of the defunct bird, without any intent, conscious or otherwise,
of seeking transport to a new host. This would seem the more
reasonable view to take, and it still allows the possibility of
infection of a new host by parasites carried by a Hippo boscid.
Dr. Dodd reported the deaths of some animals tethered near a
garden plant of the South African Acokanthera spectabilis Benth.
[N.O. Apocynaceie] which showed symptoms of poisoning; and he
asked for information as to the toxic properties of this plant.
Mr. Lucas showed a beautiful series of marine algae, collected
and mounted by himself.
Mr. Maiden exhibited photographs of (a) a female cone of
Macrozamia Moorei F.v.M., from Springsure, Q., rather more
than 2 ft. long; (6) illustrating syncarpy (3 fruits) in M. Perow-
skiana Miq., in a plant in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney; (c) a
110 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
hybrid from Acacia Bailey ana $ and A. deeurrens var. mollis 9;
Mr. H. L. White, of Belltrees, Scone, found this form in his
garden, under a tree of the latter; the hybrid exhibits characters
almost strictly intermediate between the two species.
Dr. D'Ombrain showed portion of a plank of Oregon Pine
showing the ravages caused by a molluscan marine Wood-borer
(Nausitoria saulii Wright) during immersion in the waters of
Sydney Harbour.
Mr. McCulloch exhibited a freshwater turtle taken in the salt
water of the Parramatta River during dry weather, when the
ponds had dried up; on being restored to fresh water, the animal
seemed indifferent to the change.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton showed specimens of two introduced
plants from the National Herbarium, which, he believed, had not
previously been recorded from New South Wales, nor the first
from Australia — Paronychia chilensis DC, (near Melbourne, H.
B. Williamson ; Randwick, Sydney, A. A. Hamilton) ; and
Caucalis nodosa Scop.,(Inverell, E. S. Thomas). Also a specimen
of Leucopogon appressus R.Br., a rare plant in New South Wales
(Cheltenham, Ryde-Hornsby; E. Cheel).
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited an interesting series of specimens of
species of Eragrostis represented in the National Herbarium col-
lection, and invited special attention to the remarkable similarity
of the morphological characters, which causes considerable diffi-
culty in determining the various species, as will be seen from
observations offered in connection with the respective species.
Eragrostis pilosa Beauv. : Waterworks, Brisbane, Q. (J. L.
Boorman). These are the only Australian specimens represented
in the collection. There are, however, several sheets of speci-
mens from New Caledonia, India, and South Africa, which are
identical with the Queensland specimen quoted above, as will be
seen by comparing the specimens with E. pilosa from Natal, S.
Africa, distributed by J. Medley Wood, No. 6058. This seems
to be chiefly confined to the warmer regions, and is everywhere
regarded as a common weed, and of no value as a fodder-grass.
It is interesting to note, that the Queensland specimen shows the
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Ill
hairs at the base of the branches of the panicle, which originally
gave rise to the specific name. The following series of specimens,
included under E. pilosa, appear specifically distinct from that
species, and exactly agree with Robert Brown's description of
Poa pellucida(Prodvomus, p.181, 1810), which is included as a
synonym under E. piJosa by Bentham(Fl. Aust,, vii., p.645).
New South Wales : Greenridge, near Casino(D. J. McAuliffe):
Narromine(R Helms); Zara, via Hay(Miss E. Officer); Merrygoen,
via Mudgee(F. H. Brown); Euabalong, Tabulam, and George's
Creek (J. L. Boorman); Narrabri ( J. H. Maiden); Inverell(E.
Thomas); Tongo Station, Wilcannia( W. J. Hourigan) ; Yandama,
Waverley Downs and west of the Paroo River(A. W. Mueller j;
Bourke(D. W. F. Hattoii); New England(C. Stuart). There are
also cultivated specimens from Hawkesbury Agricultural College,
Richmond, Bathurst, Yanco, Wollongbar, and Botanic Gardens,
Sydney. A specimen in the herbarium of the late Rev. Dr. W.
Woolls is from Richmond, and one from Sydney, collected by
E. Betche. Queensland: Darling River(Dallachy); Jericho and
Rockhampton(E. Simmons); Warwick(J. L. Boorman). N. W.
Australia: (A. W. Crawford). On the various farms, this is
referred to as the "irrigation pilosa," and it is regarded as a
very valuable fodder-grass, in contradistinction to the "cultiva-
tion paddock pilosa," which is spoken of as a useless weed. The
transparent glumes, with almost obsolete lateral nerves, and
more numerous flowers in the spikelets, together with the absence
of hairs in the axils of the branches of the inflorescence, and the
thickened base of the panicle-branches, as well as the more robust
growth, readily separate this form from the true E. pilosa Beau v.
The figure in "The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales"
(iii., 1904, 149), by Mr. F. Turner, together with a specimen
from the "Interior" labelled E. pilosa, in Mr. Turners hand-
writing, also belong to this series. I would suggest that it be
called E. pilosa var. pellucida.—E. Purshii Schrad.: Government
Domain(J. H. Camfield); Hyde Park (E. Cheel); Botanic Gardens
(W. F. Blakely); Centennial Park, cultivated from seeds collected
at Blackheath by the late W. Forsyth(A. A. Hamilton); Wol-
longbar and Wagga Experimental Farms(E. Breakwell); Hawkes-
112 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
bury College(C. T. Musson and W. M. Carne). This species is
frequently confused, and has been mixed up with E. pilosa; and,
like that species, is chiefly found in plantations and cultivation-
paddocks, and is useless as a fodder-plant. — E. interrnpta Beauv.,
var. tennissima Stapf,(Syn. E. tenella Benth., Fl. Aust., vii., 643;
not Beauv.). South Australia: Oodnadatta(without collector's
name). West Australia : King George's Sound (W. W.
Froggatt); Mc Arthur River(A. G. Martin and W. V. Fitzgerald);
King River, Lennard River, Barnett River, Fitzroy River, Den-
ham River(W. V. Fitzgerald); Murchison District(C. Walter).
N. W. Australia (A. Crawford). Queensland (E. Palmer).
This was figured by Bailey, under the name of E. tenella, but
afterwards corrected (in his Queensland Flora, vi., p. 1903), and
mentioned as " a fine sheep pasture grass of the western districts
of Queensland." E. Palmer calls it "Swamp-Grass, Flinders and
Mitchell, poor fodder-grass." — E. plumosa Link,(Syn., E. tenella
Beauv.). There are specimens of this species from Funafuti(Mrs.
David and C. E. Finckh); Apia, Samoa(Dr. B. Funk); Jaluit,
Marshall Islands(E. Betche, and Dr. Schee); Fiji(F. Wernham);
and from Cook or "Tarawa" Island, Gilbert Group(F. R. Best),
but no specimen from Australia. - E. Dielsii Pilger, in Engler's
Bot. Jahrb., xxxv., 1907, p. 76. This includes E. falcata of
Bentham(Fl. Aust., vii., 649, but not of Gaud.). It is also
pointed out by Pilger(Zoc. cit.) that E. falcata Gaud., includes E.
lacunaria F.v.M. in Benth., Fl. Aust. — E. trachyearpa Domin,
in Fedde's Repert., 1912, (Syn., E. nigra Nees, var. trachyearpa
Benth.). Additional localities to those recorded in these Proceed-
ings(xxvi., 1901, p. 89) are Jillamalong Mountain, near Braid-
wood(J. L. Boorman); Deepwater(J. L. Boorman); Moona Plains
(A. R. Crawford); and Bulga Ranges, Singleton District( Sylvester
Browne). — Mr. Cheel showed, also, the fruit of the "Snake
Gourd" (Trichosanthes anguina Linn.), cultivated in the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney ; and examples of a creeping species of
Xanthium, probably X. catharticum H. B. & K., forwarded from
Jerilderie, by Mr. J. T. Mackie, through the Chief Inspector of
Stock; a weed which is capable of becoming perhaps a worse pest
than the " Bathurst Burr." Also a hybrid Callistemon seedling
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1 1 3
raised from seed of C. acuminatus Cheel, crossed with pollen of
C. lanceolatus DC; the leaves of the hybrid show the charac-
teristic prominent venation of C. acuminatus, but are not quite
so acuminate.
Mr. J. G. Hunter showed specimens of an enormous Antarctic
Pycnogonid, dredged in 25 fathoms off the coast of Adelie Land.
Mr. Fletcher showed four fruits, up to 8 J inches long, three in
one cluster, of the North American Tecoma radicans Juss., a
common plant in Sydney gardens, but which rarely fruits. The
flowers are freely visited by honey eaters; but these invariably get
at the nectar by pecking holes in the corolla near the base, the
tubular flowers being too deep for them.
Mr. J. E. Carne, F.G.S., showed a most interesting series of
lantern views, illustrating a geologist's visit to New Guinea and
Java.
114
STRATIGRAPHICAL GEOLOGY OF THE PERMO-CAR-
BONIFEROUS SYSTEM IN THE MAITLAND-
BRANXTON DISTRICT,
With some Notes on the Permo-Carboniferous PALiEOGEO-
graphy in New South Wales.
By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Geology.
Page.
Preliminary
Lower Marine Series
Greta Coal-Measures
Upper Marine Series
Palseogeographical Notes..
114
115
127
134
139
(Plates viii.-xiii., and ten text-figures.)
This paper is the result of about four months' fieldwork in the
Hunter River District, the area examined during that period being
bounded on the north by the Hunter River, and on the other three
sides roughly by a line drawn through West Maitland, Mt. Vin-
cent, Mt. View, and Belford, and also a small area north of the
Hunter River, between West Maitland and Paterson.
The most important work done on this area is Professor David's
memoir on "The Geology of the Hunter River Coal-Measures of
New South Wales."* In that work, the coal-measures are worked
out in detail, but the Lower Marine Series and the Upper Marine
Series are not treated in as great detail as the coal-bearing series.
It was with the object of obtaining a more detailed knowledge of
these two marine series, that this work was done. One portion of
the outcrop of the Greta Coal-Measures, namely, that extending
south from Branxton, was not very well-known at the time Pro-
Mem. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Geology No. 4, 1907.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 115
fessor David's work was published ; but since then, a good deal of
prospecting has been done along this part of the outcrop, and fresh
information was obtainable, and is included in this paper.
To make the lists of fossils as complete as possible, fairly large
collections were made, and these have been supplemented by
records of localities of fossils, from the publications of the Geo-
logical Survey of New South Wales, and from the "Catalogue of
Australian Fossils," by R. Etheridge, Jr. In many cases, however,
the record of the locality of fossils is not definite enough to per-
mit of their horizon being determined. Only cases where the
locality is sufficiently definitely stated, have been used in complet-
ing these lists. The map which accompanies the paper (Plate ix.)
is part of Professor David's Map of the Hunter River Coal-
Measures, published by the Geological Survey of New South
Wales, in 1907, with additions which have resulted from my field-
work.
Lower Marine Series.
The development of the Lower Marine Series varies considerably
in different parts of the district; vertical sections have been
obtained in three places, and are shown in Figs. 1-3. In Fig. 1
(p. 116), which gives the most typical section, and that in which
the series is most completely represented, the series attains a thick-
ness of nearly 4,800 feet. This section is taken from the occur-
rences in the area between Farley, Greta, and Cessnock. Fig. 2
(p. 117) gives the succession near the Carboniferous inlier of Mt.
Bright, where there is a considerable overlap of the lower beds. Fig.
3 (p. 118) is taken along the Eelah Road, where there is also a con-
siderable overlap.
The group of hills about one mile south-east of Lochinvar Town-
ship, of which Winder's Hill is the most prominent, is composed of
a varied series of rocks of Carboniferous age. They include a
variety of volcanic rocks, both acid and intermediate; and also
sedimentary rocks, such as conglomerate, sandstone, and yellow-
ish cherty tuff. These sedimentary rocks, in places, contain abun-
dant plant-remains, such as Rhacopteris, which indicate that they
are of Upper Carboniferous age.
116
REOLOCJY MAITLAND-BKANXTON DISTRICT,
Skirting- the southern end of these Carboniferous rocks are the
lowest beds of the Permo-Oarboniferous System that occur in the
Hunter River District, namely, the Lochinvar glacial beds. These
can be traced, almost continuously, from a point just west of the
village of Gosforth round to a point about half a mile south of the
II it liter River, on the road from Lochinvar to Windermere, a total
ft
Sooo
UJ
UJ
cxi
UJ
o ?
ggj^^T
r-i -•-
r*
\\ wwwwwwwww
£ *
Fig.L —
A'A *" A l A
mm
Vertical Section of
Farley -Or
Sandy Shales « MudsTonts with very
numerous minne folsils
Sandstone
Ravensfield Sandstone
Mostly KaM colour, d Mudstor.es with thin beds
of limestone al A « B and a few erraHcs
atC
.Oe.ntufficeouj «ndstoneofHarpe/s Hill
'Hor.j.n .1 B«IC Rock. E »? L«l.in«r rUiWj, STaCo*
(Coarse andeaifk conglomerate wilh abundant
lEurydBSmiCorctjTa pamnd, inlo hyr-erslhene
Landes.lt •> toffs of BUtrOuauid
Chiefly Shaie*itAu<Jston»s - with patches of
Sandstone nearlhe Top - containing a
few Ganajmopfens leaves * numerous
marine fossils
Rather ha^ chert, Mudstanes
Basalt
Mudstores - rafhtr riard and cherly in part
wilh few erratics
Natrolitt Basalt
Mudstonesand Shales with occasional erratics
Massive 5and«tone wilh planl remains
Chocolate Shales wiTti glacial erratic*
S«<""S o» eruptive and Sedimentary rock*
witfc Rhacopterij ^tc
Lower Marine Series in the
eta District.
distance of about five miles. In places, they are distinctly uncon-
formable with the underlying- beds. In portions 5 and 6, Parish of
Gosforth, the Carboniferous rocks strike 225°, and dip to the
south-east at high angles (58°-64°); and the strike of the glacial
BY A. B. WALKOM.
11
beds varies between 195° and 170°, and they dip at low angles
(15° to 8°). They have been described by Professor David,* and
consist of fine-grained, reddish-brown to chocolate-coloured shales,
containing numerous boulders up to about 2 feet in diameter. Very
many of these boulders are waterworn, but some are undoubtedly
striated and faceted as a result of ice-action. Their thickness
varies, a section near the north-west corner of portion 13, Parish
of Gosforth, gives their thickness as about 150 feet, but further
south, on Windella Estate, they are quite 250 feet thick. There is
a good outcrop on the road from Loehinvar to Windermere, but
the lower limit there is hidden under recent alluvial, so that the
thickness is not determinable. No marine fossils have ever been
found in these shales. The glacial beds are not found on the
northern side of the
Hunter River. At the
eastern end of the Car-
boniferous rocks, near
Eelah, they are over-
lapped by higher mem-
bers of the Lower Ma-
rine Series: while, at
the western end of the
Carboniferous complex,
the Elderslee fault lias
thrown the UpperCoal-
Measures down against
the Carboniferous.
Immediately overly-
ing the chocolate shales,
is a massive sandstone,
about 100 feet thick : and no marine fossils have yet been
reported from this. Careful search was made, at several points, in
this sandstone for marine fossils, but without success. It contains,
however, numerous plant-remains. There is a possibility, then,
that this lowest part of the Lower Marine Series is of freshwater
Ravensfi»ld Sandstone
SomevnaT calcareous Mud«Ton« «■*!«
numirui marine focsili
Foriminifc/al Imestonl honjon
Baulf *,fc a-nyj <!../.« of nafrtl.ri, JaMTi A.
ano TuKs w.rfi marine fcJS'lt
ngtomtraTc and sandsTofll
Caroomfi/ous rocki - mostly *rupfiv«i
Wift i ftw stdim«ntan«s
Vertical Section in the vicinity of
Pokolbin and Mt. View.
• Journ. Proc. Pvoyal Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1899, xxxiii., pp. 154-159.
118
GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
origin. As a new and extensive occurrence of the glacial beds has
recently been described from the Kempsey District,* it would per-
haps be as well to leave any further discussion of them until that
area has been more fully worked out.
This stage is followed by an enormous development of marine
sandstones and mudstones, with which are associated a number of
contemporaneous lava-flows. There are, first, about 400 feet of
gritty, ferruginous mudstone, followed by a flow of basalt, 50 feet
thick, in which numerous small steamholes have become filled with
secondary minerals, such as analcite, natrolite, calcite, etc.
T
I
I
in
ft
Jooo
2000
mrrrn
GRETA COAL MEASURES
JSO
Rather Soft orrtty Sandstone
4U
NaW.itt basalt pnu*j Urv*r<J< mbluffs wifti marine fossils
Massiw SanJtTont („.w,d, t. mtki*i «•» (Uvmifwld S*nd«1»n«)
15*
Cherty Shales with mmute sporangia
Soft Mudtfann
Dacife ef« (CARBONIFEROUS)
Fig. 3. —Vertical Section obtained along Eelah Road.
Then come 700 feet of rather hard shales and mudstones, which
contain a few erratics, followed by a basalt-flow, 150 feet thick.
This is followed by 1,300 feet of shales and mudstones, which also
contain a few erratics, and near the top of which, there are numer-
ous small patches of calcareous sandstone. About 100 feet above
the basalt, the shales are somewhat cherty, and contain veins filled
with a red secondary material, probably chalcedony.
* W. G. Woolnough, Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, 1911, xlv.
pp. 159-168.
BY( A. B. WALKOM.
119
It is in these beds that the lowest horizon for marine fossils in
the series is found. About halfway up the series, and about 2,000
feet from the base of the marine series,* there is a zone in which
Ptycomphalina trifilata, P. nuda, and Gangamopteris are found,
the first-named being particularly abundant. This zone is exposed
in a small quarry on the road, about half a mile north of Lochin-
var Railway Station.
A little higher up in the mudstones, fossils become much more
abundant, and the following have been found: — ■
Tribrachiocrinus sp
Indeterminate crinoid.
Crinoid stems.
Fenestell <(?) inter nata.
F.(%) fossula.
Stenopora tasmaniensis.
Spirifer duodecimcostata.
S. stokesi.
S. avicula.
Martiniopsis subradiata.
var. morrisii.
cf. morrisii. •
Productns cor a v&r.farleyensis,
Strophahsia jukesi.
Chonetes sp.
Merismopteria, sp.nov.
Aviculopecten sprenti.
A. tenuicollis.
A. englehardti.
A. sp.
Deltopecten subquinquelineatus-
D. farleyensis.
Mceonia sp.
Pleurophorus.
NotomyafV).
Pachydomus.
Mourlonia.
Ptycomphalina trifilata.
Platyschisma.
Conularia.
Edmondiai ?) nobilissima.
In the sandstone patches, near the top of these mudstones, fos-
sils are abundant, and comprise the following : —
Spirifer vespertilio. Pleurophorus sp.
S. tasmaniensis. Pachydomus.
Martiniopsis subradiata. Mourlonia rotundatum.
Chcenomya sp. Keeneia (juv.).
* On p. 322 of Professor David's Memoir, this is stated as 3,000 feet; it
is probably a misprint, as on the vertical section accompanying that work,
it is shown as about 2,000 feet.
120 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BKANXTON DISTRICT,
Edmondia{1) nobilissinia. Conularia laevigata.
Deltopecten subquinqnelineatus. Plant-stems.
M<foiiia, 3 spp.
One hundred and fifty feet below the top of these mudstones,
(or 2,450 feet above the base of the marine beds), in a band of
dark-coloured, sandy, calcareous mudstone, numerous specimens
of the pseudomorph Glendonite were obtained. Further details
of this are embodied in a separate note.
Following the mudstones, there is a development of a coarse
conglomerate with large waterworn pebbles, chiefly composed of
andesite, followed by a rather soft gritty sandstone, and then a
rather coarse, greenish, tuffaceous sandstone. These together form
a thickness of strata of about 250 feet. The conglomerate is known
as the Allandale Con glomerate,, and contains an abundance of large
molluscs with thick shells, such as Euri/desma eordata, Platy-
scliisma oculus, Keeneia platyschismoides, etc. The greenish, tuffa-
ceous sandstone is the Harper's Hill Sandstone. These beds are
only developed locally in the neighbourhood of Allandale. Towards
the south-east, they seem to give place to a development of tuffs
associated with the hypersthene-andesite of Blair Duguid Hill.
This hypersthene-andesite mass is contemporaneous in the Lower
Marine Series; the mudstones can be seen dipping under it at a
gentle angle (9i°-10°) on its northern side, and they have prac-
tically the same dip at its western end, so that they, apparently,
have not been disturbed by the volcanic rock. The centre of erup-
tion must have been somewhere in the vicinity of Blair Duguid
Hill, and the activity here was doubtless responsible for some of
the blocks of andesite in the Allandale Conglomerate, as well as
for the tuft'aecous nature of the Harper's Hill Sandstone. The
hypersthene-andesite contains a great number of steamholes filled
with secondary material, and beautiful specimens of agate, chal-
cedony, etc., can be obtained. At the eastern end of the mass, near
the junction of two creeks in portion 152, Parish of Allandale,
masses of chert, up to about 18 inches in diameter, have been
floated up in the lava. This chert resembles very much that in
which Carboniferous fossils are found near Winder's Hill, and
BY A. U. VVALKOM.
121
has probably been brought up from some considerable depth, as
there would be nearly 3,000 feet of Permo-Carboniferous strata
between this horizon and the underlying' Carboniferous rocks.
►Some distance to the east of Lochinvar Railway Station, there
is a large mass of basic rock, which is on a horizon about 2,700
feet above the base of the marine beds; this, then, probably belongs
to the same series as the volcanic rocks round Blair Duguid. In
the opposite direction, to the north-west, the conglomerate seems
to die out quickly, and give place to a thicker development of the
Harper's Hill Sandstone, for there is no outcrop of the conglomer-
ate on the main road to Singleton, going up Harper's Hill. Fossils
are very numerous in these beds; in the railway-cutting, just over
half a mile east of Allandale, there is a bed about 2 to 3 feet thick,
composed mostly of the remains of thick shells like Eurydesma
cor data and Platyschisma. The following is a list of fossils from
these beds: —
Crinoid stems.
Stenopora fasma// iensis.
S. all. tasmaniensis.
S. ovata.
Fenestella{ \)fossula.
Polypora.
Dielasma hastata.
D. sacculus.
Martiniopsis subradiata.
var. morrisii.
cf. morrisii.
Spirifer vesper/ Hi<>.
S. stokes i.
S. tasmaniensis.
S. darker .
S. sp.ind.
Sol enopsis sp.
Ch mtwmya etheridgei.
C. sp.
AUorisma curvatum.
A viculopecten tenuicollis.
A. squamnliferus.
A. mitchelli.
A. sprenti.
A. sp.ind.
Deltopecten illawarrensis.
J). Jittoni .
D. limceformis.
En rydesma cordaUt.
Aphanaia sp.ind.
Modiola crass i.ssima.
Pleur&phorus sp.ind.
Orthonota sp.
Notomya sp.
N. cuneata.
Pachydomus antiquatus,
P. Icevis.
P. ovalis.
Orthonychia nltum.
Platyceras, n.sp.
122 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BKANXTON DISTRICT,
Edmo7idia(l) nobilissima. Ptycomphalina trifilata.
Palcearca subarguta. P. morrissiana(\).
Merismopteria macroptera. Keeneia platyschismoides.
M. n. sp. Platyschisma oculus.
M. sp.ind. P. depressa.
Avicnla inlumescens. C onularia inomata.
0. Iceviyata.
Following the Harper's Hill beds, there are 560 feet of light-
coloured mudstones, with two horizons of limestone-bands. The
mudstones are somewhat calcareous, but, in the outcrops from
which this section was obtained, they contain few fossils.
Further south, however, near Pokolbin, there are numerous
fossils in them (see later p. 125). At about 130 feet above the
base of the mudstones, there occur in several localities (marked a
on the map) limestone-bands containing marine fossils, amongst
which Fenestellidae are abundant. The following fossils occur on
this horizon : —
Stenopora. Aviculopecten squamuliferus.
Fenestella(1) fossula. Platyschisma.
F.(l) internata. Euomphalus(t:).
Spirifer. Ptycomphalina.
In the cuttings, along the road from Allandale Railway Station
to the main northern road, a number of small faults can be seen,
which, however, cannot be traced on the surface. They appear
to be a series of step-faults, with small throws to the north-east.
At 420 feet from the base of the same mudstones, there is
another series of limestone-concretions at several places (marked
/3 on the map), but these contain only very few fossils.
Almost at the top of these beds, just below the Ravensfield
Sandstone, in portions 46 and 47, Parish of Heddon, there are a
number of large granitic erratics.
The mudstones are the topmost beds of the Lochinvar Stage,
and are followed by the Ravensfield Sandstone, the lowest beds
of the Farley Stage.
BY A. B. WALKOM.
123
The Farley Stage commences with the well-known Ravensfield
►Sandstone. This sandstone forms a very persistent horizon, and
is from 12-20 feet thick. In the vicinity of Farley Railway
Station, there is a considerable development of massive sandstone,
reaching perhaps 200 feet in thickness, part of which is the
Ravensfield Sandstone. The part which corresponds to the
Ravensfield Sandstone, and which has been quarried for building-
stone, is about the middle of this massive sandstone. It is
difficult, however, to make a division-line in this sandstone, and
the whole of it has here been included with the Farley Stage. A
similar occurrence is met with on the Eelah Road, and will be
described later(p. 126). There are numerous conglomerate patches
in the Ravensfield Sandstone, and they contain a varied and
abundant marine fauna, amongst which are the folio wins: : —
Lasiocladia.
Palceaster clarkei
P. stutchburii.
P. giganteus.
Fenestella^.) fossula.
F.(\) sp.
Dielasma cymboeformis.
D. biundata.
D. sp.
Spirifer tasma n iensis.
S. duodecimcostata.
S. sp.
Uyrtina(1).
Martiniopsis subradiata.
var. morris Li.
Solenopsis sp.
Cardioniorpha(l).
Chceuomya mitcltelli.
G. etheridyei.
C. n.sp.
EdmondiaO.) nobilissima.
Aviculopecten squamuliferui
A. profundus.
Aviculopecten tenuicollis.
A. sprenti.
A. mitchelli(]x\\\).
Di'Hopecten limceformis.
D. subquinquelineatus.
D. farleyensis.
D. fittoni.
Eurydesma cordata.
var. ovale.
Mceonia carinata.
Pleurophorus.
Pachydomus.
Astartila corpulenta.
Lamellibranch (new genus).
Platyceras altum.
Platyschisma.
Ptycomjihalina trifilata.
Couularia teuuistriata.
C. inomata.
Hyolithes lanceolatus.
Goniatites micromphalus.
Orthoceras, 2 spp.
124
GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BKANXTON DISTRICT,
Perhaps the best outcrop of this is to be seen at Browne's
Ravensfield Quarry, about three miles south-west from Farley
Railway Station, where good collections can be obtained.
These sandstones are followed by a series of sandy shales and
mudstones, and the whole stage attains a thickness of from 800
to 1,000 feet. The mudstones are, in general, light-coloured, but
some bands are much impregnated with iron, and have become
stained quite red. Fossils are very numerous, and good collec-
tions can be obtained from both the road and railway-cuttings
near Farley Railway Station. The following is a list of fossils
from the Farley beds : —
Dielasma sacculus.
D. cymbcrformis.
D. biundata.
D. amygdala.
D. inversa.
D. hastata.
Spirifer duodecimcostata.
S. stokesi.
S. tasmaniensis.
Marl in top* is subradiata.
var. morrisii.
var. konincki.
Productus cora var. farleyensis.
P.fragilis.
Rhynchonetla.
Chonetes.
Edmondia( I) aobilissima .
Aviculopecten squamuliferus.
A. tenuicollis.
A. sprenti.
A. englehardti.
Aphanaia sp
Mytilus bigsbyi.
ModloJopsis.
Masonia.
Pleur ophorus sp.
P. gregarius.
Slutchburia farleyensis.
Pachydomus.
Platyschisma oculus.
/'. rotundatum.
( 'onularia inornata.
Gon iatites micromphalus.
Cardiorrtorpha g ryphio >de,s.
In the upper 200 feet of these beds, Nucnlana waterhousei,
which does not appear in the lower part, is of fairly frequent
occurrence.
An interesting and somewhat different vertical section is
obtained in the vicinity of Pokolbin and Mt. View (Fig.2).
More than 2,000 feet of the Lochinvar Stage have been over-
lapped in this part. The lowest member of the stage here is a
coarse conglomerate and sandstone, at least 600 feet thick, which
BY A. B. WALKOM. 125
is on about the same horizon as the Harper s Hill beds further
north. Their thickness is rather difficult to estimate at all
accurately on account of some doubtful faulting which occurs
just north-east of Mt. View, but it is quite 600 feet, possibly
more. This conglomerate was evidently deposited close to the
old Carboniferous islands, the rocks of which have been described
elsewhere.* The conglomerate is here followed by a develop-
ment of basalt and tuft's, attaining a thickness of about 440 feet.
The basalt contains numerous steam holes filled with such minerals
as natrolite, datolite,f analcite, etc. The tuft's overlie the basalt,
for the most part, and contain marine fossils. The position of
the centre from which these basalts and tuff's were poured out, is
doubtful. A couple of small patches of olivine basalt have been
observed, quite isolated and in the midst of the acid volcanic
rocks of the Carboniferous inlier of Mt. Bright. The most
reasonable explanation of these occurrences seems to be, that
they are old volcanic necks, and they may represent the old
pipes from which this series was erupted. The tufts are followed
by 650 feet of calcareous mudstones. One hundred and fifty
feet above the base of these mudstones, there is a well-marked
development of limestone containing numerous well-preserved
Foraminifera, which have been described by Messrs. Chapman
and Howchin.t
This bed of limestone is on the same horizon as those men-
tioned above(p.l22). Ostracods are found in these beds, as well
as numerous marine fossils, e.g.
Crinoid stems. Avictdopecten tenuicollis.
Stenopora tasmaniensis. A. sprenti.
Fenestella(1), 2 or 3 species. A. squamuliferus.
l*rotoretepora. Deltopecten farleyeitsis.
Spirifer tasmaniensis. Mceonia carinata.
S. duodecimco statu Pachydomus, 3 or 4 species.
Martiniopsis subradiata. Ptyco7nphalina(l).
Aviadopecten mitchelli.
* Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, 1911, xlv., pp.379-408.
t C. Anderson, Rec. Austr. Museum, 1904, v., pp.127-130.
X Mem. Geol. Survey N. 8. Wales Palaeontology, No. 14, 1905.
126 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
The other section of the Lower Marine Series to be described,
is that obtained along the Eelah Road(Fig.3). Here, resting
directly on Carboniferous rocks, there is a large development of
mudstones and cherty shales. These attain a thickness of about
1,570 feet, and there has been an overlapping of more than 2,000
feet of strata below them. The mudstones are in the lower por-
tion, and have been more easily eroded than the cherts, and so
the former show few outcrops. The cherty shales, however, give
good outcrops, and, near the top, a few marine fossils have been
found. These include
Crinoid stems. Eurydesma cordata.
Spirifer tasmaniensis. Pachydomus.
S. vespertilio. Platyschisma.
These shales are followed by about 350 feet of massive sand-
stone. This contains the equivalent of the Ravensfield Sand-
stone, which has been quarried extensively at Comerford's Quarry.
This thick development of sandstones is similar to that mentioned
near Farley Railway Station, and, as in that case, it has been
included with the Farley Stage.
Above the sandstone, there is a thick series of basalt and tuffs.
The basalt contains steamholes which have become filled with
secondary minerals, such as calcite, natrolite, etc. The tuffs
contain numerous fossils, amongst which are
Fenestella(i) fossida. Aviculopecten mitchelli.
Stenopora. A. tenuicollis.
Spirifer tasmaniensis. Maionia carinata.
Martiniopsis subradiata. Platyschisma oculus.
Eurydesma cordata.
In the areas previously described, the development of basalt
and tuffs has been confined to the Lochinvar Stage, but here
there seems to be no doubt but that the volcanic activity took
place during the deposition of the rocks of the Farley Stage.
This area must have been close to the shoreline at this time, as
indicated, by the abundance, in the tuffs, of thick-shelled
molluscs, which inhabit shallow, turbulent waters. These tuffs
BY A. B. WALKOM.
127
are overlain by a series of a little over 300 feet of brownish
sandstones, which are followed by the Greta Coal-Measures.
The Greta Coal-Measukes.
Professor David mapped the outcrop of these Measures, and
gave numerous detailed sections of the coal-seams developed at
many points along the outcrop. At the time of publication of
his work,* however, very little information was obtainable about
the development between Branxton and Pokolbin.f Since that
time, a new colliery (the Rothbury Colliery) has been opened,
and the coal prospected at
three other points along the
outcrop on Rothbury Estate.
To the manager of this col-
liery, Mr. Richard Thomas,
Jr., I am indebted for most
of the information contained
in this section. The four
separate points at which sec-
tions of the seams have been
measured are :
(1.) Rothbury Colliery (on
portion 26, Parish of Branx-
ton).
(2.) Where the outcrop
crosses Black Creek.
Conglomerate
Coal
Cla^ band
Coal
Dark shale floor
n> Sect,
7|3j Coal and Bands
on of Upper Seam at Rothbury Collieries
(3.) In portion 17, Parish of Rothbury.
(4.) Where the outcrop crosses Rothbury Creek.
(1.) Rothbury Colliery. — As seen from Plate viii.. the most
complete section has been obtained at this point. Underneath a
solid conglomerate-roof, there is a 7 feet 3 inches seam (see
Fig.4).
* Mem. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Geology, No.4, 1907.
t Op. cit., pp. 138-140.
128
GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
Exposure to the atmosphere gives a yellowish tinge to the
surface of the coal from this seam, and a small amount of sulphur
is deposited in the
"funnel
Conglomerate, roof
Coat.
Clayey slialc banj
Coal
Clayey sU* UnJ Circular)
Coal
Bar.d lirrtqulir)
Spiinf coal iyir.
n1Vicli»r«i«ci-^»r)
Coal
in
cracks. Although no
crystalline pyrites has
been observed, there is
probably a small per-
centage of it in the
coal; and this sulphur
has been set free during
the oxidation of the
pyrites to iron sulphate
(FeS04). This seam
has a floor of dark
shale, and then, for a
thickness of about 60
feet, the strata are
chiefly sandstones and a
massive conglomerate.
Then follows the best
seam of this locality.
Within a very short
distance (only a few
yards) of the outcrop,
the seam is 12 feet 6
inches thick; and, at
170 yards in, along the
tunnel, the seam has
thickened to 14 feet
4J inches, including
bands (see Fig. 5).
The lower ten feet of this seam is being worked at the Hoth-
bury Colliery. The seam dips N.55°W. at 18^ °, and consists of
hard, semibituminous coal.
Dark sUe fl<
Uf4i Coal and bands
Ficj 6 becfion of coal seam at Rothburv Collieries
BY A. B. WALKOM.
129
Analyses of some Coals from the Lower Split of the Main Greta
Seam.
Hygroscopic moisture
Volatile hydrocarbons
Fixed carbon
Ash
Sulohur
Sp.Gr.
Coke
Lbs.
by lib. coal
i.
ii.
2-35
1-87
40-74
40 63
5111
50 52
5 80
6 98
0-694
0-766
1-290
1 -303
56 91
57 50
13 5
135
iii.
iv.
V.
154
2 38
210
4205
4101
41-45
49 29
51-70
49-74
7 12
4-91
6-71
0862
1159
0-947
1 304
1 282
1-251
56-41
56 61
56 45
129
133
13 0
VI.
1-58
42 72
50 30
5 40
0 873
1-272
55-70
13 5
i. Rothbury Colleries* (No. 1 sample). Coke fairly swollen, firm and
lustrous. Ash, grey in colour; semigranular.
ii. Rothbury Colleries* (No. 2 sample). Coke fairly swollen, firm and
lustrous. Ash grey; semigranular.
iii. Ebbw Main, Greta, f Bands picked out; coke fairly swollen, firm and
lustrous. Ash buff-coloured; semigranular.
iv. Stanford Merthyr.t Coke slightly swollen, firm and lustrous. Ash
buff-coloured; semigranular.
v. Pelaw Main.§ Coke well swollen, firm and lustrous. Ash light reddish
tinge; semigranular.
vi. Hebburn.H Coke fairly swollen, firm and lustrous. Ash pink; semi-
granular.
The above table gives analyses of two samples of coal from
the Rothbury Collieries; and analyses, for comparison, from the
same seam in four other collieries. The Rothbury coal is very
suitable for gasmaking and steaming, and also makes a good coal
for household purposes. It gives only a small percentage of
small coal, and is a good coal for shipment, as it stands handling
well.
This seam has a floor of dark shale, and the sandstone and
conglomerate have been proved for about 20 to 24 feet below.
Then there is a gap of approximately 20 feet, in which the strata
* Analyses kindly supplied by Mr. Richard Thomas, Jr., Manager,
t E. F. Pittmau, " The Coal Resources of New South Wales." Geological
Survey of N. S. Wales, 1912, p.68.
X Idem, p. 75. § Idem, p. 73. || Idem, p. 69.
10
130
GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
Shaf<
sp
I 6
r^%?)
have not been touched by prospecting shafts, but there is little
doubt that this portion is composed of sandstone and conglom-
erate. Below this, the section is given in a shaft some 185 feet
east of the main tunnel mouth. The section of this shaft is(Fig.G):
It shows a couple of weath-
ered seams of coal, and a
band of about one foot of
kerosene-shale. In this lower
part of the section, there is a
sprinkling of small crystals of
pyrites through the shale and
sandstone, and also through
the two feet of " Black stone"
at the bottom. The coal
shown by the shaft is very
weathered, and of no use; but
it is, of course, possible that,
further in from the outcrop,
it may lose its weathered char-
acter. The greyish, shaly
sandstone, between the seams,
contains fairly abundant
plant-remains, amongst which
Glossopteris is the most pro-
minent; some of the stems of
these plants are replaced by
pyrites.
(2.)Black Creek.— At Black
Creek, about one mile south
Surface so.t
FineConqlomerati.
Coarser conglomerate
Soft brownith Sandstone.
Patch o< conglomerate.
Soft brownish sandstone
Coal (weathered! Shaly at Top
Grtu sandstone (wiiVbinddtwno-tlW}
(.p^nTous)
Coal (w&alWed ^
Grey shaly sandstone (p^nfous^
Conglomerate « sandstone
Shale
Conglomerate
Shale
Kerosene shale
Black stone (pyntou%)
Greyish shale
of the Rothbury Collieries, f^ 6 S*dio« 'of Bottom Seams at RotMwn, C.Uien,
two seams can be seen, corres-
ponding to the two upper ones at the first locality. The top
one of these two seams has not been prospected, but a tunnel
in the lower one revealed the following section(Fig.7, p. 131).
It was near the position of this tunnel that Professor David
had a shaft put down some years ago,* and obtained 9 feet, 9
* Op. cit., p. 139.
BY A. B. WALKOM.
131
inches of coal and bands,
thickness of coal and bands
(11 feet, Oh inch), thus bear-
ing out Professor David's
opinion that the seam, being
somewhat perished in his
shaft, would probably be
found to have a greater
thickness.* There is a small
band of white clay just be-
low the top seam. The two
seams at this point are about
40 feet apart, and their dip
is N.47°W. at 24°.
(3.) Portion 17, Parish of
Rothbury. - A small tunnel
has been driven in portion
17, Parish of Rothbury,
(about 1 J miles south of the
Black Creek tunnel), and a
seam (with band) of 6 feet,
2 inches struck, giving the "1 7
following section (Fig. 8): —
section orives a greater
Con^lomeraTt roof
Coal (Somewhat soft- due to
proiimitj Tocurface)
Grey shale band vanes fromi;' h It"
| |/o| Coal
J Splint coil
1-10 Coal
\ j i
! ^ "enslied coal parting
|||tJ Coal
Knshed coal paiTinq
Coal
Bark shale floor
II Oil Coal' and bands
Section of Seam at Black Creek
Tunnel
Conajomerare
Coal
CUyband (yellow)
Coal
Dark shale floor
6 2. Coal * bands
F^8 Section of Upper Seam 0nR>rTionl7 ftr RoTVbury,
This seam is the
equivalent of the top"
seam further north at
the Rothbury Colliery.
It does not quite attain
the thickness of that
seam, but, when ex-
posed to the weather,
the same yellow stain
and sulphur-deposit are
noted as at the Col-
liery. There is also a
slight smell of H^S in
* Op. cit., p 140.
132
GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
Shaft
o! Si
Surface clayey sovl
this old tunnel. These phenomena denote the presence of a small
amount of pyrites in the coal.
(4.) Rothbury Creek. — Three-quarters of a mile further south,
the outcrop crosses the Rothbury Creek. Here Professor David
noted the outcrop of a coal-seam in the creek. f When I visited
the spot, the outcrop in the creek was under water, but a shaft
has been sunk for 39 feet, on the bank a few yards away, of
which the following is a section(Fig.9): —
It will be noted
that the top bound-
ary of the seam is
horizontal, instead
of dipping parallel
to the bottom -edge.
This indicates that
the seam has been
eroded somewhat.
That this is so, is
further indicated by
the fact that, in the
creek, there is a solid
conglomerate dip
ping conformably
just above the seam;
while, in the shaft,
there is no trace of
the solid conglomer-
ate, but only surface-
sand and clayey soil.
The seam dips N.60Q
W. at 45°, and has a
thickness of at least
21 feet, and as the
&&
BrwW bituminous coal
Carbonaceous shale
Briqhr totj.miM.rt coal
Coal * binds
BasT* fif«cl»y
SandsTone.
Fi, 9 Se
TrueThickness of Seam abT2lfr
cTion of Seam on bank of Rothbury Ck
surface has been somewhat eroded, the thickness is probably some,
what more. It is a bright, bituminous coal of good quality, and
Op. Ht., p. 140.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 133
apparently does not deteriorate readily on exposure, as the shaft
had been made over two years at the time of my visit, and the
coal, which had been lying about for that time, showed only a
slight amount of surface-discolouration; and when broken open,
was as bright and hard as coal freshly taken out. About 75
yards up the creek, there is an outcrop of another seam, but the
water was too high for me to see it. However, Mr. R. Thomas,
Jr., informed me that he had got specimens of coal in situ at
that point, when the creek had been drier. At the point in the
creek where this outcrop occurs, the boulders in the creek-bed
are all coated black, and there is a very strong smell of H28.
Plate viii. is a series of comparative vertical sections of the
various seams just described. On comparison with section No.
x,* accompanying Professor David's Memoir, there seems little
doubt but that the top seam, in each case, represents the upper
split in the main Greta seam. This is further confirmed by the
presence of pyrites, which is indicated in these seams. The lower
split of the main Greta seam appears to have become further
split between Kothbury Creek and Black Creek, and a bed of
conglomerate and sandstone, some 60 feet thick, is developed
between the two parts. The 14 feet, 4i inches seam at the
Kothbury Colliery, and the 11 feet, 0^ inch seam at Black Creek,
represent the top part of this lower split; and the lowest seams at
Kothbury Colliery represent minor splits of the bottom-part of
the lower split. The 21 feet seam at Kothbury Creek probably
represents the whole of the lower split of the main Greta seam.
Summary of Greta Coal-Measures in this district.
The main Greta seam, or part of it, has been prospected in
four places, and the seam is split as at other localities.
In each of the four localities, the upper split of the main
Greta seam has been struck.
The lower split seems to be entire at Rothbury Creek, but
splits further to the north.
* Section No.x is a comparative series of vertical sections of the Greta
coal-seams.
134 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
The upper split contains a small amount of pyrites; in the top
part of the lower split, no trace of this mineral has been observed;
in the sandstone and " black-stone " associated with the bottom
part of the lower split, there is a small percentage of pyrites.
The dips are in directions N.47°W. to N.60°W., and increase
in amount as they get further south, i.e., as they approach nearer
to the eastern branch of the Elderslee fault. The baud of con-
glomerate, between the two splits, appears to thicken very con-
siderably towards the south.
The amount of perishing of the seams near the surface does
not appear to be so great here as in the eastern and southern
portions of the Greta Coal- Measures outcrop.
Upper Marine Series.
The Upper Marine Series, in the Hunter River District,
occupies a much larger and more widely scattered area than the
Lower Marine Series, and, for that reason, could not be studied
in as much detail as the latter, in a comparatively short time.
Examination of a number of the most typical exposures, how-
ever, enables one to form a fairly accurate estimate of the
succession.
Whereas sedimentation in Lower Marine time was inter-
rupted at frequent intervals by outbreaks of volcanic activity, in
the Upper Marine of this district there were no such volcanic
outbursts, and the sedimentation was uninterrupted. It must
be remembered, however, that this is not true for other areas of
Upper Marine sedimentation, e.g. in the South Coast District,
there is abundant evidence of volcanic activity in Upper Marine
time,*
The Upper Marine Series has been divided into three stages,
namely, the Branxton, Muree, and Crinoidal Stages, by Professor
David, f
* Jaquet, Card and Harper, Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, 1905, viii.,
Pt.l.— (Jard and Jaquet, Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, 1903, vii., Pt.3.
iOp. cit., p. 3 19.
BY A. B. WALKOM.
135
CRINOIOAL
STAGE
ISOO -30OO
Ml/REE
STAGE
The lowest (Branxton) stage is from 3,000 to 3,200 feet thick,
and follows immediately on the Greta Coal-Measures. This stage
might be divided into two parts, (1) lower, with a thickness of
about 1,400 feet; and (2) upper, 1,600 to 1,800 feet thick. The
lower part consists of
hard, massive, white
to brown sandstone,
often passing into
conglomerate. In the
lower 900 ft, the sand-
stone is often con-
siderably iron-stained ,
and contains occa-
sional bands of iron-
stone. At 900 feet
from the base, there
is a bed about 100 feet
thick, of bluish-grey
to brown mudstone,
in which Mytilus and
Aphanaia&re common. Branxton
Above this, there is a 3ooo.izoo
very hard, white sand-
stone, which forms a
prominent outcrop
near Black Creek,
south of the railway
line just west of
Branxton. This par-
ticular bed is about
200 feet thick, and its
outcrop is shown on the map. It contains a few marine fossils
(e.g., Spirifer, Martiniopsis, and Aviculopecten), and numerous
remains of plant-stems.
The remainder of this substage consists of more brownish
sandstones. Marine fossils occur abundantly in this lower part
of the Branxton Stage, and, where conditions were favourable,
h
Scio
> ,
iooo
\
Z00P -
I0O0 -
V
,0
Chtnomyj bedi
- _ 4~ _ _
• o ° o ■ P
A't<
• ;V7\£": •*•. ■•;■'.
■ 0 o'q 0 o'
0 • ' . "
O ° ; a . ,
Chtrti Shjlt,
Mostly sh*ly mvdslont*
b&ndstontt tni Conqfomt/dTi'
Fo.-aminiferal Morixo"
Sandstone j Jn(j
<Jlca rtom ►nud»ron«j
Brownish Sandstones
Hard mMt Sandstone
6ro*nish Mudsfbne
Massive Sandstone
and Conglomerate
GiCTA COU
Fig 10. — Vertical Section of the Upper Marine
Series.
136
GEOLOGY MAITLAXD-HRANXTON DISTRICT,
they approach to within a few feet of the top seam of the Greta
Coal- Measures. The following is a list of the fossils from this
substage : —
Zaphrent is robusta.
Palcmster clarkei.
Protoretepora amp! a .
FenestettaCl )fossula.
Dielasma inversa.
D. biundata,
D. hastata.
Spirifer convoluta.
S. vespertilio.
S. avicula.
S. tasmaniensis.
S. duodecimcostata.
S. strzeleckii.
Martiniopsis oviformis
M. subradiata.
var. transversa.
var. morrisii.
Productus brachythcerus.
Strophalos la jukesi.
(Jhanomya etheridgei.
C. undata.
A viculopecten englehardt i,
A. ponderosus.
A. tenuicol/is.
A sp.
Deltopecten farleyensis.
D. leniusculus.
D. sp. (juv.).
8emiiiula(\).
Mceouia carinata.
M. valida.
Stutchburia costata.
Astartila polita.
Leptodomus duplicicosta.
Plaiyschisma oculus.
Goniatites micromphalus.
The upper half of the Branxton Stage is composed of sand-
stones and calcareous mudstones, with frequent shaly bands.
They contain numerous glacial erratics, which sometimes attain
a very large size, some of them being over two tons in weight.
These beds are exceedingly rich in marine fossils, perhaps the
most abundant being members of the Fenestellidae(?). In them,
at about 2,300 feet from the base of the Branxton Stage, occurs
a limestone-horizon which contains numerous well-preserved
Foraminifera.* This upper part is also characterised by an
abundance of Trachypora wilkinsoni, which is only found
sparingly on any other horizon of the Upper Marine, and is
extremely scarce in the Lower Marine. Good outcrops of the
* Chapman and Howchin, "Monograph of the Foraminifera of the
Permo-Carboniferous limestones of N. 8. Wales." Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S.
Wales, Pal., No. 14, 1905.
BY A. B. WALKOM.
137
Branxton Stage can be seen almost anywhere, where it is shown
on the map. A good occurrence of glacial beds has been exposed
by the new road-cutting on the Branxton to Elderslee road,
just before it reaches the Elderslee Bridge over the Hunter
River. The following is a list of the fossils from this upper part
of the Branxton Stage : —
Zaphrentis robusta
Crinoid stems.
Trachypora wi/ki)>son i.
Stenopora.
Protoretepora ampin.
P. konincki.
Fe?iestella(1) intemata.
F. fossula.
F. plicatula.
Spirifer convoluta.
S. strzeleckii.
S. vesper tilio.
S. stokesi.
S. tasmaniensis.
S. duodecimcostata.
S. sp.
Mart i niops i s ov [form is.
M. subradiata.
var. konincki.
Productus brachythcBrus.
Strophalosia jnkesi.
S. yerardi.
S. clarkei.
Ghcenomya ethe r idge i .
Merismopterid.
Couocardium australe.
Aviculopecten ten uicollis.
Deltopecten jittoni.
D. leniusculus.
Aphanaia gigantea.
Mceonia carinata.
Pleurophorus morrisii.
Stutchburia costata.
S. compressa.
Platyschisma rota ndatum.
Conularia.
Hyolithes lanceolatus.
Gonial ites m icromphalus.
The upper limit of the Branxton Stage is well-defined by the
Bolwarra Conglomerate (" Muree Rock"), which forms the base
of the Muree Stage. This is a massive conglomerate, on which
very little grass or vegetation of any kind will grow, and which
forms a bold, bare outcrop, very useful indeed fur purposes of
geological mapping. This conglomerate passes upwards to a hard,
massive, somewhat calcareous sandstone, and the whole Stage
attains a thickness of about 400 feet. Both the conglomerate
and the succeeding sandstone contain numerous marine fossils,
there being a most remarkable abundance, in places, of the small
138 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
brachiopod, Strophalosia. The following is a list of fossils from
the M uree Stage : —
Zaphrentis phymatoides. Spirifer stutchburii.
Phialocrinus princeps. S. duodecimcostata.
ArchcBOcidaris. Martiniopsis cyrtiformis.
Stenopora crin ta. M. oviformis.
Vroloretepora. Strophalosia clarkei.
Dielasma biundata. S. gerardi.
D. amygdala. Conocardium australe.
D. cymboeformis. Deltopecten leniusculus.
D. hastata. Mazonia fragilis.
Productus brachytharus. M. carinata.
Spirifer convoluta. Entomi* jonesi.
S. clarkei.
One of the best exposures of this Stage is in the vicinity of
Mt. Vincent, just east of Mr. Charles Wyndham's residence at
Wollong, at the place known as " Bow Wow." Here the Muree
Beds weather into large caves or rock-shelters, where numerous
fossils can easily be obtained.
Above the Muree Stage comes the Crinoidal Stage. This
varies very considerably in thickness in places, having a minimum
of about 1,500 feet, and a maximum of from 3,000 to 4,000 feet.
For the most part, it consists of fairly soft shales and mudstones.
These weather fairly readily, and in this lies the reason for the
development of some of the extensive alluvial Hats, e.g., along the
course of the Mulbring or Wallis Creek. For the same reason,
good outcrops are not of as frequent occurrence as they are in
the more resistant beds. They can be seen outcropping, how-
ever, near Mt. Vincent, and in the railway-cuttings and creeks
to the west and south of Belford. In places, they contain small
and large erratics; e.g., where the old line of northern road
crosses a small creek in portion 61, Parish of Rothbury, there are
numerous, small erratics of such rocks as aplite, quartz-porphyry,
quartzite, and fine-grained, black, basaltic rocks. A little
further east, where the same road crosses Jump Up Creek, there
are a number of large erratics, an aplitic one reaching quite three
feet in diameter, and one about the same size, of coarse granite,
BY A. B. WALKOM. 139
containing grains up to nearly an inch long. These erratics are
imbedded in brownish, calcareous mudstones, which also contain
marine fossils. In this district, in the Crinoidal Shales there are
two horizons, on which numerous specimens of the pseudomorph
Glendonite occur, namely, (1) about 200 feet above the base (out-
crop at Glendon), and (2) about 700 to 1,000 feet above the base
(outcrops at Mt. Vincent and Singleton Railway Bridge). This
stage terminates upwards in a series of hard, cherty shales, which
have been quarried for road-metal, known as the Chsenomya
beds. These, as may be surmised from the name, contain large
numbers of the fossil Ghonnomya; they also contain obscure casts
of radiolaria. These Chaenomya beds attain a thickness of 150
to 200 feet. The following is a list of fossils from the Crinoidal
Stage : —
Zaphrentis phijmatoides. Strophcdosia.
Archce.ocidaris, sp.ind. C hamomya etheridgei.
Tribrachiocriuus corrugatus. G. audax.
titenopora crinita. C. mitchelli.
Protoretepora. C. sp.
Fenestella{ I). Deltopecten fittoni.
Spirifer convoluta. Eurydesma hobartense.
6'. dtwdecimcostata. Mmonia carinata.
Martin iopsis subradiata. Goniatites micromphalus.
var. morrisii.
Notes on the Permo-Carboniferous Pal^ogeocjraphy in
New South Wales.
During almost a year's study of the Permo-Carboniferous rocks
of Eastern Australia in general, and New South Wales in par-
ticular, some facts with regard to^ the palseogeography have
become apparent, which are contrary to the ideas generally held.
This is especially so with the distribution of land and sea in
New South Wales. It has generally been held that, in Permo-
Carboniferous time, New England and north-eastern New South
Wales were cut off from the main continental mass, and that
there was a water-connection with Queensland, to the west of
New England. Professor David expressed this view recently in
140 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
his Presidential Address to the Royal Society of New South
Wales, thus : " At this time [Permo-Carboniferous], Eastern
Australia was probably, from New England to Townsville, isolated
from the portion lying further to the west, first by the Permo-
Carboniferous sea, and later by the lakes and swamps of that
period."*
The following notes attempt to show the distribution of land
and sea in New South Wales in Permo-Carboniferous time, as
suggested bv the results obtained bv recent workers in the
North-eastern portion of the State, particularly Mr. J. E. Carne,
Professor Woolnough, and Mr. E. C. Andrews.
The ideas put forward are by no means to be regarded as final
solutions of the problems, my chief reason for bringing them
forward here being that they may serve as something tangible,
to be modified as further information is brought to light. A
very important area in connection with this subject, and one
which is not well known at present, is that between the Manning
and Clarence Rivers. When the various Palaeozoic formations
in this area have been determined and mapped correctly, it is
probable that a number of modifications will have to be made in
the maps presented here.
The results of recent work in Northern New England mostly
show that the extensive series of shales and slates there, are of
Permo-Carboniferous age,t and that the great granitic masses
have intruded the Lower Marine rocks, and are thus of late
Permo-Carboniferous or even Mesozoic age. These two results
point to the fact, that the greater part of what is now northern
New England, was under water in Lower Marine time. Other
*Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, 1911, p.54.
t With regard to the slates in the neighbourhood of Tingha, two recent
workers do not agree. Mr. L. A. Cotton[8] regards them as being older
than Permo-Carboniferous, and similar to the Ordovician slates of Berridale
and Tallong. Mr. J. E. Came[7] puts them down as Permo-Carboniferous,
evidently on account of their lithologic similarity to occurrences further
north, in which he found Permo-Carboniferous fossils. Which of these
views may be correct, however, does not affect these notes to any great
extent, as it would only mean a small alteration in the position of the
western limit of the Lower Marine Sea.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 141
authors have noted deposits of Lower Marine age at a number of
localities in that part of New South Wales east of New England,
and north of the Hunter River. These localities are River-
tree[3], Drake[3], Joagla Falls (twenty miles east of Hillgrove)[l],
near Kempsey[16], Wauchope, Kendall[6], and between Taree and
VVingham[16]. These are all the known occurrences of undoubted
Lower Marine rocks in New South Wales, outside those in the
Maitland districttll], and near Mount Tangorin[lli 17]. Lower
Marine fossils have also been found just over the Queensland
border, six or seven miles west of Warwick. The distribution of
these occurrences is shown on the map( Plate x.), and they seem to
indicate that most of the north-eastern part of New South Wales
was covered by the sea in Lower Marine time. The probable
western limit of this sea has been drawn on the map. The faunas
which exist at these occurrences, and the type of rocks developed,
mostly indicate a relatively shallow sea, and also that the
deposits were laid down not far from land. The faunas include
typically such genera as Spirifer, Martiniopsis, Eurydesma,
Aviculopecten, Deltopecten , Pachydomus, Platyschisma, etc. Sand-
stones and sandy mudstones are the most frequent and charac-
teristic types of deposit; conglomerates are often developed, while
limestones are comparatively scarce except in the Kempsey dis-
trict. In the most northern part, the rocks have been altered
subsequently, and now consist chiefly of slates.
The thickness of the strata which were deposited, shows that
there must have been considerable high land not far away. One
of the most prominent features of the land was a high range
running approximately N.N.W., in the present Tamworth dis-
trict, composed of rocks of Devonian and Carboniferous age.
This range is probably responsible for the eastward bulge in the
old coast-line towards Kempsey.
Parts of the district between the Macleay and Clarence Rivers,
as well as the extreme north-east corner of New South Wales,
are composed of old rocks, which are generally believed to be
older than Permo-Carboniferous, but no fossils have been found
in them. It seems more than probable, however, that this view
is correct, and, therefore, a good deal of this area was probably a
142 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
land-area during Permo Carboniferous time. This leaves us with
two alternatives as to the position of the Lower Marine Sea, and
only detailed mapping of the areas mentioned can finally decide
which is the correct view. These alternatives are, (1) that a
land-mass constituted the north-eastern corner of New South
Wales, and this was cut off from the mainland by a long narrow
sea, the western coast of which was probably that shown on the
map( Plate x.); or (2), that there was a long narrow peninsula,
probably joined to the mainland somewhere between the Macleay
River and Tnverell, running in a general north-easterly direction
to the Tweed River district, and that the Lower Marine rocks of
northern New England and Drake were deposited in a large bay
connected with the ocean on its northern side. Of these two
alternative views, the former seems, to me, to be the more
probable.
Towards the close of Lower Marine time, a slow pushing force
began to make itself felt from a direction about E. by N. This
may perhaps have been the first expression of the great move-
ments which culminated eventually in the extensive granitic
intrusions into the Permo-Carboniferous strata of New England.
The result of this movement, pushing against the mainland to
the west, was to elevate a belt roughly parallel to the old coast-
line, and to depress somewhat the belt in between this elevated
belt and the mainland.* The effect of this was the production
of a land-zone extending in an approximately S. by E. direction
from northern New England, and the depression of a zone
between this and the mainland. The amount of depression, how-
ever, was not sufficient to submerge the old N.N.W. mountain
range of Devonian and Carboniferous rocks near Tamworth, and
this divided the submerged zone in two. Thus, there were pro-
duced relatively long and narrow inland depressions, in which
the Greta Coal-Measures were deposited(Plate xi.). The presence
* This is somewhat the same effect produced by placing a sheet of paper
flat ou a table, with one end against a fixed object, and pushing the other
end towards the fixed object. The first part of the paper to be elevated
is a belt somewhere about the middle of the sheet, and parallel to the edge
which is against the fixed object.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 143
of the N.N.W. mountain range just mentioned, accounts for the
absence of the Greta Coal-Measures between Wingen and
Ashford.
In the Drake district, some of the marine deposits have a
fauna which consists of a mixture of Lower Marine and Upper
Marine types, and it seems almost certain that, during the time
of deposition of the Greta Coal-Measures in the inland basins,
marine sedimentation was going on in this area. This means
that there was continuous marine sedimentation from Lower
Marine into Upper Marine time in the Drake area.
After the deposition of the Greta Coal-Measures, the sea broke
through the eastern land-barrier in its southern part, and sub-
merged an area extending some distance north of Gunnedah,
bounded on the west by the older rocks (Devonian, Silurian, and
Ordovician) that we see at Marulan, Mt. Lambie, Bathurst, Wel-
lington, etc. The northern shore of this arm of the sea was
probably somewhere in the neighbourhood of the Peel Range and
the Manning River, and the land for some distance north of the
Manning seems to have extended further to the east than the
present coastline. The Drake district was also submerged at
this time, and the coastline appears to have been something like
that suggested on the map( Plate xii.).
At the close of Upper Marine time, the pushing force once
more made itself felt, and the result was that once again a land-
barrier was raised, and another series of inland depressions
formed. In New South Wales, the great inland basin in which
the Upper Coal-Measures were laid down, was approximately as
shown in Plate xiii., and it is probable that here, for the first
time, there was direct water-communication from the Hunter
River Basin to Queensland west of New England.
The land, at this time, to the east of the central part of the
present coastline, was not far away, and must have been of some
considerable height, as proved by the coarse conglomerates with
diagonal bedding, dipping strongly inland, which Professor David
has described at New Lambton and Red Head.*
* Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology, No.4, pp.20 aud 41.
144 GEOLOGY MAITLAND-BRANXTON DISTRICT,
The Permo-Carboniferous was closed by the great granitic
intrusions of New England and the great earth-movements which
resulted in the production of the great Lochinvar Dome, the
central part of which was raised through at least 6,000 feet.f
In conclusion, I wish to express my gratitude to Professor
David for the interest he has always taken in this work, and for
his willingness at all times to advise and help me in any way
possible; also to Mr. W. S. Dun, by whose advice and assistance
my work was often rendered easier than would otherwise have
been the case, I wish to tender my most sincere thanks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR PAL^OGEOGRAPHY.
1. Anderson, W.— Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales, 1888, p. 190.
2. Andrews, E. C— " The Geology of the New England Plateau," Part ii.
Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, viii., 1905, p. 108.
3. "Report on Drake Gold and Copper Field." Dept.
Mines and Agriculture N. S. Wales, Mineral Resources No. 12,
1908.
4. Benson, W. N. — A preliminary Account of the Geology of the Nundle
District, near Tamworth. Report Aust. Assocn. Advancement of
Science, 1911, p. 100.
5.Carne, J. E. — "Kerosene Shale Deposits of N. S. Wales. " Mem.
Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology, No. 3, 1903.
6. "The Lithgow or Western Coalfield." Mem. Geol.
Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology, No.6, 1907.
7. " The Tin-mining Industry of N. S. Wales." Dept. of
Mines N.S.W., Mineral Resources, No. 14, 1911.
8.Cotton, L. A.— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiv., 1909, p. 738.
9. David, T. \V. E. — "Geology -of the Vegetable Creek Tin-mining Field."
Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology, No.l, 1887.
10. Presidential Address, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
1893.
11. "Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures, N. S.
Wales." Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology, No.4, 1907.
12. " Notes on some of the chief Tectonic Lines of Aus-
tralia." Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, xlv.(1911).
13. Ditn, W. S. — " Stratigraphical Notes: Permo-Carboniferous Beds in
the Kempsey District." Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, v., p. 180.
tOp. cit. p. 339.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 1 45
14.Jensen, H.I. — "The Building of Eastern Australia." Proc. Royal
Soc. Queensland, xxiii., 1912, p. 149.
15-Pittman, E. F.— Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, v., (1896-1898), pp.26 30.
16- Woolnough, W. G. — "Preliminary Note on the Geology of the
Kempsey District." Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, xlv.,
(1911), p.159.
17. Walkom, A. B. — " Geology of the Permo-Carboniferous System the in
Glendonbrook District near Singleton." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, 1913? p. 146.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII. -XIII.
Plate viii.
Comparative Series of Sections of Greta Coal-Seams south of Branxton.
Plate ix.
Geological Map of Part of the Hunter River District, taken from the Map
accompanying Memoir of the Geological Survey of New South
Wales, No. 4; with Additions by A. B. Walkom, B.Sc.
Plate x.
Map showing approximately the Western Limit of the Lower Marine Sea
in New South Wales.
Plate xi.
Map showing approximately the Distribution of the land and sea during
the deposition of the Greta Coal-Measures in New South Wales.
Plate xii.
Map showing approximately the extent of the Upper Marine Sea in New
South Wales.
Plate xiii.
Map showing approximately the extent of the inland sea, in which were
deposited the Upper Coal-Measures.
11
146
THE GEOLOGY OF THE PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS
SYSTEM IN THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
NEAR SINGLETON, N.S.W.
By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Geology.
Page.
Previous literature ... ... ... ... ... ... 146
Physiography, etc. ... ... ... ... .. ... 147
General Geology 147
(A) Carboniferous — 147
Webber's Creek Series ... ... ... ... ... 148
Tangorin Series ... 150
(B)Permo-Carboniferous — 151
(a) The Cranky Corner Basin... ... ... ... 151
(6) Permo-Carboniferous west of Elderslee fault ... 156
Faulting ,_ 157
Summary, etc 159
(Plate xiv., and four text-figures.)
The district treated of in this paper, lies from 5 to 15 miles E. by
N. from Singleton. It contains two units of Permo-Carboniferons
rocks, namely, a small basin about 2 miles N.E. of Mt. Tangorin,
with a diameter of approximately 3 miles; and the northward
extension, from the Hunter River District, of the Upper Coal-
Measures and Upper Marine Series along Glendon Brook and
Westbrook Creek.
Previous Literature. — In his memoir on "The Geology of the
Hunter River Coal Measures," Professor David* has described the
outcrop of rocks belonging to the Lower Marine Series and Greta
Coal-Measures in Parishes of Tangorin and Stanhope, and has
indicated some of the outcrops on a sketch-map.
•Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Geology, No.4, 1907, pp. 188-189.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 147
«
The Coal-Measures at Westbrook Creek were reported on by the
late C. S. Wilkinson,* and also have been examined by Professor
David, f
The ironstone at Westbrook Creek has also been mentioned in
J. B. Jaquet's memoir on "The Iron-Ore Deposits of New South
Wales."}
Physiography, etc. — The knot of hills round Mt. Tangorin is
composed of hard resistant rocks, mostly eruptive, of Carboni-
ferous age. Similar rocks are also responsible for the range which
trends about E.N.E. from Tangorin, although they do not form
the summit of the range at all points. A part of the top of the
range, for a distance of about 2 miles E.N.E., from portion 96,
Parish of Stanhope, is made up of massive conglomerates and
sandstones of Upper Marine age. These sandstones and con-
glomerates extend northwards nearly to the southern boundary of
portion 90, Parish of Tangorin, and form a number of flat-topped
hills. Less resistant rocks (of Lower Marine age) intervene between
these conglomerates and sandstones and the Carboniferous rocks,
and the denudation of these is responsible for the gap in the range
at Cranky Corner. To the west of Brook's Mountain, the country
becomes undulating. The rocks in this part belong to the Upper
Coal-Measures and Upper Marine Series, which have been let down
to the level of the Carboniferous rocks by heavy faulting.
A point worthy of note is the salinity of the creek-waters in the
neighbourhood of the Tangorin Range. This is brought to one's
notice, during dry weather, by the fact that the gravels and creek-
beds are often covered with a white saliferous deposit, when there
has been a good deal of evaporation.
General Geology. — Stratigraphically/- the rocks represent two
systems, (A) Carboniferous, and (B) Permo-Carboniferous.
(A) Carboniferous. — There are two distinct divisions of the
Carboniferous rocks, separated from one another by the Webber's
Creek fault, which extends in a general E.-W. direction for about
10 miles, and throws to the south.
* Ann. Report Dept. Mines N. S. Wales, 1884, p. 151.
■fOp. cit.y pp. 274-277.
£Mem. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Geology, No.2, 1901, p. 111.
148
GEOLOGY OF THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
O
o
I
BY A. B. WALKOM.
149
^"HSlX
W
The older of these two divi-
sions, that on the northern side
of the fault, I have called here
the Webber's Creek Series. This
series has been examined, at in-
tervals, for about a distance of
10 miles in an E.-W. direction,
and extends for quite 5 miles
north from the fault, which
forms its southern boundary.
The series consists of sandstones
and shales, with contemporane-
ous lava-flows. The sandstones
are more of the nature of arkoses,
being composed mostly of grains
of orthoclase with a smaller
amount of quartz, hornblende,
§ and biotite. In places, in these
^ arkose sandstones, there are
o
H small bands of chocolate shale.
.3 The sandstones are conglomeratic
"*3 •
S in places, and, where this is the
I case, they contain pebbles of such
^ rocks as banded rhyolite, ande-
^ site, aplitic granite, porphyrite,
quartzite, etc. The lava-flows
associated with this series con-
sist of dacite and hornblende-
felspar porphyry. There does
not seem to be any doubt but
that these flows are contempora-
neous and not intrusive, although
no very definite evidence is forth-
coming on that point. They form
long, comparatively narrow out-
crops, roughly parallel to the
strike of the arkose sandstones,
and, being harder than the latter,
150 GEOLOGY OF THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
they form lines of hills running in a ^general E.-W. direction.
These hills have a relatively steep slope on the southern side,
and slope more gently away to the north, showing that they dip
to the north in the same way as the sedimentaries do.
This series of rocks appears to be similar to part of the Upper
Carboniferous Series described, some distance further to the east,
by Mr. J. B. Jaquet. Part of his description of the latter series
is: "The formation comprises sandstones, claystones, limestones,
tuft's, cherty shales, and intercalated lava-beds. The sedimentary
rocks are in part marine, and in part freshwater. The great bulk
of the rocks consist of coarse-grained tuffaceous sandstones, which
do not contain recognisable organic remains; so that one is unable
to determine whether they are marine or freshwater."*
The latter part of this description might be applied equally well
to the series under consideration here. I have not seen specimens
of the Clarencetown Series, but in discussing the subject with Pro-
fessor David, he pointed out the great similarity, lithologically, be-
tween specimens of the Webber's Creek Series and the Upper Car-
boniferous rocks near Clarencetown.
Another point which emphasises the resemblance to the Clarence-
town Series is the fact, mentioned to me by Mr. Frank Drinan, of
Glendon Brook, that, in the creeks in the north-eastern part of the
area shown on the accompanying map, the sands which accumulate
in the beds of the creeks often contain a notable percentage of
ironstone.
No fossils have been found in this series, so that it is uncertain
whether they are marine or freshwater. If, however, as seems to
be the case, they belong to the same series as the Clarencetown
rocks, they are probably freshwater.
The other series of Carboniferous rocks is developed to the south
of the Webber's Creek fault, and is called here the Tangorin Series,
on account of the bold outcrop at Tangorin Trig. Station. They
are bounded on the west by the northward extension of the fault
named, by Professor David, the Elderslee Fault. They extend as
far east as the district has been examined, and no doubt are con-
*Op. cit., p. 64.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 151
tinuous with the Carboniferous series at Hudson's Peak. They
surround, almost completely, the isolated basin of Permo-Carboni-
ferous roeks at Cranky Corner. They consist of a varied series of
eruptives — rhyolite, trachyte, dacite, andesite, pitchstone, etc., and
also rhyolitic and trachytic tuffs, tuffaceous sandstones and con-
glomerates. Professor David has found an abundance of Rhacop-
teris in some of the tuffs on the road just south of Cranky Corner,
so that there is no doubt that they belong to the same series (Upper
Carboniferous) as those Carboniferous rocks occurring further
south, at Winder's Hill and Pokolbin.*
No boundaries of these Carboniferous rocks have been surveyed,
except where they are in contact with rocks of different age, but
field-names have been placed on the map at points where they have
been observed.
(B) Permo-Carboniferous. — There are two separate occur-
rences of Permo-Carboniferous rocks in the district, namely, (a)
the Cranky Corner Basin, (b) the series west of the Elderslee
fault.
(a) The Cranky Corner Basin. — In this area, there is a develop-
ment of some 1,850 feet of Permo-Carboniferous strata, made up
approximately of 900 feet of Lower Marine Series, 150 feet of
Greta Coal-Measures, and 800 feet of Upper Marine Series. An
examination of the dips at once shows that these strata form a
somewhat triangular-shaped basin. They are surrounded, for the
greater part, by the Tangorin Series, except on a portion of their
northern side, where they have been brought into contact with the
Webber's Creek Series by the Webber's Creek fault. They are
unconformable above the Carboniferous System, there being dif-
ferences generally of 30° to 40° in the directions of strike, where
Carboniferous and Permo-Carboniferous sedimentary rocks occur
close together. Near portions 14 and 11, Parish of Stanhope, the
Carboniferous conglomerates strike about N.-S., and dip easterly;
while the Permo-Carboniferous rocks strike 327°, and dip at 14°
in direction 57°. Near Tamby Creek, about portion 98, Parish of
Tangorin, the Carboniferous conglomerate strikes 140°, dipping
* Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, xlv., 1911, pp. 379-408.
152 GEOLOGY OF THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
south-westerly, and the Permo-Carboniferous rocks strike 100°
dipping" southerly.
(i.) Lower Marine Series. — In portions 35 and 98, Parish of
Tangorin, just opposite portion 81, there is a small outcrop of
rather coarse sandstone containing remains of plant-stems. This is
resting unconformably on Carboniferous conglomerates, and is the
lowest member of the Permo-Carboniferous System found in the
district. The outcrop, however, is only of limited extent, being cut
off by the Webber's Creek fault to the west, and thinning out be-
tween the Carboniferous conglomerates, and the overlying mud-
stones towards the south-east. From its lithological character, and
from the presence in it of plant-stems, and also since it is the
lowest member of the Lower Marine Series developed here, it seems
very probable that it is to be correlated with the sandstone which
is immediately above the glacial beds in the Lochinvar District. It
attains a thickness of about 100 to 150 feet.
Next above this sandstone, there is a thickness of some 300 feet
of bluish shaly mudstones. These can be traced, almost continu-
ously, nearly right round the basin. About half-way up in these
mudstones, there is an horizon of hard limestone-concretions con-
taining fossils. These are chiefly V enestella{%) sp., and a small
brachiopod shell (? Dielasrna) . This bed with Fenestellidae can be
seen at three localities in the Parish of Stanhope, namely, (1) on
the W.-E. road in portion 66, (2) in portion 46, and (3) in the
creek in portion 50. The mudstones are fossiliferous, but most of
the fossils appear to be hi the upper part, i.e., above the limestone-
concretion horizon. Some of the fossils from these mudstones
are : —
Spirifer duodecimcostata. Aviculopecten tenuicollis.
S. tasmaniensis. A. englehardti.
S. stokesi. Pachydomus.
Martiniopsis subradiata. Ptycomphalina trifilata.
Chcenomya sp. Hyolithes Icmceolatus.
The best locality for collecting these, is in portion 10, Parish of
Stanhope, on the western slope of the hill, between the creek and
the eastern boundary of the portion.
BY] A. B. WALKOM. 153
Iii portion 91, Parish of Stanhope, there is a development of
basalt and breccia in this series. This may represent a centre of
volcanic activity, which was responsible for the tuffaeeous nature
of the sandstones next to be described.
Following the mudstones, there is a thickness of about 120 feet
of rather coarse tuffaceous sandstone. Good outcrops occur, the
best being those in portions 8, 96, 78, 76, and 74, Parish of Stan-
hope. It is thus seen that this sandstone occurs continuously on
the western and south-eastern sides of the basin, but has not been
observed to outcrop on the northern side. This absence on the
northern side is due to the presence of the Webber's Creek fault.
The sandstone contains numerous marine fossils, there being, in
places, regular banks of such thick-shelled molluscs as Eurydesma
cor data, Platyscliisma, etc., indicating turbulent, shallow-water
conditions during the deposition of the beds. The fossils present
in this sandstone include —
Spirifer duodecimcostata. Pachydomus.
S, tasmaniensis. Scaldia(X).
Martiniopsis subradiata. Platyschisma octdus.
Aviculopecten mitchelli. Mourlonia.
A. tenuicollis. Ptycomphalina,
Eurydesma cordata. Hyolithes lanceolatus.
In appearance, this sandstone is sometimes very similar to that of
Harper's Hill, and the similarity is increased by the occasional
presence of andesitic boulders, with numerous amygdules of second-
ary silica, calcite, etc.
The remainder of the Lower Marine Series consists of about
330 feet of mudstones, sandstones, and conglomerates, in which
fossils appear to be very scarce. At Eui Creek and Billy Brook,
these are somewhat hardened and jointed, probably as a result of
their proximity to the Webber's Creek fault.
(ii.) Greta Coal-Measures. — Above the Lower Marine Series, the
Greta Coal-Measures are developed. They consist mostly of the
sandstones and conglomerates typical of these measures, and there
are also developed some beds of a brownish shale, as well as at least
one coal-seam. The outcrop can be traced continuously round its
154 GEOLOGY OF THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
northern part, from portion -11 to portion 29, Parish of Stanhope,
but the remainder is somewhat less certain. However, in portions
70 and 90, Parish of Stanhope, there is a conglomerate not unlike
the Greta conglomerate, associated with a soft brownish and
yellowish sandstone containing indeterminate plant-remains, and it
is not unreasonable to put these down as belonging to these mea-
sures, more especially as they occur at localities where one would
expect to find the Greta Measures. In portion 42, Parish of Stan-
hope, there are some shaly beds which contain plant-leaves. Along
the northern part of the outcrop, and where it is close to the Web-
ber's Creek fault, the dips are considerably higher than they are a
short distance to the east or west, where they are not so close to the
fault-line.
Coal is developed in these measures, and actual outcrops can be
seen in Kangaroo Creek, on portion 90, Parish of Tangorin, and
also in Billy Brook, on portion 26, Parish of Stanhope.
At the Kangaroo Creek outcrop, Professor David has measured
a section of the seam as follows* : —
Roof. Conglomerate containing pebbles up to 3 or 4 inches in
diameter.
Oft. 6in. Hard bituminous coal.
lft. 8in. Clay shale.
Oft. 8in. Carbonaceous sandstone.
Oft. 9in. Hard bituminous coal.
Oft. 2in. Band of pebbly sandstone.
lft. 3in. Hard bituminous coal.
Oft. oin. \ BaiKl Gf fine conglomerate and sandstone, carbonaceous in
lft. oin. J Places and clayey-
4ft. Oin. Hard bituminous coal with pitchy lustre on fleshly fractured
surfaces. This coal approaches a cannel coal in composi-
tion.
Oft. Bin. Coaly shale.
10ft. Oin. Coal and bands.
Mr. Frank Drinan, of Glendon Brook, very kindly piloted me to
the outcrop in Billy Brook. The position of this outcrop has been
fixed fairly closely. It is in the bed of the creek, and the bearing
* Op. cit., p. 188.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 155
from it to the western corner of portions 27 and 28, Parish of
Stanhope, is 120^°. The coal is uncovered there, in the creek, for
about six feet, and Mr. Drinan assured me that the seam used to
outcrop at a position he pointed out to me, but which is now
covered with debris; this point is some 10 to 15 yards further
downstream. As the seam is dipping about south at 16°, this would
indicate (if the two points represent outcrops of the same seam) a
thickness of approximately 11 to 13 feet of coal and bands. This
thickness corresponds very well with that mentioned above, and
the two outcrops (Kangaroo Creek and Billy Brook) are probably
of the same seam. As this outcrop (Billy Brook) was under water
at the time of my visit, it was not possible to obtain specimens
suitable for analysis, but from the pieces which could be got, the
coal appears to be a hard, bright, bituminous coal of good quality.
The position and extent of the actual outcrops depend on weather-
conditions a good deal. Between my two visits to Kangaroo Creek
(about three months apart), there was considerable rain, and much
of the outcrop, as lirst seen, was covered with soil washed down the
creek-bank.
At a number of other points in the neighbourhood, pieces of coal
have been observed, washed into the creeks after heavy rains, e.g.,
in Eui Creek above Mr. Peter's house, in portion 12, and in Billy
Brook about portion 10, Parish of Stanhope. That these come
from the same measures, there is no doubt, but the outcrops are
probably covered over by surface-soil. The outcrop in Billy Brook
is due to the creek having cut down through the overlying sand-
stone, isolating a part of it, and exposing the Greta Coal-Measures
along the creek-bed. (See Section, Fig. 1, p. 148).
(iii.)The Upper Marine Series. — Above the Greta Coal-Mea-
sures, there is a series of massive sandstones and conglomerates.
Marine fossils are very scarce in them, but, in the lower part, frag-
ments of a Conularia (C. inornata) were found. These sandstones
are, then, probably the equivalents of the lower part of the Branx-
ton beds of the Upper Marine Series. The following is a vertical
section of the Permo-Carboniferous rocks, as developed in this
area (Pig. 1, p. 156).
156
GEOLOGY OP THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
(b)Permo-Carboniferous Mocks west of the Elderslee Fault. —
The Elderslee fault, with a throw of nearly 6,000 feet to the west,
brings the Upper Coal-Measures clown against the Carboniferous
rocks, just to the west of Brook's Mountain. In these Upper Coal-
Measures, there are a number of coal-seams, which outcrop at inter-
vals along Glendon Brook and "Westbrook Creek. The series there
consists chiefly of interbedded
sandstones and conglomerates,
with which there are also coal-
seams, bands of ironstone, and
occasional dolomitic bands.
The ironstone is concretion-
ary, and the bands vary from
1 inch to 15 inches in thick-
ness. At the centre of the
concretions, there is often a
cavity in which quartz-crystals
have grown. From the out-
crops of the strata, Professor
David* has calculated a de-
scending vertical section, in
S ft
a: isoo-
I
I
Rg. 4.
Sandstones «
conglomerates
Greta Coal
Measures
Sandstones <*
Con<jlomeralts
Greenish sandstone
Uiifh Eury<i;sma cordjfj vc
which there are eighteen coal-
SMes
^* Hornanof fimeslbttt barui?
Sandstone with
plant remains
Carboniferous Rocks
seams varying from 3 to 27
feet in thickness. The mea-
sures in this part (Westbrook
Creek), dip to the east, at an-
gles up to about 70°, the very
Vertical Section of the Pernio- high angles of dip being at the
Carboniferous rocks. extreme west of the occurrence
of the series. The reason for these steep easterly dips is explained
by their occurrence close to the Greta fault, which has a throw, at
this point, of some 1,500 feet to the east, and forms the western
boundary of these Upper Coal-Measures. Thus the Upper Coal-
Measures here occupy an area of subsidence between two heavy
faults, i.e., it is a senkungsfeld-area. They do not extend any dis-
Op. cit., pp. 275-276.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 157
tance to the north, the northern boundary being formed by the
Webber's Creek fault. This is shown by the fact, that the great
majority of the boulders in the gravels brought down by West-
brook Creek and its tributaries, consist of eruptive rocks (chiefly
porphyries, and dark-coloured, fine-grained rocks) and tuffs. On
the west of the Greta fault, the Upper Marine Series are found,
and they extend away westwards, past Singleton, until they dis-
appear under the Rix's Creek Coal-Measures.
Immediately next the fault, there are shaly and sandy mud-
stones, with numerous erratics. These dip towards the east, and
belong to the Crinoidal Beds, being part of the eastern arm of the
Belford anticline. Some of the erratics are quartzites containing
fossils. To the north, these beds extend some considerable distance.
I followed them along the Dyrring Road, to a point about 4 miles
north of the village of Sedgefield.
Faulting. — In this area, there are three very heavy faults. Two
of them are northward continuations of faults described by Pro-
fessor David in the Hunter River District,* namely, the Greta and
Elderslee faults, and, in each ease, the throw has increased towards
the northern end of the fault. The third has a roughly east-west
trend, and throws to the south. It has been called here the Web-
ber's Creek fault. The Greta fault has swung round from having
a S.E.-N.W. trend to almost N.-S., and here has a throw of about
1,500 feet to the east, bringing the Upper Coal-Measures down
into contact with the lower part of the Crinoidal Shales of the
Upper Marine Series. The Elderslee fault strikes a little to the
west of north, and has a throw of nearly 6,000 feet. The Carboni-
ferous rocks, near the fault, are conglomerates, and rhyolitic and
trachytic tuffs of Upper Carboniferous age, while, on the down-
throw side, are rocks of the Upper Coal-Measures. At this point,
then, all the rocks of the Lower Marine Series, Greta Coal-Mea-
sures, and Upper Marine Series that have been developed in the
district, are faulted out of sight. That both the Lower Marine
Series and Greta Coal-Measures were developed to some extent,
is indicated by their presence at Cranky Corner, with a thickness
* Op. cit. pp. 302-304.
158 GEOLOGY OF THE GLENDONBROOK DISTRICT,
of about 1,000 feet ; the Upper Marine Series have practically their
full development (4,800 feet) not far away, so it seems not unrea-
sonable to put the throw of the fault somewhere in the neighbour-
hood of 5,800 feet. The Webber's Creek fault trends roughly E.-W.
in its western extension, and swings round to a S.W.-N.E. trend
towards its eastern end. It extends, on the map, from near West-
brook to near "The Gap," on the road from Singleton to Gresford.
It is an extensive fault, and its existence is indicated mainly by
the following points: —
(a) The southern boundary of the Webber's Creek Series is a
fairly regular line, and that Series is in contact with beds of dif-
ferent ages at different points, namely, Upper Carboniferous at
Tamby Creek, Permo-Carboniferous from Tamby Creek to One-
Tree Hill, Carboniferous again from there to the Elderslee fault,
and then Upper Coal-Measures at Westbrook Creek. The fact
that all these different series are cut off on their northern side, in a
fairly regular line, favours the existence of a fault.
(b) Where the Permo-Carboniferous rocks approach close to the
Webber's Creek Series (at One-Tree Hill), they have very high dips
to the south, while a short distance to the west, where they are not
so close, the dip is much less.
(c)Also where the Permo-Carboniferous shales are nearest the
Webber's Creek Series, there is a slight amount of metamorphism
of the shales, which might easily have been the result of faulting.
(d)No tuffaceous sandstones, similar to the Webber's Creek
Series, are found associated with the Carboniferous rocks, south
of the line of junction of that series with the other series.
The Webber's Creek Series seems to be of the same age as
similar rocks near Clarencetown, which Jaquet* has determined as
Upper Carboniferous. The throw of the Webber's Creek fault is
about equal to the amount of strata between these rocks and the
top of the Carboniferous strata, but, as the exact position of these
rocks in the Upper Carboniferous has not been determined, it is not
possible, at present, to say what is the amount of the throw of this
fault.
* Op. cit., p. 62,
BY A. B. WALKOM. 159
Summary. — Representatives of two Systems — Carboniferous and
Permo-Carboniferous — occur in the district described. The Car-
boniferous rocks all belong to the Upper Carboniferous, some
being of the same age as the Clarencetown tuffaceous sandstones,
etc., and others of the same series as the rhyolites, etc., at Mount
Bright, near Pokolbin. The boundary between the two Carboni-
ferous series is formed by an extensive E.-W. fault (the Webber's
Creek fault), throwing to the south.
The Permo-Carboniferous rocks occur in two separate areas.
Just north-east of Mount Tangorin, there is a small, triangular-
shaped basin made up of representatives of the Lower Marine
Series, Greta Coal-Measures and Upper Marine Series. The most
important point, economically, here is the occurrence of the Greta
Coal-Measures. Previously it was thought that this was just the
southern end of an extensive occurrence of the Coal-Measures, but
the discovery that it is a small isolated basin, shows that there is
probably no Greta coal anywhere to the north-east of the district,
and on the north-west, the next occurrence is somewhere not far
south-east of Muswellbrook. The small extent of the Cranky Cor-
ner basin, and its inaccessible position, make it improbable that it
will ever be of any considerable economic value. The other area of
Permo-Carboniferous rocks is just west of Brook's Mountain.
Here the Upper Coal-Measures are developed, enclosed on three
sides by heavy faults. Upper Marine Series (Crinoidal Beds)
occur farther to the west, on the western side of the Greta fault.
My thanks are due to many of the residents of the district, who
were always willing to assist me as far as possible, and, in parti-
cular, to Mr Frank Drinan, of Glendon Brook, and Mr. J. Graham,
of Westbrook. I also wish to express my gratitude to Professor
David and Mr. AY. S. Dun for the interest they have taken in my
work, and for the help they have rendered me, in discussing and
criticising this work in preparation.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Geological Map of the Glendonbrook District.
160
NOTES ON SOME RECENTLY DISCOVERED OCCUR-
RENCES OF THE PSEUDOMORPH, GLENDONITE.
By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc., Linnkan Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Geology.
While examining the
Lower Marine Series
along the main northern
road, in the vicinity of
Harper's Hill (Allan-
dale), I observed a num-
ber of specimens of the
pseudomorph, Glendon-
ite, in two large boulders
by the roadside. These
were thought, at the
time, to have been car-
ried there from some
other locality, but in-
quiries, made of some of
the residents, showed
that they had come from
the road-cutting close
by. Further search was
then made, and speci-
mens were soon found
in situ. This discovery
was of considerable in-
terest, for, although glen-
donite had been record-
ed from a number of
localities previously, all
the occurrences were in
(Six text-figs.)
eulverf
Fig. 1. — Sketch showing locality where Glen-
donites were found in the Lower Marine
Series.
BY A. B. WALKOM. 161
the Upper Marine Series, and it had never been found in the
Lower Marine Series. A number of specimens were collected, and
examined to see whether they presented any differences from those
previously described. Mr. W. S. Dun kindly exhibited specimens
of these crystals for me, at the meeting of this Society held in
August, last year.
In a paper on "The Occurrence of the Pseudomorph Glendonite
in New South Wales," by Professor David, Dr. Woolnough, and
Messrs. Taylor and Foxall,* a complete review of previous litera-
ture was given; and for a bibliography, the reader is referred to
that paper. They described the occurrence of glendonite at four
localities, representing four separate horizons in the Upper Marine
Series, as follows! : —
(a)Glendon, 5 miles E.S.E. from Singleton. Horizon approxi-
mately 200 feet above the Muree Beds. The glendonites here occur
singly or in groups, and are from 3 to 12 inches in length.
(b) Left bank of Hunter River, at Railway Bridge, Singleton.
Horizon about 1,000 feet above the Muree Beds. One glendonite
recorded from here, is composed entirely of ferruginous gypsum.
(c) Mount Vincent, 14 miles south of East Maitland. Horizon
700 feet above the Muree Beds. The glendonites here frequently
take the form of hollow casts in the centre of an oval or elliptical
concretion. They occur singly or in aggregates.
(d)Huskisson, Jervis Bay. Horizon about 200 feet below the
Nowra Grit, which is the equivalent of the Muree Beds.
The size varies from an inch to over fourteen inches in length.
In 1908, Mr. J. E. Carne| discovered glendonites on another
horizon, in the Upper Marine Series, namely, about 350 feet above
the top seam of the Greta Coal-Measures at Muswellbrook. These
glendonites are of the large type, measuring up to 9 inches and
* Records Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, 1905, viii., pp. 161-179.
f The following details of these four horizons are taken from the paper
mentioned above, pp. 166-169.
X Ann. Report Dept. of Mines N. S. Wales, 1908, p. 166. (The plan and
sections accompanying this report, were printed in the Annual Report for
1910, facing p.176).
12
162 GLENDONITE FROM THE LOWER MARINE SERIES,
more in length, and 2 to 3 inches in diameter. Both simple and
compound types occur, the latter being apparently haphazard
intergrowths of two or more individuals.
In 1910, Dr. W. G. Woolnough* discovered a zone of glendonite
pseudomorphs in an argillaceous limestone, on the road from
Singleton to Dyrring, near the southern branch of Wattle Ponds
Creek. This horizon is about 1,480 feet below the base of the
Muree Beds. The crystals there are of the small, composite type.
During 1912, Professor Woolnoughf found glendonites associ-
ated with Chcenomya in the topmost part of the Upper Marine
Series at Wollongong. These were in the form of hollow moulds in
the centre of concretions, similar to those which are found at M t.
Vincent. The base in which these concretions occur, is a tuffaceous
sandstone.
In his report on "The Tasmanite Shale-Fields of the Mersey Dis-
trict," Mr. W. H. Twelvetreest has recorded the occurrence of
glendonite in the mudstones above the Tasmanite Shale-deposit.
The Shale is considered, by him, to be on the same horizon as the
Greta Coal-Measures in New South Wales, so that the horizion of
the glendonite-occurrence in Tasmania, corresponds to the lower
part of the Upper Marine Series in New South Wales. In the only
specimen that I have seen from the Tasmanian locality, the glen-
donites are of the smaller type, and are bunched together in com-
plex aggregates.
The occurrence which forms the main subject of this note, is on
the main northern road, nearly half a mile beyond the junction of
that road with the road from Allandale Railway Station. (See
sketch, Fig.l, p. 160). '"1
The horizon of these beds is 2,800 feet above the base of the
Lower Marine Series, and is nearly 2,600 feet below the lowest re-
corded horizon. It is about 150 feet below the well-known Harper's
Hill, green, tuffaceous sandstone.
* Journ. Proc. Royal Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, xliv., pp.557-559.
t Professor Woolnough very kindly gave me this information of his dis-
covery at Wollongong.
^Dept. of Mines, Tas., Geol. Survey Bulletin, No. 11, 1912, p. 54.
T
8ooi>-
~]eoo
in
UJ
UJ
UJ
a.
ID
.L
"T
i
on
UJ
UJ
<:
o
TfffTTTf" f~T~t
^4444444444 4
J, i 4 4.4-_>kJ'_4_a_J^ Jl_
j, 4_4j,j a 4. ^ ±.^4
_± ±_A>_± ±itt t*_
t Wollon<piq~~Gkn3oniTe Horizon
I
CRINOIDAL BEOS
I
I
' Sinqleton RaiUayBridge Horupn
3 loooft above Miree Beds
MtVincent Horizon.
700ft above Muree Beds
, Glendon Horizon Q .
X 2ooft above Muree beds
MUREE BEDS
f
Huskisson Horizon
I loo-zooft below Nowra Grit
I
I
I
BRANXTOM BEDS
I Wattle Ponds Ck Horizon
I
I
I
14-80 ft below N\uree Beds
HAWK'S HILL SAHDS10NE
_± A A i.O_4A4..i.i_
' Muswellbrook Horizon ( also abouT
I Tasmanian Horizon.)
, 35ofT above GreTa Series
SB ETA CO/\rMEASU"rTES
T
I
FARLEY BEDS
I
^_RAV£NSftEL£_JiANiSIO(vl^_ —
I
LOCHfNVAR 6EDS
1 Harpers Hill Horizon
1 abT. 5300 ft b?low WureeBeds.
I
Fig. 2. — Vertical Section of part of the Permo-Carboniferous System,
showing glendonite-horizons.
164
ULENDONITE FROM THE LOWER MARINE SERIES
The glendonites here are imbedded in a light-coloured, micace-
ous mudstone, which is rather calcareous, and contains numerous
marine fossils, e.g.,
Mceonia, 3 spp.
Pleurophorus sp.
Pachydomus sp.
Mourlonia rotu7idata(1).
Keeneia(]uv .) .
Conularia laevigata Morris.
Plant-st em.
Spirifer vespertilio G. Sby.
S. tasmaniensis Morris.
Martiniopsis subradiata Sby.
Chwnomya sp.
Edmondiai}.) nobilissima de Kon.
Deltopecten subquinquelineatus McCoy; two vars.
Fig. 2 (p. 163) is a vertical section of part of the Permo-Car-
boniferous system, showing the position of the various glendonite-
horizons.
Chemical. — The substance of these pseudomorphs was found to
be almost entirely soluble in hydrochloric acid; and qualitative
analysis showed that they consist almost wholly of calcium car-
bonate, and also that there is an absence of both sulphates, and
barium. The composition, then, is no doubt very similar to those
analyses by Mr. B. V. Barton, B.E., quoted in the paper mentioned
above,* and a quantitative analysis was not considered necessary
in this case.
Crystallographic. —The crystals are all of *
similar type to those described from Singleton
and Glendon, but are somewhat smaller,
averaging from 2 to 2*5 inches in length and
0*75 inch in diameter. They a re mostly
simple crystals, but a number are of the com-
posite type. Of those which are not simple,
the majority are like that figured(Fig.4), i.e.,
an intergrowth of two individuals, while a
few are much more complex, there being as
many as eight individuals bunched together.
The frequent occurrence of the first of these
, . , ,, - ' . ,. Fig.4— Photo of simply
two types, namely, mtergrowths of two inch- °, . , . , • .
twinned glendonite
viduals, suggested the possibility of twin-
ning. That they are not twinned, however,
crystal (about nat.
size).
• Kec. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, viii., pp. 170-172.
BY A. B. WALKOM.
165
seems to be shown by the fact, that an examination of three dif-
ferent specimens of this type, showed the relative orientation of
the two individuals to be different in each case.
The crystals all show distinct curving of some of the faces ; the
prism-faces are generally plane, and give straight edges, but the
pyramid- and dome-faces are decidedly curved. In measuring the
curved faces, the method used by Anderson and Jevons^* in
measuring opal-pseudomorphs from White Cliffs, N.S.W., was fol-
lowed, namely, "making the goniometer-arms tangent to the part
of the faces close to the edges."
Glauberite has been suggested as the probable original mineral
for these pseudomorphs, and all the measurements of these crystals,
from the Lower Marine Series, tend to confirm that suggestion.
The habit is monoclinic, and measurement shows that there are
three forms present, the angles between homologous faces of which
are, 94°, 63-3°, and 67°. These three forms correspond fairly well
with with m (110) , s ( 111 ) , and / ( 023 ) of glauberite. Two of these
forms were described on the crystals from Huskisson, f but on these
crystals, the clino-dome present was #(021), while on the crystals
now being discussed, the clino-dome is /(023). The following table
shows the measurement of interfacial angles, compared with those
of glauberite: —
Normal
Angles.
No. of
readings.
Limits.
Mean.
Average.
Angles for
Glauberite
(liO)A(HO)
9
91°-97°
95°]
(IiO)A(iiO)
8
90°-94Jo
92-3°)
94°
96° 58'
(lii)A(iii)
8
59i°-67°
63-6°)
(lii)A(iii)
9
60i°-66i°
63-1°/
63-3°
63° 42'
(023)A(023)
9
63°-68|°
66-3°]
67°
64° 46J°
(023)A(023)
9
64°-70a
67-7°)
* Rec. Austr. Museum, vi., 1905, p.33.
t Op. cit., p 175.
166
GLENDONITE FROM THE LOWER MARINE SERIKS,
The measurement of the angles between s and /, and s and m was
too unsatisfactory, on account of rough and curved surfaces. Fig. 3
is an ideal stereographic projection of one end of a crystal with
the three forms developed.
Fig. 3. — Stereographic projection of one end of a
glendonite-crystal.
A number of the crystals show a series of parallel striations,
representing the trace of a cleavage ( Figs. 5-6). In some cases,
these striations persist along the whole length of the crystal, over
forms which are not in one zone, and so cannot represent oscilla-
tory combinations. The angle between the plane of these striations
and the edge (110) (llO), was easily calculated, and proved to be
approximately 66°. If the original mineral were glauberite, the
cleavage is perfect, parallel to (001), so that the angle just mea-
sured, would represent /?. In glauberite, f3 is 67° 49' 7", so that
the angle obtained for these glendonites, is quite as close as could
be expected from contact goniometer-measurements.
BY A. B. WALKOM.
167
Petrology. — Only one crystal was sectioned for the microscope.
It consisted almost completely of granular calcite. A small pro-
portion of the calcite-grains are clear and colourless, but most of
them are of a cloudy-brown colour. A few small fragments of
quartz were observed.
Summary and Conclusions. — All the observations made on these
glendonites from the Lower Marine Series, confirm the conclusion
Fig.5. — Freehand drawing Fig.6.— Same as Fig. 5 (side
of glendonite crystal, view : about nat. size),
showing direction of
striations (front view :
about nat. size).
arrived at by Professor David, Dr. Woolnough, and Messrs. Taylor
and Foxall, that the original mineral, of which they are replace-
ments, was glauberite.* Nothing has been observed which conflicts
with their conclusions, excepting numbers (v.) and (vi.).f
With regard to (v.), which is as follows, "The presence of
numerous erratics indicates that these waters were occasionally
chilled by floating ice," it may be stated, that three, of the four
newly-discovered occurrences of glendonite, are on horizons which
*Op. cit., p. 179.
fOp. cit., p. 178.
168 GLENDONITE FROM THE LOWER MARINE SERIES.
are not considered to have been formed under glacial conditions. The
newly-discovered occurrences also do not agree with the statement
in conclusion No. (vi.) that "The horizons of the glendonites are
not far below, in some cases close to, the top of the highest beds of
a Marine Series, etc."
Glendonite has now been recorded from seven horizons in New
South Wales, and one in Tasmania. These horizons are scattered
at intervals, through a thickness of strata amounting to about 7,000
feet. This shows that the conditions, which governed the crystal-
lisation of glauberite (for it is almost certain that this was the
original mineral), must have been of fairly frequent occurrence in
the Permo-Carboniferous seas; and it also shows that the occur-
rence of the pseudomorphs is of no value as an indicator of any
particular stratigraphical horizon.
Glacial conditions were of frequent occurrence during Permo-
Carboniferous time, and Professor Woolnough has suggested, in
conversation about these pseudomorphs, that these conditions may
have played an important part in the production of conditions
suitable for the formation of glauberite; and that if this could be
established, then the occurrence of glendonite, pseudomorphic after
glauberite, might be taken as an indication of glacial conditions.
This suggestion, taken with the fact that the glendonites always
occur in a calcareous mudstone, opens up an interesting field of
research in the artificial preparation of glauberite, (which, as far
as could be ascertained, has not yet been prepared artificially in the
wet way), by attempting to grow the crystals in calcareous mud,
under temperature-conditions approximating to those which would
be prevalent in waters subject to chilling by glaciers.
I wish to express my thanks to Dr. C. Anderson, of the Aus-
tralian Museum, for the advice he most willingly gave me in con-
nection with the crystallographic part of this note; and to Pro-
fessor Woolnough for kindly volunteering part of the information
contained in the paper, and for suggestions made in discussing the
subject with me.
169
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
May 28th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
Mr. Dene Fry, Sydney; and Mr. Leslie J. W. Newman, Perth,
W.A., were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (30th April, 1913), amounting to 33 Vols., 100
Parts or Nos., 34 Bulletins, 3 Reports, and 18 Pamphlets, received
from 72 Societies and one Individual, were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
M r. D. G. Stead exhibited the tail-barb or spine of a Stingray
(Dasyatis), which had been taken from the back of an example
of the same kind, int<J which it was buried to the depth of 55 mm.
The protruding butt-end (about GO mm.), was encased in a growth
of sessile barnacles, which, by their size, showed that the barb
had been buried in the Ray for some time. The wound caused
by the entry of the weapon had apparently healed.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited and contributed notes on: — (1)
Andropogon intermedins R.Br., from Warren, New South Wales,
a locality two hundred miles further west than the exhibitor
had hitherto known it to be found. — ( 2) Panicum melananthum
F.v.M., from near Lake Bathurst, New South Wales, not hitherto
collected in that locality by exhibitor. It is the only known
Australian species of Panicum with black spikelets, and on that
account is a most interesting grass. Both the above species are
figured and described in Turner's "Australian Grasses," Vol. i.,
pp.5 and 40. — (3) An abnormal growth of Atriplex cainpanulata
Benth., from Mildura, Victoria. Both the leaves and the fruit,
ing perianths showed remarkable variation from the normal type.
It was the first time Mr. Turner had seen this species in the
condition exhibited.
13
170 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Dr. H. G. Chapman showed some damaged specimens of
Spirula spirula Linn.,(syn. S. peronii Lam.), taken by his wife
at Narooma, New South Wales, in January last. After a heavy
gale, the beaches were strewn with fragments of these cephalo-
pods. There are several specimens in the Macleay Museum
collected by the late Mr. George Masters at Bondi Beach. These
were unknown to Pelseneer at the time of his monograph with
Huxley in the Challenger Report, 1895.
Dr. Chapman also communicated some results on the freezing
points of blood-sera as follows : sera of the ox, - 065°C, - 0'f>S°C
- 0-645°C and - 0-655°C; sera of the sheep, - 0-60°C and - 0-61°C;
serum of the dog, - 0595°C; and human serum, - 066°C.
Mr. Maiden exhibited buds, flowers, and fruits of one of the
rarest and most showy of Eucalypts, E. erythrocorys, from Don-
garra, Western Australia.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited specimens of two introduced
plants, unrecorded for New South Walgs, from the National
Herbarium Collection — Papaver dubium Linn., collected at Nar-
rabri(J.H. Maiden; November, 1899); and Ranunculus scleratus
Linn., a species poisonous to cattle, flourishing in a ditch at
Waterloo(A. A. Hamilton; December, 1912). A specimen of
Boerhaavia diffusa Linn., from Penrith, was also shown(A. A.
Hamilton; December, 1912); this is a western species which has
now become well established in the district.
Mr. E. Cheel showed a fine series of specimens of a fungus, in
various stages of development, collected at Hill Top, in March
last, which produces sclerotia, very closely resembling those of
Polyporus mylittce Cke. & Mass. One sclerotium had a well
developed mass of whitish mycelium, together with the sporo-
phore or pileus in situ. The sclerotia are smaller than those of
P. mylittcR, and the pileus is about 2 in., in diameter, brownish-
coloured on the upper side, and the spores are white. The speci-
mens somewhat resemble P. sacer, a South African species, and
P. rhinocertis, a native of Malay and Ceylon; and should be care-
fully compared with these two species. A compacted mass of
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 171
earth and mycelium, together with an undeveloped sporophore,
was also exhibited; this was collected at Penshurst, in February,
1911. It is probably P. tumulosus Cke.[see Grevillea, xvii., 1889,
p. 55]. Specimens of a " Stone-making Fungus," probably Lacco-
cephalum basil apiloides McAlp. and Tepp., were exhibited, col-
lected at Rappville, in December, 1910, by Mr. A. Spedding;
and at Mona Vale, Manly, by Mr. T. G. Wilson. A few interest,
ing Rusts and Smuts were also shown, including : (1) Uromyces
trifolii(A\h. & Schw.) Wint., Clover-Rust, on leaves of Trifolium
pratense-perenne; collected at Hilltop, in December, 1912. This
species has been recorded from this State and Victoria, on
Trifolium repens L., and T. glomeratum L., but not on T. pra-
tense so far as is ascertainable, except for Europe. (2) Phrag-
midium Barnardi Plowr. & Wint., on leaves of Rubus parvifolius
L., from Nattai River, via Hill Top, N.S.W.; and Tynong, Vic-
toria. This Rust has not previously been recorded for this State;*
and Tynong, Victoria, is a locality additional to those mentioned
in McAlpine's "Rusts of Australia," (p. 1 86). (3) P '. longissimum
Thuem., on leaves of Rubus moluccanus L.; Hill Top. Previously
recorded only for Queensland. (4) P. subcorticium (Schrank)
Wint., on leaves of Garden 'Rose(Rosa centifolia); Randwick (R.
Nichol; December, 1912). (5)Tilletia striceformis(W estd.) Oud.,
on leaves and leaf-sheaths of Agrostis vulgaris With. ; Botanic
Gardens, Sydney; an additional host, and new for this State.
Mr. North sent, for exhibition, skins of four birds, Vini kuhli,
Acrocephalus pistor, Procel sterna cmrulca, and Gygis Candida,
which, together with Anous stolidus, Micranous leucocapillus,
Numenius tahitiensis, and Sula piscatrix, had been collected by
the late Dr. Phillip Henry Metcalfe on Fanning Island in the
North Pacific, while doing relief-duty for the resident medical
officer of the Pacific Cables Station. Dr. Metcalfe's long resi-
dence on Norfolk Island afforded him exceptional opportunities
for carrying out ornithological work, in which he was keenly
* Except for a record, without locality, in the Report of the Govern-
ment Bureau of Microbiology, 1909, p.57.
172 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
interested; and his kindness and courtesy in supplying collec-
tions, and affording information, have been of great service to
ornithologists.
Discussion. — Mr. Tillyard gave a short explanation of his pro-
posed method for the "Study of Zoo-geographical Distribution by
means of Specific Contours." In this method, instead of attempt-
ing to subdivide the recognised zoogeographical regions into dis-
tinctly marked off sub-regions and lower divisions, it is proposed
to study the various groups of plants or animals occurring over
the whole region, by constructing "specific contours" by the follow-
ing rules. (l)The group selected must be a natural group, i.e.,
a genus, tribe, or family which forms a homogeneous whole, and
not merely a group separated off for convenience of classification.
(2) The records available must be sufficiently numerous to give
the general form of the contour, but absolute accuracy is neither
attainable (without infinite labour) nor necessary. (3) Each
species of the selected group is reckoned as a unit. On the map
of the region under study, against each locality which has been
"worked," the number of units occurring there is to be put down.
Then contour lines, in the form of free curves, are to be drawn so
that all localities having an equal number of units shall be between
any two successive contour-lines. Clearly, the higher the number,
the smaller the area enclosed by the contour, and vice versd. The
first contour line is the outer boundary of distribution for the
group. The nth. or highest contour encloses an area termed the
"Zoo-centre" or, if elongated in form, the "Zoo-centric Axis." By
examination and classification of the different forms of contour
obtainable over any given region Z, it will be evident that there
are three main divisions : —
A. Entogenic Contours with the Zoocentres lying within Z and
their lower contours spreading out around it. Groups of this kind
furnish the characteristic fauna or flora of the region.
B. Ectogenic Contours with their Zoocentres lying quite outside
or near the boundary of Z., and having lower contours spreading
more or less into Z. Groups of this kind are outgrowths from the
NOTES AND EPHIBITS. 173
entogenie groups of other regions, and may profoundly modify the
character of the fauna or flora of special parts of Z.
C. Archipelagic or Archaic Contours consisting of one or more
generally small and isolated "island" contours of no definite distri-
bution. These are the contours of archaic groups, and represent
the mountain-tops, as it were, of a once much larger and more con-
tinuous area of distribution.
Mr. Tillyard exhibited maps showing the occurrence of different
types of A, B, and C in the Australian Region, constructed for
various groups of Odonata. He suggested that the separate types
should receive suitable names.
Discussion postponed to next Meeting.
174
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA.
By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S.
This paper is intended to be a supplement to Mr. Meyrick's
paper on the Australian Plutellidce in these Proceedings (1907,
p. 47). It describes new species, and gives further localities.
Mr. Meyrick has since divided this group into several families,
which I prefer to regard as subfamilies. But the Adelines have
no near relationship to the other subfamilies, and are included
here for convenience, as they have been recently monographed by
Mr. Meyrick in the " Genera Insectorum."
Subfam. Gracilarian^.
In his monograph in the "Genera Insectorum," Mr. Meyrick
has substituted older names for two of his genera, and has added
a few new species. These will be referred to below.
Gen. Epicephala.
This is an Australian genus of some extent, also represented
in India and South Africa. I have already nine species. They
are mostly closely allied, and difficult to discriminate. The larval
habits are interesting. Dr. T. Bancroft first called my attention
to those of the species E. frugicola. To open a green fruit-
capsule, and to find inside a perfect moth fully fledged, was a
novel and startling experience. The blackish markings on the
hindwings of the male only, in two species, are an unusual char-
acter, and very helpful to the recognition of the species.
Epicephala albistriatella.
Gracilaria albistriatella Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia,
1894, p.129.
Correctly referred to this genus; the frontal tuft is easily
abraded.
Q.: Brisbane, in March and April; Caloundra, in August;
Nambour, in April; Stanthorpe, in February.
BY A. J. TURNER. 175
Epicephala COLYMBETELLA.
Brisbane, also in June.
Epicephala trigonophora.
Q.: Brisbane, in April; Bunya Mountains, in December.
Epicephala acrobaphes.
The blackish suffusion of the apical half of the hindwings is
present only in the male, of which I have now two examples.
Q.: Stradbroke Island, also in April.
Epicephala australis.
Q.: Brisbane, from May to November.
Epicephala eugonia, n.sp. [evywvios, well-angled.]
9.6 mm. Head and palpi snow-white. Antennae grey. Thorax
and abdomen grey. Legs white. Forewings grey; markings
snow-white; a rather broad streak along whole of dorsum; a
slender streak from ^ costa obliquely outwards, joining dorsal
streak at J; a second streak from costa at f , very obliquely out-
wards; a third short streak from ^ costa; two streaks from
dorsum just before tornus, very oblique, nearly touching second
dorsal streak in disc; an outwardly curved silvery streak from
costa before apex to midtermen; a dark fuscous dot in disc just
beyond this; cilia white, apices grey, on dorsum wholly grey.
Hindwings and cilia grey.
Near E. trigonophora, but more neatly marked, the costal
streaks narrower, and the first of them joining dorsal streak.
There seems to be no fuscous line around apex and termen, but
as to the colour of the thorax, I cannot be certain, as it has been
discoloured by grease, though the type is otherwise in good con-
dition. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane, in December; one specimen.
Epicephala frugicola, n.sp. [Frugicolus, inhabiting fruit].
(J 9. 8-9 mm. Head white. Palpi white; external surface of
labial palpi grey, except at base and apex. Antennae ochreous-
grey. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-grey; the former with a
176 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLKPIDOPTERA,
white spot in centre; tuft whitish. Legs grey, with whitish
annulations. Forewings ochreous-grey, with white streaks; a
rather ill-defined dorsal streak, incised near base, broad towards
base, towards tornus narrow or interrupted; three short oblique
costal streaks from J, ^, and f ; three oblique dorsal streaks, first
from inid-dorsiim, sometimes meeting first costal streak, second
obscurely double from f, third from near tornus; a silvery trans-
verse streak from costa slightly beyond third streak to tornus; a
short blackish longitudinal line in apical part of disc; a white
spot on tornus; a dark fuscous line around apical portion of costa
and termen; cilia white, apices fuscous opposite apex, on dorsum
grey. Hind wings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane, in December and February, bred abundantly
from the seed-capsules of Phyllanthus Ferdinandi. The larvae
feed on the seeds, and the imagines are found in the ripe capsules,
many days before they are liberated by the dehiscence of the
fruit. They are victimised by two species of hymenoptera, one
reddish and the other blackish, and these do not wait for dehis-
cence, but escape by boring their way through the capsules.
EPICKPHALA LOMATOGRAPHA, n.sp. [Aa)//,aToy/ou.</>os, marginally
inscribed].
(j£. 9-10 mm. Head and palpi white; external surface of
labial palpi grey. Antennae grey. Thorax grey, with a large
central white spot. Abdomen grey. Legs white annulated with
grey. Forewings ochreous-grey, with white markings; a streak
along dorsum, broad at base, becoming very narrow towards
tornus, its upper edge irregularly excavated; costal streaks very
short, dot-like, at J, J, and §; a double oblique streak from costa
at £ to termen; followed by a suffused fuscous spot; a white spot
on tornus; a dark fuscous line around apical portion of costa and
termen; cilia white, apices fuscous, on dorsum grey. Hindwings
grey; in <J with narrow dark fuscous streaks on costa to middle
and on dorsum to J.
Distinguished by the very short costal streaks, the absence of
the first dorsal streak, and especially by the dark fuscous streaks
on hindwing of <J. Type in Coll. Turner.
BY A. J. TURNER.
177
N.Q.: Mourilyan Harbour, near Innisfail, in June.8 — Q.: Strad-
broke Island, commonly taken in November and April.
EPICEPHALA XEPHELODKS, n.Sp. [rec/>€Ato6>/s, cloudy].
o^. 9-10mm. Head whitish-ochreous; face and palpi white:
outer surface of labial palpi whitish-grey. Thorax and abdomen
grey. Legs white, with blackish annulations. Forewings grey
without ochreous tinge ; markings white, rather indistinct ; an
irregularly outlined streak along dorsum ; short oblique costal
streaks at J, |, and §; a double outwardly oblique streak from
tornus; a transverse silvery line from £ costa to tornus; followed
by a round blackish dot; a white spot on tornus; a dark fuscous
line around apical part of costa and termen; cilia white, apices
fuscous opposite apex, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia
grey.
Distinguished by the ochreous-tinged crown, the absence of
ochreous tinge in forewings, the blackish annulations on the legs,
and the absence of dark markings on hindwings of (J. Type in
Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June and September; three
specimens.
Gen. Acrocercops.
Acrocercops Wallengren, Ent. Tidskr., ii., p. 95(1881).
Conopomorpha Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst,, 1885, p. 183. ^;:
A large genus universally distributed.
Acrocercops mendosa.
Meyr., Gen. Insect., Gracilariadee, p. 16.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns; in October(Dodd ).
Acrocercops hierocosma.
Meyr., Gen. Insect., Gracilariada?, p. 18.
N.A.: Port Darwin (Dodd).
Acrocercops ordinatella.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns. — Q.: Gympie, in April; Nambour,
in November ; Mt. Tambourine, in November and February ;
Burpengary, near Brisbane, in May. A number bred from larvae
mining the leaves of Litsea dealbata.
178 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICR0LEPID0PTERA,
«
ACROCERCOPS IRRORATA.
Q.: Brisbane, in December, January, March, and May.
ACROCERCOPS TRICUNEATELLA.
Q.: Brisbane, from December to February.
ACROCERCOPS AUTADELPHA.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in February; from larvae on Banksia.
ACROCERCOPS ZAPLACA.
Q.: Caloundra, in August.
ACROCERCOPS HOPLOCALA.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in October and November.
ACROCERCOPS CALICELLA.
Q.: Brisbane, from June to September.
ACROCERCOPS EUCHLAMYDA.
Q.: Brisbane, in August, September, and March.
ACROCERCOPS OBSCURELLA.
O.: Brisbane, in September and April; Toowoomba, in Sep-
tember.
ACROCERCOPS EUPETALA.
Q.: Nambour, in October and March; Brisbane, in August
and November.
ACROCERCOPS EUMETALLA.
Q.: Toowoomba, in September; Warwick, in October.
ACROCERCOPS HELIOPLA.
Q.: Brisbane, in August.
ACROCERCOPS ALYSIDOTA.
Q. Brisbane, in August.
ACROCERCOPS TRISTANIyE.
Q.: Brisbane, also in April.
ACROCERCOPS PARALLELA.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October.— Q.: Nambour, in
December; Brisbane, from July to November; Caloundra, in
August.
BY A. J. TURNER. 179
ACROCERCOPS NEREIS.
Q.: Brisbane, in August and September; Toowoomba, in Sep-
tember.
ACROCERCOPS LACINIELLA.
Q.: Brisbane, in August and September; Mt. Tambourine, in
October.
ACROCERCOPS OPHIODES.
Q. : Brisbane, in August and September; Warwick, in October.
ACROCERCOPS PYKIGENES.
Q.: Brisbane, in November, March, and April; Nambour, in
November, December, and March.
ACROCERCOPS PLEBEIA.
Q.: Brisbane, in November, January, and April; Warwick, in
October.
ACROCERCOPS UNILINEATA.
Q.: Brisbane; Coolangatta, in May.
ACROCERCOPS SYMPHYLETES, n.Sp.fcri'/x^^AcTJ/S, of the same tribe].
£ 7-8 mm. Head snow-white. Palpi white; apex of second
joint dark fuscous. Antennae grey; basal joint white. Thorax
white, anterior edge grey. Abdomen pale grey. Legs dark
fuscous, with white annulations. Forewings grey, with three
white transverse fascise, edged with a few dark fuscous scales,
first at J, broad, gradually increasing in breadth from costa to
dorsum; second at middle, similar to first; third at |, similar but
rather less broad; a minute white dot on costa before apex, a
second on mid-termen, and a third, rather larger, on extreme
apex; cilia grey, on apex white. Hind wings and cilia grey.
Extremely like A. autadelpha, but with the thorax grey
anteriorly, and base of forewings not white. Type in Coll.
Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns; two specimens received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
180 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLKPIDOPTERA,
ACROCEKCOPS LEUCOTOMA, 11. Sp. [AevKOTO/xos, divided by white].
(j). 6 mm. Head grey; face and palpi white. Antenna; grey.
Thorax grey, with a transverse median white line. Abdomen
fuscous; beneath white, barred with fuscous. Legs fuscous, with
white annulations. Forewings dark grey, with white markings
edged with darker scales; a transverse fascia at ^, broadening
towards dorsum; a second fascia just beyond middle, also broad-
ening towards dorsum; a minute dot on costa at }• a larger spot
on costa midway between this and apex; and another, also larger,
on costa just before apex; cilia grey, on subapical spot white.
Hind wings and cilia grey.
Belonging to the autadelpha-group, distinguished by having
two fascia?, and three spots, but no spot on dorsum. Type in
Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane, in March; one specimen
ACROCERCOPS APOBLEPTA, n.Sp.[a.7ro/3X.€7rros, admired].
(j>. 7 mm. Head and palpi white. Antenna? grey, towards
base white. Thorax pale ochreous-brown, with a posterior white
dot. Abdomen grey. Legs white, annulated with fuscous.
Forewings pale ochreous-brown ; five white transverse fasciie
partially edged with fuscous scales; first narrow, basal; the others
broad, nearly equal on costa and dorsum, with straight edges;
second at ^, third at middle, fourth before J, and fifth apical;
fourth fascia traversed by four longitudinal dark fuscous streaks;
a white costal dot between second and third fascia?; cilia white,
apices dark fuscous, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Of the autadelpha-gromp, immediately distinguished by the
curiously striated fourth fascia. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns; two specimens, received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.
ACUOCERCOPS TETRACHORDA, 11. Sp. [rtrpaxopSos, four-stringed].
g. 6 mm. Head white. Palpi white; outer surface of second
joint fuscous. Antenna? grey; basal joint white. Thorax and
abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, annulated with white. Fore-
wings grey; four broad white parallel-sided fascia?, partly edged
BY A. J. TURNER. 181
with dark fuscous scales; first basal, second at ^, third at 4, fourth
apical ; a fuscous dot on extreme apex ; cilia white, apices fuscous,
on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns; one specimen received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
ACROCERCOPS MACARIA, n.Sp. [/XttKa/06OS happy].
(J. 6 mm. Head and palpi snow-white. Antennae dark grey;
basal joint white. Thorax white. Abdomen grey. Legs white, with
dark fuscous annulations. Forewings rather dark ochreous-brown ;
four transverse snow-white fasciae neatly edged with blackish;
first at I, rather broader on dorsum; second at i, equally broad on
both margins; third at A, narrow on costa, expanding towards dor-
sum; fourth apical; extreme apex dark fuscous; cilia white, on
dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Bribie Island, near Caloundra, in September; five specimens,
bred from larvae mining blotches in the leaves of Halfordia driipi-
fera.
ACROCERCOPS HEDYMOPA, n.sp. [Y/oiy/,«7ros, sweet, pleasant].
(££. b' mm. Head and palpi white, labial palpi with slender
fuscous annulations. Antennae whitish-grey. Thorax white. Abdo-
men ochreous-whitish. Legs white, with blackish annulations. Fore-
wings white, sparsely irrorated with fuscous scales; a blackish dot
on base of costa; five transverse ochreous fasciae; first slender,
basal; second broad, sharply defined, and narrowly edged with
fuscous scales, sub-basal; third and fourth similar at J and §;
fifth midway between fourth and apex, slender, ill-defined; a suf-
fused ochreous apical spot ; cilia white, with a basal blackish dot on
apex, apices fuscous, on dorsum whitish-grey. Hindwings grey;
cilia whitish-grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, and Atherton, in June; seven speci-
mens.
ACROCKRCOPS OCHROPTILA, n.sp. [toXp077TtX.os, with pale wings].
g. 10 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennae grey, basal joint
white. Thorax pale ochreous-grey. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish;
182 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
tarsi with fuscous amiulations. Forewings pale ochreous-grey ;
markings whitish, ill-defined; an indistinct spot on mid-dorsum; a
transverse fascia at §; a second midway between this and apex, and
a third just before apex; cilia pale ochreous-grey. Hindwings and
cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Townsville, in February; one specimen, received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.
ACROCERCOPS STEREOMITA, n.sp. [cTT€/3€o/xtTos, with straight threads].
(J). 7-8 mm. Head and palpi snow-white; labial palpi annulated
with fuscous at apex of second and middle of terminal joints.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax white, lateral and posterior margins
dark -grey. Abdomen dark grey. Legs fuscous, with longitudinal
white streaks. Forewings dark grey; markings white, edged with
blackish; a slender streak on costa from base to f ; a broader streak
containing a few blackish scales on dorsum from base through
tornus to mid-termen ; a narrow outwardly oblique streak from
costa near apex to termen ; cilia white, with a blackish bar before
middle, apices fuscous, on dorsum pale grey Hindwings and cilia
pale grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane, in October; two specimens.
ACROCERCOPS POLIOGEPHALA, n.sp. [7roAiOK€</)aAos, grey-headed].
(j) 7 mm. Head grey; face and palpi white; labial palpi grey
on external surface. Antennae dark fuscous. Thorax fuscous
Abdomen dark grey. Legs fuscous, with inconspicuous whitish
annulations. Forewings dark bronzy fuscous; an ochreous-whitish
line along dorsum from base to middle, expanding into a large
blotch at its extremity; a quadrangular dark-centred ochreous-
whitish spot on dorsum at f ; three or four dots of same colour
on dorsum beyond this; a fine whitish subapical streak from costa
to termen; cilia whitish, interrupted by fuscous near tornus, and
with a strong median dark fuscous bar opposite apex, on dorsum
grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Brisbane, in March ; one specimen,
BY A. J. TURNER. 183
ACROCERCOPS EPIMICTA, n.sp. [e7Tt/AiKT09, mixed, confused].
^ 9. 7-9 mm. Head white. Palpi white ; labial palpi with three
fuscous annulations, on base and apex of second joint, and just
before apex of terminal joint. Antennae white, stimulated with
pale fuscous. Thorax pale fuscous, with posterior and lateral
white spots. Abdomen pale fuscous or grey, towards base whitish.
Legs fuscous, with white annulations. Forewings pale fuscous-
ochreous; markings white, somewhat confused; a dot on base of
eosta, a second on costa near base, and a third on dorsum near
base; an irregular spot on costa at J, confusedly prolonged pos-
teriorly; spots on dorsum at \, just before, and at middle, extended
posteriorly in disc; a streak from midcosta very obliquely out-
wards, and a similar streak from costa at §, a streak from dorsum
at J, very obliquely outwards, nearly touching extremity of second
costal streak; a dot on J costa, giving off a fine straight
streak to tornus; a dark fuscous subapical spot; cilia white, bases
and apices dark fuscous, on dorsum pale grey. Hindwings and
cilia pale grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in October. — Q. : Brisbane, in
January and March ; Toowoomba, in April. Five specimens.
ACROCERCOPS SYMPLOCA, n.sp. [en -prA ok 09, interwoven, complex].
g. 10 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi snow-white. Antennae grey-
whitish. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs white, sharply annulated
with fuscous. Forewings in <J with a tuft of long expansible hairs
from base of dorsum beneath; ochreous-grey ; markings white
edged with pale fuscous ; a short basal subcostal streak ; a blotch on
base of dorsum containing a circular grey spot; an outwardly
curved transverse fascia at \, succeeded by a fine short costal
streak ; a very irregular fascia from midcosta to mid-dorsum, much
expanded posteriorly on costa, and containing several grey dots; an
irregular broad-based short costal streak at § ; a wedge-shaped cos-
tal streak at |, and another before apex ; a short broad dorsal line
before tornus; a blotch just beyond tornus, reaching half across
disc; apical area fuscous; cilia grey-whitish, with a median fus-
cous line, on costa before apex white, on tornus and dorsum grey.
Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
184 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Q. : Coolangatta, in May ; several pupae, each under a slight web
on the upper sides of the leaves of a large trailing bean, at Point
Danger; two moths bred. The species attributed to Coolangatta,
belong equally to New South Wales and Queensland, the locality
being situated exactly on the artificial boundary line between
these States.
ACROCERCOPS SPODOPHYLLA, n.sp. [(T7To8ocf)vWos, with ashen leaves
(wings)].
(j£. 7-8 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen grey-
whitish. Legs whitish; tarsi faintly annulated with pale grey.
Forewings grey-whitish; a white subapical fascia gradually dilat-
ing from costa to tornus; cilia grey- whitish. Hindwings and cilia
pale grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; five specimens.
ACROCERCOPS MELANOMMATA, 11. Sp. [/i€Attl'0/x/xaT05, black-edged].
£Q. 7-8 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white. Antennae grey.
Abdomen grey-whitish, with a dark fuscous penultimate ring. Legs
white ; tarsi with fuscous annulations. Forewings whitish or grey-
whitish; a suffused grey fascia from f costa to before tornus; a
large blackish subapical spot extending from costa to tornus, and a
smaller apical spot; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwing pale grey; cilia
whitish.
Readily distinguished from the preceding, to which it is allied,
by the terminal blackish dots of forewings. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Cairns, Kuranda, and Atherton, in June and July; four
specimens.
Gen. Phrixosceles.
Phrixosceles, Meyr., Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, xviii., p.
814(1908) ; Gen. Insect., Gracilariadae, p. 13.
1 regard this as a derivative of Cyphosticha, to which it is closely
akin, differing only in the bristly hairs on the middle tibiae. Mey-
rick enumerates five species, of which four are Indian, and one
(unknown to me) Australian. I add four new species, all minute
and delicate insects.
BY A. J. TURNER. 185
Phrixoscelks LITHOGRAPHA.
Meyr., Gen. Insect., Graeilariadae, p. 13.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October (Dodd).
PHRIXOSCELES LECHRIOTOMA, n.Sp. [kexptOTOfXO^ obliquely divided].
£. 6 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennae white, towards apex
grey. Thorax white. Abdomen whitish. Legs white; middle and
posterior tibiae and proximal tarsal joints with long loose hairs on
upper surface. Forewings white; markings very pale ochreous
mixed with pale fuscous; an ill-defined suffusion along dorsum
nearly to middle, connected by some irroration with midcosta, an
inwardly oblique fascia from 4 costa to dorsum, sharply denned
anteriorly by a pale fuscous line; beyond this, disc is more suf-
fused; cilia white, on dorsum grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia
grey-whitish. Type in Coll. Turner.
X.Q.: Cardwell, in August; one specimen.
Phi;IXOSCELKS ZOPIIOPASTA, n.sp. [£o<£o7r<«rTO^ dusky-sprinkled]
g. 8 mm. Head white. Palpi white; apex of second joint dark
fuscous. Antennae white, with fuscous annulations. Thorax white,
mixed with fuscous. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs fuscous, with
white annulations; posterior pair mostly white; middle tibiae and
proximal tarsal joints much thickened with long hairs; posterior
tibiae and first two tarsal joints with rather long hairs on upper
surface. Forewings white, thinly irrorated with fuscous scales ; the
irroration is denser on dorsum, where it forms a series of ill-defined
spots and dots ; cilia on costa white, on dorsum pale grey. Hind-
wings and cilia pale grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Brisbane, in September; one specimen.
PHRIXOSCELES HOLOTELES, n.sp. [oAoreA?/?, perfect].
go. 6-8 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennae much longer
than forewings; fuscous, towards base whitish. Thorax whitish.
Abdomen grey, beneath whitish. Legs whitish, with fuscous annu-
lations; middle and posterior tibiae and proximal tarsal joints with
rather long loose hairs on upper surface. Forewings with basal
half white, with three inwardly oblique dark fuscous fasciae con-
U
186 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
taining more or less of pale ochreous, posterior half dark fuscous ; a
whitish spot over tornus; a white streak from J costa nearly to
tornus, broadening beneath; two fine white longitudinal streaks
beyond this; a white apical dot; cilia dark fuscous, on dorsum
grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Eumundi, near Nambour, in March; eight specimens, all
taken at one spot at one time.
PHRIXOSCELES NIPHADIAS, n.Sp. [v«/>as, a snowflake].
(J^. 6-8 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax snow-white. Antennae grey,
towards base white. [Abdomen broken]. Legs white, with fuscous
annulations; middle and posterior tibiae and proximal tarsal joints
with long loose hairs on upper surface. Forewings snow-white,
with some fuscous irroration; apical area pale ochreous-fuscous,
sharply denned anteriorly; bounded by an inwardly oblique line
from costa near apex to midtermen; cilia fuscous, on dorsum
grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Allied rather closely to the preceding. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Cairns, in October; three specimens.
Gen. Cyphosticha.
A small genus, so far as known. Meyrick enumerates one species
from Ceylon, and two from Australia, to which I am able to add
three more.
Cyphosticha albomarginata.
Q.: Brisbane, in March; one specimen, corresponding accurately
with Stainton's description, and certainly referable to this genus.
The middle tibiae and first two tarsal joints are thickened with
scales throughout.
Cyphosticha pandoxa, n.sp. [7ravSo£os, all-glorious].
<|). 10 mm. Head yellow; face and palpi white. Antennae grey.
Thorax brown-purple, with a large yellow central spot. Abdomen
grey; undersurface white. Legs whitish-ochreous ; tarsi with fus-
cous annulations; middle tibiae and first two tarsal joints much
BY A. J. TURNER. 187
thickened with fuscous scales. Forewings brown-purple; along
costa, mixed with ochreous; a very irregular, bright yellow, broad
dorsal streak, twice indented in basal \, interrupted at mid-dor-
sum, ending in a discal projection shortly before tornus; a white
subapical costal spot, with a dark fuscous discal spot beneath it;
cilia ochreous, with a dark fuscous postmedian line, on costal spot
white, towards tornus with basal portion white, on dorsum grey.
Hindwings and cilia grey.
Very similar to C. pyrochroma, differing in the forewings having
no opaline streak, the dorsal line being interrupted, and the pre-
sence of a white subapical costal spot, also in the dark fuscous
middle tibia?. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Stradbroke Island, in April ; one specimen.
CYPHOSTICHA PANCONITA, n.sp. [7rayKOi/tT09, all-dusty]
gQ. 9-10 mm. Head and palpi whitish. Antennae dark grey.
Thorax whitish, with some fine fuscous irroration. Abdomen grey.
Legs whitish, with fuscous annulations; middle tibiae much thick-
ened with dark fuscous scales; middle tarsi not thickened. Fore-
wings white, with ill-defined fasciae, ochreous densely irrorated
with dark fuscous; first fascia very broad, extending from base to
£; second moderate, median; third from | costa to tornus, con-
fusedly extended on dorsum and termen ; cilia ochreous-whitish,
more or less interrupted by fuscous at apex and above tornus, on
dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in September, October, and Novem-
ber.-— Q.: Brisbane, in March. — N.S.W. : Murwillumbah, in Decem-
ber. A long series.
Gen. Parectopa.
Parectopa Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860,
p. 210.
Macarostola Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1907, p. 62.
A moderately large genus, found in all regions.
Parectopa thalassias.
Q. : Stradbroke Island, in September.
188 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Parectopa TRAPEZOIDES.
Correctly referred to this genus ; the posterior tibiae are smooth.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns.
Parectopa Formosa.
Q. : Brisbane, and Stradbroke Island, from August to April, pro-
bably throughout the year; Mt. Tambourine, in November and
January; Toowoomba, in September.
Parectopa polyplaca.
I have gone fully into the distinctions between this and the next
species, in Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia, 1900, p. 20.
Q. : Maroochydore, near Caloundra, in August; Brisbane, in
August, September, October, and April; Mount Tambourine, in
March; Coolangatta, in May. The Duaringa locality requires
confirmation.
Parectopa ida.
N.Q. : Cairns, in June; Herberton, in February. — Q. : Brisbane,
in July, August, and April; Toowoomba, in September.
PARECTOPA CHALCEOPLA, n.sp. [xaAK€07rAo9, with brazen armour].
<£, 9 mm. Head and thorax brassy-white ; face and palpi white.
Antennae grey-whitish. [Abdomen broken]. Legs white, with pale
fuscous annulations. Forewings white, with brilliant brassy reflec-
tions; a rather broad grey streak on dorsum from J to middle; a
broad pale brownish fascia from | costa to tornus; a large oval
blackish apical spot; cilia whitish, with a narrow fuscous bar at
apex, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll.
Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns; one specimen, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
Parectopa thiosema, n.sp. [^eioo-^/zos, sulphur-marked].
g. 8 mm. Head ochreous-f uscous ; face pale yellowish. Palpi
whitish, apices fuscous. Antennae fuscous, towards base whitish.
Thorax and abdomen oehreous-fuscous. Legs ochreous-f uscous ;
posterior pair whitish; all tarsi whitish, with fine fuscous annula-
BV A. J. TURNER. 189
tions. Forewings ochreous-fuscous, with purplish reflections; a
pale yellow wedge-shaped mark from costa at 4, directed obliquely
outwards, broad on costa, its edges irregularly dentate, its apex
above middle of dorsum; cilia ochreous-fuscous, on dorsum grey.
Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Stannary Hills; one specimen, received from Dr. Thomas
Bancroft.
Parectopa EURYTHIOTA, n.sp. [evpi'detoros, broadly sulphur-marked].
£.9 mm. Head and thorax brownish; face ochreous-whitish.
Palpi ochreous-whitish; apex fuscous. [Antennae broken]. Legs
ochreous-whitish, annulated with fuscous. Forewings pale brown-
ish, with purple reflections; a pale yellowish costal spot near base;
a pale yellow triangular fascia before middle, very broad on costa,
narrowing to a point on mid-dorsum ; edged with fuscous, and con-
taining a few fuscous scales; cilia brownish, on dorsum grey.
Hindwings and cilia grey.
Closely allied to the preceding, but quite distinct in its mark-
ings. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns; one specimen, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
Gen. G R A C I L A R I A.
A large and cosmopolitan genus.
Gracilaria crasiphila.
Meyr., Gen. Insect., Gracilariadae, p. 27.
N.A.: Port Darwin (Dodd).
Gracilaria iophanes.
Meyr., Gen. Insect., Gracilariadae, p. 27.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in October (Dodd).
Gracilaria leucolitha.
Meyr., Gen. Insect., Gracilariadae, p. 30.
N.A.: Port Darwin (Dodd).
Gracilaria oenopella.
Q. : Stradbroke Island, in December.
190 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Gracilaria OCTOPUNCTATA.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns.
Gracilaria plagata.
Q. : Brisbane, in September and March.
Gracilaria albispersa.
Q. : Brisbane, in September and March.
Gracilaria albicincta.
Q. : Brisbane, in September and October.
Gracilaria xanthopharella.
N.Q. : Herberton, in January.— Q. : Brisbane, in November; Mt.
Tambourine, in December; Coolangatta, in May.
Gracilaria euglypta.
N.Q. : Cairns, in September.
Gracilaria xylophanes.
Q.: Brisbane, in September, December, January, and April; Mt.
Tambourine, in November and December.
Gracilaria eurycnema.
Q.: Brisbane, in August, September, and December; Too-
vvoomba, in April.
GRACILARIA PLAGIOTOMA, n.sp. [-rrXaytOTOfMos, obliquely divided].
(J 9. 9 mm. Head brown-reddish; face white. Palpi white;
terminal joint with a dark fuscous subapical ring. Antennae
dark grey, with paler annulations. Thorax white; patagia brown-
reddish. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs dark purple-fuscous;
posterior pair brown-whitish; all tarsi white, with fine fuscous
annulations. Forewings brown-reddish with purple reflections;
markings white, sharply defined; an outwardly oblique fascia
from J costa to before mid-dorsum, slightly broader on costa; a
lar^e suboval spot on costa beyond §; cilia brown-reddish mixed
BY A. J. TURNER. 191
with dark fuscous, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kamerunga, near Cairns, in July; six specimens, taken
at one spot.
GRACILARIA .EGLOPHANES, n.sp. [aiy\o(f>av>]s, brilliant, lustrous].
9. 10 mm. Head white. Palpi white; second joint fuscous
toward apex; terminal joint with fine median and subapical rings.
Antennae grey. Thorax grey, with a large central snow-white
spot. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous; posterior pair whitish;
all tarsi white, with fuscous annulations. Forewings ochreous-
grey; markings lustrous snow-white, narrowly edged with blackish
scales; a large spot on base of dorsum, nearly reaching costa: a
fascia before middle, broad on dorsum, gradually attenuating
almost to a point on costa at J; a second similar fascia from
tornus to § costa; a terminal spot; cilia grey, Hindwings and
cilia grey.
In general appearance this recalls Acrocercops autadelpha.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen.
GRACILARIA PANCHRISTA, n.sp. [irayxpi-WTOS, all unctuous].
9. 11-12 mm. Head, palpi, and antennas brownish-ochreous.
Thorax glossy ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs brownish-fuscous;
posterior pair brown-whitish; anterior and middle tarsi white,
with fine brownish-fuscous annulations. Forewings ochreous,
with an unctuous gloss, faintly strigulated transversely with
brownish fuscous, and with brownish-fuscous dots; a dot at i
above fold, a second beneath costa at J, and a third on midcosta;
a series of numerous very fine costal, and another of fainter dorsal
dots; a purple iridescence along termen; cilia ochreous, with a
double fuscous line about middle, on dorsum grey. Hindwings
and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
This and the following five species are closely akin, and need
careful discrimination.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in November; Townsville, in
February; two specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
192 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTEBA,
GRACILARIA THIOPHYLLA, n.sp. [6ebO(f)vXXos, sulphur-winged]-
9. 8 mm. Head pale ochreous ; face white. Palpi white ;
terminal joint with a fuscous subapical ring. Antennae whitish-
grey, basal joint white and rather stout. Thorax pale ochreous.
Abdomen grey. Legs brownish-ochreous; posterior pair and all
tarsi whitish. Forewings pale ochreous, without strigulations,
but with dark fuscous dots; a minute dot above fold near base; a
second larger, roundish, above fold at J; a third on costa beyond
middle; a series of minute dots on basal half of costa, and on
termen; cilia fuscous, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia
grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Townsville, in July; one specimen.
Gracilaria megalotis.
Gracilaria megalotis Meyr., Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc,
xviii., p.830(1908).
ft. 9-10 mm. Head and thorax pale yellowish. Palpi ochreous-
whitish. Antennae grey, towards base yellowish; with a short
tuft of scales on apex of basal joint. Abdomen grey. Legs
ochreous-whitish; middle tibiae much thickened with dark brown
scales. Forewings pale yellow, with fine fuscous strigulations;
with purple iridescence to oblique light; two oblique lines of
brown fuscous dots from costa at \ and middle, converging to a
point on dorsum before middle; a similar subapical line; cilia
pale yellowish, apices fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October; two specimens. Also
from India.
Gracilaria xystophanes, n.sp. [£vo-To<£ai'7/s, polished].
ft. 8 mm. Head pale yellowish; face shining white. Palpi
ochreous-whitish; terminal joint dark fuscous beneath. Antennae
whitish-ochreous, with fuscous ambulations. Thorax pale yellow.
Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair whitish; anterior
and middle tarsi white, with fuscous annulations. Forewings
pale lustrous golden-yellow; many purple-fuscous dots near base
and apex, with two rows parallel to dorsum, one above and one
beneath fold; cilia pale yellow, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and
cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen.
BY A. J. TURNER. 193
GRACILARIA PERIXESTA, n.sp. [7T6/3i£eo-TOS, polished].
£. 8 mm. Head and thorax yellow; face whitish. Palpi
whitish; terminal joint, except apex, fuscous. Antennae fuscous,
with whitish annulations. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; pos-
terior pair and all tarsi whitish; anterior coxae yellowish. Fore-
wings yellow, with a brassy gloss; base of costa fuscous; a fuscous
dot in disc beneath midcosta, and a second above tornus; cilia
yellow, on dorsum grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Type in
Coll. Turner.
Q.: Caloundra, in August; one specimen.
Gracilaria euxesta, n.sp. [ev^eoros, polished].
£. 6 mm. Head yellowish ; face ochreous-whitish. Palpi
ochreous-whitish; apex of terminal joint fuscous. Antennas grey.
Thorax and abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi; except at apices
of joints, whitish. Forewings pale yellow, with a glossy lustre,
and fine transverse fuscous singulations sparsely but evenly dis-
tributed; a fuscous dot in disc at i, a second slightly beyond
middle, and a third, rather larger, at apex; some fuscous irrora-
tion along termen; cilia fuscous, on dorsum grey. Hindwings
and cilia grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns; one specimen, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
Subfam. Zellerian^e.
Macarangela leucochrysa.
Q.: Caloundra, in August.— N. 8. W.: Sydney, also in March.
Zelleria cynetica.
In this species, the terminal joint of 4he labial palpi is thick-
ened with scales, so as to appear club-shaped.
Q.: Brisbane, in August; Mount Tambourine, in November
and February; Killarney, in October.
ZELLKRIA AR/EODES.
Best distinguished from the preceding, which it nearly re-
sembles, by the slender, acute, terminal joint of palpi.
Q.: Brisbane, in August.
194 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Zelleria CALLIDOXA.
Q.: Stanthorpe, in February.
Zelleria sigillata.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March.
Zelleria notoleuca, n.sp. [ vayroXevKos, dorsally white]-
£. 9 ram. Head and palpi white. Antenna? grey, annulated
with dark fuscous; basal joint white. Thorax white; patagia
and a lateral stripe ochreous-fuscous. Abdomen dark fuscous,
towards base pale ochreous-fuscous. Legs wrhitish annulated
with fuscous. Forewings with costa nearly straight; brassy-
fuscous, with some purple reflections, and fine transverse fuscous
strigulations; a broad white dorsal streak from base to f, its
upper edge irregularly indented; a white streak along termen
from tornus nearly to apex, becoming slender and interrupted
towards apex; two minute ( subapical costal white dots; cilia
brassy-fuscous, with a fine basal dark fuscous line around apex,
white beneath apex, thence grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October; one specimen, re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Xyrosaris dryopa.
Q.: Brisbane, in September and January.
Subfam. Cyclotornin,e.
Gen. Cyclotorna.
Of this very peculiar and isolated genus, Mr. Meyrick has
described two new species, both agreeing closely in structure with
the type, except that, in one of them, vein 4 of the hindwings
has become absent by coalescence with vein 3. Of the habits of
a fourth species here described, I have no knowledge, nor have I
any record of the circumstances of its capture. The other three
species were bred, some ten years ago, by Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Their life-histories, which have been recently published (Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1911, p.577) are of extraordinary interest.
BY A. J. TURNER. 195
Cyclotorna MONOCENTRA.
N.Q. Townsville, in November and April.
Cyclotorna experta.
Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1911, p.589.
N.Q.: Townsville, from October to January (Dodd).
CYCLOTORNA DIPLOCENTRA, n.sp. [8nr\oK€vrpos, with double centre].
5.30 mm. Head, thorax, and legs brownish-fuscous, finely
irrorated with whitish. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen brownish-
fuscous. Forewings elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded, dorsum strongly arched
before middle; brownish-grey, finely irrorated with whitish, and
with sparsely scattered dark fuscous scales; two roundish dark
fuscous discal spots; first above § dorsum, second larger, beneath
| costa; cilia grey, with some whitish irroration. Hindwings
and cilia fuscous. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane; one specimen.
Cyclotorna egena, n.sp.
Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1911, p.590.
$. 12-13 mm. Head whitish. Antennas, thorax, and abdomen
fuscous. Legs pale fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish.
Forewings elongate-oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded, dorsum strongly arched
before middle; a hyaline fovea on underside beneath costal vein
at J; fuscous, with fine whitish irroration; a suffusedly darker
roundish spot above dorsum beyond middle, and a second in mid-
disc at f ; cilia grey, with some whitish irroration. Hindwings
with vein 4 absent; grey; cilia grey.
N.Q.: Townsville, in October and December; two specimens,
of which one is in Coll. Lyell, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Subfam. Hyponomeutin^e.
Hyponomeuta internellus.
N.Q.: Townsville, in August. — Q.: Brisbane, in November,
January, and June; Mount Tambourine, in October and Decem-
ber; Killarney, in October. — N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in October;
Ben Lomond, in January; Gosford, in August.
196 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Hypnomeuta MYRIOSEMUS.
N.Q.: Townsville, in July and August. — Q.: Brisbane, in
August; Mount Tambourine, in November and January; Coolan-
gatta, in January and May. I do not think that H. paurodes
Meyr., is a distinct species.
Atteva charopis.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October and November.
Atteva niphocosma.
N.Q.: Cape York; Cairns, in August: Townsville, in February
and April. — Q.: Brisbane, in March.
Attkva albiguttata.
• KS.W.: Tweed River.
Tonza PURELLA.
N.A.: Port Darwin, in February. — Q.: Brisbane, in February,
March, and April ; Stradbroke Island ; Rosewood, in March ;
Coolangatta, in May.
Anticrates paraxantha.
In my example, 2 and 3 of fore wings are stalked.
N.Q.: Stannary Hills.
Anticrates metreta.
I cannot re-examine the type, but have before me one female
example with the following neuration — forewings with 2 and 3
stalked, 7, 8, 9 separate. Hind wings with 3 and 4 short-stalked,
6 and 7 widely separate at base, parallel.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December(Dodd).
Anticrates zapyra.
My example agrees exactly with Mr. Meyrick's description,
but 7 and 8 of forewings are long-stalked. Veins 2 and 3 of
forewings are separate, but closely approximated; 6 and 4 of
hind wings are connate.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in March(Dodd).
BY A. J. TURNER. 197
ANTICRATKS PHjEDIMA, n.sp. [ (ficuStfios, brilliant].
<J. 18 mm. Head pale yellow. Palpi ochreous- whitish: second
joint dark fuscous on outer surface. Antennae pale fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, with an ochreous- whitish bar across middle
of patagia. Abdomen pale red. Legs whitish-red; anterior pair
fuscous. Forewings rather narrow-elongate, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen oblique, slightly bowed: 2 and 3 stalked,
7 to 9 separate; whitish-yellow, markings dark fuscous; a trian-
gular basal spot; a suffused triangular blotch on costa from ^ to
middle; an oblique fascia twice constricted or interrupted in
disc, from \ dorsum to \ costa; an oblong spot on f dorsum; a
narrow mark on midtermen: cilia whitish-yellow, on midtermen
and tornus dark fuscous. Hindwings elongate-ovate; red, towards
base paler; cilia red, paler towards tornus. Type in Coll.
Turner.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November; one specimen.
Gen. L a c t u r a .
In this genus, vein 7 of forewings may run to hindmargin, to
apex, or to a little on the costal side of apex.
Lactura egregiella.
This species shows considerable variability in the forewings,
which are grey, with white or whitish-ochreous blotches, of
which the three basal appear constant, the remainder being very
variable; the reddish lines also vary, and may be obsolete.
Q.: Eidsvold; Gayndah, in October; Brisbane, in October, Jan-
uary, and February; Rosewood, in March; Bunya Mountains, in
December.
Lactura dives.
N.A. Port Darwin, in January(Dodd).
Lactura LjEtifkra.
Q.: Gympie, in October.
Lactura suffusa.
N.Q.: Cairns, in February, March, and April. — Q.: Gympie;
Brisbane, in November and February.
198 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Lactura PILCHERI.
Q.: Brisbane, in November and March.
Lactura cristata.
Q.: Gympie, in April; Brisbane, in March.
Lactura calliphylla.
Q.: Mount Tambourine, in November, February, and March
(not from Brisbane); Coolangatta, in March. — N.S.W.: Tweed
River, in October.
Lactura krythractis.
N.A.: Port Darwin, in October. — N.Q.: Thursday Island;
Cape York; Stannary Hills; Townsville, in January.
Lactura mactata.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October and April; Innisfail,
in November; Atherton, in June.
LACTURA PTER0P02CILA, n.sp. [7TT€/307TOiKiAos, with variegated wings].
£. 20 mm. Head yellow. Palpi fuscous ; terminal joint
ochreous-whitish. Antennae fuscous; basal joint pale yellow.
Thorax fuscous, with a posterior yellow spot. Abdomen fuscous;
extreme base and apex reddish; under surface yellowish, with a
reddish lateral line. Legs reddish; anterior pair fuscous; middle
tibiae, apex of posterior tibiae, and all tarsi fuscous. Forewings
elongate-oval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex or costa; yellow^
markings fuscous; a broad line on costa from base to \', a broadly
Y-shaped blotch with its base on midcosta, the limbs diverging
widely in disc; beneath this, three small discal dots, the first two
forming a transverse pair, and a dot on mid-dorsum; a large
terminal blotch containing a yellowish spot before middle; cilia
yellow, on apex and tornus fuscous. Hind wings elongate-ovate;
dark fuscous, extreme base red; cilia fuscous.
Nearest to L. cristata. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December and April ; two
specimens.
BY A. J. TURNER. 199
Gen. TRYCHNOMERA, n.g. [t/d-uxvo/z^/oos, rough-thighed].
Labial palpi moderate, porrect, smooth-scaled; terminal joint
stout. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibiae with long
hairs on upper surface. Forewings with 11 veins, 7 and 8
coincident. Hindwings ovate, cilia extremely short; 3 and 4
remote at origin, 4 and 5 short stalked, 6 and 7 remote at origin,
tolerably parallel.
Closely allied to Lactura, the neu ration of the hindwings being
identical, and that of the forewings differing only by the coin-
cidence of 7 and 8, but differing conspicuously in the hairy
posterior tibiae.
Trychnomera ANTHEMIS, n.sp. [dvOefiis, a flower].
£. 31 mm. Head and palpi reddish-orange. Antennae whitish-
yellow; basal joint reddish-orange. Thorax and abdomen pale
purple-reddish; base of patagia whitish-yellow. Legs whitish-
yellow ; anterior pair reddish-orange. Forewings oval, costa
strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; pale
purple-reddish; costal, dorsal, and terminal edges reddish-orange,
except where occupied by pale markings ; markings whitish-
yellow ; an elongate spot on costa at ^, and another rather
shorter at f ; two round subdorsal spots at \ and middle, and at
dot at |; an apical spot; an elongate terminal spot from slightly
beneath this to tornus; cilia whitish-yellow, before apex and on
tornus reddish-orange. Hindwings and cilia pale red. Beneath
pale red with a whitish-yellow terminal fascia on forewings.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in April; one specimen, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Cebysa leucoteles.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March. — Tasm.: Hobart.
PlESTOCEROS CONJUNCT ELLA.
Q.: Nambour, Brisbane, and Stradbroke Island, in October
and November.
200 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Gen. SYNECHODES, n.g. [o-w€\(oS>ys, apparently connecting].
Head with appressed scales. Tongue developed. Palpi
moderate, somewhat ascending, thickened with appressed scales;
terminal joint short, rather obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete.
Antennae of <J thickened, and broadly laminate, the laminations
closely appressed. Posterior tibiae rough-haired above. Fore-
wings with all veins present and separate, 7 to apex, 11 from
middle, no secondary cell. Hind wings with all veins present, 3
and 4 connate, 5, 6, 7 parallel.
Near Miscera, differing in the palpi and <J antennae; also with
affinity to Tortyra, being, in fact, intermediate between the two
genera.
SYNKCHODKS CONIOPHORA, n.sp. [koi'ioc^o/dos, dust-covered].
(J. 16-17 mm. Head dark fuscous. Palpi white, terminal and
apical part of second joint dark fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous,
with an ochreous ring at §. Thorax dark fuscous ; patagia
orange, with a few fuscous scales. Abdomen dark fuscous, with
some pale ochreous scales on apices of segments. Legs dark
fuscous, with whitish annulations. Forewings somewhat dilated
posteriorly, costa straight, slightly arched towards apex, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, evenly dusted
with pale ochreous scales; two or three orange suffused sub-basal
spots in disc arranged transversely, and closely connected; cilia
fuscous. Hind wings dark fuscous; a pale ochreous median streak
from base, broadening costally and reaching middle of disc; cilia
pale ochreous. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in March; three specimens, re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Gen. EUTHORYBETA, n.g. [€i)0opv(3r]To<i, easily confounded].
Head loosely scaled. Tongue well developed. Palpi moderate,
ascending, second joint densely rough-haired beneath; terminal
joint short, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete. [Antennae in $
unknown]. Posterior tibiae rough-scaled above. Forewings with
all veins present and separate, 7 to apex. Hindwings with seven
veins, 3 and 4 coincident, 5, 6, 7 parallel.
BY A. J. TURNER. 201
Closely allied to Miscera, but distinguishable by the loss of
vein 4 in hindwings. Type E. xanthoplaca.
EUTHORYBETA XANTHOPLACA, n.sp. [£ai'0O7rAaKOS, broadly yellow],
9.14 mm. Head fuscous, posteriorly fringed with ochreous;
face whitish, upper third fuscous. Palpi white, apices of second
and terminal joints fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax and
abdomen fuscous, with a few whitish scales. Legs fuscous,
annulated with whitish and whitish-ochreous. Forewings some-
what dilated posteriorly, costa straight, apex rounded, termen
not oblique, rounded beneath; fuscous, with a few scattered
white scales ; a patch of whitish irroration from mid-dorsum
nearly to costa; a white dot on costa at f , with a line of irrora-
tion between it and tornus; a similar subterminal line; cilia
fuscous, apices pale ochreous from beneath apex nearly to mid-
termen. Hindwings fuscous; a broad ochreous-yellow subbasal
fascia ; cilia fuscous, apices whitish-ochreous, towards termen
wholly whitish-ochreous. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Stradbroke Island, in September. N.S.W.: Sydney(Lyell).
Two specimens.
EUTHORYBETA OCHROPLACA, n.sp. [a>x/H)7rAaK09, broadly pale].
9. 18 mm. Head fuscous, posteriorly fringed with ochreous.
Palpi white, apices of second and terminal joints fuscous.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous, a white dot on each shoulder,
and a pair of white dots near posterior edge. Abdomen fuscous;
bases of first two segments whitish. Legs whitish, annulated
with whitish and whitish-ochreous. Forewings only slightly
dilated, costa straight, apex rounded, termen rather obliquely
rounded; fuscous, markings white; a subcostal dot near base; a
suffused spot in disc before middle, connected with dorsum; a
spot on costa at f , and another in disc just above tornus; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ; a broad white subbasal fascia-
cilia fuscous, towards tornus with white apices. Type in Coll.
Turner.
Q.: Stanthorpe, in February; one specimen.
15
202 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
MlSCERA LEUCOPIS.
Vic: Wellington, near Geelong, in February; Dimboola, in
November. Two £ examples, in Coll. Lyell.
MlSCERA MESOCHRYSA.
W.A.: Waroona, in November.
MlSCERA DESMOTONA.
N.S.W.: Sydney, in March. — Vic: Wandin, in November.
MlSCERA CENTROPUS.
W.A.: Waroona, in December and January; one example, in
Coll. Lyell. The forewings without whitish spot, but with some
whitish irroration near base and beyond middle.
MlSCERA HOLODISCA.
W.A.: Waroona, in November; two specimens, taken on the
same day, a wasted male, and a female differing from type in fore-
wings having a white spot at §, a whitish erect mark on mid-
dorsum, and some whitish irroration towards termen.
MlSCERA MICRASTA.
W.A.: Waroona, in December and January.
MlSCERA HETEROZYGA, il. sp. [erepo^vyos, unevenly yoked].
(J. 20-22 mm. Head blackish; posterior edge and face ochreous.
Palpi 2 \\ blackish, undersurface, except at apex, with long ochre-
ous hairs. Antenna? blackish; pectinations 2J. Thorax blackish,
with a posterior pair of orange-ochreous spots. Abdomen blackish,
with an orange-ochreous ring on 4th segment; tuft large, ex-
panded, blackish, sides orange-ochreous. Legs blackish; tibia?
banded with ochreous ; tarsi annulated with whitish ; spurs
whitish. Forewings elongate, rather abruptly dilated posteriorly,
costa sinuate, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; blackish;
an orange streak at basal third of costa; an orange spot in disc
at ^, connected by a line with § dorsum; cilia fuscous, apices
whitish. Hindwings with disc scaleless, translucent ; some
BY A. J. TURNER 203
ochreous and fuscous scales on veins; extreme base and a broad
terminal band blackish; cilia whitish, bases more or less fuscous.
£. 22-25 mm. Head and face blackish, with a few ochreous
scales between antenna?. Palpi with appressed scales; whitish-
ochreous; terminal and apex of second joint blackish; antennae
with an ochreous ring at f ; thickened, slightly serrate towards
apex. Thorax with patagia orange. Abdomen orange, except
at apex; no tuft. Tibia? without orange bands. Forewings with
costa straight to near apex; blackish, evenly dusted with whitish-
ochreous scales; an orange subbasal fascia not reaching dorsum;
an outwardly oblique orange band from J costa to mid-disc,
nearly joined by another very oblique band from ^ dorsum; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings orange; base of costa and a broad terminal
band blackish; cilia orange. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in January, February and April;
four specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, two of each sex.
MlSCERA ANDROGYNA, 11. sp. [dvSpoyvvos, having the characters of both
sexes].
£. 25 mm. Head orange. Palpi 3, loosely haired beneath;
ochreous, mixed with fuscous on upper surface. Antennae
blackish; in 9 with a single row of long pectinations(2). Thorax
blackish ; tongue orange ; patagia orange except in centre.
Abdomen orange; apex and four rings on 3rd, 4th, 6th, and 7th
segments, blackish. Legs dark fuscous, with some ochreous
scales; dorsum of middle and posterior tibiae with orange hairs:
tarsi with some whitish scales. Forewings with termen slightly
sinuate, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; blackish ;
dorsal edge orange; an orange basal fascia produced along costa;
a large posterior orange blotch, not quite reaching termen,
broadly connected with dorsum beyond middle; cilia fuscous.
Hindwings orange; a narrow blackish terminal band from apex
not reaching tornus; cilia on band fuscous, on tornus orange.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in January; one specimen, re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
204 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
MlSCERA LYGROPIS, n.sp. [\vypUi7TLS, gloomy].
<J. 39-41 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi with appressed scales;
fuscous, beneath whitish. Antennae dark fuscous; pectinations
4. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous. Legs fuscous, with
some ochreous hairs. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated,
costa nearly straight to near apex, apex rounded, term en slightly
rounded, slightly oblique; dark fuscous; a slightly paler discal
dot at §; cilia fuscous. Hind wings dark fuscous; two elongate
pale ochreous antemedian spots, nearly confluent; hairs on vein
lc pale ochreous; cilia pale ochreous, with a dark fuscous basal
line.
Distinguished from M. desmotona by the longer antennal
pectinations, absence of white markings on forewings, and obso-
lescence of dorsal spot of hind wings. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Stradbroke Island, in January; five specimens.
MlSCERA PAMMELAS, n.Sp. [7ra/z/xeAas, all-black].
$. 38 mm. Head dark fuscous. Palpi slightly rough-scaled;
dark fuscous, beneath whitish. Antennae dark fuscous; pectina-
tions 2. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous,
with ochreous hairs. Forewings elongate, posteriorly slightly
dilated, costa straight to near apex, apex rounded, termen scarcely
rounded, moderately oblique; dark fuscous; cilia dark fuscous.
Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous. Type in Coll. Lyell.
W.A.: Waroona, in January; one specimen, received from Mr.
G. F. Berthoud.
Gen. TANAOCTENA, n.g. [ravaoKTevos, with long combs].
Head with appressed scales. Tongue minute. Palpi moderate,
porrect, diverging ; seccnd joint rather long, thickened with
appressed scales beneath; terminal joint short, slender, acute.
Maxillary palpi obsolete. Antennae with strong basal eyecap of
broad overlapping scales; in <J with a single row of long pectina-
tions. Posterior tibiae smooth. Forewings with 2 from well
before angle, 7 separate, running to termen just below apex, 8
and 9 stalked. Hindwings with 4, 5, 6, and 7 parallel.
BY A. J. TURNER. 205
TANAOCTENA OOPTILA, n.sp. [a>07TTtAos, oval-winged].
(J. 14-16 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish. Antennae
ochreous-whitish; in $ with a single row of long pectinations (5).
Thorax pale fuscous; in <J with a pencil of hairs anteriorly ex-
tending backwards beneath root of forewing. Abdomen pale
grey. Legs pale fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings elongate-oval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, terinen
obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, with irregular fuscous suffu-
sion which tends to form transverse lines; a dark fuscous median
discal dot at ^, and a second before §; two closely approximated
lines from costa at J, diverging in disc, the first inwardly curved
to \ dorsum, the second outwardly to mid-dorsum; a pale area
around first discal dot ; two suffused lines between this and
second dot; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings ovate, ciliations J;
whitish; cilia whitish. Type in Coll . Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in July; two specimens, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Imma albifasciella.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December and April; Towns-
ville, in March.
Imma acosma.
Tortricomorpha leiochroa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1903,
p. 69, is a synonym.
N.A.: Port Darwin. — N.Q.: Townsville, in June and July. —
Q.: Brisbane, in September, October, November, February, April,
and May; Rosewood, in March; Warwick, in March. — N.S.W.:
Jenolan, in February.
Imma marileutIs.
N.Q.: Cape York; Kuranda, near Cairns, in April.
Imma lyrifera.
Imma lyrifera Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1910, p. 466.
N.Q.: Atherton. Also from Louisiades.
My example lacks the interneural streaks on forewing, but
otherwise agrees exactly with the description.
206 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICRO!. EPIDOPTERA,
IMMA PLATYXANTHA, n. sp. [7rA.aTi'£ai/0os, broadly yellow].
g. 20 mm. Head yellow-ochreous. Palpi yellow-ochreous,
anteriorly fuscous. Antennae yellow-ochreous; ciliations in £ §.
Thorax pale ochreous-fuscous, with a yellow-ochreous central spot.
Abdomen fuscous; beneath ochreous- whitish. Forewings dilated
posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rectangular, termen gently
bowed, scarcely oblique; pale fuscous, with large yellow-ochreous
blotches; a small subcostal basal spot; a large squarish blotch on
costa near base, nearly touching a smaller spot on \ dorsum; a
second rounded spot on costa before middle, nearly touching a
large squarish blotch on mid-dorsum; a spot on costa at §; a
triangular spot on costa immediately before apex; a dark fuscous
terminal line not extending to tornus; cilia pale fuscous. Hind-
wings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, on dorsum whitish. Type in
Coll. Lyell.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in April; one specimen, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Imma ATROSIGNATA.
Tortricomorpha atrosignata Feld., Reise Novara, PI. 108, f.3.
(J. 20 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen fus-
cous. Antennal ciliations in £ minute. Legs fuscous; tarsi with
apices of segments and under surface whitish; anterior femora
whitish posteriorly; anterior tibiae whitish, with two fuscous bars
on anterior surface, one at base, the other before apex; posterior
and middle tibiae in £ densely hairy beneath. Forewings dilated
posteriorly, costa almost straight, apex 'round-pointetfc, termen
bowed, oblique; 7 and 8 stalked, 8 to termen; fuscous; a slightly
darker crescentic mark at end of cell; cilia fuscous. Hindwings
fuscous-grey; towards base and dorsum thinly scaled and trans-
lucent; an elongate wedge-shaped deep black mark on either side
of antemedian vein from base to near, but not touching termen;
cilia pale grey, with a darker basal line.
Conspicuously distinct by the black brand on hindwings. Felder's
figure is poor, but I do not think there can be much doubt as to the
identification.
BY A. J. TURNER. 207
N.A. : Port Darwin, in January; one specimen, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd. Also from Amboyna.
IMMA LOXOSCIA, n.sp. [Ao)(ocr/aos, obliquely shaded].
(J. 18-20 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-wkitisk. Antennae
ockreous-wkitisk ; ciliations in^ 1. Tkorax ochreous-whitish, irro-
rated with grey. Abdomen grey; beneath ockreous-wkitisk. Legs
ockreous-wkitisk ; anterior and middle tibiae and all tarsi grey, witk
ochreous- whitish annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
obtusely angled beyond middle, apex rectangular, termen straigkt,
slightly rounded towards tornus, dorsum strongly angled at \;
ockreous-wkitisk usually irrorated with grey; a grey or fuscous
line on dorsum from base to \) a slightly waved oblique fuscous
line from costa just beyond middle to dorsum near tornus; beyond
this ground-colour is more brownish and usually witk fuscous irro-
ration; a dark fuscous terminal line narrowing beneatk and not
reaching tornus, its anterior edge with minute dentations; cilia
grey, bases paler, with a dark sub-basal line opposite upper § of
termen. Hindwings with termen rounded and sligktly waved; dark
grey; cilia wkitisk, with a grey sub-basal line. Type in Coll.
Turner.
N.A. : Port Darwin, in December.— N.Q. : Townsville, in Decem-
ber and March. Four specimens, received from Air. F. P. Dodd.
Imma cleis.
Feld., Reise Nov., PL 130, £.22.
(j£. 30-34 mm. Head and palpi ochreous; face sometimes fus-
cous. Antennas ochreous sometimes suffused or barred with fus-
cous; antennae in £ serrate with long cilia (2tjr) in tufts. Thorax
and abdomen blackish; the latter usually pale ochreous beneatk.
Legs fuscous ; anterior pair ochreous. Forewings broadly triangu-
lar, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, sligktly
oblique; blackish; an orange fascia from midcosta to dorsum before
tornus; outwardly oblique and slightly curved; cilia blackish.
Hindwings broader than forewings; blackish; a broad orange
median fascia; cilia blackish.
208 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
In specimens from Port Darwin and Cape York, the fasciae are
broader, and the antennae ochreous. In those from Cairns, the
fasciae are narrower and deeper orange, and diminish towards
tornus. It is a large and conspicuous insect, very different from
its Australian congeners.
N.A. : Port Darwin, in November and March. — N.Q. : Cape
York; Kuranda, near Cairns, in February and May.
Gen. Callizyga.
Callizyga Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1894, p. 132.
Head with closely appressed hair-scales, forming a strong
anterior projection between antennae. Palpi rather stout, smooth,
erect; second joint reaching to base of antennae; terminal joint f
of second, nearly as stout, apex obtusely rounded. Antennae in $
with long ciliations. Posterior tibiae rough-haired above. Fore-
wings with 7 and 8 stalked, 8 to termen. Hindwings with cilia
very short ; 3 and 4 approximated at origin, 5, 6, and 7 parallel.
Though not closely related to any genus known to me, I think
Callizyga must be placed in this group. The palpi and neuration
of forewings are those of Imma. The neuration of the hindwings
suggests a closer relationship with the Lactura-grou\).
Callizyga dispar.
Callizyga dispar Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1894, p. 132.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in January. — Q. : Brisbane.
Subfam. Glyphipteryginj;.
Epicrcesa thiasarcha.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, from June to November.
Epicrcesa ambrosia.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, from September to November;
Townsville. — Q : Burpengary, near Brisbane, in December.
TORTYRA LIBANOTA
Tortyra libanota Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1910, p.463.
N.Q.: Townsville. Also from Louisiades.
BY A. J. TURNER. 209
TOKTYRA EXANTHISTA.
Tortyra exanthista Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1910, p. 464.
This is the species which Mr. Meyrick described, in his revision,
as T. prodigella Wlk.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in November, February, March, and
April.
Brenthia quadriforella.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June and September.
BRENTHIA HECATiEA.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October.
BRENTHIA PAMPCECILA, n.sp. [7ra/x7roiKiAos, all variegated].
(J. 8 mm. Head ochreous. Palpi white towards base, second
joint towards apex blue, terminal joint fuscous. Antennae whitish-
ochreous; ciliations in <J 1^. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-fus-
cous. Legs ochreous-f uscous ; tarsi annulated with white; spurs
white. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, more
strongly towards apex, apex rounded, termen straight, moderately
oblique; pale ochreous, towards costa and termen and in mid-
disc orange-red; with numerous purple-fuscous lines forming an
intricate pattern ; five short costal streaks metallic-purple, the first
four commencing as white costal dots at J , J, § and f , the last small,
subapical ; a large triangular dorsal fuscous blotch on base extend-
ing to \ dorsum, acutely angled in disc, containing an orange-red
spot; nine lines from dorsum beyond this, all narrow, extending
| across disc, those in centre connected or anastomosing; a fuscous
spot on tornus and three more on termen;^cilia on costa white, on
termen pale ochreous, on tornus fuscous, a fuscous apical line
opposite apex. Hindwings ochreous-grey ; cilia grey, with a darker
basal line. Type in Coll. Lyell.
N.Q. : Townsville, in December; one specimen, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
Choreutis BJERKANDUELLA.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in March. — Q. : Brisbane, from
October to February; Mount Tambourine, in September; Stan-
210 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
thorpe, in February. — N.S.W. : Tabulam, in December; Mt. Kosci-
usko (3,000ft.), in March. — Vic: Gisborne, in December.
SlMiETHIS BASALIS.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in February; Innisfail, in Novem-
ber and May. The Brisbane locality is doubtful.
SlMiETHIS limonias. '
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in October and March ; Innisfail,
in November.
SlM-rETHIS SYCOPOLA.
Q. : Brisbane, in April.
SlM^THIS OPHIOSEMA.
N.Q. : Townsville, in December, January, February, and March.
SlMiETHIS METALLICA.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December and April; Towns-
ville, in March.— Q. : Brisbane, in January.
►SlMJETHIS PERIPLOCA, n.sp. [ttc/omtAokos, entangled, intricate].
(Jo. 15-17 mm. Head grey, with fine whitish irroration. Palpi
white, ringed with dark fuscous. Antennae blackish, ringed with
white; ciliations in g 4. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-grey ; the
former with some whitish irroration. Legs dark fuscous, with
white annulations; posterior tarsi with white basal rings
on first and second joints, third joint wholly white. Fore-
wings broadly triangular, costa strongly arched, apex rectangu-
lar, termen slightly bowed, moderately oblique; ochreous-grey;
markings formed by bands of fine white irroration; some white
irroratien near base; first fascia sub-basal; second at J, broad and
straight-edged ; third and fourth from § costa, separated only by a
fine line of ground-colour, parallel, acutely and irregularly angled,
diverging on dorsum to J and tornus; an oval spot in disc before
third line, occupying a large concavity formed by this line; cilia
fuscous, with a darker basal line, apices white on costa before apex,
on termen beneath apex, and again sometimes below middle. Hind-
BY A. J. TURNER. 21]
wings ochreous-grey ; a short whitish subterminal line above tornus ;
cilia grey, extreme bases whitish, succeeded by a dark grey line.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, and Townsville, in November; two
specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, of which £ is in Coll.
Lyell.
Glyphipteryx pkotomacra.
W.A.: Waroona, in October.
Glyphipteryx acinacella.
Q. : Stradbroke Island, in October.
Glyphipteryx pal^eomorpha.
N.Q. : Kuranda. near Cairns, in October.— Q. : Nambour, in Sep-
tember, December, and April.
Glyphipteryx euthybelemna.
Vic: Gisborne, in November.
Glyphipteryx macrantha.
Vie. : Gisborne, also in January and March.
Glyphipteryx platydisema.
Vic. : Gisborne, in November. Mr. G. Lyell informs me that this
is the 9 of &• pcilczomorpha, and that he has taken the two forms
in cop., on several occasions.
Glyphipteryx meteor a.
Q. : Mt. Tambourine, in September.
Glyphipteryx chrysoplanetis.
Q.: Brisbane, in October, November, and December; Mt. Tam-
bourine, in February; Helidon, in April; Toowoomba, in Novem-
ber and April; Stanthorpe.
Glyphipteryx leucocerastes.
Q. : Brisbane, in September; Mount Tambourine, in November.
Glyphipteryx drosophaes.
Vic. : Beaconsfield, in October.
212 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MlCROLEPIfcOPTERA,
Glyphipteryx ASTERIELLA.
Vic: Gisborne, in March; Loch, in April.
Glyphipteryx isozela.
N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko (3,000 to 5,000ft.), in March.— Vic: Mt.
Macedon, in December; Mt. St. Bernard (5,000ft.), in February.
The specimens from Mt. Kosciusko and Mt. St. Bernard appear
to form a local race, in which the first costal streak does not reach
the second dorsal spot, the two being rather widely separate on fold.
Glyphipteryx para zona.
Vic: Gisborne, in April; Mt. St. Bernard, in February.
Glyphipteryx cyanophracta.
N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko (5,000ft.), in March.
Glyphipteryx iometalla.
N.Q. : Cairns, in August. — Q. : Brisbane, in August, September,
and October; Coolangatta, in December.
Glyphipteryx argyroskma.
Q.: Dulong, near Nambour, in April; Mt. Tambourine, in Feb-
ruary; Toowoomba, in October.
Glyphipteryx phosphora.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November; Toowoomba, in November. —
N.S.W. : Glen Innes, in December.
Glyphipteryx calliscopa.
Vic. : Gisborne, in March ; Beaconsfield, in March ; Mt. St. Ber-
nard, in February. — Tasmania: Hobart, in February.
Glyphipteryx cometophora.
Vic. : Beaconsfield, in October.
Glyphipteryx gemmipunctella.
N.Q. : Herberton, in February. — Q. : Brisbane, in May. — Vic. :
Sale, in March.
BY A. J. TURNER. 213
Glyphiptekyx TRIPS ELI A.
Vic: Mt. St. Bernard, in February.
Glyphipteryx cyanochalcha.
Vie. : Gisborne, from January to March.
Glyphipteryx polychroa.
N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko (5,000-6,000ft.), in March.
GLYPHIPTERYX PYRISTACTA, n.sp. [rrvpLO-TaKros, streaming with fire].
(££. 12-14 mm. Head, thorax, and antennas dark fuscous.
Palpi dark fuscous, bases ochreous. Abdomen orange-ochreous ;
terminal segments and a series of median dorsal dots dark fus-
cous. Legs fuscous, annulated with whitish-ochreous ; posterior
tibiae ochreous, except at apex ; apex of posterior tarsi snow-white.
Forewings elongate, termen incised beneath apex; dark fuscous;
an antemedian fascia commencing as a broad greenish or purple
metallic line from i costa, expanding in disc into a broadly tri-
angular orange spot, with base on dorsum; a short metallic line
with green and purple lustre from midcosta obliquely outwards; a
similar line from § costa to tornus; on costa, these lines form
white dots, and there are two white dots on costa beyond them;
another brilliant metallic line on termen; cilia pale ochreous.
Hindwings fuscous; base broadly ochreous; cilia ochreous, with a
fuscous basal line, obsolete towards tornus. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns ; two specimens, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
Glyphipteryx lycnophora, n.sp. [a^xvo^o/do?, carrying a light].
£. 6 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-grey. Palpi white, with
three dark fuscous rings. Antennas fuscous. Abdomen dark grey.
Legs dark fuscous; tarsi with white annulations. Forewings
bronzy-grey; six white costal streaks partly edged with dark fus-
cous; first at J, short, strongly outwardly oblique; second from
middle, similar but longer; third from §, less oblique, silvery at
apex; fourth, fifth, and sixth short, rather inwardly oblique, sub-
apical; a short, very slender white streak from above mid-dorsum
214 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
to fold at §; a silvery erect mark from tornus, and a second along
termen at middle; a round black apical spot; cilia white, bases
bronzy, indented beneath apex, and with a dark fuscous apical
hook. Hindwings and cilia grey.
This minute species appears to be nearest G. autopetes. Type
in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Caloundra, in September; one specimen.
GLYPHIPTERYX HARPOGRAMMA, n.sp. [upToypafApLOS, sickle-marked].
£. 5 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-grey. Palpi whitish. An-
tennae grey. Abdomen grey. Legs grey ; tarsi with white annula-
tions. Forewings bronzy-grey; five short white costal streaks
between | and apex; a white sickle-shaped streak from mid-dorsum;
curved obliquely outwards and gradually narrowing to a sharp
point, its outer edge sometimes ill-defined ; a white dot on dorsum ;
two purplish-metallic dots, or an ill-defined metallic blotch between
this and second costal streak ; cilia white, bases bronzy grey, incised
beneath apex. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Near G. acinacella, but much smaller and paler, the palpi with-
out blackish rings, no metallic spots near termen, and no apical
dark hook in cilia. The last is present in my examples of G. aci-
nacella. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Cardwell, in August ; Mourilyan Harbour, near Innisf ail,
in July ; two specimens.
GLYPHIPTERYX ARGYROTOXA, n.sp. [dpyvpoTogos, with silver bow].
(|>. 6 mm. Head and thorax silvery grey-whitish. Palpi whitish.
Antennae pale grey. Abdomen and legs grey-whitish. Forewings
pale bronzy-grey; a broad, ill-defined silvery-white oblique streak
from mid-dorsum; four silvery-white costal streaks; first from
beyond middle, strongly outwardly oblique; second from § , moder-
ately oblique, long, ending in a silvery spot above tornus; third
and fourth very short, subapical; a small black apical spot; cilia
whitish, bases fuscous, incised beneath apex. Hindwings and cilia
grey-whitish. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane, in May; one specimen.
BY A. J. TURNER. 215
GLYPHIPTBRYX CHALCERES, n.sp. [xakKTfprj^ inlaid with brass].
gQ. 7-11 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whit-
ish, with four dark fuscous rings; second joint with rough project-
ing scales beneath. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen fuscous ; apex of
tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, annulated with white; spurs white.
Forewings rather pale bronzy-fuscous; a large whitish sub-basal
dorsal blotch sometimes narrowly connected with costa; a squarish
rather irregularly edged whitish spot on costa beyond middle; five
whitish costal streaks, the first three with brassy lustre except at
bases, partially edged with dark fuscous; first at f , short, slightly
oblique, sometimes running into second dorsal spot; second from
f , rather longer, oblique; third from before |-, like second; fourth
and fifth short, subapical; a brassy-metallic spot on tornus, and two
on termen, one above and one below incision; a blackish apical
spot; cilia whitish, bases bronzy-fuscous, incised beneath apex,
with an apical blackish hook, on tornus fuscous. Hindwings and
cilia grey.
Near G. meteora, but forewings paler, dorsal spot not clear
white, and basal spot not forming a complete fascia. Type in Coll.
Turner.
Q. : Mt. Tambourine, in September ; five specimens.
GLYPHIPTERYX CHALCOD^EDALA, n.Sp. [xaAKoSatSaXos, wrought with
brass].
g. 11 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-fuscous. Palpi white, four
rings and apex blackish ; scales short. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen
fuscous; apex of tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, with white annula-
tions, spurs white. Forewings with 7 and 8 separate ; rather pale
bronzy-fuscous; markings more or less edged with fuscous; two
short whitish erect streaks from dorsum, first sub-basal, second
from middle; six violet-metallic costal streaks, whitish on costa;
first from J, moderately long, somewhat oblique; second similar,
from §; third longer, from middle; fourth from |, like third; fifth
from f, very short; sixth from J, like fifth; a metallic dot in mid-
disc before third costal streak, and a second similar dot below and
beyond it; a metallic streak from tornus nearly meeting fourth
216 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
costal streak ; metallic discal dots opposite apices of fifth and sixth
streaks; a metallic line along lower part of termen; cilia bronzy-
fuscous, apices white, incised with white beneath apex, a dark fus-
cous apical hook, on tornus dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia
dark grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Mt. Tambourine, in March ; one specimen.
GLYPHIPTERYX RHANTERIA, n.sp. [pavrrjpios, sprinkled].
(££. 7 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-fuscous. Palpi white,
with four blackish rings. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen fuscous;
apex of tuft whitish. Legs dark fuscous, with whitish annulations.
Forewings ochreous-fuscous mixed with fuscous, and partly
sprinkled with whitish; a transverse fascia of whitish irroration
at ^, its anterior edge concave; five very short whitish costal streaks,
the second or third more or less prolonged obliquely by whitish
irroration; a white dot on f dorsum, and another at tornus; cilia
dark fuscous, incised with white beneath apex. Hindwings grey;
much paler towards base ; cilia grey.
Very distinct by the whitish irroration of forewings and absence
of metallic lustre. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q.: Brisbane, in November and January; three specimens.
GLYPHIPTERYX HYPERLAMPRA, n.sp. [vircp\afX7rpos, exceeding
bright].
gQ. 8-9 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Palpi white,
four rings and apex blackish. Antennas dark fuscous. Abdomen
dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, with whitish annulations. Fore-
wings bronzy-ochreous, markings outlined with dark fuscous; a
bluish-metallic streak from base along fold to i; six bluish-metallic
costal streaks, white on costa; first from \, moderately long,
strongly oblique; second similar but longer, from f nearly to
fold; third similar but short, from |; fourth from f, as long as
first; fifth from |, extremely short; sixth from before apex to ter-
men at incision ; a bluish-metallic dot on fold opposite apex of first
streak; a blackish tornal blotch containing a violet-metallic dot;
BY A. J. TURNER. 217
an erect violet-metallic mark on tornus; a violet-metallic line on
lower part of termen ; a blackish apical spot ; cilia whitish, bases
fuscous, incised beneath apex. Hindwings and cilia dark grey.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns; two specimens, received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.
GLYPHIPTKRYX PYROPHORA, n.sp. [irvpo<f>opo$, fiery].
g. 10-12 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen bronzy-fuscous ; apex
of tuft whitish. Palpi white, annulated with black; with loose
rough hairs beneath. Antennae fuscous. Legs bronzy-fuscous;
apices of tarsal joints narrowly white. Forewings shining bronzy-
fuscous; with four narrow violet-silvery transverse fasciae; first
from 4 costa to J dorsum, becoming white on dorsum; second from
f costa to mid-dorsum,; third very slender, bowed outwards, from |-
costa to termen above tornus ; fourth subapical, white at each end ;
a violet-silvery spot on midcosta, touching a large tornal blotch,
which reaches nearly across wing; lower part of blotch black, con-
taining five or six golden and violet-silvery spots; upper part of
blotch golden, interrupted by five slender longitudinal black striae;
cilia bronzy-fuscous, apices paler, interrupted by white on costa
before apex and on termen slightly above middle. Hindwings and
cilia dark fuscous. Type in Coll. Turner.
X.S.W. : Red Range, near Glen Innes, in March; three specimens.
GLYPHIPTKRYX LEUCOPLACA, n.sp. [\.€VK07r\aKos, broadly white].
g. 13-16 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi with very long
dense hairs beneath; whitish mixed with fuscous. Antennae fus-
cous. Abdomen fuscous; tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, with obscure
whitish annulations. Forewings fuscous; markings white, without
metallic lustre; a broad streak from base of dorsum obliquely up-
wards, truncate, a large triangular spot on dorsum at f, its apex
reaching half across disc; a dot on I costa; a fascia from costa
beyond middle, broad on costa where it is divided into two limbs,
much constricted below middle, ending on ± dorsum; a short broad
16
218 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
streak from costa at i, with a narrower streak shortly beyond it; a
subterminal series of five shining white dots, one subapical, one
opposite incision, and three between this and tornus; cilia white,
bases fuscous, incised beneath apex, on apex and tornus fuscous.
Hindwings and cilia grey.
The hairiness of the palpi, which is a variable feature in this
genus, reaches its maximum in this species, which is conspicuously
distinct in pattern and absence of metallic ornament. Type in Coll.
Turner.
Q. : Stanthorpe, in October. — Vic. : Castlemaine, in September
and October. — Tasm. : Hobart. Five specimens.
GLYPHIPTERYX MARMAROPA, n.sp. [fiapixapwiros, sparkling].
(J^. 11-13 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi whitish;
beneath shortly rough-scaled. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen grey.
Legs pale fuscous, with obscure whitish annulations. Forewings
whitish, densely irrorated with bronzy-fuscous ; seven short whitish
costal streaks at J, |, J, §, f, J, and subapical; fourth, sixth,
and seventh streaks longer and violet-metallic in disc, the last pro-
longed along termen; a violet-metallic dot in disc opposite third
streak; a broad elongate blackish streak from disc before middle to
lower end of termen, crossed by five stout violet-metallic bars, of
which two are terminal; in the four intervals are fine elongate
golden dots, one each in the lateral spaces, two side by side in each
of the two central spaces ; cilia fuscous-whitish, with a fuscous line
before middle. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Conspicuously distinct, belonging to the G. cometophora group,
in which the cilia are not indented. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Eumundi, near Nambour, in March; Brisbane, in November;
two specimens.
Gen NaPECCETES, n.g. [vairr)KOLTr)S, lurking in shady gullies].
Head smooth-scaled; frons rounded, somewhat projecting.
Tongue obsolete. Palpi moderate, porrect, slender; second joint
Avith loose scales towards apex, beneath forming a slight tuft ; ter-
minal joint short, rather obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete. An-
BY A. J. TURNER. 219
tennse of <J shortly and evenly ciliated. Legs with outer spurs J
or less than ^ inner spurs; posterior tibia? smooth-scaled. Fore-
wings with all veins present, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex. Hind-
wings with all veins present, 3 and 4 tolerably remote at origin, 5,
6, 7 parallel.
Near Glyphipteryx, but differing in 3 and 4 of hindwings not
being connate, in palpi, and in ciliation of £ antennae.
NAPECCETES CROSSOSPILA, n.sp. [K/000-0-00-77-1A09, with marginal spot].
(J. 10 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous,
towards base whitish. Antenna? fuscous; ciliations in <J 1. Abdo-
men dark fuscous, beneath whitish. Legs fuscous, with whitish
annulations. Forewings dark fuscous; faint whitish marks on
costa at | and i; a minute white dot on tornus; a fairly large
white spot on midtermen ; a very faint whitish subapical dot ; cilia
dark fuscous, on marginal spot white. Hindwings fuscous ; base of
costa whitish ; cilia fuscous. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Montville (1500ft.), near Nambour, in October; one speci-
men.
Subfam. Tin^gkriaNjE.
I have followed Lord Walsingham (Trans. Ent. Soc, 1889) in
including there the genus Eretmocera, though this course is open to
some doubt. On this view, the absent vein in the forewing is 6 and
not 8, 7 and 8 are stalked, but 7 runs to termen and not to costa,
as in Snellenia.
Eretmocera chrysias.
N.Q. :Townsville in May, July, and August. — Q. : Duaringa and
Maryborough, from February to April.
Eretmocera flavicincta, n.sp. [Flavicinctus, girt with yellow].
<££. 9-11 mm. Head, palpi, and antennas fuscous. Thorax fus-
cous, with two yellow spots on posterior margin, more or less
developed. Abdomen dark fuscous, with a deep purple sheen ; dor-
220 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
sum of first segment sometimes yellow except at base; two or three
penultimate segments deep yellow ; tuft dark fuscous, at apex yel-
low; underside yellow. Legs fuscous. Forewings fuscous, with
purplish lustre ; a few whitish-ochreous scales ; sometimes with three
indistinct whitish-ochreous spots, first on dorsum before middle,
second on tornus, third (seldom developed) on costa at i; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark grey. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Brisbane, in December; Toowoomba, in April; Warwick, in
September ; Killarney, in October ; a good series.
ERETMOCERA CYANAUGES, n sp. [Kvuvavyqs, dark gleaming].
<j£. 14-17 mm. Head bronzy-fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous;
towards base whitish-ochreous. Antennas thickened with dense
scales on upper surface for f, then slender; dark fuscous. Thorax
bronzy-fuscous, with a posterior pair of small yellow spots. Abdo-
men orange-yellow; terminal segment and tuft dark fuscous;
centre tuft in £ orange-yellow; underside similar, but with a
broad basal dark fuscous band. Legs dark fuscous; base of pos-
terior tibiae yellow. Forewings dark fuscous, with blue and purple
sheen; four orange-yellow spots; first on dorsum at J, second in
disc before middle, third on tornus, fourth on costa at |; cilia fus-
cous. Hindwings yellow ; apex fuscous ; cilia fuscous, towards tor-
nus yellow.
Differs from E. chrysias in the more heavily scaled antennas, the
absence of the sub-basal dorsal band on abdomen, and the yellow
hindwings. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Townsville, in February and May; three specimens, re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
SNELLENIA LINE ATA.
1 have one example (from Coolangatta) in which the apical third
of forewing is wholly suffused with dark fuscous.
Q.: Eumundi, near Nambour, in November; Brisbane, in Janu-
ary; Coolangatta, in December.— N.S.W. : Tabulam, in December.
— Yic. : Gisborne.
BY A. J. TURNER. 221
SNELLENIA HYLjEA, n sp. [uAouos, of the woods].
^(j). 15-17 mm. Head and antennae blackish. Palpi blackish;
at base yellow. Thorax blackish; patagia and a posterior spot
reddish-orange, the latter containing a few blackish scales. Abdo-
men blackish. Legs blackish ; tarsi with whitish simulations. Fore-
wings elongate, costa straight to *, apex and termen rounded; red-
dish-orange; base of dorsum black; a black dorsal streak from
beyond middle, continued on termen to apex ; apical portion of disc
with fuscous streaks between veins; cilia dark fuscous, on costa
reddish-orange. Hindwings elongate; dark fuscous; a small
orange-yellow area on basal part of costa ; cilia dark fuscous.
Var. Posterior third of forewings suffused with fuscous; costal
cilia dark fuscous.
Best distinguished from 8. lineata by the wholly black abdomen.
Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Mount Tambourine, a series in December and February.
The typical form and variety (between which there seem to be no
intermediates) mimick two different species of coleoptera, which
occur at the same time and place. When on the wing, the re-
semblance is perfect.
SNELLENIA CAPNORA, n.sp. [Kairvopos, smoky].
£. 15 mm. Head black. Palpi black; extreme base yellow.
Antennas black. Thorax yellow. Abdomen black; dorsum of first
two segments yellow. Legs black; anterior coxae yellow. Fore-
wings narrow-elongate, costa straight to J, then sinuate, apex and
termen rounded; blackish-fuscous; slightly paler on veins; base
narrowly yellow; cilia blackish-fuscous. Hindwings narrow; fus-
cous ; basal third yellow ; cilia fuscous. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Herberton, in January ; one specimen, received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.
PsEUDjEGE£{IA POLYTITA, 11. Sp. [ttoAvtitoS, held in honour].
<££. 18-20 mm. Head blackish; in $ with some reddish-
orange scales on crown. Palpi reddish-orange ; terminal joint
fuscous anteriorly. Antennae blackish. Thorax reddish-
17
222 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
orange, more or less mixed with blackish in centre. Abdomen
blackish, sometimes mixed with orange; dorsum of first two seg-
ments orange; apex of fifth segment narrowly whitish on dorsum
in (J. Legs blackish ; anterior coxae yellow ; anterior tibiae with an
internal reddish-orange spot; middle tibiae with spurs white, and
with a broad median reddish-orange ring; first joint of anterior
and middle tarsi with a broad white median ring. Forewings
elongate, with costa straight to near apex, in $ slightly sinuate,
apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, strongly oblique ; bright red-
dish-orange ; termen broadly blackish, with blackish streaks extend-
ing from it between veins ; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings elongate ;
orange; a broad dark fuscous apical area extending towards base
on costa, and narrowly along termen to tornus ; cilia dark fuscous,
becoming whitish or white towards apex in (J, on dorsum orange.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Townsville, in January and February; three specimens,
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, of which one is in Coll. Lyell.
PsEUD^EGERIA HYALINA, n.sp. [i'aAivos, transparent].
£. 21 mm. Head, palpi, and antennae dark fuscous. Thorax
dark fuscous; patagia reddish-orange. Abdomen dark fuscous;
apex of fifth segment narrowly whitish on dorsum. Legs dark
fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa sinuate, apex rounded, termen
slightly bowed, strongly oblique ; reddish-orange suffused with fus-
cous except towards costa, and with fuscous interneural streaks in
terminal area; cilia fuscous, on costa reddish-orange. Hindwings
elongate; fuscous; whole of basal and central areas hyaline, with
very few scales ; cilia fuscous. Type in Coll. Lyell.
Vic. : Birchip, in November ; one specimen, received from Mr. D.
Goudie.
Subfam. Plutellin^e.
Gen. Heterocrita Meyr.
Head shortly rough-haired. Tongue well-developed. Labial
palpi long, porrect; second joint very long, vertically thickened
BY A. J. TURNER. 223
throughout, smooth-sealed, upper edge densely clothed with long
hairs; terminal joint much narrower, short, obtuse. Maxillary
palpi short, filiform, concealed under labial palpi. Forewings with
all veins present and separate, 2 from well before angle, 3 from
angle, closely approximated to 4 at origin, 7 to termen. Hind-
wings with all veins present, 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5, 6, 7 parallel.
Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled. Antennse of g simple.
Heterocrita chersodes Meyr.
(j£. 15-18 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-
whitish, mixed with fuscous. Antennae fuscous-whitish. Abdomen
and legs fuscous-whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly,
costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen scarcely rounded,
slightly oblique; ochreous-whitish irrorated and suffused with fus-
cous; a fuscous dot in mid-disc at J, and another beyond middle; a
fine fuscous terminal line; cilia pale fuscous. Hindwings and cilia
ochreous-whitish suffused with fuscous.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in October and February ; five
specimens, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Gen. Amphithera.
Amphithera Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, p. 597.
Zonops Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1900, p. 17; Meyr.,
Gen. Insect., Adelidae, p. 8.
The type, A. heteromorpha Meyr., has the eye clearly divided
into two parts by an incision, which does not contain any ridge of
scales, and the upper part is about twice as large as the lower.
Amphithera heteroleuca.
Zonops heteroleuca Turn., Trans. Roy? Soc. S. Aust., 1900, p.
17; Meyr., Gen. Insect., Adelidae, p. 8.
Q. : Dulong, near Nambour, in December ; Brisbane.
AMPHITHERA MONSTRUOSA. n.sp. [Monstruosus, strange, marvellous].
(J. 15-18 mm. Head bronzy-fuscous; face and palpi fuscous. An-
tennse and thorax bronzy-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous; the two ter-
minal segments white. Legs fuscous; tarsi with obscure whitish
224 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
annulations. Forewings narrow-elongate, costa moderately arched,
apex acute, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique; bronzy-fus-
cous; towards apex irroratecl with shining bluish-white scales; a
fuscous dot on extreme apex ; cilia whitish, with some pale fuscous
suffusion. Hindwings more than twice breadth of forewings; ter-
men strongly sinuate; dark fuscous tinged with bronzy-purple;
cilia fuscous, apices whitish.
The structure of the eye is exactly that of the £ of the type-
species. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Herberton, and Evelyn Scrub, in January ; five specimens,
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Phalangitis veterana.
Q.: Stanthorpe, in October; Brisbane.
Phalangitis pellochkoa, n.sp. [ireWoxpoos, dusky-grey].
(J. 15 mm. Head and thorax brownish-grey. Palpi ochreous-
whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen grey ; base of dorsum whitish ;
male genital tuft large, with extrusible pale yellow hairs. Legs
grey-whitish. Forewings moderately elongate, costa strongly
arched near base, thence nearly straight, apex obtusely pointed,
termen oblique, scarcely rounded; brownish-grey mixed with
whitish; markings indistinct and confused; an ill-defined broad
whitish costal streak from base, lost posteriorly; a series of dark
costal dots; two irregular spots in disc at J and before §; a well
marked dark line on apical half of termen; cilia brownish-grey.
Hindwings grey-whitish ; cilia whitish.
Differs from P. veterana in its browner colouring, less distinct
whitish streak, and especially in the dark terminal line. Type in
Coll. Turner.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October; one specimen, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Plutella maculipennis.
This species is ubiquitous, but I was surprised to find it on Mt.
Kosciusko, at 6,500 feet; on March 1st, many miles from the
nearest cabbage-plot.
BY A. J. TURNER. 225
Subfam. Adeline.
I give a complete list of the known Australian species, with
localities. Mr. Meyrick, however, having seen an example of A.
monstruosa, which I referred to my genus Zonops, says that it is
an Amphithera, and has no real connection with the Adeline?,.
Gen. N e m o.t o i s.
Nemotois Hb., Verz., p. 416 ; Meyr., Gen. Insect., Adelidae, p. 4.
The Australian species, though exceedingly brilliant insects, are
very closely related, and their discrimination is difficult. The fol-
lowing tabulation may be of service : —
1. Forewings with a longitudinally striated median fascia 3.
Forewings without such fascia 2.
2.Forewings with a blackish postmedian fascia brachypetala.
Forewings with a yellow bar from costa beyond middle polychedula.
3. Forewings with basal yellow markings 4.
Forewings without basal yellow markings 5.
4.Forewings with an oval yellow spot in disc near base... topazias.
Forewings with a yellow blotch on dorsum near base.. panceola.
Forewings with a yellow median basal streak . opalina.
5. Palpi moderately long. Median fascia narrowed to a
point on dorsum selasphora.
Palpi short. Median fascia broad on dorsum sparsella.
Nemotois brachypetala.
Nemotois brachypetala Meyr., Gen. Insect., Adelidse, p. 6.
N.A.: Port Darwin, in January. I have a single (j) specimen
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Nemotois topazias.
Nemotois topazias Meyr., Proc. Linn. Boc. N.S.Wales, 1892, p.
485.
N.S.W. : Blackheath, near Katoomba. — Tasm. : George's Bay. —
S.A. : Wirrabara and Mt. Lofty.
Nomotois sparsella.
Nemotois sparsella Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxviii., p. 506; Meyr.,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, p. 483.
226 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Q. : Caloundra, in September; Southport, in December; Bris-
bane.— N.S.W. : Sydney. — Vic: Melbourne; Macedon, near Gis-
borne, in December.
Nemotois orichalchias.
Nemotois orichalchias Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1892,
p. 484.
I do not know this species. Mr. Meyrick says it is obviously
broader-winged than N. sparsella, and certainly distinct.
N.S.W. : Sydney and Bowenfels. — Vic. : Melbourne. — Tasm. :
Launceston, and Hobart. — S.A. : Mount Lofty.
NEMOTOIS POLYDjEDALA, n.sp. [7ro\v8ai8a\o<;, richly dight].
g. 13 mm. Head and palpi ochreous; frons brilliant bluish-
metallic. Antennae fuscous, paler towards apex ; basal joint irides-
cent. Thorax bronzy-metallic. [Abdomen broken.] Legs fuscous,
with metallic reflections; tarsi with whitish annulations. Fore-
wings shining coppery-purple; a large triangular golden-yellow
basal patch, containing a costal and a subdorsal short bluish-
metallic longitudinal streaks, and between these two raised bronzy-
metallic knobs; a fine blackish line edging basal patch; a golden-
yellow transverse bar from | costa, reaching mid-disc, edged pos-
teriorly by a blackish bar, and anteriorly by a narrow blackish
suffusion, which extends to f dorsum, forming an incomplete
fascia; cilia coppery-purple. Hindwings thinly scaled; fuscous,
with slight purple reflections, cilia fuscous Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in November ; one specimen, received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.
Nemotois pan^ola, n.sp. [n-avaLoXos, all-glittering].
<J. 12-13 mm. Head shining fuscous-purple; frons brilliantly
metallic bluish or greenish. Palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous,
towards apex paler; basal joint coppery-purple. Thorax coppery-
purple. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs fuscous, with metallic
reflections; tarsi with whitish annulations. Forewings brilliant
purple intermixed with fiery gold and deep blue scales; a broad
BY A. J. TURNER. 227
triangular sub-basal dorsal yellow blotch reaching J across wing;
opposite its apex is a small yellow costal spot at A; a narrow
median yellow transverse fascia with longitudinal fuscous stria-
tions ; cilia fuscous-purple. Hindwings thinly scaled ; fuscous ; cilia
fuscous. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q. : Kuranda, near Cairns, in December. — Q. : Killarney, in
October. Two specimens.
Nemotois opalina.
Nemotois opalina Meyr., Gen. Insect., Adelidas, p. 6.
(j£. 11 mm. Head and palpi oehreous; frons brilliantly bluish-
metallic. Antennae fuscous. Thorax bronzy-metallic. Abdomen
dark fuscous. Legs fuscous, with metallic reflections; tarsi with
whitish annulations. Forewings bright golden, in some lights
purple ; a short broad longitudinal yellow streak from base of dor-
sum; between it and dorsum a blackish streak; between it and
costa first a bluish-metallic streak, then a blackish streak ; a bluish-
metallic streak on base of costa; a broad transverse yellow band
with longitudinal blackish striations, extending on costa from
f to y, and on dorsum from \ to f ; cilia fuscous, with golden reflec-
tions. Hindwings thinly scaled; fuscous, with slight purplish
iridescence; cilia fuscous, towards tornus whitish.
N.Q.: Kuranda, near Cairns, in April (Dodd). — Q. : Montville,
near Nambour, in October; four specimens.
NEMOTOIS SELASPHOKA, n.sp. [crekaa-cfiopos, gleaming with light].
g. 12-13 mm. Head fuscous; frons brilliant bluish-metallic.
Palpi moderately long; fuscous. Antennaa fuscous; basal joint iri-
descent. Thorax bronzy-metallic. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs
fuscous, with metallic reflections; tarsi with whitish annulations.
Forewings brilliant purple or golden according to incidence of
light; a blackish subcostal streak from base to \; a pear-shaped
transverse yellowish fascia with longitudinal striations, from costa
beyond middle, broadening in costal portion of disc, then tapering
to a point on dorsum before tornus ; cilia gleaming with purple and
228 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA.
gold. Hindwings thinly scaled; fuscous, with purple iridescence;
cilia fuscous. Type in Coll. Turner.
Q. : Mount Tambourine, in November; five specimens.
Gen. Nemophora.
Nemopkora Hb., Verz., p. 417 ; Meyr., Gen. Insect., Adelidas, p.2.
Nemophora iolampra.
Nemophora iolampra Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1900, p.17.
Vic.: Gisborne.
Nemophora leptosticta.
Nemophora leptosticta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1900,
p. 16.
Q. : Stanthorpe, in February.
[Printed off, 12th September, 1913.]
P L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Spermatochnus lejolisii (Tliiir.) De Toui.
P.L.S.NS.W. 1913.
Nitopliyllmu sinuosum, u.sp. [Tetrasporangiferous Plant"
PL S.N. S.W. 1913.
X
Nitophyllum stnuosum, n.sp. [Cystocarpiferous Plant .
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Sonderia benuettiana (Harv.) F.v.M.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Figs. 1-2. Ulva lactuca L.
Figs. 3-4. Bryopsis baculifera J. Ag.
PL S.N.S.W. 1913.
•
13 ^P H.V.M.
Australian Cyphaleinse.
•».L S.N.S.W. 1913.
* f
P*. 2
H V. M.
Australian Cyphaleinae.
1 J 1
J' .1 . %
3 3 £ I |. <5 J J3 J* 11^^
? 1; ihU
i---:fDlliiillA
% !l
C l.S.N.S.W. 1913.
QUEENSLAND
Clarence fV
V MAP
SHOWING APPROXIMATELY
^Thoalhaven fl THE WESTERN LIMIT
of the
LOWER MARINE SEA
in
NEW SOUTH WALES.
t indicate* known
Localities of Lower
Marme Sedimentation
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191S.
(rul yon]
94th~
AP
' I NG APPROXIMATELY
DISTRIBUTION OFUND AND SEA
during the deposition of Jhe
GRETA COAL-MEASURES
in
NEW SOUTH WALES.
Oufcrops of Gnfa Coal Measures
X Marine deposits
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Clartn
ceR.
MAP
SHOWING APPROXIMATELY
THE EXTENT
of IV
UPPER MARINESEA
in
NEW SOUTH WALES.
4 Areas oF Upper Marine St diminution
p.LSN.S.W. 1913.
pence R
MAP
SHOWING APPROXIMATELY
THE EXTENT
of Th«
INLAND SEA
in which were d«posil"«rj
THE UPPER COAL-MEASURES
O Oufcrops of Upper Coal *!easur«.
Pf.RMO-CARBONIFF.Ro
229
SOME DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FORMS OF
AUSTRALIAN ODONATA.
By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S.
(Science Research Scholar of the University of Sydney).
(Plate xv.)
The following new species and subspecies are here recorded
and described : —
Pseudocordulia elliptica, n.sp.^.
Metathemis nigra xanthosticta, n.subsp.)(^Q.
Metathemis guttata melanosoma, n.subsp.,^^.
Austrogomphus angeli, n sp.,^^.
Diphlebia euphceo'ides cosrulescens, n.subsp., <JQ.
Diphlebia hybrido'ides Tillyard, Q(£ only described already).
Argiolestes chryso'ides, n.sp.(J.
Synlestes albicauda, n.sp.,^^.
1. Pseudocordulia elliptica, n.sp.
£. Total length 49, abdomen 37, forewing 32, hindiving 32 mm.
Wings: neuration exactly as in Ps. circularis Tillyard; a
white spot at base of costa in forewing; hindwing saffroned at
base. Pterostigma 1*5 mm., black. Nodal Indicator ((10-11, 7-9
Head: vertical tubercle fairly large, dark violet; | 7,9-11
front wide, hairy, very deeply cleft medially, dark brown, with
deep violet reflections above; clypeus and labrum dark brown;
labium medium brown. Thorax: prothorax brown, hairy.
Meso- and metathorax deep steely metallic greenish, with light
brown hairs. Legs black, brownish near coxa?. Abdomen
slender; 1-2 rather narrow, 3 pinched in middle, 4-6 widening,
7-8 narrowing, 9-10 cylindrical; 1, with grey hairs above; 2, with
dark brown auricles; all the rest jet black without spot. A p-
pendages: superior 1*5 mm., black, slightly forcipate; viewed
from above, they form a slightly pointed oval; in profile, they are
18
230 NEW FORMS OF AUSTRALIAN ODONATA,
slightly depressed, and carry, on the middle of the lower outer
edge, a small obtuse tooth or spine. Inferior 1 mm., narrow
subtriangular, hollow above; vertex blunt and distinctly bifid,
showing two small tubercles (Plate xv., figs.1-2).
£. Unknown.
Bab. — Kuranda, N. Queensland. Three males, taken by Mr.
F. P. Dodd, on January 3rd, 1913, are now in my collection.
T y p e : <J, Coll. Tillyard.
This species is very close to Ps. circularis* Tillyard, the type
of the genus, which also comes from Kuranda. The label
" Kuranda, F. P. Dodd," covers, however, a large tract of
country, so that the two species do not necessarily occur together
in the same locality, but are, probably, geminate species separated
by a watershed, or inhabiting two different types of creek. The
chief differences are : — Ps. circularis is smaller than Ps. elliptica;
its head narrower, and with scarcely a trace of violet; its thorax
and abdomen shorter; the wings are also shorter, and less
saffroned at bases. The superior appendages are very distinct;
those of Ps. circularis being very much bent, so as to form a
complete circle, the tips much depressed and meeting the tip of
the inferior appendage, which is of the same length, and is
pointed and scarcely bifid at tip.
2. Metathemis nigra xanthosticta, n.subsp.
Very distinct from the type-form, M. nigral Til lyard( Kuranda,
N. Queensland). The chief points of distinction are: — Size
somewhat larger; abdomen, <J 41, 9 43-5 mm.; hindwing, $ 34,
9 38-5 mm. Wings with slightly thicker and longer pterostigma,
(J 2 5, £ 3 mm. Midlateral bands of thorax twice as wide as in
type-form. Abdomen of male with segments 1-8 spotted with
yellow as follows : 1, a dorsal triangle; 2, a transverse basal line;
3, a pair of basal spots, transversely elongate, a pair of conjoined
round dorsal central spots; 4 like 3 but basal spots smaller; 5,
ditto, but basal spots very small; 6-8 with a pair of nearly central
* These Proceedings, 1908, xxxiii., p. 743.
flbid., 1906, xxxi., p.489.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 231
dorsal spots, separated by the dorsal ridge. Appendages of male
similar to those of type-form, but hairier; inferior tubercle of 10
much hairier. Abdomen of female spotted with yellow as fol-
lows : 1, an oval or subtriangular dorsal spot; 2, a pair of widely
separated central spots; 3-6, a pair of subtriangular or semioval
basal spots, a pair of oval or diamond-shaped central dorsal spots,
crossed by the black line of the carina; 8 with a pair of irregular
elongate oval central spots almost touching dorsally; genitalia
and appendages as in type-form; wings only slightly suffused, or
hyaline (in type-form, they are deeply suffused with orange-brown
in 9).
Hob. — Mount Tambourine, Queensland. December to January.
Fairly common. I took a fine series of males, but not many
females. The exuviae were also secured.
3. Metathemis guttata melanosoma, n.subsp.
Very distinct, both from the type-form, M. guttata Selys, and
from M. guttata aur'olineata Tillyard, which, however, it occa-
sionally approaches in that one or two specimens possess a trace
of the golden dorsal thoracic lines.
The following are the chief differences from the type-form : —
Frontal yellow spots rather smaller, more widely separated.
Colouration of abdomen : £, almost completely black; 1 with a
large dorsal yellow spot; 2 with two very small flat basal spots
and a pair of central spots; 8 with two central spots (occasionally
absent). The female has, in addition, 3, a pair of fine short basal
transverse lines, a pair of central points; 4, minute vestiges of
same; 5-7, sometimes with a suspicion of the central points; but
8, without spot.
Hob. — Mount Tambourine, Queensland, December to January.
Rather rare. I captured six males and two females only.
Types: <j£, Coll. Tillyard.
It is interesting to note that, of the four species of Metathemis
known, one only (M. virgula Selys) seems to be practically con-
stant in size and colouring throughout its range. The other
three show a gradual change from large, much spotted forms in
232
NEW FORMS OF AUSTRALIAN ODONATA,
their
their
southern localities, to smaller and much blacker forms at
northern limits. These are shown in the following table: —
u
eS
>>
e
.Si
S. Queensland.
M . xanthosticta, n.subsp.
North Queensland.
M. nigra Tillyard.
«5
13
w
.2
N
Victoria.
M. hrevistyla Selys.*
Northern N.S.VV.
(? Queensland).
M. suhjunctaX Tillyard.
DO
13
Ss
Victoria.
M. guttata Selys.*
M. aurolineatai Tillyard
(Dorrigo, N.S.W.).
M. guttata var. pallida Tillyard
(Illawarra, N.S.W.).
S. Queensland.
M. mdanosoma, n.subsp.
Southern Limit
Southern (large, spotted)
Form
Intermediate Forms
Northern Limit
-a
o
o>
g
£ r
■? C
St*
S a^
0
49
0
2
rQ
"3
89
s
0
O
C9
5
43
89
u
b
<v
O
3
DO
PM
■*
£
4^
fl
d.
i_
BO
§o
J^
OS
©
00
43
oa
c
'it
■a
_o
"3
^H
89
S3
++
>>
,£1
^
b0
+3
~j
re
s
43
o
<r>
89
>
O
J!
c
oa
0)
89
43
s
tj
c
cc
!3
CD
a
a
►
^
re
o
a
o
id
CD
43
>
J*
n3
fi
43
a5
'3b
43
0
T3
'>
43
n*
s
c
X
43
89
W
re
X
&
>
„
X
0)
0
In
X
0
43
0
X
43
89
43
c
of
03
o
8
43
a?
J>>
89
>
re
Os
a;
re
0)
-3
89
J
>j
43
re
9
a
89
i— i
*o
cu
J2
E4H
o
BO
>>
0
43
a)
■j:
OJ
G
s
O
89
"3
5
H
00
89
89
-I-
0
43
89
—
1)
dB
0)
^3
5
32
43
CD
3
Xi
., ,
"an
■5
EH
c
43
#
DO
SI
g
E
,fl
-^
c2 =3 ^
At Mount Tambourine, it was interesting to note that the
large and handsome M. nigra xanthosticta, n.subsp., occurred on
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 233
the same creek as the small and very dark M. guttata melanosoma,
n.subsp., the former being at its southernmost, and the latter at
its northernmost limit, which coincide.
4. AUSTROGOMPHUS ANGELI, n.Sp.
(J. Total length 39, abdomen 29, forewing 22, hindwing 21 mm.
Wings saffroned at base for 1*2 mm. (more in immature
specimens); pterostigma 2*2 mm , black with a brown centre.
Nodal Indicator 12, 7-8[; membranule very small, grey. Head:
occiput black, 9, 8 with a large semioval yellow patch ;
vertex black, with a yellow triangular spot; a broad black band
along base of front, and a blackish line (sometimes absent) in
suture between front and clypeus; all other parts yellow or green-
ish-yellow (the green supervening with age), and fairly covered
with blackish hairs, except labium, which is dirty brownish-yellow,
with a few whitish hairs. Thorax : proihorax black, a wide
yellow collar in front; a pair of small round geminate spots on
dorsum, and a lateral spot on each side. Meso- and metathorax
black above, with a pair of very distinct and complete yellow
" seven-marks," followed by a narrow humeral yellow band much
pinched just before its backward end, where each enlarges
into a conspicuous yellow spot situated just above the interalar
ridge. On the sides, a black band follows the humeral yellow
band, and there are two complete lateral black bands; the middle
one of these three bands is somewhat irregular in shape, the
lower one straight; between them lie two broader areas of yellow;
also the large area below the lowest band is yellow (see diagram
of thoracic colouring, Plate xv., fig. 7). Underside dull yellowish.
Notum black, with conspicuous yellow scuta and scutella, and
yellow spots on wing-joins. Legs short, black, coxae and under-
side of profemora yellow. Abdomen: 1-2 swollen, 3-6 very
narrow, 7-10 clubbed. Colour black, marked with yellow as
follows : a cross-bar on 1, and a dorsal stripe on 2, form a large
and conspicuous T-mark, from the head of which projects a short
yellow line; sides of 1-2, auricles, and genitalia largely yellow;
lateral view of segment 2 as shown in fig. 5 of Plate xv.; 3-6 with
a fine dorsal line, slightly swollen basally; 3 with two large
234 NEW FORMS OF AUSTRALIAN ODOXATA,
triangular basal sublateral spots; 4-6 with a transverse basal
band; 7 with a dorsal basal mark of irregular shape, with its
apical point lying nearly at middle of segment, and followed by
a remnant of the dorsal line; a yellow transverse line in suture
between 7 and 8; large irregular sublateral spots on 7-9; 10,
black Appendages: superior 1*8 mm., parallel, straight,
cylindrical to near tips, which are sharply pointed; colour yellow,
with bases and tips black; underneath, close to bases, each carries
a small black hook projecting downwards and curved inwards
behind the hooks of the inferior appendage : inferior 0#6 mm.,
black, consisting of two widely separated upturned hooks. (Plate
xv., figs. 3-4).
Q. Total length 42, abdomen 31, foreiving 24, hindwing 23 mm.
Differs from the male as follows : Wings much saffroned from
base to nodus; pterostigma 2-7 mm., black line in suture above
clypeus generally absent or obsolescent. Head and thorax marked
as in (J. Occiput with two pairs of prominent black tubercles, the
outer pair narrow, rather truncate, with a small yellow spot near
middle ; the inner pair wider, more rounded at tips, slightly hooked
(Plate xv., fig. 6). Two yellow lines on metafemora. Abdomen :
1-2 swollen, 3-10 fairly cylindrical, marked as in <J, but with dor-
sal mark of 2 much wider and dorsal lines of 3-6 more distmct; 8
with a basal yellow triangular patch running out apically into a
fine dorsal line, on each side a sublateral band ; 8-9 black, with sub-
lateral basal spots, lying on the narrow projecting shelves of the
two segments, formed by the tergites slightly enfolding the ventral
parts; 10 black. Appendages 0-8 mm., yellow, subcorneal.
Hub. — Murray River, at Morgan, South Australia. December.
Taken by Messrs. S. and F. Angel, of Adelaide, to whom I am
indebted for a series of five males and six females, taken between
1909 and 1912.
Types: $Q Coll. Tillyard (<J, December 28th; £; December
27th, 1909).
1 know of no other locality for this interesting and very distinct
species, which I have much pleasure in naming after its discoverers,
who took, at the same locality, the somewhat rare Austrogomphus
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 235
australis Selys, also. The appendages of the male of A. angeli,
n.sp., are very distinct from those of all other species, but come
nearest, in form, to those of A. amphiclytus Selys. The new species
also resembles the latter somewhat by its colour-scheme, but is
easily distinguished from it by its much smaller size, by the bi-
colorous pterostigma, and by the two complete lateral bands of
the thorax.
5. DlPHLEBIA EUPHCEOIDES CCERULESCENS, n.Subsp.
A beautifully marked race, which differs from the type-form, D.
euphoeo'ides* Tillyard (Kuranda), as follows :—
£. Wings slightly narrower, the black clouding not quite so
complete, but showing paler spaces in each cellule surrounded by
dark pigment. Black bands of thorax, slightly thicker. Abdomen
coloured as follows: 1, black with large central blue patches; 2,
blue, with' transverse black lines in sutures, a black dorsal line
along basal half, enlarging into a large flat spade-shaped dorsal
black spot towards apex; 3 as in type-form; 4-7 black with a pair
of conspicuous basal blue spots (these segments are wholly black
in type form) ; 8, blue, with a narrow elongate anchor-shaped dor-
sal black mark; 9, blue, with a short dorsal longitudinal black
stripe along basal half, and two small central points of black; 10,
black, with two round blue spots wide apart (closer in type-form) ;
sutures of 8-10 broadly black.
£. Very similar to type-form, but with a generally darker
colouration and an intensification of the black parts of the epicra-
nial pattern.
Hab. — Mount Tambourine, Queensland. December-January,
1913. Not common; occurs mostly on the rocky creeks half-way
down the mountain. I obtained a fair series of males and a smaller
number of females.
Types: <j£, Coll. Tillyard.
There seems to be an almost exact parallel between the limits of
distribution, and resulting variations of colour-scheme between
this species and Metathemis nigra, already dealt with. In both
* These Proceedings, 1907, xxxii., p. 394.
236 NEW FORMS OF AUSTRALIAN ODONATA,
cases, the type-form from the northern limit (Kuranda) is the
darker, and at the southern limit (Mount Tambourine) a beauti-
fully spotted form occurs.
6. Diphlebia hybridoides Tillyard.
The male of this species was described by me, These Proceedings,
1911, xxxvi., p. 587.
Q (unique). Total length 52, abdomen 39, forewing 38, hind-
wing 36-5 mm. Wings: neuration black, the whole wing
slightly shaded with brown ; pterostigma 3 mm., dark brown.
Nodal Indicator
three small brown
6-7, 24-25L Head: epicranium black, with
5-6, 20 marks near ocelli; clypeus jet black;
labrum black, with two brown spots; gence and inside of orbits
yellowish-brown; labium pale dirty-brownish. Thorax: pro-
thorax black, with two reddish-brown touches, and a little brown
on posterior border. Meso- and metathorax very dark brown,
with black dorsal and humeral bands; lower part of sides and
underside powdered with grey. Legs black, undersides of femora
powdered with grey. Abdomen: 1-7 quite cylindrical, 8-10
somewhat clubbed. Colour jet-black; sides of 1 and underside
of 2-8 slightly powdered with grey. Appendages 1 mm., sharply
pointed, black.
(J. It is necessary to add, to the already published description,
the colouration of the thorax and abdomen, since the type-specimen
was discoloured. Thorax: prothorax black, with two small
brown spots well forward, two large central brown spots, and a
short transverse brown mark behind. Meso- and metathorax rich
brown (not blue as in other species), with black dorsal and
humeral bands ; sides brownish, shading to dull bluish below, a nar-
row sublateral black band in suture. Abdomen: 1 brownish,
with a rectangular basal black blotch; 2-9 as described; 10 black;
appendages black.
Note: — This species must not be confounded with the black-
tipped form of D. lesto'ides Selys. In Victoria and the southern
half of New South Wales, D. lesto'ides £ has a milky bar across
the wings, but the tips are quite clear. In the northern half of New
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 237
South Wales, and at Mount Tambourine, and other localities, in
South Queensland, it has, in addition, in mature specimens, a
strong black tip to the wings. In D. hybrido'ides, the black is not
truly apical, as in this form of D. lestoides, but it is a broad prse-
pterostigmatic band, though, in very mature specimens, a certain
amount of obfuscation supervenes between it and the tip of the
wing. Both sexes of D. hybrido'ides are of much slenderer build
than D. lestoides; the abdomen is longer and narrower; the wings
also longer and narrower, and the appendages of the male very
different, and easily distinguished by the very sharp upcurved tips,
and conspicuous inferior spine of the superior appendages. The
female is distinguished also by its very dark head, with scarcely
any brown epicranial pattern, and by the very long and slender
wings.
Hab. — Kuranda, N. Queensland. I have received a good series
of six males and one female, taken by Mr. F. P. Dodd, during
December, 1912.
Types : ^(Kuranda, F. P. Dodd), Coll. Tillyard.
7. Argiolestes chkysoides, n.sp.
^(unique). Total length 41, abdomen 32-5, forewing 26, hind-
wing 25 mm. Wings: pterostigma 1-3 mm., black; postnodals
18-19 in forewing, 17 in hindwing. Head: eyes black; epicra-
nium and clypeus dull black; labrum dark metallic purple, hairy;
a pale yellow patch on genae, extending to orbits; labium dull black.
Thorax: prothorax black, with a pair of conspicuous dorsal yel-
low spots. Meso- and metathorax bright golden-yellow above,
except for a narrow black border near prothorax, and a broad
black patch above and surrounding interalar ridge; sides dark
metallic purplish-black, with the yellow from above forming an
irregular humeral band; irregular yellow patches near coxae and
close to abdomen; notum black, crossed by a yellow band; scuta
and scutella yellow; wing-joins black. Legs black, slender, with
long slender spines on femora and tibiae. Abdomen slender,
cylindrical, 9-10 enlarged. Colour black, the basal half showing
deep purplish reflections (1-4 distinctly, 5-6 less so). No spots.
238 NEW FORMS OF AUSTRALIAN ODONATA,
Appendages: superior 1-5 mm., forcipate, black; seen from
above, the basal two-thirds are thick, the apical third thinner and
bent inwards; at the bend, on the inner side, is a slight swelling,
and, on the ontside, are three small spines ; tip rounded ; hairs very
irregular ; in profile, the thickness is almost uniform, the tips rather
blunt and decurved ; there are two small spines above, at the bend,
and a moderately large inferior spine under the bend near the tip.
Inferior very short, black, subtriangular in profile. (Plate xv,,
figs.8 and 9).
9. Unknown.
Hab. — Montville, Blackall Ranges, Queensland. This unique male
was taken on a rocky creek in the scrub, on October 6th, 1912, by
Dr. A. J. Turner, F.E.S., of Brisbane.
Type: Coll. Tillyard.
This beautiful species is closely allied £0 A. aureus* Tillyard,
from Kuranda, North Queensland. The chief differences are : — In
A. aureus, the pterostigma is much shorter (1 mm.) ; the front,
clypeus and labrum are golden, and there are two golden spots on
each side of prothorax. The gold markings of the thorax are very
different. In A. aureus, a wedge of metallic steely black runs in
from the interalar ridge along the dorsal ridge, thus cutting the
gold in two; on the other hand, the sides of the thorax are nearly
all golden in A. aureus. The abdomen of A. aureus has no purplish
colouring, and there are small basal golden spots on 2 and 3. The
superior appendages of A. aureus are slightly longer, and are with-
out the inferior spine found in A. chryso'ides.
8. Synlestes albicauda, n.sp.
(J. Total length 53, abdomen 45, forewing 29, hindwing 28 mm.
Wings: neuration fine, black ; pterostigma 1-5 mm., thick, rather
convex below, black with brown centre; quadrilateral shorter but
broader than in S. weyersi Selys, $; postnodals 1 9 in forewing,
14 in hindwing. Head: total width 5-5 mm. Eyes rather large,
bronze-grey shading to pale grey beneath; antennae slender, 35
These Proceedings, 1906, xxxi., p. 178.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 239
mm., basal joint swollen, whitish, second joint fairly slender,
slightly swollen at tip, rather long, whitish shading to brown dis-
tally, rest very slender, dark. Epicranium metallic green, clypeus
bronze, labrum dark metallic green, labium wide, dull, pale dirty
straw-colour. Thorax: prothorax bronze, with a pale straw-
coloured collar, and a thick irregular humeral band on each side, on
which is partly isolated a conspicuous bronze point. Meso- and
metathorax bronze above and on sides ; a pair of conspicuous slant-
ing posthumeral bands of cream or pale j^ellow, rather irregular,
broadest near wings, and narrowing forwards ; also a fine pale line
on each side,* in the lateral suture ; underside and lower part of
sides white touched with cream; notum dirty pale brownish, glau-
cous. Legs slender, rather long, coxae whitish, rest pale dirty
brownish; elbows black; a black line on distal half of profemora;
tibiae with long slender spines. Abdomen very slender, 1-2 and
8-10 slightly enlarged. Colour dark bronze, marked with cream
or pale yellow as follows: 1, a dorsal patch, and white underside;
2, lower part of sides, and underside enclosing brown genitalia ; 3-7,
a pair of basal subtriangular marks extending downwards along
the sides to a sharp point apically, and joining one another basally
underneath ; 8, with same markings very low down, not visible dor-
sally; 9-10 dark bronze. Segment 10 of remarkable shape, being
raised dorsally into two parallel ridges, from which the superior
appendages arise; these ridges are concave inwards, and end in a
conspicuous spine above ; colour black. Appendages: superior,
2-7 mm., white, elongate, forcipate, and also bifid at their basal
third; the inner forks 0-6 mm., short, straight, sharply pointed,
converging to meet or cross inwards, a distinct rounded lobe on
outer border; outer forks long, curved, often crossed at tips. In-
ferior reduced to two dull whitish tubercles. Apparently the
superior appendages here play the double part of two sets of
elaspers often allotted to superiors plus inferiors together ; or pos-
sibly the inferior forks play the part of spines. (Plate xv., figs.
10-11).
£. Total length 49, abdomen 39, forewing, 30-5, hindwing 29 mm.
It differs from the male as follows : pterostigma slightly larger,
240 NEW FORMS OP AUSTRALIAN ODONATA,
paler in centre ; postnodals 17 in fore, 13-14 in hindwing. Epicra-
nium, clypeus and labrum bronze. Thorax with dull brown over-
lying the bronze dorsally; markings yellower in mature £ than in (J
both on thorax and abdomen, the usual colour being straw. Abdo-
men cylindrical, thicker than in $, except 9, which is much swol-
len, 10 narrower : 1, with an apical whitish band ; 3-8 with yellow
markings larger than in $, and spreading further apically along
underside. Ovipositor black; 9, blackish; 10, narrow and short,
1-2 mm., white or creamy. Appendages 0-6 mm., straight, sub-
conical, creamy ; tips with a very fine sharp brownish point.
Hab. — Mount Tambourine, Queensland December-January.
Twelve mature males, and three mature females were taken by me,
between December 21st, 1912, and January 6th, 1913.
Types: <££., mature, taken in cop., January 2nd, 1913; Coll.
Tillyard.
During the latter half of December, I found this insect emerging
in large numbers from a deep pool of the creek, near the top of the
mountain, in dense scrub. These were nearly all females, and
exceedingly weak and flabby. In spite of the abundance of newly-
emerged specimens, mature specimens were seldom met with. A
large percentage are caught and eaten by birds as they make their
way from the pool; many more fall victims to rapacious spiders,
both on land and water; and the remnant hide away in the dense
scrub, where it is almost impossible to find them. I never caught
more than two or three mature specimens in the course of a day's
hunt, and only twice found them in cop. Their colouration is mar-
vellously protective. When resting on the trunks of palms or tree-
ferns, they are practically invisible, and will remain so still that
they can be picked off with the hand. Also when flying in the half-
light of the scrub, the whigs are invisible, and the body nearly so.
They are, curiously enough, only betrayed by the distinct white tip
of the abdomen, which, I soon convinced myself, is actually neces-
sary to enable the sexes to discover one another. The male, while
sitting on a twig or trunk, arches his abdomen outwards, and moves
his white appendages to and fro, while I have no doubt that the
female uses the white tip of her abdomen in a similar manner.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 241
These movements do not amount to so decided a courtship (as far
as I could judge) as in the case of Hemiphlebia mirdbilis* , but are
of an exactly similar nature, so that it is interesting to find two
similar developments brought about by the same necessity, on two
insects so differently coloured, and of so different a habitat.
This species is easily distinguished from S. weyersi Selys, the
only other known member of the genus, both by its peculiar
colouration, and by its remarkable appendages.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
Fig. 1. — Psevdocordtdia elliptica, n.sp., <$ , appendages, dorsal view ( x 12).
Fig. 2. — Pseudocordulia elliptica, n.sp., 6 , appendages, lateral view ( x 12).
Fig. 3. — Austrogomphus angeli, n.sp., £ , appendages, dorsal view ( x 9).
Fig.4. — Austrogomphus angeli, n.sp., £ , appendages, lateral view ( x 9).
Fig. 5. — Austrogomphus avgeli, n.sp., £ , lateral view of 2nd segment ( x 5).
Fig. 6. — Austrogomphus angeli, n.sp., 9 , occiput, showing hooks ( x 12).
Fig. 7. — Austrogomphus angeli, n.sp., <£ , thoracic colour-pattern ( x 5).
Fig. 8. — Argiolates chryso'idts, n.sp., £ , appendages, dorsal view, right half
(xl8).
Fig. 9. — Argioltstts chry^o'ides, n.sp., $ , appendages, lateral view ( x 18).
Fig. 10. — Synlestes albicauda, n.sp., £ , appendages, dorsal view ( x 18).
Fig. 11. — Synlestes albicauda, n.sp., S , appendages, lateral view ( x 18).
These Proceedings, 1912, xxxvii., p.463.
242
NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.
No.18.
By J. H. Maiden and E. Betche.
DILLENIACEJE.
HlBBERTIA ELATA, Il.Sp.
Wallangarra, New South Wales, on the borders of Queensland,
on arid hills (E. Betche; December, 1891; Stanthorpe, Queensland,
on the top of a bare hill in the crevices of rocks (J. L. Boorman;
July, 1904).
Frutex erectus, circiter 1 m. altus, pilis parce vestitus. Folia
angusto-linearia, 2-3 cm. longa, concava, conferta leniter fascicu-
lata. Flores terminales in brevissimis ramulis lateralibus. Sepala
ovata, circiter, 8 mm. longa, exteriora ciliata. Petala non vidimus.
Stamina 15-20, circa carpidia in circulum completum disposita
sine staminodiis. Carpidia 3, glabra.
An erect, densely leaved shrub, 4 or 5 feet high, the young
branches scantily hairy. Leaves crowded and somewhat clustered,
sessile with a slightly enlarged base, and articulate shortly above
the base, narrow -linear, concave, 2 to 3 cm. long, hirsute with short
soft white hairs, or rarely nearly glabrous. Flowers solitary and
terminal on the branches, or apparently axillary, on account of the
shortness of the branches. Sepals ovate, about 8 mm. long, with
membranous, more or less ciliate edges, the outer ones drawn to a
point. Petals not seen. Stamens about 15 or rather more, all
round the carpels, without staminodia, though some with smaller
barren anthers. Carpels usually 3, glabrous.
The species is closely allied to H. fasciculata R.Br., and may per-
haps be regarded by some as a tall form of that species, but the
aspect of it is very different. It differs from it by the large size, the
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 243
much longer and less distinctly clustered leaves, larger flowers, cili-
ate sepals, and more numerous stamens. It is probably the tallest
Hibbertia in New South Wales, unless H. saligna R.Br., occasion-
ally attains a larger size.
Hibbertia Kochii, n.sp.
Lowden, Western Australia (Max Koch; October, 1909).
Frutex erectus, 20-30 cm. altus, pilosus. Folia lineari-lanceo-
lata, 12-15 mm. longa et 2 mm. lata, obtusa, margine revoluta, sub-
tus plana pallidaque. Flores solitarii, pedunculis gracilibus circiter
30 cm. longis. Bracteola sub flore, sepalis brevior. Sepala obtusa,
circiter 4 mm. longa, interiora latiora hyalino-marginata, pilosa
aeque quam pedunculis, foliis et ramulis. Petala flava, biloba, cir-
citer 8 mm. longa. Stamina 10, unilateralia. Staminodia 3, unila-
teralia. Carpella 2, biovulata, villosa.
A small, much-branched, erect shrub barely 6 inches high in some
specimens, and apparently always below one foot high, the young
branches, leaves, peduncles and calyces generally loosely covered
with rather long spreading hairs. Leaves linear or linear-lanceo-
late, 6 or 7 lines long, and about one line broad in the upper half,
obtuse or with a very small recurved point, the margins revolute
but leaving the smooth, somewhat paler under surf ace open.
Peduncles one-flowered, slender, leaf -opposed on the upper part of
the stem, or terminal on short branches, 1 to 1 J inches long, with a
small, leaf-like bracteole close under the calyx, shorter than the
sepals. Outer sepals narrow-ovate, the inner ones broader, and
with scarious margins, about 2 lines long, all obtuse, the spreading
hairs on the midrib and margins. Petals yellow, 2-lobed, about
4 lines long. Stamens 10 or rarely more, all on one side of the car-
pels in a dense cluster, with three short, narrow staminodia on
each side of the fertile stamens and close to them. Carpels 2, vil-
lous, 2-ovulate. [Seeds not seen.]
The new Hibbertia belongs to the section Hemipleurandra, and
is very closely allied to H. hypericoides Benth., but differs from it
essentially in the indumentum. The stellate hairs of H. hyperi-
coides are entirely absent in H. Kochii, which has long spreading
244 NOTES FROM THK BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY, xviii.,
hairs, and is further distinguished from it by the long slender
peduncles; the staminodia are always few, and closely pressed to
the edges of the stamens, and not dispersed round the carpels, as
frequently in H. hypericoides.
In December, 1910, we received from Mr. Koch, from the same
locality, almost glabrous specimens of the same species, with the
following note : — "This is a form which grows in very moist situa-
tions, and is densely branched and prostrate. It is very commonly
met with in swamps after the water has gone back a bit." These
specimens are identical with the hirsute form in every respect,
except that the hairs are so few that they appear glabrous at first
sight.
RUTACEiE.
Boronia Deanei, Maiden & Betche.
Swampy flats above Fitzroy Falls, near Moss Vale (Miss Agnes
Brewster; September, 1911).
The type of this species was collected, in 1906, by Mr. Henry
Deane, on the road from Clarence Siding to Wolgan, in the Blue
Mountains, at an altitude of about 3,400 feet (These Proceedings,
xxxi., 731, 1906).
The Fitzroy Falls specimens have rather longer and more slender
leaves, the stigma is thicker, and there are some slight differences
in the stamens and the shape of the petals ; but the distinctions are
unessential, and are perhaps caused by the difference in altitude
of the two localities. These are the only localities recorded so far.
SAPINDACEJE.
Nephelium Forsythii Maiden & Betche.
Top of Mt. Duri, near Currabubula, 3,150 feet high (R. H. Cam-
bage; August, 1912).
A new locality for a rare plant. The tree was described by us
in these Proceedings (xxvi., 81, 1901) from specimens collected
by the late Mr. W. Forsyth, in the Tia Canyon, in the Walcha dis-
trict. The new locality (Peel Range) brings the range of the
species considerably to the west, since the former locality is east of
the Moonbi Range.
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE, 245
DODON^A HIRSUTA, n.sp.
Jennings or Wallangarra (New South Wales-Queensland border,
and occurring in both States). (J. L. Boorman; October, 1901,
and July, 1904).
Frutex erectus, ramosus, j-ljm. altus. Folia ramulique brevi-
bus patentibusque pilis dense vestita, et sine visciditate quae pro-
pria generis est. Folia conferta, cuneata vel fere triangularia, in
brevissimum petiolum angustata, apice lato truncato sed dis-
tincte 3-denticulato, 5-6 mm. longa, et apice fere asquilata, mar-
ginibus recurvatis. Flores axillares plerumque solitares in pedun-
culis gracilibus foliis leniter longioribus. Sepala lanceolata. Cap-
sulas grandiusculae, tota longitudine alatse, et utrinque a3que rotun-
datse, rubro-brunnea3, hirtulae. Flores masculos et semina matura
non vidimus.
We described this plant in these Proceedings (xxvii., 57, 1902)
as a variety of D. peduncularis, but we have since come to the con-
clusion that the characters separating it from that species are too
marked and constant to maintain that view, and that it fully
deserves to stand as a distinct species.
It is an erect bushy shrub, 2 to 6 feet high, the leaves and young
branches densely covered with short spreading hairs, and without a
trace of the viscidity so common in the genus. Leaves crowded,
cuneate, or almost triangular in outline, narrowed into a very short
petiole, and with a broad, truncate but deeply 3-toothed summit,
5-6 mm. long, and nearly as broad at the top, the margins recurved.
Flowers axillary, mostly solitary, on slender peduncles shortly
exceeding the leaves. Sepals lanceolate. Capsules rather large,
winged from the base to the top, and equally rounded at both ends,
of a reddish-brown colour, slightly hirsute, as well as the sepals
and peduncles. Flowers of both sexes, and ripe seeds not seen.
LEGUMINOSJE.
Crotalaria Mitchelli Benth., var. tomentosa Ewart.
Thurlow Downs to Berrawinia Downs in the Paroo River dis-
trict, New South Wales (J. L. Boorman; October, 1912).
19
246 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY, xviii.,
Professor Ewart described this variety in Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict,
xix., 37 (1906) from specimens collected between the Finke River
and Charlotte Waters, Central Australia. We can now add a
second locality, which shows the great extent of its range. The
Paroo River specimens agree well with Prof. Ewart's description,
except that the leaves are still smaller, not exceeding 2 cm. in all
our specimens, while the axis of inflorescence sometimes exceeds
5 cm.
MYRTACEJE.
Kunzea parvifolia Schau., var. alba, n.var.
Rockley (J. L. Boorman; November, 1906) ; near Braidwood (R.
H. Cambage; November, 1908).
The colour of the flowers is normally lilac-purple in K. parvi-
folia, but we have two white-flowering specimens in the Herbarium,
and we find that the white forms are also always glabrous or nearly
so. The glabrous and white form from Braidwood is a heath-like
shrub with smaller flowers and leaves, and seemed to us, at first, a
well-marked species, but the specimens from Rockley are, in habit
and appearance, exactly like the typical K. parvifolia, and cannot
be separated from it specifically.
Kunzea capitata Reichb. — We may mention here that Kunzea
capitata Reichb., also seems to have a white-flowered form.
Specimens of a white Kunzea from Ulladulla and Milton, col-
lected by Mr. R. H. Cambage, seem to be a form of that species,
but the material is at present too imperfect to decide whether it is a
distinct species or a variety.
Kunzea Cambagei, n.sp.
On the plateau east of Mt. Werong, 3,700 feet high (R. H. Cam-
bage; October, 1909); Big Plain, near Mt. Werong, 3,800 feet
high (Richard Hind Cambage; December, 1911).
Frutex parvus, J-l m. altus. Folia alterna, angusto-obovata,
4-5 mm. longa, brevissime petiolata, margine lanato. Folia matura
laevia nitentiaque. Flores 6-8, sericei ; in parvis capitibus termina-
libus in duabus angustis bracteolis et una lata bractea. Calyx 3-4
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 247
mm. longus, breve 5-lobatus. Petala fere orbicularia, alba, calycis
lobis circiter bis aequilonga. Stamina cireiter 20 in uno ordine.
Ovarium biloculare, paucis pendulis ovulis (plerumque duobus) in
uno loculamento.
A small shrub up to 3 feet high, or almost prostrate in exposed
situations, nearly glabrous in age, the young shoots silky-hairy.
Leaves alternate, narrow-obovate, 4-5 mm. long, narrowed at the
base into a very short flat petiole, eiliate and sparingly hairy when
young, smooth and shining when old. Flowers about 6 to 8, in
small heads terminating short lateral branches, each flower between
two narrow bracteoles and supported by a broad scale-like bract, all
silky with short hairs. Calyx hardly 3 to 4 mm. long, the lobes
about one-third as long as the tube. Petals very small, nearly
orbicular, white, about twice as long as the calyx-lobes. Stamens
about 20, in a single row, very short, the filaments about twice as
long as the petals. Ovarium 2-celled, with two pendulous ovules in
each cell.
The new species belongs to the section Eukunzea (with few
pendulous ovules), which is represented in New South Wales by a
single species, K. Muelleri Benth.
It is nearest allied to the Western Australian K. micrantha
Schau., but is easily distinguished from it by the small white
flowers and the silky hairs. The flowers are very inconspicuous ; it
is the least showy of all New South Wales species. Mr. Cambage
informs us that the leaves are sweet-scented.
EUGKNIA TOMLINSII, n.Sp.
Alston ville (Dr. W. H. Tomlins; December, 1909, in flower;
August, 1912, in fruit).
Arbor multicaulis circiter 12-15 m. alta. Folia ovato-lanceolata,
5-5^ cm. longa et 2J-3 cm. lata, in acumen obtusum angustata,
supra atrovirens, subtus pallidiora. Petiola 5 vel 6 mm. longa.
Flores numerosi in terminalibus paniculis plerumque 6 in ultimis
ramis paniculae. Calycis tubus turbinatus circiter 2 mm. longus,
super ovulum breve elongatus. Lobi 4, persistentes, breve-obtusi.
Petala 4 in calyptra parva planaque decidentes. Stamina numerosa
248 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY, xviii.,
triplice orcline, circiter 4 mm. longa. Antherae loculamenta paral-
lela. Ovulum biloculare. Fructus depresso-globosi 2-2J cm. in
diametro metientes et vix l^cm. alti, ccerulei. Semen solitarum.
A middle-sized tree, with a thick stem 65 inches in circumference
at a height of 1 yard from the ground, according to Dr. Tomans'
measurements of the type-tree, and with a moderately spreading
much-branched crown. Bark of a brownish-white colour, rather
rough, easily pulling off in large pieces, leaving a smooth, light-
brown surface underneath. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, generally 2 to
2 J inches long, and 1 to 1^ inches broad, tapering into an obtuse
point, dark green above, paler underneath, finely and irregularly
penniveined and loosely reticulate, the oil-dots distinctly visible
when dry. Petioles short, about J inch long. Flowers numerous
and crowded in terminal thyrsoid panicles, usually six together,
shortly pedicellate on the ultimate panicle-branches. Buds clavate.
Calyx-tube turbinate, scarcely above a line long, produced above
the ovulary, and with four long-persistent shallow obtuse lobes.
Petals four, falling off together in a small shallow calyptra.
Stamens numerous, in about 3 rows (154 in the flowers counted),
about 4 mm. long; anther-cells parallel. Ovulary 2-celled. Fruit
depressed-globular, 2 to 1\ cm. in diameter, and not quite l|cm.
high, of a lilac-pink colour, one-seeded.
The new Eugenia belongs to the Section Syzygium, and is closely
allied to E. Ventenatii Benth., but the general aspect is so different,
that we can scarcely regard it as a form of the same species. E. Tom-
linsii is chiefly distinguished from E. Ventenatii by the short and
broad leaves, less than half as long as those of E. Ventenatii, by
the smaller, much more numerous and crowded flowers, and by the
bluish fruits. The blue fruits distinguish it from any other Aus-
tralian Eugenia of the Section Syzygium; the only other Aus-
tralian Eugenia with blue fruits, E. cyanocarpa F.v.M., belongs
to the Section Jambosa.
We do not know, at present, the range of the tree. Dr. Tomlins
has seen only a single tree. We have not received it from any other
locality, and F. M. Bailey does not record a Eugenia from Queens-
land, answering to the above description.
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 249
COMPOSITE.
Brachycome iberidifolia Benth. New for New South Wales.
Waverley Downs to Hungerford, Paroo River (J. L. Boorman;
October, 1912).
The species is very common in Western Australia, and it is also
recorded from North Australia, but from no other State. As our
specimens come from the north-west corner of New South Wales,
not many miles from the border of Queensland, and also not far
from the border of South Australia, it seems likely that both
Queensland and South Australia will be added to the range of the
species, when the flora of the interior of Australia is better known.
Pluchea baccharoides F.v.M. New for New South Wales.
Waverley Downs to Hungerford (J. L. Boorman; October, 1912).
Previously recorded from Queensland and North Australia.
According to the collector's notes, it is, in the New South Wales
locality, a showy shrub of 3 to 5 feet in height, with the aspect of a
cultivated Eupatorium; the florets are much longer than the invo-
lucre, and the tips of the pappus are of a pale purplish colour.
Podolepis cupulata, n.sp.
Wanganella, near Hay (Miss Edith Officer; October, 190?).
Planta annua, erecta, ramosissima, circiter 15 cm. alta, parciter
lanuginosa. Folia laneeolata, basi decurrenti amplexantia, inferi-
ora circiter 5 cm. longa, superiora breviora et basi latiora. Florum
capita numerosa, in pedunculis brevibus, rigidis et filiformibus.
Involucrum cylindricum vel fere campanulatum, circiter 6 mm.
longum, squamis laevibus et fimbriatiusculis. Involueri squamse
exteriores, sessiles, latse et obtusse, mediaa breve unguiculatae lamina
magna et acuta, interiores unguibus rigidis, erectis, linearibus et
laminis parvis. Flosculi circiter 40, omnes fere asquales, exteriores
interioribus majores, nulli ligulati. Achenae planum factas (matu-
ras non vidimus) circiter 10 pappi setis, basi barbellatis.
An erect annual, much-branched from the root, 5 to 6 inches
high and up to 8 inches broad in the specimens seen, very sparingly
woolly-hairy, or almost glabrous in age. Radical leaves not seen.
250 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY, xviii.,
Stem-leaves lanceolate, the lowest rarely 2 inches long and 3 to 5
lines broad, sessile, stem-clasping and shortly decurrent, the upper
ones gradually shorter and with a broader stem-clasping base.
Flower-heads very numerous, on rigid, filiform, sometimes clustered
peduncles rarely above 1 inch long. Involucre shortly cylindrical
or almost as broad as long when fully developed, about \ inch in
diameter. Involucral bracts smooth, with somewhat fimbriate mar-
gins, the outer ones sessile, broad, obtuse and wholly scarious, the
intermediate ones with a short narrow claw and a large heart-
shaped scarious lamina, somewhat like the "spade" in playing
cards, with the point more drawn out and reflexed, the innermost
ones with a broad-linear long erect claw, and a much smaller scari-
ous lamina. The thick and stiff claws of the innermost involucral
bracts are slightly connate at the base, and cohere into a solid cup
containing the florets. Florets about 40, all nearly equal and none
ligulate, the outer ones slightly exceeding the involucre, the inner
ones shorter. Achenes compressed ; pappus-bristles about 10, very
deciduous on the marginal flowers, all barbellate from the base.
The new species is most nearly allied to P. Lessoni Benth., which
it resembles much in habit and foliage, but from which it differs in
the more numerous and smaller flower-heads, and shorter peduncles.
It differs from all described species of Podolepis by the peculiar
cup formed by the stiff, erect claws of the innermost involucral
bracts.
GOODENIACEJE.
Goodenia Havilandi, n.sp.
Shuttleton, Nymagee (W. Balierlen; September, 1903); Cobar
(Archdeacon F. E. Haviland; October, 1911).
Suffrutex multicaulis, caulibus adscendentibus, undique glandu-
loso-pubescens, 1 J-3 dc. altus. Folia radicales linearo-lanceolata,
cum petiolo circiter 7 cm. longa et 5-6 mm. lata, integerrima vel
remote serrata. Folia caulina pauca, et gradatim minora angus-
tioraque. Flores parvi, plerumque solitares in pedunculis rigidis,
filiformibus, sub fructibus patentibusque, 15-20 cm. longi. Brac-
teolae desunt. Corolla flava, circiter 6 cm. longa, extus brevissime
BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 251
pilosa. Capsula globosa dissepimento brevissimo. Seniina 8-10,
plana vel concava, margine pallido cincta.
An ascending perennial with a tufted, somewhat woolly-hairy
rootstock, minutely glandular-pubescent all over, about 1 foot high
in the fruiting specimens from Cobar, and half as high in the
flowering specimens from Shuttleton. Radical leaves linear-lanceo-
late, about 3 inches long including the long petiole, and not above
3 lines broad, entire or occasionally with one or two remote teeth;
stem-leaves few and distant, gradually smaller and reduced to
linear or filiform bracts under the peduncles. Flowers small, soli-
tary on filiform rigid peduncles, or clustered at the top of the
flowering branches. Peduncles without bracteoles, almost horizon-
tally spreading under the fruit, rarely above f inch long. Corolla
yellow, scarcely 3 lines long, minutely hairy outside. Capsule
globular, with a very short dissepiment, and less than 10 flat or
concave seeds, black with a light-coloured border.
The new species belongs to Bentham's Section Pedieellosae, and is
most nearly allied to G. pusilli flora F.v.M. It is distinguished from
it chiefly by the glandular hairs, and by the entire or almost entire
leaves. The glandular-hairy species of Pedieellosae were previously
confined to West Australia. This is the first one described from
East Australia.
OLEACEJE.
Jasminum singuliflorum Bailey & F.v.M. New for New South
Wales.
Woodburn, Richmond River (Mrs. F. E. Haviland; July, 1886).
Though collected 27 years ago, and sent at the time to Baron von
Mueller for determination, it has not been previously recorded from
this State. It turns out to 'be fairly common hi the rich brushes
on and between the Richmond and Tweed Rivers, but it runs into
the forms of J. didymum Forst., var. pubescens, and does not seem
to be a well-defined species. The inflorescence of the pubescent
forms of J. didymum is often reduced to very few flowers; in the
extreme forms, they are reduced to a single flower, and that is J.
singuliflorum.
252 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY, xviii.
We have to thank the Ven. Archdeacon F. E. Haviland for the
above specimen.
SOLANACEJE.
Solanum hystrix R.Br. New for New South Wales.
Brindingabba to Arara, and Arara to Lake Eliza in the Cutta-
burra Creek(Paroo River) district (J. L. Boorman; October, 1912).
Previously recorded from South and Western Australia.
Our specimens differ from the type in the leaves being sprinkled
with stellate hairs underneath, while the type is quite glabrous, but
they show distinctly the small spines on the corolla, a character
unique in this species; and they agree, in habit, exactly with our
South Australian specimens from Mt. Hergott.
The prickles are bright copper-coloured, the fruits yellow when
ripe, about ^ inch in diameter.
[I regret to say that, a month after this paper was read, my
colleague/Mr. Betehe, died, on 28th June, 1913.— J.H.M.]
253
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
June 25th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
Dr. J. R. L. Dixon, University of Sydney, was elected an
Ordinary Member of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (28th May, 1913), amounting to 6 Vols.,
53 Parts or Nos., 7 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 3 Pamphlets,
received from 44 Societies, were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
M r. Fred Turner exhibited and contributed notes on Eragrostis
lanijlora Benth., one of the " Love-grasses," collected near
Byrock, New South Wales. The thick, almost bulbous woolly
bases, which are characteristics of this species, were remarkably
well developed in the specimens shown; and from long observa-
tion of this and other Australian species of Graminese with
bulbous or thick, knotty bases, he was of the opinion that they
were provided by Nature for storing up plant-food to sustain
these grasses during periods of very dry weather, and to preserve
them from extinction. In the interior, grasses that have de-
veloped these characteristics remain green much longer durino-
adverse seasons than those without them, and quickly recover
after rainfall. During a prolonged drought, when every vestige
of grass-foliage has disappeared, these, swollen bases, which are
generally enveloped in a woolly substance that prevents the
evaporation of moisture, and their strong, long fibrous roots
which penetrate deeply into the earth, remain dormant until the
condition of the soil and weather is favourable for them to again
put forth green stems and leaves. Mr. Turner had exhibited at
meetings of the Society, during recent years, all the known Aus-
tralian grasses with bulbous or thick, knotty leaves. Eragrostis
20
254 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
laniflora is described in Turner's "Grasses of New South Wales,"
(p. 19) published under the authority of the Government of New
South Wales, in 1890.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited a large piece of timber taken from a
"Stringy Bark" (Eucalyptus sp.) at Hill Top, measuring 18 inches
in diameter, showing the heartwood infested with thin sheets
of the white leathery mycelium, together with the sporophore in
situ, of Polyporus eucalyptorum Fr., thus confirming a suggestion
made in these Proceedings (1910, xxxv., 308), that the white
masses of mycelium included under the name of Xylostroma
giganteum Fr., were the sterile mycelia of Polyporus. The
following " Rusts " were also exhibited : (a) Uromyces appendicu-
latus Link, on leaflets of the French Bean (Phaseolus vulgaris
Linn.), var. Epicure, and a yellow-seeded form; from Penshurst
and Botanic Gardens; and (b) U. striatus Schrceter, (I) on Lucerne
(Medicago sativa Linn.); from the Botanic Gardens, collected by
the late Mr. A. Grant, in April, 1906; this is difficult to dis-
tinguish from U. trifolii. — Mr. Cheel said that, since the last
Meeting, he had received some fresh specimens of a Clover called
Chilian Clover (a form of Trifolium pratense Linn.) from the
Hawkesbury Agricultural College, infested with the Rust U.
trifolii.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton showed specimens of three plants :
(a) Schkuhria isopappa Benth., Whittingham (J. H. Maiden;
March, 1908). New for Australia; determined at Kew. A
little known plant from New Granada, whose properties have
probably not been investigated, as it is not mentioned in avail-
able works on this subject, (b) Roubieva multijida Moq., (Syn.
Chenopodium multifidum Linn.), Waterloo (J. H. Camfield; No-
vember, 1906), West Maitland (J. Burgess; January, 1911),
Black wattle Bay (A. A. Hamilton; May, 1913). New for New
South Wales. Recorded from Victoria (Proc. Roy. Soc. Yict.
N.S. xxii., p. 21) Ewart, White and Rees; and from South Aus-
tralia,(Trans Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xxxv., 1911), J. W. Black. This
South American plant has probably been introduced in ballast,
as it is usually found near the shipping. It has been observed
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 255
in the neighbourhood of Moore Park for some years, but has not
spread to any appreciable extent. This, in a measure, may be
accounted for by the aroma of the plant (which is similar to that
of its better known relative, C. ambros'ioides Linn., "Mexican
Tea, &c.) causing it to be unpalatable to stock. As the seeds
may be found in quantity on the ground under the plants, it is
evident that they are not a favourite food of birds; and this is
another factor in its non-distribution, (c) Chenopodium trian-
gulareU.Br., Snowy River, Vict.(E. E. Prescott; February, 1901 ):
Geelong coast, Vict.(E. E. Prescott; January, 1902); Jervis Bay
(A. H. Lucas; January, 1899), Gudgenby, Queanbeyan, 3,200 ft.
(R. H. Cambage; January, 1912), Scarborough, Illawarra(A. A.
Hamilton; May, 1913) Recorded in the Flora Austr. from
Parramatta to Queensland. As this native species is distributed
along the coast as far south as Melbourne, it is somewhat remark-
able that it has hitherto escaped notice.
By permission of Professors W. A. Haswell and T. E David,
Mr. North sent for exhibition a skin, and three eggs each of the
Antarctic Petrel (Thalassoeca antarctica Gmelin), and of the
Silvery-grey Petrel (Priocella glacialoides Smith). These speci-
mens were collected by members of the " Mawson Antarctic
Expedition," in Adelie Land, in 1912. The eggs of the Antarctic
Petrel vary from oval to pointed-ovals, and an ellipse in form,
the shell being coarse-grained, or having numerous irregularly
shaped pittings over its surface, which is dull white and lustre-
less : Length: (A), 2-77 x 1-83; (B), 2-8 x 1-87; (C), 2-65 x 1-82
inches. The eggs of the Silver-grey Petrel are somewhat similar,
the shell being rather finer-grained, and the specimens larger :
Length : (A),3-03 x 1-9; (B),2-97 x 195; (C),l-78 x 1-82 inches.
Mr. Hedley showed some very tastefully got up souvenir post-
cards and a box of bonbons, of conchological import, sent out with
the invitations to attend the opening ceremonies of a museum in
Japan.
On the conclusion of the formal business, the President invited
The Hon. Sir Normand MacLaurin, on behalf of Miss Ethel
256 PRESENTATION OF PORTRAIT.
Stephens, the artist and donor, to unveil a portrait in oils of her
father, the late Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., Oxon., who
actively co-operated with Sir William Macleay in the inaugura-
tion and development of the Society, from its foundation in 1874,
up to the time of his death in 1890.
Sir Normand MacLaurin gave an outline of Professor Stephens'
career, and referred to his long and fruitful connection with
higher education in New South Wales, from 1856 for the rest of
his life - as Head Master of the Sydney Grammar School for ten
years, then as Principal of his own school, The New School,
afterwards called Eaglesfield, and from 1882 onwards as Professor
of Natural History, or, later, Professor of Geology and Palaeon-
tology, in the University of Sydney. Professor Stephens was
Fellow and Tutor of his College; he was a sound classical scholar
whose tastes and sympathies subsequently broadened and led
him to take up the study of natural history, geology and botany
particularly; he was an inspiring teacher, and a singularly genial
and attractive man. He was one of those who took a very
active part in the initiation of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, and one of the most enthusiastic coadjutors of Sir
William Macleay in making it a success. All through its earlier
years, Professor Stephens held some official position or other,
notably the Presidency in 1877 and 1878, and from 1885 to the
close of his life. Miss Stephens' gift was at once a tribute to
her father's memory, and an offering which she hoped would
serve to remind Members of a later generation, of his long and
happy association with the Society.
The President, in accepting the portrait on behalf of the
Society, said that, in addition to the reasons given by Sir
Normand MacLaurin, there were some others of a special
character, why Miss Stephens' gift was a most acceptable one.
The Society's early records were destroyed by fire; but from
such sources of information as are available, there is reason to
think that Prof. Stephens was largely or entirely responsible for
the choice of the Society's name. Doubtless the founders hoped
that, in the fulness of time, the Society would do for New South
PRESENTATION OF PORTRAIT. 257
Wales and for Australia what the Linnean Society of London
has done or is doing for Great Britain and the British Empire.
But an unlooked for benefit had been the kindly interest which
some of the scientific compatriots of Carl von Linne had mani-
fested in more than one way. Another reason was, that without
making any invidious distinctions, Professor Stephens' niche in
the Society's history was quite obvious — he was Sir William
Macleay's trusty right-hand man. And still a third reason was
the Society's indebtedness to him as President for his tact and
delicacy in handling a difficult matter on two special occasions,
when it became necessary to make public reference to Sir
William's munificence to the Society, in his presence.
Professor David, in moving that the very cordial thanks of
the Society be tendered to Miss Stephens for her most welcome
gift; and to Sir Normand MacLaurin for his great kindness in
acting as Miss Stephens' representative on the occasion of this
pleasant interlude in the Society's ordinary work, said that it
was particularly gratifying to him, as Professor Stephens' suc-
cessor in the Chair of Geology in the University of Sydney, not
only to have the privilege of moving the resolution, but of bear-
ing testimony to Professor Stephens' worth as a man of wide
and sound culture, and a successful teacher whose influence,
especially at the particular period when it became operative,
was wholly for good.
Mr. Maiden, speaking with knowledge of Prof. Stephens as a
teacher, as President of the Society, and in other ways, warmly
seconded the resolution.
On being put to the Meeting, the motion was carried by
acclamation.
The President having formally offered the heartiest thanks of
the Society to Miss Stephens, who was present, and to her able
representative; Sir Normand MacLaurin, in reply, said that, as
he was the senior, as well as the only original, Member of the
Society present, and Prof. Stephens had been his old and valued
friend, it had afforded him special pleasure to take part in the
evening's proceedings.
258
STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. Part XI.
By C. Hedley, F.L.S.
(Plates xvi.-xix.)
(Continued from Vol. xxxiii., p. 4-89.)
Notes in Museums abroad.
During last year (1912), I enjoyed an opportunity of visiting
several important conchological collections in Europe and
America. At intervals, from May to October, I spent ten weeks
in study at that of the Natural History Museum, South Ken-
sington. To its genial custodian, Mr. E. A. Smith, D.S.O., I am
greatly indebted for facilitating my work, and for aid in diffi-
culties of nomenclature.
Some impressions of the Conchological department of the
British Museum were published in an American Conchological
Journal.*
Here, I examined almost every Australian marine gastropod
and pelecypod in the collection. Beneath the tablets are valu-
able notes on synonymy, habitat, and so forth, chiefly the work
of Mr. Smith. By his permission, I am enabled to transfer, from
this source, much important information to these pages.
Time did not allow me to complete my studies in London. On
assembling my notes in Sydney, many points arise which now I
should like to re-examine, but for which the opportunity has
passed. I was fortunately able to obtain the services of Mr. A.
H. Searle. A series of his beautiful drawings, now presented,
illustrate thirty hitherto unfigured species, from the types in the
British Museum.
For the most part, the present paper is a category and correc-
tion of mistakes and confusion. Had the locality been given,
* Hedley, Nautilus, xxvi., 1912, pp.85-90.
c
BY C. HEDLEY. 259
and a good illustration appeared as each name was introduced,
few of the synonyms noted in the following pages would have
occurred; and most of those that did, would have been readily
detected.
Australian writers have frequently been misled by Tryon, who
hastily united species which, though then indefinite in literature,
were distinct in nature.
Study on the spot intensified my impression of the damage
done to science by the conchological organisation of Hugh
Cuming. It is difficult to understand how this illiterate sailor,
by mere force of character, could have controlled the leading
conchological writers of his time. But that he did so control
and debase them, is clear. It is evident that Deshayes, in deal-
ing with material sent by Cuming, surrendered his own clear
judgment, exercised no discrimination, and confined himself to
"describing " what species Cuming desired to be named as new.
Reeve's sweeping criticism of the work of Deshayes on the genus
Terebra* explains this. The treatment of Pfeiffer was apparently
similar.
Tracing the work of Arthur Adams, with his actual specimens
in hand, one is the more impressed by his slovenly and unscien-
tific methods. His papers correct an unusual number of his own
clerical errors. He frequently ascribed foreign species to Aus-
tralia, and Australian species to other continents.
In the Hancock Museum, Newcastle, England, I found an
extensive series of Australian shells, George French Angas, the
author of so many papers on Australian conchology, who died in
London, 4th October, 1886, was the eldest son of (Jeorge Fife
Angas, of Newcastle-on-Tyne.f Most of the types of Australian
marine shells described by Angas, or from his collection by
Crosse, were given to the British Museum during his lifetime.
But at his death, his land-shells were bequeathed to the Museum
of his native city. Here I observed the following forty species,
* Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1860, p. 448.
fFor an autobiographical sketch, see "The Little Journal," London,
May, 1884, Vol. i., No.3, pp.230-234.
260 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, XI.,
described either by himself or in conjunction with A. Adams or
by Dr. L. Pfeiffer, from the Angas Collection. All these were
marked "type."
Bulimus angasianus Pfeiffer, Port Lincoln, S.A.
Helix cnrcharias Pfr., Shark Bay, W.A.
11. cassandra Pfr., Murray Cliffs, S. A .
27. curtisiana Pfr., Port Curtis, Queensland.
hi. cyrtopleura, Pfr., Arrowie, Lake Torrens, S.A.
//. evandaleana Pfr., South Australia.*
//. lincolnensis Pfr., Port Lincoln, S.A.
H. perinflata Pfr, McDonnell Ranges, Centr. Austr.
II. stutchburyi Pfr., Port Elliot, S.A.f
H. zenobia Pfr., "on trees," New Georgia, Sol.
H. anadyomene A. Ad. & Ang., Guadalcanar, Sol.
H.jiindersi A. Ad. &, Ang., Flinders Range, S.A.
H. patruelis A. Ad. <k Aug., Port Lincoln, S.A.
Bulimus brazieri Angas, Sinclair Range, K. G. Sound.
Helix adonis Angas, Bougainville Is., Sol.
//. beatrice Angas, Florida Is., Sol.
11. broughami Angas, Port Lincoln, S.A.
H. ccendescens Angas, Guadalcanar, Sol.
//". coxiana Angas, Ysabel Is., Sol.
II . deidamia Angas, Ysabel Is., Sol.
H. deiopeia Angas, Guadalcanar, Sol.
H. eros Angas, Ysabel Is., Sol.
//. eyrei Angas, Lake Eyre, S.A.
H . forrestiana Angas, N. W. Australia.
H. hermione Angas, Bougainville Is., Sol.
H. howardi Angas, Interior of S. Australia.
H. juanita Angas, Solomon Is.
//. kooringensis Angas, Interior of S.A.
H. lyndi, Angas, Port Essington, N.T.
H. TYiidantensis Angas, Malanta Is., Sol.
* Angas notes that Helix induta Tate, (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
p. 290) from Kaiserstuhi, is identical with H. eranduleana Pfr.
fin the British Museum, a different species from Queensland is marked
as type of H. stutchburyi.
BY C. HEDLEY. 261
Helix mendana Angas, Bougainville and Stephens Is., Sol.
H. moresbyi Angas, Port Denison, Qsld.
H 2^artu7ida Angas, Gatera or Russell Is.
H. philomela Angas, Ysabel Is., Sol.
H. phillipsiana Angas, Interior of S.A.
H. psyche Angas, New Georgia, Sol.
H, ramsdeni Angas, Solomons.
H. rossiteri Angas, Ysabel, Sol.
H. rhoda Angas, San Christoval, Sol.
H silveri Angas, Eastern Plains, S.A.
So many Australian shells were named by Lamarck, that his
collection has a special interest for us. The Lamarckian types
are divided between two cities. Some are contained in the
collection of the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, once under
his official care. These are now gathered together, in a room
apart, in the Paris Museum.*
The others, included in Lamark's private collection, had a more
eventful history. At the sale of Lamarck's books and specimens
in 1830, the shells were purchased by the Prince Massena, due
de Rivoli. Afterwards these were transferred to Baron Benjamin
Delessert, a wealthy Parisian merchant. It is recorded that
Lamarck's conchological collection contained 13,288 species,
represented by about 50,000 specimens.!
Baron Delessert enlarged his collection by other acquisitions,;
and appointed first Kiener, and then Chenu as Curator. From
the Delessert Museum, a series of monographs, embracing the
whole conchological field, was projected, commenced by Kiener,
and, after his death, continued by Chenu. But this magnificent
scheme collapsed in 1854, after the issue of a number of broken
parts. §
Upon the death of the owner, his brother, Baron F. Delessert,
inherited the Collection. At his decease, the heirs presented the
•Joubin, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. x., 1904, p. 459.
f Chenu, Notice sur le Musee Conchy liologique de M. le Baron Delessert.
Paris, 1849.
X Duineril, Compt. Roml., xi., 18-10, pp.385-:390.
§ Sherborn & Smith, Pioc. Malac. Soc, ix., 1911, pp. 264-267.
262 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Delessert Collection, in 1869, to the city of Geneva, the native
town of the Delesserts.*
When Drs. Quoy and Gaimard referred to the Lamarckian
Collection! for the purpose of naming the shells gathered by the
Astrolabe Expedition, it was the property of " M. le prince
d'Essling."
Deshayes complained that while writing the second edition of
the Animaux sans vertebres, he was at first unable to refer to the
Lamarckian specimens.! But on p. 214 of the ninth volume
(1843), he remarked that, by the kindness of the new owner of
the Collection, Baron B. Delessert, he was then able to consult
them.
Davidson acknowledged the generous assistance he received in
his study of the Lamarckian brachiopods.§ When he wrote, the
Collection had been purchased from Prince Massena by Baron
Delessert, and Chenu was then Curator of this " extensive and
celebrated Museum."
To examine this celebrated Collection, I visited Geneva, in
October, 1912. Dr. M. Bedot, the Director of the Museum,
received me most hospitably, and afforded facilities for study.
It is pleasant to record how the Lamarckian Collection is held in
trust for science, not only in safety but in veneration. It is
preserved apart, locked up in four cabinets, and only shown with
due precautions. The shells are gummed to wooden tablets, the
margins of which are coloured to indicate geographical distribu-
tion. Blue, yellow, red, green, and violet indicate, respectively,
an European, Asiatic, African, American, or Oceanic habitat.
This mounting was probably done by Chenu. || Frequently a label
in Lamarck s own writing is attached to the tablet. It is
intended that photographs of all Lamarck's species will be pub-
lished by the Museum.
♦Crosse, Journ. de Conch., xvii., 1869, p. 208; Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist , April, 1869, pp.319 and 396.
f Quoy & Gaim., Zool. Astrolabe, ii., 1833, p.444.
X Deshayes, Journ. de Conch., i., 1850, p. 418.
§ Davidson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., June, 1850, p. 434.
|| Chenu died at an advanced age, in 1879. Journ. de Conch., xxviii., 1880,
p. 106.
BY C. HEDLEY. 263
In the United States, I was most hospitably entertained by
American conchologists. At Washington, in the National
Museum, Dr. P. Bartsch kindly assisted me to trace the unfigured
Australian, or reputed Australian, species described by Dr. A.
A. Gould.
The following are detailed notes, mostly from South Ken-
sington : —
Nucula consobrina A. Adams <fc Angas.
(Plate xvi., figs.l, 2, 3.)
Nucula consobrina A. Adams &, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863,
p.427.; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.932.
An illustration is here presented of this hitherto unfigured
species, reported by its junior author from the Parramatta River
and Port Stephens. It is drawn from the type in the British
Museum, presented by G. F. Angas, which is 8*5 long, and
7 mm. high.
Nucula simplex A. Adams.
(Plate xvi., figs. 4, 5, 6.)
Nucula simplex A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1856, p. 52; Id.,
Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xviii., 1870, PL iii., f.21; Id., Hanley,
Thes. Conch, iii., 1860, p.158, PI. 229, f.137; Id., Angas, Proc.
Zool. Soc, 1877, p.193.
Nucida Strang ei A. Adams, in Hanley, Thes. Conch., iii., 1860,
p.158, P1.229, f.125; Id., Angas, Proc Zool. Soc, 1867, p.932;
Id., Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xvi., 1895, p. 16.
Nucula antipodum Hanley, Thes. Conch., iii., 1860, p. 159, PI.
230, f.155.
This species was described as found by F. Strange at Sydney
The figures of it are not good, so I present a drawing of a speci-
men from the Cuming Collection, labelled N. simplex, and pro-
bably a type, though not distinguished as such, in length 9 -5, in
height 7 mm.
After careful examination of the series at South Kensington,
I am satisfied that neither Nucula Strang ei nor N. antipodum
can be separated from N. simplex. On the tablet of antipodum
is written " common in mud at 3 fms., Port Stephens."
264 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, XI.,
Nucula cumingii Hinds.
(Plate xvi., figs.7, 8, 9.)
Nucula cumingii Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc , 1843, p.97; Id.,
Hanley, Thes. Conch., iii., 1860, p.157, P1.2l9, fig. 117.
H. loringi Ad & Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 427.
It recently occurred to me* that perhaps the unfigured Nucula
loringi might be an earlier name for JV. superba. At the British
Museum, I found not only that it was quite distinct, but that
N. loringi had been determined by Mr. Smith to be a synonym
of N. cumingii Hinds. Under this prior name, the species lias
not yet been reported from Australia. The type of N. loringi,
from Keppel Bay, is here figured. It is in length 18, height
12, and diameter of single valve 4 mm
A rca pistachia Lamarck.
Area pistachia Lamarck, Anim. s. vert, vi., 1819, p. 41; Id.,
Smith, Journ. of Malacol., xii., 1905, p.27; Id., op. cit., liii., 1906,
p. 303; Id., Lamy, Journ. de Conch , lii., 1904, p.134.
In these Proceedings (xxix , p. 202), I suggested that the
description of A. pistachia agreed with the subsequent A. radula
Smith, from the same locality; and hence that the latter should
be suppressed as a synonym. Mr. Smith dissented from this
conclusion. Dr. Lamy has failed to find an example of A.
pistachia in the Lamarckian Collection of the Paris Museum. I
searched, in vain, for a representative of A. pistachia in the
Lamarckian Collection of the Geneva Museum. Though my
interpretation of A. pistachia still seems to me a reasonable one,
yet, on the grounds that the species has never yet been figured,
and that the type has disappeared, I recommend that Area
pistachia be written off as a lost species.
Glycymeris fringilla Angas
Axincea fringilla Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1872, p. 6 12, PI. 40,
f.10; Id., Lamy, Journ. de Conch., lix., 1912, p. Ill, footnote.
In the British Museum, I discovered, what I presume is the
type of this species, concealed under the label of " emberiza
*Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., viii., 1912, p.131.
BY C. HEDLEY. 265
Angas, type, Port Curtis, G. F. Angas, Esq., Pres." The author
apparently exchanged one bird-name for another, when the paper
was in course of publication.
Glycymeris hoylei Melvill & Standen.
Pectunclus hoylei Melv. and Stand., Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool.
xxvii., 1899, p. 187, pi. xi., p. 24.
I have suggested in These Proceedings (xxxi., p. 470) that G.
hoylei was a synonym of G. cardiiformis Angas. Comparing the
type of Angas, in the British Museum, with my shell from Mast
Head Island, I find them specifically different. G. cardiiformis has
a finer concentric sculpture, is more inflated, and has a more pro-
minent umbo than my Queensland shell. Dr. E. Lamy considers
that G. cardiiformis is the Californian G. multicostatus Sowerby.*
Modiola pulex Lamarck.
Modiola pulex Lamarck, Anim. s. vert, vi., 1819, p. 112.
Mytilus crassus Tenison-Woods, Papers and Proc. Roy Soc.
Tasm., 1876 (1877), p. 157.
In the Lamarckian collection of the Geneva Museum, I noted the
types of this species, being four shells labelled in Lamarck's writ-
ing: "Modiola pulex nouv. hollande." Small initials were used by
Lamarck for place names. Subsequently M. Bedot kindly sent me
photographs and comparative notes. By their help, I can identify
Lamarck's species with M. crassus Ten. -Woods. This latter is gen-
erally, but I suggest improperly, united to M. confusa Angas. The
two have different stations, M. confusa occurring in sheltered
swamps, but M. pulex on exposed beaches. They also have a dif-
ferent contour. M. confusa is narrower in proportion to its length,
is broader at the umbonal end, is more inflated, and has a longer
hinge-line. Again M. pulex is bare, and M. confusa is meshed in a
byssus-web. In New Zealand, there is a corresponding pair of
species, M. ater Dunker and Zelebor, and M. fluviatilis Hutton.
POROMYA ILLEVIS, IWm.mut.
Ectorisma granulata Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xv., 1892,
p. 127, pi. i., fig. 3, 3a.
* Lamy, Journ. de Conch, lix. 1912, p.95.
266 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
It has already been observed that Tate's species is to be trans-
ferred to Poromya, in which genus the specific name is preoccupied
by Nyst.* As the species appears distinct from any I found in the
British or other Museums, it now becomes necessary to impose on it
a new name.
Thracia cultrata Gould.
Thracia cultrata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. viii.. 1861,
p. 14.
This un figured shell is said to have been taken by W. Stimpson,
in 8-15 fathoms, in Port Jackson. I searched in vain for an
example of this species in various museums. It is likely that all
the specimens gathered were lost in 1871, when Dr. Stimpson's col-
lection, numbering about 8,000 specimens of marine shells, was
destroyed in the great fire of Chicago. It is recommended that the
name be abandoned as unrecognisable.
C(ELODON AVERSUS, n.Sp.
Ccelodon elongatus Hedley (non Carpenter), These Proceedings,
xxxi., 1006, p. 473, PI. xxxvii., fig. 16.
From Mast Head Island, I described and figured a shell, which
I supposed to be Ccdodon elongatus Carpenter, under the impres-
sion that no illustration of that species had appeared. This iden-
tification was doubted by Dr. H. Lynge,f who also pointed out that
Carpenter's shell had been figured by Sowerby as Pandora elon-
gata. \
I can only agree with my critic, that the shell from Mast Head is
quite unlike C. elongatus. The name of C. aversus is accordingly
now proposed for it.
MyrTuEa venusta Philippi.
(Plate xvi., fig. 10.)
Lucina venusta Philippi, Abbild. Beschr. ii., March, 1847, p. 206,
pi. 1, f. 2.
* Hedley, Rec. Aust. Mus. vi. 1907, p. 302.
t Lynge, D. Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, 7, 1. v., 1909, p.287.
Z Sowerby, Conch. Icon. xix. 1874, Pandora, PI. i., f.4.
BY C. HEDLEY. 267
Lucina strangei A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855 (March, 1856),
p. 226.
The accompanying figure is drawn from Adams' type of Lucina
strangei in the Cuming Collection, gathered by F. Strange, in
Moreton Bay. It is a single specimen, with both valves, length 14,
height 23, depth of single valve 7-5 mm. Beneath the tablet is a
note by Mr. E. A. Smith, declaring it a synonym of L. venusta
Phil.
Lucina (Codakia) munda A.Adams.
Lucina munda A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855 (1856), p. 225.
I failed to find, in the British Museum, the type or other example
of this un figured species, said to have been taken in Moreton Bay,
by ¥. Strange. It is recommended that the name be rejected as
unrecognisable.
Diplodonta globulosa A. Adams.
Diplodonta globulosa A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855, p. 226.
In the Natural History Museum, I failed also to find a specimen
of this un figured species. It is recommended that this name be
written off as unrecognisable.
Joannisiella moretonensis Deshayes.
(Plate xvi., figs. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15.)
Cyrenella moretonensis Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855),
p. 341.
An illustration is here presented of the type, in the Natural His-
tory Museum, of C. moretonensis from Moreton Bay. In length, it
is 33-5 ; in height, 30 ; and in depth of single valve, 11 mm. In Lon-
don, it is labelled Diplodonta, but Joannisiella is here suggested as
more appropriate. J. moretonensis is also represented by speci-
mens sent from Sarawak, Borneo, by Mr. E. Bartlett.
Lepton cumingii A. Adams.
Pythina cumingii A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1856, p. 47; Id.
Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1891, p. 233.
Rochefortia e.rcellens Hedley, Rec Aust. Mus., viii., 1912, p. 134,
PI. xl., f. 5-8.
268 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
In the British Museum, the species I lately described as R. excel-
lens, from Queensland, is displayed as Lepton cumingii.
Cyamiomactra balaustina Gould.
Kellia balaustina Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, viii., 1861,
p. 33.
Cyamiomactra nitida Hedley, These Proceedings, xxxiii., 1908,
p. 477, PL ix., figs. 19, 20.
This species was collected by W. Stimpson, in Sydney Harbour.
I was pleased to find the type, a single valve (Reg. No. 305) in the
U.S. National Museum, in July, 1912. I recognised, in it, my
Cyamiomactra nitida. Not to rely on memory, I later sent examples
of my species to Washington. Dr. Bartsch replies, 21/5/13, "Cya-
miomactra nitida Hedley is Lascea balaustina Gld., absolutely."
Solecardia strangei Deshayes.
(Plate xvi., figs. 16, 17, 18, 19.)
Scintilla strangei Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855, (1856), p.
181; Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xix., 1874, PL ii., fig. 13.
As the previous illustration of this species is unsatisfactory, I
now present a drawing of the type-shell in the British Museum,
which is 16.5 long, and 19 mm. high.
Cardium productum Deshayes.
(Plate xvi., figs. 20, 21, 22.)
Cardium productum, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, (1855), p.
333.
This unfigured species was reported from Torres Straits. Subse-
quent writers have not dealt with it. The accompanying figure is
taken from a Cumingian specimen, probably the type, 15 mm.
long; 23 mm. high, and 20 mm. across the conjoined valves. I sug-
gest that C. productum is a synonym of Cardium diono3um
Sowerby.
Dosinia tumida Gray.
Artemis tumida Gray, Analyst, viii., 1838, p. 309.
Even with the large series of the British Museum at my disposal,
I found difficulty in arriving at the proper titles of Australian
BY C. HEDLEY. 269
Dosinia. The species resembles one another so closely, that dis-
crimination is unusually difficult. A considerable proportion re-
main unfigured. The genus has never been properly revised, and
its nomenclature has suffered ill-usage from the associates of
Cuming.
Deshayes reduces* Artemis lamellata Reeve, 1850, to a synonym
of Dosinia tumida Gray, 1838. But from Deshayes' type, I con-
sider that D. nobilis Deshayes, 1853, is also a synonym of D.
tumida. Again, Artemis incisa Reeve, 1850, seems to me insepar-
able.
Dosinia CoErulea Reeve.
Artemis ccerulea Reeve, Conch. Icon., vi., 1850, PI. iv., fig. 25.
In the original account of this species, the locality is given as
"Raines Island, Torres Straits." I am convinced that this locality
is wrong, and that Tasmania is the proper habitat of this species.
The survey ships then, as now, retired from Torres Straits to Tas-
mania during the hurricane season. From the cruise of the "Rattle-
snake," a parcel of Tasmanian shells, Fissurella scutella, F. lineata,
Cominella maurus, Ziziphhius nebulosus, etc-, were misreported
from Torres Straits D. ccerulea has not been found in Queens-
land, but the types agree with examples from Tasmania.
By comparison of types, I consider Dosinia diana A. Adams and
Angas,f from Hardwick Bay, Spencer's Gulf, S.A., a synonym of
D. ccerulea, not as Tate and May place it, with D. sculpta Hanley
Again, the type of another unfigured species, D. cydippe A.
Adams, 1856, sent by Mr. Gunn from Van Diemen's Land, appears
to me a young specimen of D. ccerulea Reeve, not as Tate and
May, Pritchard and Gatliff class it under D. circinaria.
Dosinia tenella Romer.
(Plate xvi., figs. 23, 24.)
Dosinia tenella Romer, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1860, p. 118.
As this has never been figured, I now offer an illustration from
the British Museum specimen, presumably the type, which is 20
* Deshayes, Cat. Conch. Brit. Mus. 1853, p. 15.
t Adams & Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 424.
21
270 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
mm. high, 21-5 mm. long, and 5 mm. depth of single valve. It is
labelled "tenella, Romer, Australia, M.C."
Dosinia subrosea Gray.
Artemis subrosea Gray, Analyst, viii., 1838, p. 309; Id., Reeve,
Conch. Icon., vi., 1850, PI. iv., fig. 9.
Dosinia coryne A. Adams, 1856, another unfigured species, has
been reduced by Tate and May to a synonym of D. sculpta Hanley,
1845. But careful study of the type of D. coryne in the British
Museum, led me to regard it as a young specimen of D. subrosea
Gray. This New Zealand species is not included in Tasmanian
catalogues, but it was independently reported by Legrand* from
Tasmania.
Again, I saw, at South Kensington, two specimens, evidently the
types, but not so marked, of "Dosinia crocea Deshayes, Flinders
Island, Joseph Milligan, Esq." Except that 0. crocea is yellow on
the lunule and escutcheon, and D. coryne is there uncoloured, the
two shells are alike. D. grata Deshayes, as Tate mentioned,! has
much coarser sculpture than D. crocea.
Macrocallista planatella Lamarck.
Cytherea planatella Lamarck, Anim. s. vert, v., 1818, p. 565.
To this name is attached a long history of error. It is curious
that none of the European authors, who have dealt with the species,
should have consulted the type.
In the Lamarckian collection of Geneva are still preserved three
specimens, types, with the author's label. On seeing these, it was
at once clear to me that M. planatella is not Cytherea diemenensis
Hanley, as has been frequently stated, following the suggestion of
Mr. E. A. Smith.}
The real planatella is not even a Tasmanian shell, as Lamarck's
habitat, "Terre de Van Diemen," indicates. But the collectors of
Baudin's Expedition misreported, besides this, a number of tropi-
cal West Australian species (probably from Shark Bay) as Tas-
* Von Martens, in Hutton, Manual N. Z. Mollusca, 1880, p.202.
tTate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. xxxi. 1897, p.47.
% Smith, Chall. Exped. Zool. xiii. 1885, p. 13*.
BY C. HEDLEY. 271
manian. These are Cantharidus baudini, Clanculus ringens, Conus
pontificalis, Chloritis prunum, Area semitorta, Area trapezina,
Crenatula modiolaris, and Metis umbonella.
A general idea of the size and shape of the type of C. planatella
is conveyed by Romer's figure of it — Monogr. Venus, 1869, PI. xix.,
fig. 2 — but this is quite misleading as to sculpture. C. planatella
has broad, spaced, corrugated, concentric sculpture, exactly that of
C. cost at a Romer, op. cit., PI. xviii., fig. 3, a, b, c. Indeed so well
does it agree, that, when in the Swiss Museum, I confronted Lam-
arck's own shell with this illustration, I was satified that Romer
here represented the adult form of Lamarck's species. On revising
my notes in Australia, it appeared to me that the costata of Romer
differed from the costata of Chemnitz, which it was supposed to
represent. And as Dillwyn says, the "V. costata of Gmelin is an
extremely obscure species," Lamarck's name may yet find an
opportunity for legitimate service.
Venerupis planicosta Deshayes.
(Plate xvi., figs. 25, 26.)
Venerupis planicosta Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853 (1854), p.
4; Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xix., 1874, PI. iv., fig. 29.
This figure is taken from a specimen in the Cuming Collection
marked type, and labelled "planicosta, Desh., P.Z.S., 1853, p. 4.
Hab. Swan River." Length, 18 ; height, 13 ; depth of single valve,
4 mm.
Venerupis subdecussata Deshayes.
(Plate xvi., figs. 27, 28.)
Venerupis subdecussata Deshayes, Cat. Conchif. Brit. Mus.,1853,
p.196; Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon, xix., 1874, PL iv., f.2G.
This species is represented in the British Museum by two
specimens, probably types, but not so marked. These are labelled
" Venerupis subdecussata, Deshayes. Van Diemen's Land, R.
Gunn, Esq." One of these, here figured, is in length, 23; height,
15; and depth of single valve, 6 mm.
272 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Tellina ticaonica Deshayes.
This name was entered in Australian lists by An gas, who stated*
that it was "Dredged at Lane Cove/' Sydney Harbour. In the
British Museum are the specimens presented by Angas, on which
this record was based. I find that these are not T. ticaonica Des-
hayes, but that they are T. brazieri Sowerby. The real T. ticaonica,
by comparison of types, is larger, the dorsal and ventral margins
more nearly parallel, and the shorter side more produced. Tellina
ticaonica is unknown from Australia, and, therefore, to be ex-
punged from our list.
Tellina recurva Deshayes.
Tellina recurva Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855), p. 361.
After special search, I failed to find this un figured Australian
species in the British Museum. It is recommended that the name
be treated as lost and unrecognisable.
Tellina quoyi Deshayes.
Tellina quoyi Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1856, p. 130; Id.,
Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii., 1868, PL liii., fig. 314.
In literature, the locality given is merely "N. Australia." But
two specimens in the British Museum, probably types though not
so marked, are labelled "quoyi, Desh., Cape York, Jukes." An-
other tablet carries a note that quoyi is a synonym of T. lata Quoy
and Gaimard (not T. lata Gmelin), and that both should be sub-
ordinated to T. chloroleuca Lamarck. Under the latter name are
examples gathered by Jukes at Darnley Island. Mr. Sowerby told
me that his father had accidentally transposed, in the Thesaurus,
the figures of T. chloroleuca and of T. sowerbyi Hanley.
Strigella sincera Hanley.
Tellina sincera Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 68; Id., Thes.
Conch., i., 1846, p. 261, PL 60, fig. 144.
Strigilla grossiana Hedley, These Proceedings, xxxiii., 1908, p.
474, PL ix., fig. 21.
* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p.919.
BY C. HEDLEY. 273
In the British Museum, I found two unnamed Strigilla labelled
"Moreton Bay, Mr. Strange." I had no specimen of the species
for actual comparison, but, by recollection and by the published
drawing, I recognised the Moreton Bay shells as my S. grossiana.
With the shells of Strange, Mr. E. A. Smith and I agreed to iden-
tify the type of Hanley's Strigilla sincera, described from an
unknown locality
Prof. C. B. Adams* reported that he personally procured S.
sincera at Panama. Afterwards Carpenter f noted that while he
considered S. sincera identical with S. disjuncta, H. Cuming re-
garded these two as "quite distinct." This contradiction agrees
with the hypothesis that the Panama record by Adams and Car-
penter was based on disjuncta, not on sincera. In various collec-
tions in the United States, I saw specimens, from Central America,
of S. disjuncta, but none of S. sincera.
Confusion of names or localities has occurred in the literature of
S. sincera, for it is incredible that it exists both at Panama and
Moreton Bay. It seems to me probable that the American records
are erroneous.
Semele ada Adams and Angas.
(Plate xvii., figs. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33.)
Semele ada A. Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 426;
Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p. 85, PI. v., fig. 8.
I have derived a figure from a specimen in the British Museum,
marked type, which is 12 mm. long, and 10 mm. high.
Semele duplicata Sowerby.
Semele duplicata Sowerby, Spec. Conchyl., 1830, fig. 14, 15 ; Id.,
Melvill and Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxvii., 1899, p. 201.
Amphidesma zebuense Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 17.
In the British Museum, "Antigua," the original locality, is
crossed out, and "Torres Straits," perhaps on the record by Mel-
vill and Standen, is substituted. The name of this species does not
* Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, v., 1852, p. 285.
t Carpenter, Kept. Brit. Assoc. 1863, p.554.
274 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
seem to have appeared in American literature. Amphidesma
zebuense Hanley, seems to be to me indistinguishable from S.
duplicates.
Semele exarata Adams & Reeve.
(Plate xvii., figs. 34, 35, 36, 37.)
Amphidesma exarata Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, Moll.,
1850, p. 81, PI. 24, fig. 9.
Figures are here presented of a specimen in the British Museum,
dredged in 7 fathoms, fine sand, near Singapore, by H. Cuming.
It is 28 mm. long, 22-5 high, and 6 mm. in depth of single valve.
Psammobia squamosa Lamarck.
Psammobia squamosa Lamarck, Anim. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 514;
P. rugulosa Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, Moll., 1850, p. 81,
PL 24, fig. 4; P. palmula Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855),
p. 325.
Study of the series in the British Museum induces me to regard
P. rugulosa as a synonym of P. squamosa, and with these to unite
P. palmula, the latter only differing from the rest by being white
and smaller. One specimen, apparently the type of P. palmula, is
marked "Sydney." But this is an error, for the species does not
ascend to so high a latitude.
Donax striatellus Deshayes.
(Plate xvii., figs. 38, 39.)
Donax striatellus Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854,(1855), p. 352.
This unfigureel species was reported from "Australia." No fur-
ther information about it has been contributed by subsequent
writers. The present illustration is taken from a specimen, which
is apparently the type of Deshayes, but not so marked, in the
British Museum, which measures, height, 17 ; length, 30 ; and depth
of conjoined valves, 10-5 mm.
Donax veruinus, nom.mut.
Donax nitida Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1854, PI. vi., fig. 34; Id.,
Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854,(1855), p. 350; Id., Smith, Chall.
Rep. Zool., xiii., 1885, p. 112 ; Id., Melvill and Standen, Proc Zool.
BY C. HEDLEY. 275
Soc, 1906, p. 826. Xot Donax nitidus Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. vii.,
1806, p. 231 and xii., 1811, PL 41, fig. 6.
The name proposed by Reeve and Deshayes for a recent Aus-
tralian Donax was already given by Lamarck to a Parisian fossil.
A new epithet, D. veruinus, is therefore here proposed. The range
of the species has been recently extended to the Persian Gulf by
Melvill and Standen.
Solen vagina Linne.
Solen vagina Linne, Syst. Nat. x., 1758, p. 672 ; Id,, Hanley, Ips.
Linn. Conch., 1855, p. 29.
Solen truncatus Mawe, Linn. Syst. Conchol., 1823, p. 19, PI. v.,
fig. 2.
Solen brevis Gray, MSS., in Hanley, Recent Shells, 1842, p. 12,
PI. xiii., fig. 42.
Solen fonesii Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1861, p.419 ; Id., Bloomer,
Proc. Malac. Soc, vii., 1906, p. 18.
Solen jonesii Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch., iii., 1867, suppl. p. 28;
Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xix., 1874, PL iii., fig. 11.
On the tablet of the t}Tpe of S. fonesii in the British Museum, is
a note, "Compare with brevis Gray." On making the comparison,
the two appeared, to me, to be the same. Hanley has already
shown that the Linnean species is identical with S. brevis. This
seems to be the common North Queensland species.
Solen aspersus Dunker.
Solen aspersus Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 420; Id.,
Sowerby, Conch. Icon, xix., 1874, PL vii., fig. 33.
A specimen evidently type, but not so marked, in the British
Museum, is labelled " aspersus Dkr., Sydney, Australia, M.C.,
P.Z.S., 1861, p. 420." This is identical with S. vaginoides Lamk.,
but the locality is erroneous.
Cryptomya elliptic* A. Adams.
(Plate xvii., figs. 40, 41, 42, 43, 44.)
Sphaenia elliptica A. Adams, Proc Zool. Soc, 1850, (1851), p.
88; Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) vii., 1851, p. 421; Id., Smith, op.
cit. (6) xii., 1893, p. 278.
276 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Cryptomya elliptica A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ii.,
1868, p. 366; Id., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch iv., suppl., 1868, p.
68; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 99; Id., Dunker, Moll.
Jap., 1882, p. 178, PI. vii., figs. 17-19 ; Id., Lynge, D. Kgl. Danske
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, 7, v., 1909, p. 273.
Mya elliptica Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xx., 1875, PI. i., fig. 2.
Cryptomya truncata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, viii.,
1861, p. 21; Id., Gould, Otia Conch., 1862, p. 163.
This species was originally described from "Sydney, 1 fms., mud
(F. Strange)." In the British Museum, I found three specimens,
evidently the types, but not so marked. As the existing illustra-
tions are either obscure or not easily accessible to local students, a
drawing is supplied of one of these types, which measured 15 mm.
in length, and 10 in height.
Emarginula bajula, sp.nov.
Emarginula dilecta Hedley (not A. Adams), These Proceedings,
xxx., 1906, p. 521, PI. xxxiii., figs. 37, 38.
In the British Museum, I saw a tablet of four specimens marked
on the under surface "E. dilecta A. Ad., Thesaurus, iii., p. 211, PI.
245, fig. 5., King George's Sound, M.C." Though not so marked,
these appear to be the types of the species. There is another series
once marked "dilecta, A. Ad. M.C," but now corrected to "not
dilecta, A. Ad." This latter is the species I figured as dilecta.
Finding now that it is distinct and unnamed, I propose to call it E.
bajula, having for type the Maroubra specimen figured. Both have
the fasciole a furrow. But E. dilecta is elevated more regularly
oval, with a subcentral apex, and fine interstitial riblets. E. bajula
— a porter bent under a load —is much depressed, broader behind
and tapering anteriorly, without interstitial riblets.
Fissuridea corbicula Sowerby.
Fissurella corbicula Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1862, p. 200, PI.
242, fig. 180. Fissurella lanceolata Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii.,
1862, p. 200, PI. 242, fig. 182.
In the British Museum, I found a tablet with four specimens, pro-
bably types, labelled "corbicula, Sow, Australia," on the under
BY C. HEDLEY. 277
surface "Compare lanceolata, M.C." Again, four specimens, pro-
bably types, but not so marked, labelled " lanceolata, Sowb., More-
ton Bay," and beneath "Compare corbicula, M.C." On contrast-
ing the specimens, I think that both names relate to one species.
Fissuridea jukesii Reeve.
Fissurella jukesii Reeve, Conch. Icon., vi., 1849, PI. vii., fig. 45.
F. similis Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1862, p. 194, PL 241, fig. 143.
In the British Museum are two specimens, perhaps types but not
so marked, labelled " similis, Sowb., Fiss., Australia." These I
consider identical with F. jukesii Reeve.
Haliotis funebris Reeve.
Haliotis funebris Reeve, Conch. Icon., iii.. 1846, PI. xii., fig. 38.
H. diversicolor Reeve, op. cit., PL xii., fig. 39. H. tayloriana
Reeve, op. cit., PL xiii., fig. 43.
From an examination of Reeve's originals in the British Museum,
I am unable to distinguish the above three as valid species. Page-
precedence of the aggregate was given by our negligent author to
II. funebris, and this, the most frequently used name, is accordingly
advanced for employment. The preliminary descriptions, to which
reference is made in the Iconica, were not published by the Zoo-
logical Society until two months after the other account had
appeared.
A tablet of H. funebris in South Kensington is marked "Swan
River, Dr. Bacon." Other specimens referred to funebris were col-
lected by Prof. J. B. Jukes, at Oomaga, or Stephen's Island, and
Bramble Cay in Torres Strait. Schepman has reported H. funebris
from Malaysia, but it does not occur in Port Jackson, as he sup-
poses.*
Clanculus jucundus Gould.
(Plate xvii., fig. 45.)
Clanculus jucundus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., viii.,
1861, p. 14.
The locality ascribed by its author to this hitherto unfigured
species is "Sydney, N.S.W.," but no one has since found it in Aus-
* Schepman, Rhipidoglossa Siboga Exped., 1908, p.76.
278 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
tralia. Specimens are not extant in either the Washington or
Albany Museums, but, in London, I had the good fortune to find a
single faded specimen labelled "Sydney," which Mr. E. A. Smith
regarded as authentic, perhaps sent by Gould to Cuming, and
which is here illustrated. At South Kensington there is also a
series of C. jucundus from Nui or Savage Island; these are
brightly coloured, and differ slightly from the cotype by fewer
spirals. I conclude that C. jucundus is not a member of the Aus-
tralian fauna.
Clanculus conspersus A. Adams.
(Plate xvii., fig. 46.)
Clanculus conspersus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851, (1853),
p. 163; Id,, An gas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 178; Id., Tenison-
Woocls, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p. 40; 1879, p. 69; Id., Prit-
chard and Gatliif, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 119.
There are, in the British Museum, two specimens, perhaps types
but not so marked, labelled "conspersus, A. Adams, M.C." There
is no other information. As the species has not been illustrated,
and has been ascribed to South Australia and Tasmania, a figure is
presented of one of these London shells.
Alcyna exigua Gould.
Elenchus exiguus Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., viii., 1861,
p. 18.
In the U. S. National Museum at Washington (July, 1912), I
saw the type of Elenchus exiguus, reported by its author from
Sydney. It is an Alcyna, and has, apparently, not been figured
under that or any other name. In the original register of the
Smithsonian Institute, it is recorded as C. 378 from "China Seas."
It can, therefore, be struck off the Australian list as an exotic.
Thalotia tricingulata A. Adams.
Thalotia tricingulata A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853),
p. 173; Id., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xi., 1889, p. 153.
This species has been traditionally reported from Queensland.
No authentic specimen, figure, or satisfactory description exists.
BY C. HEDLEY. 279
It is, therefore, recommended that T. tricingulata be written off as
unrecognisable.
ZlZIPHINUS FRAGUM Philippi.
The original of Reeve's Conch. Icon. Ziziphinus, fig. 49, intended
for Z. fragum Philippi, is marked in the British Museum as not
that species. This specimen is perhaps an unnamed Australian
Calliostoma, and resembles C. scob hiatus Adams, from Bombay.
Ziziphinus monile Reeve.
Ziziphinus monile Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, PL vi., sp.39.
In the British Museum is one specimen probably the type, but
not so marked, labelled, "monile, Reeve, Port Curtis," and under-
neath the tablet "Compare with millegranus." On making the com-
parison suggested, and allowing that the superficial sculpture has
been obliterated with acid, I find that Reeve's shell answers in size,
shape, colour, and sculpture to Trochus millegranus Philippi, from
Sweden. What I had identified from Mast Head Island as C.
monile* proves to be C. polychroma A. Adams. The conclusion is
that Z. monile Reeve should be rejected from the Australian record.
Ziziphinus bicingulatus Lamarck.
Ziziphinus bicingulatus Lamk., A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851
(1853), p. 166.
In the above reference Adams reports the species from "Rains
(sic!) Island, luce." The species is South African according to
the British Museum collection, and the Queensland locality neces-
sarily false.
Calliostoma comptum A. Adams.
Ziziphinus comptus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855), p.
38.
Calliostoma purpureocinctum Hedley, these Proceedings, xix.,
1894, p. 35, text-fig.
Trochus (Calliostoma) Adamsi Brazier, op. cit., 1895, p. 568; not
Calliostoma adamsi, Pilsbry, 1889.
* Hedley, These Proceedings, xxxii., 1907, p. 479.
280 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
This species was reviewed and renamed by Mr. J. Brazier. His
conclusions are involved. For Z. comptus A. Adams he proposed
a new name, for the reason that it was preoccupied by Philippi.
This new name was already used in the genus by Pilsbry. In a
footnote Brazier reverses the decision of the text by adopting the
view of Mr. E. A. Smith, that the specific name of Adams should
be maintained, because that of Philippi was published one year
later.
Six months previous to Mr. Brazier's paper, accepting the state-
ment that Z. comptus was NewT Caledonian and was synonymous
with Z. poupineli Montrouzier, I proposed to call the Sydney shell
Calliostoma purpureocinctum.
On re-examining the question I find that in the first place the
names proposed by Philippi and by Adams are spelled differently,
and may both be maintained. The dates supplied to Brazier are
wrong, and the precedence reversed. For Philippi's name appeared
thus: — u Trochus comtus Philippi, Zeit. f. Malak., viii., 1851, p.
42" (July, 1851), and that of Adams thus: — "Ziziphinus comptus
A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 38" (Jan. 10th, 1855).
From an inspection of the type in the British Museum of Z.
comptus, I recognised it as the Sydney species. I have been unable
to see Trochus poupineli Montrouzier, but I accept Brazier's state-
ment that it is distinct from C. comptus, and that Adams erred in
assigning comptus to New Caledonia. This error was repeated in
the same volume when Adams described the Australian Pisania
reticulata as from New Caledonia.
In conclusion, I consider that Calliostoma comptum A. Adams
should be restored for the Australian shell I described and figured
as C. purpureocinctum, and which Brazier renamed Trochus
adamsi.
Calliostoma punctulosum A. Adams.
(Plate xvii., fig. 47.)
Cantharidus punctulosus A. Adams, Proc.,Zool.Soc. 1851 (1853),
p. 169. C. articularis A. Adams, loc. cit.
BY C. HEDLEY. 281
In the British Museum are three punctulosus, perhaps types, but
not so marked, obtained at the Swan River by Mr. Jukes. One of
these is shown by the present figure. Other examples are from the
Monte Bello Islands.
Apparently identical are specimens in the same collection labelled
"articularis A. Ad., Swan River, G. B. Sowerby, Esq." Probably
the earliest name for this shell is Trochus lepidus Philippi.*
Cantharidus cingulatus A. Adams.
(Plate xvii., fig. 48.)
Leiopyrga cingulata A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 18G3, p. 507;
Id., Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p. 76; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy.
Soc. S.A., xiv., 1891, p. 260.
The present figure, the first of the species, is taken from a speci-
men in the British Museum. It is perhaps a type, but is not so
marked.
Cantharidus pallidulus A. Adams.
(Plate xvii., fig. 49.)
Cantharidus pallidulus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853),
p. 170; Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xii., 1853, p. 202.
An illustration of this hitherto un figured species is based on the
single specimen, perhaps type, but not so marked, in the British
Museum.
Cantharidus fournieri Crosse.
Trochus fournieri Crosse, Journ. de Conch., xi., 1863, p. 180, PI.
vi., fig. 5; Id., Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. ii., 1897, p. 232.
The type specimens in the British Museum of C. fournieri Crosse
exactly correspond to shells labelled "Calliostoma oberwimmeri
Preston (cotype), N. Queensland." This unpublished name was
injudiciously and unfortunately introduced into literature by Dr.
J. Shirley. f
* Philippi, Conch. Cab. ii., 1846, p.84, PI. 15, f.4.
t Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii., 1911, p.96.
282 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Turbo militaris Reeve.
Turbo militaris Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1848, PI. ix., fig. 40.
In the British Museum is a single specimen, apparently the type
of Turbo militaris, but not so marked, which is labelled "I. of
Anaa." Accompanying this is a series from Port Curtis, Queens-
land, and New South Wales, embracing a smooth and a thorny
variety. Contrary to the suggestion of the name, the smooth is
typical. The Paumotuan locality, unsupported by further evidence
and incongruous with Australian records, appears to be an error.
This is the species which Angas, to the misleading of Australian
conchologists, has recorded as Turbo imperialis from Watson's Bay
and Moreton Bay.* But Turbo imperialis Gmelin does not exist in
Australasia.
The Turbo from the coral reef of Lord Howe Island, determined
by Mr. Brazierf as T. imperialis, is really as I ascertained by ex-
amination of the type in London, Turbo cepoides Smith.! The
habitat of T. cepoides is here first announced. Brazier's misiden-
tification was continued by Whitelegge, who called a new hermit
crab Calcinus imperialis, because of its occupation of the empty
Turbo shell.
There are in the British Museum three, apparently types, of
Turbo speciosus Reeve. These confirmed me in the recognition
(antea xxxii., p. 479) of this previously unlocalised species from
Mast Head Island.
Leptothyra crassilirata Preston.
(Plate xvii., fig.50.)
Leptothyra crassilirata Preston, Proc. Malac. Soc. viii., 1909, p.
377, text-figure.
The published figure of this species is so vague that it might as
well represent a finger print from a police record. It is curious
that in London where good figures could be so easily obtained, con-
* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p.96.
tEtheridge, Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, pp.24, 29.
X Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vi., 1880, p. 397; Id., Sowerby, Thes.
Conch, v., 1886, p. 193, PI. 499, f.65.
BY C. HEDLEY. 283
tributors and editors should be content with some of the worst in
the world. From the type in the British Museum I now offer an-
other illustration of L. crassilirata. It is larger and has heavier
spirals than L. armillata Sowerby* from the same region.
Turbo sirius Gould.
Turbo sirius Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, iii., 1849, p. 83;
Id., Am. Expl. Exp. Moll., xii., 1852, p. 173, PI. xii., fig. 203.
In the British Museum there is a single specimen labelled
"sirius Gould, N. Holland, M.C." This I identified as a juvenile
example of Astralium tentoriforme Jonas, which has priority.
Petterdiana paludinella Reeve.
Littorina paludinella Reeve, Conch. Icon, x., 1857, PI. xvi., fig.
84.
AmpulJaria tasmanica Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
187G, p. 117; 1878, p. 72.
Braziera tasmanica Petterd, op. cit., 1888 (1889), p. 76, PI. i.,
fig. 1.
I found in the British Museum a series of fourteen specimens
labelled "paludinella Rve., V.D. Land." Though the actual speci-
men figured by Reeve is not among them, this series is approved
as authentic by Mr. E. A. Smith. By comparison with specimens
determined for me by Mr. W. F. Petterd, Reeve's species proves to
be the Tasmanian fluviatile shell subsequently described by the Rev.
J. E. Tenison-Woods, as Ampullaria tasmanica.
It follows that the record byPritchard and Gatlifff of L. paludi-
nella as a marine shell from several localities on the Victorian
coast, is erroneous, being, I think, based on the young of Melaraphe
praetermissa May. By Tate and May (antea xxvi., p. 388) it was
unfortunately included in the synonymy of M. mauritiana.
Littoridina gunnii Frauenfeld.
(Plate xvii., fig. 51.)
Hydrobia gunnii Frauenfeld, Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien.
xiii., 1863, p. 1025; xv., 1865, p. 526, PI. viii. (2 figs.).
♦Sowerby, Thes. Conch, v., 1886, p.211, PI. 500, f.93.
t Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 92.
284 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
In the British Museum are a series of this and of the following
species, which are probably the types or cotypes. There are in
Australia few copies of the work in which it is described, and per-
haps none in Tasmania. So I present drawings of the London
specimens. These Tasmanian species have not been recognised
locally, and have probably been redescribed. Perhaps L. gunnii is
Potamopyrgus woodsii Petterd.
Littoridina diemensis Frauenfeld.
(Plate xvii., fig. 52.)
Amnicola diemense Frauenfeld, Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien,
xv., 1865, p. 529, PI. x. (2 figs.) ; Id., Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas
mania, 1888 (1889), p. 81.
This is also drawn from a specimen in the British Museum Pet-
terd suggests that Amnicola diemense will prove to be Beddomeia
launcestonensis Johnston.
Iravadia clathrata A. Adams.
(Plate xvii., fig.53.)
Pyrgula clathrata A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853 (1855), p.
185.
In the original description this hitherto unfigured species is cited
from "North-east Australia (Jukes)." But specimens in the Brit-
ish Museum, possibly types, but not so marked, are labelled "Bac-
layon, Philippines." Because of this casual and perhaps erroneous
reference to Australia I present a figure of the British Museum
example. And as Pyrgula, Christofori and Jan,* is usually in-
cluded in the Hydrobiidse I transfer the species to Iravadia.
Obtortio Hedley.
Finella A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) vi., 1860, p. 336;
err. type for Fenella A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xiii.,
1864, p. 39; Id., Crosse, Journ. de Conch, xvi., 1868, p. 46. Not
Fenella Westwood, Synopsis of Genera of British Insects, 1840, p.
54.
Obtortio Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. iii., 1899, p. 412.
♦Stimpson, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., 201, 1865, p.47.
BY C. HEDLEY. 285
The first form of Adams' name was "Finella" ; this he afterwards
corrected as a printer's error for "Fenella," a name taken from
a character in one of Sir Walter Scott's novels. At first he con-
sidered it a Pyramellid, and later "found it to possess all the charac-
ters of a Rissoid." He gave no figures. Writers like Watson and
Melvill, who had access to Adams' specimens, ignored Fenella, dis-
tributing the species dealt with in Alaba and Rissoa, So that it
was hardly possible, from literature alone, for any one out of
Europe to recognise it. Under these circumstances I proposed for
8 true Fenella, the genus Obtortio, placing it, as Adams had done,
in the Pyramidellidae. I now accept Adams' reference of the genus
to the Rissoidae. From an inspection of the collection at South
Kensington, I am satisfied that Obtortio is an absolute synonym
of Fenella. But on pursuing the subject further it appears that
Fenella was already appropriated by an entomologist before Adams
proposed it in conchology.
Diala suturalis A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig.54.)
Monoptygma suturalis A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853),
p. 224; Id., Thes. Conch, ii., 1854, p. 819, PL 172, figs. 31, 32.
Diala suturalis A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) x., 1862, p.
298; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 173.
In the British Museum this species is represented under the genus
Leucotina by one marked type, and, again, by two under Diala.
The habitat of both is given as the Philippines. Further evidence
seems necessary before the species is credited both to that archi-
pelago and to South Australia.
Diala picta A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig. 55.)
Diala picta A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) viii., 1861, p.
243; x., 1862, p. 295; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 867;
Id., Tate and May, These Proceedings xxvi., 1901, p. 388 ; Id., Prit-
chard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xviii., 1906, p. 61.
In the British Museum are five specimens, probably types, but
not so marked, two being from the collection of Henry Adams.
22
286 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
These are labelled "Diala picta A. Ad., Annals, 1861, viii., p. 243.
Annals, 1862, x., p. 295. Hab., Takano Sina, M.C." These Japan-
ese shells are very like my Diala translucida in general appear-
ance, in translucent substance, and in a band of opaque white spots
on the body whorl. But D. translucida differs by being more glo-
bose, and by lacking the spiral rufous lines of D. picta. As the
species has not yet been illustrated, one of these British Museum
shells is here shown. It is doubtful if D. picta or varia are Aus-
tralian.
Diala varia A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig.56.)
Diala varia A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), viii., 1861, p.
248; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 867; Id., Cooke, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 268; Id,, Pritchard and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 89.
In the British Museum, this species is shown from China and
Japan, but not from Australia. One, which appears to be a
cotype, is here figured.
Diala pulchra A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig.57.)
Alaba pulchra A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), x., 1862, p.
296; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 173.
Diala pulchra Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
xiv., 1902, p. 89.
My figure represents one of two specimens in the British
Museum, probably types, but not so marked, labelled, "pulchra A.
Ad., P. Adelaide, M.C."
Diala. lauta A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig.58.)
Diala lauta A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), x., 1862, p.
298; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 173; Id,, Pritchard and
Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 88.
Litiopa lauta Tryon, Man. Conch., ix., 1887, p. 282, PI. 53, fig.
83.
BY C. HEDLEY. 287
Alaba lauta Henn and Brazier, these Proceedings (2), ix., 1894,
p. 172.
Figured from one of ten specimens in the British Museum, pro-
bably types, but not so marked, labelled "lauta A. Ad., Port Ade-
laide, M.C."
Diala monile A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig.59.)
Alaba monile A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), x., 1862, p.
296.
Diala monile Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv.,
1902, p. 87; Id., Hedley, These Proceedings, xxx., 1906, p. 523,
PI. 33, fig. 36.
Here is figured one of two specimens in the British Museum, pro-
bably types, but not so marked, and labelled, "A. monile A. Ad.,
Annals, 1862, x., p. 296, Hab., Port Lincoln, M.C."
Diala pagodula A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig. 60.)
Alaba pagodula A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), x., 1862,
p. 297; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 173; Id., Tate, Trans.
Phil. Soc. Adelaide, ii., 1879, p. 137.
A figure is supplied of one of two specimens in the British
Museum, probably types, but not so marked, labelled "A. pagodula
A. Ad., Ann. and Mag. N. Hist., 1862, x., p. 297. Hab., St. Vin-
cent's Gulf, S. Australia, M.C."
Diala imbricata A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig. 61.)
Alaba imbricata A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), x., 1862,
p. 397.
Diala imbricata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 867 ; Id., Tate,
Trans. Phil. Soc, Adelaide, 1879, p. 137.
This illustration represents one of two specimens in the British
Museum, apparently types, but not so marked, labelled "Alaba
imbricata A. Ad., Annals, 1862, x., p. 397, Port Lincoln, M.C."
288 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Alaba vibex A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig. 62.).
Alaba vibex A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), x., 1862, p.
296; Id., Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1875, p. 538.
Litiopa vibex Tryon, Man. Conch., x. 1887, p. 282.
My figure is drawn from one of two in the British Museum,
apparently types, but not so marked, labelled "A. vibex A. Ad.,
Annals, 1862, x., p. 296. Hab., Sharks Bay, West Australia. Pres.
Mrs. de Burgh."
CALYPTRiEA calyptraeformis Lamarck.
Trochus calyptraeformis Lamk., Anim. s. vert., vii., pt.i., Aug.,
1822, p. 12.
In the Museum at Geneva I saw the type, a single specimen
marked in Lamarck's own writing "Trochus calyptraeformis." This
tablet has been re-labelled by a later hand, perhaps that of Chenu,
"Galerus lamarcki Deshayes." In a recent review of this subgenus,
Sigapatella, Dr. E. Larny* also prefers the name of Deshayes.
It is important for Australian conchologists to decide which name
for this common shell is correct. The subject is complicated, in the
first instance, Lamarck described a French tertiary fossil as Calyp-
trcea trochij 'ormis. f Subsequently he proposed the name Trochus
calyptraeformis for a recent shell, collected at Maria Island, Tas-
mania, by Peron, which resembled this fossil. Finally he revised
the tertiary fossil under the name of Trochus calyptraef ormis. %
At this time the unfortunate savant had become totally blind, so
that this last volume was completed from dictation by his devoted
daughter Rosalie. § This sad circumstance probably caused the
name of the fossil to be exchanged from Calyptraea trochif ormis to
Trochus calyptraeformis by merely accidental inversion.
The simplest correction of the error seems to be to restore to each,
the fossil and the recent, its earlier name. The second part of vqj.
* Lamy, Bull, du Mus, d'hist. nat., 1911, p.318.
t Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. i., 1802, p. 385.
+ Lamarck, Anim. s. vert., vii., pt.2(?date) suppl., p.558.
§Landrieu, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fiance, xxi., 1909, p.100.
BY C. HEDLKY. 289
vii., of the Hist. Anhn. s. vert., has neither title-page nor date, but
the citation in the index of Parts One and Two is evidence of
separate publication, and hence of definite priority of name for the
recent Tasmanian shell. In that case Deshayes was not entitled to
alter the name.
He, however, took the view that as the name was twice used by
Lamarck one should be changed, and he renamed the Tasmanian
shell Calyptraea lamarckii* Shortly afterwards the same species
from Western Port, 14 fathoms off Cape Dromedary and Jervis
Bay was described as Crepidula tomentosa Quoy k Gaim.f
Tryonj considered that C. comma-notata Sowerby,§ was a
sjmonym, but as that was described from the Guinea coast, the
reference is improbable. But Gray transferred the name comma-
notata to a shell from New Zealand. ||
Calyptraea tenuis Gray.
Galerus pellucidus Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 211.
Clypeola tenuis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 735.
Calyptraea pellucida Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xvii., 1893, p.
199 ; Id., Tate and May, These Proceedings, xxvi., 1901, p. 376.
Calyptraea scutum Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
xxii., 1909, p. 38.
In the British Museum a series from St. Vincent's Gulf, pre-
sented by Dr. J. C. Verco are thus identified. From these and from
Gray's types it appears that the species determined as Galerus pel-
lucidus by Angas from Port Jackson, by Tate from St. Vincent
and Spencer's Gulfs, and by Tate and May from Frederick Henry
Bay, Tasmania, is properly C. tenuis. Hutton has statedll that
Sigapatella scutum Lesson is synonymous with C. tenuis. Under
Lesson's name the present species is reported from Victoria by
Gatliff and Gabriel. The identity of Lesson's unfigured species is
* Deshayes, Encycl. Metli. vers., ii., 1832, p.170.
tQuoy & Gaim., Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1835, p. 41 9, PI. 72, f. 1-5.
JTryon, Man. Conch., viii., 1886, p.122.
§ Sowerby, Cat. Tankerville Coll. 1825, p.33 and append, vii.
|| Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 736.
If Hutton, These Proceedings, ix., 1885, p.938.
290 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
obscure, but I observe that the shell known to New Zealand collec-
tors as C. scutum differs by its hollow axis from C. tenuis.
Trochita pellucida Reeve is shown at South Kensington from the
Philippine Islands. It is smaller than the S. Australian shell, with
which it has been confused, and the interior process ends in a
point.
Cerithium polygonum Sowerby.
Cerithium polygonum Sowerby, Thes. Conch, ii., 1855, p. 854,
PI. 178, fig. 46.
C. opportunum Bayle, Journ. de Conch., xxviii., 1880, p. 248.
This species* was described from Port Essington. Bayle altered
the name to Cerithium opportunum, because Sowerby's name had
been used already in 1844 by Leymerie. Here, as in other cases,
Bayle's industry was superficial and abortive. The type of C.
opportunum, in the British Museum, was familiar to me as the
young of Clava nodulosa Bruguiere. For the juvenile form of this
I have already recorded other names (antea xxxiv., p. 439).
Cerithium NOViE-HiBERNijE A. Adams.
Cerithium novce-hibemice A. Adams, Thes. Conch, ii., 1855, p.
357, PL 180, fig. 85.
In the British Museum is the type of this species from the
Hanley Collection, the original of Sowerby's figure. The locality
of this is given as Florida, and it is mentioned by Dr. W. H. Dall
as a synonym of C. eburneus Say.* So it is unlikely that the record
by Melvill and Standen of this species from Murray Island, Torres
Strait, is correct, t
Clava bituberculata Sowerby.
Cerithium semigranosum Lamarck, Anim. s. vert., vii., 1822, p.
72; Id., Ency. Meth., PI. 443, fig. 1; Id., Kiener Cerite, 1843, p. 26,
P1.21, fig.2. Not Cerithium semigranosum Lamarck, Ann. du Mus.
iii., 1804, p. 437.
* Dall, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. xxiv., 1885, p. 64.
t Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxvii., 1899, p. 167.
BY C. HEDLEY. 291
Vertagus bituberculatus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv., 1865, PI. iv.,
fig. 7; Id., Thes. Conch, iii., C'erithium suppl., 1866, PI. 290, fig.
324.
Cerithium cordigerum Bayle (nom. mut.), Journ. de Conch.,
xxviii., 1880, p. 249.
In the British Museum there are two specimens, apparently types
of bituberculatus, which drew my attention to this novel synonymy.
Had Bayle examined the subject carefully, he would have found
that the renomination of Lamarck's species had already been effec-
tively, if unconsciously, accomplished.
The habitat has not hitherto been announced more definitely than
"New Holland" or "Australia." Specimens sent to me by Mr. F.
H. Moore show it to be plentiful at the entrance of the Irwin River,
West Australia.
Plesiotrochus unicinctus A. Adams.
(Plate xviii., fig. 63.)
Ziziphinus unicinctus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853),
p. 167.
Four specimens in the British Museum are evidently, though not
so marked, the types of this species, described as "On pearl oysters,
8 to 10 fathoms, Lord Hood's Island," or Marutea, Paumotus. It
has never been figured, redescribed, or properly classified. Study
of these types enables me to pronounce Z. unicinctus an absolute
synonym of Trochus exilis Pease, from the same place, and of
Plesiotrochus souverbianus Fischer from the Loyalty Islands.
Hence it will stand as the type of the genus. To support this con-
clusion I now offer a figure of one of the original specimens of
Adams.
In these Proceedings (antea xxxii., p. 498), I lately reviewed the
genus Plesiotrochus, since when it has been reported from the
Indian Ocean by Mr. E. A. Smith in the person of Plesiotrochus
fischeri*
* Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc, viii., 1909, p. 370, text-fig.
292 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Tkiphora scitula A. Adams.
Triphoris scitulus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc.,1851(1854), p.278.
Triphoris pfeifferl Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de Conch., xiii.,
1864, p. 47, PL i., figs. 14, 15.
In the British Museum, I found a tablet with seven specimens
labelled "scitulus A. Ad., Adelaide, S. Australia." Five of these,
as is noted on the under side, are T. pfeifferl. Again there is a tab-
let from the Cumingian Collection, with three specimens marked
"scitulus A. Ad., M.C."; these are all T. pfeifferl. This evidence
indicates, as I have already suggested (antea xxvii., p. 616), that
pfeifferi should give place to scitulus. One specimen of T. pfeifferl
is marked type, and was presented to the British Musum by G. F.
Angas.
A tablet was also found, not marked type, bearing three shells
labelled "festivus A. Ad., S. Australia." Two of these are a
species subsequently described, and the third is different, and also
subsequently described. Under these circumstances I suggest that
T. festivus A. Ad. be abandoned as unintelligible.
TURRITELLA CARLOTT.E WatSOll.
Turritella carlottae Watson, Chall. Exp. Zool. xv., 1886, p. 478,
PL xxx., fig. 5.
On the tablet in the British Museum of Turritella carlottae, are
two distinct species. Though all are labelled "10 fm. Queen Char-
lotte IsL," it is probable that a pair are from New Zealand, and a
pair from Bass Straits. The Museum label admits the identity of
T. carlottae with T. vittata Hutton. Under the circumstances, this
synonymy should, I think, stand, but it should be appreciated that
while Watson gave a second name to the New Zealand shell, he gave
none to the Bass Straits one. To express it otherwise, this datum
does not justify the admission of T. vittata Hutton to the Aus-
tralian list by Pritchard and G-atliff.*
*Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xviii., 1906, p. 54.
BY C. HEDLKY. 293
Cecum bimarginatum Carpenter.
(Plate xviii., figs. 64, 65, 66.)
Caecum bimarginatum Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1858, pp.431,
442.
This imfigured species was recorded from "Australia," because
it was found on the shell of Petaloconchus nerinaeoides. In the
British Museum, there is preserved one specimen, probably type,
but not so marked, on a slide in a corked tube, "27, Caecum bimar-
ginatum, Cpr., Singapore, Revd. P.P. Carpenter" ; again, one speci-
men on a glass slide in a corked tube, labelled "27 Caecum (?) bi-
marginatum, jun., Australia, Rev. P. P. Carpenter." (My fig. 64.)
To assist in the recognition of these, figures are now presented.
Cecum subquadratum Carpenter.
(Plate xviii., fig.67.)
C cecum subquadratum Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1858(1859),
p. 433.
An illustration is here given of a specimen in the British
Museum, perhaps a type, but not so marked, mounted alone on a
glass slide in a corked tube, and labelled, "33 Caecum subquadra-
tum, Cpr., Australia, W. Bean." But the published reference is
"Port Elizabeth (Bean)."
Cecum regulare Carpenter.
(Plate xviii., figs. 68, 69, 70.)
Ccecum regulare Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1858, p. 428.
This species was reported by its author to have been found on
the Australian shell Petaloconchus nerinaeoides. In the British
Museum, I found the following series, one shell to each tablet,
mounted on a labelled glass slide in a corked tube, "22 Caecum re-
gulare, Carp., Singapore, Rev. P. P. Carpenter," "Caecum (?) re-
gulare Cpr., Australia, Rev. P. P. Carpenter," " 22 Caecum regu-
lare, Cpr., W. Indies, S. P. Woodward." There is also one speci-
men, Caecum regulare Carp, from the Challenger Station 122, in
350 fathoms off Pernambuco.
294 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
This evidence seems opposed to the occurrence of this species in
Australia. The Australian shell doubtfully referred to C. regulare
by Carpenter is here illustrated fig. 70.
Bivona constrictor Morch.
(Plate xviii., fig. 71.)
Bivona constrictor Morch, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1862, p. 63.
In the British Museum is a single specimen, perhaps type, but
not so marked, labelled, "Bivona constrictor, Morch, Australia,
M.C." This is illustrated in the accompanying figure.
Stephopoma tricuspe Morch.
(Plate xix., figs. 72, 73, 74.)
Stephopoma tricuspe Morch, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1861, p,150, PL 35,
fig. 1.
In the British Museum are two tablets, perhaps types, but not
so marked, labelled "Stephopoma tricuspe, Morch, c.operc. et foeti,
Australia, M.C." From these have been derived figures of a mass
of tubes (fig. 72), and of the operculum (figs. 73-74). No Labitat
for the species has been published; it lives in Sydney Harbour.
Naricava, gen.nov.
A genus related to Vanikoro, but differing by smaller and thinner
shell, by fewer, more depressed and rapidly increasing whorls, and
by the last whorl being expanded horizontally. Naricava holds
somewhat the relation to Vanikoro, that Sigaretus does to Euna-
ticina. Type, Adeorbis angasi A. Adams, 1863. Other Australian
species are, Adeorbis vincentiana Angas, 1880; Adeorbis angulata
Hedley, 1905 ; and Adeorbis kimberi Verco, 1907. Probably Adeor-
bis platymna Tomlin, 1913, from Singapore, belongs here.
Naricava is perhaps related to Laciniorbis* but that does not
seen to have the peculiar apex of Naricava, nor is it referred to the
Vanikoridse. It has been indicated by Iredale,f that Adeorbis may
be replaced by Tornus, but this is not established. Verril classifies
Adeorbis near Rissoa.
* v. Marteus, Archiv Naturg., lxiii.,(l) 1897, p.175.
flredale, Proc. Malac. Soc, ix., 1911, p.259.
BY C. HEDLEY. 295
Leiostraca acutissima Sowerby.
Leiostraca acutissima Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv., 1866, PI. ii.,
fig. 10; Id., Try on, Man. Conch., viii., 1886, p. 281, PI. 70, figs. 89,
90.
Leiostraca lesbia Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 91, PI. i., fig.1-4.
In the British Museum, I compared one shell marked as the type
of L. acutissima Sowerby, with an example of L. lesbia, presented
by Angas, and, therefore, probably type, but not so marked. These
two have already been united by Tryon. To me, L. lesbia seemed
the adult form of L. acutissima.
Eulima proxima Sowerby.
Eulima proxima Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv., 1866, PI. vi., sp. 48.
The late Prof. R. Tate concluded,* from a study of the British
Museum series, that Eulima proxima of Sowerby was the same as
E. augur Angas. I found, in the South Kensington collection, one
specimen marked type, of E. proxima Sowerby, from Port Jack-
son, presented by G. F. Angas. Again, there are two specimens
marked types, E. augur Angas, from St. Vincent's Gulf, also pre-
sented by G. F. Angas. These seems to me to be different species.
E. proxima is shorter and broader, with flatter sides, and more
sharply angled periphery than E. augur. E. proxima has the aper-
ture angled in front, where in E. augur it is rounded. All three
types have imperfect tips. That of E. proxima has eleven whorls
remaining; there are very faint lateral varices. There are, in the
same collection, three specimens of E. subangulata Sowerby, f
marked "Indian Seas, from the Old Humphries Collection, M.C."
These may possibly be the adult form of E. proxima.
Eulima constellata Melvill.
Leiostraca constellata Melvill, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), i., 1898,
p. 200, PL xii., fig. 6.
Subularia piperita Sowerby, Proc. Malac Soc, iv., 1901, p. 209,
PI. xxii., fig. 5.
•Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxii., 1898, p. 80.
tSowerby, Thes. Conch., ii., 1854, p. 794, P1.169, figs. 11, 12.
296 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Eulima piperita Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiv.,
1909, p. 451, PL xliii., fig. 85.
Types in the British Museum of L. constellata appeared to rne
like the species I described from the Hope Islands, and now record
from Mast Head Reef and Caloundra. Not trusting to my memory
for the identification, I afterwards sent specimens for comparison
to its author. Conjointly, Mr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. E. A. Smith
compared the Queensland piperita with the Aden constellata and
the Philippine piperita. The Australian shells are rather smaller
than the others, but my friends pronounce the three to be identical.
The repetition of the second and third synonyms is a coincidence.
Stilifer marginata Tenison- Woods.
Eulima marginata Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1878,
(1879), p. 40.
Stilifer lodderce Petterd, Journ. of Conch., iv., 1884, p. 140; Id.,
Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxv., 1900, p. 92, text-figure.
Stylifer crotaphis Watson, Chall. Zool., xv., 1886, p. 525, PI. 37,
fig. 10.
In the British Museum is a single specimen, evidently the type
but not so marked, of Stilifer crotaphis Watson. This I recognised
as a young specimen of the previously described S. marginata Ten.
Woods.
Dr. Boog Watson was unfortunately possessed by a zealous but
mistaken anxiety to exhaust his material. He was thus led here
and elsewhere to found, on immature, imperfect and single speci-
mens, species already named, such as Alaba sulcata for S trombus
campbelli; Trochus tinctus for Calliostoma allporti; Turritella
phillipensis for Turritella gunni; and Murex cordismei for Murex
angasi.
Stilifer guentheri Angas.
Apicalia guentheri Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 35, PI. 5,
fig. 6.
Stilifer guentheri Sowerby, Thes. Conch., v., 1884, p. 160, PI.
479, fig. 1; Id., Boettger, Nach. Malak. Gesell, xxv., 1893, p. 166.
BY C. HEDLEY. 297
Eulima guentheri Tryon, Man. Coneh., viii., 1886, p. 283, PI. 70,
fig. 100.
In the British Museum, I saw one specimen, marked type "Api-
calia guentheri, Angas, N.S.W., Pres. Dr. J. G. Jeffreys"; and
again, two "? guntheri, Angas, Mauritius, Robillard, Parasite on
Holothuria." I have seen several specimens of S. guentheri from
Lifu, Loyalty Islands, and I am satisfied that this species is not, as
stated, a native of New South Wales.
Cymatium doliarium Linne.
Murex doliarium Linne, Syst. Nat., xii., 1767, p. 1223.
Tritonium doliarium Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 189.
Cymatium doliarium Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii.,
1911, p. 98.
This species has been reported by Angas from New South Wales,
and by Shirley from Torres Straits. All the specimens in the Brit-
ish Museum collection are from South Africa. There can be no
doubt that these Australian records are fictitious.
Cymatium boltenianum A. Adams.
Triton boltenianus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854(1855),
p.311; Id., Angas, op. cit., 1867, p.188.
This species was originally recorded from Australia, and Angas
afterwards reported it from Long Bay, near Sydney. No other
collector has met with this unfigured species. In the British
Museum, I found a specimen labelled "Triton spengleri, Lamk.,
Red Sea," which corresponded well to two shells in the same col-
lection ticketed "Triton boltenianum, A. Adams, N. S.Wales,
Pres. G. F. Angas." I now conclude that the Red Sea is the
right locality for this form, which should be excluded from Aus-
tralian lists.
Argobuccinum tumidum Dunker.
Ranella tumida Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1862, p. 239,
Bursa tumida Dunker, Novit. Conch., 1864, p. 56, Pl.xviii., f.8,9.
Ranella vexillum Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. Spm., 1843, p. 24;
Id., Tenison-Woods, Proc Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877 (1879), p.28.
Apollo aryus Tate and May, These Proceedings,xxvi.,1901,p.356.
298 STUDIBS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Ranella argus Hutton, These Proceedings, ix., 1885, p.933; Id.,
Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xix., 1895, p.104.
Lotorium argus Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
x., 1898, p.267.
Under the names of Ranella argus and R. vexillum, this
species has been identified by Menke from West Australia, by
Verco from South Australia, by Pritchard and Gatliff from Vic-
toria, by Tenison-Woods from Tasmania, and by Hutton from
New Zealand. According to the British Museum Collection, A.
argus is a distinct species from South Africa. While A. vexillum,
which is more nearly related to A. tumidum than to A. argus, is
from South America. In London, there are three specimens,
types of A. tumidum Dunker, labelled " Nova Seelandia." This
appears to me the correct name of the species, extending from
New Zealand to Tasmania and Australia. Tryon presented a
whole austral group of argus, vexillum, tumidum, proditor, etc.,
as a single species. The earliest name for the South American
form is not Ranella vexillum Sowerby, 1835, but Triton ranelli-
f or mis King, 1831.
Natica gualteriana Recluz.
Natica gualteriana Recluz, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843(1844), p. 208;
Id., Journ. de Conch., i., 1850, p.396; Id., Philippi, Conch. Cab.
ii.,(l) 1852, p.71, PL xi., f.8; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., ix., 1855,
PL xxv., fig. 11 4.
Natica marochiensis Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 19 7, and
1877, p.236; Id., Brazier, These Proceedings, i., 1877, p.23G; Id.,
Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii., 1911, p. 98.
In the British Museum, at least two species are exhibited as
" maroccana Chemnitz," or " maroccana var." There is a tablet
with five specimens labelled " maroccana, Chemnitz, Cape York,
N. Australia, J. B. Jukes, Natica marochiensis, Lamk. Voy. Ast.
t.66, f.16." This has a low spire, radial furrows on the shoulder,
and the operculum of Cochlis, i.e., with a single marginal sulcus.
Again, there are three specimens from Senegal, and three from
the River Gambia, (the latter alternatively marked " Gambiae,
Reeve ") which, though called by the same name as the Cape
BY C. HEDLEY. 299
York series, differ by having a higher spire, finer shoulder-
wrinkles, and the operculum of Natica, i.e., spirally sulcate.
Again, another form which I need not discuss, appears under this
name from Demerara and Mazatlan. Specimens obtained at
Aden by Major Yerbury agree with the Cape York shells.
With the Cape York shells, there also agrees a set of three,
labelled " Gualteriana, Pet., from Isle of Bohol, M.C." Though
these are not marked types, I have some confidence in regarding
them as the originals of Reeve's figure, and of the second descrip-
tion of Recluz, which differs in minor details from the first.
Even the error of Cuming's clerk, in misquoting the editor for the
author of the species, supports their authenticity.
Granting this, "maroccana" or "marochiensis" may be reserved,
as the name implies, for an African species; while the Australian
shell thus miscalled by Angas, Brazier, and Shirley should be
referred to gualteriana. Misquoting the species as of Petit, Mel-
vill and Standen have noticed N. gualteriana from Boydong Cays,
near Cape York. I have catalogued it from Mast Head Island.
Philippi's account of Natica avellana suggests to me that it is
closely related to N. gualteriana*
Natica vitellus Linne.
Nerita vitellus Linne, Syst. Nat. x., 1758, p. 776, for Rumphius,
PI. xxii., fig. D, fide Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1855, p. 394.
Nerita rufa Born, Index Caes. Vind., 1778, p. 413; Id., Test.
Mus. Caes. Vinci., 1780, p. 398, PI. 17, figs. 3, 4; Id., Brauer, Sitz.
Akad. Wiss., lxxvii., 1878, p. 70.
Nerita fasciata Martyn, Univ. Conch., iii., 1786, PL 110, right
ng.
Not Natica vitellus, of Lamarck and of authors generally, which
is Nerita stellatus Martyn, Univ. Conch., hi., 1786, PI. 110, left
fig. ; Id., von Martens, Mai. Blatt., xix., 1872, p. 45.
Hanley shows that the Nerita vitellus of Linne is not the Natica
vitellus of other writers, but is the Nerita rufa of Born. The shell
universally but erroneously called Natica vitellus must now take
Phillipi, Conch. Cab., ii.,(l) 1852, PI. xi., fig. 14.
300 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, XL,
the name of Natica stellatus Martyn. Three specimens of N. vitel-
lus (so-called) in the British Museum, from Ticao, have the oper-
culum of Cochlis. The real N. vitellus has not hitherto been
reported from Australia, but I have found it at the Palm Islands,
Queensland. And I have gathered N. stellatus Martyn, on Murray
Island, Torres Straits.
Polinices conicus Lamarck.
Natica conica Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1822, p. 198.
Natica pyramis Reeve, Conch. Icon., ix., 1855, PL 21, fig. 93.
In the British Museum are two specimens, apparently types, but
not so marked, labelled "pyramis, Reeve, from Swan River, Aus-
tralia, found in sandy mud, 10 fms., Lt. Collie, R.N., M.C." These
specimens are certainly a white form of conicus, but their identity
has never been recognised. In the Geneva Museum, two types of
N. conica bear Lamarck's autograph label.
Polinices aulacoglossa Pilsbry and Vanatta.
Natica chemnitzii Reeve, Conch. Icon., ix., 1855, PL 2, fig. 7;
(not Natica chemnitzii Pfeiffer, Krit. Register Conch. Cab., 1840,
p. vii., for Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., v., 1781, p. 270, PL 188, fig.
1905-6); Id,, Angas, Proc. ZooL, Soc, 1867, p. 198; Id,, Adams,
Genera of Recent Mollusca, PL xxii., fig. 3 (animal).
Polinices aulacoglossa Pilsbry and Vanatta, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philad, lx., 1908, p. 558, PL xxix., fig. 1, 2, 3.
Cyclostrema kingii Brazier Mss., Tenison Woods, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tasm., 1877, p. 39.
Under the name of Natica didyma Bolten, several related species,
representing one another in different seas, were lumped together by
Boog Watson, Tryon and other authors. That from the Peronian
region is an elevate, globose and narrowly perforate form called N.
chemnitzii by Reeve. The locality, unknown to its author, was
supplied by Angas. The bare name of Cyclostrema kingii, which
recurs at intervals in the literature of Tasmanian shells, refers to
the youngest growth-stage of this species. As Reeve's name was
spoilt by an earlier one of Pfeiffer's, Pilsbry and Vanatta have
lately redescribed the Australian shell as Polinices aulacoglossa.
BY C. HEDLEY. 301
In the British Museum, a Tasmanian example of P. aulacoglossa
is misnamed tasmanica Woods, an error supported by Pritchard
and GatlifL* But Tenison Woods, well acquainted with the identi-
fication of chemnitzii by Angas, would not have considered it as
new. Then tasmanicus is present as described from the south of
Tasmania, where aulacoglossa is absent; it is said to be 16 mm.
across, but aulacoglossa is twice or thrice as much; tasmanicus has
a spiral groove on the pad, running along the edge, the transverse
furrow of aulacoglossa would not be so described; tasmanicus has
the umbilicus partly filled up, "obtecte," but that of aulacoglossa is
open. Then aulacoglossa would not be mistaken for a small form
of baconi or plumbea, while these comparisons are natural for tas-
manicus.
In the Solanderian region, a variety occurs of the didymus
group, which, in the British Museum, is shown as N. bicolor Phil, f
from Torres Strait. I find it to range south to Port Curtis.
POLINICES NUXCASTANEA Martyil.
Neritd nuxcastanea Martyn, Univ. Conch., iii., 1786, PI. 106.
Natica maura Lamarck, Encycl. Meth., 1816, Explanations of PI.
453, fig. 4.
Polinices maura Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii.,1911,
p. 98.
As "Mammilla maura Lamarck," three specimens, taken by
Jukes on Darnley Island, are shown in the British Museum. Un-
familiar with synonymy, Shirley has mentioned it as new to
Queensland, under Lamarck's name. But, by the prior name of
Martyn, it was already included in the catalogue of marine mol-
lusca of Queensland.
Ancilla cingulata Sowerby.
Ancillaria cingulata Sowerby, Species Conch, i., 1830, Ancil-
laria, p. 6, figs. 36, 37.
Ancillaria tricolor Gray, Append. Voy. Fly, ii., 1847, p. 357, PL
i., fig. 4; Not A. tricolor Sowerby, Thes. Conch, iii., 1859, p. 63, PI.
* Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiii., 190U, p. 191.
tPhihppi, Couch. Cab., ii., 1852, p. 43, Pl.vi., f.4.
23
302 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.
211, figs. 9, 10 ; Nor A. tricolor Reeve, Conch. Icon, xv., 1864, PI.
xi., fig. 48.
Five shells in the British Musuem are labelled, "tricolor Gray,
Voy. Fly, ii., 357, PL i., 4, enlarged, Cape York, M.C." They were
about half an inch in length, solid, highly polished, ovate-acumi-
nate, with a faint umbilical furrow. The colour is buff, with white
on the base and on a subsutural band, the latter succeeded by an
orange thread.
Notes on the tablet indicate that these five are identical with A.
novaezelandiae Sowerby, and with A. nana Watson.
In every particular, these five fail to agree with Gray's account,
and I regard them as wrongly determined. But Gray's figure and
description agree precisely with A. cingulata Sowerby, which I
have collected just where the original A. tricolor was taken.
Sowerby and Reeve evidently derived their information about A.
tricolor from a substitute, not from authentic material. By a fur-
ther complication, .4. bicolor, meaning A. tricolor Sowerby, not J..
tricolor Gray, is reported from New Zealand in place of A. novce-
zelandice*
Try on erred in uniting A. novcezelandice to A. sinensis Sower-
by, and A. inornata Smith, f The London collection shows these
to be distinct species. Ancilla obesa Sowerby, and J., mauritiana
Sowerby, have been reported as Australian, but such references
are apparently erroneous.
Marginella translucida Sowerby.
Marginella translucida Sowerby, Thes. Conch., i., 1846, p. 376,
PI. 75, figs. 62, 63.
M. volutiformis Reeve, Conch. Icon, xv., 1865, PI. 24, fig. 31.
From the Cuming Collection are three poor specimens, which, if
not types, are yet probably authentic specimens, labelled "M. trans-
lucida Sow., Thesaurus i., p. 376, PI. 75, fig. 62-3, Hab. Australia,"
but on the face of the tablet "W. Indies." Again there is a single
specimen marked type, labelled, "volutiformis, Rve. Conch. Icon., f.
*Hutton, Index Faun. Nov. Zealand, 1904, p.74.
fTryon, Man. Conch., v., 1883, p.95.
BY C. HEDLEY. 303
131, Hab. — ?, Pres. Mrs. T. Lombe Taylor." This is 8 mm. long,
and 4-5 broad. It agrees with the three t ran slue id a.
The habitat is fixed by a series labelled "translucida Sowerby"
from J. Brazier, collected near the mouth of the Richmond River,
N. S. Wales. These are a little smaller than Reeve's type. Angas
had already reported M. translucida from Middle Harbour.*
The synonymy of this species has been much abused by authors.
Weinkauff erroneously unites M. strangei Angas to M. translucida,\
which is accepted by Tryon. In his turn, Try on considers M. volu-
tiformis to be a variety of M. turbinata Sowerby. Also that M.
pygmaea Sowerby is the same as M. translucida, in which he was
followed by Pritchard and Gatliff.
Marginella attenuata Reeve.
Volvaria secalina Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii., 1844, p. 197,
PI. 27, fig. 19.
Marginella nitida Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 75 ; Zd.,Sower-
by, Thes. Conch, i., 1846, p. 389, PL 76, fig. 131.
Marginella attenuata Reeve, Conch. Icon, xv., 1865, PI. xxii., fig.
116.
Marginella paxillus Reeve, Conch. Icon, xv., 1865, PI. xxiv., fig.
133.
In London, it was pointed out to me, by Mr. J. R. Le B. Tomlin,
that M. attenuata was founded on a Mediterranean shell, and that
the Australian and South African localities assigned to it are false.
Reeve's statement that Strange gathered M. attenuata at Sydney,
induced local collectors to try to fit some Port Jackson species, such
as M. translucida, to it.
But Reeve's species was first described from Sicily by Philippi
as Volvaria secalina. A note on the under-side of the Museum tab-
let unites this to M. nitida Hinds. Again, M. paxillus Reeve is,
according to the type, identical.
So Marginella attenuata, a weary record of the carelessness and
incapacity of Lovell Reeve, may now disappear from lists of the
Australian fauna.
* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 196.
f Weinkauff, Jahrb. Deut. malak, Gesell., vii., 1880, p.47-
304 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Cancellaria australis Sowerby.
Cancellaria australis Sowerby, Conch. Illust., 1832, fig. 23.
C. undulata Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1848, p. 136 ; Id,, Sower-
by, Thes. Conch., 1849, PL 92, fig. 12, PL 95, fig. 79.
The types of Cancellaria described by Sowerby are not available
at South Kensington. From that collection, it appears that C.
undulata is identical with C. australis; that Tryon erred* in unit-
ing a Japanese species, C. spengleriana Deshayes, to C. undulata;
and that C. granosa Sowerby, from Tasmania, is a geographical
race separable varietally, if not specifically, by the grains on the
ribs.
Terebra brevicula Deshayes.
Terebra brevicula Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1859, p. 296; Id,,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., xii., 1860, PI. xxii., fig. 119.
In the British Museum, I found a shell marked type, labelled,
"T. brevicula, Desh., P.Z.S., 1859, p.296, Van Diemen's Land," and
another, the original of Reeve's figure, and again another. These
are in poor condition, and appear to have been bathed in acid.
What is left of them answers fa'irly to half -grown shells of T. albo-
cincta Carpenter, from California.
This name, which has long been a nuisance to Australian con-
chologists, can now be definitely rejected from our catalogues.
Terebra buccinulum Deshayes.
Terebra buccinulum Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1859, p. 282;
Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xii., 1860, PI. xx., fig. 101.
This species was described from "East Australia," but it appar-
ently does not occur here. In the British Museum, under the genus
Leiodomus of Swainson, are two specimens marked "type Bullia
turrita Gray, Zool. Beechey's Voy., Reeve Conch. Icon. sp. 16."
Except in colour, these are identical with one marked "type, Tere-
bra buccinulum Deshayes, East coast of Australia,, Journ. de
Conch., 1857, vol. vi., f. 9."
* Tryon, Man. Conch., vii. 1885, p. 67.
BY C. HEDLEY. 305
Terebra fenestrata Hinds.
Terebra fenestrata Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 153; Id.,
Thes. Conch., L, 1844, p. 176, PL 44, fig. 86.
T. ccelata Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, Moll., 1850, p. 30,
PL 10, fig. 22 ; Id., Brazier, These Proceedings, L, 1877, p. 255.
It is suggested beneath the tablet of one, perhaps type, but not
so marked, labelled, "T. ccelata Ad. & Reeve, China, Voy. Sama-
rang, M.C. — compare with fenestrata — ." On making the compari-
son with three marked as types of T. fenestrata, I considered the
names synonymous. As T. coelata, Brazier has recorded the species
from 20 fms., Darnley Is., Torres Straits.
Terebra turrita Smith.
Terebra turrita Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xi., 1873, p.
266; Id., Watson, Chall. Zool., xv., 1886, p. 381, PL xiv., fig. 8.
The type of T. turrita figured in the Challenger Expedition Re-
port, illustrative of a species found in Torres Straits, is so distin-
guished at the British Museum. This has the aperture broken back
for a quarter of a whorl, hence the figure of the mutilated speci-
men is a misleading representation of the species. In the same col-
lection, T. text His Hinds is represented by three marked "type tex-
tilis Hinds, P.Z.S., 1843, p. 156, 6 fath., Manila Bay, M.C." Be-
tween these and turrita, I see scarcely enough difference for specific
separation. Indeed, T. textilis and T. fenestrata Hinds are not
far apart, the latter being proportionately broader, and having
coarser sculpture. Comparing T. turrita and T. exigua Deshayes,
I notice that, between the subsutural nodules, exigua is spirally
striated and turrita smooth.
Terebra polygyrata Deshayes.
Terebra polygyrata Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1859, p. 301 ; Id.,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., xii., 1860, PL xxvi., fig. 146.
T. subtext His Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1879, p. 185, PL xix., fig.
3; Id,, Shirley, Proc Roy. Soc Qsland, xxiii., 1911, p. 100.
Mr. E. A. Smith described T. subtextilis from Japan, and Dr. J.
Shirley records it from Bowen, Queensland. T. polygyrata was
306 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, XL,
dredged by the Challenger Expedition in 25 fathoms, west of Cape
York. On comparing examples of these two in the British Museum,
I am unable to distinguish specific differences.
Terebra flammea Lamarck.
Terebra flammea Lamarck, Anim. s. vert., vii., 1822, p. 284;
Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xii., 1860, PI. iv., fig. 13; Id,, Reeve, Proc.
Zool. Soc, 1860, p. 450.
Reeve has recorded T. flammea from Moreton Bay, Australia.
Material in the British Museum indicates that this species, and its
variety, T. incomparabilis Deshayes, inhabit the West Indies. The
Australian habitat is therefore a mistake. It does not appear to
have been remarked that Epitonium feldmanni Bolten, 1798, is an
earlier name for Lamarck's species.
Duplicaria vallesia Hedley.
Duplicaria vallesia Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., viii., 1912, p. 147,
PI. 43, fig. 31.
This species closely resembles, but is specifically distinct from,
T. geminata Deshayes.* A Natal specimen, in the British Museum,
of T. geminata is more tapering, has a more twisted columella, and
its ribs continue on the base, whereas D. vallesia has a smooth base.
The median groove is a broader and deeper in geminata, and the
nodules above alternate with the ribs instead of continuing them,
as in vallesia.
Duplicaria addita Deshayes.
Terebra addita Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1859, p. 293.
This species was originally described from Tasmania, but, like
Terebra brevicula, it has been sought for in vain by local collectors.
The species is evidently foreign. One in the British Museum is
marked "type T. addita Desh., P.Z.S., 1859, p. 293, V. Diemen's
Land, M.C." This, I consider conspecific with three, perhaps type
but not so marked, labelled, "T. spectabilis Hinds, P.Z.S., 1843, p.
150 — Thesaurus, fig. 88 & 89. Guinea on the sands and Ceylon,
E. Layard, Esq. = gracilis, Gray."
* Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 296; Id., Reeve, op. cit., 1860, p. 450.
BY C. HEDLEY. 307
T. spectdbilis has already been reported from New South Wales
by Angas, and from Torres Straits by Brazier. Perhaps these
reports refer to D. vallesia.
Conus anemone Lamarck.
Conns anemone Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, xv., 1810, p. 272.
C. maculosus Sowerby, Conch. Illus.; Conus, 1833, PL i. fig. 3.
C. jukesii Reeve, Conch. Icon., i., Conus SuppL, 1848, PI. ii., fig.
278.
C. novcehollandice A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853(1854), p.
119 ; Id., Thes. Conch., iii., p. 31, PL 199, fig. 298-9.
C. maculatus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1858, PL 199, fig. 296.
C. rossiteri Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870, p. 109.
There is no general agreement on the treatment of this common
and variable shell. From Lamarck's phrase "tenuissime striata,"
and from Kiener's figure of a Lamarckian specimen, I suppose that
the typical form of C. anemone is the variety with coarse revolving
threads, called by A. Adams, C. novazhollandice. This is repre-
sented, in the British Museum, from Port Essington, coll. Capt.
Wickham, and from Tasmania, coll. R. Gunn. To my knowledge,
it is absent from the east coast of Australia.
Conus maculosus Sowerby, was described from the Philippine
Islands, and is asserted by Hidalgo* to exist there. Probably no
type is extant. Sowerby's figures and description are hardly
enough for exact determination. If tradition, as embodied in the
British Museum collection, can be trusted, C. maculosus is not a
Philippine shell, but a native of New South Wales. It is thinner,
smoother, more inflated, and with a lower spire than C. novai-
hollandice.
C. jukesii, which also occurs in New South Wales, is a smooth,
short, broad, form, with a low spire. Of this, C. rossiteri is a trivial
colour-variation.
These expressions of C. anemone may be summed up thus : —
Yar. novcehollandiai A. Adams. Tall, solid, with raised close
revolving threads, spire elevated. North, West, and South Aus-
* Hidalgo, Cat. Molua. Test, islas Filipinas, 1905, p. 101.
308 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
tralia. Kiener, Conns, PL 46, fig. 3 ; Conch. Icon., P1.25, fig. 139b ;
Thes. Conch, iii., PL 199, figs. 298-299.
Var. maculosus Sowerby, = maculatus Sowerby. Thin, smooth,
inflated, of medium height. New South Wales and Lord Howe
Island. Conch. 111., fig. 3; Conch. Icon., PL 25, fig. 139a; Thes.
Conch, iii. PL 13, fig. 264.
Var. jukesii Reeve. Thin, smooth, short, broad, spire depressed.
Colour disposed in large masses. New South Wales. Conch. Icon.,
suppl., PL 2, fig. 278.
Tryon, followed by Watson, Pritchard, Gatliff, etc., included
among the synonymy of C. anemone the name of C. ardisiacus
Kiener. But according to the British Museum collection, C. ardisia-
cus is the South African shell otherwise known as C. tinianus
Hwass, varieties of which are C. rosaceus Chemnitz, and C. scutor
Crosse. The African and Australian shells are much alike. C.
anemone differs in being more solid, more angled at the shoulder,
and deeply grooved on the summits of the whorls.
Perhaps it was a form of C. anemone, which Angas* found in
Middle Harbour, Sydney, and misreported as C. grayi Reeve. On
a series in the Britisli Museum, marked as types of C. grayi Reeve,
it is noted that it is a West African species allied to C. portori-
canus Hwass. C. grayi is extremely like a form of anemone, but
has a roundly bevelled shoulder, which the Australian species has
not.
Weinkauff, of course, erred f in associating C. cabriti Bernardi
( = taylorianus Smith), C. borneensis Sowerby, and C. compressus
Sowerby, with C. anemone.
Conus aplustre Reeve.
Conus aplustre Reeve, Conch. Icon., i., 1843, PL xxx., fig. 170;
Id., Smith, Proc Malac. Soc, v., 1903, p. 361.
C. neglectus A. Adams (non G. n. Pease, 1860 = C. peasei Bra-
zier, 1877), Proc, Zool. Soc, 1853 (1854), p. 117.
C. cookii Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870, p. 109.
* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p.205.
t Weinkauff, Jahrb. malak. Gesell. i., 1874, p.277.
BY C. HEDLEY. 309
This is the eastern analogue of C. rutilus Menke. No locality
was given in the original description of this species. By an odd
error, the type in the British Museum is now labelled "Cape of
Good Hope/' the Australian localities quoted by Brazier, Angas,
Bergh, Pritchard and Gatliff, being overlooked.*
The type of C. neglect us A. Adams is noted, at South Kensing-
ton, as being equivalent to C. aplustre. C. cooki Brazier is a
variety of aplustre in which the interrupted spiral lines have
coalesced into ziczac radials. Smith has remarked! that Tryon
erred in uniting C. multicatenatus to aplustre.
Conus cyanostoma A. Adams.
Conus cyanostoma A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853, (1854), p.
116; Id., Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1858, p. 19, PI. 4, fig. 304.
Conus coxeni Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1875, p. 34, PL 4, fig. 4;
Id., Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxx., 190G, p. 535.
Conus innotabilis Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1891, p. 487, PL xl.,
fig. 1.
In error, Arthur Adams reported Conus cyanostoma from West
Africa, instead of from East Australia. By this hitherto uncor-
rected mistake, the name has been lost to Australian conchology.
The type, marked as such, is preserved in the British Museum, and
is noted by Mr. E. A. Smith as conspecific with C. coxeni. The
typical form is nearer innotabilis, while coxeni is a variety. J. B.
Jukes dredged this species off Sandy Cape, Queensland.
Conus Tasmania Sowerby:
Conus tasmanice Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1866, p. 328, PL
288, fig. 636.
This species, as the name implies, was alleged by its author to
be from Tasmania, but local naturalists have failed to find it there.
A single specimen of the South Kensington collection, in a poor
state of preservation, is marked, "Type, Conus tasmanias, Sow.,
* Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p.562; Angas, op. cit., 1871, p.93;
Bergh, Nov. Act. Ksl. Leop.-carol. Deut. Akad. lxv., 1895, p. 131;
Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1906, p.52.
t Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 400.
310 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Thesaurus, f. 636, Pres. G. F. Angas." An examination of this
induces me to add C. tasmanice to the already extensive synonymy
of the common tropical C. magus Linne. Sowerby's locality is, of
course, false.
Drillia vexillum Reeve.
Pleurotoma vexillum Reeve, Conch. Icon, ii., 1845, PI. xxix., fig.
264 ; Id,, Angas, Proc Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 203.
This was reported by Angas from Middle Harbour, near Sydney.
In the British Museum, a specimen labelled PI. vexillum, Rve., is
marked "St. Vincent's, West Indies." This, and the fact that no
other observer has found it in Australia, cause the record of Angas
to be distrusted.
Mangelia mitralis Adams and Angas.
(Plate xix., fig. 75.)
Bela mitralis Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 420.
The present figure is derived from one of two in the British
Museum, marked as types of Bela mitralis.
Mangelia australis Adams and Angas.
(Plate xix., fig. 76.)
Bela australis Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 420 ;
Id., Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc Roy. Soc. Vict., xii., 1900, p. 173 ;
Id., Verco., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxiii., 1909, p. 311.
M. australis has not been previously figured. The type in the
British Museum is here illustrated. By Pritchard and Gatliff, it is
united to M. mitralis, and Verco further links it to M. tasmanica
and to M. jacks onensis.
Mangelia nassoides Reeve.
Pleurotoma nassoides Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., 1845, PI. xxix.,
fig. 259.
Clathurella zonulata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 113, PI
xiii., fig. 17.
In the British Museum are two specimens marked, "Clathurella
zonulata Angas. Type, Pres. G. F. Angas." Beneath this tablet
BY C. HEDLEY. 311
is a note, "allied to nassoides Gray." Five worn specimens, about
half an inch long, perhaps Reeve's types, but not so marked, repre-
sent nassoides; they are labelled "Conch. Icon, i., f. 259. Hab.
West Indies." These, I consider, can be definitely united to C.
zonulata. The name nassoides does not seem to have appeared in
American literature, which suggests that the West Indian habitat is
erroneous, and agrees with the suggestion that this name should
be adopted for the Sydney shell.
Clavatula quisqualis Hinds.
Clavatula quisqualis Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 44; Id.,
Brazier, These Proceedings, i., 1877, p. 157.
Brazier has recorded this from Darnley Island, Torres Straits.
But, in the British Museum, two, perhaps types but not so marked,
are labelled, "W. coast of Central America, Sir E. Belcher Coll."
These two habitats are incompatible. An Oriental representative
of C. quisqualis was described by Nevill as Drillia lucida*
Clathurella pekegrina Gould.
Clathurella peregrina Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1861,
p.337; Id., Tenison-Woods, These Proceedings, ii., 1878, p.258.
This species was described as from Sydney Harbour. It has
never been figured. I was unable to find a specimen in any of the
Museums I visited. Tenison-Woods hints that it may be C. brench-
leyi Angas, but it had best be written off as unrecognisable and lost.
Drillia ^emula Angas.
(Plate xix., fig. 77.)
Drillia annula Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 36, PI. v., fig. 4.
A study of the series in London leads me to consider that this
species should be rejected as Australian, and that it is a native of
New Zealand, where it was previously described as Pleurotoma
trailli Hutton. In the British Museum is a specimen of D. cemula
marked as the type, and labelled as from Port Jackson, which is
here figured. No subsequent collector has found it in New South
Nevill, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xliv., 1875, p. 84, PI. viii., f. 15.
312 STUDIKS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Wales. It was also reported in Victoria as from "Portland (Mrs.
A. F. Kenyon), one specimen." So many exotic species, such as
Murex endivia, Drillia crenularis, Lotorium australe, Cassis fim~
briata, and Euchelus atratus have been noted thus, that the associa-
tion does not inspire confidence.
A related form is D. harpularia Des Moulins, which differs by
the radial riblets being more in number, oblique instead of vertical,
and by the interspaces being smooth instead of deeply grooved, as
in D. cemula.
Drillia exarata Reeve.
Pleurotoma exarata Reeve, Conch. Icon., L, 1845, PI. xxiii., fig.
201; Id., Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxiii., 1909, p. 296.
In the British Museum, this species is represented by three lots ;
first, a single specimen marked as type; secondly, another labelled
"exarata, Reeve, (?) Panama, Jewett from the Smithsonian Inst.
65/11/12" ; thirdly, two from St Vincent's Gulf, presented by Dr.
Verco. The type, which is worn, differs decidedly from Dr. Verco's
shells. Both are the same general size and shape, but Dr. Verco's
are a little broader at the last whorl, and have raised spiral threads
cut into beads by radial grooves, whereas the type has no spirals.
The Jewett shell is a mere wreck, though as far as it goes it agrees
with Reeve's type. But I can find no note on D. exarata in Ameri-
can literature.
No definite conclusions are offered on this subject, but the facts
above recited, suggest that further enquiry is desirable, and that
the Australian habitat may be impugned.
Mitra carbon aria Swainson.
This species has already been discussed, and at some length, in
these Studies {antea, xxxiii., p. 461), where it is shown to be what
in Australia has been commonly but erroneously called M. melani-
ana Lamarck. In the British Museum, I examined the unique type
of M. digna A. Adams, and was satisfied that, as has been stated
already, it should be included in Swainson's species.
I also found, in the same case, one specimen marked type, and
labelled, "M. badia Rve., Conch. Icon., ii., f. 157, Hab. ? M.C."
BY c. HeDleY. 313
This I recognised as an immature individual of M. carbonaria. This
species presents two variations, perhaps of sexual dimorphism; the
first, badia, shorter, stouter and darker; the second, digna, longer,
more slender and paler. The orange line below the suture, and the
microscopic punctate stria? are common to both.
It was a mistake of Tate and May* to unite M. badia Reeve to
M. rosettce Angas. The British Museum has three marked types
labelled "Mitra rosettae, Angas, Encounter Bay, South Australia.
Pres. G. F. Angas, 70/10/26." A clear distinction between the two
lies in the sculpture. The spiral grooves of M. rosettoz are widely
spaced, like those of M. solida, but the grooves of badia are very
fine and crowded.
Mitra rhodia Reeve.
Mitra rhodia Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., 1845, PL xxviii., fig. 225;
Id., Marrat, Journ. of Conch., i., 1877, p. 244; Id., Watson, Chall.
Zool., xv., 188(3, p. 246; Id., Brazier, Journ. of Conch., vi., 1889,
p. 67.
In the British Museum are two shells marked "Type Mitra rhodia
Reeve, Sydney, M.C. Mr. Strange, Sydney, under stones." This
species is like .1/. carbonaria, but is smaller, more slender, and
lacks the orange sutural line. The types of rhodia and badia are
nearly the same length, but rliodia has two more whorls, and two-
thirds the breadth of badia. The spiral incised lines of badia are
much closer. 31 . rhodia is smaller than M. cookii, and. apart from
difference in colour, cookii is more contracted at the base.
Brazier has noted that Angas mistook 31. badia for M. rhodia,
which explains the omission of this species from the latter's lists of
Port Jackson mollusca. The original habitat was confirmed by the
Challenger Expedition. There are, in London, two examples of M.
rhodia from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania. But Marrat's record of
this species from West Africa, needs only be mentioned for re-
jection.
*Tate and May, These Proceedings, xxvi., 1901, p. 360.
314 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Mitra cookii Sowerby.
Mitra cookii (Hanley, MS.) Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iv., 1874, p.
7, PL 354, fig. 228.
This shell has not been localised hitherto more exactly than
"Australia," and the name has escaped the attention of local
collectors. It is, however, common about Sydney, and is evidently
the species erroneously recorded by Angas* as Mitra variabilis
Reeve. It also occurs at Caloundra, Queensland. In the British
Museum are two, marked "type, cookei, Sowerby, Australia." These
are slender, 35 mm. long, encircled with fine punctate striae, colour
chocolate-ochraceous with a pale median zone.
Mitra legrandi Tenison- Woods.
Mitra legrandi Ten. -Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875, p. 140 ;
Id,, Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus, iii., 1900, p. 219, text-fig.
It has been considered by Tate, May, Pritchard, and GatlifT,f
that M. legrandi Ten. -Woods is identical with M. schomburgki
Angas. As M. legrandi dates from 21st March 1876, and M. schom-
burgki from 1st August, 1878, the name of Tenison-Woods should
take precedence were they united. But, for the following reasons,
I consider them distinct.
In the British Museum are two, marked "Types, Mitra schom-
burgki, Angas, South Australia and Port Phillip. Pres. G. F.
Angas, 78/4/10." Again, in the same collection, is one marked
"Type Mitra legrandi T. Woods, Tasmania." The latter agrees
exactly with my figure, and differs from M. schomburgki in form,
colour, and sculpture. M. schomburgki is more contracted at the
base, has more ribs, and wants the peripheral colour-line of M.
legrandi.
Three specimens from South Australia, presented to the British
Museum by G. F. Angas, are determined as M. analog ica Reeve, j
* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p.89.
fTate and May, These Proceedings, xxvi., 1901, p. 361; May, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tasm., 1902(1903), p. 108; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
xi., 1899, p. 189.
X Reeve, Conch. Icon, ii., 1845, Mitra, P1.35, fig.293.
BY C. HEDLEY. 315
These agree with two specimens, subsequently presented by Angas,
being the actual types of Ultra tatei Angas. I did not see the type
of M. analogica, and am not prepared to reduce tatei to a synonym
of that species. Attention is drawn to the subject for future
examination.
Mitra sculptilis Reeve.
Mitra sculptilis Reeve, Conch. Icon, ii., 1845, PL xxxv., fig. 290.
Mitra delicata A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1852, (1853), p. 137;
Id., Hedley, These Proceedings, xxxiii., 1908, p. 484, PI. vii., fig. 1.
In his original description, Adams reported M. delicata as
dredged by Jukes in 8 fathoms, off Cape York. The Challenger
Expedition reported M. sculptilis from 3-12 fathoms, off Cape
York. In the British Museum, M. sculptilis is represented by two,
probably types but not so marked. These are identical with the
shell I figured for delicata, which name should be dropped in
synonymy.
Mitra scitula A. Adams,* has similar sculpture, but is smaller
and more fusiform. Another relation is M. obeliscus Reeve.
Mitra hebes Reeve.
Mitra hebes Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., 1845, PL 35, fig. 292; Id.,
Brazier, These Proceedings, i., 1877, p. 209.
Mitra hamillei Petit, Journ. de Conch., ii., 1851, p. 259, PL vii.,
fig. 9.
In the British Museum are three tj'pes, so marked, of M. hebes.
Beneath this tablet is noted " = M. hamillei, Petit, Journ. Conch,
ii., 1859, t. 7, f . 9. Cape Verd Is., Petit, 1851 : Whydah, N.C. of
Africa, Capt. Knocker; Angola, Ausorge." In view of this state-
ment, it appears as if the ascription, by" Brazier, of M. hebes from
Darnley Island, was wrong, and that the mention of "Mitra hai-
nillei Petit" by Shirley from Cardwell, Queensland, was also an
error,! as was afterwards acknowledged.
* Schepman, Siboga Prosobranchiata, 1911, p. 285, Pl.xxii., fig.8.
t Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii., 1911, p. 101; xxiv., 1913,
p.56.
316 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Cantharus subrubiginosus Smith.
Tritonidea subrubiginosa Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1879, p. 206,
PI. xx., fig. 40 ; Id., Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., xxi.,
1908, p. 371.
Pisania bednalli Sowerby, Proc. Mai. Soe., 1895, p. 215, PL xiii.,
fig. 6.
Tritonidea fusiformis Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xx., 1896, p.
219, PI. 6, fig. 1
From comparison of the types, in the British Museum, of Trito-
nidea subrubiginosa Smith, and of Pisania bednalli Sowerby, I find
but slight difference, the latter being apparently a geographical
race of the former. The Japanese form is a little more coarsely
sculptured, and a little larger than the West Australian bednalli.
There are two species, reported from Australia, but not recognised
by subsequent authors, Purpura glirina Blainville, and Buccinum
discolor Kiener, which seem suspiciously like the above.*
Pisania delicatula Sowerby.
Pisania delicatula Sowerby, Journ. of Malac, viii., 1901, p. 101,
PL 9, fig. 2.
This was described as from "Bird Island, South Pacific," To
show how insufficient a direction this is, I remark that there are no
less than ten Bird Islands off the Australian coast. From the type
of P. delicatula in the British Museum, I matched the species as a
rare shell from East Australia. I suppose that the type-locality is
Bird Island, near Newcastle, N. S. Wales, in S. lat. 33° 15y. It
also occurs at the Bunker Group, South Queensland.
Phos terebra Sowerby.
Phos terebra Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1859, p. 92, PL 222,
figs. 28, 29.
This species was originally described from Sydney, but has never
been seen by any subsequent collector, and should be rejected as
exotic. In the British Museum there are two, probably types, but
*Blainville, Nouv. Ann. Mus. i., 1832, p.254, PI. xii., fig.9; Kiener,
Coq. Viv., Buccinum, 1834, p. 28, PL ii., fig. 39.
BY C. HEDLEY. 317
not so marked, labelled "terebra, Sowb., Sydney, M.C." These I
identify as the young of Phos roseatus Hinds.
Morch regards P. roseatus Hinds, as Triton turritus Menke.*
Nassaria curta Gould.
Nassaria curta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii., 1860, p.
328.
No figure of this has appeared. Subsequent literature consists
of references to, or repetitions of the above. The type, said to
have been gathered by W. Stimpson in Port Jackson, is apparently
lost, and I, therefore, recommend that the name be abandoned as
unrecognisable. This must not be confused with Nassa curta Gould,
1850, acknowledged to be a synonym of N. horrida Dunker.
Nassa decussata Kiener
Buccinum decussatum Kiener, Coq. Viv., Buccinum, 1841, p. 109,
PL xxx., fig. 3.
Nassa decussata A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851, (1852), p.lll;
Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1853, PI. xviii., fig. 121; Id., Angas,
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 180.
In the British Museum are two specimens, labelled, "decussata
Kien., Brisbane Water;" and beneath the tablet is added "Atlantic
shores of Africa, Kiener, Coq. Viv." As the species has not again
been reported from Australia, it is likely that the statement of
Adams, repeated but not confirmed by Reeve and Angas, that
Strange obtained N. decussata in New South Wales, is without
foundation.
Arcularia compacta Angas.
Nassa compacta Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 154.
In the British Museum are four marked types of "compacta,
Angas, S. Australia, G.F. Angas, pres., 70/10/26." The locality is
supported by four shells from Adelaide, presented by Mrs. Bowyer.
This species of Angas has been, in error, reduced to a synonym of
A7, paupera Gould, by Tate and May; and of N. rufocincta A.
* Morch, Malak. Blatt., xviii., 1871, p.126; Menke, Verzeichu. Conch.
Malsburg, 1828.
24
318 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Adams, by Pritchard and Gatliff.* The type of N. rufocincta A.
Adams, in the British Museum, is thrice as long, and more coarsely
sculptured than A. compacta, and the locality given for it is Hon-
duras. Brazier has already pointed out that Angas made a mistake
in recording N. rufocincta from Sydney. f Angas was followed by
Tenison-Woods, who mentioned N. rufocincta from Bass Straits!
Dr. Shirley has ascribed compacta to Bowen, Queensland, where
it is unlikely to occur.§ This locality provided the same writer with
several fictitious records.
I now regret that I did not obtain a drawing of the type of
compacta.
Nassa reposta Gould.
Nassa reposta Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii., 1860, p.
323.
I failed to find an example of this in any Museum. The species
has not been figured or recognised by any subsequent writer. It is
suggested that the name can be abandoned as that of a lost
character.
Pyrene peroniana nom.mut.
Columbella bicincta Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 89, PI. i.,
fig. 3; Not C. bicincta Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii., 1860,
p. 335, = G. planaxiformis Sowerby, Proc. Malac. Soc, i., 1894, p.
153, PI. xii., fig. 1.
In the British Museum are two, marked as types of Columbella
bicincta Angas. These do not support the assertion by Tryon,
Kobelt, and others that this Sydney shell should be called C. eximia
Reeve. This latter has been recognised by Hervier from Lifu, and
differs by smaller size and orange ground-colour. The two species
* Tate and May, These Proceedings, xxvi, 1901, p.359; Pritchard and
Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., x., 1898, p. 280.
f Brazier, Journ. of Conch., vi., 1889, p.66; and These Proceedings, xii.,
1888, p. 996.
X Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.29.
§ Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiv., 1913, p.56.
BY C. HEDLEY. 319
are alike in having a pair of snow-flake rings, but eximia has flat
whorls and a straight or concave spire, whereas peroniana has a
convex profile and rounded whorls. P. peroniana has a peculiar
epidermis frilled in thin radial lamella?, at the rate of about forty
to a whorl. Columbella nycteis Chenu,* a smaller form, rather dif-
ferently coloured, from an unknown locality, makes a near ap-
proach to the Sydney shell. P. peroniana extends to Lord Howe
Island. As the species proves to be distinct, and the name to have
been pre-occupied by Gould, the choice of a new name becomes a
necessity.
Pyrene filmerjE Sowerby.
Columbella filmerce Sowerby, Proc. Malac. Soc, iv., 1900, p. 3,
PI. i., fig. 8; Id., Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'sland, xxiii., 1911, p.
101.
This African shell was reported by Dr. J. Shirley from Torres
Strait. With the type in the British Museum, I identified a speci-
men taken by Mr. J. Brazier at the entrance of the Nambucera
River, N.S.Wales.
Pyrene acuminata Menke.
Buccinum acuminatum, Menke, Moll. Nov. Hoik, 1843, p. 20.
Columbella menkeana Reeve, Conch. Icon., xi., 1858, PI. xiv., fig.
69.
Pyrene menkeana Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxiv., 1910, p.
128.
Reeve replaced Menke's name by another, on the ground that it
was preoccupied. But this was not the case, and Menke's prior
name should be restored.
Pyrene duclosiana Sowerby.
Columbella duclosiana Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 48;
Id., Thes. Conch., i., 1844, p. 113 bis, PI. xxvi., figs. 15, 16; Not C.
duclosiana D'Orbigny, in Sagra, Hist. Isla Cuba, v., 1845, p. 232,
PI. xxi., fig. 31-3.
* Chenu, Illustr. Conch., Columbella, 1846, P1.17, figs.5-6.
320 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Except in my catalogue of the marine mollusca of Queensland,
this species has not been reported as Australian. A specimen,
which I took at Mapoon, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, is inseparable
from a series from Singapore, kindly sent to me by Mr. J. R. Le
B. Tomlin.
Dr. W. H. Dall remarks that C. duclosiana was proposed by
Sowerby for an Oriental species, and by D'Orbigny for an Ameri-
can species. Giving the date for the former as 1847, and for the
latter as 1845, he suggests that the Oriental species requires a new
name. Pace, however, has shown, that the Malayan dates from
1844 and that consequently it is D'Orbigny's name which is
latest.*
Pyrene tayloriana Reeve.
Buccinum parvulum Dunker, Zeitschr. f. malak., 1847, p. 64;
Id., Philippi, Abbild. Beschr., iii., 1849, p. 65, PI. ii., fig. 7 ; Not
Buccinum, parvulum Grateloup, 1833.
Columbella tayloriana Reeve, Conch. Icon, xi., 1859, Columbella,
PL 35, fig. 225.
C. albomaculata An gas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. Ill, PL 13, fig.
5; Id., Watson, Chall. Rep. Zool., xvi., 1886, p. 234.
In the British Museum are two shells, marked type, labelled
"tayloriana Reeve, C.I. f. 225a, b. N.W. Australia. Pres. Mrs. T.
Lombe Taylor, 74/12/11." With these agree exactly nine, marked
type, "albomaculata, Angas, Port Jackson, Pres. G. F. Anga?,
70/10/26." In view of the close correspondence between these sets,
I judge that the locality of N.W. Australia is false, and that all
came from Sydney. Besides Gaskoin, the former owner of the
tayloriana types, has misreported some New South Wales Margi-
nella as from N.W. Australia. Watson's remarks on this species,
in the Challenger Report, seem to me to be quite erroneous. Dun-
ker, who obtained several unlocalised Sydney shells, has evidently
figured this as his B. parvulum, but as that was preoccupied, his
name has but an historical interest.
* Dall, U.S. Fish Commission, Bulletin, 1901, p. 405; Pace, Proc. Malac.
Soc, v., 1902, p. 77.
BY C. HEDLKY. 321
Pyrene alizon^e Melvill & Standen.
Columbella (Mitrella) alizonce Melvill & Standen, Proc. Zool.
Soc, 1901, p. 402, PL xxi., fig. 5.
This species has not hitherto been recognised in Australia. By
comparison with authentic specimens from the Persian Gulf, I have
identified two specimens collected by myself on the western beach
at Dunk Island, Queensland; and one from the Six-mile beach,
Port Stephens, N. S. Wales, received from Mr. J. Brazier.
Pyrene beddomei Petterd.
Columbella attenuate/, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 14, PI. i.,
fig. 4; Not Columbella attenuata Beyrich, 1854, Pace, Proc. Malac
Soc, v., 1902, p. 57.
Terebra beddomei Petterd, Journ. of Conch., iv., 1884, p. 142.
In the British Museum are five attenuata from Sydney, pre-
sented by Angas in 1871, and, therefore, probably types, but not
so marked. Pace shows that this name was previously used by
Beyrich in 1854, so it becomes necessary to revive Petterd's name,
T. beddomei, generally acknowledged as a synonym.
Pyrene acleonta Duclos.
Columbella acleonta Duclos, Monog. Columbella, 1840, PL xi.,
fig. 3, 4; Id., Chenu, Illust. Conch. Columbella, PL xi., fig. 3, 4,
(length mark added), 184b'; Id., Pace, Proc. Mai. Soc, v., 1902, p.
48.
Columbella jaspidea Sowerby, Proc Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 50; Id.,
Thes. Conch., i., 1844, p. 132 bis, PL xxxix., fig. 125; Id., Reeve,
Conch. Ic, xi., 1858, PL xvii., fig. 90 ; Id., Kobelt, Conch. Cab., iii.,
1893, p. 131, PL xix., figs. 5-8; Id., Hervier, Journ. de Conch.
xlvii., 1899, p. 356; Id., Shirley, Proc Roy. Soc Q'sland, xxiii.,
1911, p. 101.
Columbella plicaria Montrouzier, Journ. de Conch., x., 1862, p.
234, PL ix., fig. 3; Id., Brazier, Journ. of Conch, ii., 1879, p. 188;
Id., Pace, Journ. de Conch, L, 1902, p. 419; Id., Smith, Fauna
Maldive Lace Arch, ii., 1906, p. 608.
322 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
As C. plicaria, Brazier recorded from Fitzroy Island, a species
not previously noted as Australian. Smith and Pace state that C.
plicaria is merely a variety of jaspidea. I now suggest that the
latter is a synonym of the long-lost C. acleonta Duclos. If von
Martens was correct in referring the related C. marquesa Gas-
kain to Daphnella* then the present species will probably accom-
pany it. I have collected C. acleonta on Murray and Palm Islands,
and have seen it from Bungaree Norah, N.S.Wales.
Pyrene punctata Bruguiere.
Buccinum punctatum Bruguiere, Ency. Meth. Vers, i., 1789, p.
281, PI. 374, figs. 4, a, b.
Voluta discors Gmelin, Syst. Nat. xiii., 1791, p. 3455, for Mar-
tini iv., PL 150, fig. 1405.
Pyrene rhombiferum Bolten, Mus. Bolt., 1798, p. 134, for Mar-
tini, ii., PL 44, fig. 465.
Columbella semipunctata Lamarck, Anim. s. vert, vii., 1822, p.
294; Id., Brazier, Journ. of Conch., ii., 1879, p. 188.
Columbella discors Kobelt, Conch. Cab. iii., 1897, p. 18, PL ii.,
figs. 17, 18; Id., Dautzenberg, Journ. de Conch, lviii., 1910, p. 27.
Pyrene discors Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'sland, xxiii., 1911,
p. 101.
Under the name of Columbella semipunctata, this was first
reported as Australian by Brazier, who found it on Fitzroy Island.
Shirley reported it from Bowen. I have found it on Mornington
Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, and have seen it from Port Essington,
Northern Territory. Following the suggestion of Deshayes,
museums and monographs have generally but erroneously pre-
ferred the name of Gmelin to that of Bruguiere. This species is
the type of the genus Pyrene, which can be maintained apart from
Columbella. The latter has, for its type, the common West Indian
C. mercatoria Linne, which Dr. Shirley pretends to occur at Bowen,
Queensland.
Von Marteus, Fauna Mauritius, 1880, p.228.
BY C. HEDLEY. 323
Pyrene vittata Reeve.
Cuiumbella vittata Reeve, Conch. Icon., xi., 1859, PI. xxx., tig.
192.
C. vincta Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xvii., 1893, p. 190, PI. i.,
fig. 11; Id., Pritehard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, xi., 1899, p.
202 j Id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1902, (1903), p. 109; Id.,
Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxiv., 1910, p. 133.
In the British Museum there is one C. vittata, perhaps type, but
not so marked, labelled, "Isle of Luzon, Philippines, stones low
water, H.C." Again, there are three shells, not types, labelled
"vittata Reeve, Oyster Cove, V.D.L., Joseph Milligan, Esq.'1 The
Philippine habitat is repeated but not confirmed by Hidalgo. Mii-
ligans specimens are certainly C. vincta of Tate. A series of C.
roblini Tenison- Woods from Kelso, Tasmania, presented by J. H.
Ponsonby, seem similar.
Pritehard and Gatliff have placed C. vincta as a synonym of C.
nubeculata Reeve, but the type of nubeculata, in the British
Museum, has a prominent tubercle at one-third the length of the
aperture, is less than half the length, and altogether unlike vincta.
Probably C. nubeculata is not an Australian species. Their error
has misled Dr. Verco also.
With C. vincta, May has identified C. irrorata Reeve. But the
type of that, in the British Museum, is equally distinct, being twice
the length of C. vincta, and very sharply pointed.
Pyrene pulla Gaskoin.
Cuiumbella pulla Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1852), p. 6;
Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon, xi., 1858, PL xix., fig. 106; Id., Angas,
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 195.
In the British Museum are five "pulla Gask., Australia, Strange,
M.C." This species is about half an inch long, rather elongate-
conical, purplish-brown with a buff snout, the latter delicately
and obliquely grooved. Another set of fifteen labelled "pulla
Gask. (?), Oyster Cove, V.D. Ld., Joseph Milligan, Esq.," are P.
tenebrica, by comparison with the type of that species. The latter
differs by being smaller, two-thirds the length of pulla; it has not
324 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
the pale snouj: of pulla, but has faint longitudinal stripes. This
species has not, I think, been recorded for Tasmania.
But C. pulla is nothing like Columbella nux Reeve, with which
Try on, Pritchard and Gatliff, have associated it. I saw the type of
C. nux, which may be described as a worn and monochrome speci-
men of C. infumata Crosse. On the other hand, C. badia Ten.-
Woods seems to be a variety of C. pulla, as it was considered by
those authors.
iEsoPUS australis Angas.
Truncaria australis Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p. 172, PI.
xxvi., fig. 5.
According to the arrangement adopted in the British Museum,
Truncaria australis Angas, is transferred to the genus ^Esojms.
In this change it is accompanied by Columbella plurisulcata Reeve.
What appears to be a large form of AS. australis, from Singapore,
has been sent to me by Mr. H. B. Preston. Dr. Dall has indicated
that the genus Truncaria should be restricted to the type-species, T.
filosa Ad. & Reeve,* and another described by himself.
.ZEsopus cumingi Reeve.
Columbella cumingi Reeve, Conch. Icon, xi., 1859, PI. xxv., fig.
156 ; Id., von Martens, Fauna Mauritius, 1880, p. 218, PI. xx., fig.
11.
Specimens from Caloundra, Queensland, were compared with
the types of Reeve's species from the Philippine Islands. The Aus-
tralian shells are half the length of the types. In the Philippine
specimens, the filleted bands of brown and orange are more distinct
than in the Australian examples. The sculpture and other details
correspond, and the two are, I think, specifically identical. As a
local race, the Caloundra form may be distinguished as var. queens-
landica, var.n.
Zafra A. Adams.
Zafra A. Adams, Ann. Nat. Hist., (3), iv., 1860, p. 331. Type
Z. mitriformis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1879, p. 209. Not Zafra
H. Adams, Proc. Zool., 1872, p. 14.
* Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xliii., 1908, p.304.
BY C. HEDLEY. 325
This genus has been neglected and misunderstood. Here H.
Adams referred a new species, Zafra pupoidea, thereby misleading
Nevill, Fischer, and Tryon to transfer Zafra to the Pleurotoinidae,
with Z. pupoidea for type. But H. Adams emphasised his own
error by noting that Seminella of Pease [type, Columbella garretti,
Tryon] was equivalent to Zafra. Another name for "the minute
ribbed ColumbellidsB occurring in the Indo-Pacific region" is Citha-
ropsis Pease, type Columbella lachryma Reeve. (Mitra lachryma
Reeve, 1845 = Columbella pamila Chenu, 1848.)
It was suggested to me, by Mr. Tom Iredale, that Zafra could be
suitably employed for certain Australian shells. Accordingly I
propose to transfer to it the following species: —
Columbella abyssicola Brazier, Col. gowlandi Hrazier, 1874.
1877. Pyreue jaffaensis Verco, 1910.
Mangilia atkinsoui Ten. -Woods, Col. legrandi T. -Woods, 1876.
1876. Pyrene lurida Hedley, 1907.
Pyreue beachportensis Verco, Col. melvdli Hedley, 1899.
1910. Col. peasei Mart. A: Langk.,
Columbella darwini A ngas, 1877. 1871.
Columbella digglesiBr&YAev, 1874. Col. regulus Souverbie, 1863.
Pyrene dolicha Verco, 1910. Col. remoensis{j&t.kQ&h.,l§ 1 0.
Pyreue fenestrata Verco, 1910. Col. russclli Brazier, 1874.
Columbella franklinensis Gatliff Col. smithi Angas, 1877.
& Gabriel, 1910. Col. troglodytes Souverbie,
Columbella fulgida Reeve, 1859. 1866.
Zafra fulgida Reeve.
Columbella fulgida Reeve, Conch. Icon, xi., 1859, PL xxviii., fig.
178.
C. interrupta Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p.56, PL ii., fig.9-10.
Pyrene angasi Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxiv., 1910, p.137.
In the British Museum, I found four, labelled, "type, fulgida
Reeve, Conch. Ic. xi., sp. 178, Port Lincoln;" also thirteen "Colum-
bella minuta Gaskoin, = C. fulgida Reeve, C.I. sp. 179, Adelaide,
Australia." Both tablets certainly represent a species universally
known in Australia, as Columbella angasi Brazier. The localities
of the types of fulgida and interrupta ( = angasi) are but a
miles apart. Gaskoin never published C. minuta.
326 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN. MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Reeve's figure of C. fulyida is so poor that, without the aid of the
actual type, I did not recognise it. No intimation is given that the
figure of C. fulgida is enlarged, but on the same plate, and also
without notice of enlargement, are rorida Reeve, lunata Say, and
diminuta Adams, each in nature about 5 mm. long, and magnified
three or four diameters. This agrees with the presumption that C.
fulgida is also enlarged four diameters. The drawing of C. fulgida
is too slender, and the number of whorls are incorrectly indicated.
But the same errors are repeated in the case of rorida immediately
above C. fulgida.
Retizafra, subgen.nov.
For some small "Colunibella" which do not quite conform to
Zafra, I suggest a division Retizafra.
In size and form they correspond, but differ by clathrate sculp-
ture. Also the Betizafra usually inhabit deeper water. Type,
Pyrene yemmulifera Hedley, 1907. Other members are Pyrene
calva Verco, 1910; Pyrene intricata Hedley, 1912; Columbella
plexa Hedley, 1902; and the Lifuan Columbella brevissima Her-
vier, 1899.
Murex serotinus A. Adams.
(Plate xix., figs. 78, 79.)
Murex serotinus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851,(1853), p.268;
Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 154; Id., Sowerby, Thes.
Conch., iv., 1879, Murex index, p. 51; Id., Try on, Man. Conch., ii.,
1880, p. 135; Id., Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xix., 1895, p. 96.
Under the name of Murex serotinus A. Ad., three species are ex-
hibited in the British Museum. The first (my fig. 78), a lot of four,
is marked type "Murex serotinus, A. Ad., P.Z.S.,1851, p. 268, Hab.
("?), M.C." The second (my fig. 79), is marked ''(?) serotinus A.
Ad., Aldinga. From the Colin, of H. Adams."
As Dr. Verco remarked, "No other collectors have taken it in
Australia," the inference being that the species is exotic. It would,
therefore, be a convenient riddance to accept Sowerby's reference
of serotinus to the Mediterranean Muricopsis blainvillei Payrau-
BY C. HEDLEY. 327
deau, though the British Museum specimens of that protean species
do not exactly correspond.
Murex acanthoptekus Lamarck.
Murex acanthopterus Lamarck, Aiiim. s. vert., vii., 18*22, p. 105;
Encyl. Meth., PL 417, fig. 2.
Murex saibaiensis Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool.
xxvii., 1899, p. 161, PI. x., fig. 1.
In the British Museum is one specimen marked as the type of
M. saibaiensis, from Torres Straits, which corresponds to others
labelled M. acanthopterus. And in the Geneva Museum, I found
Lamarck's type of M. acanthopterus still preserved. Comparing
the shell of Lamarck with the illustration of Melvill and Standen,
I found that the shell from Torres Straits was half the length of
Lamarck's type, but otherwise identical. By Lamarck's name, the
species was previously reported from Torres Strait by the Chal-
lenger Expedition. The name should be ascribed to Lamarck, not,
as is sometimes clone, to Schroeter.
Trophon petterdi Crosse.
Trophon petterdi Crosse, Journ. de Conch., xviii., 1870, p. 303;
xix., 1871, p. 324, PL 12, fig. 2; Id., Pritchard & Gatliif, Proc Roy.
Soc. Vict., x., 1898, p. 256 ; Id., Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc, iv., 1900,
p. 39.
Murex pettardi Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iv., 1879, p. 48, PL 403,
fig. 255.
Under the genus Murex, I found, in the British Museum, two
shells labelled "Pettardi Brazier, Tasmania. From the Colin, of H.
Adams, acquired 78/1/28." Mr. E. A. Smith agreed that this was
the original of Sowerby's figure. This, as Pritchard and Gatliif
have already noted, should be included in the synonymy of Crosse's
species. M. cristatus Brocchi has been unfortunately associated
with T. petterdi by Mr. Sykes.
Craspedotriton speciosus Angas.
Murex scalarinus A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 508; Not
Murex scalar inus Bivona, Gen. e sp. Moll., 1832, p. 27, PL iii.,
%. 11.
328 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xL,
Triton speciosus Angas, Proc. Zool. ISoc, 1871, p. 13, Pl.i., fig.7 ;
Id., Kesteven, These Proceedings, xxvi., 1902, p. 713, PL xxvi., figs.
10, 11, and xxvii., 1902, p. 479, fig. 3.
Trophon eburnea Petterd, Journ. of Conch.,iv., 1884, p.142; Id.,
Pritcbard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., x., 1898, p. 258; Id.,
Tate & May, These Proceedings, xxvi., p. 357, text-fig. 1.
In the British Museum are exhibited a series of three, marked
"types, scalarinus A. Adams, P.Z.S., 1863, p. 508, = Triton(Cumia)
speciosa Angas, P.Z.S., 1871, p. 13, PL i., f. 7. Port Jackson."
Beside these, another series of three, the types of speciosa, are
marked " = scalarinus A. Adams."
It was characteristic that A. Adams should fail to observe that
the Triton speciosus of his literary partner Angas, was his own
Murex scalarinus. Having left his species, in the wrong genus,
unfigured, unlocalised, known and knowable only to those who
saw the type, Arthur Adams fortunately crowned his work by the
adoption of a preoccupied name. Hence we are relieved from the
necessity of following the British Museum procedure, and abolish-
ing the well-worn name of speciosus.
Under the genus Craspedotriton Dall, the British Museum in-
cludes this species in association with convolutus Brod., and scala-
riformis Brod. While agreeing with the reference to Craspedo-
triton, 1 would suggest that the information on the apex, radula,
and operculum of speciosus, supplied by Kesteven, supports a
transference of Dall's genus from the neighbourhood of Triton to
that of Trophon. Petterd's T. eburnea represents a comparatively
smooth southern form of C. speciosus.
Craspedotriton fimbriatus Lamarck.
Murex fimbriatus Lamarck, Anim. s. vert., vii., 1822, p. 176; Id.,
Deshayes, op. cit. (2), ix., 1843, p. 599. Reeve, Conch. Icon., hi.,
1846, Ricinula, sp. 28.
Murex planiliratus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iii., 1845, PL 31, fig.149;
Id., Hedley, These Proceedings, xxvi., 1902, p. 700.
Deshayes has commented on the loss of the identity of this
species, which, after a disappearance of ninety years, it is my good
BY C. HEDLEY. 329
fortune to restore to its proper position. Conchological science is
indebted to the administration of the Geneva Museum for the
admirable care with which the Lamarckian collection is preserved.
The types of M. fimbriates consist of two specimens, one perfect,
the other incomplete. Contrasting, in the Geneva Museum, the
former with Reeve's plate, I found it to correspond exactly.
In the British Museum, I saw three, perhaps types, but not so
marked, labelled "planiliratus Reeve, Swan R., M.C." In London,
I also saw one, marked type "Murex polypleura Brazier, Port Lin-
coln, S. Australia. Pres. J. Brazier, 95/3/7." Again, one as type
of Brazier's pink variety. I have already noted the identity of
polypleurus and planiliratus.
Craspedotriton pholidotus Watson.
Murex pholidotus Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xvi., 1883, p.
62; Chall. Zool., xv., 1886, p. 158, PI. x., fig. 3.
(?) Fusus cereus Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p. 46, PL v.,
fig. D.
It is now suggested that Murex pholidotus Watson, may also be
added to Craspedotriton. Perhaps Fusus cereus Smith, is identical
with that Challenger species. The material in the British Museum
under these names is not sufficient to reach a satisfactory con-
clusion. Perhaps Murex brazier i Angas, should also be inserted
in this genus.
Trophon recurvus Philippi.
Fusus recurvus Phil., Abbild. Besehr., ii., 1846, p. 119, Fusus,
PI. hi., fig. 6.
Trophon paivce Crosse, Journ. de Conch,, xii., 1864, p. 278, PI.
xi., fig. 7; Id., Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., 1880, p. 155.
By Tryon, T. paivce Crosse was united to T. hanleyi Angas, a
decision which has misled Australian collectors. In the British
Museum are six specimens marked type "Trophon paivae Crosse,
York's Peninsula, South Australia. Pres. G. F. Angas, 70/10/26."
There are also five shells marked type, and labelled "Fusus hanleyi
Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 110, PI. xiii., fig. 1. Pres. G. F. Angas,
3.30 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
70/10/26." Not only are these two clearly distinct, but T. paivw
so closely agrees with other specimens determined as T. recurvus
Koch, that I consider that the name given by Crosse should be re-
garded as a synonym of T. recurvus. Probably when Prof. Hutton*
wrote that Trophon paivre belonged to his new genus Kalydon, he
intended to refer to T. hartley i.
Kalydon vinosus Lamarck.
Buccinum vinosum Lamarck, Anim. s. vert, vii., 1822, p. 275.
Eicinula adelaidensis (var.) Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch,
xiii,, 1865, p. 50, PL ii., fig. 1.
Purpura littorinoides Ten. -Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania,
1875, p. 135.
No writer subsequent to Lamarck has identified this Australian
species. In the Geneva Museum are three specimens, apparently
cotypes of Buccinum vinosum. A note beneath the tablet, perhaps
by Kiener or Chenu, remarks that these specimens do not conform
to Lamarck's phrase, "labro intus striate"
By the kind help of Mr. W. L. May I sent a series of Tasmanian
B. adelaidensis, exhibiting range of variation, to Geneva. From
these my correspondent picked out a form representing P. littori-
noides Ten. -Woods with the assurance that this perfectly corres-
ponded to the Lamarckian types of B. vinosum. Other varieties of
this species are represented by Bicinula adelaidensis Crosse &
Fischer, Cominella albolirata T. -Woods and Purpura propinqua
T. -Woods. Examples of the latter, which I gathered at Huskis-
son, Jervis Bay, mark the eastern limit of the species.
Rapa incurva Dunker.
Bulbus incurvus Dunker, Zeit. f . malak., 1852, p. 126 ; Id., Novit.
Conch, 1858, p. 17, PL v., fig. 34; Id., Crosse, Journ. de Conch,
xxxii., 1884, p. 12.
In the British Museum are two shells from "Raines islet, N.E.C.
Australia, J. B. Jukes," and two "N. Australia, Mrs. Ince," in the
has been struck out, and "incurva Dkr."
♦Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst, xvi., 1884, p.220.
BY C. HEDLEY. 331
substituted. Crosse lias hinted that incurva may be but a variety
of B. rapa. At any rate, typical Bapa rapa Linne (compared by
Hanley to Kiener, Pyrula, PL xiv., fig-. 2) also occurs in Queens-
land.
Rapana nodosa A. Adams.
(Plate xix., fig. 80.)
Rapana nodosa A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853 (1854), p. 08;
Id, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 192.
Latiaccis nodosa Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx., 1867, p.
78; Id., Brazier, Journ. of Conch., vi., 1889, p. 67; Id., Sowerby,
Thes. Conch., v., 1882, p. 4, PI. 424, fig. 17; Id,, Pritchard & Gat-
liff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict,, x., 1898, p. 262.
In the British Museum are two shells, which Mr. E. A. Smith
identified as types of 7?. nodosa. These are said to be from the
Philippines, and mounted with them is a larger (22 x 14 mm.)
specimen from Port Jackson. Personally, I think that the Philip-
pine locality is erroneous, and that all three are Sydney shells.
Sowerby's figure in the Thesaurus is so unlike, that it might have
been derived from another species. One of the original Cumingian
pair, 20 mm. long by 11-5 mm. broad, is here figured.
On a single, immature, encrusted, and distorted shell, Pritchard
and Gatliff based Coralliophila wilsoni* from Port Phillip. This
they afterwards united to C. rubrococcinea Melvill & Standen, from
the Persian Gulf. The material I have examined is insufficient for
a final conclusion, but I am disposed to consider that C. ivilsoni will
prove identical with 7?. nodosa, but distinct from C. rubrococcinea,
Coralliophila elaborata H. & A. Adams.
(Plate xix., fig. 81.)
Coralliophila elaborata H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p.
433; Id,, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxxii., 1908, p. 344.
In the British Museum are three, probably types, but not so
marked, labelled, "elaborata H. & A. Adams, Sandwich Is." From
^Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., x., 1898, p. 140, PI. xx.,
figs.8, 9; and xxiv., 1911, p.193.
332 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
one of these, an inch broad, an inch and a half long, my figure is
derived. Mr. J. C. Gabriel is responsible for including this as an
Australian species. My figure does not well agree with the shell to
which he referred.
Cassidula dkcussata H. & A. Adams.
(Plate xix., figs. 82,83.)
Cassidula decussata H.& A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc.,1854(1855),
p. 32.
This Australian species has not been previously figured. The
present drawing is of one in a lot of three, in the British Museum,
marked types. It is in length 12 mm., in breadth, 7 mm., and
labelled "Cassidula decussata H. & A. Ad., P.Z.S., 1854, p. 32,
Hab., Moreton Bay, M.C."
Cassidula sowerbyana Pfeiffer* has been confused both with C.
decussata and C. doliolum. But, on assembling these notes, I find
that I failed to observe their differential characters.
Cassidula doliolum Petit.
(Plate xix., fig. 84.)
Auricula doliolum Petit, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 201.
Cassidula doliolum Pfeiffer, Cat. Auricul. in Brit. Mas., 1857, p.
83.
In the British Museum are three, perhaps types, but not so
marked, labelled, "doliolum Petit, M.C." These are 9 mm. long,
and 6 mm. broad. One of them is here represented.
An unnamed form of the same species is only marked "Aus-
tralia." It is larger, viz., 13 mm. long, and 7 mm. broad, and has
the colouring of C. sonata, from which a mucronate apex and four
alternately larger and smaller denticles within the outer lip, dis-
tinguish it.
Leuconopsis pellucidus Cooper.
(Plate xix., fig. 85.)
Auricula pellucida Daniel Cooper, Microscopic Journ. i., Jan.
1841, p. 16; Id., Pfeiffer, Cat. Auric. Brit. Mus., 1857, p. 109; Id..
* Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genoa, xix., 1883, p. 227, text -fig; and
von Martens, Weber's Zool. Ergebnisse, iv., 1897, p. 147, PI. viii., fig. 3.
BY C. HEDLEY. 333
H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855), p. 11; Id., Pfeiffer,
Mon. Auric, p. 58; Id., Gatliff, Victorian Naturalist, xxii., 1905,
p. 16.
In the British Museum are four specimens mounted on a glass
slide, presented by D. Cooper and evidently types. These were said
to have been picked out of "sand from Van Diemen's Land." One
of them is here figured.
Tenison-Woods, Tate, May, and Gatliff have assumed that A. pel-
lucida is a synonym of Marinula patula. But the species proves
to be a Leuconopsis, smaller than L. inermis Hedley. After com-
parison in the British Museum with all the other members of the
genus except L. victories Gatliff, which is absent from that collec-
tion, I found L. pellucidus distinct.
Probably this is the species catalogued by Tate and May as
"Ophicardelus minor" from the Tamar Heads.
Ophicardelus sulcatus H. & A. Adams.
(Plate xix., fig. 86.)
Ophicardelus sulcatus H. & A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854
(1855), p. 34; Id,, Angas, Proc, Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 231.
In the British Museum are five shells, which Mr. E. A. Smith
considered to be types, marked, "Laim. sulcata H. & A. Ad., P.Z.S.,
1854, New Zealand, M.C." This species, in some respects, is like 0.
ornatus, but it has a shorter spire, furrowed with spiral grooves,
five on the last whorl and three on the penultimate. The shell is 14
mm. long, and 8 mm. broad.
Ophicardelus quoyi H. & A. Adams.
(Plate xix., fig. 87.)
Ophicardelus quoyi H. & A. Adams, Proc Zool. Soc,1854(1855),
p. 34; Id,, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 231.
Melampus quoyi Pfeiffer, Cat. Auricul. Brit. Mus., 1857, p. 37.
There are, in the British Museum, nine shells of this species,
which Mr. E. A. Smith regarded as types, labelled Moreton Bay.
These are 13 mm. long, and 7 mm. broad. One of them is here
figured. I think that the species extends to New Zealand.
25
334 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Ophicardelus stutchburyi Pfeiffer.
(Plate xix., fig. 88.)
Melampus stutchburyi Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1856 (1857), p.
393; Id., Gassies, Faun. Conchyl. Nouv. Caled., 1871, p. 105; Id.,
Brazier, These Proceedings, ii., 1878, p. 134.
This species is represented in the British Museum by a set of
six, marked types, and labelled "Melampus stutchburyi Pfr., P.Z.S.,
1856, p. 393. Mr. Stutchbury, M.C."
Gassies erroneously united this with the Tasmanian 0. omatus,
but it is far closer to 0. sulcatus.
These type-shells are 17 mm. long, and 9 mm. broad. In colour,
they vary from brown with a narrow white line on the shoulder, to
white with three revolving brown lines.
Ophicardelus ornatus Ferussac.
Auricula ornata Ferussac, Tab. Syst. 1821, p. 103, fide Potiez
& Michaud.
Auricula ovata Gray, Spicil. Zool., i., 1828, p.5, PI. 6, £.21; not
Auricula ovata Lamarck, 1806.
Auricula australis Quoy & Gaim., Zool. Astrolabe, ii., 1832,
p. 169, PL xiii., figs. 34-38; Crosse, Journ. de Conch., xlii., 1894,
p.320.
Auricula bidens Potiez and Michaud, Gal. de Douai, i., 1838,
p.201, PI. xx., f.9-10.
Melampus tetricus Morelet, Journ. de Conch., xii.,1864, p. 290.
Ophicardelus irregularis Mousson, and 0. minor Mousson,
Journ. de Conch., xvii., 1869, pp.64, 65, PI. v., figs.2, 3.
In the British Museum are three, marked type, labelled "Mel.
tetricus, Morelet, Nile. Galles du Sud. J.d.C, 1864, p.290." This
unfigured species proves to be a squat variety of 0. ornatus.
Judging from specimens from the type-locality, and from the
figures and descriptions, I consider that 0. irregularis and 0.
minor are abnormal or deformed specimens of 0. ornatus.
Seeing that Quoy & Gaimard obtained their types of 0. aus-
tralis near Hobart and in Western Port, it is improbable that
Crosse was correct in recording that from New Caledonia.
BY C. HEDLEY. 335
Leucotina pura A. Adams.
Monoptygma pura A. Adams, Thes. Conch., ii., 1854, p.820,
PL 172, fig.23.
Leucotina esther Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.l 1 6, PI. xiii.,
fig.31.
In the British Museum, is a single shell, marked type, and
labelled "pura A. Ad., Thes. ii., p.820, pl.172, fig.23." This is
said to be from New Zealand, and is specifically identical with
two marked type, and labelled " Leucotina esther Angas, Port
Jackson, Pres. G. F. Angas, 70/10/26."
In general appearance this is like one in the British Museum,
marked type of Monoptygma concinna, from Moreton Bay. In
comparison with that, L. esther is shorter, broader, and has finer
sculpture.
Leucotina amosna A. Adams.
Monoptygma amcena A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851 (1853),
p.223; Id., Thes. Conch., ii., 1854, p.818, Pl.172, fig.21.
Myonia amcena Cooke, Ann. Mag. N. H.(5), xvi., 1885, p. 41.
Pyramidella amoena Dall & Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
xxx., 1906, p.330, PI. xix., fig.l.
Angas has recorded* Myonia concinna from Port Jackson.
He presented to the British Museum the shell he thus named,
which is now corrected to " Monopt. amoena A. Ad., var." A
specimen of this species, which I obtained in Port Jackson,
approaches nearer to Adams' Philippine type of amoena than the
shell of Angas does.
Although the record by Angas of L. concinna from this State
is thus shown to be incorrect, that species really inhabits our
coast. Forbes had previously noted f '.' Monotigma " casta from
Port Jackson, 6fth. Mr. E. A. Smithy explains that in this
genus, casta of Adams is anticipated by an earlier casta of Hinds,
transferred from Daphnella to Leucotina. Therefore the synony-
mous L. concinna comes into service.
* Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.225.
t Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, ii., 1852, p.365.
X Smith, Ann. Natal Mus., ii., 1910, p. 183.
336 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xi.,
Perhaps the record by Angas* of M. speciosa A. Adams, from
the Lane Cove, is another error for amcena.
RlNGICULA DENTICULATA Gould.
Ringicula denticulata Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii.,
1860, p.325.
Ringicula caron Angas (not Hinds), Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871,
p.98.
The original of Gould's description was obtained in Port Jack-
son by Dr. W. Stimpson, and is still preserved in the National
Museum at Washington. In the British Museum are four
exactly similar specimens, probably cotypes, labelled " R. denticu-
lata, Otia, p. 121, Port Jackson, M.C."
Angas has recorded Ringicula caron Hinds, as dredged by
Brazier in 10 fathoms off Goat Island, Sydney Harbour. There
is in the British Museum one, perhaps type, but not so marked,
labelled " R. caron Hinds, P.Z.S., 1844, p 97, Str. of Malacca.
M.C." This is smaller than denticulata, with widely spaced,
engraved spirals, and sharply pointed spire. Angas presented,
to the British Museum, the shell he had identified as R. caron
Hinds. By comparison of the authentic material described
above, this is certainly not R. caron, but is certainly R. denticu-
lata. The record of Angas is, therefore, to be erased.
Ringicula doliaris Gould.
Ringicula doliaris Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii., 1860,
p.324; Id., Watson, Chall. Rep. Zool., xv., 1886, p.634, PI. xlvii.,
fig.8.
Ringicula arctata Angas (not Gould), Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871,
p.98.
In the British Museum there are four, probably cotypes, of R.
doliaris Gould. These are light and thin, like my R. semisculpta,
but have spirals above as well as below, and a tooth on the body-
whorl. Angas catalogued R. arctata Gould, as taken by Brazier
off Goat Island, Sydney Harbour. The Sydney specimen, which
Angas presented to the British Museum as R. arctata, does not
•Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p.98.
BY C. HEDLEY. 337
agree with typical specimens of that species from Hong Kong.
I consider that it is an example of R. doliaris with an unusually
thickened lip. So R. arctata Gould, can be eliminated from the
fauna of this State.
Retusa apicina Gould.
Tornatina apicina Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii., 1859,
p.139.
T. brenchleyi Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1877, p.40, PI. 5, f.20.
Utriculus avenarius Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xvii.,
1883, p.328; Id., Chall. Rep. Zool., xv, 1886, p.658, P1.49,*;f.5.
T. fusiformis Angas, not Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 869.
In the British Museum are two specimens of T. brenchleyi
Angas, from 10 faths., Sydney, presented by J. Brenchley, in
1873. Though not so marked, these are obviously the types of
Angas. They seem to me to be identical with the types, four
specimens, of T. avenarius Watson, collected by the Challenger
Expedition, in 10 faths., Sydney. With these agrees a photo-
graph of T. apicina Gould, from the same habitat, kindly taken
for me from the type in the National Museum, Washington, by
Dr. Paul Bartsch.
From the China Sea are six shells marked, in the British
Museum, as the types of Tornatina fusiformis A. Adams. These
have an upright, projecting, heterostrophe apex, and arcuate
longitudinal riblets. I think that Angas was mistaken in identi-
fying this with an Australian shell. Cook* considered that
T. fusiformis was T. olivaformis Issel.
Retusa decussata A. Adams.
Bulla (Cylichna) decussata A. Adams, Thes. Conch., ii., 1850,
p.594, PI. 125, f.147; Id., Brazier, These Proceedings, ii., 1877,p.80.
Retusa impasta Hedley, These Proceedings, xxxiv., 1909, p.463,
PI. xliv., f.101.
In the British Museum, I noticed five, marked " types C.
decussata A. Adams, Thes., &c, China Seas. M.C." These ap-
peared to me like R. impasta, so that, after my return to Sydney,
*Cook, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii., 1886, p. 129.
338 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, XL,
I sent examples of the latter to London for comparison. Mr. G.
C. Robson replies: "The sculpture of Adams' species is more
strongly marked than that of yours, but whatever differences
there are, I do not hold them to be sufficient to separate the
species upon." Under these circumstances, I withdraw the
name I proposed.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVI. -XIX.
Plate xvi.
Figs. 1,2,3 — Nucula consobrina Ad. & Angas, from the type.
Figs. 4,5,6. — Nucula simplex A. Adams, from the type.
Figs. 7, 8, 9. — Nucula cumingii Hinds, from the type of Nucula loringi Ad.
& Angas.
Fig. 10. — Myrtaea veuusta Philippi, from the type of Lucina strangei A.
Adams.
Figs 11,12,13,14,15. — Joannisiella jyioretonensis Deshayes, from the type of
(Jyrenella moretonensis.
Figs. 16,17,18,19. — Solecardia strangei Deshayes, from the type of Scintilla
strangei.
Figs.20,21,22. — Cardium dionamm Sowerh}7, from the type of Cardium
productum Deshayes.
Figs. 23,24. — Dosinia tenella Romer, from the type.
Figs. 25, 26. — Venerupis planicosta Desha}res, from the type.
Figs. 27,28. — Venerupis sub decussat a Deshayes, from the British Museum
example.
Plate xvii.
Figs. 29, 30, 31, 32,33.— Semele ada Adams & Angas, from the type.
Figs. 34, 35, 36, 37. — Semele exarata Adams & Reeve, from a British Museum
example.
Figs. 38,39. — Donax striatellus Deshayes, from the British Museum example.
Figs. 40, 41, 42,43,44. — Cryptomya elliptica A. Adams, from the type of
Sphcenia elliptica.
Fig. 45. — Clanadus jucundus Gould, from the British Museum example.
FMg.46.— Clanculus conspersus A. Adams, from a British Museum example.
Fig. 47- — Calliostoma punctidosus A. Adams, from a British Museum
example.
Fig.48. — Gantharidus cingidatus A. Adams, from the type of Leiopyrga
cingxdata.
Fig.49. — Cantharidus pallidulus A. Adams, from the type.
Fit'. 50. — Leptothyra crassilirata Preston, from the type.
Fig. 51. — Littoridina gunnii Frauenfeld, from a specimen of Hydrobia
gunnii in the British Museum.
BY C. HEDLEY. 339
Fig. 52. — Littoridina diemcnsis Frauenfeld, from a specimen of Amnicola
diemense in the British Museum.
Fig. 53. — Iravadia clathrata A. Adams, from a specimen of Pyrgula
clathrata in the British Museum.
Plate xviii.
Fig. 54. — Diala suturalis A. Adams, from a specimen of Monoptygma sulu-
ralis in the British Museum.
Fig.55. — Diala picta A. Adams, from a specimen in the British Museum.
Fig.56. — Diala varia A. Adams, from a specimen in the British Museum.
Fig 57- — Diala pulchra A. Adams, from the type of Alaba pulchra.
Fig. 58. — Diala lauta A. Adams, from the type.
Fig. 59. — Diala monile A. Adams, from the type of Alaba monile.
Fig.60. — Diala pagodula A. Adams, from the type of Alaba pagodula.
Fig. 61. — Diala imbricata A. Adams, from the type of Alaba imbricata.
Fig. 62. — Alaba oibtx A. Adams, from the type.
Fig. 63. — Plesiotrochus unicinctus A. Adams, from the type of Ziziphinus
unicinctus.
Fig. 64. — Caecum bimarginatum Carpenter, from the Australian specimen.
Figs. 65-66. — Caecum bimarginatum Carpenter, from the Singapore specimen.
Fig. 67. — Ccecum subquadratum Carpenter, from the type.
Figs. 68-69. — Ccecum rtgulart Carpenter, from the Singapore specimen.
Fig. 70. — C.(?) rtgulart from the Australian specimen.
Fig. 71. — Bivona constrictor Mcirch, from the type.
Plate xix.
Fig. 72. —Sttphopoma tricuspe Mcirch, from the tj'pe.
Figs. 73,74. — Opercula of same.
Fig. 75. — Mangtlia mitralis Adams & An gas, from the type of Belamitralis.
Fig. 76. — Mangtlia australis Adams& Angas, from the type of Btla australis.
Fig. 77. — Drillia aimula Angas, from the type.
Fig. 78. — Murtx strotinus A. Adams, from the type.
Fig. 79 — British Museum shell marked " (?) serotinus A. Ad., Aldinga."
Fig. 80. — Rapana nodosa A. Adams, from the type of Rapana nodosa.
Fig. 81.- Goralliophila tlaborata H. & A. Adams, from the type.
Figs. 82,83. — Cassidula decussata H. & A. Adams, and enlarged sculpture,
from one of the types.
Fig. 84. — Cassidula doliolum Petit, from one of the types.
Fig.85. — Ltuconopsis pellucidus Cooper, from the type of Auricula pellucida.
Fig.86. — Ophicardelus sulcatus H. & A. Adams, from the type.
Fig. 87. — Ophicardelus quoyi H. & A. Adams, from the type.
Fig. 88. — Ophicardelus stutchburyi Pfeiffer, from a specimen in the British
Museum.
340
REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES.
Part ii. Talaurinus (continued).
By Eustace W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M.
(Continued from Vol. ocxxvii., p. 135.)
Talaurinus typicus Macl., loc. cit., p. 230.
<J. Size moderate, elongate-ovate. Black, subnitid, almost with-
out clothing.
Head with forehead concave. Rostrum moderately long, as wide
as head at apex; external ridges long, convergent towards base,
continued along forehead; internal ridges long, prominent, some-
what oblique; sublateral sulci long, narrow, extending into con-
cavity of forehead; median area linear, depressed. Scrobes ex-
tending almost to eye, subdivided by a vertical ridge near pos-
terior end. Eyes subrotundate. Prothorax(4-5 x 5 mm.) evenly
rounded on sides, apical margin lightly sinuate, lobes not promi-
nent; granules for the most part small, somewhat irregular, dis-
crete; sides granulate. Elytra(12 x 7 mm.) elongate, sides gently
rounded, apex moderately produced, base lightly emarginate,
humeri with a rather prominent granule; disc with six rows of
tubercles, small, granuliform at base, becoming larger and coarser
more posteriorly ; sutural row small, close together, larger at base ;
second with six large prominent tubercles; third with from ten to
thirteen tubercles, smaller on declivity; fourth with four large
ones; fifth with eleven, the posterior ones rather smaller, sixth
with seven ; seventh interstice lateral, with seven smaller granules,
sides otherwise rugosely granulate. Metasternum feebly concave;
intermediate segments long, fifth segment with feeble impression
at apex, bordered by two projections 1 mm. apart, situated on
posterior edge. Femora without spines beneath, tarsi long.
Dimensions : ^.19x7 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales; Argyle (type in Macleay Museum),
Goulburn, Lockyersleigh.
BY E. W. FERGUSON 341
The female is larger, more robust, and the elytral tubercles are
rather smaller and more numerous, especially on the third inter-
stice. The number on this interstice is subject to variation in both
sexes, in the type £ there are ten on the left and thirteen on the
right.
Macleay regarded this species as the typical example of Talauri-
nus, as exemplified in the structure of head and rostrum. In the
event of the genus being subdivided, the name Talaurinus will
belong to the group of which T. typicus is the type.
Talaurinus alternans Mac]., loc. cit., p. 231.
9. Size moderate, elliptical-ovate, convex. Black, granules
subnitid; sparsely clothed with muddy-grey scales; setse small,
black.
Head convex, forehead concave between the ends of the external
rostral ridges, these latter long, slightly convergent, running almost
to vertex; internal rostral ridges long, well defined, convergent,
median area narrow. Scrobes open behind, partition obsolete.
Prothorax (4 x 5 mm.) evenly rounded on sides, apex with a
feeble postorbital sinuosity; finely granulate, granules round, dis-
crete, somewhat irregular in size; sides with smaller obsolete
granules. Elytra (12 x 7 mm.) moderately produced at apex
and feebly mucronate, base emarginate, humeral angles marked
but not produced; disc with six rows of granules; sutural minute,
in single series larger at base; second with six or seven larger,
more elongate ones (and on one side with a few smaller ones on
declivity) ; third with much smaller granules, in double series near
base, but in single on declivity ; fourth with five or six longer ones ;
fifth and sixth each with a single series of smaller ones (seventeen
and ten); sides seriate-granulate. Fifth ventral segment with a
round depression at apex, the edges feebly raised on either side.
Dimensions'. 2.18x7mm.
Hab. — New South Wales: Clyde River (Macleay Museum type).
Closely related to T. typicus, this species may be recognised by
its finer and more regular sculpture, and by the third row of
granules being in double series in basal half.
26
342 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
Two females, from Mittagong, differ in their larger size (21 x
8 mm.), and in having the granules on the second and fourth inter-
stices more rounded and not so elongated ; they probably represent
a variety. A male in Mr. A. M. Lea's collection probably belongs
to this species; it has, however, the granules of the third row in
single series.
Talaurinus longipes, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PL iii., fig. 4.
£. Elliptical-elongate, size moderately large. Black, granules
subnitid ; practically without clothing.
Head obsoletely and sparsely punctate, external rostral ridges
continued back towards vertex, forehead shallowly concave, with a
feeble median carina. Rostrum moderately long, excavate; inter-
nal ridges long, prominent, little convergent; lateral sulci and
median area forming three longitudinal sulci. Scrobes continued
up and back in front of eye, division obsolete, represented by a
slight downward projection from the external ridge. Eye depressed,
subrotundate. Prothorax (4*5 x 5-5 mm.) evenly rounded on
sides, apical margin with a feeble postocular sinuosity, collar-
impression faint, disc with small hemispherical granules, somewhat
irregular in size, moderately closely set, but not contiguous; sides
granulate. Elytra (13 x 8 mm.) in shape as in T. typicus,
shoulders noduliform, prominent; disc striate-punctate, interstices
tuberculate, sutural with fine granules; second with four large,
somewhat flattened, oval tubercles; fourth with two similar ones,
in both cases the tubercles spaced out and differently placed on
either side; third interstice finely granulate in single series, the
granules somewhat depressed, tending to become transversely con-
fluent with the intrastrial ridges ; fifth with humeral and two small
granules at shoulders, otherwise with granules similar to third, but
less distinct; sixth with a row of seven or eight stronger, rounded
tubercles more closely placed. Sides striate-punctate, interstices
obsoletely granulate. Fifth ventral segment with the impression
covering more than the middle third of segment, the edges ending
posteriorly in small tubercles, somewhat convergent. Legs long
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 343
and thin, femora transversely scarred ventrally; tibiae long, thin,
the anterior and middle almost straight; posterior feebly curved,
the concavity posterior; tarsi lineariform. Dimensions : £. 20 x
8 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales: Coonabarabran (T. G. Sloane, and
Macleay Museum).
Close to T. typicus, but with the scrobes not divided, different
elytral sculpture, especially of the third interstice, and longer and
thinner legs.
Talaurinus miliaris, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, Pl.iii., figs.1-2.
(J. Size moderately large, elongate, convex. Black, opaque;
clothed with a few muddy scales in depressions; setse minute, light
coloured.
Head continued on to rostrum without interruption, forehead
feebly convex between the ends of the rostral ridges. Rostrum
moderate, thick, strongly excavate in front; external ridges con-
vergent basally, continued up on to forehead; internal long, con-
vergent; lateral basal sulci long and deep, median area depressed,
a deep pit between the ends of the internal ridges. Scrobes sub-
divided, posterior portion open, extending almost to eye. Eyes
rather large, subovate. Prothorax (4-5 x 5-5 mm.) rounded on
sides, apex truncate above, ocular lobes moderately well denned;
disc without impressions, moderately finely granulate, granules
somewhat irregular in size and distribution, finer in centre, and not
contiguous; sides practically without granules. Elytra (13x7
mm.) gently rounded at sides, apex obtuse, feebly mucronate; base
truncate, humeral angles not marked." Disc granulate in six series,
sutural row finely, almost obsoletely, at base more coarsely granu-
late, the granules at base flattened and in double series; second
interstice with a single row of seven to nine larger, but still small,
granules distantly placed and absent on declivity; third with a
row of about 50 finer granules in double series on disc, but in
single on declivity ; fourth with about five granules equal in size to
those of second row, and situated far apart; fifth with a double
344 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
row of minute granules only distinct near humeral angles, else-
where more irregular and confused; sixth row of about sixteen
small granules in single series. Between interstices no definite
strias recognisable, but small intermediate rows of granules, form-
ing with the interstitial granules short, low, transverse rugae.
Metasternum flattened; intermediate abdominal segments long,
feebly impressed at sides; fifth segment large, with a shallow
mesial impression, and a short, rather deep, transverse one at
extreme apex, overhung by two small tubercles.
9. Much more obese, the elytra more rounded, with the apex
more produced, the elytral granules more numerous (about double)
on the second and fourth interstices, finer and more irregular on
the third and fifth, where they tend to be in triple series. Beneath,
rather strongly convex; fifth segment with a deep narrow mesial
fossa at apex. Dimensions : (J. 21 x 7 mm.; 9. 22 x 9 mm.; pro-
thorax, 5x6 mm.; elytra, 14-5 x 9 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales : Mittagong (Dr. C. D. Clark, per H.
J. Carter).
Differs from T. alternans in the extreme fineness of the elytral
granules, which are much smaller than in any other member of the
T. typicus-group. The female has the granules even more numer-
ous than in the male, and on the third interstice in triple series.
Talaurinus Mitchelli Macl., loc. cit., p.234.
£. Size moderate, elongate-ovate. Black, opaque, granules
niticl; densely clothed with yellowish-grey scales, granules not so
clothed, beneath each segment maculate in centre.
Head continued on into rostrum, forehead feebly concave. Ros-
trum with the external ridges rather strongly convergent, continued
on to vertex; internal ridges long, oblique, median area depressed.
Scrobes incompletely divided, open posteriorly. Prothorax (4*5
x 5-5 mm) rounded on sides, apical sinuosity slight, disc irregu-
larly granulate, granules varying in size and distribution; sides
granulate. Elytra(12 x 8 mm ) ovate, apex moderately produced,
feebly mucronate, base lightly emarginate, humeral angles marked
by a nodule; interstices with prominent granules, sutural with a
row of minute granules; second with five or six large prominent
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 345
tubercles; third with about ten smaller ones, fourth with four
larger; fifth and sixth with about nine smaller ones each, those in
the sixth being rather the larger; sides granulate. Fifth ventral
segment with a small depression at apex. Dimensions : 9. 19 x
8 mm.
Hab.— "Victoria River, Mitchell's Expedition." Type in Macleay
Museum.
This species may be recognised by the rounded prominent
tubercles on the elytra, larger than in T. typicus; from this latter
species, the presence of clothing will distinguish it; also the
granules on the third interstice are more spaced out, and the
external rostral ridges are more convergent. On the prothorax,
the granules are somewhat peculiarly arranged; along the anterior
margin and at the sides, they are small, and irregularly placed;
in the centre, there is a group of small granules, with a row of
five larger ones on either side, then a bare space containing two
large granules.
Two specimens from Moorilla, (near Young, N.S.W.) differ in
being more elongate, and in having the prothorax more finely and
evenly granulate; the elytral granules, though somewhat smaller,
are prominent, and the clothing dense. They probably represent
a variety, or possibly a distinct species.
Talaurinus acutipennis, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. iii., fig. 7.
£. Elongate-elliptical, subdepressed. Black, subnitid; practi-
cally without clothing; setae minute, scattered, black; legs with
long black setse.
Head convex, scarcely punctulate, forehead somewhat concave.
Rostrum about twice the length of head, and rather narrower,
deeply excavate, the external ridges long, prominent, slightly
convergent, and extending on to forehead; internal long and
convergent, but not meeting; median area depressed, sulciform;
lateral basal sulci long and deep. Scrobes deep, open behind,
with a short prolongation upwards in front of eye. Eyes small,
round. Prothorax(4 x 4*5 mm.) rounded on sides, widest across
middle, apex with a slight postorbital sinuosity, no definite lobes
346 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
present; granules moderately large, rounded, contiguous, each
with a minute setigerous puncture; sides obsoletely granulate.
Elytra(ll x 6 mm.) ovate, apex produced, sharply and strongly
mucronate, base lightly emarginate, humeral angles marked but
not produced. Disc irregularly foveo-striate, fovese large, some-
what open, tending to become confluent laterally, the intervening
ridges raised; interstices nodulose, hardly granulate, tending to
become confluent laterally, the intervening ridges raised; inter-
stices nodulose, hardly granulate, tending to become interrupted
opposite the fovese; sutural depressed, only indicated by a ridge
of small granules, and a short ridge at base; second with four or
five well-defined nodules, third with nine or ten, fourth with four,
hardly recognisable from cross reticulations; fifth with ten more
definite ones, sixth with about seven; the whole sculpture con-
fused. Sides striate-foveate. Beneath, concave over meta-
sternum and first and second ventral segments, convex over other
segments ; fifth segment shallowly excavate. Dimensions :
(J. 18 x 6 mm.
Hab.— Victoria : Mt. Macedon(H. J. Carter).
Close to T. typicus in general appearance, but the elytral
sculpture much more confused. The derm is definitely striate-
foveate, the fovese bounded antero-posteriorly by definite ridges,
which, on the interstices, form the nodules or granules, the foveae
communicating laterally across the interstices; the strong apical
mucronation is also characteristic.
Talaurinus foveo-granulatus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, PI. iii., fig. 6.
(J. Moderately large, elongate-elliptical. Black, subnitid; with
a few scales in depressions; beneath, each segment with a yellowish
macula in centre; setae black, small, few and little evident.
Head convex, forehead feebly concave, the external rostral
ridges continued back along head, laevigate, with a few scattered
setae. Rostrum excavate, external ridges slightly convergent
basally; internal long, prominent, convergent; median area and
sublateral sulci long, deeply depressed. Scrobes without divi-
sion, but with a prolongation above eye. Eyes subovate. Pro-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 347
thorax(5 x 5'5mm.j strongly rounded and dilatate on sides, base
slightly narrower than apex, apical margin rounded above, with
a feeble postocular sinuosity; collar-impression faintly marked, a
feeble transverse impression present in front of base; closely set
with small rounded granules, each with a small setigerous punc-
ture. Elytra (12 x 7 mm.) widest behind middle, thence gradu-
ally narrowed to before apex; apex moderately produced, rounded,
feebly mucronate; base gently arcuate, humeral angles prominent
laterally, tuberculiform; disc with small fovese in striae, about
ten in each to declivity, thence smaller and more punctiform,
ridges between foveae well defined though irregular towards base,
becoming obsolete and absent on declivity ; interstices with
separate granules, sutural costiform at base; second with seven
small rounded granules to declivity, thence raised but with the
granules barely traceable to apex; third subcostate in basal half,
thence with granules distinct but closer than on second; fourth
not raised, with five or six more isolated granules; fifth and sixth
with more continuous granules, but not costiform; sides foveo-
striate, interstices hardly granulate. Apical ventral segment
with a shallow depression in middle, intermediate segments
flattened in centre. Femora without ridges beneath. Dimen-
sions : (J. 18 x 7 mm.
Hab. — West Australia (Macleay Museum type).
In its elytral structure, this species approaches to T. acuti-
pennis, but, in general build and appearance, it resembles some
of the members of the section Costati, the shape of the prothorax
and elytra being similar to that of T. Icevicollis. I have seen
only a single specimen, but it is so distinct, that I have had no
hesitation in describing it.
Talaurinus alternates Macl., loc. cit., p. 240.
(j>. Elongate-elliptical, size large. Black, opaque; sparsely
clothed with greyish scales; setse small, black.
Head convex, forehead feebly concave. Rostrum excavate,
external ridges glabrous, long, convergent, continued on to fore-
head ; internal long, prominent, strongly convergent ; lateral
basal sulci long, deep ; median area depressed throughout.
348 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, U.,
Scrobes open behind, posterior portion not divided off. Eyes
small, subrotundate. Prothorax (5 x 6 mm.) rounded on sides,
postorbital sinuosity feeble; disc closely and finely granulate,
granules not contiguous; sides granulate. Elytra (15 x 8*5 mm.)
with apex moderately produced, mucronate, base feebly arcuate,
humeral angles marked by nodules, but not projecting ; disc
striate, stria? with shallow transverse punctures, interstices as a
whole not raised, sutural with a row of very fine obsolete granules
thickened at base, second with six larger (but still small) granules
distantly spaced; third raised and costate, becoming granulate on
declivity; fourth with four larger granules; fifth and sixth each
with a single row of small contiguous granules, on the sixth
almost subcostate. Fifth ventral segment with a rectangular
impression at extreme apex, subtended by a small nodule ante-
riorly. Dimensions : £.23 x 8*5 mm.
i/a6. — "New Holland" (type in Macleay Museum). - New
South Wales : Mittagong (Australian Museum).
Differs from all other species of the T. typicns-group, with the
exception of the following species, in having the third interstice
costate, thus combining the costate and granulate types of the
elytral sculpture. From T. rugicollis, the prothoracic granulation,
as well as the different elytral sculpture, will distinguish it.
Talaurinus rugicollis Macl., loc. cit., p. 241.
9. Elongate-ovate, size large. Black, opaque, granules sub-
nitid; sparsely clothed with muddy scales.
Head continuous with rostrum, forehead flattened between the
ends of the external rostral ridges. Rostrum deeply triangularly
excavate, external ridges convergent basally and extending to
vertex, less convergent on head ; internal long, convergent ;
median area triangularly depressed. Scrobes double, posterior
portion extending in front of eye. Eyes subrotundate. Prothorax
(4-5x5-5 mm.) widest in front of middle, apical sinuosity very
feeble; disc rugosely granulate, granules irregular, confluent;
sides more evenly granulate. Elytra (14 x 8 mm.) ovate, apex
moderately produced, base lightly emarginate, humeral angles
noduliform; disc with obsolete rows of depressions, sutural inter-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 349
stice subcostate at base and on declivity, elsewhere represented
by a row of setae; second not raised, but with two, large, rounded
granules on left, and four on right side; third prominent, costi
form, granulate on declivity; fourth with two large granules;
fifth with granules obsolete, except for humeral nodule; sixth
with nine somewhat obsolete granules; sides with transverse
rugae more prominent. Fifth ventral segment with a shallow
depression at apex. Dimensions : Q.22 x 8 mm.
I/ab. — New South Wales : Singleton (Macleay Museum type).
A very distinct species, in its semicostate elytra allied to T.
alternatns.
Talauhinus catenclatus Macl., loc. cit., p. 234
9. T amycteroides Macl., loc. cit., p. 235.
g. Elongate-elliptical, size large. Black, opaque, granules
subnitid, rather densely clothed with greyish scales; head and
rostrum bivittate.
Head continued on into rostrum. External rostral ridges con-
tinued almost to vertex; internal long, little prominent; median
area narrow, slightly depressed, continued up forehead as a feeble
carina; lateral basal sulci narrow, shallow. Scrobes single, with
a prolongation upwards in front of eye. Prothorax(4'5 x 5 -5 mm.)
subquadrate, truncate in front, with hardly any indication of
lobes; granules moderately large, irregularly distributed, leaving
three bare spaces; sides granulate. Elytra (13-5 x 8111m'.) moder-
ately ovate, not greatly ampliate; humeral angle with a small
nodule; disc puncto-striate, rugulose lietween punctures; inter-
stices granulate, first at base only costate; second with four or
five, large, elongnte granules: third with eight large, elongate
and two smaller ones on declivity; fourth without granules, fifth
with twelve stouter, less elongate, and closer together: sixtli with
eight smaller ones not reaching base; sides striate-punctate, inter-
stices irregularly granulate. Metasternum feebly concave; fifth
ventral segment with a feeble impression, the lateral edges raised
posteriorly. Dimensions : <J.22 x 8 mm.
9. T. amycteroides Macl., type (Australian Museum). Larger,
of a more ovate obese form than male; elytra with tubercles on
350 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
interstices elongate, flattened, second with five, third with ten,
fourth with none, fifth with ten, sixth with seven, seventh with
about ten, almost completely on side, the tubercles very little
prominent, sides with interstices similar. Dimensions'. 9-23'5 x 9;
prothorax, 5x6; elytra, 16x9 mm.
Hab. - Queensland. Types in Australian Museum.
I have placed this species in the typicns-grou^, but it does not
seem greatly at home there; the internal rostral ridges almost
obsolete would indicate an approach to the bucephalus-group;
probably it will be necessary later to propose an intermediate
group to receive this species, T. tumulosus and possibly T.
sobrinus.
Talaurinus caviceps Macl.
Macleay, ibid., 1866, p. 320; T. victor Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc.
xii., 1873, p.10.
Size large, ovate, robust, convex. Black, granules nitid,
covered with ferruginous scales except on granules, ventral seg-
ments feebly maculate.
Head large, convex, external ridges continued on up head as
two prominent carinse, a median carina also present. Rostrum
short but longer than head, deeply excavate; external ridges
prominent, subparallel; internal ridges short, distinct, but much
less prominent, convergent ; median area narrow, depressed,
lateral basal sulci deep, meeting behind internal ridges and
extending into concavity of forehead. Scrobes open posteriorly,
with a feeble posterior prolongation in front of eye. Eyes sub-
rotundate. Prothorax(5*5 x 7 mm.), dilatate, subangulate, apex
rounded above, ocular lobes feeble; disc with feeble impressions
near and in front of lateral angles, granules round, discrete, dis-
tantly placed, larger on disc but more thickly grouped at lateral
angles, the centre and lateral depressions almost without granules;
sides with smaller granules. Elytra (16 x 10 mm.) elongate-
ovate, strongly convex, gently declivous posteriorly, apex sharply
mucronate, base emarginate, humeral angles tuberculiform,
tubercles projecting laterally. Disc granulate in six rows,
sutural with about twenty small granules evenly placed, becoming
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 351
progressively smaller posteriorly; second with eight larger, more
flattened granules on disc, and three smaller ones on declivity;
third with twelve slightly smaller, the basal flattened, the others
more rounded; fourth with three flat granules, fifth with nine,
sixth with twelve more rounded ones; all interstices with granules
more or less flattened on disc, rounded more posteriorly and pro-
gressively smaller on declivity, rows of small distantly placed
granules in between larger ones. Beneath, intermediate seg-
ments large, fifth without impressions, all the segments strongly
convex. Dimensions : £.24 X 10 mm.
Hob. — South Australia : Port Lincoln.
The specimen described above is one of two females in the
Macleay Museum; as Macleay did not mark his types, it is hard
to say if these are such. The Australian Museum specimens
agree with the above description.
I have compared cotypes of T. victor Pasc, with the Macleay
Museum specimens, but can find no difference.
T. semispinosus-Group.
T. semispinosus Bohem., Schonnh., Gen. Cure. vii.,(l), p. 59.
T. pastillarius Bohem., loc. cit., p. 60.
T. (Sclerorinus) echinops Pasc, Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873,
p.10.
T. simulator Pasc, loc. cit., p. 13.
T.funereus Pasc, loc. cit., p. 11.
T. pustulatus Pasc, loc. cit., p. 11.
A very considerable amount of confusion exists regarding the
species of this group, at any rate in Australian collections.
Until quite recently, none of Pascoe's species were recognised
among Australian entomologists, the descriptions being practi-
cally worthless. In almost all collections, the species would be
found under two names — T. Roei Bohem., for large specimens,
and T. semispinosus Bohem., for smaller ones. T. pastillarius
was unknown. As shown in the first portion of this paper, T.
Roei is a totally different species, most probably related to T.
tessellatus Pasc.
352 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
Some little time ago, the British Museum authorities sent, for
examination, to Mr. A. M. Lea, specimens compared with
Pascoe's types. I have had an opportunity of examining these,
and of making notes on them. Among them were authentically
named specimens of T. echinops, T. pustulatus, and T. funereus.
A number of specimens of T. echinops were sent, one
labelled "S. echinops, compared with type"; another bore a label
T. simulator, an identification almost certainly wrong. Later, I
sent several species to the British Museum for comparison, a
task which Mr. K. G. Blair kindly undertook, and his notes on
three specimens (labelled 3, 4, 5) of T. pustulatus, I will quote
in full.
" No. 3. Tubercles not so numerous as in T. simulator, and
bluntly conical towards base of elytra, instead of rounded; in T.
simulator they are also more polished, and there is an additional
row between third and fourth rows in No. 3, consisting of few
tubercles and disappearing on hinder half of elytra. Your
specimen agrees with our series of T pustulatus, though, in the
type, the large tubercles are much less developed than normally.
T. simulator has fewer and larger granules on thorax than T.
echinops (agreeing in this respect with your No. 3), and the
pustules on elytra, especially on hinder half, are larger and more
prominent." T. echinops = T . semispinosus Bohem.,(Lea det.).
" Nos.4 and 5. Both T. pustulatus, the latter approaching type
in character of pustules though smaller."
In Mr. A. M. Lea's collection, there is a specimen labelled by
G. J. Arrow, " Talaurinus semispinosus Bohem.,( = T. echinops
Pasc). The specimen sent to you labelled (by Pascoe) T.
simulator Pasc, seems rather different from the actual type of
T. simulator, which is unique."
From the above notes it is evident that the synonymy, T.
echinops = T. simulator, recorded in the list of synonyms in the
first part of this paper, is incorrect. At the same time, it would
be rash to definitely sink 1\ echinops under T. semispinosus
until the type of the latter can be examined, though I believe
that this synonymy is probably correct. In most collections, T.
pustulatus is regarded as T. semispinosus Bohem.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 353
T. pastillarius Bohera., probably belongs to this group; I have
had T. tuberculatus Macl., sent under that name. A specimen
sent from the British Museum to Mr. Lea is labelled, in Mr.
Arrow's writing — " Talaurinus pastillarius Boh., see Pascoe
(probably wrong)." The specimen is a female of T. tubercvlatus
Macl.
Talaurinus pustulatus Pasc, loc. cit., p. 11.
Size moderate. Black, opaque, the granules subnitid; sparsely
clothed with greyish scales; setse minute, black.
Head convex, forehead strongly concave, sparingly setigero-
punctate. Rostrum excavate, external ridges slightly convergent,
continued on to head, internal ridges obsolete, lateral sulci
oblique, foveiform, median area smooth, not raised, a punctiform
depression in middle at base. Eyes subrotundate. Prothorax
(4*5 x 5*5 mm.) with apex feebly rounded above, and moderately
deep postocular sinuosity; granules depressed, somewhat obsolete,
fewer in middle, tending to become confluent transversely; sides
obsoletely granulate. Elytra (11x7 mm.) not produced at apex,
base arcuate, with thickened border, humeral angles noduliform;
disc with small irregular depressions not definitely seriate, but
with intermediate granules, interstices granulate or tuberculate,
sutural with a few depressed granules at base, second with four,
third with seven, fourth without any, fifth with six, sixth with
five ; tubercles anteriorly depressed, granuliform, posteriorly
conical. Fifth ventral segment with a transverse apical sulcus
containing two small tubercles. Dimensions : £.15x7 mm.
The above description was drawn up from a specimen (£)
marked " compared with type," and agrees with Pascoe's descrip-
tion except in regard to the tubercles of the outer row. The
comparative size of the elytral tubercles appears to vary con-
siderably; examination of a fairly large series, including four
other specimens which have been compared with the type, shows
that hardly two specimens agree in all details.
Talaurinus funfreus Pasc, loc. cit., p.ll.
£. Elongate, subparallel. Black, with brownish scales, pro-
thorax feebly bivittate, elytra feebly maculate with white, ventral
segments with a few yellowish scales in centre.
354 REVISION OF THE AMYCTBRIDES, h.,
Head convex, forehead concave, rather densely clothed with
blackish scales intermingled with black decumbent setae. Rostrum
excavate, external ridges feebly convergent, rugosely punctured,
internal obsolete; median area triangular, impunctate; lateral
sulci deep, running into frontal concavity. Scrobes open pos-
teriorly. Eyes subrotundate. Prothorax(4'5 x 6 mm.) rotundate,
postorbital sinuosity rather deep, disc closely covered with small
rounded granules. Elytra(12 x 7 mm.) elongate, subparallel, base
gently arcuate, humeral angles, moderately produced and marked
by a small granule; disc striate-punctate; interstices granulate,
sutural with a few at base, second with five or six, third with
ten to twelve, the last five conical, fourth with four small ones in
basal half, fifth with eight small ones not extending beyond
middle, sixth with about ten more conical ones. Beneath, rather
densely setigero-punctate; fifth ventral segment with a feeble
transverse impression at apex. Legs setigerous, anterior femora
with a ridge below in outer half. Dimensions : JM7 x 7 mm.
Hab. — West Australia : Swan River.
Belongs to the same group as T. simulator and T. pustulatus,
but with the prothoracic granulation closer and finer, and the
elytral tubercles more acute than in any other species.
Talaurinus Bucephalus Olivier.
Olivier, Ent., v., 83, p. 399, t. 25, f. 355; Masters' Catalogue,
No.4687; T. C amdenensis Macl., loc. cit., p. 226; T. murrumbid-
gensis Macl., I.e., p. 227; T. rudis Macl., I.e., p. 227; T. rugosus
Mac!., I.e., p. 229; T. salebrosus Mac!., I.e., p. 229; 0)A. granosus
Guer., Voy. Coquille, ii.(2), 1830, p.120; (V.)A. Westwoodi Bohem.,
Schonh., Gen. Cure. vii.,(l), 1843, p. 63.
£. Small, elongate-ovate, convex, Black, granules subnitid,
sparsely clothed in cavities.
Head convex, separated from rostrum by a constriction.
Rostrum short, thick, excavate, external ridges subparallel,
internal little prominent, moderately long, convergent, lateral
basal sulci deep, median area deeply sunken anteriorly. Scrobes
simple, open posteriorly. Prothorax(4 x 4*5 mm.) evenly rounded
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 355
on sides, apex with a well-defined postorbital sinuosity, median
lobe small, ocular lobes rather strongly produced; disc evenly
and closely covered with small, round setigerous granules; sides
obsoletely granulate. Elytra (10 x 6 mm.) evenly widened to
behind middle, thence somewhat abruptly rounded to apex, which
is rather strongly flanged; base widely and deeply arcuate,
humeral angles prominent, tuberculiform. Disc irregularly and
somewhat rugosely puncto-striate; interstices granulate or tuber-
culate, sutural with a single row of fine granules, larger and
becoming costiform at base, second with five to six small oblong
granules more conical posteriorly and not continued to base;
third with five basal granules confluent, prominent, and costiform,
and seven more conical tubercles, the whole extending from base
to apex; fourth with three small granules situated anteriorly to
middle; fifth with humeral tubercle and nine smaller ones, the
posterior conical; sixth with six small obtuse granules; sides
with granules obsolete. Intermediate ventral segments rather
short; fifth rather deeply excavate, with a well defined boat-
shaped fossa near apex, extending anteriorly, and with a tubercle
at the end of each lateral horn, and another on the inner side,
the two inner tubercles connected by a U-shaped edge. Anterior
femora ridged beneath. Dimensions : ,^.15x6 mm.
£. Very similar in appearance to the male, but rather more
produced posteriorly; fifth ventral segment not excavate, but
with a short obtuse carina in centre, its anterior end surrounded
by a horseshoe-shaped depression or sulcus.
The above description of the male is drawn from a specimen
sent for examination by the Brussels Museum authorities, and
apparently the specimen Boisduval had so named, perhaps from
comparison with the type.
The species is a very variable one in regard to size, and the
number and position of the elytral tubercles. In some specimens
the granules at the base of the third interstice are conjoined, in
others they are more or less distinct. Lea has given the synonymy
of Macleay's species, and, from personal examination of the types,
I can find no valid reason for maintaining them as good species.
Macleay seems to have relied on differences in the number of the
356 REVISION OP THE amycterides, ii
tubercles, in the fourth interstice being granulate (or tuberculate)
or not, and on the mucronation of the elytra. The mucronation
is extremely variable, some specimens having very distinct, sharp,
divergent projections at the apex, others having no sign of these;
further, these are not sexual, and there are intermediate degrees.
The identity of Macleay's species with T. bucephalus is clear on
comparison with Olivier's illustration; also the British Museum
specimens are all so named. The species considered by Macleay
as T. Westwoodi Bohem., is also synonymous. T. rudis might be
regarded, possibly, as a variety, owing to its having the granules
or tubercles on the second and third interstices conjoined more or
less, and the interstices thus subcostiform.
Specimens were sent to Paris for comparison with the type,
and also with Amycterus granosus Guer. Tn reply, M. P. Lesne
kindly writes : "Nous n'avons pas le type; mais Fespece envoyee
par vous, figure dans notre collection sous le nom de bucephalus
01." In regard to A. granosus Guer., he says: "Nous n'avons
pas le type." The description, however, agrees closely, and I
believe that A. granosus Guer., must also rank among the
synonyms of T. bucephalus Oliv.
Talaurinus subvittatus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. iii., fig.9.
Black; $ abraded, £ variegated with white scales; head with
median (bifurcate on rostrum) and supraorbital vittse, prothorax
trivittate on disc and with white on sides, elytra maculate, the
macules forming irregular vittye; beneath, each segment with a
small patch in centre.
(J. Elongate-ovate. Head convex, forehead feebly flattened,
continued on to rostrum much in the same direction. Rostrum
short, widely and moderately deeply excavate, external ridges
separated from head by a feeble impression; internal long, obso-
lete; median area feebly depressed, with a small fovea at base;
lateral sulci rather deep, foveiform. Scrobes closed posteriorly
by a slight ridge, with a narrow sulcus behind, extending up and
in front of eye. Eyes subovate, rather deeply set. Prothorax
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 357
(4 x 5 mm.) not greatly widened, but obtusely subangulate on sides,
postorbital sinuosity moderately well developed, lobes feeble; an
irregular, feeble collar-impression present ; median line not
impressed, but without granules ; with small hemispherical
granules, not contiguous and slightly irregular in size ; sides
granulate. Elytra (11x7 mm.) subovate, apex moderately
abruptly rounded, base arcuate; humeral angles tuberculiform,
projecting laterally; sculpture rough and confused, with small
rounded granules hardly in striae, interstices not raised but with
rather strong nitid tubercles, sutural with three or four small
granules at base, second with three distant tubercles in middle,
and three more conical on declivity, extending to apex; third
with five smaller rounded ones extending from base to middle,
and two more posteriorly; fourth with two near middle, fifth
with three spaced out ones near shoulder, and four or five more
conical and more closely placed posteriorly ; sixth with four
conical distantly placed tubercles, seventh with six smaller ones;
sides transversely rugose, not granulate. Beneath, with a few
scattered setae; intermediates long, fifth rather deeply subquad-
rately excavate, edges ending abruptly in tuberculiform pro-
jections, middle of segment thickly clothed with black, hirsute,
setse. Apical tergite rugosely punctured at apex. Legs rather
long and slender; anterior femora with a prominent ridge beneath
in outer half.
Q. More robustly ovate, with elytral tubercles rather larger,
and about six in all on third interstice, larger and more conical;
beneath, convex; fifth with a feeble impression at extreme apex.
Dimensions : (J. 17 x 7; 9. 18 x 8 mm.
Hab. — North Queensland (received from F. P. Dodd, per T. G.
Sloane, collected in the Atherton District).
Mr. Dodd has forwarded one male and four females belonging
to this species; the females show a good deal of variation both in
size, and in the number and position of the elytral tubercles.
It appears to be most closely allied to the common New South
Wales species, T. bucephalus; but the clothing and the sculpture
of the anal excavation of the male prohibit my regarding it as a
variety. One of the females before me measures 21x9 mm.
27
358 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, U.,
Talaurinus sobrinus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PL iii., fig.13.
(J. Moderately large, elongate. Black, moderately densely
clothed with muddy-grey scales; granules not clothed; setae black.
Rostrum short, much as in T. subvittatus, the internal ridges
little prominent, median area depressed, strongly in front, feebly
foveate at base; lateral sulci strongly foveiform. Scrobes extend-
ing almost to eye, with a groove running from the postero-inferior
angle into orbit. Eyes ovate. Head feebly depressed in front,
with a faint mesial line, hardly carinate, with scattered decum-
bent setae. Prothorax (4 x 5 mm.) subangulate on sides, with a
deep, transverse, subapical constriction; disc granulate in four
groups, median line without granules, and lateral lineae with
fewer granules, the granules small, rounded, setigerous. Elytra
(11 x 7 mm.) gradually widened to behind middle, apex widely
rounded, base slightly emarginate, humeral angles marked by a
small granule; disc with small, irregular, punctiform depressions,
hardly traceable in striae, often intercommunicating, and attended
by small setigerous granules; with rows of small, somewhat
elongate tubercles; second interstice with four, widely separate,
on disc, and three on declivity; third with eight, rather closer,
and not present on declivity; fourth and sixth without tubercles,
but with a row of fine setigerous granules similar to the intra-
strial ones; fifth with twelve tubercles, becoming slightly conical
posteriorly; seventh with about ten, moderately close together,
and not conical; size of tubercles smaller than in T. subvittatus.
Sides puncto-striate, interstices rugose, somewhat obsoletely
granulate. Beneath, uniformly and moderately closely clothed
with black setae, intermediates large; fifth with a shallow central
impression, with a median vitta of strong hirsute setae, and a
small hirsute tubercle on either side. Anterior femora without
a ridge beneath.
Q. Similar but more ovate, and with the tubercles rather
stronger; beneath, convex, without impressions. Dimensions :
<J.17 x 7; 9.17-5 x 7-5 mm.
Hob.- Queensland (Macleay Museum-type), Card well (Queens-
land Museum).
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 359
In the structure of the anal excavation, closely allied to T.
subvittatus, but with the granules or tubercles much smaller, and
without the ridge on the undersurface of the anterior femora.
Talaurinus scaijrosus Macl., loc. cit., p.235.
(J. Large, elongate-ovate. Black, rather densely clothed with
muddy-grey scales, granules subnitid; setae minute, black.
Head convex, ends of external rostral ridges continued back
along forehead. Rostrum moderately long, broad, excavate;
external ridges slightly confluent, junction with head marked by
a slight constriction; internal ridges obsolete, and median area
depressed. Scrobes deep, open posteriorly. Eyes subovate.
Prothorax (5*5 x 6*5 mm.) widest in front of middle, obtusely sub-
angulate, apex rounded above, ocular lobes well defined, collar-
constriction present; granules moderately large, discrete, rounded,
widely dispersed, leaving the centre and longitudinal areas near
sides free; granules obsolete on sides, except below lateral angle.
Elytra (14-5 x 9 mm.) ovate, apex strongly rounded, mucronate,
base subtruncate, humeral angle with a single tubercle; disc with
depressions obscured by clothing, interstices tuberculate, tubercles
unevenly distributed, more strongly developed and conical pos-
teriorly, sutural with a row of fine granules; second with six to
eight and a few small ones on declivity; third with seven to nine,
fourth with two or three, fifth with eight or nine, sixth with six
or seven, the last all conical tubercles; sides with rounded sub-
depressed granules. Below, each segment with a yellow macule
in centre; intermediate segments long; fifth with the anterior
portion depressed in centre, posterior portion strongly excavate
in middle, the division between the two portions marked with a
tubercle at either side. Anterior femora with a double ridge in
outer half. Dimensions : g. 2 2 -5 x 9 mm.
Hab.— Queensland (Mitchell's Expedition).
Perhaps a strongly tuberculate variety of T. verrucosus, but
with rather dense clothing between the tubercles. I am ignorant
of its exact habitat, the types, two males, in the Australian
Museum, being without exact locality-labels.
360 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, 11.,
Talaurinus tuberculatus Macl., loc. cit.y p. 233.
Elongate-ovate, strongly tuberculate. Black, with white and
ochraceous scales; head with a white line bifurcate on rostrum;
prothorax trivittate; elytra with white along suture, maculate
near sides, and a white band along margin of sides.
Head convex, forehead concave between rostral ridges. Ros-
trum rather longer and narrower than head, deeply excavate,
external ridges subparallel, continued on to forehead; internal
ridges obsolete, median area depressed, lateral basal sulci repre-
sented by small foveiform depressions at base. Scrobes open
posteriorly. Prothorax (5x6 mm.) rounded on sides, almost sub-
angulate, ocular lobes rather prominent, a transverse collar-
impression present behind apex; granules rounded, somewhat
irregular in size, but rather large, and not contiguous Elytra
(12 X 7 mm.) with apex strongly rounded, not mucronate, base
lightly arcuate; humeral angles strongly tuberculate; disc not de-
finitely striate, but with the interstices strongly tuberculate, and
smaller granules interspersed; sutural with a row of small gran-
ules, larger at base; second with two to four tubercles in middle;
third * ith seven to eight tubercles, larger and more acute pos-
teriorly; fourth with two near middle; fifth with a humeral
tubercle, and five more separate ones; sixth with six conical
tubercles; sides granulate. Intermediate ventral segments long;
fifth with a broad, shallow excavation, deeper laterally, and
bordered by a ridge, becoming more prominent and ending pos-
teriorly in a raised point, a transverse narrow sulcus present
along apical margin. Apical tergite also shallowly excavate.
Anterior femora with a median ridge on undersurface.
£. Similar to the male, but the apex of elytra with two sub-
parallel mucrones near suture. Dimensions : £. 18 x 7; £.18 X 7
mm.
Hah. — Victoria. Type in Macleay Museum.
The type appears to be abraded or discoloured, and the de.
scription of the clothing given above is from a specimen in my
own collection. The species appears to be common in Victoria,
and I have had specimens referred to me as from the south of
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 361
West Australia. It may be recognised by its strongly tubercu-
late, almost bristling, appearance, combined with its somewhat
narrow, deeply excavate rostrum, and the deep anal excavation.
It is possible, though hardly probable, that T. pastil! arius is
this species. Specimens were sent from the British Museum
under this name, but I do not think it wise to sink Macleay's
name, until the type can be examined.
Talaurinus irroratus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, Pl.iii., fig.3.
£. General facies that of T. verrucosus; size large. Black,
moderately densely clothed with greyish scales, head trivittate,
median vitta bifurcate on rostrum, prothorax trivittate on disc,
elytra maculate; beneath, each segment feebly maculate in middle
and at sides with yellow; seta? black.
Head convex, setigero-punctate, forehead shallowly concave.
Rostrum moderately long, deeply excavate; external ridges con-
vergent basally, internal obsolete, median area narrow, lsevigate,
not raised, base bifoveate. Scrobes open posteriorly. Eyes sub-
ovate. Prothorax (5x6 mm.) obtusely subangulate on sides,
apex rounded above, with a well marked postocular sinuosity;
disc without collar-impression; granulate, granules small, hemi-
spherical, setigerous, not present along vittse; sides granulate.
Elytra (13 x 7*5 mm) elongate, little rounded; apex moderately
strongly rounded, mucronate; base arcuate, humeral angles tuber-
culiform. Disc puncto-striate, punctures hardly traceable on
account of the tubercles; interstices tuberculate, tubercles small,
rounded basally, becoming more acutely conical towards apex;
sutural with a single row of granules, second with nine or ten,
third with fifteen to seventeen, rather smaller; fourth with six,
more spaced out and not present on declivity; fifth with twelve
to fourteen, sixth with eleven to twelve, forming lateral border.
Sides granulate. Intermediate ventral segments long ; fifth
deeply excavate, anterior half with a shallow impression occupy-
ing the middle two-fourths of segment, and with a small tubercle
on either side, posterior portion occupied by a deep, transversely
362 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ti.,
oval fossa in middle, and more shallowly excavate at sides.
Anterior femora with a double ridge on ventral aspect. Dimen-
sions : (J. 21 x 7*5 mm.
Hob. — New South Wales. Type in Australian Museum.
Closely allied to T. verrucosus, and with a similar excavation
of the apical segment of abdomen, but with the elytral granules
or tubercles much smaller and more regular. The type is without
locality-label, but probably comes from New South Wales.
A male in the Macleay Museum appears to be a small specimen
of this species; it is smaller (18*5 x 7 mm.), and practically desti-
tute of scales, but has the granules and anal excavation identical.
The locality is Hunter River, N.S.W.
Talaurinus incanescens Macl.
Macleay, loc. cit, p. 244; T. encaustus Pasc, loc. cit., p.14.
(J. (Specimen in Australian Museum). Elongate, subparallel.
Black, rather densely clothed with brownish scales, prothorax
trivittate with white, elytra maculate on disc, with white along
sides; beneath, with a few whitish scales in middle, and at sides
of ventral segments.
Head convex, forehead convex. Rostrum moderately excavate;
external ridges short, subparallel ; internal prominent, con-
vergent; lateral sulci long, deep; median area depressed, linear.
Head and ridges rather densely setigero-punctate. Scrobes
closed behind. Prothorax (4-5 mm.) rather strongly dilated on
sides, apical and median lobes moderately developed, collar-con-
striction and median line marked ; set with small, rounded
granules, absent over median and lateral vittse; sides granulate.
Elytra (9 -5 x 6*5 mm.) subparallel, apex strongly rounded, flanged,
base subtruncate, humeri tuberculate; puncto-striate on disc, the
lines somewhat irregular, each puncture subtended by a small
granule; interstices tuberculate, second with six, third with nine,
fourth with none or one, fifth with eight, sixth with none, seventh
and lateral interstices granulate. Beneath, flat; intermediate
ventral segments moderately long; fifth with a shallow, triangular
excavation clothed with dense black hair.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 363
9. (Type in Macleay Collection). More ovate than male; head,
rostrum, and prothorax (4x5 mm.) similar. Elytra (8x6 mm.)
shorter, more ovate; base truncate; with somewhat irregular rows
of punctures, each subtended by a small granule; second inter-
stice with three or four tubercles, third with eight, basally
rounded, conical towards apex, extending on to declivity; fourth
with two near middle; fifth with eight, regular, less acute than
in the male, not reaching to apex. Sides with interstices feebly
granulate. Beneath, convex, intermediates long; with whitish
scales, forming a feeble macule on each segment, and dispersed
over the apical one; fifth segment without impressions. Dimen-
sions : $. 145 x 6-5; 9. 13 x 6 mm.
Bab. — West Australia: King George's Sound.
Talaurinus incanescens Macl., var. muricatus Macl.
Macleay, ibid., 1866, p.321; T. Macleayi Pasc, loc. cit., p. 14.
(J. In general shape and appearance as in typical specimens,
elytra with white clothing more pronounced. Head, rostrum,
and prothorax (4.x 5 mm.) as in T. incanescens. Elytra (8*5 x 6
mm.) with the striae more regular, the granules accompanying
punctures not recognisable as such; interstices tuberculate, second
generally with two, sometimes without, tubercles; third and fifth
strongly tuberculate throughout, fourth without tubercles. Other-
wise as in typical specimens. Dimensions : (J. 14 x 6 mm.
i/a&. — West Australia.
Close to T. incanescens, of which I regard it only as a variety.
The chief distinction seems to lie in the strial punctures and the
accompanying granules.
Of this species and the variety, I have had under examination
the following : (l)type of T. incanescens Macl., (J); (2)cotypes of
T. encaustus Pasc; (3) type of T. muricatus Macl.; (4)cotypes of
T. Macleayi Pasc; (o)other specimens in the Australian Museum,
Lea's and my own collections. T. incanescens and T. encaustus
appear to have been founded on female specimens; T. muricatus
and T. Macleayi on males. I formerly regarded the differences
observable in the elytral striae as sexual, and grouped these four
as one; recently, however, more critical examination of a male of
364 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ti.,
T. incanescens in the Australian Museum, and comparison with
the type of T. muricatus, have led me to regard the latter as at
least worthy of varietal rank.
Talaurinus rugifer Boisduval.
Boisd., Voy. de 1' Astrolabe, ii., p.378; Macl., I.e., p.236; T.
excavatus Bohem., I.e., p 54; Macl., l.c , p.236.
(J. Elongate-elliptical, convex, robust, Black, in cavities
sparingly squamose; setae small, black.
Head large, convex, forehead concave. Rostrum deeply ex-
cavate; external ridges prominent, convergent slightly and con-
tinued on to forehead; internal ridges almost obsolete, repre-
sented by two elevations in the depth of the excavation. Scrobes
open behind, continued almost to eye; eyes large, ovate. Antennae
moderately long, club hardly pedunculate. Prothorax(7 X 8 mm.)
strongly rounded on sides, apical sinuosity feeble; disc feebly
depressed, granules minute, rather closely set; sides granulate.
Elytra (16-5 x 9 mm.) elongate, subparallel; base strongly arcuate,
apex rounded, humeral angles with a small nodule; disc with
three double rows of moderately large, rounded, foveiform punc-
tures, the intrastrial partitions not raised; interstices prominent,
costiform, sutural slightly raised on declivity and near base,
second very prominent, straight; third humeral; fourth lateral,
well denned, and ending on sides of declivity; costse with minute,
obsolete, setigerous granules; sides with rather larger punctures,
the interstices more granular. Beneath, with a brownish vitta;
intermediate segments long; fifth not excavate. Anterior femora
with a median tooth beneath, also rather closely granulate.
9. Differs from male in its more ovate shape; in the elytra more
produced and strongly mucronate; and in the absence of the
femoral tooth. Dimensions : (J.25 x 9; 9. 25 x 9 mm.
Hob. New South Wales : Sydney.
In ascribing the names T. rugifer and T. excavatus to the
present species, I am following Macleay's identification; in the
Macleay Collection, the male stands under T. rugifer, and the
female under T. excavatus. I believe these names to be correct;
of excavatus, Bohemann says : ' ' apice emarginata, non-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 365
procul a sutura acumine valido " ; and again : " supra convexa,
transversim rugosa, bifariam rude sed minus profunde striato-
punctata, interstitiis alternis elevatis, costatis, obsolete seriatim
granulatis . . . ."; in regard to T. rugifer, the description might
apply to this or the following form; in some ways, the descrip-
tion might even apply to T. scabricollis mihi ( = T. scaber Macl.),
but I do not know the male of that species, or whether it pos-
sesses the femoral spine distinctly mentioned by Boisduval.
Talaurinus simillimus Macleay.
Macleay, I.e., p. 237; Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., pill.
<J. Elongate, subparallel. Black, with sparse brown clothing
in depressions; median vitta moderately dense, greyish-yellow;
setae minute, black.
Head convex, forehead concave, rather closely setigero-punc-
tate, and with scattered yellow clothing. Rostrum deeply ex-
cavate, external ridges parallel, running back into head; internal
very small, almost obsolete; median area depressed. Scrobes
open behind. Eyes ovate Club moderately elongate. Pro-
thorax (6 X 7 mm.) not depressed, collar-constriction feeble, set
closely with very small, even, noncontiguous granules ; sides
granulate. Elytra (14 x 8 mm.) elongate, apex moderately pro-
duced, rounded; base subtruncate, humeri noduliform; with three
double rows of small fovese, the ridges between moderately raised,
adjacent fovese often communicating, interstices costiform, the
sutural raised on declivity, less prominent elsewhere, the lateral
interstices showing a tendency to resolve into component granules;
sides with deep, subquadrate foveas, interstices obsoletely granu-
late. Fifth segment without impressions. Anterior femora with
a small spine situated near middle. Dimensions : (£.21 x 8 mm.
Hab. - New South Wales : Merimbula Type in Macleay
Museum.
Close to the preceding, of which, perhaps, it ought to be
regarded only as a " form." It appears to differ chiefly in the
character of the elytral fovese, these being larger and more fovei-
form than in T. rugifer, the interstices also show no trace of that
fine granulation visible in T. rugifer. It is certainly not a
synonym of T. foveatus, as stated by Lea.
366 REVISION" OF THE AMYCTERIDES, H.,
Talaurinus foveatus Macl., loc. cit., p. 237.
9. Elongate-ovate, large. Black, sparingly cinereo-squamose
in cavities, setae black.
Head convex, forehead feebly concave at base of rostrum.
Rostrum short, thick, deeply excavate; external ridges prominent,
parallel, not continued along forehead; internal ridges low, well
defined, convergent and contiguous basally. Scrobes open pos-
teriorly, almost reaching eye. Eye large, ovate. Prothorax
(5-5x6-5 mm.) rounded but not dilate on sides, with a feeble,
apical, postocular sinuosity; disc convex, without impressions,
granules small, rounded (not minute as in T. rugifer); sides
granulate. Elytra (15x9 mm.) elongate-ovate, base subtruncate,
humeral angle with a small nodule; disc with three double rows
of fovese, fovese deep, irregular in shape, often confluent in the
lateral row, never in the median, separated by irregular but well
defined partitions; interstices prominent, costiform, somewhat
wavy in outline; sutural slightly raised posteriorly and thickened
at base; second and third (humeral) most prominent; fourth pro-
minent, subgranulate; sides rugose, irregularly foveo-striate, in-
terstices obsoletely granulate. Beneath, with a feeble yellow
vitta; intermediate segments long, fifth not excavate. Dimen-
sions : 9.23 x 9 mm.
Hob. — "N.E. Coast." Type in Macleay Museum; Sydney.
A male, which appears to belong to the above species, from
Sydney, is in my collection; it differs in the usual way in the
genus, and also it lacks the median tooth on the anterior femora.
T. foveatus, var. montanus, n.var.
These Proceedings, 1912, Pl.iii., fig. 17.
(J. Larger, relatively more elongate. Head and rostrum as in
type; prothorax (6-5 x 7 mm.) more elongate; elytra (16x9 mm.)
with somewhat different foveae, having more tendency to become
confluent laterally, the sides definitely and regularly foveate;
beneath, with a median vitta of black hair. Dimensions :
£.25x9; 9-26 x 10 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales : Blue Mountains, Mt. Irvine.
In some respects, this variety approaches T. lacmwsus, par-
ticularly in the regular foveation of the sides.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 367
Talaurinus lacunosus Macl., he. cit., p. 240.
(J. Size moderately large, elongate, not greatly widened pos-
teriorly. Black, in cavities with yellowish-grey squames; setae
black.
Head strongly convex, forehead feebly flattened at base of
rostrum, densely clothed and more sparsely setigero-punctate.
Rostrum deeply excavate; external ridges prominent, slightly
divergent; internal short but prominent at base, median area
depressed, lateral sulci deep, triangular. Scrobes open and
dilated posteriorly. Eyes ovate. Prothorax(5 x 6mm.) strongly
rounded on sides, apical sinuosity feeble; disc closely set with
small, discrete, rounded granules. Elytra (14x7 mm.) elongate,
apex strongly rounded, not mucronate, base subtruncate, humeri
with small out-turned nodules, disc with three double rows of
fovese, fovese deep, each confluent with one alongside in the same
row, partitions between pairs of fovese prominent, somewhat
irregular, but complete; interstices prominent, costate, somewhat
wavy in outline, and sparingly setigero-punctate ; sides with
regular rows of large fovese. Beneath, with a brown median
vitta; intermediate segments long, fifth feebly impressed. An-
terior femora without a ventral tooth. Dimensions: <J.21 x 7 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales : Manning River (type in Macleay
Museum; Port Macquarie (G. Masters).
A strongly foveate species, close to T. foveatus, but with large,
more open foveas; and with a more regular foveation on the sides
of the elytra.
Talaurinus scabricollis, n.sp.
T. scaber Macl., (worn, proeocc), I.e., p. 240.
9. Large, robust, elongate-ovate,, strongly convex. Black,
granules subnitid; depressions with muddy scales; setae sparse,
black.
Head convex, forehead feebly concave at base of rostrum,
rather densely setigero-punctate. Rostrum short, deeply excavate;
external ridges prominent, slightly divergent posteriorly; internal
short but prominent, convergent; median area depressed, lateral
sulci long, uniting with basal sulcus. Scrobes widely open pos-
368 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
teriorly. Eyes ovate. Prothorax (5*5 x 6 5 mm ) widest in front
of middle, base truncate, apex with open postocular sinuosity,
ocular lobes not prominent; disc rugosely granulate, granules
irregular, confluent, tending to be arranged radially from area in
centre, which is free from granules; towards and on sides the
granules more distinct. Elytra (16 x 10 mm.) ovate, base almost
truncate, shoulders thickened, noduliform; apex moderately pro-
duced, rather strongly mucronate, apical flange prominent; disc
with three double rows of foveae on each elytron, foveae deep but
irregular and confluent, the partitions prominent but incomplete,
and seldom extending from interstice to interstice; interstices
costiform, somewhat crenulate, first only costate at base, elsewhere
represented by contiguous granules, second and third costate
fourth split into granules by foveae; sides rugosely granulate.
Beneath, each segment with a feeble macule in centre; inter-
mediates long, fifth large, with a feeble depression at apex.
Dimensions : 9-23 x 10 mm.
Hab.~ Queensland^). Type in Macleay Museum.
The name T. scaber being preoccupied by T. scaber Boisd.,
{—T. aberrans Macl.), a new name is required for the present
species. The locality, Swan River, given by Macleay, I believe
to be quite wrong; there is a specimen in the Australian Museum
labelled "Victoria R., Mitchell's Expedition"; and the species
probably comes from South Queensland or Northern New South
Wales. The prothoracic sculpture should prevent this species
from being confused with its immediate congeners. There is just
a possibility that it may turn out to be T. rugifer Boisd.; unfor.
tunately I do not know the male, and cannot tell if the anterior
femora are armed or not.
Talaurinus fossulatus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, Pl.iii., fig 17.
<£. Large, elongate-ovate. Black, subnitid, esquamose, a few
greyish scales on under side of prothorax, median vitta black;
setae minute, black.
Head convex, feebly impressed in front, rather strongly
Rostrum strongly excavate, external ridges some-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 369
what divergent in basal half ; internal short, prominent, arising
from external ridges in middle, and strongly convergent; lateral
sulci triangular, foveiform, meeting behind internal ridges
median area strongly depressed. Scrobes somewhat open behind.
Eyes ovate. Prothorax (5x6 mm.) not greatly dilated on the
sides, apex with postocular sinuosity feeble, and feeble ocular
lobes; disc with median line and collar-impression faintly marked;
granules small, irregular, depressed, of abraded appearance, par-
ticularly near the centre, where the granules show a tendency to
coalesce. Elytra (13*5 x 7*5 mm.) subparallel, little dilated on
sides, apex widely rounded, base gently arcuate; humeral angles
dentiform, projecting laterally; disc with three rows of large
open foveae, separated by well defined though irregularly disposed
ridges, the fovea? becoming divided posteriorly and laterally by
low and incomplete partitions; interstices prominent, costiform,
crenulated in outline, sutural not so raised; sides with single rows
of large foveae, the interstices not raised. Intermediate segments
long, flattened; fifth feebly depressed under cover of median
vitta. Legs simple, femora not dentate Dimensions : £. 21 x
7*5 mm
Hob. — Queensland : Warra Type in Australian Museum.
Perhaps closest to T. scabricollis in the partial confluence of
the prothoracic tubercles, but not very unlike in general appear-
ance. From T.foveatus and T. lacunosus, the difference in pro-
thoracic sculpture should distinguish it.
Talaurinus niveo-vittatus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PL iii., fig. 14.
1. Elongate-ovate, convex, robust. Black, densely clothed with
white, forming longitudinal vittse, head trivittate, median vitta
bifurcate on rostrum; prothorax trivittate, each elytron with three,
broad, dense vittae; sides with white scales along striae; beneath,
with a median vitta of dark brown or black hair ; setas small, sparse.
Head convex, separately so from rostrum, with scattered setae.
Rostrum short, as wide at apex as head, deeply excavate, external
ridges subparallel, slightly out-turned at base; internal ridges well
defined but not prominent, separated throughout by a median sul-
370 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
cus; lateral sulci wide but shallow. Eyes large, ovate. Scrobes
deep, open posteriorly towards eyes. Prothorax (6x6 mm.)
elongate, somewhat feebly rounded on sides, base truncate, apex
feebly sinuate behind eyes, but without definite lobes; disc con-
vex, with three, deep, longitudinal furrows, between these not defi-
nitely granulate, but irregularly rugose ; sides coarsely granu.
late, not reaching to coxse. Elytra (15x8 mm.) gently
rounded, apex rather abruptly rounded, feebly mucronate ;
base feebly arcuate, humeral angles slightly thickened but not pro-
minent; each elytron with three broad striae on disc, each with a
double row of foveas, the ridges between running up on to costae;
interstices costate, somewhat wavy in outline, all equally promi-
nent ; sides with three rows of deep foveas. Undersurf ace flat, inter-
mediate segments long, fifth with a shallow mesial impression.
Legs simple, femora not dentate.
£. Like (J, but more ovate and robust ; prothorax (7x8
mm.) and elytra (19 x 11 mm.) as in (J, save that the elytra
are more rounded on sides; beneath, feebly convex, median vitta
much sparser, fifth segment with a short transverse impression at
apex. Dimensions : (J. 23 x 8 mm.; 9. 27 x 1 1 mm.
Hab. — South Queensland (T. G. Sloane), Mt. Tambourine,
Upper Logan ( Queensland Museum ; R. Illidge, R. J. Tillyard, A.
M. Lea).
A very distinct species, readily distinguished, except from T.
Carteri and T. crenulatus, by the broad longitudinal white vittae.
From T. Carteri, it differs in the smaller elytral foveas; from T.
crenulatus, inter alia multa, the great difference in size will pre-
vent any confusion.
The female described is probably abnormally large; others I
have seen are but little larger than the male.
Talaurinus Carteri, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PL iii., fig. 15.
(J. Large, oblongate. Black, elevations subnitid; densely clothed
with greyish scales in depressions, forming longitudinal vittae on
prothorax and elytra; below, with median vitta of black.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 371
Head large, convex, densely clothed. Rostrum moderately long,
excavate, especially deep at apex; external ridges slightly sinuate,
and out-turned at base; internal moderately prominent, convergent,
sulci rather deep, confluent across base. Scrobes open behind.
Prothorax (6 x 7 mm.) widest in front of middle, postocular
sinuosity feeble ; with three longitudinal impressions or spaces free
from granules ; the latter arranged in four groups on disc, irregu-
lar in size, and often confluent, but less so than in T. niveo-vittatus,
a large confluent mass situated across apex of median line; sides
granulate but not to coxae. Elytra (15 x 9 mm.) little widened,
apex strongly rounded, humeral angles thickened; each elytron with
three longitudinal striae, densely clothed and constituted of conflu-
ent foveae in double series; interstices strongly raised, costiform,
strongly undulate in outline, with lateral spurs running into striae,
often continuous across in the more lateral striae; interstices show-
ing a tendency to become split into nodules laterally and on
declivity. Sides rugosely and irregularly nodulose. Fifth ventral
segment rather deeply impressed at apex, the impression clothed
with black hair. Lgs simple, anterior femora without tooth be-
neath. Dimensions: (J. 23 x 9 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales; Inverell.
I am indebted to Mr. H.J.Carter for the opportunity of describ-
ing this species. It is closely allied to T. niveo-vittatus, but differs
in both its prothoracic and elytral sculpture, besides being a
broader, more robust species. The foveae on the elytra are rather
larger than in T. niveo-vittatus, and more definitely foveae, not
merely punctiform depressions along the sides of the striae.
Talaurinus impressicollis Macl., Ice. cit., p. 239.
T. hiscipennis Macl., ibid,, ^1866, p. 321.
<£. Elongate, subparallel. Block, opaque; in depressions with
muddy-grey clothing.
Head convex, forehead feebly concave, not sharply marked off
from rostrum, densely clothed. Rostrum deeply excavate through-
out, external ridges parallel; internal short, strongly convergent,
subdepressed. Scrobes open posteriorly, not subdivided. Eyes
372 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
large, ovate. Prothorax (6 x 6 -5 mm.) strongly rounded on sides,
apex with postocular sinuosity rather strongly marked; disc de-
pressed along median line, and with collar-constriction; finely,
almost minutely, granulate, the granules rounded, contiguous ; sides
granulate to coxae. Elytra (14 x 8 mm.) gently widened to
behind middle, apex moderately produced, rounded, base feebly
arcuate; each elytron with three, broad, double striae on disc, each
shallowly and closely cross-reticulate, with an indication of an
intermediate interstice in centre; interstices four in number, all
(including sutural) prominent, costiform, and extending from base
almost to apex; sides obsoletely strio-reticulate, interstices sub-
costate. Beneath, with a median vitta of dark brown hair; fifth
with a shallow depression at apex. Anterior femora with a sharp
spine near base.
(j). More widely ovate in shape ; prothorax (5 -5 x 6 5 mm.)
larger, not so dilatate ; elytra (14-5 x 8'5 mm.) more strongly
rounded, apex more produced, strongly mucronate and dehiscent,
structure on sides more obsolete; beneath, feebly convex, with a
feebler, more yellowish vitta; fifth segment with a longitudinal
depression at apex; femora not spined. Dimensions: <J. 21 x 8 ;
9. 22-5 x 8-5 mm.
Hab. — Victoria. Types, T. impressicollis in Macleay Museum;
T. hiscipennis in Australian Museum.
Though I have never seen specimens taken in cop., there is no
doubt that Macleay described the two sexes separately, T. impressi-
collis being the male, and T. hiscipennis the female.
The species seems to combine characters belonging to the first
two groups of the section Costati, the rostrum being similar to that
of T. rugifer, while the elytral sculpture is not deeply foveate, but
is like the sculpture in T. Kirbyi.
Talaurinus L/Evicollis Pascoe, loc. cit., p. 17, t.2, f.8.
Black, nitid, practically without clothing, save for a yellow
macule on each ventral segment.
Head depressed in front; rostrum excavate, external ridges
slightly convergent, continued on to head; internal long, conver-
gent; median area depressed throughout. Scrobes with a feeble
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 373
extension backwards and upwards. Eyes subrotundate. Pro-
thorax (4 x 5 mm.) rounded, disc convex, with a sinuous impres-
sion across in front of base, and a feebler one behind apex, abso-
lutely laevigate, with minute scattered punctures. Elytra(llx
6-5 mm.) ovate, apex moderately produced, mucronate; humeral
angles with a prominent out-turned nodule; foveate in double series
in two central stria?, in single in lateral stria; foveae large, open,
communicating irregularly, and separated by plications often in-
complete; as a rule, foveae situated side by side are not separated
off; second interstice most prominent, eostiform, and strongly
undulating in outline; sides with smaller and more regular foveae.
Beneath, fifth segment not excavate, but with a feeble oblong
impression at apex. Femora not spined.
Q. Similar, but rather more ovate, and convex beneath. Dimen-
sions : (J. 17 x 6-5; £.19 X 8 mm.
Hab. — Victoria.
Readily distinguished by its laevigate prothorax; its relationship
to the second group of the Section is indicated by the structure of
the rostrum and third elytral stria.
Talaurinus costipennis, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. ii., fig. 15.
£. Size small, elongate-ovate. Black, opaque; depressions with
a few dingy scales ; setae small, black.
Head convex, forehead very gently concave between ends of ros-
tral ridges. Rostrum short, deeply excavate; external ridges rather
strongly convergent, extending on to forehead, profile of head and
rostrum straight; internal ridges long, extending from near apex,
strongly convergent ; median area narrow, depressed ; lateral sulci
long, deep. Scrobes with a feeble prolongation in front of eye.
Eyes subrotundate. Prothorax (3-5 x 4*5 mm.) rather strongly
rounded, orbicular, apex truncate, with very feeble postocular
sinuosity ; disc closely and evenly set with fine, somewhat depressed,
granules: sides similarly granulate. Elytra ( 1 0 x 6'5 mm.) ovate,
apex moderately produced, and conjointly mucronate; base sub-
truncate; humeral angles not produced but marked by a slight
28
374 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, U.,
prominence; disc with double rows of regular, small, transverse
punctures, interstices between single rows not prominent, between
double rows interstices prominent, costate, nitid, with small decum-
bent setae; i.e., sutural interstice, second and third (humeral) raised
the striae between in double series, lateral interstice less prominent,
with a tendency to granulation, striae between humeral and lateral
interstices in single series. Sides puncto-striate in single series;
interstices feebly raised, setigerous. Under surface convex. Dimen-
sions : 15 x 6*5 mm.
Hab. — Victoria.
In general appearance like a small specimen of T. impress! colli s,
but with the lateral striae in single and not in double series. The
male, of which there is a specimen in the National Museum, Mel-
bourne, from Mooroolbark, differs in its less ovate shape, and in
having a feeble depression on the apical ventral segment.
Talaurinus ckenulatus, n.sp.
£ Small, elongate. Black, elevated parts subnitid; densely
clothed elsewhere with white, especially condensed along each side
of elytra; below each segment with dense yellowish scales, leaving
lower border free ; a thin median vitta of dark brown hair present ;
head bivittate.
Head convex, densely clothed, except along median line, sparing-
ly setigero-punctate. Rostrum not quite in same plane as head,
excavate ; external ridges somewhat closer than normal, convergent ;
internal well defined but not prominent, median area strongly de-
pressed, sulciform; sides ampliate. Scrobes widely open behind.
Eyes rotundate. Prothorax (35 x 4 mm.) subquadrate, sides not
greatly widened in middle, anterior margin truncate above, post-
ocular sinuosity feeble ; disc rugosely granulate, granules irregular,
confluent, arranged in groups on either side of median line, which
is strongly impressed, and at each side; sides without granules.
Elytra (9 x 5 5 mm.) gently widened on sides, apex moderately
produced, base arcuate, humeral angles prominent but not pro-
duced; each elytron with three double rows of punctures; the latter
open, foveiform, confluent, without intervening ridges; interstices
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 375
costiform, extremely undulate in outline, especially on third and
fourth interstices, the intervening stria being narrower, and the
interstices nodulif orni ; sutural interstice only slightly prominent at
base, second most prominent and straight at base. Sides puncto-
striate, interstices not raised. Beneath, almost flat, intermediates
long, fifth practically without impressions. Penis acutely pointed.
Femora simple. Dimensions : (J. 14 x 5-5 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales: Tenterfield. A single male received
from Mr. H. J. Carter.
In this and the two following species, the structure of the ros-
trum is like that in Group iv. ; and it is possible that these three
species should be referred to that group, as there appear to be
intermediate forms at present undescribed. The clothing of the
present species will readily distinguish it from the other two.
Talaurinus foveipennis, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. ii., fig.ll.
(J. Size moderate, form elongate-ovate. Black, subnitid, cloth-
ing practically absent, setae black.
Head feebly convex in front, median line smooth, with obscure
scales on either side of middle, and sparingly setigerous. Rostrum
short, deeply excavate ; external ridges convergent to base ; internal
short, rather more prominent at base than external; median area
widely and deeply depressed in front, becoming sulciform behind;
lateral basal sulci small, but marked. Scrobes open behind, second
fossa not very definitely separate. Eyes small, deeply set in orbit,
a narrow line extending from orbit to undersurface of neck. Pro-
thorax (4-5 x 5-5 mm.) with evenly rounded sides, apex subtrun-
cate above, with moderately marked ocular lobes; disc with some-
what ill-defined collar-impression, and broad, smooth, little im-
pressed, median line ; granules moderately large, depressed, with a
tendency to become confluent, set in two rows on either side of
middle, and grouped at each side, where the granules are more
separate and rounded. Sides not granulate except above. Elytra
(12x7-5 mm.) elongate-ovate, base deeply arcuate-emarginate ;
humeral angles strongly produced, tuberculif orm ; seriate-foveate
376 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
in double series, fovese moderately large, distinct; interfoveal
ridges and intermediate interstices, second, fourth and sixth, evi-
dent as part of a reticulum separating the foveae, but not greatly
raised, and non-granulate; interstices third, fifth and seventh
raised, costiform, undulate in outline, with a tendency to become
nodulose and obsoletely granulate. Sides more regularly foveate,
interstices not raised, leevigate. Beneath, flat, rather closely clothed
with small black setae. Apical segment very feebly impressed in
middle, but showing faint indications of a deeper semicircular
fossa and arrangement as in T. humeralis. Dimensions: £ 18 x
7-5 mm.
Hab. — Queensland (George Masters). Type in Macleay Museum.
Closest perhaps to T. crenulatus, but larger, without white cloth-
ing, with smaller, less open foveae, and more strongly advanced
shoulders. From T. mythitoides, the elytral sculpture and less con-
fluent prothoracic granules will separate it.
The humeral angles are as strongly produced as in T. humeralis
and allies.
Talaurinus mythitoides, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, Pl.iii., fig. 8.
(J. Elongate, elliptical-ovate, size moderate. Black, elevations
subnitid, feebly clothed with greyish in depressions ; beneath, with
median vitta of yellow, and a patch on the side of each segment;
setse few, scattered, black.
Head feebly convex in front, with a smooth, subcarinate, median
line, and more feebly subcarinate above eyes. Rostrum deeply ex-
cavate, external ridges convergent basally, not continued up fore-
head; internal definite, but less prominent; median area deeply
depressed in front, sulciform behind. Scrobes open behind,
secondary fossa not divided from scrobe. Eyes rotundate, deeply
set in orbit. Prothorax (3-5x4-5 mm.) obtusely subangulate on
sides, apex truncate above, ocular lobes feeble; median line
impressed, wider in centre, bounded on either side by a continuous
ridge, wider and nodulose in middle, a second large nodule near
each side, between these other elevations more or less confluent, and
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 377
leaving irregular spaces. Sides not granulate. Elytra (10 x 6*5
mm. ) evenly widened, base arcuate, humeral angles nodulif orm, not
greatly advanced; disc seriate-foveate, foveae definite and in double
series in inner striae, becoming less definite laterally, interstices
nodulose, second not traceable ; third with a series of large, trans-
verse, smooth nodules confluent on either side with ridges between
the foveas ; fourth, fifth, and sixth with smaller, separate nodules,
showing a tendency to coalesce laterally, but separated above and
below ; the whole sculpture confused, and differing on each elytron ;
sides more regularly striate, interstices smooth, not elevated. Be-
neath, without impressions. Legs simple. Dimensions : (J. 16 x
6-5 mm.
1 am a little dubious about the sex of the type, as I have not
ventured to relax the specimen, and there are no ventral impres-
sions to guide.
Another specimen differs rather considerably in the elytral sculp-
ture, having the second interstice more costiform and less nodulose,
and the lateral interstices both more continuous and more con-
nected laterally It probably is a different species, but until a large
number of specimens can be examined to determine the range of
variation, I do not think it wise to make a new species on every
form. The specimen described is from Mr. G. Masters' Collection
in the Macleay Museum, and was taken at Coonabarabran.
Talauhinus angustatus Macl., loc. cit., p.241.
(J. Narrow, elongate, subcylindrical. Black, practically without
clothing save for a few greyish scales in foveas; setae few, small,
and black.
Head convex, obsoletely rugosely setigero-granulate, with an
obsoletely impressed median groove. Rostrum short, little exca-
vate; external ridges slightly divergent posteriorly; internal much
broader, somewhat flattened, subparallel; lateral sulci long, deep
at base, elsewhere shallow ; median area feebly depressed, deepened
behind apical emargination and in median basal notch. Scrobes
strongly curved downwards towards eye. Eyes set low down, ovate.
Prothorax (5 x 5 mm.) widest behind apex; median and ocular
378 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
lobes, for the genus, strongly dveloped; closely set with coarsely,
somewhat depressed granules, with a small setigerous puncture in
centre of each; median area moderately free from granules; sides
granulate. Elytra(10 x 5 -5 mm.) elongate, little widened, strongly
convex from side to side, base feebly arcuate, humeral angles
marked but not pronouncedly produced; with three rows of double
foveas, the foveas large, adjacent ones confluent to form larger open
foveas, separated above and below by well defined divisions, irre-
gular in outline; interstices costiform, undulate in outline; sides
foveo-reticulate, foveae in single rows, separated by divisions
equally prominent with interstices. Intermediate segments long;
fifth with a rather deep quadrangular impression, the segment
coarsely punctured. Femora without ridges beneath.
(J). Larger, more elliptical in outline, elytral sculpture showing
a tendency to become granulated, most marked on sides where the
foveo-reticulate structure is lost; fifth ventral segment obsoletely
rugose, without impressions. Dimensions: ^.15x55; £.18x
6-5 mm.
Hab. — West Australia: King George's Sound. Specimens de-
scribed from the Macleay Museum.
An isolated species, which might perhaps be regarded as dis-
tinct generically. Pascoe, under T. capito, notes - "T. angustatus,
Macleay, jun., has a similarly marked rostrum." In T. capito,
however, the rostrum is widely dilated beyond the external ridges;
this is not at all the case in T. angustatus, in which the width across
the external ridges is almost equal to Jhe width of the rostrum.
The eyes are ovate, and placed rather low down, so that, if the
external ridges were continued back, they would pass considerably
above the eye.
Talaurinus capito Pascoe, loc. cit., p. 17, t.2, f.7.
(!) 9. Elongate, subparallel. Black, practically without clothing.
Head very large and broad (across eyes 4 mm.), continued on
into rostrum without interruption; forehead strigose behind inter-
nal rostral ridges, elsewhere sparingly setigero-punctate. Rostrum
very short and wide, not excavate, width across external ridges
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 379
narrower than head (2 nun.), ridges subparallel; internal promi-
nent, flattened, extending on to forehead farther than external;
median area reduced to a narrow impressed line between internal
ridges; sides widely dilated (4-5 mm. across apex of rostrum).
Scrobes deep, short, with a broad extension sloping backwards to
eye, and grooved along lower border; secondary lateral fossa
shallow, strigose. Eyes small, round. Prothorax (4*5 x 5-5
mm.) broader across apex than base, apical margin without sinu-
osity or lobes, disc evenly and closely granulate, also on sides,
granules somewhat depressed. Elytra (11*5 x 7 mm.) elongate-
ovate, apex moderately strongly rounded, base truncate, humeral
angles marked by a small nodule; disc with rows of small shallow
f oveae ; interstices not raised, granulate in double and single series,
the granules flattened, not prominent, intrastrial granules present
betwen the foveas; sides foveo-striate, interstices similarly granu-
late. Beneath, setigero-punctate. Dimensions : 18'5 x 7 mm.
Hob. — West Australia: Champion Bay.
Another isolated species, whose exact position is extremely
doubtful. It may be recognised by the extraordinarily large head
and rostrum, and by its regular elytral sculpture, consisting of
flattened granules. I have had, under observation, a specimen
referred by the British Museum authorities.
Talaurinus prypnoides, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PL ii., fig. 9.
(J. Small, narrow, elongate-ovate. Densely clothed all over with
brown scales, prothorax with a lighter vitta near each side, and a
median vitta feebly indicated at base ; anterior and middle femora
with rings of greyish scales near apex;. setae black.
Head little convex above, continued into rostrum in the same
plane, somewhat rugose at base of rostrum, densely clothed and
with scattered setae. Rostrum short, little excavate, width across
external ridges practically equal to width of rostrum; inter-
nal ridges long, little convergent; median area depressed, sulci-
form; lateral sulci moderately deep, narrow. Scrobes somewhat
open, extending almost to eye. Eye rather long, ovate. Antennae
380 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
long, scape rather strongly incrassate. Prothorax (2*5 x 3 mm.)
little widened on side, greatest width in front of middle, apex trun-
cate above, practically without sinuosity; median line faintly im-
pressed at base, irregularly impressed along lateral vittae ; granules
setigerous, little elevated, obscured by clothing. Elytra (6*T) x
4 mm.) gradually widened to behind middle, thence narrowed to
apex, which is rather strongly produced; base feebly arcuate,
almost subtruncate ; humeral angles nodulif orm, but not prominent ;
disc with small, regular foveae in rows, foveas separated by spaces
of equal width, and arranged alternately in contiguous rows ; inter-
stices hardly traceable as such, but the third and fifth slightly more
evident, not granulate but with numerous small setae; sides foveo-
striate, interstices feebly granulate. Beneath, flat, with a few
scales at sides, sparingly setigerous; intermediates long, fifth seg-
ment with a feeble longitudinal impression.
o. Of somewhat larger, more ovate form; rostrum with internal
ridges apparently shorter and more prominent; prothorax (2-75
x 3-5 mm.) widest in front of middle, relatively wider than in <J;
elytra (7*5 x 5 mm.) more ovate, base strongly arcuate, basal
angles produced forwards; beneath, convex, with a feeble impres-
sion at apex. Dimensions : (J. 10 x 4; 9. 12 x 5 mm.
Hab. — South Australia. Type in Macleay Museum.
In general appearance, rather resembling T. cavirostris Lea, but
with very different rostral sculpture. The species will not fit into
any of Macleay's Sections, though he would probably have placed
it among the Foveati. Above, the rostrum rather resembles that
of T. angustatus, but the eyes are very differently set, and the
scrobes are not curved.
Talaurinus Rayneri Macleay, loc. cit., p.221.
9. Large, robust, ovate. Black, densely clothed with yellowish
scales, prothorax trivittate, elytra feebly maculate, and with the
marginal vitta, white. Setae long, bright yellow.
Head convex, rather closely setigero-punctate, separated from
rostrum by a transverse sulcus. Rostrum little excavate, internal
ridges broad, flattened; lateral sulci feeble, median area narrow,
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 381
deeply sulciform. Scrobes deep, prolonged downwards. Eyes
subovate. Prothorax (6x7 mm.) evenly rounded on sides,
apical sinuosity feeble ; disc convex, densely covered with fine, flat-
tened granules, each bearing a long seta. Elytra (15 x 9 mm.)
evenly rounded, apex not greatly produced nor mucronate, base
subtruncate, humeral angles rounded; disc with longitudinal striae
feebly rugulate, not definitely punctate, each with single row of
setae down middle; interstices not much raised, with double or
triple rows of fine, somewhat obsolete granules, bearing long de-
cumbent setae; seventh marginal. Beneath, convex, fifth segment
with a punctiform depression at apex. Legs moderate in length.
Dimensions : Q.'2'l x 9 mm.
Hab — ( ? ) "West Coast of Australia." Type in Macleay Museum.
Evidently closely allied to T. ambiguus Macleay, and, like that
species, rather doubtfully referred by Macleay to Talaurinus. Un-
fortunately I have never seen a male, but have no doubt that it
will prove to be similar to T. ambiguus, which, whatever its posi-
tion, certainly does not belong to Psalidura.
The locality given by Macleay, is, I believe, erroneous, and it is
likely to prove to be a Queensland insect.
Talaurinus ambiguus Macleay, loc. cit., p. 225.
(J. Large, robust, convex. Black, densely clothed with brown
scales variegated with lighter brown and white, setae yellow.
Head clothed with yellow setae, trivittate with white, prothorax
trivittate, elytra with white along inner side of each costa, also
maculate more internally, sides albo-vittate; beneath, each seg-
ment with yellow hair, larger on each side of ventral excavation;
posterior tibiae with a brush of yellow hair along inner side.
Head strongly convex, densely setigero-punctate. Rostrum
short, little excavate, save in front; external ridges not pro-
minent, slightly convex in profile ; internal thick, more pro-
minent; lateral sulci shallow; median area linear, feebly depressed
throughout. Scrobes deep, widely open posteriorly. Eyes sub-
ovate. Prothorax (6x7 mm.) rotundate, apical margin feeblv
sinuous above, with rather a strong postocular sinuosity; disc
slightly depressed, and with a faint collar-impression; median
382 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
line present; evenly and closely set with small, rounded, de-
pressed granules, each bearing a long stout decumbent seta.
Elytra (13 x 8*5 mm.) elongate-ovate, apex abruptly rounded, base
subtruncate, humeral angles rounded. Disc with three broad
striae on each elytron, not foveate, but with a double row of
obsolete cross- reticulations separated in middle by an obsolete
intermediate interstice; interstices prominent, costate, each with
a row of decumbent setae along upper and inner aspect. Sides
striate, each stria with a row of granules; interstices broad,
setigero-granulate. Intermediates long; fifth segment large, with
a deep median excavation, bounded on either side by a projection
covered with long yellow hair; apical tergite likewise clothed.
Legs short, tibiae not longer than femora, thick; posterior tibiae
fringed on inner side. Dimensions : (J. 19 x 8-5 mm.
The above description is taken from a large unabraded male in
my own collection.
Type,£.(Macleay Museum). Size smaller; setae yellowish-red;
clothing abraded, more feebly maculate and absent beneath; pro-
thorax (5x6 mm.) with feebler impressions; elytra (12 x 8 mm.)
with interstices more noticeably granulate and less costiform;
seta smaller and situated nearer top of costa, intermediate inter-
stices obsolete, striae with cross-reticulations definitely granuli-
form. Dimensions : £.18 x 8 mm.
Hob. — Queensland : Darling Downs, Toowoomba
Notwithstanding the differences in size, I believe my speci-
mens to be correctly identified, another male measuring 16x6
mm. I have left the species in Talaurinus, but the structure of
the rostrum, prothorax, and legs would be quite sufficient to
justify forming this and T. Rayneri into a new genus.
Talaurinus ambiguus var. dubius Macleay, loc. cit., p.226.
Q. Of the size and with the appearance of T. ambiguus. Black,
practically without clothing; setae light yellow.
Head and prothorax (5 x 6*5 mm.) as in typical specimens.
Elytra (13 x 8 mm.) with intermediate interstices not obsolete,
but interruptedly setigero-granulate "in single series, fourth with
only a few granules; interstices, one, three, five, and seven, pro-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 383
minent, subcostiform. Legs as in typical specimens. Dimen-
sions : Q.19 x 8 mm. Type in Macleay Museum.
Very close to T. ambiguus, of which I regard it as a variety,
and not a constant one. Recently I have had, under examina-
tion, a series of specimens belonging to the Queensland Museum.
On comparing the two types, T. dubius is almost without trace
of clothing, and has distinct setigerous granules on the second,
fourth, and sixth. T. ambiguus has dense clothing, a feeble row
of setae along the position of the second interstice, and none
along fourth or sixth. These differences, I believe to be partly
the effect of abrasion, and partly due to variation. In the
Queensland Museum specimens, one can trace varying degrees of
difference in both these details; one specimen before me, greatly
abraded, has the second as prominent as the third and costiform,
while the fourth is not even setigerous. Males corresponding to
the type (9) of T. dubius have the anal excavation as in corres-
ponding males of T. ambiguus.
flab. — Queensland : Gowrie, King's Creek.
Lataurinus, n.g.
Type, Talaurinus rugiceps Macleay.
Head large, broad ; forehead flattened, continued on into
rostrum in same direction, strongly setigero-granulate. Rostrum
hardly excavate; internal ridges short, very prominent, obliquely
set, subtended behind by a V-shaped groove separating rostrum
from head; median area briefly carinate in centre. Scrobes wide,
arcuate. Eyes ovate, set fairly low down. Prothorax evenly
granulate. Elytra foveate.
The remarkable differences in the rostral structure and the
granulate head, seem to entitle this species to, at least, subgeneric
rank. It seems hardly possible to refer it, and one or two others
here separated, to the same genus as T. typicus ; but these
aberrant forms differ so widely, inter se, as to make it impossible
to refer them all to a common genus. The present genus seems
closest to Peritalaurinus, but, inter alia, differs in the less convex,
granulate head, and in the absence of the nodules at the base of
the rostrum. From Sclerorrhi?iella, the strongly developed
internal ridges, and differently set eyes, should be distinctive.
384 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
Lataurinus rugiceps Macleay.
Talaurinus rugiceps Macl., loc. cit., p. 242.
£. Large, elongate, subparallel. Black, subnitid, without
clothing; setae minute, black: undersurface and legs with longer,
denser, black setae.
Head broad, granules strong, somewhat rugose. Rostrum
very short, rather broader than long; external ridges divergent
posteriorly; internal strongly convergent, meeting; the rest as in
the generic description. Prothorax (6x7 mm.) very broad,
widest behind apex, thence narrowed towards base; apical margin
with ocular and median lobes feebly but definitely marked; set
with round, rather coarse granules, sides granulate. Elytra
(12x7 mm.) not wider than prothorax, subparallel, base little
arcuate, humeri subrectangular, not produced; disc with rows of
small foveiform punctures, the inner two rows merged into one
in anterior half, posteriorly separated by a row of granules, but
communicating across, third and fourth, and fifth and sixth
similarly communicating across interstices ; interstices, first
(basally), third and fifth prominent, subcostate, becoming granu-
late on declivity; second (where present), fourth, sixth, seventh
and lateral interstices with rounded, closely set granules. Pro-
sternum with a small projection on each side in front of coxae.
Beneath, densely setigero-punctate; intermediates long, fifth with
a feeble ill-defined impression. Anterior femora not ridged.
(J). Like male, but broader, especially the elytra ; humeral
angles projecting laterally; beneath, convex, prosternal projec-
tions obsolete. Dimensions : (£.21 x 7; £.14 x 8 mm.
Hab. — West Australia: King George's Sound. Specimens
described, in the Macleay Museum, presumably the types.
Not close to any species known to me, on account of its curious
rostrum. The antennae are comparatively short, the scape hardly
reaching the prothorax when lying back.
Peritalaurinus, n.g.
Large. Head short, very broad, strongly convex. Rostrum
separated from head by a transverse impression, short, wide,
little excavate, not dilatate on sides beyond the external ridges; a
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 385
bossy nodule present at base of external ridge, separated from
rest of ridge by a constriction; median area raised; internal
ridges noduliform. Scrobes strongly curved. Eyes ovate, com-
pressed from behind forwards. Prothorax granulate. Elytra
striate, interstices with flattened granules. The rest as in
Talaurinu8.
I have proposed this genus to receive the following species. It
might be regarded as an aberrant form of Talaurinus, but its
connection with the rest of the genus is so remote as to warrant
its separation. The structure of the rostrum is most remarkable,
particularly the projections at the base of the rostral ridges,
these being on the rostrum, and not at the side of the head as in
Notonoplies. The compressed flattened appearance of the eyes
is also characteristic.
Peritalaurinus macrocephalus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. ii., fig. 6.
9. Large, robust, oblongate, convex, strongly declivous pos-
teriorly. Black, subnitid; practically without scales, except 011
the appendages; setae minute, black.
Head large, very short, and extremely convex, sparsely setigero-
punctate, a few obsolete granules at base of rostrum. Rostrum
short and thick, much wider than long, hardly excavate; apical
marginal plate little emarginate, bordered behind by a deep
transverse sulcus; external ridges divergent posteriorly, broad,
rounded and convex in profile, dilated at base into a large nodule
separated from the rest of ridge by a constriction; apical sulcus
bordered posteriorly by a transverse ridge, continued back as a
slightly elevated median carina; internal ridges situated at base,
on either side of median area, large, noduliform, convergent.
Scrobes deep, strongly curved. Eyes oblong-ovate, compressed.
Mentum with a strong mesial tooth. Scape rather short but
passing eye. Prothorax (7*5 x 9 mm.) rotundate, convex, sides
rounded, apex very broad, with a feeble sinuosity on either side,
without definite lobes; base broad, truncate; disc without impres-
sions, closely and somewhat coarsely granulate. Sides granulate.
Elytra(17 x 10 mm.) ovate, sides rounded, apex slightly produced,
386 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
base almost truncate, humeral angles not produced; disc strongly
convex and declivous posteriorly, longitudinally striate, striae
narrow, not foveate; interstices slightly raised, each composed of
a row of low granules, closely placed in single series, granules
equal in elevation, but on lateral interstices becoming transverse
and in double series, the whole sculpture somewhat confused.
Sides granulate in double series. Undersurface convex; first and
second ventral segments transversely strigose, intermediates large,
sparingly setigero-punctate; fifth not excavate, a feeble transverse
impression present at apex. Dimensions : Q,2Q x 10 mm.
Hah. — West Australia : York (C. French).
An aberrant and remarkable species, which it seems hardly
possible to refer to Talaurinus. I have seen a male in a collec-
tion belonging to one of the European museums, and, except for
being more parallel-sided, it did not differ much from the female.
I have since seen a pair belonging to the South Australian
Museum, which came from Blackburn's Collection.
Ophthalamycterus, n.g.
Type, T. laticeps Macleay.
Head very broad, strongly granulate. Rostrum extremely
short, no longer than head, little excavate; widely ampliate on
sides, the width across external ridges less than width of rostrum.
Scrobes short, posterior end definite, with a groove leading from
inferior aspect towards eye. Eyes small, rounded, very pro-
minent, situated distant to ends of scrobes. The rest as in
Talaurinus.
I propose this new genus for a most curious species. In ap-
pearance, it seems a typical Talaurinus, but the structure of the
head and rostrum, and particularly the curious form of the eyes,
seem to warrant its separation from that genus. The eyes are
small, but extraordinarily prominent, and present the appearance
of the eyes in cases of exophthalmic goitre.
Ophthalamycterus laticeps Macl.
Talaurinus laticeps Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1866,
p.319.
$. Black, without clothing; elongate, robust.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 387
Head broad, 4*5 mm. wide across eyes; granules coarse, some-
what depressed, showing a tendency to radiate from centre of
suture between head and rostrum. Rostrum very short and
thick, apical concavity rather shallow; external ridges not raised,
2 mm. across, finely setigero-punctate; internal ridges short, most
evident at base, where they are separated by a feeble groove;
median area merging into internal ridges. Sc robes and eyes as
in the genus. Prothorax (5x6 mm.) strongly transverse, prac-
tically without postocular sinuosity, with a moderately defined
transverse impression behind apex; evenly set with rounded
granules; sides granulate. Elytra (12 x 7 mm.) little wider
than prothorax, strongly declivous, apex rounded, base feebly
arcuate, humeral angles with small nodules; disc with ill-defined
depressions accompanied by small granules; interstices tubercu-
late, sutural granulate, on the other interstices the tubercles
becoming larger and more conical posteriorly, smaller and granuli-
form on declivity ; sides with interstices regularly granulate.
Beneath, fifth ventral segment with a shallow transverse depres-
sion.
£. Elytra feebly maculate, not tuberculate, but interstices with
numerous, small, flattened granules in single series, duplicated in
places. Dimensions : (J. 19 x 7 mm.
Hob. —West Australia : King George's Sound.
A species with a remarkable head and rostrum, not close to
any other known to me. The great difference between the sexes,
in regard to elytral granulation, suggests the possibility of their
being two distinct species; but I have never seen a male with
fine granulation, nor a female with tubercles. The table below
gives a comparison of the elytral granules of four specimens (two
of each sex).
Interstice. Type $ . 6 • Nat. Mus.
4.
5. 6
6. 5
Melbourne.
L.
R.
3
2
11
9
6
7
5
5
rTe
?
9. Nat. Mus.
Melbourne.
10
13
20
{
numerous granules
duplicated at base.
5
6
15
15
10
12
388 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
DlCHEROTROPIS, n.g.
Type, Talaurinus Darnell Macl.
Allied to Talaurinus. Form narrow, subcylindrical in £,
elongate-ovate in Q. Head continuous with rostrum in the same
plane above. Rostrum deeply excavate, external ridges separated
from head by a distinct impression: basal end, as viewed from
the side, bifurcate, the upper limb running towards forehead, the
lower directed towards, but not reaching eye; median area deeply
depressed, with a narrow impressed line at bottom; internal
ridges absent. Eyes small, subrotundate. Prothorax subcylin-
drical. Elytra nodulose or foveate. The rest as in Talaurinus.
The bifurcation of the external ridges, together with their
peculiar subcylindric form, appears to warrant the generic separa-
tion of the two species from Talaurinus. I have placed in this
genus :—
Dicherotropis Dameli Macl.
Macleay, loc. cit., p.242 : T. cariosus Pasc, loc. cit., p. 16; Lea,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1911, p.75.
Dicherotropis cavirostkis Lea.
Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique, xvii., p. 83.
The two species, though evidently congeneric, show consider-
able difference in clothing and elytral sculpture. In D. Dameli,
the clothing is practically absent, and both prothorax and elytra
are strongly nodulose. In D. cavirostris Lea, the clothing is
rather dense, while the elytral sculpture consists of small, puncti-
form foveas, and is not nodulose.
As Mr. A. M. Lea has recently fully commented on both
species, no further descriptions are necessary here.
Sclerorrhinella, n.g.
Type, Amycterus Manglesi Bohemann.
Allied to Talaurinus and Sclerorrhinus. Head convex, con-
tinued on into rostrum much in the same plane, set with small,
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 389
rounded granules. Rostrum short, little excavate, a semilunar
sulcus behind apical emargination ; median area triangularly
raised, lsevigate, the angles of base produced to meet external
ridges at apex of rostrum, the apex of triangle extending to base
of rostrum; lateral sulci between median area and external ridges;
internal ridges represented by a small nodule on each side in base
of lateral sulci. Scrobes open posteriorly, but not reaching eye.
Eyes subrotundate. Elytra tuberculate. The rest as in
Talaurinus.
This genus will include S. Mangiest Bohem., S. geniculata
Pasc, and S. melanopsis Pasc, referred, in Masters' Catalogue,
to Talaurinus) and a new species, S. granuliceps.
Apart from its rostrum, the genus is in no way different from
Talaurinus; in the raised median area, it approaches to Scleror-
rhinus, but it is not carinate, as in that genus; while the presence
of internal ridges denotes its affinity to Talaurinus. In its
granulate head, T. laticeps is similar, but the rostrum is different.
Unfortunately I have not been able to dissect out the male
genitalia.
SCLERORRHINELLA MANGLESI Bohem.
Amycterus Mangiest Bohemann, Schonh., Gen. Cure, vii. (1),
p.61; Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S.Wales, i., 1865, p.244.
(J. Moderately large, ovate. Black, rather densely clothed with
greyish; head with median vitta widely bifurcate on rostrum, and
supraorbital vitta; prothorax trivittate, elytra maculate with grey
and brown, suture grey, sides more densely clothed ; median
ventral vitta black.
Head and rostrum as in the genus; internal ridges represented
by a stout, rounded granule in base of lateral sulcus on either
side. Prothorax(4 X 5 mm.) moderately dilatate, apical lobes feeble,
collar-constriction distinct; moderately closely set with small,
rounded, feebly flattened granules, smaller along median and
lateral vittse; sides granulate. Elytra (11x7 mm. ) rather strongly
rounded, apex widely rounded, base feebly arcuate, humeral
angles marked by a small nodule; disc somewhat transversely
29
390 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, ii.,
rugose, hardly foveate; with rows of tubercles, sutural with fine
granules and a few larger ones at base, second with ten separate
tubercles, the basal ones rounded, feebly depressed, the last four
conical; third with smaller, more numerous, rounded tubercles,
in double series in the middle, and about six small conical ones
more posteriorly; fourth with five rounded ones in middle, and
three conical ones at edge of declivity; fifth with a close row of
twenty-five, the basal ones rounded, becoming larger to declivity,
and then slightly smaller; sixth with fifteen small, but mostly
conical; sides with less elevated, rounded granules. Beneath,
subnitid, median vitta of dense hair extending from metasternum
to fifth segment; apical segment with a moderately deep impres-
sion in apical half. Legs simple.
£. More ovate, convex beneath, with silvery-grey, subsetose
scales in middle, and at each side of segments. Dimensions :
<J,17-5 x 7; 9,17 x 8 mm.
Hab. — West Australia : King George's Sound.
A long described, and not uncommon West Australian insect;
a comparison of my specimens with the original description, leaves
no doubt, in my mind, of the correctness of the identification.
The three species, known to me, of this genus, are all closely
allied, and may conveniently be tabulated —
l.(6)Species densely clothed, clothing variegate.
2.(5)Elytral tubercles separate on second interstice.
3.(4)Elytral tubercles in double series in middle of third interstice
5. Manglesi Boh em.
4.(3)Elytral tubercles in single series on third interstice
S. geniculata Pasc.
5. (2)Elytral tubercles closely placed, and giving second interstice a serrate
appearance S. qranuliceps, n.sp.
6.(l)Species esquamose, nitid. Size 6 lines *S. melanopsis Pasc.
SCLERORRHINELLA GENICULATA PaSCOC
Talaurinus geniculatus Pasc, I.e., p. 15.
9. Ovate, obese. Black, densely clothed with ochraceous
scales; prothorax trivittate; elytra maculate with white, brown,
* Known to me only from description.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 391
and ochraceous; legs with whitish, setose scales, apices of femora
black; setae minute, black.
Head set with small, rounded granules, forehead feebly con-
cave. Rostrum as in the genus, the external ridges rugosely
punctured, internal ridges obsolete. Prothorax (4-5 x 5*5 mm.)
rounded on sides, apical sinuosity feeble; disc convex, granules
small, rounded and dispersed; sides granulate. Elytra(llx8
mm.) strongly ampliate posteriorly, apex abruptly rounded,
strongly declivous ; base arcuate, humeral angles prominent,
noduliform; disc with six rows of granules becoming tuberculate
posteriorly, sutural with only a few at base, second and third
with about fourteen, the last five in each tuberculate; fourth
with eight or nine, not present on declivity, fifth and sixth with
about thirteen, the last six or seven conical. Beneath, convex,
with a few scales on ventral segments. Dimensions: 9,16 x 8mm.
Hab. — West Australia.
Seven specimens, sent out, for examination, from the British
Museum, one (described above) marked as compared with type.
Another specimen (g) has the tubercles smaller; and, beneath, a
median vitta with black hair, widening out into a shallow trian-
gular impression at the apex of fifth ventral segment.
SCLERHORRHINELLA GRANULICEPS, 11. Sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. ii., fig. 14.
<J. Elongate-elliptical. Black, rather densely clothed with
dark brown scales, head feebly trivittate, median vitta bifurcate
and more strongly marked on rostrum, prothorax and elytra
broadly trivittate with white; median ventral vitta black; setae
small, black.
Head and rostrum as in the genus; granules on head small,
rounded, somewhat depressed; external ridges convergent pos-
teriorly, setigero-punctate; internal ridges small, obscured, gran-
uliform. Prothorax (4x5 mm.) strongly rounded on sides, post-
ocular sinuosity feeble; closely and evenly set with small, rounded,
setigerous granules, not contiguous ; sides granulate. Elytra
(10 x 6 mm.) elongate-ovate, apex strongly rounded, base arcuate,
humeral angles noduliform; disc puncto-striate, punctures small,
392 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, li.,
inter veiling ridges not granulate ; interstices rather strongly-
raised, sutural with granules only, more evident at base; second
closely set with about twenty-five granules, rounded, feebly
flattened, basally becoming conical and tuberculiform posteriorly,
and extending half-way down declivity; third with basal granules
in double series to middle, thence as on second; fourth less pro-
minent, with smaller, more distant, granules in single series to
middle; fifth similar to third, but tubercles slightly smaller; sixth
with a single row similar to fifth; sides with rounded, somewhat
depressed granules. Below, with a narrow median vitta of black
hair extending anteriorly to metasternum, posteriorly widened
out on fifth segment, the latter with a shallow impression ob-
scured by the vitta. Legs simple.
9. Clothing lighter, with darker areas maculate with white,
and without granules on fourth interstice; beneath, convex, with-
out median vitta, subnitid, apical segment with a few white
scales, transversely compressed above apex. Dimensions : ^,15*5
x 6; Q, 17 x 6-5 mm.
Hab. — West Australia : Harvey Agricultural Area. Type in
Australian Museum.
Closely allied to S. Manglesi, but with the elytral interstices
more closely granulate or tuberculate, the tubercles being placed
so close as to give the interstices a serrate appearance. I hardly
think that this can be S. melanopsis Pasc; as, of that species,
the author states— "niger, nitidus, supra esquamosus . . . ", and
gives the length as 6 lines. I have seen abraded specimens of
both this species and S. geniculate but none so small as 6 lines.
There is a species, in Mr. Lea's Collection, bearing a label in
Arrow's handwriting, " Tal. Manglesi (of your collection) is T.
melanopsis Pasc." The specimens are females of the species I
regard as being almost certainly S. Manglesi Bohem. If this,
synonymy is correct, T. melanopsis must have been founded on
a small abraded example.
The following description was inadvertently omitted from its
proper place (p.347) : —
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 393
Talaurinus tumulosus, n.sp.
These Proceedings, 1912, PI. iii., fig.5.
9. Size moderate, ovate. Black; with muddy-grey scales on
elytral and prothoracic depressions, and along head and rostrum,
forming two longitudinal stripes.
Head, as viewed from side, flat above, sloping on to rostrum
without interruption; when viewed from in front, the external
rostral ridges are seen to extend back to vertex, slightly con-
verging ; forehead concave between ridges, mesial line bare.
Rostrum rather feebly excavate, external ridges prominent,
median area triangular, elongate, the sides feebly raised to form
the internal ridges, a small feeble fovea present at base, sub-
lateral sulci long, shallow, continued on to forehead. Scrobes
deep, rather short, with a shallow prolongation upwards and
backwards in front of eye. Eyes small, round. Prothorax
(3*5x5 mm.) transverse, apex feebly sinuate, no definite lobes
present; disc irregularly rugose, a transverse impression in front
of middle, in front of which are two small plicated elevations,
and two larger ones behind, one on each side of middle line, a
similar elevation at each side in the middle, posteriorly to these
elevations a number of smaller granules are present; sides with-
out granules. Elytra (11x7 mm.) evenly rounded, apex with a
fine, rather long, mucro; base widely arcuate, humeri marked by
a prominent granule. Disc with five rows of punctures, shallow,
almost obsolete; interstices for the most part not prominent, but
with large elongate nodules or tubercles, first with a single
nodule at base, second with two larger ones in middle and two
or three smaller conical ones 011 declivity, third with four large
ones extending to base but not on declivity, the last one conical,
fourth without tubercles, fifth with one or two near middle and
two near humeral angle, the basal one large and prominent, sixth
with five conical tubercles. Sides obsoletely granulate. Beneath,
convex, intermediate segments long, fifth without impressions.
Dimensions: 2,17 x 7 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales: Inverell (J. Stephen, per H. J.
Carter).
30
394 REVISION OF THE AMYCTBRIDES, ii.
In the prothoracic sculpture, this species shows an approach to
T. catenulatus, but the elytral sculpture is closer to that of T-
bucephalus. As the external rostral ridges are continuous along
head, I prefer to regard this species as belonging to the typicus-
group, though the internal ridges are not prominent. Probably
the discovery of a male would decide its true position; but the
species is so distinct, that I have not hesitated to describe it on
a single female.
395
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
July 30th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
Mr. C. H. Burton Bradley, M.B., Ch.M., D.P.H., University
of Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The President formally announced the decease of a Member,
Mr. E. Betche, since the last Meeting. Mr. Betche joined the
Society in 1887; for many years was Senior Botanical Assistant
at the Sydney Botanic Gardens, and was an experienced and
very capable taxonomic botanist.
Mr. Maiden bore testimony to Mr. Betche's worth, and said
that, in spite of delicate health, his late colleague had accom-
plished much strenuous and valuable work.
Attention was called to communications from : (1) The Royal
Society of South Australia, giving particulars of the Society's
offer of monetary grants in aid of scientific research: and (2) Dr.
A. R. Crook, Springfield, 111., U.S.A., representing a committee
appointed by the Illinois State Academy to consider the question
of calendar-reform, submitting proposals for reforming the calen-
dar, and inviting expressions of opinion thereon.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (25th June, 1913), amounting to 18 Vols., 92
Parts or Nos., 22 Bulletins, 2 Reports, and 5 Pamphlets, received
from 64 Societies, <fcc, were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS
Dr. Kesteven asked to be allowed to rectify an omission in
his paper " On a new Endoparasitic Copepod [Ubius hill%\ " in
Part 4 of the Society's Proceedings for 1912, recently issued. It
396 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
should have been stated that the type-specimens had been pre-
sented to the Australian Museum.
Mr. A. R. McCulloch showed some drawings of fishes made
upon specially prepared paper, the use of which reduced the time
and labour otherwise necessary to produce similar results.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton showed specimens, from the National
Herbarium, of Mesembryanthemum edule Linn., " Hottentot
Figs," a South African plant which (so far- as he knew) had not
not been recorded for New South Wales. The plant is growing
on Lady Robinson's Beach, associated with the indigenous M.
cequilaterale Haw. It is easily distinguished from the latter by
the larger leaves and fruits, and by having both yellow and
purple flowers on the same plant. It is recorded from Victoria
in E wart's "Weeds, Poison-Plants, and Naturalized Aliens"(p.82).
— Also a series of leaves taken from plants of Seuecio laulus
Forst., growing at Lady Robinson's Beach, showing variation
from entire to pinnatisect, from h an inch to G inches long, and
from under 1 line to nearly 1 inch broad. This particular form,
of a widely distributed and variable species, seems to have selected
the coastal sand-dunes as a habitat, no plants being seen more
than a few hundred yards inland. It was noted that the leaves
became more succulent as the plants approached the beach.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of an interesting lichen,
Parmeliopsis semiviridis (Nyl.) A. Zahlb., collected by Mr. D.
G. Stead, at the junction of McKeown's Creek and Duckmaloi
River. It was originally collected on rocks (Table Mt.) in Tas-
mania, by Robert Brown, (No. 525b), and recorded b}^ Crombie
[Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xvii., 1880, 397] under the name Chon-
dropsis semiviridis (F. Mull.), Nyl. See also Vict. Nat. iv., 95.
Baron F. von Mueller afterwards collected specimens on the
Murray River, and named them Parmelia semiviridis. This latter
name is recorded by Nylander in his " Enumeration generale des
Lichens, et leur distribution geogr. ' Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-
Arg., Lich. Beitr., No.242 (1881); F.v.M., Fragm. xi. (Suppl.)
I 883, p. 116; Tepper, Proc. Roy. Soc. S.Austr., ix.,also belong to the
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 397
above species. The plants have the peculiar character of inrolling
during dry weather, and unfolding in damp or rainy periods; and
specimens from Bell trees, Scone, collected by Mr. H. L. White,
in August, 1906, were exhibited at a meeting of this Society in
1909 [These Proceedings, 1909, 591]. In addition to the above,
specimens have been received from Old Man Point, Canoblas
(T. H. Johnstone; April, 1908). A variety of the species has
been found and recorded from Spencer's Gulf, and Mount Eba
(Giles, No.107); and Fraser's Range, S.A.(R. Helms, Nos.43, 73);
and from Mueller River, Queensland (C. W. Birch), under the
name Parmelia semiviridis var. major Miill.-Arg., (Lich. Beitr.
No.579, and " Hedwigia," 1892, 193; see also Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensland, vi., 1889, 115; and Shirley's Lichen-Flora of Queens-
land, p. 187, for the Queensland record). There is a specimen
in the National Herbarium, from Biddenham Agathella, Queens-
land, collected by Miss H. Martin, which is only a slightly
broader form, and clearly belongs to the variety. The specimens
very closely resemble some forms of Cladonia foliacea Schaer.,
especially var. convoluta Wain.; and it is interesting to note
that Nylander (I.e.) created a Section Cladonioides, of the genus
Parmelia, for the inclusion of this very interesting species. It is
quite possible that Cladonia degenerans f. errdtica Lindsay,
[Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xxv., 533, 1866] found at Woodburn,
Saddle-Hill, New Zealand, may belong to this species, as it is
said to become curled up into ball-like masses, which are detached
in course of time from the ground, and which then roll freely
before the wind on the downs about the seaward base of Saddle-
Hill.— Mr. Cheel also contributed the following Note on Red
Clover Rust: At the Agricultural Show held in Sydney, in 1909,
I obtained a few seeds of the Perennial Red Clover, and sowed
the seeds in my garden at Penshurst. The seeds germinated,
grew into fine healthy plants, and flowered; and some of the seed
was set, as several self-sown plants came up in the vicinity of the
parent-plants. All the self-sown plants were allowed to grow,
and they were healthy, showing no sign of disease. One of the
self-sown plants was transplanted into some very poor virgin soil
at Hill Top, in September, 1912, and in December of the same
398 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
year I noticed that the plant was very badly " rusted " with
Uromyces trifolii, specimens of which were exhibited at the Meet-
ing of this Society in May, 1913. With a view of trying to infect
plants of "White or Dutch Clover " (7r. repens), I lifted the
plant of " Perennial Red Clover " (7'. pratense-perenne) which was
in very poor condition, and every leaflet more or less " rusted.''
and put it into a flower-pot with some rich compost, and placed
it in one of the hot-houses in the Botanic Gardens. The result
was that the plant had now produced several apparently healthy
shoots and leaflets, with no signs of "rust " on any part of the
new growth. — On behalf of Dr. J. B. Cleland, the two following
interesting species of Phalloidece were shown : Clathrus pusillus
Berk.,(Milson Island, Hawkesbury River; July, 1912) [for pre-
vious records, see These Proceedings, 1907, 839; and Cheel, in
The Directors' Annual Report of the Botanic Gardens, Sydne}^
(1909) 1910, p.ll]; and Lysurus australiensis Cke. &, Mass.,
(Milson Island; July, 1912). In the National Herbarium, there
is also a fine series of specimens from Campsie, collected by J.
Nichol in April, 1912, with six and seven lobes instead of the
usual five; and also specimens from Woolwich, collected by Mr.
F. Smith, in June, 1908, with two of the lobes united at the
apex: and from Botanic Gardens, Sydney (W. F. Blakely, and
W. Challis).
Mr. H. J. Carter showed a representative series of specimens
of the genus Notonomus^ in illustration of Mr. Sloane's paper,
distance preventing the exhibition of the author's collection.
Mr. North, with the sanction of the Curator of the Australian
Museum, sent for exhibition, skins of an adult male and female
Black-banded Fruit-Pigeon (Leucotreron alligator Collet). These
specimens were collected respectively on 23rd and 24th June,
1912, at Owenpilly, East Alligator River, Northern Territory, by
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, of the University of Melbourne,
and Director of the National Museum.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and contributed
notes on : — (1) Andropogon ischamium Linn., from near Kempsey,
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 399
N.S.W. This West Australian, European, and Asiatic grass
appears to have established itself on the east coast, but there is
no information to hand as to its value locally as stock-feed. In
West Australia, pastoralists regard it as a valuable forage-grass.
(2) Isachne australis R.Br. This species was collected on the
Island of Singapore, and was brought by Mr. Neville for accu-
rate determination. Although it is indigenous to Australia,
Bentham(Flora Austr. vii., p. 625) says it occurs "also in Tropical
Asia from Ceylon and the Peninsula to the Malayan Archipelago
and South China." Isachne australis is figured and described in
Turner's "Australian Grasses "(Vol. i., p. 31) (3) Panicum pli-
catum Lam., from near the Tweed Heads, N.S.W. This orna-
mental grass is indigenous to the Antilles, West Indies, but has
long been growing in some Australian gardens. The specimens
shown were evidently escapees from cultivation. There is a very
beautifully variegated form of this species grown under the name
of P. plicatum var. niveo-vittatum.
Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited, on behalf of the Department of
Mines, a photograph of a slab of shale from the South Bulli
Colliery, showing very clear Reptilian footprints. The shale
forms the roof of the Upper or Bulli Seam. The footprints are
practically identical with those described from the Upper Coal-
Measures and Permian of the South of England, and Germany,
as Ichnium gampsodactylum. The specimens were collected by
Mr. A. E. O. Sellors, Superintendent of the mine. Many more
are to be seen in the roof of the drive.
On behalf of Mrs. Masters, the Secretary asked the Society's
acceptance of an enlarged photographic portrait, an excellent
likeness,. of the late Mr. George Masters, for many years Curator
of the Macleay Museum, and an Original Member of the Society.
The President gave expression to the pleasure which this addi-
tion to the Society's series of portraits of pioneers in science and
old Members of the Society, afforded; and the Secretary was
asked to convey to Mrs. Masters an appreciation of her kindness,
and best thanks.
400 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
The discussion on "The Study of Zoogeographical Distribution
by means of Specific Contours," introduced by Mr. Tillyard at
the Meeting in May, was resumed. After Dr. E. W. Ferguson,
and Messrs. Waterhouse, G. P. Darnell Smith, E. Mackinnon
J. H. Maiden, Dr. Kesteven, and R. T. Baker had spoken, further
discussion was adjourned to next Meeting.
[Printed off, 31st October, 1913.]
PL.S.N.S.W. 1913.
1.
R.J.T.del.
New Forms of Australian Odonata.
P.LS.N.S.W. 191S
A.H.SEARLE, DEL.
Australian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
,•' *
^>
29
32
30
44
urn
42
41
40
53
38
\
36
37
y
50
I 1
f
a.h.searlc, del.
Australian Mollusca.
.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
PL. XVIII.
.4
I
i»
62
1
^iab
s>
. *'4tJKk
3
J^ML
a*
63 ^|^^
67
^ffiftffftUVXV
70
68
69
66
A.H.SEARLC, DEL.
Australian Mollusca.
PL S.N. S.W. 1913.
A
76
7+
A.H.5EARLE, DEL.
Australian Mollusca .
401 *A.*Jfc
•
V*>
DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF
CICINDELA FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
By Thomas G. Sloane.
ClCINDELA BROWNI, Tl.Sp
(J. Elongate-oval Prothorax (including pronotum), meso-
sternum, lateral parts of metasternum, posterior coxa?, and abdo-
men beset with white hairs; a few white hairs near outer basal
angle of cupreous area of elytra, and on sides of head beneath
eyes; front with two white setules near margin of eye above
insertion of antennae; four basal joints of antennae with white
hair, upper side of basal joint densely clothed with white hair.
Cupreous; elytra lacteous, with a cupreous discal area as in G.
scetigera Horn. Labrum white, with four widely placed sub-
marginal setae; anterior margin arcuate, notched in middle, a
small sharp tooth on each side of median notch just outside
position of inner submarginal seta. Legs more elongate and
slenderer than in C. ypsilon Dej.; three basal joints of anterior
tarsi much less dilatate.
Q. Differs from male by larger size, elytra proportionately
wider, labrum tridentate.
Length, 1L5-14; breadth, 4-52 mm.
Hab. — Western Australia: Lake Austin, near Cue (H. W.
Brown).
I have dedicated this pretty species to Mr. H. W. Brown, an
enthusiastic coleopterist, who found it on the margin of Lake
Austin on 5th and 11th April. Mr. Brown notes that its flight
is much slower than that of the coastal species. It is allied to
C. scetigera (with which I have been unable to compare it), but
differs by front and clypeus naked, except for the two or three
white setules above the insertion of the antennae; the pattern of
the elytra is similar to that of C. scetigera, but the spatulate
process, which extends backwards on each elytron from the basal
31
402 TWO NEW SPECIES OF CIC1NDELA,
cupreous area, is narrower anteriorly, and more inflated pos-
teriorly; the elytra are singly rounded at apex, with a small
spinule at suture in female, which is obsolete in male. From C.
ignicollis Bates, it evidently differs by the pattern of the elytra,
and by the want of a "dense patch of white laid hairs" on "fore-
head and base of labrum."
ClCINDELA LINEIFERA, n Sp.
Q. Elongate-oval. Glabrous, legs (including four anterior coxae)
beset with white hairs. Head, prothorax, and undersurface
viridiaeneous; abdomen with apical segment testaceous; labrum
and base of mandibles lacteous, apex of mandibles and apical
joint of maxillae atro-viridescent; elytra lacteous, suture and two
longitudinal stripes on each elytron aeneous, the inner stripe
uniting with the sutural stripe near scutellum, and with the
outer stripe at apex.
Head 2*9 mm. across eyes, shagreened. Labrum bearing four
widely placed submarginal setae; anterior margin lightly arcuate,
lightly emarginate in middle, a very small subdentate prominence
on each side of median emargination. Prothorax transverse
(1*75 x 2*5 mm), roundly ampliate on sides at anterior third:
pronotum roughly shagreened; apex arcuate; base lightly emar-
ginate truncate; disc depressed, transversely impressed before
and behind; posterior transverse impression limited on each side
by the antebasal nodules; these nodules rounded externally, not
raised or prominent, obliquely narrowed to base. Elytra oval
(6-5x3 8mm.); each elytron at apex separately, roundly pro-
duced beyond end of suture; a very short mucro at end of suture.
Length, 11; breadth, 3-8 mm.
Hab. — Western Australia (found by Mr. DuBoulay, 100 miles
north of Kalgoorlie). Type in National Museum, Melbourne.
This species belongs to the C. tetragramma-group, and is char-
acterised by the rounded sides of the prothorax, which has the
lateral basal nodules rounded externally and not prominent. It
is closely allied to C tetragramma Chaud., which it resembles in
the pattern of the elytra, but it differs from that species by colour
(head, prothorax, and femora not cupreous) ; larger size ; pro-
BY T. G. SLOANE. 403
thorax with sides roundly ampliate before middle, narrowed to
base; lateral basal nodules far less developed. I am only able
to compare the female of C. lineifera with the male of C. tetra-
gramma. Comparing C. lineifera with Mr. Lea's figures of C .
albolineata Macl., and C. trivittata Macl., (These Proceedings,
1896, PL xxx.) the pattern of the elytra is different; the pro-
thorax is far more rounded on the sides, and has the lateral basal
nodules much less developed.
404
REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABID^.
Part. iv. The Genus Notonomus.
By Thomas G. Sloane.
In These Proceedings for 1902 (Vol. xxvii., Part 2), T published
"A Revision of the Genus Notonomus" At that time the number
of species recognised in the genus was seventy-two, and, now,
after making due allowances for species added since 1902, and
alterations in nomenclature through some species being reduced
to the rank of varieties, and others becoming synonyms, the full
number will be seventy-four. To these, fifteen new species are
added in the present paper, making eighty-nine in all; no doubt
there are a considerable number of species still to be discovered.
The Table of species given by me in 1902 was constructed on
artificial lines; in the present paper, I have tried to arrive at a
better method of classification by the use of Species-groups. It
is evident that the system of groups now adopted still leaves
much to be desired, some species being attached to groups to
which they have but doubtful affinities. This unsatisfactory
result has been caused firstly, by my desire to make few groups;
and, secondly, by the extremely intricate manner in which the
characters, on which the groups are founded, are diffused gener-
ally throughout the genus, owing, no doubt, to their being derived
from numerous ancient stems, probably along many lines of
descent, so that the relationships of the present-day species pre-
sent a bewildering labyrinth for the taxonomist to puzzle over.
The following characters are useful in attempting to disentangle
the relationships of the present-day species.
Sides of prothorax, sinuate or not before base; this is not a
character of high taxonomic value, but in the sphodroides-group
it has some importance.
Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax — Whether the pos-
ition of this setiferous pore is actually on the lateral border, or
BY T. G. SLOANE. 405
not, is a very important character. It does not vary in position
to the extent of being on the border in the great natural eques-
and opacicollis-groups; nor to the extent of being off the border
in the kinyi-, lateralis-, and lesueuri-gvoups. The violaceous- and
sphodi'oides-growps, as here constituted, can only be differentiated
in every case by this feature; and, though no doubt it cannot be
affirmed that the difference in the position of this pore is of great
importance between such species as N. opulentus and N. besti,
still, this seems a case where, there being a difference, it must be
used, on account of the great help it gives in arranging these
species.
Striation of elytra. — A character of doubtful taxonomic value,
though, outside the chalybeus-group, only JVr. tenuistriatus and N.
apicalis have the disc faintly striate; in both these species, the
eighth interstice, at least, becomes convex near apex, which it
does not in the chat ybeus-gr oup. iV. sphodroides is the only
species, not belonging to the chalybeus-gvoup, in which all the
interstices, including the eighth, are depressed at apex.
Width of eighth interstice. — Though the relative width of the
eighth and ninth interstices of the elytra does not vary in any
species, it is not a feature of group-value.
Tenth interstice.— The, presence of a tenth interstice on the
sides of the elytra, near the apical sinuosity, is an ancient char-
acter; it seems to have originated outside the ninth interstice,
and not to be derived from the ninth interstice. It is found
also in other genera besides Notonomus. It varies greatly in
length and development in Notonomus, and has probably pro-
gressed towards greater expansion in some species (e.g., N. kingi),
while in others it has retrograded till it has become almost or
quite obsolete (e.g., J\T. muelleri and JV. angustibasis) .
Based border of elytra. —In my Table of 1902, too much import-
ance was attached to whether the humeral angle of the elytra
was dentate or not, for, although the form of the basal border at
its point of junction with the lateral border hardly varies at all
in any species (unless sometimes slightly in a variety), yet it is
impossible to define two different forms of the border at the
humeral angle, as I attempted to do in 1902; there is every
406 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, iv.,
degree of difference between the uninterrupted form of junction
as in N. rainbowi, and the strongly dentate form as in N. eques.
Setiferous pores of elytral interstices. — I look upon it as an
ancient character to have the third, fifth, and seventh interstices
bearing setiferous pores. These occur in the genus Ceratoferonia,
and, on the third and fifth interstices, in some of our species of
Trichosternus ; many Trigonomides of New Zealand have the
seventh interstice punctate. The pluripunctate form of the third
interstice is probably older than the bipunctate form. There is
undoubtedly a tendency, throughout the genus Notonomus, for
the number of setiferous pores on the third interstice to be
reduced to two, but it cannot be said that the presence of only
two punctures necessarily implies relationship between all
bipunctate species; though, that there is some taxonomic import-
ance attached to the presence of only two punctures, is impressed
on the mind by the fact, that all the species of the opacicollis-
group and the typical forms of the kingi-growp are bipunctate;
nevertheless, some other characters must be sought for before
any near affinity can be recognised between species with the
third interstice bipunctate. It may be suggested, as a theory,
that the two setiferous pores of the third interstice, which are
now the only ones found in so many species, must have been of
more economic importance to the species of Notonomus than the
other pores, such as are now found in N. pluripunctatus and many
other species; and, therefore, have invariably persisted, while
the other pores, being less important, have been lost, so that
no species of Notonomus has the third interstice of the elytra
with less than two punctures, and these similarly placed. Such
an hypothesis will account for species, that are not nearly related,
having the number of setiferous pores reduced to two, and will
also enable it to be understood why a considerable taxonomic
value may be attributed to this apparently trivial character in
some groups of the genus.
Prosternum. — A complete border along the anterior margin of
the prosternum is found only in N. mediosulcatus; sometimes this
feature is fairly well developed in N. macoyi, but it is not con-
stant in that species. Having attributed too much importance
BY T. G. SLOANE. 407
to this character in 1902, 1 was led to describe as a species, under
the name of N. howitti, what was merely a specimen of JV. macoyi.
— Intercoxal declivity : though this is a very important character
in Notonomus, the shape being constant in every species, it loses
its value in the eques- and kingi-gvoups; and I can see that too
high a value was given to the difference between the rounded
and flat forms of the intercoxal declivity of the prosternum in my
Table of species in 1902.
Tarsi. — The upper surface longitudinally striate occurs only
in the cupricolor- and eques-groups; it is evidently a character of
high taxonomic importance. The comparative length of the first
joint of the posterior tarsi is a character of importance. The first
joint of the four posterior tarsi is furnished, on the outer side,
with a longitudinal costa. (This costa is feebly developed in the
chalybeus-group, and is obsolete in the mediosulcatus-group). The
external costa of the four posterior tarsi may be spinulose beneath,
or not. These spinules may be called the upper spinules of the
outer side* I look upon the presence of these upper spinules as
an ancient character. When found on the hind tarsi, they are
always present on the middle tarsi; in some species (e.g., N.
violaceus) they are present, or not, on the hind tarsi, but, in such
cases, are always found on the middle tarsi. These upper spinules
are a great aid in helping to determine the affinities of many
species. — Onychium : it is evidently the primitive form for the
fifth joint of the tarsi to be setulose beneath: these setules
(though usually absent in the species of Notonomus) have per-
sisted in species not at all nearly related.
iSetiferous pores of apex of abdomen. — Usually there are, in the
male two, in the female four setiferous punctures at the apex of
the abdomen; but throughout the eques-gvoup, and in J\r. parallelo-
morphus, there are six in the female; the outer seta on each
side is placed as is usual in the genus, the two inner ones near
* I have noticed in the genus Eudromus, from Madagascar, which is
evidently an ancient form in the tribe Trigonotomini, that there are two,
distinct, continuous rows of spinules on the outer side of the first joint of
the hind tarsi. There is no costa, but the upper row of spinules is simi-
larly placed to the upper spinules in Notonomus.
408 rkvisional notes on Australian carabid^e, iv.,
together. In the opacicollis-group, there are four setiferous pores
in the female, but the two on each side are nearer together than
usual (the outer one not so far out). The constancy of this
apparently trifling character throughout the important eques- and
opacicollis-groups, indicates considerable taxonomic importance
for these seta? of the female.
Colon?'. — It may be assumed that black or brown is the
primitive colour of the Carabidse, as it is of the Cicindelid?e; but,
although there are now many black species of Notonomus, it does
not, on that account, seem necessary to suppose that colour had
not begun to manifest itself in the division of the tribe Trigono-
tomini, from which Notonomus is derived, before the first
Notonomus appeared. The evidence, as far as I can weigh it,
suggests the belief, that the stem from which Notonomus is
descended, probably had the upper surface at least partially
virescent ; and that some forms may have reverted to the
primitive carabideous blackness, while others became more and
more metallic. If this be so, colour will not be of much use in
helping us to determine which of the present-day species most
nearly represents the ancient type of the genus.
Groups. — The differences between the cupricolor-, eques-,
satrajms-, sphodroides-, opacicollis-, kingi-, lateralis-, mediosulcalus-
and lesueuri-groups are so decided, that all these groups must be
taken to be of ancient origin; of these, the cupricollis-, eques-,
satrapus-, lateralis-, and Zeswewri-groups seem the oldest. The
question occurs, are all the present-day forms descended from
one typel To this question, I can give no answer, for I find it
impossible even to guess at how much divergence from a central
type into many groups, the relationships between which became
more and more attenuated, may have occurred; nor, to what
extent convergence from different points along these lines of
divergence, and tending in various directions, may have taken
place, and helped to jumble the species into the present agglomer-
ation of forms, which now make up the genus Notonomus.
To sum up, I suppose that Noto7iomus is not a very primitive
type of the tribe Trigonotomini, and that the following characters,
none of which probably originated in the genus Notonomus (nor
BY T. G. SL0ANE. 409
indeed does any single species of the present day show all of
them) are ancient characters : head large, prothorax with pos-
terior marginal puncture not on border ; elytra fully striate,
third, fifth, and seventh interstices bearing setiferous pores, tenth
interstice not greatly developed, basal border meeting lateral
border at humeral angles without interruption; intercoxal de-
clivity of prosternum rounded in middle; posterior femur con-
siderably swollen on lower side behind apex of trochanter; tarsi
with upper surface striolate, first joint of four posterior tarsi
costate on outer side, the costa spinulose on lower side, onychium
setulose beneath.
"*89. iV7. opacistriatus SI. — I now see that this species is not a
true species of Notonomus, but requires a new genus for its re
ception; therefore, it is not included in Notonomus in this paper.
Species uyiknown to me.
22>.N. resplendens Cast., is closely allied to the species I have
named iV. metallicus) but I have been unable to consider iVr.
metallicus the same as ilr. resplendens, on account of its smaller-
size, and its want of a "beautiful red-gilt margin." I had formed
a wrong idea of N. resplendens in 1902, and now see that it is not
allied to N. eques Cast., as I had thought.
35. N. striaticollis Cast., seems allied to N. polli SI., but it
would be mere guess-work to think these the same; no doubt N.
striaticollis could be identified, if specimens from the Clarence
River were available for examination.
45. iV. depressipennis Chaud., vide Sloane, These Proceedings,
1902, pp.305, 306.
60. N. darlingi Cast., I have not seen; it is, perhaps, more
allied to JV7 australis Cast., than to N. nitidicollis Chaud., the
species with which Chaudoir compares it in his " Supplement."
75. N. subiridescens Chaud., seems allied to, but different from,
N. liragerus SI.
76. N. ingratus Chaud. All my attempts to identify this
species have failed, nor do I think I have ever seen it; probably
it is allied to X. scotti SI.
*The numbers prefixed to the names of species throughout this paper,
indicate the position in the genus, and correspond with those in the index
at the end of the paper.
410 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, iv.,
77. N. semiplicatus Cast., (Pcecilus id.) should be allied to N.
opicalis SI., but it is vaguely described. It was impossible to
consider N. apicalis the same as N. semiplicatus, seeing that the
latter is said to have three punctures on the third interstice of
the elytra, while the former has only two. Whether N. semi-
plicatus is sufficiently described for its identification to be possible,
seems doubtful.
Table of Species-groups.
l.(30)Episterna of metasternum short.
2.(3)Point of prosternum setose between coxae cupricolor -group,
3.(2)Point of prosternum glabrous.
4. (5)Tarsi with upper surface striolate. (Apex of abdomen in ? 6-setose)
eques-group.
5.(4]Tarsi with upper surface not striolate. (Apex of abdomen in ? 4-
setose; 6-setose only in N. parallelomorjtkus).
6.(7)Ebytra deeply and fully striate, seventh interstice punctiferous
satrapus-gr oup.
7.(6)Elytra with seventh interstice not punctiferous. (Unipunctate in
N. tenuistriatus and also in some specimens of A;. plulus).
ft. (17)Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax not on border.
9.(14)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded in middle.
10.(ll)First ventral segment not bordered on anterior margin behind met-
epimeron sphodroida-group.
ll.(10)First veutral segment bordered on anterior margin behind metepi-
meron.
12.(13)Prothorax rounded to base; elytra with humeral angles not dentate.
excisipennis - group.
13 (12)Prothorax sinuate posteriorly, basal angles rectangular; elytra with
humeral angles dentate av yustibasis- group.
14.(9)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat.
15.(16)Third interstice of elytra 4-puuctate atrodermin-group.
16.(l5)Third interstice of elytra 2-punctate. opacicollis- group.
17.(8)Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax on border at basal angle.
18.(29)Elytra strongly striate, interstices (including eighth) convex at apex.
19. (28) Elytra fully striate.
20.(21)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum always rounded; third interstice
of elytra always bearing more than two setigerous pores
violaceus- group.
21.(20)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum usually flat— if rounded, third
interstice of elytra bipunctate.
22. (27) Posterior tarsi with first joint longer than two succeeding joints
together.
BY T. G. SLOANfi. 411
23.(24)Apex of abdomen in ? 6-setose parallelomorphus-gvoxiip.
24. (23) Apex of abdomen in 9 4-setose.
25. (26)Elytra with crenulate striae, third interstice bearing more than two
setiferous punctures australis-group.
26.(25)Elytra with simple striae (only in N. triplogenioides crenulate), third
interstice bipunctate (in N. dyscoloides often with three or four
punctures) Jcingi-group.
27.(22)Posterior tarsi short, first joint not longer tMan two succeeding
joints together lateralis-group.
28.(18)Elytra with striae 1-4 deeply impressed, striae 5-7 obsolete except at
apex mediostdcatus-group.
29.(18)Elytra lightly striate, interstices flat and (including eighth) not
convex at apex chalybeus-group.
30. (l)Episterna of metasternum elongate lesueuri- group.
The cupricolor-group.
Prothorax with basal angles rectangular; border widely re-
flexed posteriorly, and passing round angle and on to base as far as
lateral basal impressions. Elytra with humeral angles rounded;
interstices depressed, third 5-punctate, eighth narrower than
ninth. Intercoxal declivity of presternum wide, flat, sparsely
setose. Tarsi with joints substriate on upper surface; first joint
of four posterior tarsi strongly costate on external side, costa
spinulose beneath; fifth joint glabrous beneath.
I have felt compelled to constitute a separate group for LA7".
cupricolor SI., which is probably a primitive form, showing some
affinities towards Bhabdotus, and also to the eques-grouip of
Notonomus. It is the only species of Notonomus with the point
of the presternum setose; these setae are about six in number, the
two lower ones being well down on the face of the intercoxal
declivity, looking at the insect when laid on its back. Only the
male is known; it will be interesting to find whether the apex of
the abdomen in the female has six se£se, as in the eques-group, or
not.
The e^es-group.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture not at basal angle,
nor on border. Elytra with basal border more or less dentate at
humeral angles, third interstice with more than two punctures.
Apical ventral segment in <J 2-punctate, in £ 6-punctate. Tarsi
412 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABID.E, IV.,
with upper surface striolate; four posterior tarsi with basal joint
strongly costate on outer side, hind tarsi without spinules below
costa of outer side of first joint.
The elites-group seems a natural one, probably of ancient
origin. It shows slight affinities with the sphodroides -group,
through iV. strzeleckianus and allied species; and, also, vaguely
towards the opacicollis-group, through JV. eques and allied species.
The e<^es-subgroup has remote affinities towards the cupricolor-
and jwallelomorphus-groups. Here, the first joint of the inter-
mediate tarsi has the external costa spinulose on lower side, but
in the hind tarsi there is no spinule. N. eques and closely
allied species have the onychium of the tarsi setulose beneath;
and, in N. froggatti, too, the onychium may have a single setule
on each side beneath, but this is not invariable. N. strzeleckianus,
N. phillipsi, and N. longus have the onychium glabrous beneath.
Table of Species.
l.(6)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded, of mesosternum deeply
concave.
2.(3)Head and prothorax black (or, at most, with a metallic flush on sides
of pronotum near base) 2.N. froggatti SI.
3.(2)Head and prothorax more or less metallic.
4.(5)Pronotum seneous 3.xV. strzeleckianus SI.
5.(4)Pronotum viridescent (also margin of elytra) .. 4.iV. phillipsi Ca*t.
6.(l)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum hardly
concave.
7.(14)Tarsi with fifth joint setulose beneath.
8.(13)Eyes convex; prothorax with basal angles obtuse.
9.(12)Head black.
10.(1 l)Prothorax and elytra black (rarely with greenish flush near sides).
Size large. (Length, 20-24 mm.) 5.N. bodece SI.
ll.(10)Prothorax and elytra with bright cupreous margins
6.^. rugitarsis SI.
12.(9)Head virescent. (Prothorax green towards sides, elytra with green
margin) 7.iV. spenctri 81.
13. (8)Eyes depressed; prothorax with basal angles marked. (Head, pro-
thorax, and elytra seneous) 8.iV. eques Cast.
14.(7)Tarsi with fifth joint glabrous beneath 9.N. longus SI.
2. Notonomus froggatti Sl.,(var. N. atripennis SI.). — I have ob-
tained more specimens of N. froggatti (all from the original
BY T. G. SLOANE. 413
locality, Mount Kosciusko), and also more of the form for which I
proposed the name N. atripennis (from original locality, Mount
Buffalo). After examination of this new material, the differences
between IV. atripennis and N. froggatti so slight, that I am
unable now to consider it a distinct species; I, therefore, sink
it to the rank of a variety. The somewhat narrower form
(especially of prothorax), absence of a green elytral margin, and
less strongly developed humeral angles in N. atripennis, though
noticeable, do not seem of actual specific value.
4. Notonomus phillipsi Castelnau.
Trans. Hoy. Soc. Vict., 1868, p.212; Chaudoir, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, 1874, vi., p. 580 ; Sloane, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
1902, xxvii., p.279.
It seems advisable to offer a description of the species which I
identify as N. phillipsi Cast. The name is an unfortunate one,
in view of the older N. philippi Newra.; but I do not venture to
change it, owing to the present state of the rules of nomenclature,
which seem to countenance as valid, names, no matter how
similar to older ones, if differing by a single letter.
<J. Elongate-oval. Head black: prothorax olivaceous with wide
seneous-green margins; elytra dark bronze, with ninth interstice
and lateral channel green; femora piceous, apex of tibiae and
tarsi reddish. Prothorax subquadrate (4-6 x 5 mm.), depressed,
wider across base (3*9 mm.) than apex (3-5 mm.); sides obliquely
narrowed to base without sinuosity; basal angles subrectangular;
border wide and strongly reflexed towards base; posterior mar-
ginal puncture distant from base in lateral channel; lateral basal
impressions deep. Elytra truncate-oval (10*7 x 6-2 mm.), de-
pressed, strongly declivous to apex, lightly rounded (subparallel)
on sides, strongly striate; interstices convex, third 5-7-punctate,
tenth feebly developed near apex; lateral apical sinuosities well
developed ; basal border strongly dentate at humeral angles.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rather narrow and rounded in
middle, of mesosternum concave. Tarsi with fifth joint not
spinulose beneath. Length, 16-5-17-7; breadth, 5-7-6-2 mm.
Hab. — Victoria: Bright (C. French).
414 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, iv.,
Allied to N. strzeleckianus SI., but differing by head smaller;
elytra with margin green; interstices more strongly convex, third
narrower, not swollen on apical declivity at position of posterior
puncture; posterior femora far more strongly swollen in middle
of lower side. From N. rugitarsis SI., it differs by colour; pro-
thorax more strongly narrowed to base, basal angles less obtuse;
elytra more strongly declivous to apex, humeral angles far more
strongly dentate; tarsi with onychium glabrous beneath .
5. NOTONOMUS BODE^E, n.Sp.
Robust, elliptical, parallel. Prothorax quadrate, depressed;
basal angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture distant from
basal angle : elytra truncate-oval, strongly striate ; interstices
convex, third 5-punctate; humeral angles dentate : tarsi with
upper surface longitudinally striolate; fifth joint setulose beneath.
Black; pronotum sometimes with a faint bronzy tint on posterior
part of sides; elytra sometimes with a virescent, or obscurely
bronzed border overspreading ninth interstice and lateral channel.
Head moderate in size (4*3 mm. across eyes); eyes convex, pro-
minent. Prothorax broader than long (6 x 6*4 mm.), wider across
base (5 mm.) than apex (4*5 mm.); basal angles obtusely rounded;
base lightly emarginate in middle; posterior marginal puncture
placed considerably before base on inner side of lateral channel;
border wide, especially towards base; median line lightly im-
pressed ; lateral basal impressions narrow, elongate, lightly
arcuate; lateral basal spaces wide, lightly convex. Elytra
truncate-oval (13*3 x 7*7 mm.) ; sides lightly rounded; lateral
apical sinuosities wide, shallow; interstices convex, in <J very
minutely shagreened (not opaque), in £ finely shagreened and
rather dull, eighth interstice convex, wider than ninth, tenth
feebly developed; basal border raised and strongly dentate at
humeral angles; lateral border widely reflexed. Intercoxal de-
clivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum widely and very lightly
concave. Apical ventral segment in <J with one, in $ with three
setigerous punctures on each side. Length, 20-24; breadth, 6-5-
7 7 mm.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 415
Hah. -N.S.W. : Exeter (H. J. Carter). Colls. Carter and
Sloane.
Allied to N. rugitarsis SI., but differing by darker colour;
wider prothorax; humeral angles of elytra more strongly marked,
etc.
Note. — N. bodece and Ar. rugitarsis may be varieties of one
variable species, but with the materials I have, without any con-
necting form, I prefer to consider them closely allied, but distinct
species. Mr. Carter found this species common at Exeter, and
through his kindness I have been able to examine an extensive
series of specimens. This species is dedicated to Miss Bode, who
first found it.
6. NOTONOMUS RUGITARSIS, n.sp.
Elliptical, parallel, depressed. Prothorax quadrate ; basal
angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture distant from basal
angle : elytra truncate-oval, strongly striate; interstices convex,
third 4- or 5-punctate ; humeral angles dentate : tarsi longi-
tudinally striolate on upper surface; fifth joint setulose beneath.
Head and under surface black ; disc of pronotum and elytra
purple-black; pronotum with golden-green or coppery margins on
sides and base; elytra with ninth interstice and lateral channel
cupreous; tibiae, tarsi, and antennae piceous-red.
Head convex, moderate in size(3-6mm. across eyes); front
strongly bi-impressed behind clypeus; eyes prominent. Prothorax
a little broader than long (5 X 5*3 mm.), widest before middle,
wider across base (4-2 mm.) than apex (3'8mm.); sides very lightly
rounded, gently narrowed posteriorly; basal angles obtuse; border
widely reflexed posteriorly; posterior marginal puncture placed
considerably before base on inner side of lateral channel; lateral
basal impressions deep, elongate; lateral basal spaces convex.
Elytra truncate-oval (11*5 x 6*5 mm.), rather depressed behind
scutellum; interstices roundly convex, eighth wider than ninth
on basal half, tenth narrow, extending forward to the posterior
third of elytra; lateral apical sinuosities strongly developed; basal
border raised and dentate at humeral angles; lateral border widely
reflexed. Intercoxal declivity of presternum flat, of mesosternum
416 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, iv.,
lightly and widely concave. Male with one, female with three
setigerous punctures on each side of apical ventral segment.
Length, 20; breadth, 6'5 mm.
Hab.—N.S.W.: Eden (H. J. Carter). Colls. Carter and Sloane.
N. rugitarsis has the size and facies of N. eques Cast.; from
which it differs by colour (head not metallic; disc of prothorax
and elytra not aeneous, and with the lateral margins brightly
cupreous) ; prothorax with basal angles much more roundly
obtuse, lateral basal spaces convex; elytra with interstices more
convex and much more finely shagreened.
7. N. spenceri SI. — The type-specimen ($ in my Coll.) is the
only one I have seen. It is closely allied to X. rugitarsis SI.,
but differs by margin of prothorax and elytra green (not cupreous);
form more convex; interstices of elytra much less convex (Q),
basal border less raised at humeral angles. It has the tarsi with
onychium spinulose beneath; apical ventral segment in Q 3-setose
on each side.
Note. —A specimen (£) ticketed Victoria, has been given to me
by Mr. C. French, which differs from x\r. spenceri by elytra more
depressed on disc, not margined with green (but becoming a dull
coppery colour near sides), interstices more convex. It seems a
variety, or perhaps a closely allied species.
9. Notonomus longus, n.sp.
9. Elongate. Head small : prothorax narrow; basal angles
marked; posterior marginal puncture on inner side of marginal
channel opposite basal angle : elytra oval, strongly striate; inter-
stices convex, 3-punctate : tarsi striolate on upper surface; fifth
joint glabrous beneath. Head and under surface black; pronotum
cupreous; elytra obscurely purple, becoming cupreous on sides
towards apex, ninth interstice and margin golden-green; legs
black, tibiae, tarsi, and antennae reddish-piceous.
Head 3*25 mm. across eyes, these convex but not prominent.
Prothorax as long as broad (4-7 x 4'7 mm.), subdepressed, lightly
rounded on sides, a little wider across base (3-6 mm.) than apex
(3-3 mm,); basal angles subrectangular, obtuse at summit; border
strongly reflexed on sides behind anterior marginal puncture,
BY T. G. SLOANE. 417
passing round angle on to base on each side; median line de-
cidedly marked; lateral basal impressions elongate, rather shallow;
lateral basal spaces widely and lightly convex; marginal channel
narrow. Elytra oval (10-6 x 5'7 mm.), lightly convex, lightly
rounded on sides, deeply striate; interstices convex, smooth (not
shagreened), eighth wider than ninth, tenth feebly developed;
lateral apical sinuosities light, wide; basal border strongly raised
and dentate at humeral angles; lateral border widely reflexed.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum hardly
concave.
Q. With three setigerous punctures on each side of apical
ventral segment. Length, 19; breadth, 5*7 mm.
Hob.— Victoria : Wood's Point (Sloane). Coll. Sloane.
A single specimen occurred to me at the top of " The French-
man's Pinch," four miles north of Wood's Point, on the road
to Jamieson, December 27th, 1912. From N, eques Cast., it may
be readily distinguished by its narrower form; prothorax longer,
with narrower marginal channel ; elytra with interstices not
shagreened. It resembles N. phillipsi Cast., (as identified by me)
but differs by form more elongate; prothorax longer, narrower at
base, differently coloured, basal angles more strongly marked,
lateral basal spaces more convex; intercoxal declivity of pro-
sternum flat, of mesosternum hardly concave.
The satrapus-group.
Head large. Prothorax subcordate, wider at apex than at
base; basal angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture in mar-
ginal channel (in N. satrapus considerably before basal angle, in
N. pluripunctatus at the obtuse basal angle). Elytra with basal
border not raised at humeral angles; interstices convex, third
and seventh bearing setigerous punctures (sometimes, also the
fifth), eighth wider than ninth at basal third. Intercoxal de-
clivity of prosternum narrow and rounded in middle. First joint
of four posterior tarsi with an external costa, the costa spinulose
on lower side.
The satrapus- growp is evidently an ancient one, judging by the
setigerous punctures of the seventh interstice of the elytra. This
23
418 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, iv.,
character is also found in the Australian genus Ceratoferonia,
and some of the large Trigonomides from New Zealand. Both
species are from the mountains to the north of Gippsland, but I
do not know a definite locality for either. They may be dis-
tinguished thus : —
Black; prothorax not ampliate at widest part; tarsi with onychium spinu-
lose beneath. ... 10. N. satrapus Cast.
Prothorax and elytra bronzy; prothorax ampliate at widest part; onychium
glabrous beneath 11. N. pluripunctatus SI.
N. pluripunctatus SI. After seeing some specimens of this
species, and comparing the female with N. satrapus Cast., I con-
firm its validity.* One specimen has the fifth elytral interstice
without punctures on one side.
The sphod?*oides-gro\ip.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture not on border.
Elytra with basal border not dentate at humeral angles; third
interstice bearing more than two punctures; eighth wider than
ninth. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded.
This group forms part of the main body of the genus, and can
hardly be separated from the vialaceus-grouip, except by not
having the posterior marginal puncture of the pronotum on the
border at the basal angle. In the sphodroides-grouip, the four
posterior tarsi have the first joint always costate. In N. peroni,
N. sphodroides, N. muelleri, N. angulosus, N. politulus and N.
tubericaudus, there is no spinule beneath the costa; in N. Jcosci-
uskoanus, the intermediate tarsi have the costa spinulose beneath,
the posterior being non-spinulose; in N. plutus, N. tenuistriatus,
N. opulentus, N. metallicus, N. variicollis, N. carteri, N. arthuri,
and N. taylori, the first joint of the tarsi is spinulose, though
sometimes the costa of the posterior tarsi is not spinulose in N.
variicollis.
Table of Species.
l.(18)Pronotum with lateral channel wide and depressed near base.
2.(ll)Prothorax truncate-cordate, hardly or not wider at base than apex.
3.(10)Head large; interstices of elytra convex near apex (not convex at
apex in iV. tenuistriatus).
♦These Proceedings, 1903, p. 602.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 419
4. (7) Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax in lateral channel a little
before basal angle.
*5.(6)Elytra strongly striate; head metallic 12.iV. phdus Cast.
6. (5)Elytra faintly striate; head black 13.JV. ttuuistriatus SI.
7.(4)Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax at basal angle.
8 (9)Anterior tarsi with three basal joints not dilatate or squamulose
beneath in S 14. N. peroni Cast.
9. (8) Anterior tarsi with three basal joints dilatate and squamulose beneath
in 6 15.iV. muelhri SI.
10.(3)Heud small; interstices of elytra depressed at apex
16.iV. sphodroides Dej.
ll.l2)Prothorax subquadrate, decidedly wider at base than apex.
12.(17)Upper surface depressed; prothorax with sides oblique towards
base.
13.(14)Basal angles of prothorax rectangular 17. N. angulosus SI.
14.(13)Basal angles of prothorax obtuse.
15.(16)Third interstice of elytra ordinary 18. N. politidus Chaud.
16. (15)Third interstice of elytra greatly swollen at position of posterior
marginal puncture 19. N. tubtricaudus Bates.
17(12)Upper surface convex ; prothorax with sides strongly rounded
towards base. (Posterior marginal puncture more distant from base
than usual) 20.iV. kosciuskoanus SI.
18.(l)Pronotum with lateral channel narrow at basal angle and extending
to lateral basal impression.
19.(26)Prothorax with basal angles marked.
20. (23)Head and pronotum metallic.
21.(22)Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax at basal angle
21.2V. opulentus Cast.
22.(21)Posterior marginal puncture of prothorax a little before basal angle
22.2V. mttallicus&l.
23. (20) Head and pronotum black.
24.(25)Size large (16-21 mm.); prothorax lightly rounded on sides and
lightly narrowed to base; elytra with eighth interstice convex
24. N. variicollis Chaud.
25.(24)Size small (13 mm.); prothorax strongly rounded on sides and de-
cidedly narrowed to base; elytra with eighth interstice depressed...
25. N. carteri SI.
26.(19)Prothorax with basal angles rounded off.
27.(28)Prothorax subcordate 26.N. arthuri SI.
28.(27)Prothorax short, widest at middle, strongly and evenly rounded on
sides 27.2V. taylori SI.
12. A", plutus Cast.,( = N.frenchi SI.). — I collected numbers of
a species of Notonomus, identical with that on which I founded
420 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, iv.,
A7, jrenchi, at Warburton, on the Upper Yarra. I have no hesita-
tion in referring these Warburton specimens to N. plutus Cast,
Sometimes there are two punctures on the fifth interstice of the
elytra, sometimes one, and sometimes none.
Hob. — Victoria : Warburton and Marysville, in damp, heavily
timbered gullies.
N. crcesus Cast. — Specimens given to me by Mr. C. French, as
from the Baw Baw Mountains, are probably N. croesvs. Chaudoir
thought that N. crcesus Cast., and N. plutus were merely forms
of one species; and, if I am right in my identification of N.
crcesus, I concur. The form I take to be N. crcesus is differ-
entiated from N. plutus by prothorax less strongly sinuate before
base, basal angles less decidedly marked; elytra more deeply
striate and less brightly coloured.
13. NOTONOMUS TENUISTRIATUS, n.Sp.
(j>. Elliptical, depressed. Head large; prothorax truncate-cor-
date ; sides sinuate before base ; basal angles rectangular ; posterior
marginal puncture in lateral channel a little before base : elytra
lightly striate ; interstices depressed, third 4-punctate, fifth 2-punc-
tate, seventh 1-punctate.* Nitid; head black; prothorax nigro-
chalybeous ; elytra chalybeous, sometimes with purple flush towards
sides; legs and antennae piceous-black.
Head large (4 mm. across eyes), mandibles decussating, frontal
impressions shallow, eyes convex. Prothorax broader than long
(4*3 x 51 mm.), wider at apex (4-2 mm.) than base (3*6 mm);
sides rounded on anterior three-fourths, lightly sinuate at posterior
fifth; anterior angles roundly obtuse; basal angles rounded at sum-
mit. Elytra depressed, oval(ll x 6-7 mm.), widest a little behind
middle ; lateral apical sinuosities well developed ; basal border join-
ing lateral border at humeral angle without interruption ; striae
lightly impressed on disc, sixth and seventh obsolete, except
towards apex; interstices depressed, eighth convex towards apex,
tenth short. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded in middle,
of mesosternum concave. Length 19, breadth 6-7 mm.
*This puncture is sometimes lost.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 421
Hab. — Victoria : Neerim. Type in National Museum, Melbourne.
A very distinct species, with affinities towards N. plutus Cast.;
from which it differs by colour; striae of elytra more lightly im-
pressed, etc. It is hardly more strongly striate than X. pliilippi
Newm., which it resembles in colour of elytra. The elytra are not
firmly soldered together. This species evidently gives a hint of the
ancient form, from which the chalybeus-group is descended. Three
specimens (9) have been examined.
Var. recticollis n. var. — Other specimens given to me by the late
Mr. W. Kershaw (and also in the National Museum, Melbourne)
are darker in colour, but equally polished; they also differ by
having the prothorax more strongly sinuate on sides posteriorly,
basal angles rectangular; strise of elytra still more feebly im-
pressed. This form is probably a closely allied species rather than
a variety, but, owing to its exact locality being unknown, and the
likelihood of connecting forms being found, I prefer, with the
materials before me, (four specimens, <J2) to regard it as a
variety of N. temtistriatus.
14. N. peroni Cast. — A variable species, widely spread in the
mountains of Victoria eastward from Melbourne. The following
varieties may be noted : —
A. Viridescent, legs black. Eastern Gippsland (French).
B. Viridescent, legs reddish. Marysville (Sloane).
C. Cyaneous, elytra flushed with purple. Ferntree Gully and
Warburton (Sloane).
D. Black. Bright (French).
16. N. spliodroides Dej. — In my Revision of 1902, I was alto-
gether mistaken about this species, and identified a form of X.
dyscoloides Motsch., as X. spliodroides. It is now apparent to me
that X. spliodroides Dej., is the same as the viridescent species
from the Otway Ranges, which, in my Revision, is placed as a
variety of N. accedens Chaud.
Var. accedens Chaud., ( = X. pristonychoides Motsch.). — I have
only one specimen that can be referred to N. accedens Chaud., viz.,
the one described in my Revision under N. accedens. I consider, still,
that X. pristonychoides Motsch., is conspecific with X. accedens,
422 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABID^, iv.,
though my specimen differs from the description of N. prist ony-
choides by having the third interstice of the elytra bipunctate, not
tripunctate ; but in my specimens of N. sphodroides, the number of
punctures varies from two to as many as four.
17. NOTONOMUS ANGULOSUS, n Sp.
(J. Oval, subdepressed. Prothorax subquadrate; basal angles
rectangular; posterior marginal puncture at inner side of basal
border near basal angle; elytra fully and deeply striate; inter-
stices convex, third 2-punctate, eighth lightly convex, wider than
ninth; humeral angles edentate. Black.
Head large (3 -5 mm. across eyes); eyes convex. Prothorax
broader than long (4x4*5 mm.), wider across base (3*8 mm.)
than apex (3-5 mm. ), depressed towards base; sides lightly rounded
on anterior two-thirds, straightened posteriorly to meet base at
right angles; border rather strongly reflexed, equal, hardly indi-
cated on sides of base; lateral channel not reaching base; median
line well marked; lateral basal impressions elongate, wide? sulci-
form at bottom; lateral basal spaces depressed near basal angles.
Elytra truncate-oval (10x6 mm.), lightly longitudinally de-
pressed along course of third interstice; lateral apical declivities
well developed, tenth interstice hardly indicated. Intercoxal
declivity of prosternum rounded in middle. Tarsi : anterior with
three basal joints in $ dilatate and squamulose beneath; four pos-
terior with first joint costate externally without spinules beneath
costa. Length 16, breadth 6 mm.
Hab. — Victoria. Type (unique) in National Museum, M elbourne,
ticketed "Gippsland."
A very distinct species, resembling N. peroni Cast., in the shape
of the prothorax. The elytra are like those of N. tubericaudus
Bates, but the third interstice is not swollen at position of pos-
terior puncture. It is allied to N. politulus Chaud., and N. tuberi-
caudus by form of elytra, intercoxal declivity of prosternum, and
external side of first joint of the four posterior tarsi.
19. N. tubericaudus Bates. — Easily identified; being the only
species with the third interstice strongly protuberant near apex. It
BY T. G. SLOANE. 423
may be noted that in £, the border of the elytra has, on each side,
a rather prominent triangular projection just behind the lateral
apical sinuosities, a character found nowhere else in the genus.
21. JV. opulentus Cast.,(= N. bassi SI.). — I now perceive that,
through not knowing N. resplendens Cast., the species with which
Chaudoir compared N. opulentus in his "Supplement," of 1874, I
identified JV. opulentus Cast., wrongly in my " Revision." This
error is regrettable, because I was thereby led into describing as
new, under the name of N. bassi, what is evidently merely a form
of N. opulentus, a species subject to considerable variation.
Var. gippslandicus Cast. — Chaudoir thought this only a form of
N. opulentus, and I believe he was right. It is distinguished by
its green colour. Hab. — Marysville (Sloane).
22. NOTONOMUS METALLICUS, 11. Sp.
Elliptical-oval, convex. Prothorax narrow; base and apex of
equal width (315 mm.); basal angles obtuse; posterior marginal
puncture in marginal channel a little before the basal angle ; elytra
oval, strongly striate; third interstice 4-punctate; basal border
joining lateral border without interruption at humeral angles.
Head black; prothorax and elytra of a metallic copper-colour;
femora black, tibiee and tarsi reddish-piceous.
<J. Head small (3*15 mm. across eyes); eyes prominent. Pro-
thorax longer than broad (4*7 x 4*5 mm.), lightly narrowed to
base; sides lightly rounded, obliquely narrowed to base; basal
angles obtuse; base arcuate on each side; border narrow, extend-
ing round basal angles on to base on each side; median line well
marked; lateral basal impressions elongate, deep. Elytra oval (10
x 6'1 mm.), lightly rounded on sides; lateral sinuosities of apex
wide, but rather deep; interstices convex, eighth depressed, wider
than ninth, tenth short and feebly developed. Intercoxal declivity
of prosternum narrowed in middle, of mesosternum strongly con-
cave. Tarsi with onychium glabrous. Length 17-3, breadth 61
mm.
Hab. — N.S.W. : Bega. Colls., Carter and Sloane. (Given to me
by Mr. H. J. Carter, as from Bega.)
424 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, iv.,
This species is a little smaller than the measurements given by
Chaudoirfor N. resplendens Cast., and has not the margin of the
elytra "of a beautiful red-gilt tinge," as said by Castelnau ; other-
wise it seems to agree better with Chaudoir's note on N .resplendens
than any other species I know. No species that I have seen agrees
thoroughly with the descriptions of N. resplendens. Judging from
Chaudoir's remarks, that the lateral borders of the prothorax and
elytra are narrower and less reflexed in N. opulentus than in N.
resplendens, it would appear that N. metallicus has these borders
too narrow for it to be N. resplendens.
The excisipennis-group.
Prothorax strongly rounded to base on sides; basal angles
rounded ; posterior marginal puncture distant from basal angle, not
on border. Elytra fully striate; basal border not raised above
lateral border at humeral angles ; third interstice with two or three
setigerous pores, eighth and ninth narrow, convex. First ventral
segment bordered on external side, and behind metasternal epis-
terna. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded. Tarsi not
striolate on upper surface; four posterior with first joint costate
externally, costa not spinulose beneath; onychium glabrous beneath.
The affinity of the excisipennis-group seems towards N. angusti-
basis SI., and the position of both these groups in the genus is
doubtful. Two species have been described, which may be differen-
tiated as under: —
Elytra very strongly sinuate on each side of apex;
prothorax with sides flushed with purple 28. JV. excisipennis SI .
Elytra not unusually deeply sinuate on each side of
apex; prothorax black 29. N j oh tistoni SI.
The angustibasis-group.
Prothorax strongly sinuate on sides posteriorly; basal angles
strongly marked; posterior marginal puncture distant from basal
angle, not on border. Elytra fully striate ; humeral angles dentate ;
third interstice with two setigerous pores. First ventral segment
bordered on external side, and behind metasternal episterna. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum rounded. Tarsi not striolate on
upper surface; first joint of four posterior costate externally; costa
BY T. G. SLOANE. 425
of intermediate spinulose beneath, of posterior very rarely with a
single spinule ; onychium glabrous beneath.
This group consists of one species, 30, N. angustibasis SI., which
is so distinct from all other described species, that I have felt com-
pelled to constitute a group for its reception. It is variable in
colour and facies, and is found in the coastal districts, from the
Hunter to the Burnett River. I note the following varieties : —
A. Wider than type-form; prothorax much wider (5 "5 x 5 -4
mm.); Black. Length, 9, 21 mm. Hab., Tambourine Mountain.
Given to me by Mr. R. Illidge.*
B. Smaller than type-form; prothorax narrower (4 x 3*5 mm.);
elytra obscure purple-black. Length, 16mm. Hab., Bathurst.
Given to me by Mr. F. H. Taylor.
The atrodermis-growp.
Black. Head large. Prothorax subcordate; posterior marginal
puncture in lateral channel near basal angle. Elytra with humeral
angles marked, basal border slightly raised above lateral border at
point of junction; third interstice with four setigerous pores;
eighth narrower than ninth. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
flat; of mesosternum hardly concave. Tarsi with upper surface
not striolate; four posterior tarsi with first joint costate exter-
nally, costa not spinulose beneath; onychium glabrous beneath.
31. N. atrodermis SI., (1903) [ = N. rufipalpis SI., (not Castel-
nau), 1902] is a species that is equally out of place in the spkod-
roides- or the australis-group according to the system of classi-
fication herein adopted. It is found in Victoria, I believe, in the
Healesville and Marys ville Districts. Length, 15 mm.
The opacicollis-grouip.
Prothorax with disc either nitid, or opaque and strigulose; pos-
terior marginal puncture near basal angle, but not on border.
Elytra fully striate; basal border prominent at humeral angles;
third interstice bipunctate. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
* It is possible that N. sulnridescens Chaud., may be conspecific with
var.A. ; this is a subject that requires investigation.
426 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, iv.,
flat. Male with one, female with two, setigerous punctures on each
side of apical ventral segment; those of the female near together,
the outer one more distant than usual from lateral sinuosity of seg-
ment. Tarsi not striolate on upper surface; four posterior with
external side costate, costa not spinulose beneath.
This is a satisfactory group, containing no species that seem
out of place in it ; from a geographical point of view, too, it is com-
pact, occupying a single area in Northern New South Wales and
Southern Queensland. The species are numerous, and their classi-
fication into species and varieties is a work that can be done only
by someone with a full knowledge of the extent to which the lead-
ing species vary. Such a species as N. nitidicollis Chaud., is evi-
dently variable, but only an accurate knowledge of the range of
each form could enable anyone to form a true idea of the value of
these variations; my information on the range and distribution is
not complete in regard to any species of the group.
Table of Species.
l.(10)Elytra with eighth interstice depressed and much wider than ninth
at middle of course.
2.(7)Pronotum transversely striolate.
3.(6)Elytra with second, fourth, and sixth interstices foveolate.
4.(5)Elytra with interstices 1-6 unequal on basal third (second, fourth, and
sixth much wider than alternate ones and depressed, except just
near base). 32. JV. Ussellatus SI.
5.(4)Elytra with interstices 1-6 equal on basal third (convex in $ , de-
pressed in ?) 33.iV. opacicollis Chaud.
6.(3)Elytra without foveolate interstices 34.A7. polli SI.
7.(2)Prouotum nitid, without decided transverse striolse.
8.(9)Size large (205 mm.) ; prothorax shortly sinuate before the strongly
marked basal angles 36. N. promintns SI.
9.(8)Size moderate (13-155 mm.); prothorax not sinuate on sides, basal
angles obtuse 37. N. illidgei SI.
10.(l)Elytra with eighth interstice narrow and convex.
ll.(22)Pronotum nitid.
12. (21 )Form ordinary; lateral apical sinuosities of elytra ordinary.
13.(20)Elytra at least with some metallic or submetallic tints.
14.(17)Head and prothorax with more or less metallic tints.
15 (16)Elytra with interstices convex and nitid in both sexes
38.iV. nitesctns SI.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 427
16.(15)Elytra with interstices depressed, or subdepressed, and opaque in ? .
39. N. nitidicollis Chaud.
17.(14)Head and prothorax black.
18. (19) Pro thorax strongly rounded on anterior part of sides, strongly
narrowed to base 40.^. qutenslandicus SI.
19.(18)Prothorax lightly rounded on anterior part of sides, lightly narrowed
to base 41. A", planipectus SI.
20.(13)Colour wholly black 42.A7. melas SI.
21.(12)Form narrow; lateral apical sinuosities of elytra deeply excised
43. JV. ivilcoxi Cast.
22. (ll)Pronotum opaque 44. N. discorimosus SI.
32. NOTONOMUS TESSELLATUS, n.Sp.
Oval. Prothorax opaque, transverse; sides shortly subsinuate
before base; basal angles marked: elytra oval, striate; interstices
unequal, second, fourth, and sixth much wider than the others,
foveolate, third 2-punctate, eighth wider than seventh; humeral
angles dentate. Head and prothorax black, lateral channel of pro-
thorax virescent; elytra nitid and cupreous in <J, opaque and
dark purple in (j>; margin cupreous in both sexes.
Head small (3*15 mm. across eyes). Prothorax wide (4*15 x
5-25 mm.), depressed, much wider at base (4-3 mm.) than apex
(3-2 mm.), transversely striolate and longitudinally shagreened;
basal angles subrectanular, obtuse at summit; base emarginate in
middle; posterior marginal puncture in marginal channel at basal
angle ; lateral channel wide ; border thick, extending on to base on
each side; lateral basal impressions narrow. Elytra wide, oval
(10-5 x 6*4 mm.), depressed, strongly rounded on sides, deeply
sinuate on each side of apex; first, third, and fifth interstice nar-
row; second, fourth, and sixth wide, closely covered with irregular
impressions (these impressions extending nearly to base); seventh
and eighth of nearly equal width (eighth a little wider), ninth very
narrow, convex, seriate-punctate. Intercoxal declivity of prester-
num and mesosternum flat. Length, 17-3 ; breadth, 64 mm.
Hab. — Queensland: Tambourine Mountain (H. J. Carter). Colls.
Carter and Sloane.
Two specimens, taken by Mr. H.J. Carte^, at Tambourine Moun-
tain, in Southern Queensland, are before me. It is closely allied to
428 revisional notes on Australian carabid^e, iv.,
N. opacicolli s Chaud., from which it differs by form wider; pro-
thorax proportionately wider; elytra wider, more oval, interstices
less convex, especially the second, fourth, and sixth, which are wide
as far forward as the impressions extend (that is, nearly to the
base), apical sinuosities strongly developed.
33. N. opacicollis Chaud., ( = Orbitus purpureipennis Motsch.,
and Feronia purpureolimbata Cast. ) is evidently a species which
varies considerably, and probably includes several races, or sub-
species, some of which will probably be recognised under varietal
names, when their geographical areas become clearly known. I
offer the following notes : —
(1). Specimens from Acacia Creek, N.S.W., (six miles south
from the Queensland Railway town, Killarney) vary in length
from 1 4 to 17 mm. Elytra with a cupreous margin in both sexes,
interstices with numerous foveoles on apical third; in <£, of a
subseneous-purple; in £, of an obscure purple-black; pronotum
sometimes wholly black, sometimes tinged with green near basal
angles.
(2). Specimens from Dorrigo are very similar to those from
Acacia Creek in colour, but do not reach so large a size (15-1 55
mm.). Foveoles on the elytra fewer in number, and not extend-
ing so far forward; prothorax usually proportionately shorter,
wider, less sinuate on sides near base, and with basal angles less
rectangular.
(3). A specimen ticketed "Clarence River, Lea," is black, with
merely a faint trace of a metallic margin on elytra. It has the
prothorax more strongly sinuate before base, with the basal
angles still more sharply marked, than the Acacia Creek speci-
mens. Length, 15*5 mm.
(4). Specimens from Dunoon, on the Richmond River, are
larger (16-18 mm.); black, the border of the elytra with merely
a faint metallic tinge; prothorax wider than in the Acacia Creek
specimens. The foveoles of the elytra extend forward beyond
the anterior puncture of the third interstice.
N . rugosicollis SI., now appears to me to be founded on an
aberrant form of N. opacicollis Chaud., in which the foveoles of
BY T. G. SLOANE. 429
the elytra are wanting. If this form is constant, (only one speci-
men has yet been repotted) it may be regarded as a distinct
species, but I now feel doubtful about its constancy.
34. Notonomus polli, n sp.
(J. Elliptical, depressed. Prothorax lightly transverse; disc
transversely striolate, not opaque; posterior marginal puncture
on inner side of marginal channel a little before base : elytra
truncate-oval, deeply striate; interstices convex, third 2-punctate,
eighth depressed and much wider than ninth on basal half ;
humeral angles dentate. Upper surface bronzy (head faintly so);
legs piceous.
Head 2*1 mm. across eyes. Prothorax depressed, broader than
long (2-6 x 3 mm.), wider across base (2*3 mm.) than apex (2*15
mm ); pronotum subnitid, closely covered with fine wavy striolae;
sides lightly rounded, lightly narrowed to base without juxta-
basal sinuosity; basal angles obtuse; lateral border and channel
wide posteriorly; median line strongly impressed; lateral basal
impressions sulciform, elongate, uniting with basal channel at
base. Elytra'depressed, truncate-oval (6*3 x 3-3 mm.), lightly and
evenly rounded on sides, strongly sinuate on each side before
apex; interstices convex, 1-5 with summits a little flattened on
disc, fifth with a foveiform puncture a little before middle,
eighth about as wide as seventh towards base, ninth very narrow,
tenth well developed, but short. Length, 11; breadth, 3-3 mm.
Hub. — N.S.W.: Richmond River. Unique in Coll. Sloane.
A remarkable species, which differs from all the others of the
opacicollis-group, by the following characters in conjunction.
Small size; pronotum transversely striolate, but not rendered
opaque by longitudinal rugae; eighth interstice of elytra much
wider than ninth on basal half, second, fourth, and sixth inter-
stices without fovese. The well marked puncture of the fifth
interstice is a most remarkable character; and, although it occurs
on each elytron in my unique specimen, I do not feel sure that it
may not be an individual variation rather than a feature of the
species. Though N. polli seems to give a clue to N. striaticollis
Cast., I cannot identify it as that species on account of its dif-
430 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARARIDiE, iv.,
ference in colour, and thorax not " considerably longer than
broad." This curious little species was among the Carabidse of
the Van de Poll Collection, as from the Richmond River.
36. NOTONOMUS PROMINENS, n.Sp.
Elongate-oval, robust. Head moderate (3*75 mm. across eyes):
prothorax subcordate; sides slightly sinuate before base; posterior
marginal puncture a little before base on inner side of lateral
channel : elytra deeply striate; interstices convex, third 2-punc-
tate, eighth wide; humeral angles strongly dentate : fifth joint
of posterior tarsi with four fine setules beneath. Nitid; pro-
thorax with an obscure cupreous tinge; elytra cupreous (some-
times obscurely so); head, undersurface, and legs black, tarsi,
palpi, and antennae piceous.
Mentum with tooth wide, prominent, truncate at apex. Pro-
thorax broader than long (4*65 x 5*75 mm.), broadest about
middle, wider across base (4 mm.) than apex (3*75 mm.); sides
lightly rounded, shortly sinuate just before basal angles; anterior
angles not prominent, very obtuse, distant from neck ; base
emarginate in middle, lightly rounded on each side; basal angles
marked, obtuse at summit; border reflexed, narrow anteriorly,
wide posteriorly, extending on each side to lateral basal impres-
sions, these narrow, deep, parallel; median line strongly im-
pressed. Elytra truncate-oval (11*5 x 6*5 mm.), depressed on
disc; apical curve lightly sinuate on each side; basal border
strongly raised and prominent at humeral angles; stria? deep,
simple; interstices not carinate on apical declivity, tenth moder-
ately developed. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum and meso-
sternum flat. Length, 205; breadth, 6*5 mm.
Hah. — N.S.W.: Acacia Creek (Sloane). Coll. Sloane.
Two specimens (<J) occurred to Mr. H. J. Carter and me at
Acacia Creek (six miles south from the Queensland Railway
town, Killarney) in December. It is a member of the opacicollis-
group, of which it is by far the largest species. The wide, eighth
elytral interstice, and smooth prothorax together distinguish it
from all the other species of the group, except N. illidgei SI.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 431
37. NOTONOMUS ILLIDGEI, n.sp.
Elongate-oval. Head moderate (3 mm. across eyes): prothorax
rather long; sides not sinuate; posterior marginal puncture on
inner side of marginal channel near basal angle : elytra strongly
striate; interstices convex in <£, depressed in Q, third 2-punctate,
eighth much wider than ninth on basal half. Colour obscure, in
9, black with a faint subviridescent tinge at sides of pronotum
near base ; elytra with ninth interstice and lateral channel
cupreous; in <£, head and prothorax with a faint cupreous tinge,
elytra obscurely cupreous, lateral channel brightly so.
Prothorax broader than long (3*7 x 4*35 mm.), broadest about
middle, wider at base (3-3 mm.) than apex (3); sides lightly and
evenly rounded; anterior angles obtuse, not prominent; base
truncate; basal angles obtuse (a little marked); lateral border a
little wider towards base than apex, extending on each side to
lateral basal impressions, these deep, narrow; median line strongly
impressed. Elytra truncate-oval (8-4 x 5-1 mm.) ; apical curve
lightly sinuate on each side ; basal border strongly raised at
humeral angles ; striae simple ; interstices in <J strongly, in 9
lightly convex near apex, tenth short. Intercoxal declivity of
prosternum flat, of mesosternum hardly concave. Length, 13-15*5;
breadth, 4-8-5-1 mm.
Hab.- Queensland: Dalveen(Sloane; December). Coll. Sloane.
Allied to N. prominens SI., from which it differs by its smaller
size; prothorax not so strongly rounded on sides, and not sinuate
before basal angles, these less strongly marked, and with the
border not thickened; onychium of tarsi not setulose beneath, etc.
From all other allied species, it differs conspicuously by pronotum
not transversely striolate, or by having the eighth interstice of
elytra not narrow.
38. N. nitescens SI. — Specimens from Ebor (Tillyard and Cox)
are more brightly coloured; and have the prothorax less rounded
on sides, less ampliate at widest part, and less strongly narrowed
to both base and apex (3-5 x 3-8, apex 2-7, base 3*15 mm.). This
form, from Ebor, should perhaps be regarded as a variety.
432 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, iv.,
Var. bellingeri SI. — After seeing the specimens mentioned
above, I conclude that N.nitescens is a species which may vary
sufficiently to include my N. bellingeri, though this is a point on
which more data, than I possess, are needful.
39. N. nitidicollis Chaud.,( = Feronia mastersi Cast., = F. impres-
sipennis Cast., = AT. purpureipennis Macl., = N. latibasis SI.), — I
now have specimens which certainly represent N. viridilimbatus
Cast., and others which are conspecific with IV. piwpureipennis
Macl. After comparing these with my types (9) of N. latibasis.
and taking into consideration Chaudoir's note on N, viridilim-
batus in his "Supplement" of 1874, I arrive at the conclusion
that N. latibasis must be synonymous with N. nitidicollis; for
N. viridilimbatus differs from N. latibasis exactly as it is said by
Chaudoir to differ from N. nitidicollis. A recent examination
of the types of N. purpureipennis Macl., in comparison with a
specimen in my possession, compelled me to the belief that
N. purpureipennis and N. latibasis are one species. Length,
13-15 mm.
Var. viridilimbata Cast.,( = Feronia viridimarginata Cast.). —
This form has the facies of the typical form, but the prothorax
with sides not subsinuate before basal angles, these angles more
obtuse. Length, 15 mm. Hab. —Brisbane and Toowoomba
(Carter).
Var. viridicincta Macl.,( = AT. nitidicollis SI., Revision, 1902)
— Form narrower, prothorax more strongly sinuate at base, basal
angles more decidedly marked. Length, 12-5 mm. Hab. —
Gayndah.
Var. violaceomarginata Macl. — I have only a single specimen
(£). It is wider and more depressed, and has the eighth inter-
stice of the elytra a little wider than in var. viridilimbata Cast.,
but I conclude that it should go under N, nitidicollis as a variety.
It requires further study. Length, 16*5 mm. Hab. — Gayndah.
Var. cyaneocincta Macl. — N. cyaneocinctus Macl., agrees gener-
ally with var. viridilimbata Cast., but has the basal angles of
the prothorax more obtuse. Hab. — Gayndah.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 433
Var. obtusicollis, n.var. — Specimens ($Q) from Coombungie
(westward from Toowoomba) have been given to me by Mr. C.
French. This form has the basal angles of the prothorax more
rounded off than var. cyaneocincta Macl., with which I have com-
pared it, but could not consider it identical. It differs from var.
viridilimbata Cast., only by the unusually obtuse basal angles of
the prothorax. Length, 15 mm.
41. N. planipectns SI., var. purpurata, n.var. — The typical form
of N, planipectus is from Tambourine Mountain, and is wholly
black in colour; but a specimen, with the elytra of a beautiful
purple, has been given to me by Mr. H. J. Carter, who took it
near Murwillumbah, on the Tweed River. I can detect no other
difference, worth noting, except the colour of the elytra, between
this form and the typical form; it may well be considered a
variety.
43. N.wilcoxi Cast. —In my Revision of 1902, I have indicated
that I thought N. subopaceus Chaud., might prove to be only a
variety of N. wilcoxi Cast. I have since then received four
specimens from Mr. J. A. Kershaw, which agree very well with
Castelnau's description of N. wilcoxi, and which are certainly not
distinct from N. subopacus; therefore, I am confirmed in my belief
that N. subopacus is a variety of N. wilcoxi.
The viol aceus-gr oup.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angle. Elytra with third interstice bearing more than two
punctures. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded.
This group is closely related to the sphodro ides-group, from
which it is differentiated by having the posterior marginal punc-
ture of the prothorax on the border: N. gippsiensis and N.
rainbowi are related to the sphodroides-group, and N. violaceus
to the australis-group. Here, the four posterior tarsi may be
either with or without spinules beneath the costa of the outer
side of the basal joint. N. cequalis, N. baketvelli, and N.
tillyardi have no spinule beneath the costa (in N. tillyardi the
costa itself is obsolete). The other species have spinules beneath
33
434 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, iv.,
the costa, but, in JV. violaceus, the spinules are not infrequently
wanting on the hind tarsi, and sometimes, though rarely, also on
the middle tarsi.
Table of Species.
l.(12)Prothorax with sides not sinuate before basal angles.
2.(9)Prothorax with basal angles obtuse, lateral border not widely reflexed
just before basal angles.
3. (4)Prothorax suborbiculate, widest about middle, transverse, strongly
and evenly rounded on sides, basal angles quite rounded off; black.
... 46. A7, rainbowi SI.
4.(3)Prothorax widest before middle, obliquely narowed to base.
5,(6)Prothorax strongly narrowed to base; black... 47. N. gippsiensis Cast.
6.(5)Prothorax lightly narrowed to base, with at least metallic tints neat-
base.
7.(8)Prothorax subquadrate(4*5 x 4 9 mm.); head black, pronotum greenish
near lateral basal impressions; elytra black, sometimes with green
margin ... 48. N. cequalis SI.
8.(7)Prothorax narrow (5*3 x 5'5 mm.); head greenish, pronotum bronzy -
green, elytra seueous 49. A7, banksi SI.
9.(2)Prothorax with basal angles marked, lateral border strongly reflexed
posteriorly.
10.(ll)Upper surface black... 50. N. macoyi SI.
ll.(10)Upper surface cupreous or aeneous 51. A7, bcsti SI.
12.(l)Prothorax with sides sinuate near base, basal angles rectangular.
13.(16)Elytra with eighth interstice depressed, and much wider than ninth
towards base.
14.(15)Upper surface more or less metallic 52. A7, violaceus Cast.
15.(l4)Black 53.A7. tillyardi SI.
16.(13)Elytra with eighth and ninth interstices subequal and convex
54. A7. bakewelliS].
47. N. gippsiensis Cast. — I found this species in Victoria, at
Marysville and Jamieson; it is also found at Mount Buffalo and
Talangatta.
50. A7", macoyi Sl.,( = N. howitti SI.), varies considerably in size
and appearance. The interstices of the elytra are convex in <J,
depressed (rarely a little convex) in £. Sometimes, and more often
in 9 than in <J, the prosternum is bordered along the whole of
the anterior margin; in my Revision of 1902, too much import-
ance was attributed to this character. N. macoyi occurred to me
plentifully at Jamieson, on the upper Goulburn River, last De-
BY T. G. SLOANE. 435
cember; and an examination of the specimens, obtained in that
locality, enables me to declare, without doubt, that N. howitti
SI., is identical with N. macoyi. The tarsi have always the first
joint of the intermediate pair costate externally, and with two
spinules on the lower side of the costa; in the posterior pair, the
first joint is costate externally, and usually, but not always, with
a spinule on the lower side of the costa. Dimensions : 14*6-1 7*5
x 4'7-6'3mm. Hab. —Victoria: Marysville and Jamieson(Sloane).
Note. — An error occurs in my original description of N. macoyi,
where the head is said to be "4'1 mm. across eyes"; the true
measurement is 31 mm., from a remeasurement of the type-
specimen.
51. X. bestiSl. — The typical form is found on the mountains of
the upper Yarra; it occurred to me at Warburton, in January.
Var. ceneodorsis SI., differs from the typical form by its brassy-
green colour.
53. NOTONOMUS TILLYARDI, n.sp.
g. Elliptical-oval, convex. Head large : prothorax cordate,
strongly sinuate on each side near base; posterior marginal punc-
ture on border at basal angle : elytra oval, strongly striate-
interstices lightly convex. Black.
Head convex (4-3 mm. across eyes); eyes convex. Prothorax
broader than long (4*7 x 5*6 mm.), widest before middle, narrower
at base (3-75 mm.) than apex (4-3 mm.); sides strongly rounded
on anterior three-fourths, strongly sinuate before base ; basal
angles strongly marked; border thick on sides, thickened at basal
angle to receive posterior marginal puncture, extending along
base on each side to lateral basal impression; median line strongly
impressed; lateral basal impressions deep. Elytra parallel-oval
(11 x 6-8 mm.), convex; lateral apical sinuosities hardly marked;
third interstice with two or three punctures,* eighth lightly
convex, wider than ninth on basal third, narrow and convex on
posterior third, ninth lightly convex, tenth obsolescent; basal and
lateral borders meeting at humeral angle with hardly any inter-
*In my unique specimen, there are two punctures on the right elytron,
three on the left.
436 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, i\r.,
ruption. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum narrow in middle,
of mesosternum concave. Length, 20; breadth, 6*8 mm.
#a&.-N.S.W. : Ebor (Tillyard). Unique in Coll. Sloane.
This large, black species is one of the most distinct in the
genus, having the prothorax more strongly sinuate to the base
than any other species. It is probably more allied to N. violaceus
Cast., than to any other species. The anterior tarsi in $ are
much less dilatate than in N. violaceus and N. triplogenioides.
The four posterior tarsi have the first joint without any spinules
beneath the external costa, which is obsolete on the hind tarsi.
The parallelo?no?yhus-gro\ip.
Prothorax as long as broad; posterior marginal puncture on
border at basal angle. Elytra simply striate; eighth interstice
a little wider than ninth on basal half, ninth narrow. Inter-
coxal declivity of prosternum wide, flat. Tarsi not striolate on
upper surface, first joint of four posterior tarsi costate externally,
without spinules beneath costa. Apex of abdomen 6-setose in $.
A monotypic group, with relationships to both the eques- and
australis-gvoups, but which it seems better not to associate with
either.
55. JVr. parallelomorphus Chaud.,( = iV. opulentus 81., Revision,
1902). — I can now see that I made a mistake in considering N.
parallelomorphus as a synonym of N. opulentus Cast., to which it
has no particular affinity. This species has the apical ventral
segment setose as in the elites-group, namely, $, 2-setose; £,
6-setose. The first joint of the anterior tarsi in £ is often
squamulose beneath (this also occurs in N. eques Cast., and rarely
in N. bodece SI.); it is so in four out of nine specimens taken by
me at Warburton and Marysville, Victoria.
The australis-group.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture on border at
basal angle. Elytra with striae crenulate; third interstice bear
ing more than two punctures. Intercoxal declivity of pro-
sternum flat. First joint of four posterior tarsi costate ex-
ternally, without spinules beneath costa.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 437
The species of this group are closely allied to TV. violaceus, but
it has seemed best to constitute a separate group for them.
Table of Species.
I.(2)Prothorax with sides not sinuate posteriorly, basal angles obtuse
56. A7, colossus SI.
2. (l)Prothorax with sides sinuate posteriori}', basal angles marked.
3. (6)Elytra with humeral angles strongly dentate.
4 (5)Size large (21-25 mm.) 57. iV. australis Cast.
5.(4)Size smaller (17-19 mm.) ..58. A7, cremdatus SI.
6. (3)Elytra with basal border not dentate at humeral angles
59. A7, amabilis Cast.
56. N. colossus SI. — I took this species at Guyra and Ben
Lomond, in December, 1910; and I have it also from Uralla.
57. iY. australis Cast.J( = iY. ceneomicans Chaud.). In Chau-
doir's original description of N. ceneomicans, the colour is given
as "plerumque viridimarginata thorace laetiore, plus minusve
virescente;" therefore, coloured as Castelnau's Trigonotoma aus-
tralis, with which I believe it to be identical. Ilab. — Narrara and
Ourimbah (Sloane).
Var. lapeyrousei Cast., is the form found north of the Hunter
River ; it has the margins of prothorax and elytra cupreous.
Hob. — Buladelah (Carter), Dorrigo (Tillyard).
58. N. crenulatus SI., is a distinct species, rather than a variety
of X. australis Cast. The humeral angles, though strongly marked,
are not dentate as in A7, australis, it is also smaller than N. aus-
tralis. Length 17-19 mm. Hab. — Dorrigo (Sloane), Ebor (Till-
yard).
The kingi-growp.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angle. Elytra fully striate; third interstice 2-punctate (except in
N. dyscoloides Motsch., where the number of punctures varies from
two to four). Posterior tarsi with first joint as long as the two
succeeding joints together; onychium glabrous beneath.
The species, which I have included in the kingi-growp, are not
at all nearly allied to one another, for I cannot suppose that the
characters, by which they are associated together, are of great
value for indicating close affinities. The Victorian species, N. dys-
438 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, IV.,
coloides and N. apicalis are evidently related to one another, and
show some relationship towards N. minimus; these three species
are rather out of place in the group, but N. victoriensis seems to
link them with N. australasice; therefore, I have placed them here
to prevent the addition of another, to my already too numerous
groups. The two Queensland species are isolated forms. The
typical species belong to New South Wales.
Table of Species.
A. Typical Species.
l.(6)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded. (Elytra with humeral
angles not dentate).
2.(3)Lateral border of pronotum narrow, of elytra narrow near humeral
angles; elytra lightly sinuate on each side of apex. (Black.)
61.JV. scotti SI.
3.(2)Lateral border of pronotum widely reflexed, of elytra widely reflexed
near humeral angles; elytra strongly sinuate on each side of apex.
4.(5)Black 62.JV. fergusoni Si.
5.(4)Metallic 63.iV. marginatus Cast.*
6.(l)Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat.
7.(10)Elytra with eighth interstice depressed or subdepressed, much wider
than ninth towards base.
8.(9)Striae crenulate. (Length 22-24 mm.).... 64. N. triplogenioides Chaud.
9. (8)Striae simple. (Length 15-17 mm.) 65. N. australasice Chaud.
10. (7)Elytra with eighth interstice narrow, convex.
ll.(18)Pronotum nitid.
12. (17)Elytra normally striate.
13.(14)Form elongate, depressed; pronotum widely margined. (Length
18 mm. Black) 66.A7. Uragerus SI
14.(13)Form ordinary.
15. (16)Prothorax with basal angles marked; elytra with humeral angles
strongly dentate 67. iV. kingi Macl.
16.(15)Prothorax with basal angles rounded off; elytra with humeral
angles marked but not dentate 68. N. leai SI.
17.(12)Pronotum opaque 69.iV. doddi&L
18.(ll)LTytra with seventh interstice branching into three forward from
apical curve 70. N. scepestriatus SI.
B. Victorian subgroup.
Size moderate (12-15 mm.).
Elytra with third interstice swollen at position of posterior puncture
71. N. victoriensis SI.
* I now regard N. xydntyensis SI., as a var. of N. marginatus.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 439
Elytra with third interstice not swollen at position of posterior
puncture.
Elytra strongly striate 72. JV. dyscoloides Motsch.
Elytra finely striate, interstices depressed except at apex
73.N. apicalis 81.
Size small (9 mm.), colour black 74 .AT. minimus SI.
64. N. triplogenioides Chaud., var. jervensis SI. — In my Revision
of 1902, I described N. jervensis as a species distinct from N. trip-
logenioides. Mr. H. J. Carter found N. jervensis at Nowra, and an
examination of his specimens convinces me that it is only a variety
of N. triplogenioides.
67. N. kingiW. S. Macleay,( = iV. incrassatus Chaud.).— In
These Proceedings for 1907 (p. 365), I suggested that Pcecilus
kingi W. S. Macleay, might well be taken to be N. incrassatus
Chaud., and further consideration of the matter makes this con-
clusion seem inevitable.
69. Notonomus doddi, n.sp.
Oval. Prothorax subcordate; pronotum opaque, transversely
striolate; posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle :
elytra deeply striate; interstices convex, third 2-punctate; inner
humeral angles sharply marked : fifth joint of tarsi glabrous
beneath. Black.
Head not large (3*2 mm. across eyes). Prothorax broader than
long(4-15 x 5mm.), wider across base(3*6 mm ) than apex(3mm.);
sides rounded, very shortly sinuate just before basal angle; apex
widely emarginate; anterior angles obtuse, but rather prominent;
base lightly emarginate in middle; basal angles almost rectangular,
obtuse at summit; border wide, especially posteriorly; lateral
channel wide, becoming wide and depressed near basal angles;
lateral basal impressions deep, not long; median line strongly
impressed, reaching base. Elytra ovate (9*2 x 5*3 mm.), wide at
base, lightly rounded on sides; lateral basal sinuosities well de-
veloped, stronger in 9 than in <J; basal border a little raised
above lateral border at humeral angles; lateral border wide, re-
flexed; eighth interstice narrower than seventh, about twice as
wide as ninth at basal third, tenth well developed. Intercoxal
declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum hardly at all concave.
Length, 14-16; breadth, 4-75-5-3 mm.
440 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABID^E, iv.,
Hob. —Queensland : Herberton District (F. P. Dodd). Coll.
Sloane.
An isolated species, at once differentiated from all others by-
having the pronotum opaque and transversely striolate, and the
posterior marginal seta on the border at basal angle.
72. N. dyscoloides Motsch.,[ = N. sphodroides SI., (1902), not
Dejean]. — A variable species in colour, size, and convexity of
elytral interstices, also in the number of punctures on the third
interstice; usually there are three or four of these punctures, but
small specimens, from Marysville and the Baw Baw Mountains,
have only two punctures; the elytra are generally longitudinally
depressed along the course of the third interstice. The intermedi-
ate tarsi have the external costa of the first joint spinulose be-
neath, but the posterior tarsi have no spinule beneath the costa. It
has not much affinity with any other species of the group in which
I have placed it. The species most nearly allied to it seems to be
AT. victoriensis SI. Specimens with violaceous elytra occurred to
me at Warburton and Marysville ; doubtless these represent Ptero-
stichus semiviolaceus Cast. Length, 12-7-15 mm. Specimens from
the Dandelion g Ganges have the elytra more cyaneous, and are
evidently the form which Castelnau distinguished under the sepa-
rate name of Pterostichus victoi'ice; this is the form I erroneously
thought to be N. sphodroides Dej., in 1902; the material now
before me indicates that this slightly differentiated form is not
worthy of a varietal name. Length, 13-15 mm. Specimens from
Marysville are smaller, and have the elytra with only two punc-
tures on the third interstice. Three specimens are before me, taken
near Keppel's Falls, on the Taggerty River; two of these (<J$)
have the elytra cyaneous, the other (£) violaceous. It seems a
variety. Length, 12-12-5 mm.
Var. simulans Chaud. — I have specimens from Victoria which
differ from N. dyscoloides Motsch., by colour, in the same way that
N. simulans is said to do ; namely, elytra cupreous, with the border
black. (It may be noted that N. dyscoloides has the border of the
elytra black). I look upon my specimens as representing a variety
of N. dyscoloides, rather than a distinct species. Length, 15 mm.
BY T. G. SLOANK. 44l
Hab. — Victoria: Emerald. National Museum, Melbourne, and
Coll. Sloane.
73. Notonomus apicalis, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, rather depressed. Prothorax truncate-cordate;
basal angles rectangular; elytra on disc feebly, at apex strongly
striate; third interstice 2-punctate; humeral angles subdentate.
Nitid; head, prothorax, and underparts black; elytra aeneo-cupre-
ous, margin black.
Head 2'4 mm. across eyes. Prothorax broader than long (3 x
3-5 mm.) ; base and apex of equal width (2-5 mm.) ; sides lightly
rounded, shortly subsinuate just before base; border strongly
reflexed posteriorly, continued on to base ; posterior marginal
puncture on border at basal angle; lateral basal impressions
elongate; lateral basal spaces depressed. Elytra oval (7*2x4-3
mm.); basal border obtusely raised above lateral border at humeral
angles; lateral apical sinuosities well developed; striae lightly or
faintly impressed on disc, more distinct near base, strongly im-
pressed on apical declivity; first well marked for whole length,
4-8 obsolete or faintly impressed; interstices flat, except just near
apex. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum fiat, of mesosternum
not concave. Four posterior tarsi with external side costate, and
spinulose beneath costa. Length 12, breadth 413 mm.
Hab. — Victoria. National Museum, Melbourne (type), and Coll.
Sloane.
I have to thank Mr. J. A. Kershaw for the opportunity of
describing this species. It is allied to N. dyscoloides Motsch.,
though it has a superficial resemblance to the species of the chaly-
beits-group. The flat intercoxal declivity of the prosternum, and
the elytra strongly striate on the apical declivity, where the inter-
stices are raised, indicate its affinities, and preclude it from being
placed in the chalyb eus-gv oup.
The later alis-groiip.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angle; lateral basal impressions short, not reaching margin of
base. Elytra strongly striate; basal border not, or very
L I 8 P. A R Yi
442 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABID^, iv.,
interrupted at point of junction with lateral border; third inter-
stice with three or four punctures, eighth wider than ninth towards
base. Four posterior tarsi without spinules beneath costa of exter-
nal side of first joint; hind tarsi short, first joint not as long as
the two succeeding joints together.
Table of Species.
l.(2)Elytra with ninth interstice depressed, not much narrower than eighth
towards base, tenth hardly developed; tarsi with onychium setulose
beneath 18.N. cylindricus SI.
2.(l)Elytra with ninth interstice very narrow, much narrower than eighth
towards base; tenth well developed, elongate.
3.(4)Elytra with decided lateral apical sinuosities, disclosing apex of inner
marginal plica 79. N. wentioorthi SI.
4.(3)Elytra with lateral apical sinuosities obsolete, apex of inner marginal
plica not visible. (Posterior tibiae curved) 80. N. lateralis SI.
78. NOTONOMUS CYLINDRICUS, n.sp.
£. Elongate, subcylindrical. Head large; prothorax subcordate;
basal angles rounded; posterior marginal puncture on border at
basal angles; elytra parallel, convex, strongly striate; humeral
angles edentate; third interstice 4- or 5-punctate. Black.
Head convex (3-8 mm. across eyes) ; frontal impressions obsolete;
clypeus bi-impressed ; eyes with orbits reniform; postocular part
of orbits well developed. Prothorax broader than long (4'5 x 4-9
mm.), widest before middle, convex; sides slightly rounded, round-
ly, obliquely narrowed to base; apex (3-9 mm.) wider than base
(3-5 mm.) ; anterior angles not marked; basal angles obtuse; bor-
der well developed posteriorly, passing round basal angle to
lateral basal impression on each side; lateral basal impressions
deep, short ; lateral basal spaces convex. Elytra much wider than
prothorax (10-8 x 6*2mm.), very convex; lateral apical sinuosities
well developed ; interstices lightly convex, eighth a little wider than
ninth towards base, tenth hardly indicated. Intercoxal declivity
of prosternum wide, rounded, of mesosternum concave; metepi-
sterna short. Four posterior tarsi with first joint costate on exter-
nal side, without spinules below costa; hind tarsi with first joint
shorter than two succeeding joints together; fifth joint setulose
beneath. Length 18, breadth 6-2 mm.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 443
Hob. — Australia: Type (unique) in National Museum, Mel-
bourne, ticketed "Queensland."
A very distinct species, in a general way resembling N. varii-
collis Chaud., but more elongate, convex, and cylindrical, and with
the posterior marginal puncture of the prothorax on the border.
The short posterior tarsi seem to ally it with N. lateralis SI., and
N. wentworthi SI., therefore, I have placed it in the same group
as these species, but it does not appear to have more than a general
relationship with them. It is readily distinguished from both N.
lateralis and N. wentworthi by having the prothorax more cordate;
elytra with basal border less raised at point of junction with lateral
border, third interstice 4-punctate, ninth depressed and wider,
tenth hardly developed, etc. Though the unique specimen in the
National Museum, Melbourne, is ticketed "Queensland," it seems
to me a southern form; and, for this reason, I think it possible
that the habitat Queensland may have been attached to it, in error.
79.NOTONOMUS WENTWORTHI, n.Sp.
Robust, parallel. Head large; prothorax subquadrate; basal
angles obtuse; posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angle; elytra truncate-oval, strongly striate; interstices convex,
third 3-punctate as in N. lateralis SI., eighth wide, ninth very nar-
row ; posterior tarsi short. Black.
Head convex (3 mm. across eyes) ; eyes (with orbits) reniform,
prominent, deeply set in orbits posteriorly. Prothorax broader
than long (3*8 x 4-3 mm.), lightly and evenly rounded on sides;
apex and base of equal width (3 mm.) ; apex a little emarginate;
basal angles roundly obtuse; lateral border even, narrow, thick;
lateral basal impressions wide, short; lateral basal spaces convex.
Elytra a little wider than prothorax (8*8 x 4'7 mm.), parallel,
rather depressed on disc, strongly declivous on sides and apex;
lateral apical sinuosities moderately developed; scutellar striole
very short ; basal border rather prominent, and a little raised above
lateral border at humeral angles ; tenth interstice narrow, elongate ;
lateral channel hardly widened near beginning of apical curve.
Intercoxal declivity of prosternum wide, of mesosternum flat.
Length 15-5, breadth 4-7 mm.
444: REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, iv.,
Hab. — N.S.W. : Blue Mountains (Mount Tomah, Fletcher; Kur-
rajong, Musson). Coll. Sloane.
In my Revision of 1902, this species was placed under N. latera-
lis SI., but I now perceive that it is quite distinct. The male of N.
wentworthi differs from the male of N. lateralis by eyes more pro-
minent; elytra with lateral channel much narrower posteriorly,
lateral apical sinuosities well developed, and disclosing the apex of
the inner plica (in N. lateralis, the sinuosity is obsolete, and the
inner plica is not visible) posterior tibiae straight (not incurved on
lower side), etc.; in the female, the same elytral differences occur
in a far more decided form.
80. N. lateralis SI. — Mr. H. J. Carter found this species at Mount
Irvine, in the Blue Mountains; and, after seeing his specimens, it
is evident to me that my original description was founded on nor-
mal specimens. When writing my "Revision," in 1902, I confused
another species (N. wentworthi) with N. lateralis; this error was
caused by my having only one specimen (9) of N. lateralis and
N. wentworthi for comparison, and I concluded that the very
peculiar marginal development of the elytra in N. lateralis Q,
(which had been described in the original description of that
species) was probably an individual deformity. In this, I was
wrong; it is the normal form of the elytra in N. lateralis Q. It may
be noted, that what I called the "ninth stria," in the original de-
scription of N. lateralis, is really the marginal channel ; there is a
narrow, ninth stria between the ninth and tenth interstices, on the
posterior half of the elytra.
The mediosulcatus-gvoup.
Prothorax rounded on sides; basal angles rounded; posterior
marginal puncture on border. Elytra with the four inner striae
deep, 5-7 obsolete, third interstice 2-punctate; humeral angles
rounded. Prosternum with anterior margin bordered; intercoxal
declivity rounded. Four posterior tarsi with first joint not cos-
tate, nor with upper spinules on external side; onychium glabrous
beneath.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 445
A monotypie group showing no near affinity to any other group,
but with evident suggestions of being a connecting form between
Notonomus and Sarticus.
81. JY. mediosulcatus Chaud.,( = Adetipa punctata Cast., =
Omaseus occidentalis Cast., = 0. satanas Cast.) is the only species
as yet known from South-Western Australia; it varies greatly
in colour and appearance.*
The chalybeus-group.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture at basal angle.
Elytra feebly striate; interstices depressed (including eighth at
apex), third 2-punctate. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum
rounded. Intermediate tarsi with first joint spinulose on outer
side above usual row of external spinules; posterior tarsi often not
similarly spinulose, sometimes with one upper spinule, external
costa of first joint not well developed, sometimes obsolete; ony-
chium glabrous beneath.
A satisfactory group, for which Motschulsky thought a generic
name needful (Ternox). Ohaudoir did not consider Ternox as dis-
tinct from Notonomus; and it seems to me that, if the separation
of Ternox had to be supported by valid reasons, such reasons would
not be easy to indicate; therefore, I follow Chaudoir in merging
Ternox with Notonomus. This group gives indications of ancient
relationships towards the sphodroides-group through N. tenui-
striatus SI., and also in a more shadowy way towards A7, mediosul-
catus Chaud.
Table of Species.
l.(4)Co!our black.
2. (3) Elytra with humeral angles not raised; prothorax evenly rounded on
sides, widest about middle .". 82. N. gravis Chaud.
3.(2)Elytra with humeral angles strongly raised; prothorax rather obliquely
narrowed to base, widest considerably before middle ...
83.iV. molestus Chaud.
4.(l)Elytra virescent.
o.(6)Size large(17-21 mm.); elytra with basal border very little raised above
lateral border at humeral angles 84. N. philippi Newm.
*Sloane, These Proceedings, 1898, p. 478.
446 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDiE, iv.,
6.(5)Size small (13*5-15 mm.); elytra with basal border decidedly raised
above basal border at humeral angles.
7.(8)Prothorax not sinuate on sides before basal angles
85. jV. chalybeus Chaud.
8.(7)Prothorax lightly sinuate before basal angles 86. JV. hershawi SI.
84. N. philippi Newm.,( = Percus bipunctatus Cast.).— The
species which Castelnau named Feronia (Percus) bipunctata must
certainly be considered to be the same as Newman's Feronia philip-
pi, but I cannot now accept Chaudoir's view that it is synonymous
with F. chalybea Dej., which is a smaller insect. N. philippi is
common about Melbourne, and is found generally over the Yarra
watershed ; I have found it at Matlock, on the source of the Goul-
burn River. Length, 17-21 mm.
Var. otwayensis SI. — Probably this is a distinct species, but
more information than I possess of the spread of N. philippi west-
ward from Melbourne, and more knowledge as to any intermediate
forms being found, would be necessary before any definite opinion
could be ventured upon.
Var. arcuata, n. var. Differs from N. philippi Newm., by size
smaller, prothorax more strongly rounded, more roundly narrowed
to base ; basal angles rounded off, not marked ; elytra more obvate,
narrower towards base. From N. gravis Chaud., it differs by form
less convex, elytra more or less chalybeous, more narrowed to base,
basal border obtusely subdentate at humeral angles (a little raised
above lateral border). Dimensions: head, 3-2 across eyes; pro-
thorax, 3*8x4*6, apex 3*1, base 3*2; elytra, 9*7x5*8; length
16 mm.
Hab. — Werribee Gorge (westward from Melbourne). Colls.
Dixon and Sloane.
I owe it to the kindness of Mr. J. E. Dixon, of Melbourne, that
I have been able to examine three specimens of this variety, which
he had found at Werribee Gorge. It might be considered a species
closely allied to N. philippi, but I prefer to regard it as a variety
of that species.
85. N. chalybeus Dej. — This species is found on King Island.
Specimens sent to me by Mr. A. M. Lea, from King Island, agree
BY T. G. SLOANK. 447
closely with Chaudoir's description of N. chalybeus. It differs
from N. philippi Newm., by its smaller size. Black, with greenish-
blue elytra. Length, 13-14 mm.
86. N. kershawi SI., is extremely near N. chalybeus Dej., of
which it is the representative on the mainland. It exactly resembles
N. chalybeus in appearance and colour, but has the prothorax sub-
sinuate before the basal angles, which are more strongly marked;
the humeral angles of the elytra, too, are more prominent. Hab. —
Victoria: Princetown (Sloane), Portland (J. E. Dixon).
The lesueuri-group.
Prothorax with posterior marginal puncture on border at basal
angles. Elytra strongly and fully striate; third interstice 2-punc-
tate, eighth and ninth subequal, eighth convex. Intercoxal declivity
of prosternum flat. Metepisterna longer than is usual in the
genus. Four posterior tarsi without spinules beneath costa of
external side of first joint; hind tarsi shorter than usual in the
genus; onychium glabrous beneath.
This is a terminal group ; by its short posterior tarsi, and some
other characters, it approaches the lateralis-growp. The two species
may be separated thus : —
Elytra with humeral angles edentate 87. N. lesueuri Cast.
Elytra with humeral angles dentate. 88. N. miles Cast.
N. miles, as identified by me in my "Revision" of 1902, may not
be the species which Castelnau described. I am unable to decide
that Chaudoir's description of N. miles Cast., in his "Supplement,"
could not have been founded on the species I identified as N. miles,
but, when we consider that Chaudoir separated N. lesueuri from all
the other species of Notonomus, on account of its elongate metepi-
sterna ; and that, in the same paper, -he treated of N. miles very
fully, it seems difficult to think that the true N. miles has elongate
metepisterna. My present view is, that the true N. miles is a
species allied to N. kingi Macl., and not N. miles Sloane, but, to
prevent changes in nomenclature on insufficient evidence, I now
leave the matter as formerly decided by me,* till the examination
* These Proceedings, 1902, p. 323.
448
RKVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDjE, IV.,
of specimens from the Clyde River, N.S.W., enables the point to
be settled definitely.
INDEX AND LIST OF SPECIES.
Names which have an asterisk prefixed to them, are those of species
which are unknown to me in nature.
Names which are not noticed in the body of the present paper, are
synonyms which have been treated of in my Revision of 1902.
Varieties are indexed here, the same as synonyms, and have the numbers
of the species on which they are dependent, attached.
s
p. No.
S
p. No
accedens Chaud...
.. 16
eques Cast.
.. 8
(vntodorsis SI. ...
.. 51
excisipennis SI....
.. 28
cmeomicans Chaud
57
fergusoni SI.
.. 62
requalis SI.
.. 48
Jletcheri SI.
.. 52
amahilis Cast ...
.. 59
frtnchi SI.
.. 12
angulosus SI.
.. 17
froggatti SI.
2
angustibasis SI. '
.. 30
gippslandicu* Cast.
.. 21
angustipennis Macl.
.. 39
gippsiensis Cast.
.. 47
apicalis SI.
.. 73
gravis Chaud. ...
.. 82
arcuata SI.
.. 84
howitti SI
.. 50
arthuri SI.
.. 26
hunteriensis Cast.
.. 63
atripennis SI.
2
illidgei SI.
.. 37
atrodermis SI. ...
.. 31
impressicollis Cast.
.. 39
auricolli.s Cast. ...
.. 21
impressipennis Cast. ...
.. 33
austral is Cast. ...
.. 57
incrassatus Chaud.
.. 67
australasite Dej.
.. 65
*ingratus Chaud.
.. 76
bakewelli SI.
.. 54
jervensis SI.
.. 64
banksi SI.
.. 49
johnstoni SI.
.. 29
bassi SI. ...
.. 21
kershawi SI.
.. 86
bellingeri SI.
.. 38
kosciuskoanus SI.
20
besti SI.
.. 51
kingi Macleay, W. S. ...
.. 67
bipunctatus Cast.
.. 84
kingi Chaud
.. 28
bodese SI.
.. 5
kingi SI. ...
.. 61
carteri SI.
.. 25
lacustris Cast. ...
.. 83
chalybeus Dej. ..
.. 85
lateralis SI.
.. 80
colossus SI.
.. 56
lapeyrousei Cast.
.. 57
comes Cast.
. 24
latibasis SI.
.. 39
crenulatus SI
.. 58
leaiSl
.. 68
crcesux Cast.
.. 12
lesueuri Cast. ...
.. 87
cupricolor SI.
1
liragerus SI.
.. 66
cyaneocinctus Macl.
.. 39
longus SI.
9
cylindricus SI. ..
.. 78
luculentus SI.
.. 63
rdarlingi Cast. ...
.. 60
macoyi SI.
.. 50
hdepressipennis Chaud.
.. 45
marginatus Cast.
.. 63
discoderus Chaud.
.. 63
maMersi Cast. ...
.. 39
discoiimosus SI.
.. 44
mediosulcatus Chaud. ..
. 81
doddi SI
.. 69
melas SI.
.. 42
ducalis Cast.
.. 64
metallicus SI. ...
.. 22
dyscoloides Motsch.
.. 72
miles Cast.
.. 88
BY T. G. SLOANE.
449
Sp. No. 1
Sp. No.
minimus SI.
... 74
rufipalpis SI.
... 31
mitchelli Cast. ...
... 65
rugitarsis SI.
... 6
molestus Chaud.
.. 83
rugosicollis SI. ...
... 33
montanus Cast. ...
... 82
ssepestriatus SI.
... 70
montanus Rainb.
... 46
satanas Cast.
... 81
muelleri SI.
... 15
satrapus Cast. ...
... 10
nitescens SI.
... 38
satrapus SI.
... 11
nitidicollis Chaud.
... 39
scotti SI.
... 61
nitidicollis SI. ...
... 39
*semiplicatus Cast.
... 77
obsoletus Motsch.
... 83
stmiviolaceus Cast.
... 72
obtusicollis SI. ...
... 39
simulans Chaud.
... 72
occidentalis Cast.
... 81
spenceri SI.
7
opacicollis Chaud.
... 33
sphodroides Dej.
... 16
opacistriatus Si.
... 89
sphodroides SI. ...
... 72
opulentus Cast....
... 21
*striaticollis Cast.
... 35
opulentus SI.
... 55
strzeleckianus SI.
... 3
otwayensis SI.
... 84
*subiridescens Chaud. ..
.. 75
parallelomorphus Chauc
1. ... 55
subopacus Chaud.
... 43
peroui Cast.
... 14
subvilis Cast.
... 72
philippi Newm.
... 84
Sydney ensis SI. ...
... 63
phillipsi Cast. ...
... 4
tasmanicus Cast.
... 18
planipectus SI. ...
... 41
taylori SI.
... 27
politulus Chaud.
... 18
tenuistriatus SI.
... 13
polli 81
... 34
tessellatus SI. ...
... 32
pluripunctatus SI.
11
tillyardi SI
... 53
plutus Cast.
... 12
triplogenioides Chaud.
... 64
pristonychoides Motsch.
... 16
tubericaudus Bates
... 19
pristonychoides Chaud.
... 30
variicollis Chaud.
... 24
prominens SI. ...
... 36
victorice Cast. ...
... 72
punctatus Cast....
... 81
victoriensis SI. ...
... 71
purpuratus SI. . .
... 41
violaceu3 Cast. ...
... 52
purpureipennis Motsch.
... 33
violaceomarginatus Mac
1. ... 39
purpureipennis Macl. ..
... 39
viridicinctus Macl.
... 39
purpureolimbatus Cast.
... 33
viridilimbatiLB Cast.
... 39
queenslandicus SI.
... 40
viridimarginatus Cast.
... 39
rainbowi SI.
... 46
wentworthi SI
... 79
*resplendens Cast.
... 23
wilcoxi Cast.
... 43
ON A CASE OF NATURAL HYBRIDISM IN THE
GENUS G SEVILLE 'A [N.O. PROTEACE^E].
By J. J. Fletcher.
[Paper withdrawn, by permission of the Council, for the incorporation
of observations on some additional material, corresponding with that
described by Mr. Bentham in the Flora Australiensis, not previously
seen.]
34
450
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
August 27th, 1913.
Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Charles Badham, B.Sc, University of Sydney, was
elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (30th July, 1913), amounting to 9 Vols.,
85 Parts or Nos., 13 Bulletins, 5 Reports, and 1 Pamphlet,
received from 53 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
451
REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E
BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY CRYPTORHYN-
C HIDES. Part XII.
By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S.
This Part deals with the balance of the genera allied to Porop-
terus. A large number of them have the base of the head more or
less strongly depressed, and with two to five emarginations (some-
times of considerable depth) on the forehead, a peculiarity that, with
few exceptions, appears to be confined to the group. In conse-
quence of the lateral emarginations, the eyes often appear as if
they were not embedded in the head ; usually when this is the case,
they are bent over on top. When the forehead is strongly sinuous,
the base is often bald and shining, and the tarsi are usually narrow
and shining. In those in which it is simply depressed at the base,
the central portion is often densely squamose, and rather strongly
convex, whilst the base itself is coarsely punctured and opaque,
but not squamose ; though in some species it is shining. But to see
these parts clearly, the head must usually be removed from the
body.
The rostrum is usually the length of the prothorax; it is never
straight, but seldom strongly curved; it has always a more or less
shallow groove on each side above the scrobe. The eyes are usually
small, ovate, and coarsely faceted.
The metasternum is always (except in Eufaustia) shorter than
the basal segment of abdomen, and is usually much shorter. Its
episterna are always narrow, and sometimes the median portion is
entirely concealed. In Scolyphrus, they are almost, whilst in Hop-
lodecilaus they are entirely without a triangular inner projection,
In some genera, they are entirely absent, or at least not traceable;
in a few only, the triangular projection is the only part left. This,
in Myrtesis and Cedilaus, is of an unusual size.
In many, the suture between the first and second abdominal seg-
ments is soldered together, and curved across middle, although
452 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, xii.,
usually deep at the sides. When it is deep and straight, the second
segment is seldom much longer than the third. The three apical
ones are frequently strongly narrowed by the elytra.
In the majority of species, the hind femora do not extend to the
apex of the abdomen, their grooving is often indistinct (especially
on the front part), and the dentition is sometimes variable in a
genus, and is even sometimes sexually variable. In Tetengia, the
legs, and in Cedilaus, the tibia?, are remarkable.
The majority of the genera are apterous; in Onidistus, one
species is apterous, whilst the others are winged. In Tragopus, the
wings, though present, are too small to be used for flight.
The colour and clothing are not of much use for purposes of
identification. The species are nearly all black, except for the
antennae and tarsi. The clothing is frequently of a muddy-brown,
is often slightly variable amongst individuals of a species, and is
usually easily abraded; moreover, owing to their habits, the cloth-
ing is often caked with mud. Wherever possible, at least one speci-
men of a species was abraded before the description of that species
was drawn up. Not infrequently the clothing conceals important
structural features, especially on the under-surface.
In many of the species, there are a few shining sutural granules
on the basal half of the elytra ; these are sometimes hollow, and are
seldom constant in the species, or even on the different sides of an
individual.
A number of the genera, particularly some of those towards the
end, do not appear to be satisfactorily placed, but I cannot suggest
a better location for them. The main difference between the Porop-
terus and the Chcetectetorus groups lies in the metasternum ; in the
latter group it is usually long, frequently longer than the basal seg-
ment of abdomen and with very distinct and often wide episterna.
The following table is arranged solely for convenience of identi-
fication : —
A. Pectoral canal terminated at or on abdomen... Myrtesis.
AA. Canal terminated before abdomen.
B. Mesosternal receptacle open.
a. Rostrum short and wide Eufaustia.
aa. Rostrum rather long and thin.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 453
b. Forehead sinuous.
c. Forehead trisinuate, scutellum absent.... Pseudonidistus.
cc. Forehead quadrisinuate, scutellum pre-
sent Onidistus.
bb. Forehead not sinuous.
d. Apex of rostrum not resting in a special
receptacle Cycloporopterds.
dd. Apex so resting Poropterinus.
BB. Mesosternal receptacle cavernous (some-
times just perceptibly so).
C. Tarsi linear Scolyphrus.
CC. Tarsi with third joiut wider than second
(sometimes not by much) and bilobed.
D. Inner projection of metasternal episterna
large, triangular, and isolated Cedilaus.
DD. Inner projection not as in D.
E. Scutellum present,
e. Head convex, forehead not sinuous.
f. Femora dentate.
g. Eyes coarsely faceted Anilaus.
gg. Eyes finely or moderately faceted.
h. Suture between two basal seg-
ments of abdomen curved. Ouroporopterus.
hh. This suture straight Omydaus.
ff. Femora edentate.
i. Eyes finely faceted Pteroporopterus.
ii. Eyes coarsely faceted.
j. Metasternal episterna not trace-
able EXITHIOIDES.
jj. Metasternal episterna traceable
throughout.
k. Prothorax longer than wide.... Pseudomydads.
hh. Prothorax transverse.
I. Elytra trisinuate at base Orthoporopterus.
II. Elytra not trisinuate Poropterculus.
ce. Head depressed at base, the forehead
usually sinuous.
m. Club decidedly elongate Austrectopsis.
mm. Club sometimes moderately long,
but never very long.
n. Suture between two basal segments
of abdomen more or less indistinct.
o. Metasternal episterna not trace-
able throughout ExiTHlUS.
454 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, xiL,
oo. Metasternal episterna so trace-
able.
p. Emargination of mesosternal re-
ceptacle transverse Euryporopterus.
pp. Emargitiation longitudinal Tepalicds.
nn. Suture between two basal segments
of abdomen distinct throughout.
q. Femora dentate.
r. Scape inserted nearer base than
apex of rostrum Methidrysis.
rr. Scape inserted nearer apex than
base Notocalviceps.
qq. Femora edentate.
s. Hind femora not passing elytra.. (Emethylus.
ss. Hiud femora passing elytra.
t. Femora grooved Stenoporopterus.
tt. Femora not grooved... Illidgea.
EE. Scutellum absent, or at least not
traceable.
F. Base at sides of prosternum ex-
cavated for reception of front
femora Tetengia.
FF. Base of prosternum not so ex-
cavated.
G. Head depressed at base, or fore-
head sinuous.
u. Metasternal episterna not trace-
able throughout.
v. Femora dentate Poropterellus.
vv. Femora edentate Brachyporopterus.
uu. Metasternal episterna traceable
throughout.
w. Eyes finely faceted.
#. Femora edentate Pachyporopterus.
xx. Femora dentate Paletonidistus.
iow. Eyes coarsely faceted,
y. Femora dentate Terporopus.
yy. Femora edentate.
z. Femora not grooved Roptoperus.
22. Femora grooved.
a. Scape inserted nearer apex
than base of rostrum Cairnsicis.
aa. Scape inserted nearer base
than apex Ecildaus.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 455
GG. Head convex, f<jrehead not sinuous.
H. Ifyes finely faceted.
b. Femora grooved.
c. Metasternal episterna traceable through-
out Tragopus.
cc. Episterna not so traceable Imaliodes (in part).
bb. Femora not grooved.
d. Hind femora passing elytra Glyptoporopterus.
dd. Hind femora not passing elytra Neodecilaus.
HH. Eyes coarsely faceted.
I. Suture between two basal segments of
abdomen more or less indistinct.
e. Hind femora not passing elytra NtcoNOTUS.
ee. Hind femora passing elytra.
/. Eyes small Tentegia.
ff. Eyes large Salcus.
J. Femora not grooved.
g. Hind femora passing elytra Anchithyrhs.
gg. Hind femora not passing elytra Microcryptorhynchus.
II. Suture between two basal segments of
abdomen distinct throughout.
JJ. Femora grooved.
K. Metasternal episterna traceable
throughout.
h. Femora dentate Hoplodecilaus.
hh. Femora edentate Zenoporopterus.
KK. Metasternal episterna not trace-
able throughout.
L. Base of prothorax truncate Gymnoporoptkrus.
LL. Base bisinuate Imaliodes (in part).
Genus Neodecilaus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.81.
Neodecilaus picus Lea, I.e.
Uab. — Queensland.
Neodecilaus gratus Lea, I.e., p.82.
Hab . — Q ueensland.
Genus Cedilaus Lea; I.e., p.83.
Cedilaus ambiguus Lea, I.e., p.84.
Hab. — New South Wales.
456 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^E, xii.,
Genus Hoplodecilaus Lea, I.e.
HOPLODECILAUS MARMORATUS Lea, l.C, p.85.
Hab. — West Australia.
Genus Imaliodes Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p.410.
Head large and partially concealed. Eyes with facets of variable
size. Rostrum moderately long. Scape shorter than funicle; club
ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax moderately or not
at all transverse. Scutellum absent.* Elytra ovate, wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders distinctly or not at all produced. Mesostemal
receptacle strongly raised, basal portion large; cavernous. Meta-
sternum very short; episterna not traceable. Abdomen moderately
large, all the sutures very distinct. Legs of variable length ; femora
thick or rather thin, grooved and dentate or not; tibia short.
Elliptic-ovate, strongly convex, squamose, feebly or not at all
tuberculate, apterous.
This genus is rather closely allied to Poropterus, and, like that
genus, is variable in a number of features that are usually constant
amongst congeners; the grooved femora will at once distinguish it
from Poropterus. I venture to unite Drassicus with Imaliodes, as
the character of the shoulders relied on by Mr. Pascoe, appears to
be of only specific importance.
Femora edentate.
First joint of funicle longer than second edentatus.
Vice versa /rater.
Femora dentate.
Eyes coarsely faceted.
Shoulders distinctly projecting terreus.
Shoulders feebly projecting; legs short subfasciatus.
Shoulders not projecting; legs long ovipennis.
Eyes finely faceted.
Elytra nodulose scitulus.
Elytra spotted nigricomis.
Imaliodes subfasciatus Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5452.
Not very densely clothed with brown scales, rather longer on
prothorax and legs than elsewhere.
* /. nodulosus is said to have a scutellum.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 457
Head not very coarsely but somewhat rugosely punctate. Ros-
trum shining; moderately densely punctate at base and apex,
sparsely elsewhere. Prothorax strongly contracted near apex.
Elytra widest at about middle; seriate-punctate, punctures large,
subquadrate and rather deep. Femora very stout, indistinctly den-
tate. Length, 7 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales : Illawarra, Burrawang.
Mr. Pascoe described and figured this species as having a feeble
postmedian fascia; of two specimens before me, one has such a
fascia, but, on the other, it is not at all traceable.
Tmaliodes terreus, Pasc; I.e. No.5453.
£. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, usually small and
depressed, but mixed with stouter and longer ones, and very dense
on under surface and legs.
Eyes rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum stout; coarsely punctate
at base and apex. Antennae stout; second joint of funicle con-
siderably longer than first. Prothorax scarcely transverse. Elytra
widest just behind base, shoulders tuberculate and projecting, just
behind base on each side a feeble tubercle, which is connected with
each shoulder by an oblique ridge; seriate-punctate, punctures
large, not very close together. Femora very stout, indistinctly
dentate. Length, 7 mm.
Hab. — Queensland: Wide Bay. — New South Wales: Clarence
River.
Imaliodes nigricornis Pasc; I.e. No.5529.
Drassicus nigricornis Pasc.
(J. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, becoming much
paler on under-parts; upper surface .with four transverse series of
small whitish spots ; one on middle of prothorax, one at basal third
of elytra, one beyond middle, and one near apex.
Eyes finely faceted. Rostrum with punctures concealed except
at apical fifth. Antennae inserted at apical third of rostrum. Pro-
thorax feebly transverse. Elytra ovate-cordate; with series of
large, subquadrate, partially concealed punctures. Femora rathei
stout. Length, 5J-7 mm.
458 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xii.,
<|). Differs in having the rostrum rather less, but still, coarsely
punctate, the sculpture less hidden by clothing, and the antennal
insertion more distant from apex.
Hab. — Queensland. — New South Wales: Tweed and Richmond
Rivers.
The small whitish spots are sometimes traceable with difficulty,
or are even entirely absent; sometimes two small spots are present
on the head; the subbasal series on the elytra consists of three
spots on each side; the postmedian series is bisinuate, and consists
of about ten spots.
Imaliodes scrofa Pasc; I.e. No.5451.
Hab. — West Australia.
Imaliodes nodulosus Pasc; I.e. No.5450.
Hab. — Queensland.
Imaliodes illotus Pasc; I.e. No.5527.
Drassicus illotus Pasc.
Hab. — Queensland.
Imaliodes infaustus Pasc; I.e. No.5528.
Drassicus infaustus Pasc.
Hab. — Queensland.
Imaliodes edentulus Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p. 523.
Hab. — Queensland.
Imaliodes ovipennis Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc S. Aust., 1912, p. 86.
Hab. — Queensland.
Imaliodes frater Lea, I.e. p. 87.
Hab. — Queensland.
Imaliodes scitulus Lea, I.e. p. 86.
Hab.— New South Wales.
Genus Anchithyrus Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (2), ii.,
1885, p.257.
Head partially visible from above. Eyes rather small, coarsely
or moderately coarsely faceted. Rostrum of moderate length.
BY ARTHUK M. LEA. 459
Scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum, much shorter
than funicle. Prothorax convex, transverse, sides strongly rounded.
Scutellum absent. Elytra subcordate, strongly convex. Mesoster-
nal receptacle strongly raised in front, sides more or less incurved,
emargination semicircular; cavernous. Metasternum much shorter
than following segment; episterna indistinct. Abdomen rather
small, sutures distinct. Femora very long, neither grooved nor
dentate, hind ones passing elytra; tibiae straight or almost straight.
Subelliptic, convex, squamose, apterous.
The above diagnosis has been drawn up from three Australian
species. The original diagnosis is somewhat faulty, and on it
alone they would not have been referred to the genus. But as Dr.
Heller figures* a species (A. laticollis) remarkably close in general
appearance, and undoubtedly congeneric with A. muticus, it was
considered advisable to place them provisionally in Anchithyrus.
Dr. Heller's figure will give a very good idea of A. muticus, but the
following remarks in his description do not apply to that species :
"rostro . . . carina mediana vix perspicua; prothorace . . . elytris
latioribus; elytris . . . pone medium fascia nebulosa transversa;
femoribus granulatis."
Prothorax and elytra with regular and very distinct shining
granules muticus.
Elytra with small clusters of granules on the interstices caliqinosus.
Without granules reticulatus.
Anchithyrus muticus Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi., 1908,
pl74.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland.
Anchithyrus caliginosus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.88.
Hab . — Queensland.
Anchithyrus reticulatus Lea, I.e.
Hab. — Queensland.
* Abh. Mus. Dresd., 1900, p. 41, fig. 19.
460 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE, XlL,
Genus Scolyphrus Pascoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii., 1874,
p.413.
Head small. Eyes moderately faceted. Prothorax flat or almost
so. Scutellum absent. Elytra subovate, base trisinuate. Meso-
sternal receptacle thick, feebly raised, cavernous. Metasternum
narrow, episterna rather wide, but narrow in middle, inner projec-
tion almost absent. Abdomen large; two basal segments very
large, suture distinct only at sides, but traceable across middle.
Legs rather long and not very thin; femora edentate, feebly
grooved; tarsi thin, third joint no wider than second. Apterous.
In S. obesus, the eyes are rather finely, in S. semipunctatus rather
coarsely faceted. The narrow tarsi will suffice to distinguish the
genus from most of the allies of Poropterusj from that genus it
may be distinguished by the soldering together of the two basal
segments of abdomen. Both species appear to be rare; they are
dull black, the antennae only being feebly diluted with red.
Prothorax as long as wide obesus.
Prothorax transverse semipunctatus.
Scolyphrus obesus Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5448.
Rather sparsely clothed with stout scales, forming feeble clusters
on prothorax and elytra.
Rostrum with a moderately distinct median carina; with moder-
ately large but irregular and shallow punctures. Prothorax some-
what angular, as long as wide ; disc without, the sides with, shallow
punctures. Elytra ovate, much wider than prothorax, basal third
or fourth with large punctures of which the largest are basal, and
the next largest sutural. Length, 18 mm.
Hab. — Queensland : Port Denison and Bowen.
A large dingy insect with peculiar elytral punctures, and with
the prothorax shaped as in many of the species belonging to Pale-
ticus.
Scolyphrus semipunctatus, n.sp.
Moderately densely clothed with scales of a dingy brown, but
uniform shade ; upper surface with stout scales scattered about, and
one in each puncture.
BY ARTHUR M. LKA. 461
Rostrum with two grooves on each side above serobes, and all of
which are continued to between antennae, and leave three carinas,
the middle one of these is shining; apical half shining, and very
finely punctate. Scape thickened at apex, the length of funicle;
funicle with the second joint distinctly longer than the first. Pro-
thorax distinctly transverse, feebly convex, sides almost equally
rounded, apex not much narrower than base ; sides with a few, the
disc without punctures. Elytra ovate, not much wider than pro-
thorax, widest near base; basal half with transverse rows of
large punctures, all (except a few of the basal and apical rows,
that are smaller), being of equal size and at equal distances; a
shining granule on each side of the scutellar region. Posterior
femora extending almost to apex of abdomen. Length, 7 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales: Richmond River. — Queensland:
Mount Tambourine.
The claws are long and very sharp. The punctures of the elytra
are reminiscent of those of many of the Cleridae.
Pachyporopterus, n.g.
Head rather large. Eyes finely faceted. Rostrum moderately
long and curved. Antenna? rather thin ; scape inserted nearer apex
than base of rostrum, the length of funicle ; two basal joints of the
latter elongate; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Pro-
thorax transversely subglobular. Scutellum absent. Elytra ovate,
shoulders rounded. Mesosternal receptacle feebly raised, walls
almost equal throughout, emargination almost V-shaped, caver-
nous. Metasternum short, episterna distinct throughout. Abdo-
men large, sutures distinct. Legs moderately long; femora not
very stout, neither grooved nor dentate. Elliptic-ovate, convex,
squamose, fasciculate, apterous.
This genus is proposed for the Poropterus satyrus of Paseoe.
It is distinguished from Poropterus by the distinct, although nar-
row, metasternal episterna; from Platyporopterus to which it is
closer, by the episterna, distinct abdominal sutures, and by the
femora.
462 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE, xiL,
Pachyporopterus satyrus Pasc.; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5439.
Poropterus satyrus Pasc.
^ Black, antennas and apical joints of tarsi of a dingy red.
Densely clothed with small, pale, fawn-coloured, overlapping
scales, in places variegated with darker ones, those on the elytra
form feeble velvety patches ; with scattered longer scales, that form
four feeble fascicles on prothorax, and are seriately arranged on
elytra.
Head with dense but comparatively small punctures; usually
with a feeble irregular median carina. Rostrum the length of pro-
thorax, moderately densely and regularly, but not very coarsely
punctate; with a very feeble median carina, or impunctate line.
Prothorax with strongly rounded sides; with small, normally con-
cealed punctures; across middle several very feeble tubercular
elevations. Elytra ovate, considerably wider than prothorax ; with
a feeble but distinct subhumeral projection ; seriate-punctate, punc-
tures normally concealed, comparatively small and distant, becom-
ing very small posteriorly ; generally with a few feeble granules in
scutellar region. Length, 12-18 mm.
£. Differs in being larger and wider, rostrum with smaller and
sparser punctures, and without the median impunctate line. The
base of the elytra is also less distinctly trisinuate.
Hab. — Tasmania; widely distributed, but rather rare.
The clothing has been described from a specimen in perfect con-
dition ; on many specimens it is of a dingy muddy-brown ; the vel-
vety patches on the elytra are frequently not traceable, and are
never constant in disposition. The prothoracic fascicles are often
abraded. On an occasional specimen the elytra are feebly fascicu-
late.
Genus Poropterellus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.89.
Poropterellus intercoxalis Lea, I.e. p. 90.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Glyptoporopterus Lea, I.e., p.90.
Glyptoporopterus asper Lea, I.e. p.91.
Hab. — New South Wales.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA.
463
Genus Illidgea Lea, I.e. p. 92.
Illidgea 16-tuberculata Lea, I.e., p. 93
Hab. — Queensland and New South Wales.
Genus Omydaus Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc, 1871, p. 198.
Head moderately large. Eyes ovate, finely or moderately
faceted. Rostrum moderately long and rather thin. Scape the
length of or slightly shorter than funicle. Prothorax slightly trans-
verse,* base bisinuate. Scutellum small. Elytra not much wider
than and about twice the length of prothorax, base trisinuate,
shoulders produced. Mesosternal receptacle raised in front, as long-
as wide, sides incurved to base; cavernous. Met asternal episterna
distinct throughout. Abdomen rather large, sutures deep and
straight. Legs rather short and stout ; femora stout, the front ones
acutely, the others feebly dentate. Subelliptic, squamose, non-
tuberculate, apterous.
Apparently allied to Metlndrysis, but the head not foveate, and
the antennae very different, and it is probably allied to Poropterus,
although (as pointed out by Mr. Pascoe), the metathoracic epi-
sterna are distinct. The colour of all the species is an opaque
black, with the antennae, and claw-joints dingy red; they all have
a distinct median prothoracie carina, and usually the head is cari-
nate ; the clothing appears to be easily abraded.
Abdomen with second segment decidedly elevated above third.
Posterior angles of prothorax produced suh/asciculatus.
Posterior angles almost rectangular contraction.
Abdominal segments level.
Prothorax longer than wide impressirollis.
Prothorax transverse.
Alternate interstices of elytra elevated fuliginosus.
Alternate interstices scarcely visibly elevated.
Large punctures of elytra clearly defined oblongopunctatns.
Large punctures of elytra more or less confluent... confusus.
Omydaus fuliginosus Boisd.; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5472.
Cryptorhyiichus fuliginosus Boisd.; Acalles immansuetus Boh.;
Omydaus plinthoides Pasc.
Rather sparsely clothed with stout ochreous and sooty scales,
each (except some on elytra) set in a puncture.
* In 0. impressicollis, it is slightly longer than wide.
464 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE, xii.,
Head coarsely punctate; with a distinct median carina; eyes
finely faceted. Rostrum slightly inflated between base and an-
tennae; coarsely punctate. Prothorax moderately convex; with a
distinct median carina; with dense, large, round, and rather shal-
low punctures. Elytra elongate-subcordate, with series of large,
deep, oblong punctures, becoming smaller and more rounded
towards sides and disappearing posteriorly; interstices punctate,
behind each puncture subgranulate, third and fifth moderately but
distinctly (the seventh less noticeably) raised. Tibiae feebly stri-
ated, the front pair rather strongly bisinuate beneath, subapical
tooth indistinct. Length, 8|-1 Omm.
Hab. — New South Wales: Illawarra.
Each of the punctures on the interstices appears to have been
impressed, so that a small posterior portion is raised, these por-
tions are sometimes polished, so that the elytra appear subgranu-
late.
Cryptorhynchus fuliginosus Boisd., is placed in Master's Cata-
logue as a synonym of Rhynchcenus luridus Fabr., as is also
Acalles immansuetus Bohem. Dr. Boisduval's description is insuf-
ficient for the identification of C. fuliginosus, but fortunately the
type is still extant. M. Lesne recently examined it, and sent some
notes and sketches of it that have been reproduced in these Pro-
ceedings.* From these, it can be confidently identified as 0. plin-
thoides. It is also A. immansuetus, but whether Rhynchcenus
luridus or not seems doubtful, f It can scarcely, however, be the
A. luridus known to Mr. Pascoe, as he states t that that species
belongs to Poropterus.
Omydaus subfasciculatus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 1912,
p.94.
Hab.— New South Wales.
Omydaus contractus Lea, I.e.
Hab.— New South Wales.
* For 1900, pp.538 and 540, PI. xxx., figs. 5-7.
fl have not seen M. Olivier's description and figure.
+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., June, 1874, p.415.
BY ARTHUR M. LKA. 465
Omydaus impressicollis Lea, I.e., p.95.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Omydaus confusus Lea, I.e., p. 96.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Omydaus oblongopunctatus Lea, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1911,
p.199.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Genus Pseudomydaus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.96.
Pseudomydaus tenuis Lea, I.e.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Genus Poropterinus Lea, I.e., p. 98.
POROPTERINUS TRILOBUS Lea, l.C.
Hab.— New South Wales.
Genus Poropterculus Lea, I.e., p. 99.
POROPTERCULUS SUBNITIDUS Lea, l.C., p. 100.
Hab. — West Australia.
Genus Pteroporopterus Lea, I.e.
Ptkroporopterus lacunosus Lea, I.e., p. 101.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Tragopus Schbnh., Gen. et Spec. Cure, iv., Pt.l,p.356
Genus No.335.
Head rather large. Eyes very finely faceted. Rostrum moder-
ately long and wide, almost straight. Scape inserted nearer apex
than base of rostrum; two basal joints of the latter elongate. Pro-
thorax subconical. Scutellum absent. Elytra oblong-ovate,
strongly convex. Mesostemal receptacle strongly elevated, each
side strongly produced in front; cavernous. Metasternal epi-
sterna very narrow. Abdomen moderately large, sutures distinct.
Legs very long and thin; femora grooved and dentate. Elliptic,
subcylindrical, nontuberculate, winged.
35
466 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xii.,
I am not acquainted with the typical form of this genus, or
with any other, except the one described below, and which agrees
with Schonherr's diagnosis. The sides of the mesosternal re-
ceptacle are pointed, and produced to beyond the middle of the
front coxae, these being slightly depressed to allow of their
passage; in the majority of the genera, these points (when pre-
sent), usually touch the hind margin of the coxae. The wings are
much too small to be of any use in flight; they are, however, of
the typical weevil-form, and with all the parts perfect. A similar
case of minute and useless, although perfectly formed, wings, may
be seen in the Tasmanian Prostomus scutellaris.
Tragopus plagiatus Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5461.
Sparsely clothed with small greyish or whitish scales, giving
the derm a dingy appearance, and condensed on the sides of the
elytra into two feeble oblique stripes, one at basal third, and one
at apical third.
Head with neither large nor dense punctures. Prothorax with
small and indistinct punctures. Elytra scarcely wider than pro-
thorax, parallel-sided to near apex; with series of rather large
but shallow punctures; three sutural interstices on each side,
from near base to beyond the middle, with small, feebly shining,
transverse ridges or granules. Legs very long. Length, 14 mm.
Hob. — Queensland: Wide Bay, Cairns.
The elytral markings (especially the hind one) are usually
feebly defined, and the scales are dense only at sides of abdomen.
Even the claws are black. The hind femora just perceptibly
pass the apex of the elytra in the <J, and are level with it in
the 9.
Tragopus tuberosus Bohem.; I.e., No.5462.
I have not seen this species; as it is described as having a
scutellum and stout femora, it is probably not congeneric with
the preceding one.
Genus Niconotus Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870,p.468.
Head feebly convex. Eyes coarsely faceted. Rostrum moder-
ately long. Scape inserted much closer to apex than base of
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 467
rostrum; funicle thin; club elongate-ovate. Prothorax transverse,
base strongly bisinuate. Scutellum apparently absent. Elytra
subovate, not much wider than prothorax. Mesostemal receptacle
feebly raised, base wider than sides, cavernous. Metasternal
episterna narrow but traceable throughout Abdomen rather
large, suture between first and second segments deep on the
sides, but curved and rather feeble across middle. Femora not
very stout, grooved, dentate or not; tarsi slender, shining and
almost glabrous above. Short, suboblong, convex, squamose,
punctate, tuberculate, apterous. Allied, but not very closely so,
to Paleticus.
Femora dentate tarphioides.
Femora edentate stenotarsus.
Niconotus tarphioides Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp. No. 5490.
£ Black, antennae and tarsi red. Densely clothed with roundish,
light brown scales, which almost entirely conceal the derm; pro-
thorax with stouter and darker scales scattered about, and form-
ing six fascicles, four across middle and two at apex; elytra with
fascicles on the alternate interstices, but especially on the third
and fifth, largest on third near base.
Head with dense punctures, which are concealed, except on
vertex. Rostrum coarsely punctate, with four grooves and three
ridges behind antennae. Prothorax rather strongly transverse.
Elytra subcordate, sides from basal fifth to apical third almost
parallel; alternate interstices elevated, and in places subtuber-
culate; with series of large punctures, not very close together,
and each containing a scale. Femora moderately (the posterior
feebly) dentate. Length, 8 mm.
9. Differs in having the rostrum longer, without grooves or
ridges, apical two-thirds polished and slightly punctate, and the
antennae inserted not quite so close to the apex.
Hab. — Queensland : Moreton Bay. — N. S. Wales: Tweed River.
Niconotus stenotarsus, n.sp.
£. Black, antennae (club infuscate) and tarsi red. Very densely
clothed with scales of an uniform shade of brown, but varying
468 REVISION OF THK AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xii.,
from round and depressed to elongate and suberect, on the ros-
trum continued to antennae; prothorax feebly fasciculate, elytra
with elongate scales crowning the tubercles and rather thickly
distributed on the sides.
Read with punctures concealed, except on extreme vertex.
Rostrum in front of antennae coarsely punctate and subopaque,
behind them with the sculpture concealed. Prothorax slightly
transverse, apex and sides rounded; with rather large and sparse
punctures, which are more or less concealed. Elytra subcordate}
sides rounded; each with two large and long tubercles on the
third interstice, one at basal third, and one (the larger) terminat-
ing at summit of posterior declivity; with series of large, distant
punctures on foveae, and each of which contains a scale. Femora
shallowly grooved and edentate. Length, 7 mm.
Rob. — New South Wales: Richmond River. Queensland :
Mount Tambourine.
The four, large, elytral tubercles render this a remarkably dis-
tinct species; the tarsi are considerably thinner than in the pre-
ceding species, and the outlines of the prothorax and elytra are
more rounded.
Genus Salcus Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc, 1869, p.447.
Read very small. Eyes large, moderately coarsely faceted.
Rostrum long and rather thin. Antennce rather long. Prothorax
widely transverse, base truncate, and much wider than apex.
Scutellum absent. Elytra closely applied to, and with an outline
continuous with, that of prothorax. Mesosternal receptacle feebly
raised, cavernous. Metasternal episterna (except for the tri-
angular inner projection) entirely concealed. Abdomen moder-
ately large; suture between two basal segments feebly traceable
across middle, intercoxal process very wide ( wider than fourth).
Legs long; femora sublinear, grooved, dentate or not. Elliptic
or briefly ovate, strongly or moderately convex, squamose, non-
tuberculate, apterous.
This genus is remarkable for the small head, close application
of the prothorax and elytra, and very wide intercoxal process.
The species described below are certainly congeners, but differ to
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 469
a remarkable extent in shape, and in the femora. Mr. Pascoe
described the three intermediate segments of the abdomen as
being subequal, but, in this, he was certainly wrong, the second
segment being, in reality, as long as the third and fourth com-
bined, as may be distinctly seen in S. iatissimus; but, in S.
elevatus, it is excavated along the middle, leaving the posterior
half of the same shape and appearance as the two following ones,
so that, on a cursory examination, the three segments really do
appear to be equal in length.
In Australia, the genus is confined to Queensland, but several
species occur in New Guinea and the Malay Archipelago.
Femora dentate, elytra without epipleural fold elevatus.
Femora edentate, elytra with epipleural fold Iatissimus.
Salcus elevatus Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5495.
Upper surface with moderately long greyish scales, not very
densely distributed, and giving the surface a very dingy appear-
ance.
Elliptic, strongly convex. Bead sparsely punctate. Rostrum
very feebly incurved to middle : feebly (subseriately behind
antennae) punctate, and without scales, except at extreme base
and sides. Prothorax not twice as long as wide, with scattered
punctures, each of which contains, and is entirely concealed by,
a scale. Elytra about once and one-third as long as wide ;
seriate-punctate, punctures never very close together, small about
suture, but becoming very large towards sides. Basal segment
of abdomen coarsely and irregularly punctate; second oblique,
across its middle deeply excavated so that (except at sides) it
appears to be divided into two parts. Femora distinctly grooved,
dentate, teeth of front pair small, of the four hind ones very
small. Length, 5 J-8 mm.
Hah. — Queensland : Port Bowen, Cairns, Barron Falls, Bar-
nard Island.
The elytra are strongly convex and without trace of an epi-
pleural fold.
A specimen from Cooktown is almost entirely abraded on the
upper surface. It appears to be rather wider than the specimens
470 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, xii.,
above described, and has the prothorax distinctly punctate, the
elytra with larger punctures, and the head more coarsely punctate.
It agrees exactly with Mr. Pascoe's description of S. globosus,
except as to the clothing (but this, as stated above, is certainly
abraded); but it possesses femoral teeth, which are not men-
tioned by him, although possibly overlooked on account of their
small size.
Salcus latissimus Pasc; I.e., No.5497.
Upper surface densely clothed with fine silken setae or pubes-
cence, becoming squamose on sides and under parts; very dense
and pale on flanks of mesosternum, and on apical segments of
abdomen.
Briefly ovate, moderately convex. Head densely and coarsely
punctate. Rostrum long; densely and coarsely punctate through-
out, but especially behind antennae, where also several very
feeble carinas may be traced. Prothorax more than twice as wide
as long, strongly rounded on each side in front, impunctate.
Elytra wider than long (7x6| mm.), widest about middle; seriate,
towards sides striate-punctate, punctures of moderate size but
more or less concealed; interstices wide, the sixth and seventh
decidedly curved beyond the middle. Basal segment of abdomen
with rather small punctures, except for some coarse ones in a
strong basal impression; second oblique, moderately depressed
(scarcely excavate) and rather coarsely punctate across middle.
Femora very feebly grooved, edentate. Length, 8; width, 7 mm.
Hob. — Queensland : Port Bowen, Mount Dryander.
The shape of this species is very suggestive of Hybomorphus;
the epipleural fold is, however, rounded, and not abruptly
inwardly oblique as in that genus. Mr. Pascoe described the
length as varying from 2>\ to 4f lines. He states that " the
first abdominal suture is not traceable, or rather is replaced by
a large, deep, irregular impression," evidently having mistaken
the impression on the intercoxal process for the suture.
Three specimens, from Cairns, differ in being smaller (6£ mm.),
the elytra more suddenly dilated about the middle, and with
stronger punctures.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 471
Salcus globosus Pasc; I.e., No.5496.
I have not been able to identify this species positively, but I
think it quite possible that it has been redescribed by Mr. Pascoe
as S. elevatus.
Hob. - Queensland.
Genus Tentegia Pascoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii., 1873,
p.283.
Head rather small. Eyes small, coarsely faceted. Rostrum
moderately short, and stout. Antennae rather stout. Prothorax
large, transverse, base almost truncate, apex narrowly produced
and subtubular. Scutellum absent. Elytra wide and short,
widest and usually suddenly dilated immediately behind shoulders.
Mesosternal receptacle flat, feebly raised; slightly or moderately
cavernous. Metasternal episterna not traceable. Abdomen with
the basal segment large; second about half the size of first, its
suture with it distinct and deep at sides, not at all or feebly trace-
able across middle ; three apical segments depressed, strongly
narrowed by elytra. Legs long; femora feebly grooved, dentate
or not; tarsi narrow, third joint moderately or not at all bilobed,
the width of, or slightly wider than, second. Briefly subovate,
moderately convex, punctate, granulate, setose, feebly squamose,
apterous.
I have six species under examination, but unfortunately not
one of them is T. favosa. I believe that they belong to Tentegia,
although the eyes in all are ovate (not "rotundatus"). In all of
them the third tarsal joint is the width of (or slightly wider than)
the second, but it is not usually simple. The intercoxal process
is so wide that the hind coxae are forced out almost to the elytra.
The genus is remarkable for its short broad form, wide intercoxal
process of abdomen, dentition of femora, curved femora and tibiae,
and thin tarsi; the prothorax and elytra, at their bases, leave a
space (invisible from above) in which the two front femora can
rest; the hind ones are curved so as to embrace the elytra pos-
teriorly, but are distinctly continued beyond the apex. Its
nearest ally is probably Salcus.
472 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULlONIDiE, Xli.,
Although, to my knowledge, I have not seen Acalles bisignatus,
I refer it to Tentegia without hesitation.
Elytral interstices without granules tortipes.
Elytra granulate.
Hind femora distinctly and acutely dentate ingrata.
Hind femora edentate or almost so.
Abdomen with but one complete row of fovete on second
segment ... anopla.
Abdomen with two complete rows on second segment.
Prothorax with four small spots of white scales. ... quadrisignata.
Prothorax without spots.
Rostrum with longitudinal elevated ridges Sptnceri.
Rostrum without elevated ridges . ... quadriseriata.
Tentegia ingrata Faust, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1892, p.182.
Each puncture with a single short seta; prothorax with four
small patches (not always traceable) of smaller and whitish setae
transversely placed.
Head with large, shallow, round punctures. Rostrum feebly
curved, stout; behind antennae with three moderately distinct
and slightly raised carinae; the interspaces with punctures some-
what similar to those on head, but irregular in size, and not in
four regular rows; in middle, slightly behind antennae, consider-
ably larger than elsewhere. Prothorax with dense, shallow and
clearly denned honeycomb-like punctures, the sides of which are
thickened so as to appear like small (and almost shining) irregular
spaces; with four shallow foveae across middle Elytra wider
than prothorax, and apparently wider than long;* with a rather
large and granulate tuberculiform process behind each shoulder;
with series of comparatively small and distant punctures, the
interstices irregularly and feebly raised (the alternate ones at
base more noticeably so) and transversely irregular, with small
shining granules. Under surface with large, shallow punctures,
much larger (and forming two transverse rows) on second abdo-
minal segment than elsewhere. Femora subserrate below, pos-
* An oblique sutural line, from base to apex of elytra, measures 7| mm.,
or exactly the same as the greatest width, but, at the sides, the extreme
length is but 6| mm.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 473
terior curved, the four posterior strongly and acutely dentate, the
anterior feebly. Length, lOJmm.
Hob. — Queensland : Endeavour River.
I cannot quite follow Herr Eaust in regarding the third tarsal
joint as entire.
Tentegia Spenceri Blackb., Horn Exped. to Cent. Aust., Pt. ii.,
Zool., 1896, p.298.
Each puncture with a single, short seta, each granule on elytra
also with one; the elytra, in addition, with small and obscure
greyish scales.
Head with large, round, shallow punctures. Rostrum with
smaller punctures than on head, and more irregular, but bearing
three distinct carinse in middle, and a somewhat curved one on
each side, which posteriorly curves round so as to margin the eye.
Prothorax with dense, large, round, shallow, honeycomb-like and
almost regular punctures. Elytra not much wider than pro-
thorax, base feebly sinuous; behind each shoulder, a granulate
and feebly tuberculiform process; with regular series of large,
round punctures on foveae, becoming larger and deeper at sides ;
interstices with almost perfectly regular series of comparatively
large granules, the alternate ones scarcely visibly raised at base.
Two basal segments of abdomen densely foveate^ the foveae of the
second not in two regular rows. Front femora with a small sub-
apical node, but scarcely dentate, the others feebly dentate but
the teeth invisible from most directions. Length, 1\ mm.
Hab. - Central Australia : Illamurta, Rudall's Creek. — N. W.
Australia.
The specimen described is a cotype. Another, from the north-
west, has the elytra rather densely clothed with muddy-brown,
stout setae, and dingy, whitish, setose scales. The subapical
lower tooth of the front tibiae is rather longer than usual, and,
in conjunction with the terminal hook, causes them to appear
semicircularly emarginate.
Tentegia parva Blackb., I.e., p.299.
This species is noted as having an acute tooth on each side of
the femora (but less distinct on the hind pair), the elytra scarcely
474 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE, xii.,
callose below the shoulders, and the interstices " tuberculato-
rugulosis." It should be very distinct.
Hab. — Central Australia.
Tentegia favosa Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5479.
This, the typical species, is unknown to workers outside of the
British Museum. It is one of the smallest species in the genus,
and is apparently allied to T. Spenceri, but differs in being
smaller, and by having " elytris .... interstitiis grosse tuber-
culatis, tuberculis setuligeris."
Hab. — West Australia.
Tentegia bisignata Pasc; I.e., No.5464.
Acalles bisignatus Pasc.
This species is certainly congeneric with T. ingrata and T.
quadrisignata (neither of which has the rostral punctures or
fovese in four distinct rows) if not actually conspecific with one
of them. It was with considerable hesitation, therefore, that
the latter was described as new; but as Pascoe made no mention
of elytral clothing, and stated that the prothorax had but two
spots, I ventured to do so. Faust did not mention prothoracic
spots in T. ingrata, but these are less distinct than in T. quadri-
signata, and sometimes cannot be traced.
Hab. — Queensland.
Tentegia sana Faust, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1892, p.181.
This appears to be a small (5 mm.), densely setose species, the
prothorax with a waved median carina, and the elytra with
conical granules.
Hab. — Queensland.
Tentegia basalis Faust, I.e., p. 181.
This species appears to be close to T. anopla and T. quadri-
seriata; from the former, it should be distinguished by the second
and fourth interstices supplied with granulate tubercles at the
base, and by its dentate femora; and from the latter, by having
a depressed median line on the prothorax instead of a waved
carina.
Hab. — Queensland.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 475
Tkntegia quadrisignata Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1910, p. 520.
Hab. — New South Wales; Queensland.
Tentegia anopla Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi., 1908, p. 173.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Tentegia quadriseriata Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.102.
Hab. Queensland.
Tentegia tortipes Lea, I.e.
Hab. — Northern Territory of Australia.
Genus Anilaus Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p.477.
Head of moderate size. Eyes ovate, coarsely faceted. Rostrum
rather long. Scape slightly shorter than funicle. Prothorax
strongly transverse, apex very suddenly narrowed. Scutellum
small and transverse. Elytra not much wider than prothorax.
Mesostemal receptacle almost flat, cavernous. Metastemum very
short, episterna not traceable. Abdomen large, sutures distinct;
two basal segments large. Femora comparatively thin, grooved
and dentate, teeth of the front pair very large, triangular, and
acute. Widely oblong, elliptic, flattened, squamose, apterous.
The affinities of this genus are not very obvious. Mr. Pascoe
regarded it as belonging to the Ch&tectetorus-gvoup (although
aberrant). I prefer to regard it as belonging to the Poropterus-
group; its nearest ally appears to be Tentegia. It is to be noted
that, whilst Mr. Pascoe says, " The eye is less coarsely faceted
than in some of the allied genera," he, nevertheless, tabulates it
amongst those having " Eyes coarsely faceted."
Alternate interstices of elytra raised sordidus.
Interstices regular M coslirostris.
Anilaus sokdidus Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5525,
Very densely clothed with muddy-grey scales; with stout, sub-
spathulate scales interspersed rather thickly, especially on pro
thorax and alternate interstices of elytra.
Rostrum rather coarsely punctate in front of antennae; behind
them the sculpture (except for a median carina) concealed. Pro-
476 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULlONlDiE, Xll.,
thorax evidently coarsely punctate, but the punctures entirely
concealed; with a narrow, shining, median carina. Elytra not
much longer than wide; with series of large concealed punctures;
third and fifth interstices strongly raised, and becoming sub-
tuberculate at summit of posterior declivity. Length, 4 mm.
Hah. — Queensland : Wide Bay, Gayndah.
Mr. Pascoe describes the pro thorax as being " in medio trans-
versim subtrigibboso." In the specimens under examination,
there is a very feeble tubercular elevation on each side of the
middle; and a few scales, across the median carina, cause an
appearance as of another feeble elevation.
Anilaus costirostris Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912, p. 103.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus M yrtesis Pascoe, Journ. of Ent., ii., 1865, p. 430.
Head convex. Eyes rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum very
long, thin, and curved. Antennae thin. Prothorax transverse,
base almost truncate. Scutellum very minute or invisible.
Elytra short, wide, and convex. Pectoral canal narrow and deep,
terminated at, or on, basal segment of abdomen. Mesostemal
receptacle slightly raised in front, but very distinctly behind,
separating the four hind legs, its apex feebly cavernous. Meta-
sternum very short; its episterna not traceable, except the interior
inner projection of each; this is large, triangular, and convex.
Abdomen small. Legs long or moderately long; femora distinctly
grooved, edentate. Briefly ovate, convex, squamose, tuberculate,
apterous.
An unusually distinct genus, rendered so by the very long and
thin rostrum, which causes the pectoral canal to terminate at, or
on, the abdomen, the receptacle being carried along to receive it
when at rest (not forming part of the metasternum and abdomen,
although their surface is depressed beneath it), and belonging
entirely to the mesosternum. The genus appears to have no
close allies, the nearest, perhaps, being Salcus.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 477
Pectoral canal extending to apex of first abdominal segment nasuta.
Pectoral canal extending to near middle of first abdominal seg-
ment caliqata.
Pectoral canal terminated at abdomen pullata.
Myrtesis caligata Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5564.
Clothed with muddy-brown, setose scales, denser on legs than
elsewhere; each elytron in middle of base with an obscure patch
of pale scales; prothorax with four feeble fascicles across middle.
Head densely punctate. Rostrum very long and thin, extend-
ing to between base of posterior coxae; basal half with punctures
in almost regular series, apical half with sparser punctures. Pro-
thorax with numerous tubercular elevations, most of which are
hollow; with a distinct narrow median carina. Elytra as wide
as long, depressed along suture; with numerous tubercular eleva-
tions, each of which is hollow, bears a seta, and has a small
polished space behind; with series of large punctures, which are
more or less interrupted by the tubercles. Pectoral canal ex-
tending to middle of basal segment of abdomen. Length, 6J mm.
Hob. — Queensland. —New South Wales : Richmond River.
Two specimens are under examination, both appearing to be
female.
Myrtesis nasuta Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912, p. 104.
Hab.— Queensland.
Myrtesis pullata Lea, I.e., p. 105.
Hob. — Queensland.
Genus Cycloporopterus Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi.,
1908, p.169.
Cycloporopterus mysticus Lea, I.e., p. 170.
Hab — West Australia.
Genus Tetengia Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912, p 106
Tktengia solenopa Lea, I.e.
Hab. - West Australia.
478 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xii.,
Genus Tepalicus Lea, I.e., p. 1 07.
Tepalicus semicalvus Lea, I.e., p. 108.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus (Emethylus Pascoe, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond., 1870,
p.482.
Head moderately large. Eyes finely faceted. Rostrum moder-
ately long and not very thin. Antennas rather thin. Prothorax
conical, apex produced, base bisinuate, constriction shallow.
ocular lobes prominent. Scutellum elongate. Elytra subcorneal,
base much wider than prothorax, shoulders angular. Mesosternal
receptacle moderately large, raised in front, cavernous. At eta-
sternum slightly shorter than the following segment; episterna
distinct but very narrow in middle. Abdomen not very large,
sutures distinct. Leys rather short; femora linear, grooved?
edentate. Angular, strongly convex, squamose, winged.
Mr. Pascoe regarded this genus as being allied to Cryplorhyn-
chus, but it differs from C. Lapathi (the typical species of that
genus) in the decidedly cavernous mesosternal receptacle, in the
much narrower metasternal episterna, abdomen, etc. Both the
known species have the head depressed at the base, a character
common to many of the allies of Poropterus, and seldom seen in
other sections.
Prothorax ridged, the ridges produced at apex triangularis.
Prothorax bituberculate at apex lumbaris.
(Emethylus lumbaris Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5537.
A very distinct species, readily identifiable from the original
figure (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, P1.7, fig. 3).
Hab. — Queensland : Wide Bay, Port Denison, Townsville.
CE. triangularis Lea, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1911, p. 199.
In error, printed Amethylus.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland.
Genus Ouroporopterus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.
1912, p.109.
Ouroporopterus diurus Lea, I.e.
Hab. —New South Wales.
BY ARTHUR M. LKA. 479
Genus Brachyporopterus Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict.,
1907, p.182.
The two known species of this genus may be thus tabulated : —
Second segment of abdomen transversely depressed in middle apicigriseus.
Second segment not so depressed vermiculatus.
Brachyporopterus apicigriseus Lea, I.e., p. 182.
Hab. — King Island.
Brachyporopterus vermiculatus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,
1912, p.110.
Hab. —New South Wales.
Genus Euryporopterus Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi.,
1908, p.171.
The known species of this genus may be tabulated thus : —
Abdomen with second segment small tenuifasciatus.
Abdomen with second segment large
Elytra tuberculate annulipes.
Elytra non-tuberculate.
Shoulders rounded funereus.
Shoulders oblique angularis.
Euryporopterus annulipes Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp. No. 5486.
Petosiris annulipes Pasc.
Derm entirely concealed by small sooty scales; on the pro-
thorax, stouter scales scattered about, and forming six more or
less distinct fascicles. Under surface and legs with whitish
scales scattered about, and forming a distinct ring on each of the
tibiae, and two on each of the femora.
Rostrum rather stout and curved ; basal half with coarse
normally concealed punctures, apical half shining and with rather
coarse punctures. Prothorax with" four rather large obtuse
tubercles across middle. Elytra considerably wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders tuberculiform; with tubercles of various sizes
and shapes, the largest on each side of scutellar region; with
series of large subquadrate punctures, becoming smaller and
rounded posteriorly. Femora moderately stout, in male feebly
dentate, in female edentate. Length, 5 \-l \ mm.
480 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xii.,
Hab. — N.S.W. : Armidale, Glen Innes, Tenterfield. — Queens-
land : Rockhampton.
A short, robust, and rather strongly tuberculate species. When
clothed, the punctures of the prothorax are entirely concealed.
In addition to the sooty scales of the upper surface, there is fre-
quently a narrow median prothoracic stripe of brown scales. The
front femora have two pale rings, but these are usually much
less distinct than those of the hind ones.
Euryporopterus punereus Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi. 1908,
p.171.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Euryporopterus angularis Lea, Z.c, p.172.
Hab.— New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia.
Euryporopterus tenuifasciatus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,
1912, p.lll.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Genus Exithius Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p.207.
Head partially or quite concealed from above. Eyes coarsely
faceted. Rostrum moderately long and rather wide. Antennae
rather stout ; scape inserted about middle of rostrum, much
shorter than funicle. Prothorax feebly or moderately transverse.
Scutellum small, but usually distinct, sometimes absent. Elytra
not much wider than, and about twice the length of prothorax;
shoulders rounded or produced. Mesosternal receptacle strongly
raised in front, the raised portion narrow, and connected with
the base by a carina. Metastemum very short; episterna trace-
able only at base and apex. Abdomen rather large, none of the
sutures deep, that between first and second segments distinct at
sides, but feeble and curved across middle. Legs rather stout;
femora grooved and dentate.* Ovate or elliptic-ovate, squamose,
fasciculate, tuberculate, apterous.
This genus was proposed by Mr. Pascoe to receive his E.
capucinus (unfortunately a synonym of Cryptorhynchus cariosus);
* Except in E. sculptiLis.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 481
and with it, I associate Poropterus musculus and some other
species. Mr. Pascoe regarded Exithins as allied to Chcetectetorus,
but, for various reasons,! he appears, in this, to have been in
error. All the species have the derm of an opaque black or
piceous-black, with the antennae and tarsi of a more or less dingy
red.
All the known species occur either in Tasmania, or in moun-
tainous parts of the mainland; and they are to be found under
bark (usually of dead trees), or crawling over logs and fences
after sunset.
A. Head with forehead trisinuate.
a. Prothorax dilated towards and widest close to apex. .... cariosus.
aa. Prothorax rounded in front.
b. Shoulders strongly projecting.
c. Elytra less than twice the length of prothorax ferrugineus.
cc. Elytra more than twice the length of prothorax... musculus.
bb. Shoulders rounded.
d. Prothorax very densely punctate conspiciendus.
dd. Prothorax with sparse punctures of large size.... sculptilis.
AA. Head with forehead not trisinuate.
B. Mesosternal receptacle not suddenly elevated.
e. Punctures of head clearly defined inamabilis.
ee. Punctures of head confused brevis.
BB. Mesosternal receptacle suddenly elevated.
C. Largest ely tral fascicles suhapical loculosus.
CC. Largest ely tral fascicles subbasal.
D. Prothorax with pale scales along middle simulator.
DD. Prothorax without pale scales along middle fumatus.
Exithius cariosus Er.; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5541.
Cryptorhynchus cariosus Er.; Exithius capucinus Pasc, I.e.,
No.5526.
The shape of the prothorax, well drawn in the figure accom-
panying Mr. Pascoe's description of E. capucinus, renders this
species remarkably distinct. The large scales are frequently con-
densed to form fascicles, at least two of which are always trace-
able on the prothorax. The prevailing colour of the scales on the
upper surface and flanks is a dingy ochreous-brown ; occasionally
there is a triangular patch of whitish scales on the flanks of the
f These Proceedings, 1909, p.59.3.
36
482 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE, xii.,
prothorax, sometimes there is a pale transverse patch of scales on
the elytra at the summit of the posterior declivity, rarely there is
an oblong patch of pale scales continuous from the base of the
elytra to the summit of the posterior declivity. There are always
two fascicles between the eyes, which are usually (but not invari-
ably) composed of pale, sometimes snowy-white, scales. The cloth-
ing of the under surface is also variable, but the three apical seg-
ments are always sparsely clothed. Length, 5§ mm.
Hab. — Tasmania, widely distributed, and common.
Exithius musculus Pasc; I.e., No.5433.
Poropterus musculus Pasc.
Densely clothed with scales varying from muddy-grey to sooty-
black. Prothorax with six fascicles, elytra with a fascicle on each
tubercle.
Head densely punctate throughout ; forehead very distinctly but
not deeply sinuate. Rostrum coarsely punctate and opaque in
male, shining and with smaller punctures in female. Prothorax
moderately transverse, sides rounded. Elytra with shoulders
strongly projecting on to prothorax; with feeble, scattered, tuber-
cular elevations, except along suture. Two basal segments of
abdomen with dense, round punctures. Femora feebly dentate in
male, very feebly in female. Length, 5^ mm.
Hab. — Tasmania, widely distributed and common.
The strongly projecting shoulders render this a very distinct
species.
Exithius ferrugineus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,1912,p.ll2.
Hab. Tasmania.
Exithius conspiciendus Lea, I.e., p. 11 3.
Hab. — Tasmania.
Exithius loculosus Lea, I.e.
Hab.— New South Wales.
Exithius sculptilis Lea, I.e., p. 11 4.
Hab.— New South Wales.
Exithius inamabilis Lea, I.e., p. 11 8.
Hab. — New South Wales.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 483
Exithius brkvis Lea, I.e.
Hab. -New South Wales.
Exithius simulator Lea, Mitt. Natur.Mus. Hamburg, 1909, p. 202.
Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales.
Exithius fumatus Lea, I.e.
Hab —Queensland.
Genus Exithioides Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc.S. Aust.,1912,p.ll6.
Exithioides punctatus Lea, I.e.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Genus Eufaustia Lea, I.e., p. 1 1 7.
Eufaustia mirabilis Lea, I.e., p. 11 8.
Bab. - New South Wales.
Genus Onidistos Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 465.
Head with four more or less distinct foveae or excavations.
Eyes large, finely faceted. Rostrum long and thin. Antennae
rather slender. Prothorax transverse, base strongly bisinuate.
Scutellum small, more or less transverse. Elytra subcordate, not
much wider than, and but little more than twice the length of pro-
thorax; base trisinuate. Mesosternal receptacle slightly raised,
walls of base and of the anterior edges thinner than elsewhere;
emargination V-shaped; open.* Metasternum shorter than basal
segment of abdomen ; episterna distinct. Abdomen large. Femora
subpeduneulate, not grooved, strongly and acutely dentate. Briefly
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, convex, squamose, punctate, winged or
apterous.
Mr. Pascoe, in describing the genus, said that he had a species
from New Caledonia, and imagined that Montrouzier had described
several others. I have only Australian ones under observation, all
of which are from Queensland, or the northern coastal districts of
New South Wales. Onidistus is a very distinct genus, but is allied
to Paleticus, from which it may be distinguished by the open, or at
least but feebly cavernous, mesosternal receptacle, and strongly
* In 0. subfomicatus, although apparently open, it is in reality very
slightly cavernous, as may be seen on probing it with a pin.
484 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xil,
dentate femora. Of the three species here recorded, 0. subfornica-
tus has the receptacle slightly cavernous, 0. araneus has it nearly
open at the apex, whilst in 0. nodipennis it is widely open. In
0. araneus, the wings are absent; in the others, they are present.
In 0. nodipennis, the metasternum is not much shorter than the
following segment; whilst, in the two others, it is but little more
than half as long.
Alate.
Mesosternal receptacle slightly cavernous subfomicatus.
Receptacle widely open nodipennis.
Apterous araneus.
Onidistus nodipennis Pasc; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5484.
Clothed with brown scales of small size, but which almost
entirely conceal the derm; with larger and paler scales scattered
about and forming feeble fascicles on the elytra, and still more
feeble ones on the prothorax.
Head shallowly quadri-impressed. Rostrum long, thin, and
shining; towards base punctate, and with a feeble median carina.
Prothorax with two very feeble tubercular elevations in middle.
Elytra with series of moderately large punctures, not very close
together, and posteriorly becoming very small ; each side of suture,
near base, with three shining granules; third interstice with two
tubercular elevations; elsewhere with scarcely traceable elevations.
Mesosternal receptacle widely open throughout. Wings present.
Length, 6mm.
Hab. — Queensland : Cairns.
Mr. Pascoe remarks having seen a variety of this species from
Illawarra.
Onidistus araneus Pasc; I.e., No.5483.
0. odiosus Pasc; I.e., No.5485.
Closely covered with minute muddy-grey scales, which are indi-
vidually scarcely traceable, but which entirely conceal the derm;
legs with stout and paler scales, prothorax with reddish subsetose
scales in front, becoming stouter towards base; elytra with pale
spathulate scales, forming regular series on the interstices.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 485
Head distinctly quadri-impressed. Rostrum long and thin
(stouter in <J than in $) ; densely punctate at sides of base in g
(sparsely in £). Scape inserted nearer apex than base of ros-
trum in (J, vice versa in 9. Prothorax without tubercular
elevations. Elytra with two or three, irregular, transverse series
of very large punctures or foveas on basal fourth, elsewhere with
feeble series of punctures, which are entirely concealed; each side
of suture at base with from one to four, small, shining granules.
Mesosternal receptacle narrowed posteriorly, but open throughout.
Wings absent. Length, 4 J-6| mm.
Hab. — Queensland — New South Wales: Tweed and Richmond
Rivers.
In the "big scrub" country, specimens of this species may be
obtained on almost every log and stump. The small, sutural
granules are variable in numbers and position on different speci-
mens, and even on the different elytra; occasionally all are absent.
This species was labelled as 0. araneus in the Macleay Museum,
but since Pascoe described the elytra as " impunctatis ," I thought
it possible that some error in numbering had been made, and that
the species was really not 0. araneus. But on applying to the
British Museum for information, Mr. C. J. Gahan wrote, "The
type has some large punctures on disc close to base, and some
rather smaller ones at the sides, extending back a short distance
from the base. The punctures on the disc are very distinct on a
second specimen associated with the type."
Mr. Arrow sent a co-type of 0. odiosus for examination; it is
simply a small specimen of 0. araneus.
The species differs from the preceding one in being considerably
wider, legs longer, tibiae thinner, rostrum shorter, elytra non-
tuberculate, etc., besides in the length of metasternum, and absence
of wings.
Onidistus subfornicatus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.119.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Pseudonidistus Lea, I.e., p. 120.
Pseudonidistus cordatus Lea, I.e., p. 121.
Hab. — Queensland.
486 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULlONID.dE, xii.,
Genus Paletonidistus Lea, I.e., p. 122.
Paletonidistus trisinuatus Lea, I.e.
Hah. — New South Wales.
Genus Methidrysis Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,1870,
p.467.
Head, with four excavations or foveae. Eyes large, rather coarsely
faceted. Rostrum long and thin, strongly curved. Antennce
rather slender; scape much shorter than funicle, inserted much
closer to base than apex of rostrum. Prothorax subquadrate, sides
rounded in front, base bisinuate. Scutellum small and distinct.
Elytra wider than prothorax. Mesostemal receptacle feebly
raised, emargination U-shaped; cavernous. Metasternal epistema
narrow and distinct. Abdomen with sutures deep and straight.
Femora stout, dentate, feebly grooved; tarsi thin, third joint not
very wide, but deeply bilobed. Elliptic, convex, squamose, tuber-
culate, apterous.
The elytral punctures and granules, the tarsi and the frontal
excavation leave no doubt that the genus is rather closely allied to
Paleticus, but the abdomen with all the sutures straight and deep,
and the very short scape, are decidedly unusual for that position.
Methidrysis afflicta Pasc.; Mast. Cat., Sp.No.5489.
Prothorax sparsely clothed with brownish scales, irregular in
shape and size ; elytra with similar but larger scales, denser at base
and sides, and leaving an almost nude space in middle, sides and
apex with longer and paler scales.
Head with a feeble median carina. Rostrum long and very
decidedly curved at base ; with four punctate basal grooves, which
are partially concealed, but leave a distinct median carina. Apical
two-thirds feebly punctate. Prothorax slightly longer than wide,
basal two-thirds almost parallel-sided, and with abrupt walls ; with
scattered punctures of moderate size, but each of which contains,
and is almost, or quite, concealed by, a scale. Elytra subcordate,
about once and one-half the width, and scarcely twice the length
of prothorax, with series of distant large punctures or foveae, be-
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 487
coming very small posteriorly; each side of suture at base with
about four small shining granules; interstices with several feeble
tubercular and squamose elevations, but towards base two large and
distinct tubercles on each side ; one on third interstice at base, and
one on the fifth slightly behind it ; each side at summit of posterior
declivity with a small tubercle. Hind femora longer than the
others, but each with a rather large, triangular tooth. Length,
5 J-7J mm.
Hab. — Queensland — New South Wales: Richmond River.
Mr. Pascoe gives the length as four lines; none of my (ten)
specimens quite attain that length, but if the head were drawn out
and measured, some of them would exceed it. The nude space on
the elytra commences at about the basal third, is not quite con-
tinuous to apex, and is widest at about the summit of the posterior
declivity.
Genus Ecildaus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912, p. 123.
Ecildaus personatus Lea, I.e., p. 124.
Hab. — Queensland.
Ecildaus melancholicus Lea, I.e., p. 125.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Ecildaus glabricornis Lea, I.e.
//a6.— New South Wales.
Genus Notocalviceps Lea, I.e., p. 126.
Notocalviceps punctipennis Lea, I.e., p. 127.
Hab. — Queensland.
Notocalviceps rarus Lea, I.e., p. 128.
Hab. —New South Wales.
Genus Stenoporopterus Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi.,
1908, p.167.
Stenoporopterus canaliculatus Lea, I.e., p. 16 8.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland.
488 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE, xii.,
Genus Terpouopus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.129.
Terporopus tenuicornis Lea, I.e.
Hab. —Queensland.
Genus Austrectopsis Lea, I.e., p. 1 3 1 .
Austrectopsis oblongus Lea, I.e., p. 1 31.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Roptoperus Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1907, p. 184.
Prothorax as long or almost as long as wide.
Head ringed at base. Occident alis.
Head not so ringed tasmaniensis.
Prothorax distinctly transverse lerrce-regince.
Roptoperus tasmaniensis Lea, I.e., p. 185.
Hab. — Tasmania and King Island.
Roptoperus terr,e-regiNjE Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.132.
Hab. — Queensland.
Roptoperus occidentalis Lea, I.e., p. 133.
Hab. — West Australia.
Genus Caiensicis Lea, I.e., p. 133.
Cairnsicis opalescens Lea, I.e., p. 134.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Zenoporopterus Lea, I.e., p. 135.
Zenoporopterus mirus Lea, I.e.
Hab.— New South Wales.
Genus Orthoporopterus Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr.,
1910, p.521.
Orthoporopterus elongatus Lea, I.e., p.522.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland.
BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 489
Genus Gtmnoporopterus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,
1912, p.136.
Gymnoporopterus pictipes Lea, I.e., p. 137.
Bab.- Queensland.
Genus Microcryptorhynchus Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vict., 1907, p.194.
The described species of this genus may be tabulated as
follows : —
Elytra with two fascicles - echinatus.
Elytra without fascicles
Prothorax and elytra almost parallel-sided cylindricolli*.
Prothorax and elytra each inflated in middle pygmceus.
Microcryptorhynchus pygmwus Lea, I.e., p. 195.
Hab. — Tasmania and King Island.
Microcryptorhynchus echinatus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust
1912, p.137.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Microcryptorhynchus cylindricollis Lea, I.e., p. 138.
Hab. — West Australia.
490
THE GEOLOGY AND PETROLOGY OF THE GREAT
SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Part I.
By W. N. Benson, B.A., B.Sc.
(Plates xx.-xxi.)
Introduction.
The Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales is one of the
most remarkable features to be encountered in the study of the
palaeozoic geology of the State. Its presence has been known for
many years, owing to the association of the serpentine with
mineral deposits of economic value, and the outlines of several
occurrences were roughly shown in the first official geological map
of 1875, based mainly on data collected by the late Rev. W. B.
Clarke. Chief among those who have reported on various portions
of this belt, have been Messrs. Anderson(l), Clarke(2), David(3),
Jaquet(4), Odernheimer(5), Pittman(3), Stonier(6), Stutchbury(7),
and Ulrich(8), but lack of opportunity prevented any of these
writers from making a detailed study, or attempting any
well-founded generalisations. Mr. W. Anderson! 1) has given
the only petrographical account of the ultrabasic rocks (1888),
while to Mr. G. A. Stonier(6) is due the suggestion of the Upper
Carboniferous as the era of the intrusion of these rocks (1895).
The tectonic complexity of the associated formations, their great
thickness and similarity over wide areas, and also the dearth of
determinative fossils, has led to conflicting estimates of their age
and relationships, perforcedly based on insufficient data. A great
advance was made in 1899, in the recognition, by Professor David
and Mr. Pittman, of a great thickness of radiolarian jaspers, cherts
and tuffs associated with Middle Devonian coral limestones. Apart
from these investigations, the area might be considered virgin
ground.
BY W. N. BENSON. 491
The object in the mind of the present author, when first com-
mencing work, was the purely petrological investigation of the
ultrabasic rocks; but, as the work progressed, a study of the
geology of the associated formations was found necessary in order
to determine the age of the intrusions ; and so many additional and
important problems presented themselves, that the work has
evolved into a general survey of the geological history of the whole
region.
Considerable help has been derived from the earlier writings,
particularly in directing the attention to localities of interest. To
Mr. Donald Porter, of Tamworth, is due the suggestion that the
work should be commenced at Bowling Alley Point, which has
proved to be the "key" district; in many other points, also, his
intimate local knowledge has been most helpful.
Except where otherwise stated, all the fossils have been deter-
mined by the New South Wales Government Palaeontologist, Mr.
W. S. Dun, to whom the author's best thanks are due.
In the following pages, an account will be given of the general
geology of the Serpentine Belt, drawn from a study of about two
thousand square miles of country, involving six months' field work.
Half of this time was spent in the examination of the Bowling
Alley Point and Nundle area of about one hundred square miles.
Of this, a fairly detailed topographical and geological map was
prepared during a plane table-survey; the official two-inch land-
survey map being deficient in many details, in part of the area,
and totally lacking in the remainder. The contours are based on
aneroid observations. This will be given with Part ii. of this
work.
The larger, northern portion was surveyed much more rapidly,
the official one-inch land-survey maps being sufficiently detailed. It
was impossible, in the time available, to obtain complete verifica-
tion of many of the points suggested, and further work will, doubt-
less, call for some modifications of the account here given, particu-
larly in the intricate area around Bingara; but nevertheless, it is
believed that the general description is in the main correct, and
may be admitted, at least, as a working hypothesis.
492 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
The geological map is mainly original, but owes something to
the following sources: —
From the unpublished charts in the Office of the Geological Sur-
vey, have been copied part of the granite boundary east of Bin-
gara, part of the boundary of the Jurassic sandstone near Wari-
alda, part of the boundaries of the basalt near Rocky Creek, and
part also of the boundaries of serpentine and limestone east of
Manilla. The distribution of the basalt and Tertiary gravels, near
Bingara, is taken from the reports of Messrs. Stonier and Ander-
son. While the volcanic geology of the Nandewar Mountains has
been taken direct from the maps published by Dr. JensenO); the
boundaries of the Carboniferous and Permo- Carboniferous in that
region have been somewhat modified, but were laid down, with his
approval, after a discussion, with him, of the knowledge recently
gained.
The detailed account of the geology and topography of this area
has been withheld for the present, in the hope of obtaining further
information. The petrographical portion of the work was carried
out in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, by permission of Pro-
fessor Hughes, to whom the author is indebted for many kind-
nesses. Thanks also are due to Professor Bonney, for his helpful
interest in the work, etc., to Dr. Arber, for palaeobotanical infor-
mation, and to Dr. Flett, and Dr. Hinde for checking the author's
deductions from certain microscope slides. To Mr. Harker, the
writer is indebted for invaluable help and advice throughout, and,
in particular, for ideas as to the relation of igneous action to tec-
tonic conditions, suggested by a most stimulating series of lectures
on "Igneous Action in Britain." The chemical analyses were made
in the Mineralogical Laboratory at Cambridge, under the helpful
guidance of Dr. Hutchinson.
Chapter i.
General Geology and Topography.
The area to be described lies north and south of Tamworth, an
agricultural centre on the main line from Sydney to Brisbane, 280
miles from the former. For the greater part, it forms the slopes
BY W. N. BENSON. 493
and foothills which separate the plateau of New England from
the Western Plains, and their long southward extension, known as
the Liverpool Plains.
The main river in the area is the Namoi, which, leaving the
plateau by a rugged gorge, flows directly through the foothills out
on to the Liverpool Plains. It receives, as tributaries, the Peel
River from the south, and the Manilla from the north, both of
which have followed a semisubsequent course in the slope, and the
latter of which has several markedly obsequent subtributaries. To
the north, the main river is the Gwydir, which also leaves the
plateau in a gorge, and passes directly on to the Western plain,
being joined by subsequent tributaries, such as the Horton River
and Hall's Creek. The evolution of this drainage-system is most
complex.
From Warialda, in the north of the area, to Tamworth, is about
100 miles, and 30 miles further, in the same direction, bring one
to Nundle, the southermost township in the area studied. The ser-
pentine line extends this whole length, and has been reported, at
various points, for about 40 miles still further to the south. These
last occurrences have never been studied geologically. There can
be little doubt that the belt extends also north of Warialda, but
it is there covered by Jurassic sandstone. It may, however, be
stated with confidence, that this great feature is not far short of
200 miles in length, and runs nearly straight in a direction about
20° west of north. It divides the region into two sharply dis-
tinguished portions, there being seldom much difficulty in deciding
whether a particular specimen has been derived from the eastern
or the western side of this line. (Certain exceptional rocks and
localities, where confusion may arise, will be described later.) To
the west of the serpentine-line, the rocks consist of radiolarian,
banded cherts, limestones and tuffs, with bands of spilite-lava in
the lower horizons, of heavy agglomerates, or fine-grained mud-
stones in the middle horizons, passing up into very distinctive con-
glomerates. Near the serpentine-line, they are always steeply
inclined, generally with an easterly dip, but further away, i.e., from
five to ten miles to the west of the line, they may be less highly
494 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1.,
inclined, be horizontal, or dip more or less steeply to the west. East
of the serpentine, the strata are all greatly altered by pressure
They consist of slaty siliceous rocks, reddish banded cherts, and
red jaspers in which the traces of radiolaria can be faintly dis-
cerned, highly cleaved and altered spilite, sheared tuffs or tuff a -
ceous breccia, and rarely schistose conglomerate. Here and there,
lenses of very crystalline limestone are present. The radiolarian
jaspers are the main features, and form very prominent and con-
tinuous bands adjacent and parallel to the serpentine-line. The
whole is riddled with quartz-veins, which are very poorly developed
in the western portion.
The term "serpentine-line" has been employed for the marked
line of fault separating these two portions, for though the serpen-
tine rock does not form a continuous band, it is developed chiefly
in this particular line, forming a row of intrusions, which may
vary in length from 100 yards to 30 miles, and in width, from a
few inches to nearly two miles. And wherever serpentine occurs
not on this line, it lies in the more disturbed rocks to the east,
forming sill-like masses there also. In only two or three minor
and exceptional instances has serpentine been found lying to the
west of this line, and, as will be explained, these occurrences are
not anomalous.
In spite of this apparently sharp definition, the eastern and
western series are not entirely distinct. Among the rocks of the
eastern series, the metamorphosed equivalents of some western
rocks can be clearly seen, and, moreover, we may trace one horizon
which passes across the line from the unaltered west into the
altered east. The facts clearly show that, at the close of a long
period of sedimentation, heavy orogenetic pressure came from the
east, folding and metamorphosing the eastern series, but becoming
less and less effective towards the west. This pressure culminated
in the formation of a great plane of overthrust faulting (which is
unusually steep). This relieved the western side from this pres-
sure it was suffering, before the series had suffered any notable
dynamic metamorphism. The great fault-plane was the main
channel of ascent of the ultrabasic magma. The many intrusions
BY W. N. BENSON.
495
to the east came up along the many fault-planes in the shattered
eastern block, while the few intrusions of peridotite, west of the
main line, have been proved to lie in subsidiary fault-planes, such
as would be expected to occur here and there by the main great
overthrust.
The sedimentary formations developed prior to the folding may
be classified as follows : —
Formation.
(/. ) Rocky Creek Conglomerates ■*
(e.)Burindi Mudstones )
(d.) Barraba or Nundle Series
(c.) Baldwin Agglomerates
(fo.) Tamworth or Bowling Alley Series...
(a.) Woolomin Series
Age.
Lower
Carboniferous
[Upper Devonian ..
Do. do.
Middle Devonian .
Lower Devonian(!)
Maximum
Thickness.
f 2,000ft. +
I 1,500ft.
13,000 ft. +
3,000 ft. +
10,000 ft. +
Unkuown.
These are all apparent thicknesses. It has been impossible, as
yet, to determine how far they may have been increased by strike-
faulting, which is undoubtedly present.
A brief description of these may now be given.
ws.w.
E.N£.
Fig. la. —Generalised Section, Northern Type, about 30 miles long.
W.5.W.
a] e
Fig. 16. — Southern Type, about 20 miles long.
1. Woolomin Series. 5. Burindi Mudstone.
2. TamwortrTSeries. 6. Rocky Creek Conglomerate.
3. Baldwin Agglomerate. 7. Serpentine.
4. Barraba Mudstone. 8. Granite.
496 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
(a) The lowest beds of the series are the Woolomin Beds. These
occur exclusively on the eastern side of the serpentine-line, and,
therefore, are always greatly altered. Their most noticeable fea-
ture is the presence of a well-defined zone of red, unbanded jasper,
in which traces of radiolarian remains are frequently visible. In
addition to this, the series contains a very large amount of altered
spilitic rocks, schistose tuffs, slates, phyllites, and horn stones. The
whole series is intersected by numerous quartz-veins. The relation
of these beds to the Tamworth Beds is probably one of strict con-
formity. In the region north-east of Manilla, where the Tamworth
Beds are believed to occur east of the serpentine-line, there is no
suggestion of any discordance between them and the enclosing
Woolomin Beds ; moreover, the occurrence, in each, of spilitic lavas
and radiolaria, argues that they are merely different portions of
one sedimentation-series. It will need a long and intricate study,
both microscopically and in the field, to delimit properly these two
formations; and until that is accomplished, it seems best to indi-
cate on the map, with one hachuring, the whole of the eastern series,
making reservations in the text. The bulk of the eastern series is
probably of Lower Devonian age.
(5) The Tamworth Beds are those that have been studied in
most detail, particularly by Professor David and Mr. Pittman(3),
who gave a section showing their occurrence at Tamworth. The
most typical and complete section appears to be developed at
Bowling Alley Point, however, and of this the following is the
order : —
Thickness.
3,300ft. Upper Tuff-breccias.
2,000ft. Upper Banded, Radiolarian Clayst ones (with Spilites).
20-1 50ft. Limestones.
4,000ft. Lower Tuff-breccias.
600ft. Lower Banded, Radiolarian Claystone.
10,000ft.
The thickness, however, is only very roughly determined, and it
is very probable that considerable repetition has occurred. In
BY ARTHUR M . LEA.
487
coming very small posteriorly; each side of suture at base with
about four small shining granules; interstices with several feeble
tubercular and squamose elevations, but towards base two large and
distinct tubercles on each side; one on third interstice at base, and
one on the fifth slightly behind it; each side at summit of posterior
declivity with a small tubercle. Hind femora longer than the
others, but each with a rather large, triangular tooth. Length,
5f -71 mm.
Bab.— Queensland — New South Wales : Richmond River.
Mr. Pascoe gives the length as four lines; none of my (ten)
specimens quite attain that length, but if the head were drawn out
and measured, some of them would exceed it, The nude space on
the elytra commences at about the basal third, is not quite con-
tinuous to apex, and is widest at about the summit of the posterior
declivity.
Genus Ecildaus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912, p. 123
Ecildaus personatus Lea, I.e., p. 124.
Hab. — Queensland.
Ecildaus melancholicus Lea, I.e., p. 125.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Ecildaus glabricornis Lea, I.e.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Genus Notocalviceps Lea, I.e., p. 1 26.
Notocalviceps punctipennis Lea, I.e., p. 127.
Hab. — Queensland.
Notocalviceps RARUS^Lea, I.e., p. 128.
Hab. — -New South Wales.
Genus Stenoporoptkrus Lea, Mem. Soc. Ent. Beige, xvi.
1908, p.167.
Stenoporopterus canaliculars Lea, I.e., p. 168.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland.
5? '«>
488 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE, xii.,
Genus Terporopus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.129.
Terporopus tenuicornis Lea, I.e.
Hab. —Queensland.
Genus Austrectopsis Lea, I.e., p.131.
Austrectopsis oblongus Lea, I.e., p. 1 31.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Roptoperus Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1907, p.184.
Prothorax as long or almost as long as wide.
Head ringed at base „ occidentalis.
Head not so ringed tasmaniensis.
Prothorax distinctly transverse _ ieiroe-regince.
Roptoperus tasmaniensis Lea, I.e., p. 185.
Hab. — Tasmania and King Island.
Roptoperus terr^e-regin^ Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1912,
p.132.
Hab. — Queensland.
Roptoperus occidentalis Lea, I.e., p. 133.
Hab. — West Australia.
Genus Cairnsicis Lea, I.e., p. 133.
Cairnsicis opalescens Lea, I.e., p. 134.
Hab. — Queensland.
Genus Zenoporopterus Lea, I.e., p.135.
Zenoporopterus mirus Lea, I.e.
Hab.— 'New South Wales.
Genus Orthoporopterus Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr.,
1910, p.521.
Orthoporopterus elongatus Lea, I.e., p.522.
Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland.
BY ARTHUR M. LKA. 489
"Genus Gymnoporoptkrus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,
1912, p.136.
Gymnoporopterus pictipes Lea, I.e., p. 137.
Hob. — Queensland.
Genus Microcryptorhynchus Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1907, p.194.
The described species of this genus may be tabulated as
follows : —
Elytra with two fascicles echmatus.
Elytra without fascicles
Prothorax and elytra almost parallel-sided „ cylindricollis.
Prothorax and elytra each inflated in middle pygmceus.
Microcryptorhynchus pygm^us Lea, I.e., p. 195.
Hab. — Tasmania and King Island.
Microcryptorhynchus kchinatus Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Aust.
1912, p.137.
Hab. — New South Wales.
Microcryptorhynchus cylindricollis Lea, I.e., p. 138.
Hab. — West Australia.
490
THE GEOLOGY AND PETROLOGY OF THE GREAT
SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Part I.
By W. N. Benson, B.A., B.Sc.
(Plates xx.-xxi.)
Introduction.
The Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales is one of the
most remarkable features to be encountered in the study of the
palaeozoic geology of the State. Its presence has been known for
many years, owing to the association of the serpentine with
mineral deposits of economic value, and the outlines of several
occurrences were roughly shown in the first official geological map
of 1875, based mainly on data collected by the late Rev. W. B.
Clarke. Chief among those who have reported on various portions
of this belt, have been Messrs. Anderson(l), Clarke(2), David(3)
Jaquet(4), Odernheimer(5), Pittman(3), Stonier(6), Stutchbury(7),
and Ulrich(8), but lack of opportunity prevented any of these
writers from making a detailed study, or attempting any
well-founded generalisations. Mr. W. Anderson(l) has given
the only petrographical account of the ultrabasic rocks (1888),
while to Mr. G. A. Stonier(6) is due the suggestion of the Upper
Carboniferous as the era of the intrusion of these rocks (1895).
The tectonic complexity of the associated formations, their great
thickness and similarity over wide areas, and also the dearth of
determinative fossils, has led to conflicting estimates of their age
and relationships, perforcedly based on insufficient data. A great
advance was made in 1899, in the recognition, by Professor David
and Mr. Pittman, of a great thickness of radiolarian jaspers, cherts-
and tuffs associated with Middle Devonian coral limestones. Apart
from these investigations, the area might be considered virgin
ground.
4 ,,sni^i
pSStJfe - i >.3.I gSS* I ->f|-lEj*J
l|IIIlliliPiI|I]]!pM
iiiaHiisraiBis
SIS
,-s-TtRTIARY CABB? t MLSOZOIC DEVONIAN
pl^l BasonilB l+^+l Gromte p^ BARRABA
~™_ __ carboniTeroij's"' ^a"""'""""
CARB= «. DIV'S tBSSi ^a'"'""""-
HI Dolentc g^j bp„,e
CARBONirtRfiUS ^^
STTTT-i ROCXY CSL'LK p-m TAMWORTH
^^^~*,._^a- J ^ T'^.y- jfl
Fig.2. Section from head of Manilla R to New England Plateau
1
Fig. 3. Section through Horton and Cobbadah
j| 5t,,ku„(!S(,IJ C Bmsaru Pone,
Fio 4- Section from Back Creek to Keera 5enkungsfeld
* - i
F.g. 5. Generalised Section from the Gvydir to the N
BY W. N. BENSON. 497
particular, the area of the Lower Tuff -breccias is so full of intru-
sions of dolerite, that it is, in all probability, much disturbed. The
uppermost member of this Series, in the Bowling Alley Point dis-
trict, lies directly below the Nundle Series, the southern equivalent
of the Barraba Beds. It is interstratified with thin beds of chert
and shale, contains Lepidodendron australe and radiolaria, and, in
microscopical structure, is very similar to the rock of the Baldwin
agglomerate, but more finely granulated. The Upper, Banded
Cherts are also interstratified with tuff, showing very peculiar
relations with it. Occasionally there are small lenses of limestone,
and numerous flows of spilite; one of which is very continuous,
and several hundred feet thick in one place. The limestones are
intermittently developed, generally in one horizon associated with
spilite and breccia. The Lower Cherts and Breccias are similar to
those above, but are more free from spilite in the Bowling Alley
Point region. It is not yet clear how far the Upper Series is dis-
tinct from the Lower Series, or may be a repetition of it.
The section at Tamworth, described by Messrs. David and Pitt-
man, commences at the top of the Lower Breccias, and includes the
remainder of the Series. For this, they give a thickness of 9,260
feet, or about the same thickness as the whole of the Bowling Alley
Series. The dip, which is very steep at Bowling Alley Point and
Tamworth, lessens at Attunga; and the great thickness (1,000 feet
or more) reported for the Moor Creek limestone, is probably incor-
rect. The widening of outcrop is due chiefly to change of dip. The
limestones of Tamworth and Moor Creek are really a repetition, by
folding and faulting, of the main line of limestone, which passes
northwards from Moonbi to the higher part of Attunga Creek.
Beyond this, it appears to pass into the eastern side of the serpen-
tine-belt, and may be traced northwards to the latitude of Crow
Mountain. Probably the continuous band of limestone, from Bin-
gara to Warialda, belongs to this horizon. The fact that the grey,
even medium-grained, andesitie tuff, so common in the Nundle-
Barraba Series, is absent from the Tamworth Series in its typical
form, is often a useful distinguishing feature.
37
498 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
The following are the fossils found in the several occurrences of
limestone; and these have been claimed by Mr. Etheridge(lO) as
indicating a Middle Devonian age for the Tamworth Series: —
The fossil-localities are grouped as under : —
i. Parishes of Cuerindi and Attunga (fossils determined by
W. S. Dun),
ii. Moor Creek and Tamworth (R. Etheridge).
iii. Moonbi (R. Etheridge).
iv. Bowling Alley Point and Nundle (W. S. Dun).
v. Crawney (W. S. Dun).
Favosites gothlandica Lam.,
F. basaltica, var. moonbiensis Eth.fil.
F. salebrosa Goldf uss
F. squamulifera Eth.fil.,
F. multitabulata Eth.fil.,
F. sp., ci.forbesi Ed. et H.,
F.(V) pittmani Eth.fil., ...
F.(l) crummeri Eth.fil., ...
F. reticulata Blainv.,
F. sp.nov.
Stromatopora sp.
Diphyphyllum porteri Eth.fil.,
D. robustum Eth.fil.,
D. sp.nov.
Sanidophyllum davidis Eth.fil., ...
Try plasma, sp.nov.
Spongophyllum giganteum Eth.fil.,
ActinocystisiV) cornubovis Eth.fil.,...
Cyathophyllum obtortum Ed. et H.,
C. sp.nov.
Cystiphyllum australicum(1)
Microplasma parallelum Eth.fil., ...
Heliolites porosa Goldf uss
Syringopora auloporoides De Kon.,
S. porteri Eth.fil.
i.
X
X
X
X
X
ii.
iii.
iv.
X
X
X
i"
X
X
V.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
BY W. N. BENSON.
499
S. sp.nov.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
V.
X
S. novcecambrensis Eth.fil.,
1
Litophyllum konincki Eth.fil., et F.
X
X
X
X
L. sp.nov.C?)
X
Alveolites subcequalis Ed. et H.
X
A. sp.
X
X
X
Phillipsastrcea, sp.nov. ...
X
X
Endophyllnm schlileteri Eth.fil.
X
Atrypa reticularis var. ...
X
A. sp.
X
Pelecypoda indet.
X
Euomphalus, sp.nov.
X
Crinoid stem-ossicles
X
X
X
X
X
Lepidodendron australe McCoy
X
X
...
The radiolaria, in the Tamworth Beds, were studied by Dr. G. J.
Hinde, who described fifty-three species, all of them new, belong-
ing to twenty-nine genera, of which four were new(ll).
(c) The Baldwin Agglomerates lie conformably below the Bar-
raba Series. They are of the same nature as the bands of tuffa-
ceous agglomerate that lie in the latter, and are merely coarser in
gram. They consist of fragments or boulders, up to a foot in dia-
meter, of granite, and quartz-porphyry, keratophyres, trachytes,
spilites, porphyritic andesites (holocrystalline or pumiceous)
augite-diorite porphyrites, quartz-dolerites, radiolarian chert, or
cherty tuffs, and fragments of limestone containing determinable
fossils : Heliolites, Syringopora, and Stromatopora have been
noted. The pebbles are included in a matrix of andesitic or spilitic,
tuffaceous nature. Here and there, they pass into tuffaceous brec-
cias, indistinguishable from those of the Tamworth Series. In the
Bingara district, they are interbedded with radiolarian cherts, and
contain flows of rapidly chilled, porphyritic spilite of a very basic
character. In places, there are lenticles of finer-grained tuff in the
coarse agglomerate, and these are of great assistance in determin-
ing the true bedding-plane. In a few places, Lepidodendron aus~
500 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
trale has been found in these rocks. The thickness of this Series
is unknown. A thickness of 1,300 feet has been observed in the
Baldwin Mountain, and 3,000 feet in Cobbadah Creek Gorge, but
even here, the basal beds have not been seen. The especial feature
of these beds, physiographically, is their great resistance to ero-
sion, and consequent high relief.
No certainty has yet been arrived at, with regard to the manner
in which these beds rest on the underlying Tamworth Series. The
only junctions between them, studied so far, are those near Tam-
worth. These have been claimed by Professor David and Mr. Pitt-
man(3) to show an unconformity of a very marked character,
but the observations of the writer, on two of the three junctions,
show that it is exceedingly difficulty to obtain a true angle of dip
for the agglomerates (so much are they jointed), unless a pebble-
band is present; and where this is seen, its dip is parallel to that
of the Tamworth Beds directly below it. But, as the Tamworth
Beds warp rather rapidly in this region, considerable care must be
taken in examining them. The observations will be detailed later.
The third area described as an unconformity, the writer unfortu-
nately did not visit, but the evidence of the first two, throws some
doubt on this last determination.
The apparently marked, lithological unconformity between the
Baldwin Series and the underlying Tamworth radiolarian beds,
calls for some remark. An unconformity is brought about by the
intervention, between the deposition of two series, of a consider-
able length of time, during which the conditions have more or less
completely altered. The character of the overlying beds has thus
no necessary relation to that of the lower beds. Should the deposi-
tion, however, have continued while the change of conditions was
in progress, and this change have been oscillatory, certain zones
interstratified in one series will show indications of the conditions
that will be predominant in a higher series, or, conversely, will
recall the dominant conditions of lower series. There will be no
absolute and sharply defined final break in the character of the
sedimentation. Now the Baldwin Agglomerates differ merely in
coarseness of grain, from the breccias of the Tamworth Series. The
BY W. N. BENSON,
501
component rock-fragments, and broken mineral-grains are strik-
ingly similar to those of the Tamworth breccia. They are inter-
stratified with similar spilite-flows, and, in several instances, are
interbedded with fine radiolarian chert ,and tuff, almost indistin-
guishable from the rocks that predominate in the Tamworth Beds.
Further, the Barraba Beds, which lie conformably on the Baldwin
Beds, exemplify perfectly this lithological criterion of conformity,
for they contain interstratified bands of coarse, tuffaceous agglo-
merate or breccia, quite analogous to that of the Baldwin agglo-
merate, though not quite so coarse. There is, thus, a complete
conformity during oscillatory change of conditions, from the Tam-
worth Series through the Baldwin Beds to the Barraba Series
Conglomerates with
RVwjoliteft flnde&ites %t.
fW$t<Me*£imeM-cmf
fludsVone with Hadiolarw
PgolomeraVe^ Coarse
Brecuo «»f3\)'i\ire flottt
Finer &recao,Tu
Ajjilire Flow?, Cftra1
s
Li*\es>fcmt Radiolarian
Clft^tone «c chert
Condilioro
\ Pefc
Lower BUI* Oh' |Urr«r IIP
Lower Garbonifersui
Fig.2.
(text-fig. 2). In the Nundle region, the Baldwin Agglomerates are
absent, or represented by a thin band merely, of rather coarse
breccia; and, above and below this, the Bowling Alley and Nundle
Series lie in perfect conformity with each other. These two Series
are identical with the Tamworth and Barraba Beds further north.
There seems, then, sufficient grounds for dissenting from the inter-
pretation put on the Tamworth junctions by Messrs. David and
Pittman. It should be noted that their conclusion was not a very
definite statement, for in the concluding remarks they say, "If the
one bed of conglomerate observed near Tamworth be not referable
to the Radiolarian series, as appears probable, the whole of the
strata are remarkably fine-grained. . . ."
502 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTti WALES, L,
The Baldwin Agglomerates occur in the Bingara Range, rising
from below the Barraba Series on the Gwydir River. They con-
tinue southwards, bordered by powerful faults on the east and
west. Disappearing below the Barraba Beds in the region of Cob-
badah and the Manilla River, they rise again to form the Black
Mountain and Baldwin Ranges, which are cut off to the west by
powerful faults; and dipping to the east, they pass, in a syncline,
below the lower Manilla River, and rise again to form Pyramid
Hill, above the town of Manilla. From here southwards, they have
not been noted, until one comes to the three small occurrences on
Cleary's Selection, near Tamworth. Southwards thence, they seem
to die out rapidly. They are not seen south of Black Jack, unless
the few yards thick, of rather coarse tuff that separates the Bowl-
ing Alley from the Nundle Series, may be considered their repre-
sentative, as its lithology would suggest.
(c) The Barraba Series lies conformably above the Baldwin
Agglomerates. They are the most wide-spread division of the
Palaeozoic rocks west of the serpentine-line. They consist of
banded shales and mudstones, containing radiolaria, with slightly
coarser-grained layers free from these fossils. Interbedded with
these, are fine or coarsely grained bands of acid or intermediate
tuff, or, rarely, conglomerate bands are present. More frequent,
however, are wide or narrow zones of a tuffaceous agglomerate,
recalling the Baldwin Agglomerates. In places, there are masses
of rocks that might be classed as grauwackes ; these are particular-
ly well developed south and east of Cobbadah, and in the Nundle
district. There are frequently also large or small lenticles of blue
argillaceous limestone, which is quite free from organic remains.
Throughout, Lepidodendron australe is particularly abundant.
Indeed, the distinction between the Barraba Series and the Burindi
Series, lies largely in the absence of L. australe (and radiolaria)
from the latter. Stonier reported L. australe to occur with the
Carboniferous Marine Beds at Burindi(6), but this is not con-
firmed by later collections.
As previously stated, these beds form the greater part of the
area mapped, and extend far to the west of the serpentine, forming
BY W. N. BENSON. 503
the Liverpool Plains, and the hills between the Peel River and
Goonoo Goonoo. Their thickness is doubtless very great, but has
not been proved, as nowhere have the top and bottom been seen
in one section, nor can due allowance be made for strike-faulting,
owing to the absence of horizons of reference. A thickness of
about 8,000 feet is apparently developed between the fault east of
Burindi and the marine beds to the west, and an apparent thick-
ness of about 13,000 feet occurs between the Peel River and
Squaretop by Nundle.
(d) The Burindi Series lies conformably above these mudstones,
and it has not yet been possible to draw a sharp distinction between
them. They consist of a fine, dark grey, fissile mudstone, with
bands of tuff of an andesite nature, and occasionally a rather
coarsely grained, tuffaceous breccia. Here and there are thin
bands of limestone, composed almost entirely of crinoid-ossicles,
and other beds largely oolitic. The formations have a very wide
extent. They are found in the north, on Slaughterhouse Creek,
near Gravesend, and thence, traced southwards, occur to the east
of the Rocky Creek Series, all along its development. Just beyond
the limits of the area studied, it is very well developd at Somer-
ton, where a considerable thickness of highly fossiliferous lime-
stone was found by Mr. Stonier(6). From information gathered,
it would appear to cover a considerable area running north-west
of here, appearing from beneath the syncline of Rocky Creek con-
glomerate that lies west of Burindi. Fossils have been found at
Rangira, which probably belong to this Series, but they have not
yet come under scientific notice. Further south, there is an exten-
sion parallel to the Rocky Creek conglomerates. Marine fossils
have been collected near Goonoo Goonoo and Gundy, and are de-
veloped in great amount in the Paterson-Clarencetown area, north
of Newcastle, as studied by Messrs. J. B. Jaquet and L. F. Harper
(12). There are also other areas of development to be considered.
Along the western margin of the serpentine, stretching from the
head of Hall's Creek to the Namoi River, is a line of similar mud-
stones and tuffs, which contain Carboniferous fossils. The
southernmost occurrence is near the Namoi River, and consists of
504 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1.,
a lenticle of limestone about 100 yards in length, entirely composed
of crinoid-remains, and, except for its greater width, completely
analogous to the limestones at Burindi. Further north, at Crow
Mountain, there is a series of fossils of the same facies as those of
Burindi also. These were first noted by Stonier(6d). North
again, however, there is an occurrence of quite a different facies,
in the shape of a lenticular mass of limestone, composed chiefly of
Lithostrotion. These indicate a Carboniferous age for these
rocks. It is probable, though not at present capable of proof, that
these last are on a rather lower horizon in the Carboniferous, than
the Burindi and Crow Mountain fossil-beds.
The mudstones, with oolitic limestones, on Oakey Creek, south
of Warialda, probably belong to the Burindi Series also.
These areas adjacent to the serpentine are, without doubt, repe-
titions of those further west, nipped into the older Barraba rocks
during the period of folding.
The following are the determinative fossils that have been recog
nised in this belt of marine Carboniferous rocks.
In this list, D indicates ft determination made by Mr. W. S.
Dun, E by Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., K by Professor De Koninck
(in 1875), and S by Mr. S. Stutchbury, in 1853-5. The various
localities studied (with the collectors) are as under: —
i. Slaughterhouse Creek . . . Carne.
ii. Pallal and Eulowrie . . . Stutchbury, Cullen, Porter,
iii. Rocky Creek ... ... Pittman.
iv. Burindi ... ... ... Benson.
v. Crow Mountain... ... Stonier, Cullen, and Benson.
vi. Somerton, Carroll, etc. . . . Stonier, Cullen, Porter.
vii. Paterson, Clarencetown, Clarke, Waterhouse, Cullen, and
and Dungog. others.
The last area is the most fully studied Carboniferous locality in
New South Wales, and is added for the sake of comparison. Only
such forms as occur elsewhere, also, have been mentioned, so that,
for this locality, the list is incomplete.
BY W. N. BENSON.
505
CCELENTERATA.
Cladochonus tenuicollis
Cyathophyllum sp.
Zaphrenlis culleni
Z. sumphueus
Z., other species
Amplexus, sp.ind.
Lophophyllum minutum
L., cf. corniculum
Lithostrotion columnare
L. irregulare
Turbinolopsis
Syringopora syrinx
S. sp. . . .
Michelinia sp
Trachypora
Crinoidka.
Platycrinus sp. ...
Actinocrinus sp.
Cyathocrinus sp.
Metablastus
Crinoid ossicles (in all localities)
Bkyozoa.
Fenestella propinqua
F. multiporata ...
F., other species
Thamniscus sp. . . .
Dendricopora hardyi
Glauconume bipinnata
Retepora sp.
R. laxa
Rhombopoi'a sp. ...
Polypora sp.
Stenopora sp.
I)
D
I)
E
E
E|
S
E§
s
8
I x
K
I)
IV.
I)
E
1)
I)
D
D
m
i)
K
K
E
K
*K
K
tK
K
D
1)
K
1f
x
K
D
K
K
* From Colo Colo River,
t From Manning River.
X Probably also at Hall's Creek.
§ Probably also at Hall's Creek, Lithostrotion limestone.
Ii Possibly S. novazcambrznsis (Eth.fil.) is of Burindi age, an
south of Crow Mountain.
IT Taylor, T. G., Proc. Linn. S03. N. S. Wales, 1906, xxxi.,
d may occur
p. 52.
506 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1.,
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
*Brachiopoda.
Lingula
,_
D
Orbicula sp.
8
Orbiculoidea nitida
D
Productus semireticulatus . . .
D
D
K
P. undatus
D
K
P. barringtonensis
D
P. aculeatus
K
K
P. cf. grandicosta
D
P. cf. pustulosus
D
D
P. cf. spinulosus
U
P. cf. muricatus
D
P. cf. murchisoni
D
P. cf. longispinus
D
I)
P., other species
D
D
D
D
Daviesiella sp.(1)
D
Chonetes laguessiana
K
K
Leptcena (Strophomena) rhomboidalis,
var. analoga
S
D
D
D
D,K
L., other species
a
s
Orthotetes crenistria
D
D
D
D^K
Orthis (Schizophoria) resupinata
s,k
D
D
D
D,K
Orthis (Rhipidomella) australis
D
D
D
D,K
Orthis, other species
D
Spirifera disjuncta
s
S. striata
D
D
D
S. bisulcata
D
K
S. lata...
m
D
D
S. humerosa
cf.D
D
S. pinguis
D
D,"i
S. convoluta
S
S.t other species...
D
D
D
D
D
K
Syringothyris exsuperans ...
D
D,K
S. cf. cuspidata ...
JD
K
Spiriferina cristata
D
Dielasma hastata
K
r>
D,K
Rhynchonella sp.
D
K
R. pleurodon
D
Hypothyris
S
Retzia sp.
J)
*For a list of the Brachiopoda of the Clarencetown Series, see Dun, W.
S., Records Geol. Survey, N. S. Wales, 1£
02, }
ai., i
>p.72
-93,
Pls.i
►1 23
BY W. N BENSON.
507
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Reticularia lineata
D
D
Athyris sp.
D
b
Actinoconchus planosulcatus
D
E
Atrypa sp.
S
Pklecypoda.
A llorisma
D
Orthonota sp.
s
...
Cardinia
D
Nucula sp.
s
Mytilus sp.
s
Posidonia sp.
s
Pleronites{1) tanipteroides . . .
E
P. pittmani
E
Pterinea
D
Avicula sp.
s
K
Pecten sp.
s
Entolium aviculatum
b
m
Aviculopecten sp.
D
K
.4. cf. granulosus
D
Edmondia sp.
D
SCAPHOPODA.
Dentalium sp. ...
D
K
Gastropoda.
Bellerophon sp. . . .
s
D
D
Euomphalus sp —
s
D
E
Worthenia canaliculata
E
Loxonema sp.
s
D
D
K
Z babbindoonensis
D
Macrocheilus sp —
s
D
K
Orthonychia, sp.nov.
D
Platyceras altum
S,K
Pteropoda,
Indefinite species ...
s
D
Gonularia
D
Cephalopoda.
Orthoceras sp. ...
s
D
0. cf. martinianum
D
Trilobita.
Phillipsia grandis
E
P. dubia
b
Other species
s
b
b
K
508 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, L,
Plants — Lepidodendron australe has been reported from
Burindi and Eulowrie, but is to be very doubtfully referred to
the Carboniferous Marine Series.
Lepidodendron veltheimianum has been recorded from Clarence-
town (Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1898, p. 167).
The thickness of the fossiliferous marine beds, at Burindi, is
about 1,000-1,500 feet, but it is not yet possible to define their
lower limit. In the Clarencetown area, Messrs. Jaquet and Harper
suggested that the Marine Series, volcanics, and conglomerates
(equivalent of the Rocky Creek Beds), together amount to 19,000
ft. in thickness(H), but there is probably repetition here.
(a) The Rocky Creek Conglomerates form one of the most per-
sistent horizons in New South Wales. They consist of heavy con-
glomerates containing pebbles of acid igneous rocks, granite,
aplites, quartz-porphyries, rhyolites, etc., with trachytes, dacites,
and andesites. These conglomerates are interbedded with flows of
rhyolite, trachyte or andesite, of a similar nature to that of the
pebbles in the conglomerate, together with beds of tuff of the same
variety of composition, passing into tuffaceous and gritty sand-
stones. They occur, in the north, in the Slaughterhouse Creek
Ranges, and extend thence south to Rocky Creek, and the eastern
slopes of the Nandewar Mountains, pass west of Burindi, and are
cut out near the head of the Manilla River. They commence again
further to the south, beyond the limits of the map given, and may
be followed thence from the south-west of Goonoo Goonoo, past
Gundy down into the districts of Gosforth, Paterson, and Clarence-
town in the vicinity of Maitland and Newcastle. This intermittent
line of outcrop is thus roughly parallel to the serpentine-line, lying
from 20-40 miles west of it, and extending for 200 miles. The beds
have also a considerable lateral extension to the west, for the intri-
cate series of Carboniferous volcanic rocks, recently described by
Messrs. Walkom and Browne(i3) at Pokolbin, 50 miles south-west
of Newcastle, undoubtedly belong to this series. With the excep-
tion of the last rocks, and those developed at Clarencetown, no part
of this huge extent of conglomerates and volcanics has been studied
in any detail as yet.
BY W. N, BENSON. 509
The fossil content of this series is small. In the northern por-
tion, near Slaughterhouse Creek, Mr. G. A. Stonier (6c) found
some leaf -fragments resembling Rhacopteris. In the continuation
of these beds down into the Newcastle region, a larger flora is de-
veloped, the following being the chief species : —
Catamites (Archceocalamites) radiatus Feistmantel.
Lepidodendron veltheimianum Feist.
L. volkmannianum Feist.
L. dichotomum Feist.
Knorria Feist.
Cyclostigma austral e Feist.; n.s.
C. kiltorkense (?) Feist.
Anemites ovata Arber, Dun, = Rhacopteris incequilatera Feist.
Rhacopteris intermedia Feist., Dun; n.s.
R.(T) rcemeri Feist.
R. septentrionalis Feist.; n.s.
Archaopteris wilkinsoni Feist.; n.s.
Cardiopteris polymorpha Dun.
Sphenopteris clarkei Dun; n.s.
Sphenophyllum sp., Feist., = Anemites(1) sp., Dun.
In the above list, the names given are those of the palaeobotan-
ists who recognised the occurrence of the several species in New
South Wales; n.s., indicates that the species was not known else-
where. Mr. Arber has kindly pointed out to the writer, that all
the genera are found in the European Lower Carboniferous, and
many of the species are characteristic of that Series. It seems
justifiable, therefore, to consider these plant-beds as of Lower
Carboniferous age, though they form the upper portion of the
Carboniferous Series proper, as developed in Northern New South
Wales.
The vertical extent of the Rocky Creek Series is unknown; in
the type-locality, a thickness of at least 2,000 feet is exposed.
Such then is the sequence of the older palseozoic sediments. We
may now revert to Devonian times, to consider the igneous succes-
sion. The spilitic flows and tuffs of the Woolomin and Tamworth
Series have already been described. Connected with these, there is
a great development of dolerite, often albitised(14). In the pre-
510 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
liminary note (15), the writer termed this a diabase, and considered
it of later date than the serpentine. The term, however, has been
altered, in accordance with modern British nomenclature. The
consideration of the age is a different matter. The field-relations
in the Nundle region were insufficient to determine, with precision,
the position and origin of the rock, and the petrological peculiarity
had not been noted. It was thought best to consider it as a later
differentiate of the same magma as the serpentine, and, therefore,
to be looked for in connection with that rock. At the same time,
it did not escape notice, that the dolerite-intrusions ran roughly
parallel to the strike, and were confined to the Tamworth (there
called Bowling Alley) series of rocks. The later work in the
northern district, and the detailed petrology have added much in-
formation. Several other distinctive types of dolerite have been
found, but that which is analogous to the Nundle dolerite, occurs
in rocks of the Tamworth Series only, whether these lie east or
west of the serpentine-belt. Where the Tamworth rocks are not
developed, the serpentine is quite unaccompanied by dolerites of
this character. Moreover, the so-called andesitic lavas in the Tam-
worth Series, asssociated with the dolerites, prove to be spilites.
There are many occurrences cited by Steinmann(16), and Messrs.
Dewey and Flett(l7), of Ordovician Hercynian, and Alpine erup-
tion-periods, where sediments, usually radiolarian, are associated
with tuffs, spilite-flows, and intrusive sills of dolerite; and it
seems most probable, in view of the later observations, that a like
association holds for the rocks under consideration here. In all,
these sills are about 2,500 feet thick in the Bowling Alley Point
district, but are extremely irregular. The present group of
dolerites are then connected with the spilites, not directly with the
peridotites ; and as, in the north, the dolerites have undergone the
crushing, in areas east of the serpentine-line, they may fairly be
considered to be of earlier date than the serpentine. These dolerite-
intrusions were probably almost contemporaneous with the spilite
lava-flows, possibly somewhat later.
After the succeeding explosive action that produced the Baldwin
Agglomerates, there was a long period of quiet. Then igneous
BY W. N. BENSON. 511
activity broke out again, and the rhyolites, andesites, and tuffs of
the Rocky Creek Series were ejected.
The intrusion of the peridolites then followed; they have been
shown to occur chiefly in the fault separating the Eastern rocks
from the rest of the country, and it is probable that they were
intruded into this fault-plane during the crust-movement. They
show some signs of shearing in themselves. That the folding
period was at the close of the Carboniferous, is indubitable, in
view of the strong unconformity between horizontal or slightly
disturbed Permo-Carboniferous beds, and highly disturbed Car-
boniferous rock existing at most points, where the two formations
are in contact. The serpentine has intruded the Burindi Carboni-
ferous Series at Crow Mountain, and a pebble of serpentine occurs
in the Permo-Carboniferous sandstones in the Newcastle district,
as do also other rocks which have come from the north. The Juras-
sic sandstones lie horizontally and undisturbed, on the vertically
dipping serpentine-mass near Warialda. The evidence for these
statements will be detailed later. Unfortunately, the Permo-Car-
boniferous beds and serpentine occurring together in situ, are not
clearly exposed, so that a direct proof in this manner is impossible
The gabbros and eucrites came slightly later than the serpen-
tines. Their schistose structure suggests solidification during move-
ment, while the dynamic type of metamorphism is indicative of the
after-pressure they received by the later stages of the earth-
folding.
Intruding the gabbros and serpentines, are a small series of
dykes of dolerite, different from the earlier type of dolerite. They
are common in the country north and south-east of Barraba, but
have not been sought much elsewhere. In some mineralogical and
structural variations, there are strong resemblances to certain of
the lamprophyres of this region.
A third series of dolerites occur, the age and relationships of
which cannot be told at present. They make large and small sills,
and laccolites in the Barraba Series of rocks, in the region between
Burindi Station, Horton and Cobbadah. Blue Knob laccolite is
the larger of these. The manner of alteration suggests a Pre-Ter-
512 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
tiary, probably a Pre-Mesozoic age, for these dolerites. Possibly
they were intruded during the folding along an east and west axis,
which seems to have followed the meridional crumpling. It may
be that this movement was connected with that which lowered part
of the Carboniferous range, admitting the deposition of Permo-
Carboniferous sediments, in the lower series of which, are inter-
stratified, hypersthene, andesite flows, in the Newcastle district.
This relationship is, however, pure conjecture, there being little
or no evidence on which to base any reasoning.
Following the main intrusions of basic igneous rocks, there
occurs a long series of granitic intrusions, ranging probably from
the latest Carboniferous to early Mesozoic times. The following
grouping of these, based on the work of Andrews(l8), Cotton(i6),
and others, must be regarded as tentative only.
Upper CarboniferousC?) — l.Felsites of Bingara.
Permian. — 2.Granodiorites and Porphyries of Nundle.
3.Sphene-Granites of Moonbi.
4.Tingha Granite.
Early Mesozoic. — 5. The "Acid Granite."
6. Tourmaline-granites east of Bingara and
Manilla.
These masses of granite form a long series of intrusions lying
behind the serpentine-intrusion, i.e., in the direction from which
the thrust came. In three places, however, the granite-rocks occur
in front of the serpentine, namely, in the case of the Bingara fel-
sites, and also in the large area of sphene-granite that has cut
through the serpentine at Tamworth, and stretches between Moonbi
and Attunga. Again, in the Nundle district, the whole area is seen
to rest on a batholith of granite, which appears both east and west
of the serpentine-belt.
The great and varied series of lamprophyre-dykes, which occur
occur along the serpentine-belt, cannot be referred to any definite
eruption-period as yet. Though they seem associated with the ser-
pentine, it is difficult to understand their genetic relationship; it
must be noted that the area between the serpentine and the granite,
in the background, has not yet been thoroughly searched, and it is
BY W. N. BENSON. 513
probable that evidence will be found there connecting the lampro-
phyres with the granites. In this connection, it is interesting to
note that Mr. E. C. Andrews(i7) has found a series of camptonites
and other lamprophyres at Hillgrove, which lies on the eastern
boundary of the intrusions of the sphene-granite period. He has
shown these dyke-rocks to be, there, the latest phase of the igneous
activity.
We now return to the consideration of the record of sedimentary
rocks. The great earth-folding, which culminated in the intrusion
of the peridotite, was a mountain-making period, but, nevertheless,
in the closely following Permo-Carboniferous times, before the
long series of granite-intrusions was at an end, sedimentation was
again in progress. But of this we have very fragmentary evidence
in the area under notice. Near Bowling Alley Point, a small block
of a few acres only, in extent, has been faulted in among the
Devonians, and thus preserved from denudation. The occurrence,
in it, of Glossopteris leaves(6a) and Permo-Carboniferous marine
shells, suggests that here is a portion of the Upper Marine series
with some of the Upper Coal-Measures. Again, in the Nandewar
Mountains, Dr. JensenO) has shown the presence of Glossop-
teris in coal-bearing Upper Coal-Measures, resting unconformably
on Carboniferous conglomerates, while Stutchbury, in 1853, noted
a coal-seam, and the leaf -bearing sandstone of Derra Gap, west of
the Horton River(7). Thirty miles north-east of Warialda, is Ash-
ford, where definite Lower Marine Beds and Lower Coal-Measures
have been found(18) on, thence, the Permo-Carboniferous beds, in
a highly disturbed condition, stretch east and north to Emmaville,
Drake, Texas, and Warwick(19). These contain forms of both
the Lower and Upper Marine, and, near Texas, boulders, claimed
as belonging to the glacial series.
Following the Permo-Carboniferous period was an era of great
crumpling, increasing in intensity in the northern areas. The New-
castle district is slightly folded and faulted; the Nun die district
must have been highly faulted ; but the area around Ashf ord, and
to the north and east, has been highly folded indeed, so that the^
rocks have largely become slates. It is for this reason, that Jfif$
38 Ab V
* -
LIBRARY
514 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
Permo-Carboniferous Beds so long escaped notice. There was so
little to distinguish them from the older palaeozoic slates asso-
ciated with them. No doubt, the series of Permian and early Meso-
zoic intrusions accompanied these foldings.
A long period of erosion followed, and the granite was laid
bare. On it was deposited a series of arkoses, conglomerates, and
sandstones, which occur in the neighbourhood of Warialda, over-
lying granite ; rocks of the Eastern series, serpentine and Barraba
mudstones. These sandstones, etc., are about 100 feet thick, and
contain Alethopteris, Phyllopteris, and Brachyphyllvm, and have
been referred to the Jurassic period(6d). They are quite undis-
turbed or merely gently inclined. In the neighbourhood of
Slaughterhouse Creek, they form the upper parts of the range,
capped by basalt, and are probably rather thicker than at
Warialda.
The Tertiary formations are largely volcanic, and, for the sake
of completeness, a very brief resume* of Dr. Jensen's(9) work in
the Nandewar district, together with other facts, may here be
given. In early Tertiary or late Mesozoic times, there occurred
crustal movements, throwing down the western part of the Nande-
war region. This induced volcanic action, commencing with the
intrusion of dolerite-sills into the Permo-Carboniferous strata, fol-
lowed by: —
(a) Sill-like and laccolitic intrusions of syenite, accompanied by
flows of phonolite, trachyte, and allied alkaline lavas.
( b ) Alkaline andesites and more porphyry-sills.
(c) Basic porphyrite-dykes and basalt-flows, which lasted into
Pliocene times.
In the Barraba region, an ancient, wide-spreading river-basin
became greatly alluviated during the early part of these eruptions,
and a considerable amount of trachytic tuff is contained in its leaf-
bearing clays, which are of considerable thickness, and contain
Eucalyptus; the upper layers include a bed of diatomaceous earth
about 10 feet thick (22). These are covered by the great flows of
basalt of the last igneous epoch. Elsewhere there are masses of
basalt covering a greater or less thickness of leaf -bearing, Tertiary
BY W. N. BENSON. 515
drift, auriferous or gem-bearing clays, sands, and gravels. Such
occur at Bingara, and south of Keera, and are discussed in more
detail later.
In the Nundle district also, the Tertiary period was one in which
valleys were deeply cut, filled with auriferous drift, and flooded
with basalt. Just outside the area of the present survey, it seems
probable that this basalt was much intruded by sills of tescheni-
tic dolerite, and basanite(13).
A great period of elevation and block -faulting closed the Ter-
tiary period, and the present topography was thus initiated.
This requires careful study, and will be discussed in a later
chapter.
LIST OF REFERENCES CITED.
1. Anderson, W. A.— Ann. Rept. of Dept. of Mines N. S. Wales, 1888,
pp. 179-182.
2. Clarke, W. B. — Reports on the Goldfields of New South Wales, pub-
lished in the Votes and Proceedinga of the Legislative Council.
Papers relative to the Geological Survey of New South Wales, and
also in Great Britain, Parliamentary Papers. Further Papers
relative to the Discovery of Gold in Australia. Contracted titles of
the several reports and references as under.
(a) Report i., Geology of the Country between Marulan and Peel
River.
(b) Report ii., Hanging Rock Diggings : Geology.
(c) Report iii., Dispersion of Gold in Australia.
{d) Report v., Hanging Rock and Peel River Field: Conditions
and Prospects,
(e) Report viii., Western Slopes of New England : Structure.
N.S. W., Leg. Council. Great Britain, Pari. Papers.
(a) 1852, ii., pp. 463-467. Aug. 1853, pp. 26-30.
(6) 1852, ii., pp. 469-475. -. Aug. 1853, pp.30-35.
(c) 1852, ii., pp.477-482. Aug. 1853, pp. 35-39.
(d) 1852, ii. , pp.485-487. Aug. 1853, pp.40-42.
(e) 1853, i., pp.565-612. Feb. 1854, pp. 42-55.
3. David, T. W. E., and Pittmann, E. F.— "On the Palaeozoic Radio-
larian Rocks of New South Wales. Q.J.G.S., 1899, pp. 16-37.
i. Jaquet, J. B. — Ann. Rept. of Dept. of Mines of New South Wales.
5. Odernheimer, F. — " On the Geology of a part of the Peel River Dis-
trict in Australia." Q.J.G.S., 1855, pp.399-402.
516 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, i.,
6. Stonier, G. A.— (a) Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales, 1891, p.261;
(b)ibid., 1892, p.137; (c)ibid., 1894,pp.l31-137; {d)ibid.t 1895, pp.160,
168, 172.
7. Stdtchbury, S. — Trimonthly Reports. Geology of Warrumbungle
Mountains and Namoi River Districts (a) and Country between
Nandewar Ranges and the Condamine River, (?>)N.S. W., Leg. Coun-
cil, Votes and Proa, 1853, ii., pp. 467-473, 685-695. Great Britain,
Pari. Papers. Further Papers relative to Gold in Australia. Feb.
1854, pp. 13-17. Dec. 1854, pp.45-54.
8. Ulrich, G. H.— "Notes on the Geology of New South Wales and
Queensland, made in 1842-43." Cited by W. B. Clarke, in "Sedi-
mentary Formations of New South Wales. ': Fourth Edition,
Appendix xii.
9. Jensen, H. I. — "The Geology of the Nandewar Mountains." Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1907, pp. 842-914.
10- Etheridge, R., Jun. — "The Corals of the Tamworth District."
Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Vol. vi., p. 151.
11. Hinde, G. J. — " The Radiolaria in the Devonian Rocks of New South
Wales. Q.J.G.S., 1899, pp. 39-63.
12. Jaquet, J. B., and Harper, L. F. — "The Iron-Ore Deposits of New
South Wales." Memoir No.2, Geol. Survey of N. S. Wales, 1901,
Chap.vi., and Map. Also, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines.
13. Walkom, A. B., and Browne, W. R.— " The Geology of the Eruptive
and Associated Rocks of Pokolbin, New South Wales." Journ.
Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1911, pp. 379-407.
14. Benson, W. N. — " Spilite Lavas and Radiolarian Rocks in New South
Wales." Geol. Mag., 1913, p.21.
15. "A Preliminary Account of the Geology of Nundle
District, near Tamworth, N.S. W." Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
Vol. xii., pp. 100-106.
16. Steinmann, G. — " Die Geologische Bedeutung der Tiefseebildungen
und der opiolischen Eruptiva." Geol. Beobachtungenin den Alpen,
ii., xvi., pp.44-65, 1905.
17. Dewey, H., and Flett, J. S. — " British Pillow Lavas and the Rocks
associated with them." Geol. Mag., 1911, pp.202-9 and 241-8.
18. Andrews, E. C. — "The Geology of the New England Plateau, with
special reference to the Granites of Northern New England." Rec.
Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Vol. viii., pp. 108-129.
19. Cotton, L. A. — " The Tin-Deposits of New South Wales. Parti. The
Elsmere-Tingha District." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1909,p.733.
20. Andrews, E. C. — Report on the Hillgrove Gold Field. Mineral Re-
sources. Geol. Survey of N. S. Wales, 1900, pp.16, 17, and 24.
Also, " The Geology of the New England Plateau. Part iv. " Rec.
Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Vol. viii., pp. 227-229.
BY W. N. BENSON. 517
21. David, T. W. E.— " The Geology of the Hunter River Coal-Measures."
Memoir No.4. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales. Also, Pittmann, E. F.,
Records Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Vol. v., pp.26-30.
22. Andrews, E. C — " Report on the Drake Gold and Copper Field."
Mineral Resources, Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, No. 12, 1908, pp.3-11,
and the authorities there cited.
23. Pittmann, E. F.— Ann. Rept. Dept. of Mines N. S. Wales, 1881 (1882),
p. 142. Also, Card, G. W., and Dun, W. S., "The Diatomaceous
Earth Deposits of New South Wales." Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S.
Wales, Vol. v., Pt.3, p. 19.
2i. Benson, W. N. — " Preliminary Note on the Nepheline-bearing Rocks
of the Liverpool and Mount Royal Ranges." Journ. Proc. Roy.
Soc. N. S. Wales, 1911, pp. 176-186.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XX. -XXI.
Plate xx.
Geological Map of the Bingara and Tamworth District.
Plate xxi.
Geological Sections across the Bingara, Tamworth, and Nundle District.
518
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. D. G. Stead reported that during a recent visit to the
head- waters of the Jenolan River, within five miles of Jenolan,
he had found Lyre-birds to be plentiful, and holding their own,
in spite of the menace of the fox; and he considered that they
may be expected to continue to do so, provided they are pro-
tected from being shot. Scrub-wallabies and wombats were also
found to be plentiful; and from information received from resi-
dents, he had reason to think these interesting animals were on
the increase; and it was to be hoped that they would not be
unduly interfered with.
Mr. R. Grant showed, and explained the method of using a
simple form of apparatus for the rapid filling of capillary tubes
with calf-lymph, devised by Mr. A. B. Duffy and himself, and
now in use in the Microbiological Laboratory of the Department
of Health. With this apparatus, one person can easily fill over
600 capillary tubes in an hour, and all tubes are uniformly filled,
— specimen-tubes. It can easily be made by any laboratory
assistant, is very readily cleaned, and its cost is merely nominal.
All that is required is a thistle-funnel, a piece of rubber pressure-
tubing, with a series of holes pierced on the upper surface, three
pinchcocks, a screw-clamp, and two or three pieces of glass
tubing, one piece of which must be of fairly large calibre, with
the ends drawn, and a side-tube blown into it. The method of
filling tubes by means of the exhaust is— Fill funnel A with
lymph. Open clamp D to allow a small flow of lymph to displace
any air that may be caught in the tubing, between the funnel
and the first capillary tube. As soon as the lymph is seen to
ooze through the opening, close D. Insert the capillary tubes,
the upper ends of which are sealed. Then start the exhaust, the
screw-clamp controlling it being open. The exhaust is obtained
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
519
by means of a Bunsen filter-pump attached to the service-pipe.
It is very much handier than a hand-pump, and requires less
attention. With the Bunsen pump, one merely has to turn on
the water, and give an occasional glance at the pressure-gauge.
It also enables the operator to devote the whole of his attention
to the filling of the capillary tubes. With a properly constructed
Bunsen pump, and a good pressure of water, a good exhaust can
Explanation of Figure.
A, Funnel or reservoir for holding the lymph — B, Rubber pressure-
tubing, pierced in ten places on the upper surface, for holding the capillary
tubes — C, Tube for catching overflow of lymph from tubing B— D, Clamp
which controls the flow of lymph to capillary tubes — D15 Clamp to control
the exhaust— E, Rubber cork fitted with a piece of curved glass tubing,
plugged with cotton-wool — F, Clamp : through this opening, the overflow
lymph is withdrawn— G, Tube to exhaust, controlled by a screw-clamp—
H, Capillary tubes.
be obtained in two or three minutes. When the manometer
registers about 680 mm., open clamp T>1 for about 10 seconds,
and then close it : next open clamp D : the lymph from A will
now rush in, and fill all the capillary tubes to within ^ inch of
the ends. By keeping clamps D and T>1 both closed, the filled
520 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
tubes can be removed, and replaced with fresh ones, and the
operation repeated. After every filling, a small quantity of
lymph remains in the rubber tubing B. This is removed, with
every subsequent exhaustion, into tube C. When sufficient
lymph has collected there, it can be readily withdrawn, and used
over again by screwing down the clamp on tubing G, and opening
clamps Dj and F. Clamping tube G cuts off the exhaust and no
capillary tubes must be placed in B. Filling the tubes by
gravitation is very much simpler than the exhaustion-method.
It is also much slower (the exhaustion is almost instantaneous),
also open capillary tubes must be used. Fill up the funnel or reser-
voir A with lymph. Insert the capillary tubes. Keep clamp
Dx closed. Now open clamp D slowly. Watch the lymph rising
in the tubes, close D as soon as it reaches to \ inch of the top of
the tubes. With a portable peep-light, seal the end of each.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited some examples of Teratology,
from the Collection of the National Herbarium, comprising Rosa
Hort. var., Sydney Botanic Gardens(W. Challis; August, 1913),
showing complicated prolification of the flower. The suppressed
ovary is represented by an expansion of the flower-stalk, the
sepals are leaf-like, the lower petals reflexed, the upper ones
unaffected; the axis is prolonged, and bears a circlet of miniature
roses, each with a leafy calyx; a few coloured petals, and foliar
staminal and carpellary organs are present, the axis finally
terminating in a tuft of leaves. — Plantago lanceolata Linn.,
Petersham(T. Steel; June, 1906), showing foliar prolification of
the inflorescence, a tuft of leaves occurring on the apex of the
flowering- spike, after the maturation of the fruit. — Dodoncea
peduncularis Lindl., showing foliar prolification of the flower.
An example of the male inflorescence of a dioecious plant, in
which the calyx is normal, and the stamens replaced by a whorl
of leaves.
Miss Hynes showed a specimen of Coccoloba (Micehlenbeckia)
platyclada F.v.M., exhibiting xerophytic characters. When grown
in a dry situation, the stems, as well as the branches, function as
leaves.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 521
Mr. W. W. Froggatt showed a series of specimens recently
collected by him in the New Hebrides, comprising — a web-
spinner, Oligotoma sp. [Fam. Embiidce] ; a handsome fruit-fly,
Dacus frenchi Froggatt, a common orange-pest ; and another
fruit-fly( Dacus sp.) close to, if not identical with, the common
melon-fly of India and Ceylon(Z). cucurbitce Coqu.;, and destruc-
tive to melons in the Northern Territory of Australia. Also
specimens of four species of Coconut leaf -mining beetles [Fam.
Hispidce], Promecotheca opacicollis from the New Hebrides, P.
antiqua from the Solomon Islands, P. reichei from Fiji, and an
undetermined species from Samoa; these beetles do an enormous
amount of damage in the coconut plantations.
Mr. North, by the sanction of the Curator of the Australian
Museum, sent for exhibition, the types of Vini stepheni, Ptilopus
insularis, and Porzana atra, collected by Mr. A. E. Stephen, in
1907, at Henderson or Elizabeth Island, an outlier of the
Paumoto Group or Low Archipelago, in the South Pacific,
described by Mr. North in the Records of the Australian
Museum, in the following year. Attention has recently been
drawn to these species by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant, in a paper
in the July number of " The Ibis," in which he beautifully
figures Stephen's Lorikeet, Vini stepheni (North).
DISCUSSION.
The discussion on "The Study of Zoogeographical Distribution
by means of Specific Contours," introduced by Mr. R. J. Tillyard
at the Meeting in May, was continued by Dr. J. B. Cleland,
Mr. Tillyard reviewed, and replied to, the criticism of his
proposals. The following is a summary of the discussion : (for
Mr. Tillyard's introductory remarks-, see pp. 172-1 73).
Dr. Ferguson exhibited a typical Entogenic Contour, which he
had obtained by Mr. Tillyard's method, for a well-defined group of
Australian Amycteridce [Coleoptera].
Dr. Cleland claimed that the chief, in fact, almost the only, fac-
tor in the determination of zoo-geographical distributions of
groups was the tendency of species to mutate; and expressed the
522 DISCUSSION.
opinion that Mr. Tillyard's zoocentres were simply areas in which
the greatest mutation had occurred.
Mr. Fletcher pointed out the very great importance of climate
as a determining factor; and asked Mr. Tillyard whether he could
establish any correlation between his specific contours, and the
known facts of rainfall-distribution in Australia.
Mr. Waterhouse said that faunal regions were very indefinite,
and merged into another. He had long ago recognised the essen-
tial difference between entogenic and ectogenic groups; the idea
was not a new one, but only presented in a new manner. He also
pointed out how important it was that depressions or lacunae in the
contours should be carefully shown.
Mr. Darnell Smith gave a summary of the distribution of earth-
worms, and finally announced himself as a supporter of Mr. Till-
yard's scheme.
Mr. Mackinnon said that he had succeeded in establishing an
entogenic contour for one group of parasitic fungi (Uromyces), but
had failed to get any definite result with Puccinia. He objected to
the introduction of new names, which only added to the burden of
scientific study. He advocated the use of transparencies over pre-
pared maps.
Mr. Maiden laid stress upon the paucity of data for most groups,
also on the indefiniteness of species. These would prove grave dif-
ficulties in the use of Mr. Tillyard's method.
Dr. Kesteven claimed that Mr. Tillyard's method did not show
all the facts. He objected to the term "archipelagic contour " He
instanced, as a case of discontinuity, that a group of rushes
occurred in all the waterholes throughout Central Australia ; but as
these waterholes were many miles apart, the contour for the group
would be a number of small ovals, and would be discontinuous,
though not archaic. He also said that one closed oval, within
another, did not accurately represent the double distribution of
two species, whereas two ovals, cutting one another, did do so. He
also asked what was to prevent the species within the highest con-
tour-oval being all different from those of the next, and so on, so
that with contours 4, 3, 2, 1, no less than ten species would be
represented.
DISCUSSION. 523
Mr. Baker offered some very interesting remarks on the distri-
bution of the various groups of Eucalypts. He supported the
Specific-Contour method, and believed that it would yield valuable
results as to the origin of the Eucalypt-flora.
Mr. Tillyard, in reply, dealt briefly with each of the foregoing
criticisms. He pointed out that the question was not one of the
origin of species, but of the distribution of species ; and, therefore,
he did not consider that the question of mutation entered into the
discussion at all, even apart from the question of its intrinsic value
as a theory, which was not acceptable to everyone. In reply to
Mr. Fletcher, he exhibited a large coloured rainfall-map of Aus-
tralia, and showed how the ectogenic contours corresponded very
closely to the monsoonal isohyets, while the entogenic contours
came fairly close to the antarctic isohyets. Superabundance of
rainfall, as in Western Tasmania, might, however, be a factor
against distribution. The correlation between rainfall and distri-
bution was of a secondary nature ; climate did not determine what
groups should inhabit a region, but it did determine the form
of the contours of the groups that had reached the region.
In reply to Mr. Waterhouse, he showed that he had
made ample provision for showing lacunae, and instanced
the case of a subtropical group, which might spread all
round a central mountain-range, but fail to ascend to the highest
levels. He also showed, in reply to Mr. Mackinnon, how trans-
parencies could be used with the Specific Contour method, the con-
tour being drawn on the transparency, and the underlying map
showing the geology, rainfall- or temperature-variation of the
region, as the case might require. He agreed with Mr. Maiden's
criticism, but claimed that it was time that every collector should
realise the value of every single record, even of the commonest
species. His method would emphasise this fact. As regards in-
definiteness in species, it was one of the merits of the contour-
method, that both splitter and lumper would produce almost iden-
tically the same contour, since a species A, subdivided into geo-
graphical races, A15 A2, A3, . . . . etc., would count only one,
except for the rare case in which two races might overlap. Reply-
524 discussion.
ing to Dr. Kesteven, he said that the method was not intended to
show all the facts. It was intended to give a general
graphical view of the distribution of a group, and not to
try to map every tiny detail. With regard to the rushes, he
would draw his contour round the whole region in which they
occurred, not round each waterhole. He agreed that the term
"archipelagic" was unsuitable, and would substitute "palaeogenic."
He also claimed that Dr. Kesteven's two cutting ovals were as
inaccurate as his own representation, which did not claim to show
the details. The possibility of the 4, 3, 2, and 1 contours enclosing
ten species was only a theoretical possibility, and could not occur
in nature. He agreed with Mr. Baker's remarks.
In conclusion, Mr. Tillyard emphasised the following points with
regard to the method: (a) It gives a density-contour, taking no
account of the separate species, as such, (b) It is not accurate in
small details, but is intended to show, at a glance, the general dis-
tribution of a group over a given region, exactly on the lines of a
rainfall- or barometric pressure-map. (c) The division into ecto-
genic, entogenic, and palaeogenic groups, represented the three
main stages in the evolution of any group, and was only a new
presentation of a well-known and accepted fact. (d)The question
of the further subdivision of each of these three types of contour
in any given region needed working out, but he felt sure that dif-
ferent subtypes could be shown to exist. (e)The zoocentres were
simply the areas of greatest density for each group, and it was
rmarkable, if Dr. Cleland's mutation-argument were true, that
practically all Australian entogenic groups should have similarly
located zoocentres ! This alone showed the fallacy of the mutation-
hypothesis. (/)The method is not restricted to regions, but cir-
cumtropic and circumpolar groups could be contoured over a map
of the whole world ; and even winter- and summer-distributions of
bird-groups could be exhibited in contrast, by means of it.
525
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
September 24th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
Miss N. Crouch, Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of
the Society.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (27th August, 1913), amounting to 13 Vols.,
40 Parts or Nos., 21 Bulletins, 3 Pamphlets, and 1 Map, received
from 39 Societies etc., were laid upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. R. J. H. Jenkins showed a flaked, aboriginal stone axe-
head, of a rather primitive type, found imbedded in a portion of
the root of a Eucalypt, as shown, a little above high water-mark,
at Woy Woy, partially overlain by shell-debris.
Mr. D. G. Stead exhibited a photograph of a large Leopard
Seal captured, during August, on a shoal at Pelican Island, in
Brisbane Water, opposite the township of Woy Woy. It is
believed that at least four of these large pelagic Seals were pre-
sent at that time in Brisbane Water, an exceedingly shallow,
lake-like expanse of great extent, connecting, through a very
narrow entrance, with Broken Bay. Three examples were re-
corded as having been seen by the local Inspector of Fisheries, in
the main channels on the 6th August, and later on in the day,
two were seen at Gosford, which is right at the head of Brisbane
Water. During that week, large shoals of apparently terrified
fishes were observed on the shallow flats in from 6 to 8 inches of
water during every night. It is a most unusual thing for our
fishes to school in this manner, especially during the occurrence
of westerly winds, as was the case at the time; and it is reason-
able to suppose that fear of these savage seals had driven them
there. The Seal photographed was tethered to the jetty at Woy
Woy for two days, and then liberated — apparently none the worse.
Mr. Stead stated that the Leopard Seal appeared to be in numbers
526 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
on the coast at this time, as he received reports indicating such,
from various places, and he considered that those in Brisbane
Water were probably enticed in by shoal-fishes near the entrance
— then losing their bearings owing to the smallness of the
entrance.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of three grasses of
interest: (1) Eriachne scleranthoides F.v.M., found near Mount
Poole, N.S. W. The specimen was forwarded by Mr. R. Gowland
for identification. Mr. Turner had not hitherto known this
Central Australian grass to be indigenous to New South Wales.
(2) Urachne parviflora Trin., syn. Piptatherum multiflorum Beauv.,
a South European species, collected near Bodalla, N.S.W. Speci-
mens of this grass had previously been received for identification
and report, as to its value for stock-feed, from Exeter, in this
State, and from Ballarat, Victoria. In Europe it is popularly
known as the " Falling Awn Grass," and now appears to be
acclimatised in parts of South-eastern Australia. (3) Bromus
macrostachys Desf., et var. villosus. This Mediterranean species
and variety were received by Messrs. Anderson and Company,
Seedsmen and Plant Merchants, Sydney, from one of their clients
near Albury, N.S.W., and they were forwarded by that firm to
the exhibitor for identification and report. Two other European
species of Bromus, viz., B. mollis Linn., and B. sterilis Linn.,
have spread very much in New South Wales during recent years,
and are common in many of the wheat-fields in different parts of
the State.
Mr. R. T. Baker exhibited: (1)A slab of "Red Cedar,"
Cedrela Toona Roxb., taken from a large stack of that valuable
timber, which had been entirely ruined by a fungoid growth; the
mycelium covered the entire surface in beautiful fern-shaped
masses, penetrating the whole fibre of the timber, and rendering
it quite valueless as a commercial article. The slabs had been
stacked for seasoning, with Oregon laths between each piece, and it
was to the presence of the latter that the trouble was attributable,
the spores evidently having been imported with the laths. In
other stacks where Oregon " strips " were not used, the Cedar
was unaffected. (2) A series of specimens, showing various
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 527
stages of growth of an entomogenous fungus, Cordyceps(^.) Gunnii,
collected by Mr. E. H. Wyburd, at Corowa. The specimens
were in good preservation, and nearly perfect, except for the
absence of the fructification.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited plants in a teratological con-
dition from the collection of the National Herbarium, comprising
Zinnia elegans Jacq., (Sydney Botanic Gardens) showing lateral
foliar prolification of the inflorescence. A series of leafy branches
is noted springing from the axils of the floral bracts. These
reduced branches are also produced in the axils of the ordinary
leaves. The ligulate florets, as seen in a normal flower, are sup-
pressed.— Carduus pycnocephalus Jacq., showing foliar prolifica-
tion of the flower. The centre of the bud is occupied by the
intruded pithy peduncle (the flowers are normally articulate on
the peduncle) from which springs a series of whorls of leafy
bracts tipped with spines representing the suppressed floral
organs. — Dahlia Hort.var., showing extra-floral prolification of
the inflorescence. A Dahlia with normally white flowers, having
a series of branches bearing leaves and supernumerary buds pro-
jecting beyond the capitate inflorescence.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited fresh specimens of Xerotes sp., from Hill
Top, which appeared to be an undescribed species. Also a fine
series of specimens of Tetratheca from various localities, namely —
T. thymifolia Sm., very common at Hill Top, Colo Vale, and
Moss Vale; and very distinct from T. ericifolia Sm., with which
it was united by Baron von Mueller in his Census (1889), and
by Moore and Betche, in the Handbook of the Flora of N. S.
Wales (1893). Mr. Maiden, in the Agricultural Gazette of New
South Wales [vii., (1896) p. 264] mentions it for Hill Top, and
the Rev. Dr. Woolls records it for ^ Mount Wilson (These Pro-
ceedings, 1887, p. 7). It has also been recorded in These Pro-
ceedings for 1899, p.354; and 1906, pp.39 and 48, by Mr. A. G.
Hamilton, and Mr. R. H. Cambage respectively. In the Flora
Australiensis (i., p. 130), the range given is from Port Jackson
to Blue Mountains, Bathurst, Hastings River, and Twofold Bay.
F. M. Bailey and the Rev. Tenison- Woods also record it from
Brisbane in These Proceedings, 1879-80, p. 141. In the National
528 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Herbarium, there are specimens from Port Jackson (R. Brown,
Iter Australiense, 1802-5), Bateman's Bay and Smoky Cape (J.
L. Boorman), Port Macquarie (E. Betche), Hunter River (col-
lector ?), West Wallsend (R. H. Cambage), Port Stephens (Back-
house), Currockbilly (J. L. Boorman), Allum Mountain, Bullah-
delah (J. H. Maiden), Wallangarra and Awaba (J. L. Boorman),
Braid wood (R. H. Cambage), Barber's Creek (J. H. Maiden),
Kingsdale near Goulburn, Tumut (W. Mecham), Thornleigh,
Hornsby, and Queen's Park, Waverley (E. Cheel). A white-
flowering form has also been found at Wahroonga and Botany
Bay (J. H. Camfield), Wingello (J. L. Boorman), Badgery's
Crossing (W. Forsyth and A. A. Hamilton), Mogo (W. Bauerlen),
Conjola (W. Heron), Port Macquarie (collector 1). — T. pilosa
Labill., var. denticulata Benth., (Fl. Aust. i., 132), of which
Bentham says, "about Port Jackson, from several collections."
This variety is not mentioned in Mueller's Census, or in Moore
and Betche's Handbook. The following is a list of definite
localities from which this variety is now represented : Port
Jackson (R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5), Hornsby (J. H.
Maiden), Berowra (J. H. Maiden and J. L. Boorman), Manly (J.
L. Boorman), Lindfield (R. H. Cambage), French's Forest (D.
J. Shiress), Thornleigh (E. Cheel). — T. juncea Sm. Bentham
(I.e., p. 132) gives Port Jackson as the habitat for this species.
Other definite localities are, Tempe (A. A. Hamilton), Morrisett,
Wallsend, and Bullahdelah (J. L. Boorman), Newcastle (R. H.
Cambage), Rookwood, Kahiba near Newcastle, and Waratah (E.
Cheel). Specimens of typical T. ericifolia were exhibited for
comparison.
Mr. Cambage called attention to a laudable legislative effort
now being made in England, to check the destruction of bird-
life in other countries; and on his motion, seconded by Mr.
D. G. Stead, it was resolved — That the Linnean Society of New
South Wales considers it to be highly desirable that the Importa-
tion of Plumage (Prohibition) Bill, now before the British Par-
liament, should become law, and desires that a letter be written
to the Premier of this State for transmission to the Secretary of
State for the Colonies, urging the passing of the Bill.
529
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NATURAL ORDER
MYRTACE.E.
By E. C. Andrews, B.A., F.G.S.
Table of Contents.
Introduction. The peculiar assemblages of Australian plants.
Acknowledgments.
Thesis.
Geography. Climate, land-forms, and soils during Cretaceous, Tertiary,
and Post-Tertiary time in Australasia.
Distribution of Myrtace^. Common throughout the tropics. Greatest
number of species in Tropical America, Australia next in importance,
but containing less than half the number of species in Tropical America.
Earlier Forms of Myrtace^e. Allied to Myrteae.
Home of the Earlier Forms. In the extensive tropical areas of the
Cretaceous world.
Differentiation of Myrtacbjb. Myrtese the earlier types; Eu-Lepto-
spermese and Metrosiderea? deployed from Myrtea? in regions near
Northern Australia — Eucalyptese descended from ancestors of Metro-
siderea;, and Eucalyptus became acclimatised to both arid and cold
moist conditions— Chamaelaucieae and Beaufortieae more recent de-
scendants from Leptospermea? and Melaleuca respectively.
Introduction. — The present distribution of two Natural Orders
of plants was considered with reference to their probable geographi-
cal environment in the past, and the environment, thus suggested,
was compared with that succession of Cretaceous and Tertiary geo-
graphies, which had been deduced years before by the writer from
physical data alone. The Orders Myrtaceae and Leguminosse were
the two chosen in this connection, but the former alone is con-
sidered in the present paper.
Such a comparison was suggested by a knowledge of the peculiar
assemblage of plants growing on the coarse, acid sandstone of the
Sydney and Blue Mountain Districts. Although the sandy soil of
this district appeared to be exceedingly sterile, nevertheless it sup-
39
530 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE,
ported a great number of species, as well as numerous genera.
Moreover, although the individuals were dwarfed in appearance,
yet were they clustered thickly together, and not scattered here and
there as on an arid plain. This sandstone area was surrounded by
formations of a clayey nature, and the soils from such formations,
when protected from the desolating winds of the interior, and also
when under the influence of a good rainfall, were observed to sup-
port luxuriant growths of plants belonging to types differing in
many ways from those which flourished on the sandstones. It was
noted, also, that the plant-types which were crowded together on
the coarse sandstones were those which had been recognised by
botanists as being practically confined to Australia, for example:
B(fckea, Banhsia, Leptospermum, Melaleuca, Callistemon, Ango-
phura, Kunzea, Calythrix, Darwinia, Pultencea, Eutaxia, Bos-
sicea, Go?npholobium, Styphelia, Monotoca, Epacris, Hakea, Gre-
villea, Xylomelum, Telopea, Persoonia, Boronia, Petroplula, Iso-
pogon, Lambertia, and others too numerous to mention. This, in
itself, was remarkable, but when, in addition, it was noted that the
rich, sheltered and well-watered pockets of soil, forming islands in
this sandstone-setting, were avoided almost absolutely by the
genera practically endemic in Australia, and were largely occu-
pied by genera not peculiar to Australia, such as Myrtus, Eugenia,
Elceocmyus, Ficus, Livistona, and others, the case became still
more interesting, and suggested that the peculiar vegetation, for
which Australia is noted, had been developed in an extremely
sandy and porous soil. Especially was this idea strengthened by
the knowledge that the extremely sandy granites of eastern New
South Wales, and the sandstones of the Clarence River Basin sup-
ported a flora almost identical with that of the Sydney sandstones
and the Blue Mountains. This conclusion received additional sup-
port, also, from the fact that this vegetation avoided the rich
basaltic soil of the Northern rivers, yielding place there to dense
growths belonging to genera not peculiar to Australia, such as
Dysoxylon, Echinocarpus, Panax, Sterculia, Cedrela, Gmelina, and
Elceocarpus. Moreover, although the individuals were closely-set
together on the sandstone, nevertheless the sunlight had access to
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 531
all their parts, whereas on the rich soil the genera, not peculiar to
Australia, formed dense jungle-growths. This suggested that the
vegetation peculiar to the continent had developed either in a
rigorous climate or in one essentially sunny ; whereas the other was
of more recent origin, and depended on moist and sheltered con-
ditions. But whereas the rich basalt-soils, of the sheltered por-
tions of the Coast, supported dense jungle-growths, soils very
similar on the plateaus and plains, when exposed to the desolating
winds of the Central continent, whether hot in summer or cold in
winter, were avoided alike, in great measure, by those types,
whether peculiar or not peculiar to Australia. This suggested
that : —
1. The basaltic soil plains were of later origin than the evolution
of most of the genera peculiar to Australia, and such plants had
not yet accommodated themselves to this soil.
2. The genera not peculiar to Australia were unaccustomed to
desiccating and desolating influences, and had not yet accommo-
date themselves to such influences.
3. Or again, it suggested that, possibly, the basaltic soil, under
dry and exposed climatic conditions, was peculiarly unfitted to
support vegetation in abundance.
Several other interesting points also were suggested at this stage.
The leaves of the sandstone-types were characteristically heath-
like, or rigid or pungent; nevertheless, others again, such as the
majority of the Leptospermums, Melaleucas, and Callistemons
were observed to possess much larger leaves, and to frequent the
moister situations on the sandstone-areas. The first suggested a
general accommodation either to poor sandy soil, to xerophytic, or
to cold and harsh conditions; while the second suggested evolution
under more genial conditions than had genera, such as Styphelia,
Calythrix and Epacris. The wealth of beautiful flowers, on the
coarse acid sandstone-areas, also suggested evolution under strong
sunlight.
Another point of interest noted was that in proportion to the
mildness, the moisture, and the shelter attained in any locality, so,
532 DEVELOPMENT OP THE N.O. MYRTACEjE%
in that proportion, was there a tendency for those genera, which
were not endemic in Australia, to oust those which were peculiar
to Australia. This, again, suggested that the genera peculiar to
Australasia had developed amid rigorous and harsh conditions,
and had not yet accommodated themselves to a genial and ex-
tremely moist climate.
To most of these rules, however, the genera Acacia and Eucalyp-
tus formed exceptions. Whether in harsh or genial surroundings,
in heat or cold, in soil either good, poor, rich or sandy, these genera
rarely failed to establish themselves firmly. Nevertheless, elastic
of temperament as they were, Acacia and Eucalyptus both
appeared to be ill-adapted to cope with the advance of those
genera not peculiar to Australia, when in an environment of abun-
dant shelter, good soil, and with heavy and continued precipita-
tion. This suggested the failure of even Acacia and Eucalyptus
to compete with the Indian and Antarctic floral elements, when the
latter were in their true environment. The range of habitat of
these genera, however, is highly instructive. Thus certain Euca-
lypts* with transverse leaf-venation, with a characteristic essential
oil known as pinene, and with peculiar anthers, flourished on the
poor sandy soils. Other Eucalypts, again, such as the Boxes, flour-
ished in heavy clay soils, and possessed much cineol or eucalyptol,
a characteristic leaf-venation, and, morever, they possessed peculiar
anthers opening in pores. Still a third group, embracing such
forms as the Peppermint and the Snow-Gums, possessed much
phellandrene oil, a parallel venation, and kidney-shaped anthers;
and they occupied the moister and cooler portions of the plateau-
regions. The Acacias were found in all soils indifferently, but
their morphology was found to be peculiar in proportion to their
adaptation to certain climatic and soil-surroundings. In the case
of the Eucalypt, this suggested an origin in open sandy country,
but an ability later, by the production of special devices, to flourish
on the heavy soils, and in cold, moist climates.
* R. H. Cambage, Presidential Address. Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S.
Wales, 1913.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 533
In all these observations, the writer inferred that the predomi-
nant influence, in the plant-evolution, was geographical environ-
ment. Other factors in their evolution appeared to be Time,
Heredity, Variation, and Selection. Time is a constantly flowing
quantity, and, in the evolution of floras, such an evenly flowing
quantity must be large, since the other factors produce only in-
finitesimal results when acting only during brief periods. The
remaining factors are exceedingly variable in their action, and the
sluggish or rapid response of the organism, along variable lines, is
due mainly, either to the fixity of its climatic and soil-environment,
or to a revolution in its geographical surroundings. A geographi-
cal revolution would tend to produce either plant-extinction in
part or as a whole, or a relatively sudden deployment into new
genera or even families, such as one sees among the Dicotyledons
in later Mesozoic time.
The principle adopted, in the present note, is the application
of the "Law of Probabilities" to the case of the development and
distribution of the Myrtaceae Thus the earlier types of the family
have been sought by a consideration of those genera which possess
the most points in common, consonant with certain facts known to
be connected with the geographical setting of the earlier types. In
this way, those types are considered as aberrant which, although
excellently adapted to a definite set of local geographical condi-
tions, nevertheless depart in essentials from the deduced primitive
forms. Thus, for example, if it should be ascertained that the
points common to all genera of the Myrtaceae were much more
characteristic of the genera not endemic to Australia, such as the
Myrteae ; furthermore, if such Myrteae were ascertained to be prac-
tically confined to the tropics; that they flourished in good soil and
abundant rainfall; that their species far outnumbered those of
types endemic to Australia; furthermore, if it were found that
Australia had been isolated from the other parts of the tropics
during the production of the endemic genera; that the Australian
types flourished on porous, sandy soil, and in proportion as they
tended to depauperate types, that they exhibited modifications of
those organs typically developed in the Myrteae, then these would
534 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE,
be considered as the earlier type of Myrtaceas, and the capsular-
fruited genera would be considered as a type derived from Myrteae,
in harmony with local Australian conditions.
Bentham, in the concluding preface to his Flora Australiensis,
made the accompanying statement, with regard to the Australian
Flora: "The predominant portion appears to be strictly indi-
genous. Notwithstanding an evident though very remote ordinal
tribual or generic connection with Africa, the great mass of purely
Australian species and endemic genera, must have originated or
been differentiated in Australia, and never have spread far out of
it." The present report appears to bear out Bentham's contention
With the vast amount of information, concerning the Australian
Flora, now assembled in the "Flora Australiensis" of George Ben-
tham, "The Flora of Australia and of Tasmania" by Sir Joseph
Hooker, "The Census of Australian Plants" and "The Eucalypto-
graphia," by von Mueller, "The Index Kewensis" and its Supple-
ments, "The Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus," and "The
Forest Flora of Australia" by J. H. Maiden, as well as the exceed-
ingly numerous unpublished drawings of Eucalyptus anthers by J.
H. Maiden, "The Research on the Eucalypts" and "The Research
on the Pines of Australia" by Messrs. Baker and Smith, the
Botanical Notes (16 papers in these Proceedings, 1900-1913), and
other papers* by R. H. Cambage, various papers \ on distribution
by H. Deane, the papers! on Australian Vegetation by Professor
R. Tate, the time appears now to be ripe for a statement as to the
probable development, in Australia, of Orders such as those of
the Myrtaceae, the Composite, the Leguminosae, the Proteaceae, the
Casuarinese, or the Coniferse.
• " Climatic and Geological Influence on the Flora of New South Wales."
Rept. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1907, Adelaide, p.476. Presidential Address,
Journ. Proa, R. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913.
f Presidential Addresses. These Proceedings, 1895 and 1896, also 1900.
X "On the Influence of Physiographic Changes in the Distribution of
Life in Australia." Rept. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1889, Vol. i., p.512.
See also, "On the Myrtaceae of Australia," by the Rev. W. Woolls.
These Proceedings, 1884, pp. 643-648.
BY E. C. ANDREWS.
535
Acknowledgments. — The Writer desires to record here his in-
debtedness to Messrs. R. H. Cambage, J. H. Maiden, R. T. Baker,
H. G. Smith, and C. Hedley, in the preparation of the present
paper. During joint excursions made in Eastern Australia, the
Writer learned, from Mr. Cambage, the names of the plants, their
habitat, and the soils in which they flourished. Throughout the
preparation also of the note, Mr. Cambage has given kindly advice
and criticism, especially with regard to points pertaining to field-
botany.
To Mr. Maiden, very cordial thanks are tendered for access at
all times to the storehouse of literature and plants at the National
Herbarium, attached to the Sydney Botanical Gardens; also for
access to the very numerous unpublished drawings of Eucalypt
anthers which he has prepared, and for his great personal kind-
ness in answering any queries as to general botanical information
bearing on the point under consideration. To Mr. E. Cheel and Mr,
A. A. Hamilton also, the Writer desires to return sincere thanks
for their kindness in facilitating research in the National Her-
barium.
To Messrs. Baker and Smith, the Writer is deeply indebted for
the new light which their "Research on the Eucalypts" has thrown
upon the problem of Eucalypt-distribution and classification
especially in connection with the relations existing between oil-
contents and leaf-venation.
To Mr. Hedley, the Writer is deeply indebted for personal com-
munications concerning the general principles of plant- and ani-
mal-distribution in the Southern Hemisphere.
Thesis. — The family Myrtacese originated in the fertile tropics,
and had a much wider range in the late Mesozoic than at present,
owing to the large epicontinental seas, the low-lying lands, and
the mild and moist climate of the Cretaceous. With the great
increase in size of the continents during Post-Cretaceous time, and
the formation of high and broad mountain-borders to the conti-
nents, the genial climate of the Cretaceous became differentiated
gradually into distinct zones, and the northern and southern range
536 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE,
of Myrtaceae became thereby much contracted. In certain countries,
such as Australia and America, which, about that time, became
partially or wholly isolated from other tropical regions, the Myr-
taceae underwent divergent transformations, the Eugenias, Myrtles,
Campomanesias, Myrcias, Psidiums, Calyptranthes, and other
types marking a deployment of genera in the fertile tropics, the
capsular-fruited Myrtaceae marking an adaptation to less genial
conditions, while the Chamaelaucieae mark an organic response to
severer conditions of climate, and to a greater poverty and porosity
of soil, than the majority of the Leptospermeae.
Geography. — The Cretaceous, in Australia, as in the greater
part of the world, appears to have been a period at once of genial
and moist climate, of reduction of the continental surface to low-
lying plains by stream-action, and a period also of great sea-trans-
gressions over the continent. The continent appears to have been
connected with Asia, at least throughout the lower Cretaceous, and
to have been separated therefrom at some period during the Upper
Cretaceous.
New Zealand appears to have been connected with Australia or
New Guinea by way of New Caledonia in the Cretaceous, and the
first separation from the main Australo-Asiatic block appears to
have been that of New Zealand*, then the Australian province
appears to have been separated from Asia and its continuation
south and east to Celebes and Borneo. New Caledonia and Fiji
appear to have been separated later from the main mass, and
Celebes became separated from both Asia and Australia. Timor
and other Islands were separated from the continent at a later
date.
In the Upper Cretaceous, the Australian Continent was occupied
by a central sea. By analogy with a study of Northern American,
Asiatic, and European conditions in the Upper Cretaceous, it
would be reasonable to infer that the Cretaceous sea completely
separated Western from Eastern Australia. There is no direct
* See also C. Hedley, "A Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid-Pacific."
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 537
geological evidence, however, of a complete separation of West
from East. This is all the more remarkable, because the period
was one of great peneplanation, and a barrier to the junction of
the Indian and Southern Oceans, across Australia, by the trans-
gression of the Cretaceous Sea, is difficult to understand.
The characteristic soil of Australia, during the Cretaceous, is
evidenced by the sandy and porous nature of the Cretaceous sedi-
ments.
A study of Western and Eastern Australian geology suggests
that the surface of the continent was mostly sandy in nature,
although the various slate- and shale-deposits formed local excep-
tions.
In the Lower Tertiary, the Cretaceous Sea was drained off the
continent in great measure, and the climate of the centre began to
change slowly, the old equable and genial conditions giving place
to greater extremes of heat and cold, and increasing desiccation.
The present stage of dryness over the whole central continent,
however, appears to be a recent development.
In the Eocene, the Cretaceous Plain appears to have been
warped somewhat on its eastern margins, and in both this and a
later period of the Tertiary, deep leads were formed, and great
floods of basalt covered many portions of the lowlying eastern con-
tinent. During the great "Deep Lead" Period, the warped eastern
continent had been partly reduced again" to a peneplain.
The Deep Leads contain infrequent traces of Eucalypts, but
not of other Myrtaceas, in fact the numerous plant-remains sug-
gest the occupation of Eastern Australia, during that period, by
Indian types,* although plants closely allied to Callitris and Bank-
sia are frequently found in the leads. , At the present day, the sur-
face of the areas, in which these remnants of tropical types have
been found in such abundance, is occupied mainly by cold-loving
types of Australian plants, owing to the formation of plateaus in
these areas.
* Baron von Mueller, New Vegetable Fossils. Decades i.-ii., 1874-1882.
40
538 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACE^,
During this period, the continent appears to have been co-exten-
sive with New Guinea and Tasmania, and to have extended for a
considerable distance southward of Tasmania.
In late Tertiary time, Eastern Australia was affected by a topo-
graphical revolution, during which, the low-lying land, near the
sea, was disturbed and raised to form the plateaus of New Guinea,
Queensland, New South Wales, Tasmania, and South Australia,
as also that of Western Australia. The climate thereby became
changed.
The central plains of Eastern Australia, which had been initi-
ally formed in the earlier and middle Tertiary, were much enlarged
by the late Tertiary sedimentation, following upon the uplift.
In the Pleistocene came the general lowering of temperature
over the whole world, and withit, the gradual desiccation of Central
Australia, as is evidenced by the present process of the choking-up
of the old stream-channels with waste. This may be seen well in
such districts as that of Cobar.
The Geographical Distribution of Myrtace^e.
The authorities consulted in this connection were Index Kewen-
sis and the three Supplements thereto. For the Australian distri-
bution of Myrtacese, von Mueller's Census for 1889 was used, as
also Bentham's Flora Australiensis. With a very few exceptions,
the terminology employed is that adopted in the Flora Australien-
sis(1866).
For the purposes of the accompanying lists of species, Jambosa
and Syzygium are considered as included under Eugenia, as sug-
gested by Bentham and Hooker. Lecythidese is considered as a
separate family, the reasons being assigned in a subsequent chap-
ter.
Mr. Cambage has supplied the list of Eucalypts known in
Eastern Australia, and Mr. Cheel the distribution in Australia of
Callistemon.
All the other lists are only approximate.
BY E. C. ANDREWS.
539
43
CO
a
13
©
.2
0
2
-J
-a
: 2
o
S
o
o
■=0
>
'. '*"
•"2
5
8
O
o8
l*^
55 o>
"S
- -w
g
00
«5
5a
3
<
o
^
>>
>>
a
.9
e3
'3
s
£
^_^
# ,
08
efl
x'
H
^.S*
ii
o
o
— —
SM ~-
u
s_
■s ^
-*j a3
—
O CO
o
□9 (h
: Ph
•V
&
J2 « M
•£.
c3
<5 3
CO
§
CO k*
.2^
aO
Jfe
o
a—
cc
CO
co
05
J
X
o
u
04
e8
-
o
u
&l
04
-
CO
i— i
5?
-
a
«
o
.55
1
55
s
4
1
i
55
g
55
O
§
3
55
Si
25
I
©
1
Km
5
.55
*
*
*
*
*
*
540
DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE.
M{BlUJtl{[
: : : : : , :-h ::::::::::: :
•TJJ^'BUin^
:-::::::::.::::::::
•■BA-Bf
.:::::-:::::.::::::
•IBipiIJ
"BUIHQ
irt i i i i : : i ! i : : : i i i :
oaujog
:.::: :~ ::::::.:::: :
o
<
sauiddi
-IRci
++
P
H
B
p
Ph
UOUIIJ,
AV8^
'.'.:'.'.'.'. i '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'... —
<
O
c
o
;« ': : . : . :«« ;:;;:::::
EH
P
M
•'Baiuiif)
::::::::::::::::: :^
Eh
09
s
•BijBjqsnv
o o . ° X
Ht §: " H s rt * '•■£%:
•Bi^wj^sny
0
• ^ • ■ • :
.a,. ■ .-ntootoio • . ' ' : : : io ©
:©*::: h-^w . :::::: ©
■,*,••• ^
s
Scholtzia
^Bceckea
Astariea
Hypocalymna..
Bala%tstion
A gonis
§Lef>tospermum
* Knnzta.
Callistemon . . .
* Melaleuca
Conothamnus ..
Beaufortia
Regelia . . .
Phymatocarpus
Calothamnus.
Lamarchea
Eremcea
Angophora
Eucalyptus
O c8
ffl <*
5 B
<5 oj
H '5
• S Oh
u
I
B fe)
* ++
£
S <5
&) >™ ,2
(i "C O
B
i s
5 <
rt B
Q
05
s
£
<}
a>
525
B
a
0)
DO
eri
Oj
B
J.
►4
coo
^ o
,BN
S B
fl3 ee
BY E. C. ANDREWS.
541
sj Teoireg;
1 rt • • •
|
■v£v[v\ft
CO
■q-BUung
00 : :
"BJlviung
j :::::::::::
1 ::::::
"BA'Bf
:-* ::::::•: :
•BipUJ
•^uiqo
•oaiuojj
•sauiddi
•mi
h : :- : : : : : :h
•JOUIIJj
•ui'R'jija
AV9^
•pU1S[TB92
: so : : : .
■einopgjBQ
M3|iJ
t^ t-~ ; fH ; — 1 «© Ol CD ;
-:::::: :::
•■ei 113.13s n y
UJ9^88 ^\
00
=3
: 05 ; 0
: 2 J s -
11 §11
^ V. w — -^
* +-
j
:-2 'a •
++
33 r^
IS
8 a
§ P
o _.
a .2
i s
cs a
a a
o ""
OQ CD
3 J2
0) 03
S
0> •-
09
CO
CO £
s o
o W
.§ .3
e 3
<j ©
s a.
-1- J3
H
++
03 O
* a
542
DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYMACEA,
Islands be-
tween Asia
&Australia.
Species.
96 (approx.)
6 (also in
Japan)
1 (Java)
'■ G\ '■ <N a:
CO .—
n
CO
© ... . . ... C5 ...
'5oto ::: :: :::,-* t* x* i* d :: :
® ■* «-« ; : . . : : : : o : : .
M «
c8
o
*C
s
<
*6
CO
o
IS
a,
CO
Tf : : : : : ::!; •:!':: :
3
O
CO
c
New
Caledo-
nia.
03
0) ... . . ...
"o o oo : : : : : ::*::: ^h : : : h
© oj : . : • • :::::: : : .
P.
CO
Id
>
o
0)
eu
CO
V
of
V
'o
©
p-
Africa
(mostly
Trop.)
Species.
76(approx.)
2
1 (1 also in
Mauritius)
1 (2 also in
Mauritius)
......
O 09
« 5
CL co
co O — n.
© - • • • .^L • >
•S Ph : : :t- :<»
a * . . ^-* . <*
»o
:*-*:. oi I . : :
CO
— '
5
CO
O
'o
05
CO
§ A "S : : : : : :::::::::::
s t^ ; : : ; ; ■. \ ■ : ■ \ • ■ I \
.8
CM
"3
■M
. * "3
coo 3
o
:<M — — co ; fh \ \
a
ei
8
1
60
Tropical America
(rarely extra-
trop. ).
Species.
850 (approx.) ...
135 (approx.), a
few in extra-
tropical America
320 (approx.) ..
70
100
10 (approx.) ...
130 (approx.) ...
2
10
4
4
1
CO
3
c
o
O
.ft
1
: :.® * :
: S •<
§ -s 11 ll
.i &I.I si
^ £? 8 s a J
* * * * *
: ft
■*
II
* *
5 i-p.a
illli
* *
; : ■ of
: : s
: :|1
Ji S 5* S
.8
, BY, E. C. ANDREWS. 543
Combining these approximate results we have: —
Eugenia with about 1,325 species.
Myrcia with about 320 species.
Eucalyptus with about 300 species.
Myrtus with about 1 80 species.
Psidium with about 140 species.
Melaleuca with about 135 species,
Calyptranthes with about 100 species.
Ececkea with about SO species.
Campomanesia with about 70 species.
The other genera are much smaller as regards numbers of
species.
In Myrtaceae, there are approximately 3,100 species (Pflanzen-
familien, 1898, records about 2,750 species in Myrtaceae) of which
America (almost wholly tropical or subtropical) contains about
1,670, Australia about 800, Tropical Asia about 235, South Europe
1, Africa (mainly tropical) about 85, and the Pacific Islands,
together with the Indian Archipelago, about 310 species. Of these
3,100 species, Tropical and Subtropical America contain about 54
per cent., while Australia and the surrounding Islands contain
about 26 and 10 per cent, respectively. The fact that Europe con-
tains only one species (common also in Western. Asia) is most sig-
nificant, as is also the fact that North America probably contains
not more than 10 species. One genus alone, namely Eugenia, con-
tains about 43 per cent, of the total species, but less than 3 per
cent, of these occur in Australia.
The fleshy-fruited genera are widely spread over the tropics, the
capsular genera are almost wholly Australian, while the Chamae-
laucieae are almost wholly West Australian.
The Earlier Types of MYRTACEiE.
Several factors need consideration in this connection. Principal
among these appear to be: —
(a) The present distribution of the family.
(b)The environment of present-day Myrtaceae.
(c)The geography of the Cretaceous as compared with that of
the Tertiary and the present.
544 DKVKLOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE%
(d)The practical isolation of Australia from the rest of the tem-
perate and tropical world during the latest Cretaceous and a great
portion of the Tertiary.
(c)The morphological characters common to the majority of the
Myrtacese.
The present distribution of the family has already been con-
sidered, and may be stated very briefly in this connection.
The greatest number of species by far occur in tropical and sub-
tropical America, while Australia is the area of greatest density
after America. The family is practically absent in the cold tem-
perate regions of both hemispheres. The fleshy-fruited genera are
uncommon in Australia, but are extremely common in the tropics
of both hemispheres. The capsular-fruited genera rarely get
beyond the Australasian Region or the Indian Archipelago. The
Chamaslaucieae are confined to Australia, especially to the Western
half of the Continent.
The present environment of the Myrtaceae is peculiar, one group,
namely, the fleshy-fruited genera, characterised by abundant shel-
ter, moisture and warmth; another group, namely, the Metro-
sidereae, selecting situations of shelter, moisture and warmth, but
not being so absolutely dependent on these factors acting in con-
junction, as the Myrteae; another group, namely, the Leptosper-
meae, exclusive of Metrosidereae, shows an ability to flourish in an
excessively sandy and porous soil, and under moist or dry, hot or
moderately cold conditions, while the Chamaelaucieae, and certain
genera of the Leptospermeae, such as the Baeckeaeae, appear to
flourish both in poor sandy soil and in dry situations.
The geography of the Cretaceous appears to have been one of
lowlying plains, mild, genial and moist climate of almost cosmo-
politan range. The soil of Australia, at that period, appears to
have been very sandy and porous, taken as a whole.
High mountains, great deserts, glaciated polar regions and large
continents characterise modern geographies, whereas, in the closing
Mesozoic, the inland seas were large, the land-relief slight, and the
climate genial and moist.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 545
Australia appears to have been connected with Asia during the
Jurassic and the Lower Cretaceous, but during some part of the
Upper Cretaceous, it seems to have been cut off from Asia, and it
is doubtful whether there has been any direct communication be-
tween the two continents since that date.
Morphological Characters common to the Myrtace*:.
Upon an examination of the family, it will be at once apparent
that certain morphological characters run throughout the various
genera. In proportion to the xerophytic nature, or harsh environ-
ment, of the genus or species, so are the characters common to the
family obscured in that genus or species, and the morphological
clue is not readily seen, but, on the other hand, in proportion as the
fertile tropics are approached, especially those of America, so, in
the Myrtacese of these regions, is the morphological clue most
easily retained. In those genera which are partly depauperate in
type, such as Baeckea, it may be noted that the species which are
not depauperate, have more points in common with the family, as
a whole, than those species of the genus, which live amid harsher
conditions. Eucalyptus possesses a cap to its young flower, and,
with this protection to its reproductive organs in their earlier
stages, it has accommodated itself to various climates and soils, and
it departs markedly from the generality of the family in many
particulars. The extremes are probably exhibited by Chamaelau-
ciese and Myrteae respectively, the one being confined practically to
the fertile tropics, the other, in great measure, to the relatively
sterile tracts of Western Australia. The capsular genera occupy
a middle position, and exhibit, on the one hand, a great resemblance
to Myrteae, and, on the other hand, to the Chamaelaucieae.
The question then arises, what were the characters of the earlier
types'? Are we to conclude that some form, such as Eucalyptus,
was the early type, that it had a cosmopolitan range, and that,
later, it became extinct in the world generally, nevertheless flourish-
ing in Australia, and giving rise, in the meantime, to the fleshy-
fruited genera, all of which show a marvellous likeness to each
other, but very little resemblance to the Eucalyptus ? Or are we to
consider that the more or less xerophytic types, such as Eucalyp-
546 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE,
tus, originated in Australia, and then, in some way, crossed the
oceans to Asia, Africa, and America, giving rise there to types
very similar to each other; nevertheless differing widely from the
capsular types? Or are we to consider that the localised form is
the more or less depauperate descendant of a type belonging to the
moist and fertile tropics'?
An application of the Law of Probabilities suggests that either
the localised and isolated xerophytic, or the more or less depauper-
ate forms, which all exhibit great morphological differences among
themselves, are the descendants of types, possessing at once a
range world-wide as regards the fertile tropics, a close similarity
of morphological characters, and a great wealth of species. This
idea is strengthened by the fact, that the Cretaceous Period was
one of genial and moist climate, and that Australia has been
isolated from the tropical world since the close of the Cretaceous.
A consideration of these points suggests an appearance as out-
lined hereunder for the earlier forms of the family: — A tree or
shrub, generally large. Leaves simple, entire, opposite, penni-
veined, dotted and possessing intramarginal veins. Calyx-lobes
and petals imbricate. Petals 4 or 5 (probably five). Flowers regu-
lar, solitary or in cymes. Stamens indefinite, numerous, free, often
crimson or brightly coloured, and generally exceeding the petals
Anthers two-celled, versatile, the cells parallel and opening in
longitudinal slits. Ovary inferior with two or more cells. Style
simple. Ovules two or more to each placenta. Fruit inferior and
crowned by the persistent limb, indehiscent, succulent or fleshy,
rarely dry. Albumen none. Cotyledons thick and fleshy, with a
short radicle.
This plant appears to have possessed a graceful and umbrageous
habit, with dense, glossy and beautiful foliage. Wherever possible,
exposed situations were avoided, as also sandy porous soils.
Home of the Earlier Types.
This difficult question is best approached from three view-points,
namely, the areas of greatest density, as regards species, at the
present time; the location of modern types most closely allied to
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 547
the deduced original Myrtacean type ; and the typical geographical
conditions of the Cretaceous Period.
The areas of greatest density, to-day, are Tropical America, and
warm, temperate Australia.
The families most closely related in morphological characters to
the Myrtaceae, are the Combretaceae, the Melastomaceae, the Rhizo-
phoreae, and the tribe known as Lecythideae, included by Bentham
and Hooker under Myrtaceae. Combretaceae is a tropical family,
Rhizophoreae is also mainly a tropical family, while Melastomaceae
forms a large family, and is found mostly in the tropics, chiefly
American.
Upon a careful comparison of various members of the Lecythi-
deae, and a knowledge of their distribution, the Writer has con-
sidered it advisable to treat it as a family distinct from Myrtaceae.
For, if one considers its confinement to the fertile tropics, and its
development in freedom from those harsh conditions which have
left their traces so indelibly upon the majority of Australian Myr-
taceae, one would expect it to exhibit morphological characters
more in harmony with those of the Myrtaceae of the fertile tropics,
and to retain the morphological clue, which is so easily traced in
Eugenia, Myrtus, and allied genera in Myrteae. Nevertheless, the
clue is not at all easily retained in Lecythideae. The characteristic
opposite and dotted leaves are missing, the general appearance of
the leaves otherwise is not like those of Myrteae, the flower-spikes
are unfamiliar in connection with Myrtaceae, and the fruit-forms
are not at all suggestive of Myrtaceae. Nevertheless, Lecythideae
must be considered as a closely allied family.
The consideration of the home of the family, from this double
point of view alone, strongly suggests that the Myrtaceae originated
in the tropics, but the questions then arise: —
(a) Did the Myrtaceae originate in the Old World tropics, then
extend to America and Australia, and become strongly differenti-
ated in these localities, while evolution lagged in the intermedi-
ate area, owing to severe competition? or: —
(b)Did Myrtaceae originate in Tropical America, and spread
thence to Asia and Australia?
548 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE,
The answer to these, is practically insoluble without a knowledge
of the geographical factor. The study of the geological record
undoubtedly suggests that the earth has passed through various
periods of genial and almost cosmopolitan climates, and that these
have alternated with periods of marked differential climate. The
cosmopolitan and genial climates have tended to produce cosmo-
politan, or at least widely-spread, floras whenever sea-barriers
have not been opposed to distribution. On the other hand, the
variation of climates has tended to floral differentiations.
The Cretaceous was a period of such marked tendency to genial
climate, and the fertile tropical flora appears to have possessed a
wide range in that time. On the other hand, xerophytic and de-
pauperate types are almost wholly wanting in the collections
obtained from the Cretaceous and earlier Tertiary deposits.
The Pliocene and later periods have presented marked differen-
tiations of climate, culminating in the Pleistocene glaciation. This
would tend to produce marked local variations in the floras (and
faunas), and thus an erstwhile, widely-spread type would, upon
a gradual differentiation of climate, tend to contract its range alto-
gether as regards the primitive type, and to bring it nearer the
equator; while local floras would arise as the result of adaptation
to new environments under conditions of isolation.
One would, therefore, expect the primitive types of Myrtaceae
to have had a great tropical range in the Cretaceous, probably
extending into the regions now temperate in both Hemispheres,
and later, upon the great Post-Cretaceous changes of climate, to
have been confined to the tropics, and to have become locally dif-
ferentiated in such places as America and Australia, where they
were not opposed by such severe competition as in the Northern
Hemisphere.
Differentiation of Myrtace^.
The Eugenias and and the Myrtles appear to be the genera near-
est in morphological characters to the earlier types of the family.
In the wide belt of the fertile tropics during Cretaceous time, where
large deserts and high land-barriers were very rare, there was a
tendency for the Myrtaceae to become cosmopolitan in range, and
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 549
for that family to preserve, therein, the purity of the types already
firmly established..
A slight difficulty arises in attempting to establish the order of
the appearance of the Eugenias and the Myrtles. Both contain
single flowers in certain species; the Eugenias are plants typically
with embryos possessing large cotyledons and small radicles, with
flowers of four petals, and with inflorescences racemose or clus-
tered; while the Myrtles are plants in which there is a typical
development of large radicles and small cotyledons, of flowers with
five petals, and of rather simple inflorescences.
The evidence suggests that Eugenia was more nearly related to
the earlier type, by reason of its embryo, and the extratropical
range of Myrtus. On the other hand, the 4-petalled-flower of
Eugenia is a departure from type, and it would appear that there
were still eariier types, from which both these important genera
deployed. Moreover, in Rhodamnia and Rhodomyrtus among the
Myrtese, and in Leptospermum, Melaleuca and Callistemon among
the Leptospermeae, the leaves are generally strongly nerved, and
this interesting survival likewise suggests that nerved leaves existed
among some of the earlier, but now extinct, forms of the family.
Apparently a land-bridge existed in the Cretaceous between
some portions of tropical America and tropical Africa. The land-
bridge between Asia and Australia appears to have been destroyed
in the Upper Cretaceous.
This led to two important modifications of the Myrtaceae. In
Asia, fertile tropical conditions still continued, but there arose a
severe floral competition during later and Post-Cretaceous times in
Asia, owing to the deployment there of other vigorous and aggres-
sive families. In America, fertile tropical conditions continued;
while, in Australia, the vigorous outside competition was not ex-
perienced, but the soil there was neither so fertile, nor was the
climate so genial, as in the other regions. These conditions were
most noticeable in the south-west of Australia, where great sandy
expanses of land existed* ; while the northern portion of Australia
probably was very similar to the other portions of the tropics.
* See also A. R. Wallace, " Island Life," (1892), pp. 487-508.
550 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACE^E,
The true Eugenias appear to have been developed in Central
and tropical South America, and these underwent parallel trans-
formations with the Myrtles, into the Myrcias, Psidiums, Campo-
manesias, Calyptranthes, Myrrhinums, Blephserocalices, Myrierias
and other types. In all these forms, one may note the similarity
of the types evolved, a similarity suggestive of the continuity of
fertile and tropical conditions. In Asia, Jambosa and Syzygium
are the representatives of Eugenia, but in their geographical dis-
tribution, in their inflorescence of trichotomous cymes or panicles,
and in their petals more or less cohering in calyptra, it would
appear advisable to include Jambosa and Syzygium under genera
separate from Eugenia.
In studying the various types of Eugenia, Jambosa, and Syzy-
gium, one notes, at times, the peculiar sessile, opposite and some-
what cordate leaves, which suggest the peculiar juvenile leaves of
certain seedling Eucalypts. Syzygium propinquum, in addition,
has a venation suggestive of the corymbose Eucalypts. In one
species, at least, of Eugenia, again, the buds are strikingly sugges-
tive of certain Eucalyptus- types, while strong intramarginal veins
are not uncommon in some Eugenias. The absence of Myrtus and
Eugenia in Europe and extra-tropical Asia, with the exception of
Myrtus communis in Southern Europe and Western Asia, and the
almost complete absence of these genera in Patagonia, Southern
Chili, the Argentine, and the United States of America, as also
their absence in Southern Australia, except for Eugenia {Syzy-
gium) Smithii in Victoria, indicates unmistakably that the Myrteae
have not been enabled to adapt themselves to cool, temperate condi-
tions, especially in a direction northwards, in the face of the ag-
gressiveness of the Scandinavian flora. It is a rather remarkable
fact that Eugenia (Syzygium) Smithii is the one species, at least
in the Eastern Hemisphere, which possesses kidney-shaped anthers.
The presence of 40 species of the genera Jambosa and Syzygium
in Australia, suggests that these genera entered Australia, or at
least the southern portion of what is now the Malay Archipelago,
in Cretaceous time, and that they are ill-adapted to compete with
the endemic flora under existing geographical conditions.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 551
The interesting problem of the development of Myrteae in extra-
Australian areas, is one which can be settled at all definitely only
by long and continued study of the habit of each tree, the soil in
which it grows, and the climatic aspect which it favours, in tropi-
cal America, Asia and Africa.
The origin of the capsular-fruited Myrtaceae may now be con-
sidered.
In Upper Cretaceous time, Australia doubtless extended much
farther northward and southward than it does at present, and a
long and wide inland sea practically separated the continent into
two portions, with a possible connection to the south between east
and western points, but such possible connection could not have
affected the distribution of the Myrtaceae for a long period of time.
The south-western portion of the continent was very large, and
doubtless had a considerable extension beyond its present limits.*
Tasmania and Antarctica appear to have been joined to Aus-
tralia, and the Eastern portion of the continent probably had a
moderate extension seawards. t
New Zealand also probably had a connection indirectly with
Australia by way of New Caledonia, the North-eastern corner of
the continent, on the one hand, and by way of Antarctica, on the
other hand.
In this northern portion of Australia, before separation from
Asia, the fleshy-fruited Myrtaceae found themselves in an area
of warm and moist climate, but of relatively poor soil. The land
to the south awaited occupation by hardy types, and the Lepto-
spermeae, with the exception of the Eucalypteae and the Metrosi-
dereae, appear to have been developed in response to the existence
of this poor soil. There appear to have been two divergent de-
velopments from the earlier forms of the capsular types. The one
was represented by the broader-leaved forms of the Euleptosper-
*See also A. R. Wallace, "Island Life," p.487-508.
tSee also C. Hedley, " Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid -Pacific."
These Proceedings, 1899; and Benham, Rept. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
1902, pp. 319-343.
552
DKVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEJE,
meae, and the other by the Metrosidereae. For the Metrosidereae,
the transition from the Myrteae is suggested by Backhousia and
Osbomia, which have capsular but indehiscent fruits. The transi-
tion to Euleptospermeae is not at all well denned, and the earlier
forms appear to be extinct. The Leptospermeae are possessed of
long and often richly-coloured stamens, but some of the genera
possess well-marked nerves, whereas the Metrosidereae contain no
nerved leaves. The Euleptospermeae, moreover, are not often pos-
sessed of opposite leaves.
After the evolution of JBceckea, Leptospermum, Melaleuca, Cal-
listemon, Metrosideros, Tristania, Syncarpia, Xanthostemon, and
others, there was a tendency to disperse from the Australian centre.
The Leptospermeae, with the exception of Metrosidereae, suggest an
adaptation to the poor soil, and more temperate and dry climate
of the main continent ; while the Metrosidereae are closely allied to
the Myrteae, and were unable to push their way southwards. In
the same way, the Leptospermeae, with the exception of the Metro-
sidereae, were not well adapted to compete with the Asiatic vegeta-
tion in the fertile tropics. The Metrosidereae thus had a better
chance of being distributed throughout the long, narrow, fertile
land-connections with Fiji, New Caledonia, New Zealand and Asia.
On the other hand, the only chance which presented itself for the
distribution of the remainder of the Leptospermeae in these direc-
tions, was the infrequent existence of poorer soils existing to the
north and east.
From these considerations, it is evident that the chances of dis-
tribution for the Metrosidereae throughout what is now the Malay
Archipelago, New Caledonia, and New Zealand, were much greater
than for the remainder of the Leptospermeae; and when one finds
Bceckea in the Malay Islands, Southern China, Sumatra, Malaya
and New Caledonia (5 species) ; Leptospermum in the Malay
Islands, Burmah, Malaya, and New Zealand (3 species) ; Melaleuca
in New Caledonia, the Malay Islands, New Zealand, and Tahiti;
Callistemon in New Caledonia; while Metrosideros occurs in New
Zealand, New Caledonia, the Moluccas, South Africa (?), Java,
Tahiti (?), Chili (?), Lord Howe Island, Madagascar (?), and the
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 553
Sandwich Islands (?) ; Tristania in Burmah, New Caledonia,
Malaya, Borneo, Banca Islands, and the Philippines; Syncarpia
in the Amboyne Islands; Cloezia in New Caledonia; Spermolepis
in New Caledonia ; and Piliocalyx in New Caledonia, one is rather
at a loss to which subtribe to ascribe the greater age From the
distribution alone it would seem, at first glance, that the Metrosi-
dereaa had the greater age, but when the Australian range of the
Euleptospermeae and of Bseckese, is also taken into considera-
tion, it seems advisable to assign a Cretaceous age for each, the one
working towards the tropics, the other acclimatising itself to more
southern and exposed conditions.
Bceckea appears to be somewhat younger than Leptospermum
and Melaleuca, partly because of its more restricted range, and
partly by reason of its specialised structures. The distribution also
indicates the separation of New Zealand from Australia long
before that of New Caledonia, and the separation of Asia from
Australia at a later date than that of New Zealand.
The separation of New Caledonia, from Australia, appears to
have taken place at a considerably later date, and New Caledonia
itself appears to be a mere residual of a much larger land-mass,
from a consideration of the number of genera endemic to it, such
as Cloezia, Piliocalyx, Spermolepis, and Nania.
A consideration of Bseckeae and Euleptospermese strongly
suggests that the earlier types developed in a very poor soil, but in
a moist and mild climate, and that the more xerophytic types are
of decidedly younger age. In other words, the distribution sug-
gests that the subarid types are much later modifications of the
younger and less pauperate types. Nevertheless, the Euleptosper-
meaa are, on the whole, decidedly depauperate types as compared
with Metrosidereas.
Eucalyptece. — This subtribe, which comprises the Eucalypts
and the Angophoras, appears to have descended through the earlier
types of the Metrosidereas, at a date later than the separation of
Australia from Asia, and of New Caledonia from Australia. No
undoubted Eucalypt has been recorded from New Zealand, Fiji,
New Caledonia, Borneo, Sumatra, or Asia. Several important
41
554 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACBjE,
points impress the student, at the very outset, in the study of
Eucalyptus.
(l)It did not spring from a depauperate type.
(2) It is intimately related to Angophora, Tristania, Metrosideros
and Syncarpia.
(3) Its earliest leaves were opposite, cordate, sessile and peculiar-
ly veined.
(4) Its stamens are frequently very brightly coloured in some
Northern and Western Australian species.
(5) It is separated into several groups, quite distinct from each
other, and with little or no trace of connecting links.
(6) It is a type adapted either to resist hot, subarid, or cold,
moist conditions, in the main, by reason of its operculum, its oil-
contents, its wax-like bloom, its twisted leafstalks, its thick leaves,
its enlarged root-stocks, as well as other adaptations.
(7) It has little or no striking morphological resemblance to the
Euleptospermese and the Beaufortieae, except for the long and
brightly coloured stamens.
It would appear that both the Eucalyptege and the Euleptosper-
meae were, in the first instance, an organic response to a poor soil,
and only secondly, after a long lapse of time, to a drying climate.
With regard to the question of its evident adaptation, in the first
place, to a poor soil, and next to a subarid climate, it seems impos-
sible for such a type to have existed in America, Europe, and Asia
during the Cretaceous, when the types of plants found, are such as
do not at all suggest arid or subarid conditions. Deane has ad-
vanced cogent reasons* in support of the growing belief that the
older determinations of Eucalyptus in the Cretaceous and Tertiary
of the Northern Hemisphere, by Ettingshausen, cannot be accepted.
Hooker (quoted by A. R. Wallace, in "Island Life," p. 486) also
appears to have considered the determinations of fossil Eucalypt-
remains, in the Tertiary and Cretaceous of the Northern Hemi-
sphere, as valueless. Bentham also appears to have disbelieved
* See " Observations on the Tertiary Flora of Australia." These Pro-
ceedings, xxv., 1900. See also R. H. Cambage, " Development and Dis-
tribution of the Genus Eucalyptus," Presidential Address, Jouru. Proc.
Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 555
Heer's and Unger's determinations of genera upon the evidence of
leaves alone.*
Another strong reason for not accepting the statement that
Eucalyptus flourished in the Northern Hemisphere during the Cre-
taceous and Tertiary, is to be found by observations of the juvenile
leaves of the genus. The obstinate persistence of juvenile oppo-
site, cordate, sessile, and horizontal leaves in the genus, indicates
that such leaf-types had been thoroughly well established for a
very long period, in the family, before the evolution of the genus
Eucalyptus; and that the later, typical Eucalyptus-leaf, with
twisted stalk, is a more unstable adaptation to a harsher climate,
and one which would tend to become extinct, in favour of the old
persistent type, under certain favourable climatic conditions. But
it is exactly the later, more or less xerophytic and unstable form,
which has been always reported as existing in the Cretaceous and
Tertiary beds of the Northern Hemisphere, beds strongly sugges-
tive of moist genial climates; and, moreover, even so, as Deanefhas
pointed out, such leaves recorded as Eucalypts, might equally be
made to fit the plants of other families. Furthermore, such
recorded leaves would not be regarded, by a student of Australian
Eucalypts, as being suggestive of even the adult Eucalyptus-leaf
of later xerophytic origin.
The existence of several distinct groups of Eucalypts, in regions
partly overlapping, is very instructive in any discussion as to the
origin of the Eucalypts. Indeed, a careful examination of this
genus would serve well as a guide to the methods employed by
the Myrtaceae in the development of the endemic types of Aus-
tralasia. The group which presents the most striking morpholo-
gical similarities to the generalised type of the Myrtaceae, includes
* Island Life. p. 486.
t " Observations on Tertiary Flora of Australia." These Proceedings,
1900, pp. 463-475. Deane, however, suggests that the capsular-fruited
Myrtaceje originated in Northern or North-eastern Australia, then attained
their maximum development in Western Australia, and gave rise to the
fleshy fruited Myrtaceae, which later spread to Asia and Europe, as differ-
entiations of the primitive capsular type {ibid., p. 474).
556 Development of the tf.o. myrtacbjs,
the Bloodwoods. The members of the group possess widely diver-
gent, almost transverse, secondary venation; the leaves are of
luxuriant type; the principal oil is probably pinene; the anthers
possess parallel cells opening in longitudinal slits; the flowers are
corymbose; the fruits are urceolate, the valves deeply enclosed;
and the soil in which they grow, is of the poorest sandy nature.
Another point in which they conform to the generalised type of
Myrtaceae is, that they are confined to the warmer and peripheral
portions of the continent, avoiding the deserts and the colder por-
tions of Australia. Of these forms, two only, E. calophylla and E.
ficifolia, grow in South- Western Australia. [E. sepulchralis is an
aberrant member of the group, in which the anthers and the leaf-
venation have been much modified.] Fifteen belong to the northern
portion of Australia, namely, E.Abergiana, E. elavigera, E. corym-
bosa, E. dichromophloia, E.ferruginea, E . Foelscheana, E. miniata,
E. peltata, E. perfoliata, E. phoenicea, E. pyrophora, E. ptycho-
carpa, E. setosa, E. terminalis, and E. Watsoniana; while six be-
long to the eastern side of Australia, namely, E. corymb osa, E.
eximia, E. intermedia (R. T. Baker), E. terminalis, E. trachy-
phloia, and E. Watsoniana. Of these, E. pyrophora and E. inter-
media are very close to E. corymbosa. E. maculata, E. botryoides,
E. resinifera, E. robusta, E. saligna, and E. tesselaris are generally
considered as belonging to the Bloodwoods, but they are all aber-
rant types in which either the bark and fruits, or the soils in
which they grow, differ from the generalised type, and the soil in
which the Bloodwood-type flourishes.
These points, as also the fact that E. setosa, E. peltata, E. per-
foliata, and E. ferruginea, in the North, possess the peculiar leaves
similar to the generalised type of the Order, strongly suggest that
the cradle of the Eucalypts was in the north of Australia. This
group, moreover, frequently possesses brightly coloured stamens,
and exhibits strong affinities with the Angophoras.
A smaller section, namely, the Eudesmiese, with opposite leaves,
peculiar fruits, stamens, and notched calyces, is found in Northern
and Western Australia. These also appear to preserve traces of
the early Eucalypt-leaves. So peculiar is this group, that Robert
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 557
Brown proposed to raise it to generic rank, under the name of
Eudesmia.
A third group comprises the Ironbarks and the Boxes, charac-
terised by the possession of small anthers opening in pores, of
peculiar barks and timbers, and a predominance of eineol.* The
members of the group are numerous. They are confined to the
Eastern half of the continent, and they grow, as a rule, in the
heavier clay-soils, in contradistinction to the barren, sandy soils
chosen by the Bloodwoods.
It is instructive, in this connection, to remember that the alluvial
plains of Australia were formed during a period subsequent to the
origin of the early Eucalypts. The Box-Ironbark group repre-
sents a main, but double, limb springing from the generalised type,
at a period later than the secretion of eineol and phellandrene.
The extreme twigs of this great, double limb, represent types such
as E. melliodora, E. sideroxylon, E. Cayleyi, E. leucoxylon, E.
gracilis, and E. uncinata, and are the farthest removed from the
direct line of succession, in the genealogical tree of the Eucalypts,
besides being far removed, also, from the generalised type of the
Myrtaceae.
A fourth group comprises the Stringybarks, the Peppermints
and allied types, which possess kidney-shaped anthers of two types,
each opening indivergent and confluent slits; peculiar leaves, fruits,
and bark; as also a preponderance, in the main, of phellandrene
oil and piperitone.f These grow in moist, and cool to cold climates,
and are confined to the Southeastern portion of the continent,
particularly in the plateau and mountainous regions of recent
origin. E. acmenioides, E. Naudiniana, and E. microcorys\ are
aberrant types of the group.
* For analyses of these oils, see "Research on the Eucalypts." Baker
and Smith (1902).
f This subject of the oils is dealt with by Messrs. Baker and Smith, in
their " Research on the Eucalypts " (1902), forming a very valuable con-
tribution to the hypothesis of the origin of the Eucalypts.
+ Mr. J. H. Maiden appears to have been the first to consider E. micro-
corys and E. Naudiniantx as anomalous forms, from a consideration of their
anthers. [Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus].
558 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEjE,
This group forms another great, bifurcating limb springing
from a point higher up the stem of the genealogical tree of the
Eucalypts, than that which gave rise to the Boxes and the Iron-
barks; and their extreme types, such as E. microcorys, E. stel-
lulata, E. coriacea, E. cocci/era, and E. hcema stoma are as far
removed from the general succession as are the extreme types of
the Boxes and Ironbarks.
In the more arid portions of the continent, lying between these
various groups, the desert-types were developed in the fulness of
time. Types, E. oleosa, E. dumosa, E. incrassata, E. uncinata, E
gracilis, and E. pachyphylla.
In brief, the history of Eucalyptus appears to have been as fol-
lows : A prototype of the Metrosiderese, in the late Cretaceous,
secreted a pinene oil, in Northern Australia or the neighbouring
regions, and succeeded in forming an operculum by the coherence
of its petals, for the protection of its reproductive organs. The
earlier types appear to have possessed parallel anthers opening in
longitudinal slits, stamens often brightly coloured, large glossy
leaves, with transverse venation, a thick bark, pinene oil ; and they
appear to have grown in a porous sandy soil, and in a warm to hot
climate. Moreover, the earlier leaves were opposite, sessile, and
cordate, with horizontal surfaces. Protected by the operculum
and the essential oil, the new plant began to push its way into
the cooler country to the south. In proportion to such progress,
and to its adaptation to a porous soil, it lost its juvenile opposite
leaves.
With the retreat of the Cretaceous Sea, the Eastern side of Aus-
tralia underwent a geological and geographical transformation,
and, in their attempts to respond to their peculiar environment, the
Eucalypts secreted a non-volatile wax-bloom, and two fresh oils,
cineol and phellandrene. The function of the oils appears to be,
in the main, to form a thin spray to withstand desiccation, but
also, in the case of phellandrene and certain other constituents,
their function appears to have been in part, at least, to resist cold,
because the Metrosidereae, with the Myrtese, are unable to resist
cold equally with aridity. The twisting of the leaf -stalk, and the
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 559
development of the wax-bloom on the tender parts of the plant,
appear also to be provisions against aridity.*
A group of the new genus appears to have detached itself gradu-
ally from the Corymbosse members, and to have pressed its way far
to the south. This was made possible by the protection of the ten-
der reproductive organs, partly by the operculum during the
earlier stages, and partly by reason of the thick capsule generally,
for the typical Myrteae have never been enabled to move far from
the tropics, owing to the tender nature of their structures. This
southward-moving group acclimatised itself to temperate, moist,
and sheltered conditions, and there, it tended to revive the old,
opposite, cordate, sessile, and horizontal leaves of the tribe, where-
as the early, or corymbose, Eucalypts had practically discarded
such leaf -types. The thinness and delicacy of the juvenile leaves
belonging to some of these southern forms, suggest a development
in the absence of strong light. The abundant development of
eineol, among these types, also suggests protection from severe
climatic conditions. Survivals of these types include E. globulus,
E. goniocalyx, and E. Maideni. More modified types are E. Cam-
bagei and E. rubida. In this group, the generalised type of anther
for the Order is unaltered.
Another section with opposite juvenile leaves, is represented by
types such as E. viminalis, E. amygdalina, and E. radiata. These
opposite, sessile leaves, however, in order to adapt themselves to
varied conditions, have adopted a thicker leaf-type, the breadth of
the leaf is much reduced, and the leaf is held almost vertically.
At a much later period, namely, after the formation of the great
plateaus of Eastern Australia, these Eucalypts gradually worked
their way northwards as far as Queensland, and, to-day, along the
plateaus, one may see the effect of this wonderful reinvasion by
southern Eucalypt-types.
But prior to this stage, the eastern side of Australia became
flooded with basalts ; and heavy, rich clay-soils were formed in the
area which had been vacated by the Cretaceous Sea. The Boxes
* Robert Brown, quoted by Schimper, in Plant-Geography.
560 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEJR,
and Ironbarks established themselves, in part, upon this, and be-
came so modified in the process, that the links connecting this
group and the earlier Bloodwoods, have practically vanished.
Similarly, as the eastern periphery of Australia became
roughened, two other, but allied, groups of Eucalypts gradually
developed in the more southern portions, and as the climate became
colder, they slowly extended their way northwards. These groups
include the Stringy barks, Peppermints, Mountain- Ashes, Messmates
and the majority of the Mountain-Gums. They possess peculiar,
kidney-shaped anthers, which again fall naturally into two types;
they also possess a peculiar leaf -venation, and their oils are like-
wise characteristic*
With the formation of the great plateaus of Eastern Australia
during the Kosciusko-Period, the Eastern Eucalypts became
differentiated into fresh species and varieties, while the Boxes,
Ironbarks, and Bloodwoods remained but slightly modified.
Thus, at present, along the highlands of Victoria, New South
Wales, and Southern Queensland, may be seen the effect of rein-
vasion by forms of Eucalypts, which had been developed in
regions further to the south.
* In attempting to work out a scheme for the evolution of the Eucalypts,
special attention should be directed to anthers, leaves, oils, soil, and
climate. With regard to anthers, the work of Bentham, von Mueller, and
Maiden is invaluable. So important a factor did the anthers appear to
the great Bentham, that he actually established a sound classification of
the Eucalypts upon such basis, its imperfections being due merely to his
lack of knowledge of the growing plants and their environment. This
difficult task, commenced by Bentham, is being carried on by Mr. J. H.
Maiden, whose views have been, and are being, expressed in the "Critical
Revision of the Eucalypts" and "The Forest Flora." The work also of
Baker and Smith is highly important in Eucalypt-studies. The great
resemblance between Angophora and the Corymbosse Eucalypts is clearly
pointed out by them. Especially clearly have they shown the intimate
relations existing between the development of the leaves and the oils of
the genus, as also the relations existing between the Peppermint and
Stringybark groups. Recently, the influence of the soils, and the climate
has been perceived by Mr. Cambage; and he has accomplished the difficult
and highly important task of co-ordinating the different lines of evidence
yielded by a study of soil and climate.
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 561
An examination of the several distinct groups of Eucalypts
living in different soils, in different climates, and possessing
leaves, barks, inflorescences, and anthers strikingly dissimilar in
character, suggests that here, probably, several genera have been
grouped together, groups apparently quite as distinct from each
other as Beaufortia, Reyelia, Melaleuca and Callistemon, or as
Leptospermum and Kunzea, or as Kunzea and Bcechea. Thus E.
tetrodonta, E. erythrocorys, E. eudesmioides, E. tetragona, and E.
odontocarpa, with their 4-toothed calyces, their stamens more or
less united into four clusters, their 3-flowered peduncles, their
leaves opposite, and their very limited geographical range, might
well be restored to generic rank as Eudesmia. In the writer's
opinion, this appears to be but just to Robert Brown.
The work of Bentham, followed up by that of von Mueller and
Maiden, the edaphic studies of Cambage, and the oil-studies by
Baker and Smith have shown conclusively that the Section
Corymbosse is the oldest, and the Peppermint-section* the
youngest, nevertheless the intermediate forms have vanished,
and it may be shown, on morphological and geographical grounds,
that the types which, at first sight, apparently show connection
between the groups, are really only aberrant or specialised forms
of much later origin.
The name Eucalyptus was proposed by l'Heritier for a genus,
of which the present E. obliqua is the type. This type is in-
cluded by Bentham in his Section Renantherse under Eucalyptus.
The group appears to be easily divisible into the Stringy barks,
Peppermints, Mountain- Ashes, and their specialised forms, the
Sallies, the Tallow-wood, etc. Of these, the Stringybarks, in part
at least, appear to be the older members. The name Eucalyptus
might be reserved for these plants. As already mentioned, they
possess reniform anthers, a tendency to arrange the secondary
leaf- veins parallel to the midrib, they possess varying quantities of
phellandrene and piperitone oils, and they are confined to South-
eastern Australia, a region of rugged and well watered topo-
graphy. The types include forms such as E. Delegetensis, E.
* Certain desert-types also appear to be fairly youthful.
562 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEM,
obliqua, E. dives, E. amygdalina, E. piperita, E. Bisdoni, E.
pilularis, E. capitellata, E. Icevopinea, E. eugenioides, E. macro-
rhyncha, E. Muelleriana, etc.
Specialised or aberrant forms include E. coriacea, E. stelhdata,
E. cocci/era, E. vitrea, E. Smithii, E. acmenioides, and E. micro-
corys, the last two varying in the opposite direction to that
taken by the first-named four types. A careful examination of
E. buprestium, E. marginata, and E. santalifolia from W. Aus-
tralia indicates that they are specialised forms only of Bentham's
Normales, and are only analogous forms to what are here called
the true Eucalypts (Renantherse of Bentham). Moreover, the
study of the geographical conditions shows that the Eucalypts,
of which E. obliqua is the type, have originated in the moun-
tainous topography of South-eastern Australia, at a time during
which the climate and topography of the region separating
Western from South-eastern Australia, have been such as to forbid
the migration of the E. obliqua-type to the west. In Western
Australia, one finds only the Normales-type, with its peculiar
aberrant or specialised forms. Even the great Section of the
Porantherse is there unrepresented. Moreover, E. buprestium,
E. marginata, and E. santalifolia have neither phellandrene nor
piperitone contents. Thus they may be removed from the true
Eucalypts.
Types, such as E. corymbosa, E. setosa, E. miniata, E. ficifolia,
E. calophylla, E. terminalis, E. trachyphloia, E. eximia, E.
peltata, E. perfoliata, E. Abergiana and E '. ferruginea, might be
called Corymbosa. In this, as in some other groups, the bark is
not to be relied upon always for purposes of natural classification.
In the earlier types of the genus, it appears to have been thick,
and more or less charged with kinos and other material for the
purpose of resisting the excessive transpiration to which the
ancestral form of the primitive type had been a stranger; but
with types such as E. maculata and E. tesselaris, this property
could be dispensed with, owing to the ability of such later forms
to reach a water-supply easily. Nevertheless, vestigial traces of
the primitive, thick bark remain still on these types. E. coriacea,
E. stellulata, E. hcemastoma, E, vitrea, and E. cocci/era are still
BY E C. ANDREWS. 563
more striking instances of this feature (namely, rejection of the
primitive thick, and more or less corky bark) in the case of the
true Eucalypts.
Another Eastern Australian group may be raised to generic
rank, under the name of Poranthera. This includes the Boxes
and Ironbarks, whose special features have been considered else-
where. These, among others, include K. albens, E. hemiphloia,
E. odorata, E. Woollsiana, E. microtheca, E. polyanthemos, E.
popidifolia, E. conica, E. crebra, E. Cayleyi, and E. siderophloia.
Aberrant or specialised forms (widely separated from the primi-
tive Corymbosa, on the one hand, and the younger Eucalypt, on
the other hand) include E. melliodora, E. Bosistoana, E. panicu-
lata, E. leucoxylon, E. Behriana, E. uncinata, and E. gracilis.
This genus is divisible, again, into Boxes, Ironbarks, and certain
Mallees. The bark here becomes a powerful aid in classification.
Connecting links with the earlier forms possibly are to be found
in E. pruinosa and E. melanoxylon.
The remaining types fall into groups to which the name
Parallelanthera may be applied. Members of this Section are to
be found in all parts of Australia; representatives are to be
found in the deserts, others in the moisture-laden coastal ravines,
others in the hot north, others on the exposed subalpine plateaus.
They represent, with the exception of Eudesmia, Eucalyptus,
Poranthera, and Corymbosa, all the forms possessing caps to the
unexpanded flower. With the knowledge of this wide geographical
range, the variety of climates, the oft-changing topography, and
the long time-factor involved, to which the earlier forms of this
Section were subjected, it is not strange that members of the
same should have proved a veritable puzzle to systematists. It
is as if representatives of the earlier types had penetrated into
remote corners of the continent, and then being cut off later
from intercommunication, they had become more and more
specialised, yet not so markedly as to have given rise to new
genera. A few examples will suffice to establish this point. E.
globulus, E. goniocalyx, E.Cambagei, E. Maideui, E.Nova-Anglica,
E. viminalis, E. cinerea, E. pulvigera, E. cordata and similar
types, have developed in abundance of moisture and shade, with
564 DEVELOPMENT OP THE N.O. MYRTACE^E,
moderate shelter, in the recently formed plateau-province of
South-eastern Australia. E. Perriidana, E. umigera, E. alpina,
E. Gunnii, and E. vernicosa have evolved on the wind-swept and
snow-laden plateaus to the south; while E. viridis, E. Morrisii,
E. platyphylla, E. oleosa, and E. dumosa are a response to the hot
and subarid to arid portions of the continent. E. rostrata has
spread across Australia by creeping along watercourses, and thus
defying the surrounding desert-conditions; while E. coruuta, E.
gomphocephala, E. cosmophylla, E. macrocarpa, E. piriformis, E.
ccesia, E. megacarpa, E. fcecunda, E. loxophleba, E. diversicolor,
E. redunca and others, occur in Western Australia, and are
found neither in Northern nor Eastern Australia. In most
cases, the peculiarities of these various assemblages are suggestive
of a response to xerophytic conditions. This is, however, not
applicable to the famous globulus-group, whose youthful stages
indicate an immediate ancestor which flourished in cool, temper-
ate, moist, shady and moderately sheltered situations. In a
word, so effectively has the general development progressed, and
so universally have the intermediate or connecting forms been
stamped out, that no systematist can state from which group
either the Eucalypts or the Porantheras have sprung. Neither
can the origin of the globulus-growp be traced back more than
one step. All that is known is, that the globulus-group is
relatively young, so also the Eucalypts, while the Corymbosse are
old.
Angophora presents a peculiar problem to the student of distri-
bution. Indistinguishable from the Coryinbosae Eucalypts, except
for the coherence of the petals to form an operculum to the
unopened flower, it occurs only in the milder extratropical
portions of Eastern Australia ; its anthers are parallel, and
they open in longitudinal slits ; its stamens are not brightly
coloured ; its bark, with one exception, is rough ; its leaves are
mostly opposite and sessile ; with one exception, the soils it
seeks, are extremely sandy, porous, and lacking in fertility ;
and the distribution of the species is exceedingly limited, being
confined, with one exception, to small patches of barren sand-
stone. Such are A. cordifolia, a stunted type, confined to the
BY R. C. ANDREWS. 565
Sydney sandstone ; A. lanceolata, confined to sandstone patches
along the coastal regions as far north as Rockhampton ; A.
melanoxylon ^ limited to small patches of gravel and sand in north-
western New South Wales; while A. intermedia has a considerable
range in the warmer portions of extratropical Eastern Australia;
but this type has succeeded in establishing itself upon the light
clay-soils, and is, apparently, a much more recent type than A.
cordifolia and A. melanoxylon.
Angophora, indeed, appears to be a type which deployed, with
Eucalyptus^ from the ancestors of the Metrosidereae, but which did
not succeed in developing protective characters to such an extent
as Eucalyptus did. It failed, therefore, to populate Australia, and
as Eucalyptus extended its borders, with the development of each
new protective character, so, to that extent, the less elastic type,
namely, Angophora, was crowded out until, at the present day, it
appears to be a genus rapidly undergoing extinction, and existing
only in outposts, as regards its former distribution. A. cordifolia
and A. melanoxylon are splendid examples of this contraction of
habitat, while A. intermedia is a striking example of the success of
a species which has become modified with respect to the type.* It is
highly probable that, in Tertiary time, Angophora had both many
species, and a wide distribution in warmer Eastern Australia. The
failure to supersede the obstinately persistent, opposite and sessile
leaves, except in rare instances, appears to have been one reason
for its extremely limited development.
Chdmcelauciece, etc. — In dealing with Chamselaucieae, Beaufor-
tiese, and certain other groups of Myrtaceae, it may be advisable to
consider them from a general point of view.
It will be found that, in proportion as the climatic and soil-con-
ditions, in which a Myrtacean genus occurs, vary from those of the
fertile tropics, so do the morphological characters of such genera
undergo a distinct change. This suggests a corresponding youth-
fulness for the genera considered.
*Mr. Maiden has drawn attention to the great similarity between A.
intermedia and A. subvtlutina.
566 DEVELOPMENT OP THE N.O. MYRTACE.E,
In this connection, it may be advisable to consider leaves,
stamens, anthers, and the habits of individuals.
The leaves of Myrtaceae are typically opposite, glossy, broad,
penniveined, and dotted. In many Baeckeas, Darwinias, Kunzeas,
Verticordias, Chaniaelauciums, Melaleucas, Thryptomenes, Micro-
myrtus, and other types, the leaves are rigid, terete, and generally
depauperate in form. Such suggest development under harsh cli-
matic, or impoverished soil-conditions ; and such species are mainly
the younger forms of the genera which have accommodated them-
selves to the Post-Cretaceous and later Tertiary, or even Post-Ter-
tiary, conditions.
The stamens of Myrtaceae are characteristically numerous, free,
long, and often brightly coloured. In Chamaelaucieae and some
Leptospermeae, the stamens are frequently much reduced in size
and number, and such condition is accompanied, as a rule, by
severe climatic and soil-environment. Those species of the genera,
thus affected, are apparently of more recent development than the
typical types of the genera.
The typical anthers of the family are versatile, the cells parallel
and opening longitudinally. Thus the Angophoras and Corym-
bosas have the typical anthers of Myrtaceae, but the Boxes and
Ironbarks possess peculiar porose or truncate anthers, and the
Stringybarks, Peppermints, Messmates, Mountain-Ashes, and some
Mountain-Gums, possess kidney-shaped anthers. The Melaleucas,
Callistemons, Leptospermums, and Kunzeas possess typical anth-
ers, but Beaufortia, Begelia, Pileanthus, and Verticordia possess
peculiar varieties of porose and grooved anthers, and such peculiar
types, moreover, are endemic in Western Australia. Again, the
Baeckeas of Eastern Australia are mostly possessed of typical
anthers, whereas the majority of the species, endemic in Western
Australia, possess anthers very divergent from the type.
These interesting facts, coupled with a knowledge of the geogra-
phical environments, indicate that those Eucalypts, Baeckeas,
Chamaelauciums, and Beaufortieae, with peculiar leaves and anthers,
are recent in proportion as they depart, in morphological charac-
BY E. C. ANDREWS. 567
ters, from the generalised type of the fertile tropics, and that they
have been evolved in response to some particular, physical revolu-
tion, such as a change to a sandy, a clay, a dry, or a cold environ-
ment.
Similarly, the fruits of the earlier types of Myrtaceae were
fleshy, and the capsular-types, in this instance, appear to be a
response to less fertile and less sheltered habitats. The depauper-
ate fruit of the Chamaelaucieae here suggests a much more recent
response again to conditions more generally severe.
The habit of the individual is again instructive. The typical
Myrteae either may be the largest of forest-trees or they may be
elegant shrubs, with full habit and glossy foliage. The typical
Chamaelaucieae, and many of the Leptospermeae, are very depaup-
erate in form, and not at all suggestive of the stately and hand-
some Myrteae and Metrosidereae. Such depauperate forms, more-
over, abound in the subarid and barren, sandy areas of Australia.
From this consideration, also, such forms appear to be much more
recent developments. Furthermore, almost without exception, such
depauperate and apparently aberrant types have a limited range,
being endemic to Australia, frequently Western Australia. This
restricted geographical range, moreover, suggests a much more
recent origin than that of the widely-spread Myrteae.
The distinctive characters, however, of the majority of Western
Australian from Eastern Australian species of Myrtaceae, in view
of the fact that the areas considered are mainly sandy in nature,
and the centre of Australia arid, strongly suggest that the Central
Australian desert was a hindrance rather than an impetus to Myr-
taceous differentiation ; and that the peculiar sandy soil of Eastern
and Western Australia, formed one of the most potent influences
in the production of new species, and that, whereas, probably in
earlier Tertiary time, the Eastern and Western species commingled,
they have more recently developed along divergent lines, since the
interposition of an arid barrier of less sandy soil, in Central Aus-
tralia.
From these considerations, it would appear that the Myrteae are
much the oldest branch of the family, that Euleptospermeae and
568 DEVELOPMENT OF THE N.O. MYRTACEJE.
Metrosidereae are of great age, the Angophoras and Eucalypts
being much younger than these, while the Chamaelaucieae and Beau-
fortiese are still more recent modifications of types, probably such
as Leptospermum, Kunzea and Bceckea, on the one hand, and of
Melaleuca, on the other.
[Printed off December 15th, 1913.]
569
THE GEOLOGY AND PETROLOGY OF THE GREAT
SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Part ii. The Geology of the Nundle District.
By W. N. Benson, B.A., B.Sc.
(Plates xxii.-xxiv.)
The Nundle District lies near the head of the Peel River, the
chief township being 37 miles from Tamworth. Gold was dis-
covered here in 1852, and mining has been carried on fitfully
ever since. The district is divided diagonally by the Peel River,
to the east of which lie the high outposts of the New England
Plateau, with the lesser heights of the Peel River Buttress to
the west. Nundle lies in the hollow produced by down-faulting.
The smaller township of Bowling Alley Point is in the narrow
valley of the river, by which it leaves this sunken area, while the
rapidly growing, agricultural township of Woolomin lies on the
wide-spreading, alluvial flats at the junction of the Peel River
and Duncan's Creek.
The amount of detailed work done here, previously, is very
small, the reports of ClarkeO), Odernheimer(5), Wilkinson(25), and
Jaquet(S) being the only important writings, and the two latter
are concerned chiefly with the Tertiary drifts. No systematic
survey has yet been attempted. The map given (Plate xxii.)
may, therefore, claim to be original in every detail. A pre-
liminary account of this area was read two years ago(15), but
subsequent work has called for some modification in the conclu-
sions then reached, and a much more detailed map is here pre-
sented.
The Palaeozoic foundation rocks fall into three series, the
Woolomin Series, the Bowling Alley Series, and the Nundle
Series. The first occupies the eastern side of the area, and is
42
570 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ti.,
separated by the line of peridotite-intrusions from the Bowling
Alley Series. The latter passes directly upwards into the Nundle
Series without any unconformity. It has been shown (see Part i.)
that these three Series exist throughout the whole belt as far as
Warialda, that the Bowling Alley belts are the local equivalent
of the Tarn worth Series, that the Nundle Series corresponds to
the Barraba Series, and that reasons may be offered for the
absence of the Baldwin Agglomerates. The higher Burindi
Series does not appear till one reaches Goonoo Goonoo, 20 miles
to the west.
We now proceed to a detailed description of the several forma-
tions, as developed in this area.
(1). Woolomin Series.
The eastern portion of the area is made up of rocks of the
Woolomin Series. Their western boundary is the line of fault,
which is marked throughout by the serpentine-intrusions. The
series is made up of jaspers, phyllites, spilite-lavas, and tuffs,
with occasionally conglomerates. The jaspers are the most
striking rocks, and are developed in long bands not quite parallel
to the serpentine-line. Commencing in the rugged cliffs of
Wallaby Mountain, west of Woolomin, they may be followed across
the Peel River; they form the Peak by Warden's Farm, and the
high rocks overlooking Sheep Station Creek; and then continue
along the line of watershed between Munro's and Duncan's
Creeks, and finally are cut out by the granodiorite. A line of
section from Warden's Farm, on the Peel River, across to
Duncan's Creek, shows nine bands of jasper, varying in width up
to 100 feet, and invariably giving marked relief. They are not
banded but homogeneous, pale pink to deep red in colour, and
with traces of radiolaria, which are rarely visible distinctly in
microscopic section. They are often intensely silicified, riddled
with twisting quartz-veins, small or reaching some yards in width,
and, in one instance, the jasper-band is entirely replaced by a
huge white quartz-reef, over 100 yards long, and 8 or 10 yards
wide, that stands out, like a wall, from the eastward-facing cliffs
beyond the head of Munro's Creek, and is protecting the upper
BY W. N. BENSON. 571
waters of that creek from capture by the Duncan's Creek
System. On the other hand, the ferruginous content of the
jasper may increase till the rock becomes merely a siliceous
haematite. This, however, is unusual. Very ferruginous phyllite
is more common, and passages from this into a jasperoid rock
are frequently observable.
Between the jaspers, are normal micaceous phyllites and vary-
ing types of green and purple schistose tuff that have not as yet
been much investigated. Spilites are common in varying stages
of alteration. In the field, before microscopic investigation had
shown their nature, they were a great puzzle, and were considered
to be a dark-coloured hornfels. They are all fine-grained, often
slightly vesicular, and break with difficulty, giving an irregular
fracture. They are much sheared and jointed, and, in some
forms of alteration, strongly resemble altered mud stone. They
have been found in various localities, and are particularly abund-
ant on the slopes east of Munro's Creek, where they are invaded
by the porphyries. Here they are probably the predominant
rock, and are, no doubt, far more abundant elsewhere than is at
present known.
Between the head of Munro's Creek and Swamp Creek, there
is a wedge-shaped area of Woolomin rocks differing from those
described above, but resembling what may be found near Mun-
dowey, on the Namoi River. This area has not been much
investigated, and is doubly difficult of study owing to its poverty
in good outcrops, and the thickness of the vegetation. A peculiar
slatey conglomerate forms the northern portion, and stretches
from north of Folly Creek down to Nuggety Creek, along its
western tributary; while hence, to the south and east, a tough,
grey, non-schistose hornstone is present, suggesting an altered
microcrystalline rock porphyritic in quartz, but which, on micro-
scopic examination, is clearly clastic. A similar rock occurs at
Mundowey. A little inlier of this rock is to be found among
the basalts near the head of Swamp Creek (here called Burrows'
Creek). It is quite impossible, so far, to make any statement of
the stratigraphy of this much disturbed area. Many of the dips
recorded are probably only cleavage-plane slopes, but wherever
572 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ti.,
the true dip is seen, like the cleavage-plane, it has a general
strike of N.20°W., and a dip varying from the vertical to 70° to
the east, or occasionally to the west. In the Swamp Oak dis-
trict, some fifteen miles to the north-east, Stonier(26) has shown
that the rocks (presumably of the Woolomin Series) are in normal
folds quite independently of the cleavage, which is parallel to
that at Nundle. At present, however, there is no means of
checking this assumed identity; the Swamp Oak rocks may be
even a Permo-Carboniferous mass nipped in like those at Emma-
ville(27).
The thickness of the Woolomin Series is quite indefinite, and
without doubt there is much repetition by faulting and folding.
The presence of so many parallel jasper bands is evidence of this,
but it would need a careful study, yard by yard, with much
microscopical work, of the section from Warden's to Duncan's
Creeks, to determine the horizons, and how often they are
repeated. Even then the thickness will be unknown. There is
no base, and the series is terminated by the fault of the serpentine-
line.
(2). Bowling Alley Series.
This occupies the central portion of the map, and may be
directly correlated with the Tamworth Series. It may be divided
into five portions, the horizon of the limestone being taken as
the line of reference, though it is true, that the limestone is not
confined to one narrow zone.
The line of section at Bowling Alley Point, westward from
Chrome Hill, is the most typical, and, on this, the subdivisions
have been erected. Further north, the succession is less well
known; further south, it is more disturbed, but, throughout, the
limestone serves as a good horizon of reference for mapping.
(a). Lower, Banded, Radiolarian Clay stones. — These occur next
to the serpentine on Chrome Hill, one mile east of Nundle, may
be traced thence up the west side of Munro's Creek, where they
are much disturbed, and occur again south of Hanging Rock, in
the small triangle of Bowling Alley rocks that lie east of the
serpentine. In all three localities, the rocks are rather cherty.
BY W. N. BENSON. 573
Between Munro's Creek and Hanging Rock, the rocks west of
the serpentine are more slatey, are more or less altered by the
magmatic waters associated with serpentine-intrusion, and are
greatly disturbed. Some cherty bands and spilites are present
here. North of Bowling Alley Point, the same cherty claystones
are developed, notably in the knoll that rises from among the
Permo-Carboniferous rocks on the Peel River, but are less well
marked north of the stream. Small lenses of limestone occur,
but rarely. They have been seen on Munro's Creek, but have
not yet been found to contain radiolaria. They are only a few
inches in width. The maximum thickness of this series is about
six hundred feet.
(6). The Lower Bowling Alley Tuffs and Breccias extend from
Chrome Hill across the river to the limestones. Making due
allowance for the numerous intrusions of dolerite (but none for
possible strike-faulting), they seem to be about 4,000 feet thick.
The rock is chiefly a grey -green, felspathic tuff, in which the con-
stituent fragments are scarcely more than one-quarter of an inch
in diameter, but occasionally it is more coarsely grained, becoming
a regular breccia, with angular fragments of chert several inches
in length. It consists chiefly of fragments of radiolarian chert,
and finely divided igneous material, chiefly chips of spilite, and
crystals of plagioclase, augite, and iron-ores ; quartz is less
frequent. The rocks are often extremely indurated, and, on
weathering, the constituent fragments, or sometimes the cement,
are brought out in high relief by natural etching.
Here and there, throughout the series, are subordinate layers
of banded, cherty claystone. Flows of spilite are present, and,
in particular, may be noticed the mass that forms the prominent
crag, White Rock, that overlooks Munro's Creek (Plate xxiii.).
Nevertheless the rock does not appear so abundant as in the
upper series.
A hard, black, basalt-like band near the 'Possum Mine, Bowl-
ing Alley Point, has proved to be a peculiarly even-grained, basic
tuff.
(c). The limestones form a series of long or short lenses, ex-
tending the whole length of the area (twelve miles). While
574 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
probably not all exactly on the same horizon, they are mostly
confined to a narrow zone, while those apparently out of the
zone, may, in some cases, be displaced by faulting, though this
explanation will not hold for all. A brief description of several
occurrences, commencing from the north, must now be given.
North of Black Jack, a red and white crystalline limestone
occurs, and passing below the basalt cap, continues to the south.
It forms two bands about 80 yards apart. On crossing Cope's
Creek, it is thrown westwards by a small fault, but thence con-
tinues southwards, reaching a maximum thickness of over 50
yards, pinching out after about a mile. It is remarkable for its
brecciated character, being composed of angular fragments of
red, pink, and cream-coloured limestone, cemented with white
calcite. It takes a high polish, and makes a handsome stone.
Numerous crinoid-stems are present, but recognisable fossils are
few.
At the east of the southern end of this, is a band, about 50
yards wide, of grey limestone much mixed with tuffaceous
material and sediment. The patch is about half a mile long, and
contains numerous, determinable fossils. About a mile to the
south of this, is a pair of lenses of limestone, one of which forms
a small bluff by the creek. It is of a brecciated character, and
no determinable fossils were found. South again, and west of
the general horizon, are two small lenses of grey, non fossiliferous
rock, one on a hilltop north of Hyde's Creek, the other north of
Cann's Plains Creek. It is hardly likely that they are faulted
repetitions of the main horizon. One mile to the east of the
last, are two fossiliferous lenses occurring in the saddle by the
old Phoenix Mine. Half a mile east of these, is a small lens near
the river, opposite Warden's Farm, with traces of fossils, which
is probably on the same horizon as the fossiliferous rock by
Tongue's house, on the river to the south. This is a coarse,
tuffaceous breccia, with large fragments of limestone, one of
which contains Phillipsastrcea.
South of Cann's Plains Creek, and again on the general
horizon, are situated the limestone quarries by Bowling Alley
Point. It is a fairly pure, grey stone with a few fossils, about
BY W. N. BENSON. 575
30 feet thick, and enclosed between two layers of banded chert.
On the hill, one-quarter of a mile east of this, is a second, more
richly fossiliferous band, which, however, is rather silicified, and
contains a good deal of tuffaceous material. This is inter-strati-
fied with the tuffaceous breccias of the Lower Series. Diphy-
phyllum, Heliolites, Heliophyllum, and Favosites occur here. A
little patch of white, saccharoidal limestone occurs in the bend
of the river, opposite Pyrke's Store, to the east, again, of these.
Continuing southwards, there is a long series of small masses
either of clear pure lens, or patches of tuffaceous breccia with
large fragments of limestone; or, as these frequently are dissolved
out, the limestone-horizon is represented by merely tuffaceous
breccia, with large irregular cavities. The abundance of traver-
tine, in the creeks draining from here, indicates the fate of the
original limestone-content of these cavities. A small band of
dark tuff, with limestone fragments, appears by the roadside
south of Bowling Alley Point, the first limestone east of the
river; and two other small patches lie about one mile to the
south, on the hillside. In this case, the breccia is largely spilite.
Near by, is a small lens of pure, grey limestone only a few feet
wide. South, again, the limestone is present as fragments con-
taining crinoid and coral remains, imbedded in a dark, compact
spilite-lava, the microscopic examination of which gives every
indication of rapid cooling. Skeleton-crystals of augite, of mag-
netite, and felspar are imbedded in a glassy matrix. There can
be little doubt that here the organisms were killed out by a flow
of spilite-lava, which caught up and included the individuals.
The cavernous breccia and that containing limestone-fragments
were doubtless produced by a rain of volcanic material falling on
to calcareous organisms. Both indicate the very shallow water
origin of the rocks concerned, as was pointed out in a previous
noted*).
This cavernous and limestone-tuff breccia occurs again just
north of Moonlight Hill, north of Swamp Creek. It is about 10
yards wide, and is bounded on either side by banded, cherty
claystones. It occurs in the same manner on the sharp point
north of the junction of Folly and Swamp Creeks. South of
576 GREAT SEKPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
Folly Creek, it is 100 feet thick. The lower portion is of the
cavernous tuff-type, but the upper is a white crystalline lime-
stone, with thin bands of quartz and tuffaceous material. It is
followed by a narrow zone of fine breccia, covered by a great
thickness of cherty claystones. About half a mile east of this,
is a very narrow bar of pure, crystalline limestone.
Tracing further to the southwards, we find a small bar cross-
ing the spur by the Swamp Creek Falls, and again a small patch,
with Diphyphyllum, in the angle above the Falls Both these
approximate to the cavernous type. Nothing further is seen for
two miles, then a tiny lens of cavernous rock is found on Ruzicka's
Hill ("Risky's Hill") near Hanging Rock. This is east of the
proper horizon. On the true horizon, a little limestone is to be
seen at the head of Spring Gully, in Stringer's Tunnel (Deegan's
lease), and, near here, some traces of brachiopods were found, in
the slate, too obscured for determination (fide Mr. W. S. Dun).
A few hundred yards further down hill, there is a small group of
lenses by the Devil's Elbow, on the Hanging Rock Road, with
obscure shells (one like Atrypa) and corals, including Hdiolites
porosa. One of these lenses is intruded by dolerite. A small
lens occurs in Oakenville Creek, and ascends the hill opposite the
cliffs of Hanging Rock. This is the southernmost occurrence
noted. A complete list of the forms observed is given in the
preceding Part. In the author's opinion, the limestone is not
only analogous to the Tamworth limestone, but is on the same
horizon.
(d). The Upper, Banded, Radiolarian claystones lie on these
limestones. They form a well marked band about 1,000 feet
thick. They may be traced from north of Cann's Plains Creek,
across the Peel River, where they are well developed in Daylight
and Mahoney's Creeks, and form the great cliffs that overhang
the junction of Swamp Creek and Folly Creek. Here they are
often very cherty. Further to the south, they cross Oakenville
Creek, and are well developed near Mount Ephraim. They con-
tain abundant radiolarian casts.
Interstratified with these, is a large amount of the tuff-breccia
identical in character with that below the limestone.
BY \V. N. BENSON. 577
The chief point of interest, in these rocks, is the abundance of
the spilites. Their chief occurrences are shown on the map, but
it should be noted that, as the nature of this rock and its peculiar
interest were unknown to the author when the field-work was in
progress (1909-10), less attention was paid to it than would
otherwise have been the case. With this must be considered the
very complex relation between the dolerites and the spilites,
which adds further uncertainty to some of the observations. The
occurrences mapped, however, have all been proved, by micro-
scopic work, to be true spilite. North of Bowling Alley Point,
the spilites are rare, but south of the township, a flow commences,
which may be traced, with interruptions, right to the limit of
the map. Commencing near the Peel River, it passes across the
face of the hillside and forms the high point known as Tom
Tiger, overlooking the mouth of Swamp Creek. Beyond, it runs
across the face of Frenchman's Spur, where it is very fresh, and,
after a break, widens out into the mass which forms the hill west
of the Devil's Elbow, on the Hanging Rock Road. From here,
it splits into two or more bands, one of which continues south-
wards to the head of Oakenville Creek, where it passes below
the basalts, forming a ridge protruding into their lower portion.
The splitting into several bands is probably the result of strike-
faulting.
North of Tom Tiger, the mass is much disturbed with dolerite-
intrusions, and veins of axinite with epidote-quartz and calcite,
producing a rock closely resembling that described by Lacroix
from Pic d'Arbizon, in the Pyrenees(28). This latter, he con-
siders produced by the last stages of activity of an intrusive
granite. It is difficult to see how this applies here. Unfor-
tunately the occurrence was not thoroughly investigated in the
field or laboratory. The axinite has been described, mineralogi-
cally, by Dr. Anderson(29).
A second and lower flow of spilite is that which forms the
high, shutter-like wall in front of the Swamp Creek Falls, which
have just broken through (Plate xxiv.). This flow, also, may be
traced for some distance north and south. A third, possibly the
uppermost horizon, occurs on the western slopes of Tom Tiger,
578 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
and may be traced northwards on to the roadway. This is of
considerable width, the spilite being split into several layers, and
intercalated with banded chert.
No evidence of pillow-structure has yet been seen among these
rocks, but certainly it was not looked for specially.
(e). Upper Botvling Alley Tuffs and Breccias. — The Upper
Tuffs and Breccias complete the Bowling Alley Series, and occur
throughout, from north to south. They are about 3,300 feet in
thickness, and are fairly free from intrusions of dolerite and
flows of spilite. Interbedded with them, are minor bands of
radiolarian clayshales; and probably the western limestone-lenses
north of Cann's Plains and Hyde's Creek, belong also to this
formation. All along its lower limit, occur those peculiar associa-
tions of tuff and clay-shales described by Professor David and
Mr. Pittman from TamworthO), in which the tuff seems intrusive
into the chert. The origin of this structure is not clear. The
explanation of a somewhat similar feature at Lyndhurst, given
by Mr. Pittman(30), does not seem to apply here. In a large
measure, they may be due to crushing, for elsewhere brecciated
cherts are found, that seem to have been almost telescoped, and
the situation of the "tuff-intrusions," i.e., at the boundary of
tuff and chert, formations probably of very different powers of
mechanical resistance to pressure, would be very favourable to
such a crushing. But the same formation also occurs above the
radiolarian chert, in the Baldwin Series exposed in Cobbadah
Creek Gorge, where such crushing is out of the question. More-
over, the association seems to occur where tuffs lie on the clay-
stones or chert, and has not been noticed in the reverse case.
It might be suggested, therefore, that were white-hot tuffaceous
material to fall on wet mud forming in a shallow or partially
dried lagoon, its heat might cause the mud to flake off and crack
away, and the commotion produced by the escape of steam, from
beneath, would give the stirring action necessary for mixing up the
flakes of mudstone and the tuffaceous material. In support of
this, it may be urged, that the flakes of mudstone are rarely more
than a few inches long, and are often bent like dried cakes of mud ;
BY W. N. BENSON. 579
that there is often a distinct alteration, a bleaching and induration
of the mudstone at its contact with the tuff, and that it does not
involve the action of a kind of steam-blast all along the line of
contact of the claystone and tuff subsequent to their deposition, a
process of which it is extremely difficult to conceive, or of which
there is no evidence beyond the facts already mentioned. The
absence of steam-cavities may be accounted for, on either hypo-
thesis, by the crushing into the vacancy of the plastic tuff and
shale, and the complete escape of the steam favours the new sug-
gestion.
It should be noted that, if this explanation is true, either the
mud must have been deposited in a very shallow sea, or the tuff
must have fallen in such great quantity as to protect the lowest
layers from immediate quenching by the seawater. There is little
sign, apparently, of the tremendous disturbance that the latter
alternative would necessarily have involved.
Above this, the breccias are seen to be interbedded with a con-
siderable amount of banded claystone. The lower portion of this
mass is best observed in the valley of Swamp Creek, the upper in
the tributaries of Happy Valley, draining the Frenchman's Spur.
Oaken ville Creek also is in this series, for the most part. The brec-
cias incline to be coarse, more so in the upper portions, and con-
tain large fragments of banded chert. Occasionally they are so
coarse-grained as to resemble the finer portions of the Baldwin
Agglomerate, and possibly the narrow band of this rock, at the
top of the Upper Tuff-breccias, may be considered the representa-
tive of the Baldwin Agglomerate in this neighbourhood. This
does not, however, seem necessary.
In the upper portions of the series also, are bands of claystone
containing Lepidodendron australe, radiolaria being found also in
the fossil specimens. These occur on the main road, about one mile
south of the Swamp Creek Bridge (G.L.,342).
Stratigraphy. — The five divisions of the Bowling Alley Series
seem well substantiated; nevertheless, the great similarity of the
Series below the limestones, to those above the limestones, is so
suggestive of a wholesale repetition by strike-faulting (as is known
580 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
to occur further north), as to make it advisable to call attention to
their differences. These are not very great. The spilites are pre-
sent in much greater abundance, as far as is known, in the upper
breccias than in the lower, a discordance in character that is signi-
ficant only because the discussion is on the relationship of two
adjacent series. High spilite-content is not a general character-
istic of the Upper Series, for this lava is much less common in the
series at Tamworth, which is considered identical with the Upper
Bowling Alley Tuff-breccias and chert. Secondly, the peculiar
coarse breccias, and large chert-fragments characteristic of the
upper part of the Upper Breccias, are not at all common in the
upper part of the Lower Breccias, nor has Lepidodendron been
found yet among these.
It is very probable, however, that the whole belt of Bowling
Alley rocks is traversed by a series of parallel, overthrust faults,
so that what appears to be a single portion of the series, e.g., the
Lower Breccias, may be thickened by many repetitions. This
would account for the very frequent interbedding of breccia and
claystone throughout. Also the multiplication of spilite-flows
might be explained thus.
The strike of these beds is generally parallel to that of the ser-
pentine-line, and swings to the north and south direction sympa-
thetically with the serpentine on Oakenville Creek, where a dip
W.5N. at 70° has been observed. Generally speaking, the lower
breccias and claystones have a very steep easterly dip (70°-90°),
the limestones very little to one side or the other of the vertical,
while the upper claystones and breccias have a slowly decreasing
angle of dip to the west. Minor contortions occur here and there.
The chief difference throughout, between this series and the
Tamworth beds with which they are correlated, lies in the apparent
absence of the small lenses of radiolarian limestone. These are not
very obvious in a rapid survey of the Tamworth region itself, and
it is quite possible that they may occur in the Nundle region, but
have been overlooked. Spilitic rocks are much more frequent,
however, than at Tamworth.
BY W. N. BENSON. 581
3. The Nundle Series is quite analogous to the Barraba mud-
stones, with which they are correlated. It lies on the Bowling Alley
Series, and in absolute conformity with it. It is very difficult
indeed to draw any precise line of division, the formations shading
one into the other. The lithological change lies in the replacement
of the cherty claystone by a finely laminated, green-brown mud-
stone, with thin layers of yellowish felspathic material, which
becomes the dominant rock of the formation. The igneous activity
diminished, and is expressed by thick layers of a fine, even-grained
tuff of the same mineral composition as the ground-mass of the
coarse breccia, but is almost free from cherty fragments. Large
and small lenses of blue, argillaceous, non-fossiliferous limestone
are frequent. Here and there, conglomerate bands are present,
and one well-marked zone can be traced from west of Yellow Rock
Hill, across Nundle Sugarloaf (in front of Square Top), and
north-west to Rodney Mountain, west of Bowling Point, beyond
the limits of the map. The finer mudstones, in this series, contain
radiolaria, and Lepidodendron australe is also present.
These beds dip to the south of west at angles gradually decreas-
ing as one goes westward, though increasing again after some dis-
tance. Their thickness, measured along Jimmie's Creek to the
summit of Square Top, is apparently 13,000 feet, but probably
there is much repetition. The fault shown near Nundle, displacing
the base of this formation, cannot be taken as proved, but is merely
offered as a suggestion to account for the facts observed there.
4. The Dolerite. — This rock is present in very great amount,
and its distribution calls for comment. It is chiefly in the Lower
Radiolarian Claystones and Breccia, and the Upper Claystones, but
is present, to only a very small extent, in the Upper Breccias. As
far as the mapping goes, it appears to form large, irregular, sill-
like intrusions, and has been traced throughout the series, from
Hanging Rock to Black Jack. Time has not permitted their being
mapped north of Hyde's Creek, though they are less common than
to the south. They have been much disturbed; mining operations
at the foot of Hanging Rock, and elsewhere, have shown that the
country is full of "slides." Occasionally, as at Bowling Alley
582 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
Point, they contain very coarse pegmatitic veins of a composition
similar to their own. Their relation to the spilite-lavas, in the
field is often very perplexing; at times, they certainly intrude into
the spilite, elsewhere the spilites appear to intrude into them.
Sometimes, in hand-specimens, it is difficult to say which is which,
the dolerite assuming a vesicular character. This was all the more
confusing, as at the time of surveying, it was believed that the dole-
rite was subsequent to the peridotite(15), on account of the apparent
intrusion of dolerite into peridotite, especially on the north slope
of Chrome Hill. Work in the northern regions, and subsequent
microscopic studies have shown this is not the case. The dolerite
is related to the spilites, and is older than the ultra-basic rock. The
mass of dolerite, in the peridotite alluded to, must have been torn
off the adjacent dolerite-mass invaded by the peridotite. Peno-
logical investigation shows that the rock has the structural charac-
ters of ordinary dolerite, except that the plagioclase varies from
andesine, the usual type, to oligoclase albite in the Hanging Rock.
Occasionally, specimens show a slightly gneissic flow-structure,
notably some near Red Rock, which overlooks Munro's Creek (Plate
xxiii.). This series of intrusions probably took place during, or
shortly after, the deposition of the Bowling Alley Tuff-breccias,
claystones, and spilite-flows. The abundance of dolerite, and
absence of agglomerate, in this region, together with the abundance
of agglomerate and rarity of dolerite in other regions, suggests
that the same igneous activity might have had subterranean expres-
sion in the one case, superficial in the other.
5. Following the dolerite-intrusion, and deposition of the Nundle
Series, there was a great earth-movement, a thrust from the
E.N.E., which developed the persistent fault-plane separating the
Woolomin and Bowling Alley Rocks. The peridotite was intruded
into this plane during the movement. (The evidence for this state-
ment will be discussed later.) Microscopic examination of the
rocks proved them to be derived chiefly from hartzbergite, with a
minor amount of herzolite and dunite. Generally the rock had a
fairly even grain-size of about 2 mm., in diameter, but here and
there, particularly on Chrome Hill by Bowling Alley Point, the
BY W. N. BENSON. 583
enstatite formed large plates several inches long, with poikilitieally
included olivine.
Associated with these peridotites, was a small amount of gabbro,
which occurs chiefly on the top, and on the southern slope of
Chrome Hill, on the western side of the peridotite. On the hilltop,
it is very coarsely pegmatitic with large, grey-brown diallage,
"saussuritised" felspar, and sometimes a little chromite. Large
masses of chromite occur here with pseudophite, and coarse-grained
rocks composed of chromite and smaragdite also occur, as well as
rocks composed entirely of coarse bastite-crystals. The last two
are rare. Down the slope, the rock is sometimes almost undecom-
posed, and the great basicity of the original felspar can be deter-
mined. A few instances of the prehnitic alteration of the felspars
are also to be found.
One of the very few instances of serpentine occurring west of
the great serpentine-line, is found on the Peel River, near Warden's
homestead (Portion 9, Parish Dungowan). Only a few square
yards are exposed in the river-bank, and alluvium covers the
remainder, so that its relations are unknown. Probably it occupies
a fault-plane, but, so far, the fault has not been sought on the hill
across the river to the south, where it should occur if present.
The original peridotite has now been more or less completely
altered, and it is the variety and sequence of these changes that
gives this locality its unique interest. The subject will be fully dis-
cussed from a petrographical standpoint later; at present, merely
the field-facts will be stated.
(a) Mechanical Alteration. — This consists in converting the
rock into the well-known schistose material. It may be either com-
plete or partial, in which case large or small nodules of massive
serpentine remain imbedded in the sheared mass. This process has
naturally taken place, to the greatest extent, on either side of the
intrusion, but particularly on the eastern. Thick schistose bands
have a massive central core.
(b) Chemical Alteration. — This may be considered as: (^hydra-
tion (serpentinisation) ; (2) carbonation; (3) silicification ; (4)
leaching. The last three are more or less related together.
584 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
(1) Hydration has taken place, to a greater or less extent,
throughout the whole mass ; very little olivine remains unattacked.
We, therefore, get normal, massive, bastite-serpentines, schistose
serpentine, and antigorite-serpentine, the latter being best de-
veloped on the Razorback Ridge, half-way up Munro's Creek,
where some of its features resemble Weinschenk's stubachite(31).
(2) Carbonation is developed best between Folly Creek and
Quackanacka Creek, and is well exposed in the workings of the
Trevena gold-mine. The rock is more or less completely converted
into carbonates of magnesia and iron, with a little talc, quartz,
chalcedony, etc. With this is associated more or less pyrites. Both
the schistose and massive types of serpentine have been thus
altered, and their original structures are well preserved. The rock
does not make a strong outcrop, but, on the surface, is weathered
to a cavernous, red haematite, with a little talc, by which the forma-
tion may be traced. In the western side of the serpentine, the
Bowling Alley rocks have been acted upon by the same agents as
transformed the serpentine. Clayshales, spilites, and tuffs occur
highly oxidised and carbonated, and impregnated with pyrites.
This entire formation is more or less auriferous, but differs entirely
from any other gold-bearing formation in the district.
(3)Silicification takes the form of replacement of the serpentine
by chalcedony, quartz, and opal. The change occurs in various
ways, and frequently is associated with leaching. In Sheep Station
Creek, the serpentine contains little cavities lined with chalcedony,
and the main mass of the rock is partly replaced by silica, as
chalcedony and white opal. On Cope's Creek, and to the east of
Chrome Hill, is a narrow band of serpentine, changed chiefly to
very finely divided chalcedony, with the preservation of the schis-
tose structure of the original rock. ^Between Munro's Creek and
Folly Creek, the serpentine is replaced by a bottle-green opal with
black cloudy masses (pyrolusite). This opal forms kernels sur-
rounded by a husk of haematite, veined with white opal, and
speckled with dusty talc or hydromagnesite. By Hanging Rock,
at the head of Oakenville Creek, on the east side of the serpentine,
is a large mass of silicified rock, from which excellent specimens of
BY W. N. BENSON. 585
chalcedony may be obtained, together with botryoidal masses of
magnesite. Here, too, the rocks may be thoroughly leached, and
left as a siliceous sinter, more or less filled with haematite. This
was described by Wilkinson, in 1885, as due to geyser-action(25).
While this is by no means probable in the strict sense, it is cer-
tainly the effect of ascending, hot, siliceous solutions.
The date at which the great silicification of the Woolomin Series
took place, is as yet uncertain. Probably it was during the oro-
genie period. Huge quartz-veins were formed through the Woolo-
min rocks, and to a much less extent in the Bowling Alley Series,
while they are absent from the Nundle beds. While these veins
are found in the dolerite (with epidote), the granites and por-
phyries are quite subsequent to them.
6. Granodiorites, Granites, and Porphyries. — There is no
direct evidence as to the relative age of these rocks and the
Permo-Carboniferous, but owing to the want of metamorphism in
the latter, and the slight resemblance between the granites, etc.,
and the oldest types described by Mr. Andrews as Carboniferous,
the Nundle rocks are tentatively classed as of that age. As will be
seen, the granite probably underlies the greater portion of the area
at no very great depth. The largest exposure is on Duncan's
Creek, and is eight or ten square miles in area. Its composition
has not been thoroughly investigated. Some variation was noted
in the field; the specimen collected proved to be granodiorite,
orthoclase being subordinate to plagioclase. It was noted that
the upper surface of the mass had only a slight inclination, as
along the stream-scared, western slopes, the boundary of the gran-
ite swung back and forth in sympathy with the contour-lines. All
around the boundary is an immense number of intrusions of por-
phyry of several types, a dark blue fine-grained rock with white
felspar and black hornblende-crystals, being most abundant.
About fifty of these have been mapped, but there are many more,
particularly just above the granite-boundary on the steep slope
above-mentioned. The long, northern point of the massif passes
into this rock, and intrusions of the porphyry, into the grano-
diorite itself, have been noted further to the south, below Yerro-
43
586 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
winn. The intrusions are noteworthy in that they are roughly oval
in shape rather than in definite dykes, indeed, few, narrow, lengthy
dykes have been observed. Naturally the intrusions are less abun-
dant at a distance from the granodiorite. A remarkable increase
in the number of intrusions, on Frenchman's Spur, may be taken
as evidence of approach of the underlying batholith towards the
surface in that neighbourhood. An intrusion of porphyry into
dolerite, near Moonlight Hill, is perhaps worthy of mention.
Granite occurs again at Mount Ephraim, and may be traced
thence towards Yellow Rock Hill. The complicated geology of this
portion has not yet been mapped. In these rocks, orthoclase is
present in greater amount, and the rock is strictly a granite.
Lastly, there is a mass of porphyry intruding the Nundle mud-
stones, near the head of Jimmie's Creek, and a few small dykes
have been noted between this and the river. These are all very
decomposed, so much so that one sill-like intrusion of porphyry, on
the main road, is locally termed sandstone.
There are also rarely dykes of odinite and vosgesite, which occur
on Frenchman's Spur, and in Daylight Creek Gully. It is very
possible that these are differentiates of the granodiorite magma.
Mention may here be made of a neck of light grey andesite
about 30 yards in diameter, by Oakenville Creek, on the south
side of Hanging Rock. Its appearance suggests that it is of some
considerable age, and the acidity of the plagioclase is perhaps
sufficient to place it in the keratophyres, in which case it may be
comagmatic with the Devonian spilites.
(7). Permo-Carboniferous. — In 1891, Stonier(69) recorded
the occurrence of Glossopteris in shales met with in a shaft sunk
on Anderson's Flat, which is the area by the river, stretching from
Sheep Station Creek northwards. Recently, Mr. Tooth, the local
schoolmaster, drew the writer's attention to the occurrence of fos-
sils resembling those of the Permo-Carboniferous, revealed in dig-
ging some fence-post holes at Reichel's homestead, on Portions 11
and 144, at the northern end of Anderson's Flat. All the material
available was searched, and Mr. Tooth's discovery was fully con-
firmed. The rock is an impure sandstone, and contained Deltopec-
BY W. N. BENSON. 587
ten, Martiniopsis, and obscure casts resembling Astartila, Edmon-
dia, Mourlonia and Ptycomphalina. It is impossible to fix the
horizon of these, but they are more probably of Upper than
Lower Marine Age, with portion of the upper freshwater measures.
The rocks do not make any good outcrop, and accordingly the
boundaries drawn, rest entirely upon the change of surface-slope.
At Reichel's, the fossils were found in the low saddle between two
hills of Bowling Alley rocks, but the wide opening of the river-
valley at this point, both on the eastern and the western side, is a
marked and unique feature, which may be due to the differential
erosion of the soft shales and sandstone from among the harder
Devonian rocks. In that case, it is probable that Permo-Carboni-
ferous rocks lie beneath most of the widespread alluvial covering
of the valley-floor.
The rocks are doubtless portions of a great overspreading sheet
of Permo-Carboniferous rocks, and were preserved by down-fault-
ing probably during the early Mesozoic period of tectonic move-
ment. As they lie more than 40 miles from the nearest known
masses of Permo-Carboniferous rock, it will be seen how great an
extension of the area of Permo-Carboniferous sedimentation is
indicated .by them.
(8) Tertiary Gravels and Clays. — These lie beneath the basalt-
masses, and are most easily described with a locality-grouping.
The Yerrowinn Gravels are exposed on the south side of Dun-
can's Creek, where they are about 120 feet thick. They are here
composed of coarse gravel. On Folly Creek, to the west, they are
much thinner, about 20 feet in all, and may be traced thence on to
the watershed between Munro's and Folly Creeks. Here they are
also gravels, but finer sandy bands have been found with leaf-
impressions. Some beautifully preserved, coniferous wood occurs
in these gravels, similar to that found near Barraba. The slope is
to the west, with a fall of 210 feet in 2J miles. The boulders
consist of reef quartz- jasper, with granite and phyllite.
In the basalt, about 200 feet above the top of this gravel, there
is a small, narrow band of gravel at the eastern face, and a third
horizon is suspected still higher up. Near the head of Duncan's
588 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
Creek is a gravelly deposit in the creek-bed, which contains large
zircons, colourless or brown, and sapphires, sometimes of good
quality, "as large as your finger-nail and blue like a castor-oil
bottle." These are probably derived from another interbasaltic
layer of gravels.
BASALT
Flows
W Necks
|g GRAVEL
W00L0NUN
Fig. 3.— Plan of the Nundle District, showing position of basalt
necks and the various lines of section in Figs. 4 and 6.
On the divide, between Nuggety and Quackanacka Creeks, a
peculiar, fine, pink clay lies beneath the basalt. It has not been
BY W. N. BENSON.
589
proved to contain fossils. Possibly these are the clays which Wil-
kinson describes as being under "the Sugarloaf," but as that name
is applied to every hill in the vicinity, one cannot be certain.
The Mount Sheba Series is, perhaps, the most continuous and
important, as being the most largely worked for gold. They occur
under a thin capping of basalt, at the head of Oakenville Creek,
where they are largely mixed with clay and sand. Just below the
basalt in Dangar's Gully, a southern tributary of Oakenville Creek,
a tunnel has been driven in soft, carbonaceous shales partially
baked by the basalt. These are full of plant-impressions. Across
the valley, a small face of gravel is exposed in the Mount Pleasant
workings (more usually known as Mount Misery, the name having
been altered since the abandonment of the mine in winter time).
Here the gravel is about 80 feet thick, and not very coarse, with
Fig.4. — Cross-section through Nundle District to illustrate
relation of physiography to geological structure.
clay and sand, and leaf -impressions in limonite. The gravels con-
tinue below the basalt, were opened up at Deep Lead Creek, half a
mile to the west, and a huge face has been sluiced away at the head
of Butcher's Gully, the Red Hill Workings. Here, the gravels,
fine, coarse and sandy, are about 100 feet in thickness. A fault of
200 feet throw (approximately) separates Mount Sheba from this.
It lies to the west again, and has a similar, huge, sluiced face. A
smaller sluicing occurs on the southern side of the same patch of
gravel.
The occurrence at Mount Ephraim, south of the Sheba Sugar-
loaf, is peculiar, and needs further investigation before a descrip-
590
GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 11.,
tion can be given. Perhaps it has been disturbed by the fault that
separated Red Hill from Mount Sheba. Moreover, the gravels lie
on granite. As might be expected, there is a very large amount of
decomposition always taking place in the rocks on which the
gravels lie, and the non-removal of such decomposed material leads
to peculiar appearances. Granite is peculiarly unstable ("la
maladie du granite"), and the result here is very remarkable.
Between here and Nundle Creek is a run of granite and shale,
overlain here and there with basalt; but the country was so con-
fused, and the trees so thick, that about a mile of it has been left
unmapped. A very wide area of hard gravel occurs east of Nundle
Creek, while a few yards of gravel and a little basalt occur about
half a mile to the north of that.
*aert*jgfiM
True Scale
Ironstone
Conglomerate
Sondj Cenc*
•Sandstone
X'tf ine. ConalomerQN*
FerryqlrtOw-* -'•Sands rone
Coarse C*l*<£ o w» e ro Y e
4W
3000
2900
f-asoo
9700
r-2600
Fig. 5.
Yellow Rock Hill is the thickest mass of gravel in the district,
being 340 feet thick at the northern end. Fig. 5 is a true scale
section of this face. It thins out to about 40 feet only, and though
the west base of the gravel is 140 feet higher than the eastern ; the
western base of the overlying basalt is lower than the east. The
gravel contains reef -quartz, red jasper, and Bowling Alley breccia
together with silicified wood. Soft, current-bedded bands of argil-
laceous sandstone are intercalated, but rarely.
Indications of continuances of this lead to the south, up Nundle
Creek, and to the south-west across the Peel River, have been noted,
but not investigated. The latter was probably the main-stream
line. Wilkinson says it may be traced west in the direction of
Quirindi(25).
BY W. N. BENSON. 591
All the material collected was submitted to Mr. Henry Deane,
F.L.S. He recognised fragments suggesting the Cinnamomum-type,
Sterculia, Flindersia, Clerodendron tomentosum, and Ficus scabra.
There are no leaves which can be referred to Eucalyptus. He
adds: "I do not think these fossil leaves can lead to any deduc-
tions as to age. They are quite of the same character as the Brush-
vegetation of our coast, a type which has existed in Eastern Aus-
tralia from the Miocene, if not from an earlier period. Of course,
the climate must have been a much moister one, owing partly to
the absence of a parched interior, enabling a luxuriant vegetation,
now restricted to patches of the coast, to spread over the tableland
and down the western slopes."
Comparing the above facts of the mode of occurrence of the
gravels, their displacement by faulting, the abundance of leaves,
and the presence of seeds, as noted by Wilkinson, with the criteria
given by Andrews(32), it is evident that the Nundle leads must be
classed with the newer Series, and are consequently of Pliocene
age.
(9). Tertiary Volcanic Rocks.
{a) The basaltic series. — As stated above, these occur capping
the gravels that had been deposited in immature valleys. They
overflowed the brims of these valleys and flooded the low, rolling
country between them, which, however, was not completely plan-
ated, so that the resistant rocks still formed elevations that rose
some distance into the basalt, or remained as islands above the
lava-flood. We may note the irregularities produced by the resis-
tant spilite behind Mount Sheba, the serpentine-ridges by Hanging
Rock, and the inlier of Woolomin rocks at the head of Swamp
Creek. Apart from the irregularities, the general, slight discord-
ance between the boundary of the basalt and the contour-line on
the plateau, shows the mature character of the prebasaltic surface,
trenched, as it was, by immature valleys. This is evidence towards
the substantiation of the process of peneplanation, uplift, and
partial dissection claimed by Andrews to have taken place before
592 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
the eruption of the older basalts, and which was repeated on a
grander scale, before the Newer Basaltic Period. (Fig. 6).
-4oooe7 **yt Ef>hraim
4 Milts
Fig. 6.
The manner of eruption of the basalt is unexpected, while, in
general, the mode of occurrence is that of plateau-basalts derived
from fissure-eruptions, as stated by Mr. Harker(33). No fissures
(dykes) can be found, except a small one in a fault-plane crossing
Jimmie's Creek, and one, 10 yards wide, intruding the dolerite
north of Ruzicka's Hill. On the other hand, at least six basalt-
necks have been found as follows (Fig. 3) : —
(1) Donald's Mount at Nundle, a hill chiefly of basalt intruding
into the slates (about 120 x 170 yards in area).
(2)Nuggety Sugar loaf, south of Nuggety Creek, a steep hill 500
feet high, the southern side of which is basalt, about 500 x 400
yards in area.
(3) A circular patch of basalt, about 30 yards in diameter, on
the ridge east of Munro's Creek.
(4), (5), and (6). The patches of basalt in the valley of Munro's
Creek, near the Razorback, respectively 160 x 120, 50 x 50, and
20 x 20 yards in approximate area. The last is strongly prismatic,
and makes a small hillock overlooking the tributary creek at this
point.
BY W. N. BENSON. 593
Whether the basalt on Black Jack (about 100 acres in area) is
part of a flow from a distant vent, or surrounds a local pipe, can-
not yet be stated.
Three types of basalt are developed. There is a smooth, aphani-
tic type, which has a grey surface on weathering, streaked with
etched-out flow-lines ; and there is also a darker, not so very finely
grained type, with a rough hackly surface, and a habit of breaking
into small pellets when rather decomposed. An intermediate
variety is the commonest rock, and is frequently prismatic, but the
extreme types sometimes occur interbanded in the same mass, either
in the necks or in the basalt-flows.
A third type is thoroughly scoriaceous and largely decomposed.
This occurs in a flow extending north and south of the Dams on
Burnt Hut Creek, by Hanging Rock. No basalt- tuft's or breccias
have yet been found in the necks or between the lava-flows.
(b)Nepheline-basanite occurs, forming the upper 300 feet of
Square Top Hill, two miles west of Nundle. This has been shown
(24) to be a member of a varied series of rocks of a basic alkaline
character, that occur intruding into the Tertiary basalts. The series
includes coarsely granular theralites and teschenites, nepheline-
basanites, and coarse dolerites with large purple augites, with or
without analcite. The mode of occurrence of the Square Top rock
is as yet uncertain.
A small amount of vesicular olivine-basalt has been found
around the base of the basanite, and it has been noted that the
lower portion of the latter is coarser-grained, and richer in augite-
phenocrysts than the upper portion. No gravel was found below
the basalt, but only the eastern face has been studied as yet. Pro-
bably, as elsewhere, this was a sill-like intrusion through a basalt-
flow, possibly it was a mass of the mamelon-type.
Rocks of this alkaline group occur in great amount, as boulders
in the Peel River, evidently derived from the Liverpool Range.
They appear to occur in situ on Wombramurra Creek, and it is
probable that the very striking cone, Wombramurra Peak, is of
this character, to be correlated with Mount Warrawalong, near
594 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.,
Newcastle(24), and Delungra Peak, near Warialda(27), which it
strongly resembles in appearance.
Some peculiar chloritised dolerites, with large purple augites,
occurring in the basalt-range east of Mount Ephraim, are probably
sills related to these alkaline rocks. They have not yet been inves-
tigated.
(10). Pleistocene and Recent Alluvial Deposits.
Two series of alluvial deposits occur along the Peel River and
Duncan's Creek. The higher deposits are frequently auriferous,
and have been worked on the Peel River, south of Bowling Alley
Point, and at Bowling Alley Point itself. A well marked terrace,
about 50 feet high, occurs on the east bank of the Peel River, one
mile north of Nundle.
Recent alluvial deposits occur all along the river and its larger
tributaries, and form an area of over a square mile in extent at the
township of Woolomin. They are often auriferous, but rarely very
deep. The streams entering the Peel River, on the western side,
usually break up into distributaries, and soak through wide marshy
tracts into the main river. Hyde's Creek and Cope's Creek are
conspicuous examples of this.
Economic Notes.
Gold was first found in this district in 1852, and, since then,
about £900,000 worth has been obtained.* It occurs in many
ways : —
(a) In quartz- veins near the boundaries of the dolerite, which
have generally suffered much faulting.
( b ) In quartz-veins in the slate, away from the dolerite.
(c)As impregnations in pyritous, carbonated serpentine.
(d)As pyritous impregnations in claystone, spilite, etc., in wide,
low-grade channels with rich quartz-stringers. These are the
* A very remarkable theory of the origin of this gold, was put forward
by the Rev. W. B. Clarke in 1853(2), in a lengthy report on the subject.
It was considered to be deposited under a shallow sea in the vicinity of
volcanic eruptions.
BY W. N. BENSON. 595
deposits that occur beside the carbonated serpentine, and are the
result of the same agencies of change. The gold is chiefly partly
free, but largely in the pyrites. ("Battery test" on separated
pyrites, 20oz., 15dwt. per ton, according to local report).
(e)In Tertiary drift mined by hydraulic sluicing, from the Sheba
and Mount Ephraim gravels.
(/)In high-level river-gravels (sluiced).
(g)In the present river-gravels, won by dredging.
Scheelite occurs in small quantities in most of the above modes
of occurrence, but of these, only the first two have yielded payable
amounts. It forms lenticular bunches in claystones, associated with
a little quartz. Stibnite occurs near Nundle, in a brecciated fissure-
vein in clayshales. Chromite forms large segregations in the ser-
pentine, particularly on Chrome Hill, behind Bowling Alley Point
The white marble does not form large enough masses, and is too
difficult of access for economical working; the red marble is in
greater quantity, takes a good polish, and is easy of access. Zircons
and sapphires have been found in interbasaltic gravels, but are
rarely of good quality.
BIBLIOGRAPHY,
Additional to the References cited in Part i.
25. Wilkinson, C. S.— Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines N.S.W., 1885, pp. 132-136.
26. Stonier, G. A.— Ibid., 1892, p. 127.
27. Carne, J. E. — "The Tin-Mining Industry of New South Wales."
Second Edition. Geol Surv. of N.S.W. : Mineral Resources, No.
28. Lacroix, A. — "Le Granite de Pyrenees et ses Phenomenesdu Contact."
2me. Memoir, Bull. Carte Geol. de France, No. 71, p. 60.
29. Anderson, C. — Records of the Australian Museum. Vol.v,, p. 133.
30. Pittman, E. F.— " Mineral Resources of New South Wales." 1901,
p. 56.
81. Weinsohenk, E. — " Beitrage zur Petrographie der ostlichen Central
Alpen, speciell des Gross Venedigerstockes." Abhandlung der Kgl.
Bayr. Akad. der Wiss., 1893, p.660.
32. Andrews, E. C. — "The Geographical Unity of Eastern Australia."
Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, pp. 469-471.
33. Harker, A. — " The Natural History of Igneous Rocks," p. 53.
596 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ii.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXII.-XXIV.
Plate xxii.
Geological Map of the Nundle District.
Plate xxiii.
View looking up Munro's Creek, showing the serpentine-belt to the left,
the cliffs of spilite, " White Rock," in the centre, and the dolerite
cliffs, " Red Rock," to the right.
Plate xxiv.
Swamp Creek Falls, dropping behind a shutter-like mass of spilite.
597
DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF
MYRTACEJE.
By R. T. Baker, F.L.S.
(Plates xxv.-xxvi.)
Introduction. — The two species of Melaleuca described in this
paper, have, in the past, been regarded as M. Leucadendron Linn,
or at least forms of it.
The proposal, now, to raise them to specific rank, has come
about by a research, undertaken during the last four years, at
the Technological Museum, on the " Melaleucas and their
Essential Oils," the results having been read before the Royal
Society of New South Wales. When, however, an investigation
of the species passing as M. Leucadendron Linn., was undertaken,
it was found that at least six distinct species had, in the past,
been synonymised under it, by various authors working on the
genus.
In the Flora Australiensis (Vol. iii., pp. 142-143), Bentham
places the following as synonyms :— M. Leucadendron Linn., M.
minor Sm., M. viridiflora Gaeertn., M. saligna Blume, M. land-
folia Turcz., M. Cumingiana Turcz., M. Cunninghamii Schau.
M. saligna Schau., M. mimosoides Schau., M. lanceolata R.Br.
Bailey, in his Flora of Queensland, gives as varieties : — M.
Leucadendron Linn., var. lancifolia, var. saligna, and var. Cunn-
inghamii.
In the paper read before the Royal Society, this year (1913),
it has been shown that no such synonyms obtain in connection
with this species, and that the above are all worthy of specific
consideration. Further, it is doubtful now whether M. Leuca-
dendron Linn., really occurs in Australia, comparison of Austra
lian material having been made with the original specimens of
Linnaeus, in the Herbarium of the Linnean Society of London.
598 THREE NEW SPECIES OF MYRTACEM,
The two, here described, are distinct from any of the above,
and so are given specific rank under the name of Melaleuca
Maideni and M. Smithii, respectively.
Melaleuca Maideni, sp.nov. (Plate xxv.).
" Broad-leaved Tea-Tree."
A tree often growing to a large size, with pale-coloured,
laminated papery bark, with red streaks when cut on the
quarter; branchlets angular, pubescent. Leaves erect, glabrous,
ovate sometimes oblique, obtuse, subcoriaceous; petioles short;
silky pubescent, mostly 5- to 7- or more nerved, rarely 3-nerved,
with anastomosing veins, 4-5 inches long and \ inch wide.
Flower-spikes terminal in all the specimens examined, or in the
axils of the last two or three leaves, larger and longer than in
M. Smithii. Rhachis and calyx pubescent. Calyx-tube short,
cylindrical, about 1 inch long and 1 inch in diameter, pubescent,
lobes obtuse, less than one-half the length of the petals. Petals
concave, obtuse, under 2 lines long. Stamens not ringed as in
M. Smithii. Top of the ovary silky-hairy. Fruit comparatively
large, squat, cup-shaped, 3 lines in diameter at base, mostly distant
at the base of the outgrowing branchlet.
Arbor mediocris vel magna. Cortex papyraceo-lamellosus.
Ramuli graciles, pubescentes. Folia circiter 4-5" longa, J" lata,
alterna, oblongo-ovata, rigida, ssepe obliqua, nervi 3-7 vel plures,
petioli pubescentes, breves. Spicse circiter 2-3" longse et termin_
ales; flores subdistantes, punicei. Rhachides pubescentes. Calyces
vix 1"' longi, pubescentes. Antherse 6-8"' lougae. Fructus 3'"
longi, in orificium sensim contracti.
Hab. — Casino, Port Macquarie, and North along the coast as
far as Brisbane.
Timber. — A pale, delicately tinted wood. It is hard, yet light
in weight, planes easily, has a nice close grain, and even texture;
polishes well, and is an excellent cabinet-timber, and one of the
best all-round timbers of the Continent. It can be obtained in
fair-sized logs, so could be used for bridge-decking, beams, piles,
etc., as it is very durable in the ground and in water. It is
really one of the finest timbers in the Museum here. It is
BY R. T. BAKER. 599
especially recommended, and, apart from its other qualities, it
has no pronounced sapwood, being free from borers, and, there-
fore, cuts up with little waste.
Oil. — See paper by Baker and Smith (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc.
N. S.Wales, 1913) "On Melaleuca Leucadendron, its alleged
synonyms, and their Essential Oils."
Remarks. — This tree is one of those which has been regarded
as M. Leucadendron, and, like the others of this group, is known
as " Broad-leaved Tea-Tree." As usually obtains with this
Section of the Myrtacese, it is found growing on swampy ground
or on land subject to floods.
The Melaleucas form a group of trees little prized for their
timber, but yet they produce excellent woods, and deserve to
rank higher in value in the timber-trade.
This species differs from M. Smithii in having a superior timber,
probably the best of the genus.
Morphologically, the species differs from M. Leucadendron in
the shape, length, and texture of the leaves, in the inflorescence,
and in the chemical constituents, and in like manner from the
other species listed in the Introduction ; from M. Smithii, also
in the nature of its timber, chemical constituents, leaves, and
inflorescence.
It is named after Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Director, Sydney
Botanic Garden, whose work in the field of Australian Botany is
too well known to be particularised here.
Melaleuca Smithii, sp.nov. (Plate xxvi.).
"Broad-leaved Tea-Tree."
A tree often attaining large dimensions, with a thick bark
composed of thin papery layers. Leaves very numerous,
glabrous, alternate, or verticillate at the ends of the branchlets,
ovate or elliptical-ovate, rigid, straight, obtuse, subcoriaceous, on
short petioles, mostly about 2" long and J" wide, 3- to 5-nerved,
but in general with three, with anastomosing veins. The Gosford
and Terrigal leaves are smaller, thinner, and narrower than the
Sydney ones. Young terminal leaves silky-hairy. Flower-spikes
cylindrical, short, 1J" long, mostly not interrupted, axillary, or 2
600 THREE NEW SPECIES OF MYRTACE^E,
or 3 terminal, rhachis glabrous or with a few rusty-coloured
minute hairs. Calyx-tube stumpy, cylindrical, about 1 line in
diameter, or 1 line long, lobes short, hemispherical, one-half the
length of the petals. Petals obtuse, 2 lines long; stamens almost
white, of irregular length, connate at the base forming a ring, as
shown in Plate xxvi. Fruit sessile, cylindrical, about 2 lines in
diameter and 1 J deep, rim counter-sunk before opening, but thin
when mature.
Arbor mediocris vel magna. Cortex papyraceo-lamellosus.
Ramuli robusti, glabri. Folia circiter 2" longa, 1" lata, alterna,
elliptica, ovata, erecta, rigida, 3-5 nervis. Spicse circiter 1J"
longse, axillares vel terminales, densse, cylindraceae, spicse glabrae;
flores albi. Calyces vix 1 \'" longi, glabri, lobis obtusis. Antherae
pallidae, didymo-rotundae. Fructus 1 J'" longi, cylindracei, truncati.
Uab. — Rose Bay, Bondi, Gosford, and Terrigal.
Timber.— A hard, close-grained, medium-weight wood, having
a light pinky colour, inclined to become red, with a large wavy
figure, planes and dresses well and takes a good polish. Could
be used for general building purposes, but especially for posts,
being, like its congeners, very durable in the ground. It would
be very suitable for boat-building, and should rank as a cabinet
timber of some merit, as the colour and texture are very suitable
for this branch of industry. It can be distinguished from M.
Maideni by its pronounced sapwood, which is readily attacked
by borers.
Remarks. — Of the species ranked as M. Leucadendron in the
past, this probably has the smallest leaves, except that of M.
lanceolata R.Br., Herb. There is a specimen of this species in
the National Herbarium, Melbourne, labelled by Robert Brown
as M. viridiflora, but that cannot stand in view of Solander's
figure (1788) and description, in the " Illustrations of the Botany
of Captain Cook's Voyage, &c, 1768-71 " (1900) edited by J.
Britten, F.L.S., and published by the Trustees of the British
Museum.
It is a swamp-loving species in the area of its distribution, and
so gregarious, and, like its congener here described, is commonly
known as the " Broad-leaved Tea-Tree."
BY R. T. BAKER. 601
It differs from M. Leucadendron in the shape, length and
texture of its leaves, flowering spikes, and perhaps smaller fruits.
Chemically, it is quite distinct, and differs in similar characters
from M. Maideni described in this paper.
M. minor Sm., has thinner and narrower leaves, and longer
spikes, and produces " Cajeput" oil of commerce. M. viridiflora
Gsertn., (J/. Cunninghamii Schau.) and M. saligna have very
much longer and broader leaves, and white woolly tomentum on
the inflorescence.
M. lanceolata has leaves under 1" long, a white woolly in-
florescence, and a constant trinerved venation.
It is dedicated to my colleague, Mr. H. G. Smith, F.C.S..
Assistant Curator of the Technological Museum, who has now done
so much organic research work on the Australian flora.
Angophora ochrophylla, sp.nov.
A large, spreading tree, with a very rough, " woolly " thick
bark, glabrous in all its parts, with willowy, filiform branchlets.
Inflorescence in large, terminal, loose, delicate corymbs. Leaves
opposite, on short, slender petioles, lanceolate, slightly falcate,
occasionally oblique, texture thin, almost membranous, pale
yellowish or ochreous in colour, 3 to 5 inches long. Flowers
rather small, on exceedingly slender or almost filiform peduncles.
Calyx 1 line long, teeth acuminate, ribs of equal prominence.
Fruits on filiform pedicels up to 6'" long, 3-4"' wide, 2-3"' in
diameter.
Arbor altitudinem 60-100' attinens. Cortex trunci squalido-
vel fusco-canus, rugosus, rimosus, persistens. Folia circiter 3-5"
longa, breve petiolata, lanceolata, obliqua, et evidenter tenuiora
quam in A. intermedia. Flores in corymbis. Fructus 2-3-4"' longi,
truncato-ovati.
Hab. — Myall Creek, Bingara(C. F. Laseron), Woodburn (W.
Bauerlen).
Remarks. — On a cortical classification, this Angophora falls
into the rough barks, but yet it has a bark quite unlike any other
described species of the genus. In field-facies, it much resembles
Eucalyptus Bridgesiana, the bark especially so; in fact, the barks
of the two trees are identical in character.
44
602 , THREE NEW SPECIES OF MYRTACEJE.
The leaves differ from its congeners in having a bright yellow
or pale colour, due to the presence of a dye, probably Myrti-
colorin. The terminal branchlets are very slender, and the
fruits are supported on filiform peduncles. All these character-
istics, as well as the timber and oil, differentiate it from other
Angophoras. Another feature, which might be noted, is that
the leaves are often attacked by an insect, which entirely alters
their normal conformity.
At Bingara, it is found as a medium-sized tree, 60 feet high,
and 4 feet in diameter, growing in the vicinity of creeks and
rivers, and has a woolly, somewhat "Box-like" appearance (C.
Laseron); whilst, at Woodburn, it is a large, spreading tree, with
very rough bark(W. Bauerlen).
Timber. — Hard, open-grained, yet interlocked timber, of a
light grey, pale chocolate, or fawn colour.
No local use appears to be made of the wood, so that data are
not available as to its adaptability or otherwise in Technology.
Oil.— My colleague, Mr. Henry G. Smith, F.C.S., states con-
cerning this oil : — The oil of this Angophora does not differ, in
general constituents, from that of the other oil-yielding species of
Angophora. The yield of oil, from leaves and terminal branch-
lets, was 0-13 per cent., and this consisted principally of dextro-
rotatory pinene with a high rotation, two esters of geraniol
(geranyl-acetate and geranyl-valerianate), free geraniol, a small
amount of volatile aldehyde, together with a low-boiling ester,
which had the odour of amyl-acetate, and a small amount of
sesquiterpene. Neither cineol nor phellandrene was present,
nor do these constituents occur in the oils of the Angophoras.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXV. -XXVI.
Plate xxv. — M. Maidtni.
Fig. 1. — A flowering branchleb with leaves, etc.
Fig.2. — Individual flower (enlarged).
Fig. 3. —Spike of fruits.
Plate xxvi. — M. Smithii.
Fig. 1. — Flowering branchlet, showing leaves, and unexpanded fruits.
Fig.2. — Individual flower (enlarged).
Fig.3. — Stamens, showing attachment at base in bundles.
Fig.4. — Fruits in cluster on branchlet.
603
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
October 29th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
The President announced that the Council was prepared to
receive applications for four Linnean Macleay Fellowships,
tenable for one year from April 1st, 1914, from qualified Candi-
dates. Applications should be lodged with the Secretary, who
would afford all necessary information to intending Candidates,
not later than 29th November, 1913.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (24th September, 1913), amounting to 12 Vols.,
102 Parts or Nos., 15 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 15 Pamphlets,
received from 59 Societies, etc., and 1 Author, were laid upon
the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. D. G. Stead exhibited two Calif ornian Rainbow Trout,
Salmo irideus Gibbons, hatched from eggs stripped from parent-
fish already acclimatised in this State. The Rainbow Trout ex-
hibited were reared at the Government Trout Farm at Prospect,
near Sydney; and though differing so greatly in point of size,
were both yearlings, and had been grown under the same environ-
mental conditions. The smaller measured 120 mm., and weighed
lT^oz., while the larger was 362 mm., and of a weight of no less
than 1 lb. 2Joz.! Mr. Stead stated that the growth of many of
the yearling Trout during the past year had been quite pheno-
menal (notwithstanding the comparatively unsuitable natural
conditions prevailing at Prospect), and nothing like it had pre-
viously been attained at this hatchery. Those exhibited were
respectively (approximately) the smallest and the largest of about
350 yearlings at present retained in the hatchery ponds. About
50 had attained, approximately, the size of the largest shown,
604 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
and might easily have been mistaken for 3-year old Trout, judg-
ing by past local experience of growth.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited a specimen of Eragrostis tenella
Beauv., "Love-grass," collected on the plains near Yetman, a new-
record for this rare species in New South Wales, the only other
locality in the north-west where the exhibitor had previously
seen it, being on plain-country near Warialda. This very inter-
esting and pretty Australian grass was first recorded by Mr.
Turner in the Official Catalogue of New South Wales Exhibits,
Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London, 1886, p. 439. This
species has been described by different botanists under various
names, in Brown's Prod., p. 181, as Poa tenella Linn.; in Bentham's
Fl. Honkg., p. 431, and Fl. Austr., vii., p. 643, as Eragrostis tenella
Beauv.; and in Hooker's Fl. Brit. Ind., vii., p.316, as Eragrostis
interrupta Beauv., var. tenuissima Stapf. This grass and Era-
grostis pilosa Beauv., "Weeping Love-grass," are the most widely
distributed annual species of the genus indigenous in Australia,
but neither of them is endemic. When Mr. Turner was Super-
intendent, Botanic Gardens, Brisbane, he cultivated both these
grasses in adjoining plots over a series of years, and the yield of
herbage under cultivation was much greater, especially in the
case of E. pilosa, than that usually seen in the pastures. Dairy
stock and horses ate those grasses with avidity, both in a green
state and when turned into hay. Mr. F. M. Bailey, C.M.G,
F.L.S., Government Botanist, Queensland, has published a figure
and description of E. tenella, and in Turner's " Australian
Grasses," Vol. i., p. 26, appear a figure and description of E.
pilosa. Before the white man settled in Australia the latter
species was of some importance to the aborigines, for the grain,
usually produced in abundance, provided them with food. A
comparison of the grain of E. pilosa, with that of the allied
species E. abyssinica Link, one of the food-grains (" Teff") of
Abyssinia, showed that they were not quite as large.
Mr. Tillyard offered some observations on the colouration of
the larvae of the dragonfly, uEschna brevistyla Rambur. The
larva lives in water-weed, and is usually of a greenish colour,
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 605
harmonising well with its surroundings. A few weeks ago, some
specimens were taken from the roots of some detached reed-
clumps. These roots had turned a bright red colour, and the
larvae clinging to them were found to have the ventral surface of
the labium, thorax, legs, and abdomen bright red, exactly the
same colour as the roots to which they were clinging. Other
specimens taken close by, on living water-weed, were of the usual
greenish colour. It was suggested that these larvae possess
pigment-cells which, after an ecdysis, reproduce the exact colour
of the surrounding surfaces; and it is further suggested, that
much of the so-called protective resemblance in insects may have
arisen by a similar process.
Mr. W. R. B. Oliver showed some large Trochus and other
shells from the Kermadec Islands, and he reviewed the probable
evolution of this insular group. They are oceanic islands pos-
sibly built up on a continental base. Granite is found in small
pieces, but has not been seen in situ. The lowest beds are of
submarine volcanic origin, and these are overlain also by volcanic
rocks. The ancestors of the terrestrial fauna and flora probably
came overseas, as former, hypothetical land-connections with
continental areas were not required to explain the present-day
natural history.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited, from the Collection in the
National Herbarium, specimens of tionchus oleraceus Linn.,(Yanco;
H. Wenholtz, February, 1913), showing both foliar and floral
prolification of the inflorescence. In some of the flower-heads
the ligulate florets had one or more leaves situated on the apex
of the achene, the ligula of the floret was suppressed, and the
pappus reduced. In other flower-heads abortive buds, with an
attenuated involucre, were produced on short branches. — Cosmos
Hort. var., (Sydney Botanic Gardens; W. Challis, March, 1904)
showing terminal prolification of the inflorescence. The invo-
lucral bracts of the capitate inflorescence were produced into
long acuminate points. The sterile ray florets retained their
position, but exhibited gradual virescence. The inner tubular
florets were raised upon elongated peduncles, and the bracts
606 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
separating them were produced into acuminate points. — Clematis
glycinoides DC, (Lady Robinson's Beach; A.A.Hamilton; August,
1913), showing leaf -variation, the normal trifoliate leaf being
gradually reduced to a simple one. The leaves were all taken
from the same plant.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of Cephalaria transsylvanica
Schrser., (Family Dipsacece) collected at Burrowa, N.S.W. (T.
Paterson; November, 1911). There are also specimens in the
National Herbarium from Bathurst (R. W. Peacock). — Also a
weed commonly known as " Giant-Mustard " or " Turnip- Weed "
(Rapistrum rugosum All.) from Penshurst (November, 1910).
This weed is fairly common in wheat-fields in South Australia,
according to J. M. Black. — Specimens of Acacia glaucescens
Willd., were also shown, which were collected from the summit
of Mount Jellore, an unusual situation for this species, which is
usually found skirting river-embankments. — Eragrostis asper
Nees,(Wagga; E. Breakwell, April, 1912). This grass was first
forwarded to the National Herbarium in January, 1902, and
appears to have become established in the district. It has
hitherto been confused with E. pilosa, and closely allied species.
It is a native of Southern India, and extends through tropical
Africa and the Mascarene Islands It has probably been in-
troduced here with other seeds. — Also Dischidia sp.,(Asclepiadese),
from the Solomon Islands, having small pitchers (ascidia).
Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited a remarkable teratological ex-
ample of the common Arum Lily (Calla azthiopica) showing
abnormal form and disassociation of the spadix and spathe.
Dr. H. G. Chapman cited a case, which had recently come
under his notice, of a green tree-frog (Hyla caerulea) resting on a
red leaf of a Canna, which had the lower parts also markedly red;
and he discussed the possible mode of production of the red tinge.
On the invitation of the President, Dr. E. Mjoberg, who had
recently returned from a lengthy collecting visit to North Queens-
land, showed a number of interesting specimens, including skins
of Dactylopsila trivirgata and other marsupials, blind or partially
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 607
blind insects and other organisms inhabiting dark caves, Peri-
patus, and termites; and he gave a very interesting account of
his experiences with these animals under natural conditions.
Mr. North sent for exhibition an instance each of " climatic "
and " individual " variation in New South Wales birds. The
former was a skin of an adult female Yellow-breasted Robin
(Eopsaltria australis) obtained by Mr. Thos. P. Austin, of Cob-
borah Station, Cobbora, in the lightly-timbered, stony scrub-
lands found in a portion of that neighbourhood, and nearly two
hundred miles in a direct line from the coast. The type of
Eopsaltria australis was procured near Sydney, from which the
present specimen may be distinguished by its being everywhere
paler, and by its clear yellow upper tail-coverts. " Individual "
variation was exhibited in the skin of an adult female Superb
Warbler (Malurus australis). This specimen, which is remark-
ably pale, was obtained by Mr. Harry Burrell at Manilla, the
only one observed among a number of typically plumaged birds.
An example of a normally plumaged skin of each species, was
also sent for comparison.
Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited a specimen of Syringopora, sp.nov.,
from the Silurian of Derrengullen Creek, Yass. This species
was collected by Mr. A. T. Shearsby, and is remarkable for the
extremely small diameter of the corallites, TVitf inch.
608
NEW FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA FROM AUS-
TRALIA AND TASMANIA.
By Rowland E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
Family THTNNIDJB.
Subfamily RHAGIGASTKRINiE.
Rhagigaster jubilans, sp.n.
<J. Niger; scapo, pronoto, tegulis, abdoinine pedibusque rufo-
testaceis; alis pallide flavo-hyalinis, venis basi testaceis, apice
fuscis. Long. 1 1 mm.
(J. Clypeus with a carina from the base to the apex. Head
rugosely punctured on the front, more finely on the vertex, the
interantennal prominence broadly rounded at the apex, a strong
transverse carina below the anterior ocellus extending to the eves.
Pronotum very shallowly emarginate anteriorly, the anterior angles
slightly prominent. Thorax shining, sparsely punctured, the meso-
pleurae more coarsely and closely punctured. Median segment
more finely punctured than the thorax, shorter than the scutellum,
twice as broad as long, very steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen
slender, very sparsely punctured, the segments constricted at the
base; seventh dorsal segment trilobed at the apex, the median lobe
the longest and subtuberculate; the hypopygium consisting of a
single recurved aculeus. Third abscissa of the radius about half as
long again as the second ; first recurrent nervure received at three-
fifths from the base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-
eighth from the base of the third cubital cell.
Hah. — Borroloola, Northern Territory.
Type in Victorian National Museum.
The colour is very distinct from any other species of the genus;
the form of the seventh dorsal segment is also distinct.
Rhagigaster Icevigahis Sm., occurs in the same locality.
BY R. E. TURNER. 609
ElRONE CELSISSIMA, Sp.n.
<J. Niger; mandibulis, clypeo, antennis articulis 4 apicalibus,
pronoto macula magna utrinque, scutello macula magna mediana
antice trilobata, femoribusque macula apicali flavis ; pedibus
pallide ferrugineis llavo intaminatis : segmentis abdominalibus
secundo, tertio, quartoque totis, primo apice, quinto basi, septi-
moque apice rufo-ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, venis nigris. Long.
15 mm.
Var. abdomine nigro, segmento septimo apice solo rufo-ferru-
gineo.
£. Rufo-castanea ; abdomine bruneo, gracillimo, subcylindrico.
Long. 9 mm.
(J. Clypeus convex, depressed and truncate at the apex; man-
dibles stout, strongly bidentate at the apex. Head not produced
behind the eyes; third joint of the flagellum a little longer than the
first and second combined. Head very minutely and closely punc-
tured ; the posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from each
other. Pronotum strongly rounded at the anterior angles, the
anterior margin raised. Mesonotum closely, scutellum less closely
punctured with a transverse, coarsely punctured groove at the base,
truncate at the apex; postscutellum shining and almost smooth.
Median segment rounded, almost smooth, finely rugulose on the
sides. Abdomen fusiform, shining, very sparsely punctured ; hypo-
pygium subtruncate, with an apical fringe of fulvous hairs. Second
and third abscissae of the radius about equal in length; second
recurrent nervure received at the middle of the third cubital cell:
the subdivision of the first cubital cell only indicated by a scar.
9. Head rectangular, a little broader than long, smooth and
shining, with a short longitudinal sulcus between the antenna?.
Thorax and median segment smooth and shining; the pronotum
much narrower than the head, about one-third longer than broad, a
little narrowed anteriorly ; scutellum small, narrower than the pro-
notum, very little larger than the dorsal surface of the mesopleura? ;
median segment slightly longer than the pronotum and scutellum
combined, narrow at the base, nearly twice as wide at the apex.
Abdomen shining, with a few small scattered punctures, very slen-
der, narrowed at the extremities; sixth dorsal segment pointed.
45
610 NEW FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA,
Legs short, the posterior femora serrate, intermediate coxae
scarcely separated.
Hab. — Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2,200 ft. ; January, 1<J;
March, (J 9 in cop.
The male is the type.
The male specimen, taken in March, has the abdomen almost
entirely black. There is another specimen of the typical form of
the male with red on the abdomen in the Tasmanian Museum,
taken at a lower elevation. The species is easily distinguished by
the yellow apical joints of the antennae in the male. It belongs to
the group of E. ichneumoniformis, Sm., but is larger and more
robust than any of the related species. Two species of Ichneu-
monidce, taken freely in the same locality, also have the apical
portion of the antennae yellow and the abdomen red, and though
rather smaller, closely resemble this Eirone.
Subfamily Thinning.
Ariphron bicolor Erichs.
Ariphron bicolor Erichs., Arch. f. Naturg. viii., p.264, 1842,9.
Ariphron rigidulus Turn., Proclaim. Soc N. S. Wales, xxxii.,
p.274, 1907,<J.
Taken in cop., by Mr. Lea, at Ulverston, Tasmania. I do not
believe the Victorian record for the male is correct. I took
several males at Eaglehawk Neck in Tasmania, flying round and
settling on a fallen Eucalyptus log, which contained a nest of
Myrmecia ants. I searched the ants' nest as far as possible,
hoping to find the female, but was not successful.
Ariphron petiolatus Sm.
Thynnus petiolatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii., p.36, 1859,<J.
9. Nigra, punctata; pygidio integro; antennis tuberculisque
antennalibus fusco-testaceis; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis. Long.
8 mm.
9. Mandibles falcate, not bidentate ; head shining, closely
microscopically punctured, with larger scattered punctures, a
little broader anteriorly than long, but a little longer than the
posterior breadth, an obscure, short, frontal sulcus, the antennal
BY R. E. TURNER. 611
tubercles moderately developed. Thorax rather closely punc-
tured; the pronotum broader than long, deeply excavated on the
sides anteriorly; median segment a little shorter than the pro-
notum. Abdomen broader than the thorax; the basal segment
punctured rugose, second segment with a basal transverse carina,
the basal half transversely rugulose, the apical half and the
remaining segments closely and rather finely punctured. Pygi-
dium simple, not truncate or compressed, clothed with fulvous
hairs on the sides and in the middle. Fifth ventral segment
with a small tubercle on each side near the apical angles.
Hub. — Brisbane (Hacker), October. In the Australian and
Queensland Museums.
Tachynomyia aurifrons Sm.
Aehirus aurifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 55, 1859,^.
£. Nigra, crasse punctata, cinereo-pilosa; antennis pedibusque
fusco-ferrugineis. Long. 18 mm.
9. Head fully half as broad again as long, moderately convex
and strongly rounded at the posterior angles; the front very
coarsely punctured, the punctures more or less confluent longi-
tudinally, the vertex smooth and shining. Thorax shining,
sparsely but strongly punctured; the pronotum nearly twice as
broad anteriorly as long, narrowed posteriorly; median segment
about as long as the pronotum, rather more sparsely punctured
and strongly broadened posteriorly. First and second dorsal
segments of the abdomen closely punctured, the punctures con-
fluent longitudinally and forming shallow, irregular striae. Seg-
ments 3-5 shining, sparsely and shallowly punctured, sixth dorsal
segment finely longitudinally striated; ventral segments shining,
minutely punctured.
Hab.— Albany, W. A. (Masters), <JQ in cop.
The female has not been previously described.
Phymatothynnus pygidialis, sp.n.
£. Niger, cinereo-pilosus, punctatus; abdomine nitido; clypeo
late emarginato; hypopygio apice obtuse rotundato, haud dentato;
alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis, venis fuscis. Long. 13 mm.
612 NEW FOSSORIAL BYMENOPTERA,
$. Fusco-nigra; flagello mandibulisque fusco-testaceis, pedibus
testaceis; segmento dorsali secundo fusco-ferrugineo, transverse
ruguloso. Long. 10 mm.
(J. Mandibles broad, bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth
very broad and blunt; clypeus widely emarginate, with a carina
from the base to the apex, closely punctured. Antennae no
longer than the thorax and median segment combined, the apical
joints strongly arcuate beneath. Head and thorax closely and
not very finely punctured, more finely on the vertex and median
segment than elsewhere; the thorax as broad as the head, the
anterior margin of the pronotum slightly raised. Abdomen
shining, somewhat flattened, very sparsely and indistinctly punc-
tured, fusiform; hypopygium not very small, short, and broadly
rounded at the apex, without an apical spine; seventh dorsal
segment rugose. Second abscissa of the radius longer than the
third, second recurrent nervure received by the third cubital cell
at a distance from the base equal to half the length of the second
transverse cubital nervure.
£. Head large, slightly convex, nearly half as broad again
anteriorly as long, broadly rounded at the anterior angles, very
minutely punctured, with larger scattered punctures and an
obscure frontal sulcus. Thorax finely and sparsely punctured,
the pronotum nearly half as broad again as long, almost rect-
angular; scutellum much narrowed posteriorly. Median segment
opaque, as long as the greatest breadth, longer than the pronotum,
very narrow at the base, strongly broadened towards the apex,
the posterior slope oblique. Abdomen shining, sparsely punc-
tured, second dorsal segment coarsely transversely rugulose; with
two strong transverse carinse at the apex, separated by a deep
groove. Pygidium simple; the sixth dorsal segment finely rugose,
with a strong longitudinal carina, narrowly rounded at the apex,
shorter than the ventral plate, which is narrowly truncate at the
apex. Ventral segments coarsely but shallowly punctured. There
is a very small tubercle at the base of each antenna.
Hab. — Near Melbourne.
This species is nearest to P. nitidus Sm., in the unarmed hypo-
pygium of the male, but in P. nitidus the hypopygium is much
BY R. E. TURNER. 613
smaller. The female differs much from P. nitidus in the shape
of the head and thorax. It is not improbable that the present
species is Lophocheilus distinctus Guer., but the description of that
species is too poor for recognition.
The male is the type.
Type and type of female in the Victorian National Museum.
PSAMMOTHYNNUS KERSHAWI, Sp.n.
(J. Niger ; clypeo, mandibulis, orbitis oculorum, margine
anteriore pronoti angustissime, tegulisque basi flavis; segmentis
abdominalibus secundo, tertio quartoque, primo dimidio apicali
quintoque lateribus, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque rufo-testaceis ;
mesopleuris macula magna flava antice; alis hyalinis, venis f uscis.
Var. Pronoto omnino nigro. Long. 12mm.
<J. Clypeus large, convex, broadly truncate at the apex ; the
interantennal prominence well denned, and narrowly rounded at
the apex. Antennae shorter than the thorax and median seg-
ment combined, the apical joints feebly arcuate beneath. Front
rugosely punctured, vertex and thorax finely and rather closely
punctured. Median segment rounded, shallowly punctured.
Abdomen flattened, long and slender, much narrowed to the
base; the segments slightly constricted at the base, shining and
very sparsely punctured, clothed with whitish pubescence on the
sides. Hypopygium deeply emarginate at the apex, the apical
angles produced into spines, a tuft of long hairs at the apex.
Second recurrent nervure received at about one-third from the
base of the third cubital cell; third abscissa of the radius a little
longer than the first and second combined.
Hab. — King Island, Bass' Straits" (J. A. Kershaw), December.
This is not quite a typical Psammothynnus, the antennal joints
being less strongly arcuate beneath, and the second recurrent
nervure being received further from the base of the third cubital
cell than in P. depressus Westw. One specimen has the coloured
portion of the abdomen fusco-ferruginous instead of rufo
testaceous.
Type in the Victorian National Museum.
614 NEW FOSSORIAL H.TMENOPTERA,
Aberration nigricans.
£. Several specimens in the same collection, captured at the
same time, have the abdomen entirely black.
Aberration atripes.
(J. A male in the Victorian National Museum, from Bacchus
Marsh, Victoria, has the legs black.
Neozeleboria lacteimaculata, sp.n.
9. Fusca; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali pallido-testa-
ceis; segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadricarinato, macula
sub oculis pallide flava. Long. 8 mm.
£. Niger ; mandibulis, clypeo, macula utrinque supra basin
antennarum, marginibus oculorum apice anguste interruptis, pro-
noto marginibus, mesonoto macula, scutello macula mediali, post-
scutello, segmentoque mediano linea angusta longitudinali flavis;
segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 macula laterali utrinque albo-lactea ;
pedibus f usco-ferrugineis ; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis, costa
testacea. Vertice macula utrinque fusco-ferruginea. Long. 13 mm.
9. Mandibles falcate, with a very small tooth on the inner
margin about two-thirds from the base. Head more than half
as broad again anteriorly as long, flattened and thin, narrowed
and very broadly rounded posteriorly; subopaque and very finely
shagreened; eyes small and oval, not touching the base of the
mandibles; a very short frontal sulcus from between the antennae.
Thorax and median segment finely shagreened; the pronotum a
little longer than broad, raised and subtuberculate in the middle
of the anterior margin, with a very short longitudinal sulcus on
the raised portion; scutellum and median segment combined no
longer than the pronotum. Abdomen shining, very sparsely
punctured; first dorsal segment very narrowly transversely de-
pressed at the apex; second with four transverse carinse, including
the raised apical margin; fifth ventral segment sparsely punc-
tured. Pygidium lanceolate, very slightly widened at the apex,
with a tuft of long, pale, fulvous hairs on each side. Legs and
antennae fusco-ferruginous.
£. Clypeus slightly produced, the apical margin distinctly but
shal lowly emarginate. Antennae no longer than the thorax and
BY R. £. TURNER. 6l5
median segment combined, the apical joints distinctly arcuate
beneath. Front closely and rather strongly punctured, vertex
and thorax more finely and closely punctured, sparsely clothed
with cinereous hairs. Median segment rounded. Abdomen
shining, very shallowly punctured, the dorsal segments somewhat
flattened and not constricted at the base. Hypopygium short,
rounded, as broad as long, with a minute spine at the apex.
Second abscissa of the radius nearly as long as the third ; first
recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the
second cubital cell, second at about one-seventh from the base of
the third cubital cell.
Hob. — Kuranda, N. Queensland; July, <J(J) in cop.
This species approaches more nearly to Agriomyia than most
of the genus, the structure of the pygidium in the female being
very similar. But the male clypeus and antennae are those of
JYeozeleboria, also the first dorsal and fifth ventral segments of
the female.
DORATITHYNNUS SPRYI, Sp.Il.
^. Flavus; fascia lata transversa infra ocellis, antennis, ver-
tice, mesonoto basi fasciaque longitudinali utrinque, segmento
mediano fascia longitudinali utrinque, segmentis abdominalibus
basi in medio latissime, segmento septimo, tibiis intermediis et
posticis subtus, tarsisque posticis et intermediis nigris ; alis
hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo. Long. 13 mm.
(J. Clypeus convex, long, truncate at the apex, the labrum pro-
jecting and emarginate. Head small and thin, the antennas
shorter than the thorax and median segment combined, the joints
not arcuate. Head and thorax finely and closely punctured,
scutellum, median segment and abdomen much more sparsely
punctured. Pronotum longer than the scutellum, narrowed
anteriorly, the anterior margin raised and widely and shallowly
emarginate; scutellum broadly truncate at the apex; the median
segment rounded. Abdomen slender, somewhat flattened, the
segments moderately constricted near the base, third and fourth
ventral segments tuberculate at the apical angles, fifth ventral
segment armed with a long and stout spine at the apical angles;
hypopygium short, armed with three short, stout apical spines,
616 NEW FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA,
the middle spine the longest, the sides parallel. Seventh dorsal
segment broadly truncate at the apex. Second abscissa of the
radius longer than the third; second recurrent nervure received
at about one-eighth from the base of the third cubital cell.
Hab. —South Australia, 24 miles west of Kychering Soak, on
the railway from Port Augusta to Coolgardie; 2 males.
Type in the Victorian National Museum.
Allied to D. orientalis Turn., but has the clypeus much longer,
and the hypopygium much broader with the spines more strongly
developed, the pronotum is longer, and the yellow colouring much
more extensive. The lengthening of the clypeus seems to be
characteristic of many of the desert Thynnidce, and is associated
with a longer and more or less exposed labrum.
Guerinius confusus Sm.
Thynnus confusus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 13, 18595(J.
Thynnus sulcifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.43, 1859, 9.
Tachynothynnus confusus Turn., Wystman, Gen. Insect., cv.
p.50, 1910)(J.
Tachynothynnus sulcifrons Turn., Wystman, Gen. Insect., cv.
p.50, 1910,9.
A pair in the Australian Museum, taken in copula, by Mr.
Masters, at Albany.
The name Guerinius Ashm., must stand for this genus, as
pointed out by Rohwer.
Zaspilothynnus campanularis Sm.
Thynnus campanularis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868,
p.232,<J.
Thynnus leachiellus Olliff, Mem. Austral. Mus. ii. p. 98, 1889
(nee Westwood).
Olliff identified this wrongly; the species taken on Lord Howe
Island being T. campanularis Sm.
Zaspilothynnus rhynchioides, sp.n.
£. Niger; capite, fascia transversa inter oculos excepta, pro-
noto, mesopleuris antice, pedibus anticis, segmentisque abdomin-
alibus tribus apical ibus aurantiacis; alis Ha vis basi et apice in-
BY R. B. TURNER. 617
fuscatis, venis ferrugineis; antennis fusco-ferrugineis, apice nigris.
Long. 21 mm.
g. Clypeus pointed at the base, detfexed and broadly truncate
at the apex, finely longitudinally striated. Interantennal pro-
minence broad, the antennae of even thickness throughout and
inserted nearer to the eyes than to each other. Head and meso-
pleurse finely and closely punctured, subopaque; thorax finely and
sparsely punctured, shining, scutellum with a strong median
carina, postscutellum very broadly rounded and projecting slightly
beyond the base of the posterior truncation of the median seg-
ment, the surface of which is distinctly concave, shining and not
very finely punctured. Abdomen finely and rather sparsely
punctured, more closely at the base than at the apex; first seg-
ment the broadest, vertically truncate anteriorly; sixth ventral
segment with a spine on each side at the apical angles; hypopy-
gium with a blunt lobe on each side at the base, thence broadly
triangular with a stout apical spine. Seventh dorsal segment
with a flattened lamina. First recurrent nervure received at
three-fifths from the base of the second cubital cell, second at
about one-tenth from the base of the third cubital cell. Third
abscissa of the radius a little longer than the first and second
combined. The pronotum is widely emarginate anteriorly, the
anterior margin raised with a deep transverse groove behind it.
Hah. — Borroloola, Northern Territory; January.
Type in Victorian National Museum.
The colouring recalls Rhynchium superbum. The species
belongs to the typical interruptus-group of Zaspilothynnus, and
is perhaps closer to Z. excavatus Turn., than to any other species.
The colouring of the head and pronotum is similar to that of the
West Australian Z. ochrocephalus Sm., but the colour of the
wings and abdomen is very distinct.
Family PSAM MOCHARID^E (olim POMPILID^).
Calopompilus ALICIA, sp.n.
9. Nigra ; segmento primo, basi excepto, segmento dorsali
secundo, apice excepto, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque rufo testaceis;
mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice infuscatis,
fusco late bivittatis. Long. 11-15 mm.
6 IS nkw r0880mllli BYMMHO*TJUU%
0 i lypeus moderately convex, about twice and one-halt as broad
as lone, the apical margin almost transverse, very finely punctured
at the base, more coarsely ami sparsely at the apex. Anteiuue
rather stout, a little longer than the thorax and median segment
combined, the second joint ot the tlagellum as long as the first and
third combined. Posterior ocelli nearly twice as tar from the eyes
as trom each other, very little further irom each other than trom
the anterior ocellus. Front divided by an obscure longitudinal sul-
cus, without any prominence at the base oi the antemue. Head ami
thorax subopaque; the posterior margin ot the pronotum forming
a broad arch; median segment opaque, divided by a distinct longi-
tudinal sulcus which becomes less distinct on the posterior slope.
Abdomen shining, very minutely punctured, the apual dorsal seg-
ment more coarsely punctured and clothed with testaceous hairs,
the apex ot the segment ru to-test aceous and very narrowly round-
ed. The transverse groove on the second ventral segment is dis-
tinctly marked. Second abscissa of the radius as long as t he first
and third combined, first recurrent nervure received just beyond
the middle ol the second cubital cell, second at two-tilths from the
base ot the third cubital cell. The cubital nervure of the hind
wing originates a little beyond the transverse median nervure. The
fuscous bands on the (brewing are situated on the basal nervure
and another much broader rilling the basal two-thirds of the radial
cell, the second and three-quarters of the third cubital cells and
uniting below the cubital nervure with the pale fuscous marginal
band. Posterior tibiae serrate.
Hub.— Mt. Wellington. Tasmania. 2,300ft; January and Feb-
ruary ; not uncommon.
This is somewhat allied to C. omatipenms Siii.. but is a much
smaller species, with a very different wing-pattern.
Family SPHKGIDJEL
Subfamily Am PU LI C 1 N .E.
APHKLOIOMA RUF1VKHTRIS, 11. sp.
<J. Niger; mandibulis apiee. seapo. abdomine pedibusque rufo-
testaeeis; alis hvalinis, venis nigris, basi testaceis. Long. 5 mm.
BY R. E. TURNER. 619
(J.Head finely rugulose; clypeus without a carina; eyes slightly
convergent towards the vertex, separated at the base of the clypeus
by a distance equal to twice the length of the scape, posterior ocelli
as far from each other as from the eyes; a low longitudinal carina
from the anterior ocellus nearly reaching the base of the clypeus.
Second joint of the fiagellum distinctly longer than the third.
Mesopleurae rugose, sides of the median segment obliquely striated.
Thorax coarsely rugose; the pronotum about twice as broad as
long, the anterior angles produced into short spines; median seg-
ment coarsely rugose, abruptly truncate posteriorly. Abdomen
shining, finely and closely punctured. First recurrent nervure
received near the apex of the first cubital cell, second interstitial
with the second transverse cubital nervure; second abscissa of the
radius shorter than the first, third longer than the first and second
combined.
//a&._Kuranda, Q.; May to July. One male, in the Brisbane
Museum, from Stradbroke Island.
Easily distinguished by the colour of the abdomen, and the
spines at the angles of the pronotum. Fairly common on dead
Eucalyptus trees.
Subfamily Philaxthin*.
CeRCERIS ALASTOROIDBS, sp.n.
9. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo, fronte sub antennis, fascia pone
oculos, macula utrinque pone oculos, antennis, prothorace, meso-
pleuris maculis duabus antice, scutello, postscutello, segmento
mediano area basali lateribusque late, abdornine, segmento tertio
excepto, pedibusque rufo-aurantiacis ; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice
inf uscatis, venis testaceis, apice fuscia; clypeo apice late rotundato
in medio denticulato, mesopleuris baud tuberculatis, segmento
ventral i secundo area basali elavata nulla. Long. 12 mm.
9. Clypeus large, without a lamina, the middle lobe as long as
its apical breadth; the apical margin very broadly rounded, with
a distinct blunt tooth in the middle. Head, thorax, and abdo-
men strongly punctured; antenna? inserted as far from the
clypeus as from the anterior ocellus, the second joint of the
fiagellum longer than the third; the frontal carina narrow and
620 NEW FOSSORIAL HYMEXOPTERA,
elevated between the antennae, broadened and depressed towards
the base of the clypeus. Basal area of the median segment very
finely obliquely striated, with a median longitudinal sulcus.
First abdominal segment distinctly broader at the apex than
long; pygidial area with the sides almost parallel, very slightly
convergent towards the apex, which is truncate. Petiole of the
second cubital cell short; first recurrent nervure received before
the middle of the second cubital cell, second at one fifth from the
base of the third cubital cell.
Hah. — Borroloola, Northern Territory; February.
Type in Victorian National Museum.
The colour, especially on the head, is probably altered by
cyanide, but the reddish-orange colour of the abdomen is seen in
several other Australian species of the genus. The shape of the
clypeus does not approach any other Australian species. This
can hardly be the female of the Northern Territory species C.
cncullata Bingh., the disposition of the colour, and the sculpture
of the enclosed area, at the base of the median segment, being
very different.
Subfamily Nyssonin^e.
Sphodrotes punctuosus Kohl.
Sphodrotes punctuosus Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, iv.
p. 189, 1889,<J.
Hob. — Jindabyne, N.S.W.; 3,000 ft. (Helms). In Australian
Museum, two males; Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania (Turner),
one male.
The Tasmanian specimen was taken in February, 1913; the
Jindabyne specimens in March, 1889. I have not seen the
female.
GORYTES RUFOMIXTUS, sp.n.
Q. Nigra, clypeo macula utrinque, pronoto, scutello macula
utrinque, segmentisque dorsalibus 1-5 fascia lata apicali flavis;
mandibulis, antennis dimidio basali, tegulis, mesopleuris antice,
scutello in medio, postscutello, segmentis abdominalibus lateribus,
segmento septimo, pedibusque sordide ferrugineis; alis hyalinis,
venis fusco-ferrugineis. Long. 8*5 mm.
BY R. E. TURNER. 621
9. Clypeus broad, truncate at the apex; eyes scarcely con-
vergent towards the clypeus, the inner margin slightly and very
widely emarginate. Antennae short, not as long as the thorax
and median segment combined, stout, but only slightly thickened
to the apex, the second and third joints of the flagellum equal in
length. Head small, clothed with short greyish pubescence, the
front with a sulcus reaching the anterior ocellus. Posterior
ocelli further from each other than from the eyes or the anterior
ocellus. Head and thorax opaque, minutely punctured ; the
mesosternum with a transverse but without a longitudinal carina;
a very deep transverse sulcus between the mesonotum and scu-
tellum, the sulcus coarsely longitudinally striated; basal area of
the median segment very coarsely longitudinally striated, the
sides of the segment indistinctly striated. Abdomen very finely
and minutely punctured, subpetiolate; the first segment short,
widened from the base, with one carina beneath, second ventral
segment sparsely and rather coarsely punctured ; pygidium
shining, sparsely and finely punctured, almost pointed at the
apex, the pygidial area not as clearly defined as in G. frenchi Turn.
Third abscissa of the radius less than half as long again as the
second; both recurrent nervures received by the second cubital
cell, the distance between them about half as great again as that
separating them from the base and apex of the cell. First trans-
verse cubital nervure bent outwards close to the cubitus, but
not as sharply as in G. frenchi Turn., a scar running from the bend
to the base of the stigma. Fore tarsi with a comb of very slender
spines.
Hob.— Jindabyne, Snowy River, N.S.W.; 3,000 ft.; March
(Helms).
Type in Australian Museum, Sydney.
Subfamily Larrin*.
Lyroda michaelseni Schulz.
Lyroda michaelseni Schulz, Fauna Sudwest Australiens, i. 13,
P479, 1908,9£.
Subsp. tasmanica, subsp.n.
£. Differs from the typical form in the almost total want of
the small teeth on the anterior margin of the clypeus; in the
622 NEW FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA,
position of the recurrent nervures, both of which are situated
further from the base of the second cubital cell than in L.
michaelseni, in the somewhat shorter third abscissa of the radius,
and in the somewhat less opaque head and thorax, which are
scarcely more opaque than the abdomen. The ocelli are placed
in an equilateral triangle, as in the typical form, but the posterior
pair are only a very little further from each other than from the
eyes, not half as far again, as in the typical form. The median
segment is rather longer in subsp. tasmanica.
Hab. — Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania; February, 1913, 4£.
I have not seen the typical form, which is from Shark Bay,
W. A., and it is quite possible that subsp. tasmanica may prove to
be a distinct species.
Subfamily Pemphredonins.
Spilomena hobartia, sp.n.
9. Nigra ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque testaceis ; alis
hyalinis, venis nigris. Long. 5 mm.
Q. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, not very stout; clypeus
moderately convex, with a low carina from the base to the middle.
Antennae shorter than the head; the flagellum gradually thickened
towards the apex, rather more than twice as long as the scape.
Eyes convergent towards the apex, separated on the vertex by a
distance equal to about twice the length of the scape, the pos-
terior ocelli nearly twice as far from the eyes as from each other
and as far from the posterior margin of the head as from the
eyes. Cheeks as broad as the eyes, which are elongate-oval and
touch the base of the mandibles. Head a little broader than the
thorax, a little longer than broad, the hind margin widely
emarginate, opaque, with a frontal sulcus from the anterior
ocellus to the base of the clypeus. Pronotum depressed below
the mesonotum, thorax opaque, minutely punctured. Median
segment finely reticulate; the basal area short, broadly rounded
and irregularly longitudinally striated; the sides of the segment
reticulate; the posterior truncation vertical, minutely punctured,
with a median sulcus. Abdomen not petiolate, no longer than
the thorax and median segment combined, shining and minutely
BY R. E. TURNER. 623
punctured. Stigma at least two and a half times as long as the
greatest breadth, second abscissa of the radius almost as long as
the first, the recurrent nervure received by the first cubital cell
at a distance from the apex equal to rather less than half the
length of the first transverse cubital nervure. The wings are
strongly iridescent.
Hab.— Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania; also from Hobart;
three females, early in March.
Taken on a fallen Eucalyptus tree, going into small holes.
This species and S. australis Turn., show a near approach to
the genus Harpactophilus.
624
HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS.
Partu. Its Occurrence in the Grasses of New South Wales.
By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow
of the Society in Biochemistry.
(From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.)
The systematic examination of Grasses for cyanogen compounds
was the direct outcome of tests made to ascertain the cause of the
sudden fatalities among stock, which took place in this State
about two years ago. The sheep apparently had eaten nothing
besides grass, and this- grass when tested was found to contain a
cyanogenetic glucoside and the corresponding enzyme.
It was conceived, that at least some of the frequent deaths from
unknown causes, and which are often attributed to supposed
poisonous plants, might possibly be due to such grasses.
Reference to the literature on this subject shows that hydro-
cyanic acid in grasses, was first discovered by Jorissen, in 1884, in
Poa aquatica Linn., and this was followed by its detection in the
sorghums, in 1902 (Dunstan and Henry). Up to the present, all
the cyanophoric grasses recorded are included in about 14 genera,
and are given in Table i.
Some of these exotic grasses have been naturalised in this coun-
try, and among them Briza minor, Lamarckia aurea, and Poa pra-
tensis, are recorded by Couperot, as yielding hydrocyanic acid,
when tested by him. ( Journ. Pharm. Chim., 1908, 28, 542) .
These three grasses growing in this State, have been examined
at various seasons, and have never given positive results, neither
did they contain any trace of an enzyme capable of decomposing
amygdalin. I
BY JAMES M. PETRIE. 625
With regard to this peculiarity, we may compare the results of
the Armstrongs and Horton (Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., B.86, 1913,
265), with Lotus corniculatus growing in different countries. In
apparently identical plants, they found that most contained both
a cyanophoric glucoside and enzyme, but that in certain countries,
the plants were acyanophoric. Of the latter, some were rich in
enzyme, others contained only a trace. They state in explanation,
that the presence of the two correlated factors mentioned is not
sufficient, and that a third factor is necessary, probably one influen-
cing concentration. It would appear then, that the conditions of
concentration are unsuitable in some instances, such as in our three
grasses.
Table i.
Cyanogenetic Grasses Previously Known.
Bambusa arundinacea Roxb., 1911,* cultivated in N.S.W.
Briza minor Linn., 1908, naturalised in N.S.W.
Catabrosia aquatica Beauv., 1908.
Cortaderia argentea Stapf, 1906, cultivated in N.S.W. C. con-
spicua, C. kermesiana, 1906.
Elymus spp.
Festuca poa Kunth, 1908.
Holeus lanatus Linn., 1908, naturalised.
Lamarckia aurea Mcench., 1908, naturalised.
Melica altissima, M. ciliata, M. nutans, M. uniflora.
Panicum maximum, P. muticum, 1903, introduced, P. junceum.
Poa aquatica Linn., 1884; P. pratensis Linn., 1908, naturalised.
Sorghum vulgare Pers., 1902, introduced; S. halepense Pers.,
native ; S. saccharatum, S. tartaricum, 1903, introduced ; S. nigrum.
Stipa capillata, S. gigantea, S. hystricina, S. leptostachya, 8.
Lessingiana, S. tortilis, 1906.
Zea Mays, 1 903, naturalised.
We have now to add to the above list of cyanogenetic grasses the
names of 17 more species, which are found in New South Wales,
* The dates refer to record of hydrocyanic acid.
46
626 HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS, ii.,
and which are here recorded for the first time as containing a
cyanogenetic glucoside and the correlated enzyme.
Table ii.
Cyanogenetic Grasses of New South Wales.
Andropogon gryllus Linn., N.S.Wales native grass.
halepensis Sibth., var. mutica, N.S.W. native.
sorghum (L.) Brot., vars., introduced.
intermedins R.Br., N.S.W. native.
ischcemum Linn., introduced from N. America.
micranthus Kunth, N.S.W. native (scented grass).
Anisopogon avenaceus R.Br., N.S.W. native.
Bouteloua oligostachya Torr., introduced from Mexico.
C Moris petrcea Sw., introduced.
polydactyla Sw., introduced from S. Amer.
truncata R.Br., N.S.W. native (star grass).
ventricosa R.Br., N.S.W. native (blue star grass).
Cortaderia argentea Stapf, vars. gigantea, rosea, variegata,
S. Amer. Pampas grass, cultivated in N.S.W.
Cyndon incompletus Nees (Stapf), a "blue couch" grass of S
Af., perhaps indig. in N.S.W.
Danthonia semiannularis R.Br., N.S.W. native (wallaby grass)
racemosa R.Br., N.S.W. native (racemed oat-grass),
Biplachne dubia Scribn., Mexican grass, cultivated Bathurst,
Hawkesbury.
Eleusine cegyptiaca Pers., N.S.W. native( Egyptian finger grass).
indica Gsertn., N.S.W. native (crab grass).
Leptochloa decipiens R.Br. (Stapf), introduced, interior and
coast.
Notes on the Grasses in Table ii.
These twenty species were examined at various seasons, and
tested for the presence of cyanogenetic glucoside and enzyme
The results of the various tests are summarised below : —
BY JAMES M. PETRIE. 627
Methods. — Cyanogenetic compounds were shown to be present in
all the species, by plasmolysis of the tissues with vapour of chloro-
form. (1) Those classified as "very strong" changed colour
within one minute, and yielded, in one case, over0-015% total
hydrocyanic acid. (2) Those marked as "strong" gave the
colour change within one hour. (3) Those which required to
stand 24 hours before any visible change occurred, are described
as "faint."
General Results. — When portions of these grasses are placed in
stoppered bottles, with the test paper, but without any reagents,
and kept at 37° C. for 24 hours, two species only were found to
evolve free hydrocyanic acid, these were Cynodon incompletus,
and Diplachne dubia. The others only gave a positive result
after anaesthetising.
Immersing about 10 gm. portions in boiling water does not
immediately kill the enzyme; even with 2 minutes' immersion, the
grass subsequently liberates hydrocyanic acid when placed in
chloroform vapour, but when kept immersed for 2-5 minutes the
enzyme is completely destroyed. All the species, when thus treated
for 5 minutes, and found to evolve no hydrocyanic acid with
chloroform vapour during 48 hours, were then mixed with emulsin,
and quickly showed the colour change due to hydrocyanic acid
evolution. The compounds were thus shown to be glucosides.
Detailed Results of the Individual Grasses.
Andropogon halepensis. — This grass, which is regarded by
Hackel as the original wild species from which the sorghums have
sprung, is of very wide distribution, and is now considered indi-
genous. The reaction of the cyanogenetic glucoside was found to be
maximum in January and August, i.e., in the Midsummer growth
and the second growth due to the late winter rains. At other times
throughout the year, including the flowering period, the grass gave
only a "faint" positive reaction.
January
+ strong.
August
+ strong.
April
+ faint.
November . .
+ faint.
628 HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS, U.,
No free hydrocyanic acid was evolved from the grass on keeping
in a closed bottle for three days.
Andropogon australis has not shown the least trace of hydro-
cyanic acid at any time of the year.
These two grasses are the only two indigenous sorghums, syn.
respectively with Sorghum halepense Pers., and S. plumosum
Beauv.
Andropogon sorghum, vars. vulgaris, saccharatus. — Grown in
experimental plots these grasses were tested in each month, and
gave positive reactions from January to December. There was no
period in which healthy growing plants were free. In only one
plot growth was arrested, and the plants killed, by cold weather
in June, and within a few days the tests varied from "strong" to
"faint" and nil, the height being 14 inches. Dunstan and Henry
found the Egyptian sorghum to lose its glucoside entirely when
14 inches high, while, on the other hand, the sorghum grown here,
on the Richmond River, and also that grown in Queensland,
showed the presence of glucoside when over 4 feet high.
The glucoside was present in the inflorescence, leaves, stems, and
roots. The top leaves were always strongest, and especially the
young uncoiled apex-leaves; the reaction diminished with the posi-
tion of the leaves down the stem, and frequently the lowest leaves
gave none. The stems, too, showed a gradual diminution
downwards, though frequently they gave uniform reactions. In
the roots the strongest reaction was often obtained from the
extreme tips.
The leaves also showed a remarkable variation in enzyme,
as the following summary of the results, obtained from tests on the
leaves of mature plants, will show : —
i. Leaves anaesthetised, showed strong positive reaction,
emulsin added — no evident change produced,
ii. Leaves anaesthetised, showed faint positive reaction,
emulsin added — no evident change produced.
iii. Leaves anaesthetised, showed faint positive reaction,
emulsin added — very strong positive reaction.
BY JAMES M. PETRIE. 629
iv. Leaves anaesthetised, gave negative result,
emulsin added — very strong positive reaction,
v. Leaves anaesthetised, showed negative result,
emulsin added — negative result,
amygdalin added — strong positive result.
In i. and ii. class of results we have apparently an abund-
ance of enzyme, in iii. a deficiency, and in iv. entire absence. In
iv., certain leaves, chiefly the lowest on the stems, contained gluco-
side alone, the accompanying enzyme having entirely disappeared.
In v., certain leaves are shown to contain enzyme only, without
glucoside.
The mature plants when cut, and exposed to the air to dry,
undergo very little change, with regard to glucoside or enzyme,
during the first week. After this, the glucoside is gradually hydro-
lysed ; but while this action is proceeding, the enzyme, too, appears
to be slowly destroyed, and so it happens that sometimes it is the
glucoside, at other times the enzyme, which first disappears.
Andropogon gryllus. — This indigenous grass never shows more
than a trace of glucoside, and that only in the winter; during the
hot summer weather it contains none. In autumn, the flowers and
also the isolated seeds gave positive reactions.
January - (young and green). August ... -f faint.
April + faint. November ... + very faint.
Andropogon intermedins and A. ischcemum are two native
grasses, which are closely related, and in the summer months give
strong reactions for a cyanogenetic glucoside.
intermed. ischcem.
January... ... + strong ... ... + strong.
April ... ... + faint -... ... + faint.
August ... ... + faint ... ... + faint.
November ... + strong ... ... + faint.
Andropogon micranthus. — At no period was more than a trace
of hydrocyanic acid detected, even throughout the flowering season,
and during the winter months the grass was entirely free.
January ... + faint. August ... -
April... ... + faint. November ... + faint.
630
HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS, 11.,
Bouteloua oligostachya. — This Mexican prairie grass is growing
in the neighbourhood of Tenterfield, and specimens from there
growing in the Botanic Gardens, were found, at certain seasons, to
react strongly for glucoside. In the autumn it entirely dis-
appeared, to return again faintly in the rainy season, and
gradually to increase in the Spring, to a maximum at Mid-
summer.
January ... + very strong. August ... + faint.
April ... - November ... + strong.
Chloris. — Four specimens of this grass are cyanophoric; of these
two are native to N.S.Wales, viz., C. truncata and C. ventricosa,
and are widely distributed over the Eastern States.
The exotic species, from which positive results were obtained,
are C. petrcea and C. polydactyla, and are cultivated in the
Botanic Gardens.
C. truncata
C. ventricosa ..
G. petrcea
G. polydactyla.
January.
+ strong
+ strong
+ faint
+ very strong
April.
+ faint
+ very strong
August.
+ faint
+ faint
+ very strong
November.
+ faint
+ very strong
+ very strong
Samples of the native species were collected by Mr. Breakwell in
Narrabri, Wagga, and Coonamble districts, from September to
December, and these all gave, during this season, negative results.
Cortaderia argentea. — The three varieties, gigantea, rosea, varie-
gata, growing in the Botanic Gardens, were tested, and also a
number of specimens growing elsewhere in Sydney. All gave
"strong" reactions in all seasons.
Cynodon incompletus. — This blue couch-grass is recorded only
from E. and S. Africa, and in New South Wales from the Upper
Hunter River and Forbes. It is still doubtful whether it has been
introduced from S. Africa or is indigenous to Australia (Maiden,
Agric. Gaz. N.S.Wales, 1912, 295).
Hydrocyanic acid was first detected in this grass in November,
1911, in a patch cultivated in the Botanic Gardens, and which had
BY JAMES M. PETKIE.
631
been brought by Mr. Maiden from Aberdeen in 1907, from a spot
on which cattle had died in November of that year. The cause of
the fatality was associated with this grass. Samples were also
obtained, through the Chief Inspector of Stock, from Scone and
Muswellbrook, and these all gave strong positive reaction at this
same season. A second fatality took place at Forbes, where over
100 sheep died on December 9th, 1911. This grass was recognised
on the spot, and when tested gave a very strong reaction. A third
fatality occurred in the same district in February, 1913; after
which some sheep were isolated and fed on this grass alone, when
each of them died within half an hour. A sample of this same lot
was received for analysis, from the Inspector of Stock at Forbes,
and gave the following result : —
In fresh material.
Free hydrocyanic acid
Combined hydrocyanic acid
Total hydrocyanic acid
In grass dried at
100°C.
0-008 %
0-017 %
0 025 %
The free acid was estimated by destroying the enzyme with boil-
ing water, and distilling into standard alkali. The distillate was
then titrated with silver nitrate.
The total acid was estimated by previous fermentation of the
grass, and then distilling off the volatile acid.
It was calculated from the free acid figure that a sheep of 150
lbs. weight would require, for a lethal dose, to eat about 2 lbs.
weight of this grass.
Effect of drying on cut grass. — Grass which gave a very strong
reaction for hydrocyanic acid, when exposed openly to the air,
showed a gradual diminution of the intensity of reaction during
three weeks. At the end of this time the grass reacted only very
faintly, and usually in the fourth week gave negative tests. When
now, this grass was moistened, and emulsin added, it still gave
negative results, but on adding amygdalin instead, a strong positive
632
HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS, 11.,
result followed. The glucoside alone had disappeared, the enzyme
was still active.
A similar result was also obtained with grass which had been
air-dried for over three months.
Seasonal variations of C. incompletus: —
June
.. faint.
December
. . very strong.
July
.. faint.
January
. . very strong.
August
.. very faint.
February .
. . very strong.
September
.. faint, increasing.
March
.. strong.
October
.. strong.
April
.. decreasing, faint.
November
.. very strong.
May
.. faint.
The author desires to express his indebtedness, and thanks to the
following gentlemen, for supplies of this grass, at the various sea-
sons:— Chief Inspector Symons, of the Stock Department; Stock
Inspectors C. Brooks, of Scone, and W. G. Dowling, of Forbes;
Police Inspector Nolan, of Forbes; Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.
Other Couch-grasses. — Cynodon dactylon Pers., the common
couch grass of lawns was tested from various parts of the State.
Digitaria didactyla Willd., the Sydney blue couch, is found in
certain isolated patches only, such as Hunter's Hill, Vaucluse, and
Botanic Gardens. These two grasses have always given negative
results for hydrocyanic acid, but in a number of instances they
showed the presence of an active enzyme capable of hydrolysing
amygdalin.
Danthonia semiannularis is generally considered one of the most
valuable and nutritious of the native grasses. It gives a faint
reaction for cyanogenetic compounds, but towards the end of sum-
mer it is parched and dry, and is then quite free, till the autumn
rains renew the growth.
January ... + faint. August ... + faint.
April ... - November ... + faint.
Samples of this grass were collected by Mr. Breakwell from
Narrabri, Wagga, Moree, etc., at the various seasons, and all gave
similar results, when tested.
Diplachne dubia, a Mexican grass, cultivated in the Botanic Gar-
dens. This is one of the strongest cyanogenetic grasses tested. It
BY JAMES M.'PETRIE. 633
evolves free hydrocyanic acid continually, and if placed in a stop
pered bottle with the test paper, shows an intense reaction in i
few minutes. The glucoside, enzyme, and free acid, are presen
in all parts, and throughout the whole year.
January ... + very strong. August ... -f very strong.
April ... + very strong. November ... + very strong.
Eleusine regyptiaca and E. indica. — These two native grasses
are widely distributed, the former in the interior of New South
Wales, and the latter in the coastal districts. They are very rich in
cyanogenetic glucosides, all parts of the plants giving strong
reactions, except in the winter.
cegypt. indica.
January ... ... ... + + strong.
April + + strong.
August ... ... ... - -
November ... ... + + strong.
Leptochloa decipiens. — This exotic grass reacts energetically
for cyanogenetic glucoside at all times of the year, and is
strongest in Autumn and late Spring. The flowers and seeds are
also very strong. It is cultivated in the Botanic Gardens and
Centennial Park.
Grasses cultivated in the Botanic Gardens.
By the co-operation of the Director of the Gardens, Mr, J. H.
Maiden, 152 different species of native and exotic grasses have
been tested at four different seasons throughout the year. A number
of the results were confirmed by tests on material collected by Mr.
E. Breakwell, B.A., B.Sc, Department of Agriculture, in the pas-
toral districts and at the Government Farms.
All the specimens have been carefully examined by Mr. E. Cheel
in the National Herbarium, and considerable time has been occu-
pied in their identification. The species were checked and con-
firmed by Mr. Maiden, and a number of doubtful ones were re-
ferred to Kew. It will be recognised that the value of the results
stated is largely dependent on the fact that the botanical names-
are as correct as it is possible to give them, and for this essential
634
HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS, ii.,
part of the work much credit is due to my collaborators.
The grasses were tested in a similar manner to the plants re-
corded in Part i. (These Proc. xxxvii., 1912, 220).
(1) grass
in vapour of chloroform, for presence of cyanogenetic compounds
and free hydrocyanic acid, (2) grass and emulsin, in case of
enzyme deficient or absent, and (3) grass and amygdalin, for pre-
sence of /3 enzymes.
These three tests are represented respectively by the three signs
in each column.
Agropyron scabrum Beauv
Agrostis alba Linn
stolonifera Linn
stolonifera Linn., var. gigantea
verticillata Vill
vulgaris With
Alopecurus geniculatus Linn
Andropogon affinis R.Br
annulatus Forst
australis Spreng
bombycinus R.Br
gryllus Trin
halepensis Sibth., var. mutica
Hack
intermedins R.Br
ischcp/mum Linn
micranthus Kunth
saccharoides Sw., var. barbi-
nodis ,
schcenanthus Linn
sericeus R.Br
Anthoxanthum odoratum Linn.
Aristida ramosa R.Br
Arundinella nepalensis Trin
Asperella hystrix Linn
Astrebla triticoides F.v.M
Bouteloua oligostachya Torr
Briza minor Linn
Bromus erectus Huds
Jan.
April.
~ • + -
Aug.
Nov.
- - +
BY JAMES M. PETRIE.
635
Jan.
April.
Aug.
Nov.
Bromus inermis Leyss
Kalmii Gray
I • 1 • II
■I'll
• I'll
1 1 1 1 1
| . + . .
. . | . .
- . -
madriteusis Linn
Pampellianus Scribn
racemosus Linn
- . -
tectorum Linn
- . +
unioloides H.B.K
Catapodium syrticum Murb
Cenchrus australis R.Br
Chaztum bromoides
Chloris gayancb Kunth. . . . . . . . .
• 1 .1 + 1 . . | . . | . . . + -
• | • • • 1 • • | • • | ... |
1 ''I I++I++I+ + +I
+ . .
+ . .
+ . .
+ . .
+ • •
+
- . +
+ •' •
+ . .
+ . .
+• . .
+ . .
+ . .
+ . .
+ - .
+ . .
1 1 1 1 '
+ 111-
petrcea Sw
polydactyla Sw
submutica H.B.K
truncata R.Br
1 + + 1
1 • • 1
ventricosa R.Br
Coix lachrymi-J obi Linn
Cortaderia argentea, var. rosea . .
var. gigantea
+ . .
+ . .
var. variegata
+
Corynephorus canescens Beauv. . .
Cynodon dactylon Pers
+ . .
incompletus Nees
— — T
+ • •
+ . .
+ • •
Dactylis gloTnerata, Linn
+ . .
Danthonia semiannularis R.Br.
racemosa R.Br
+ . .
Dichelachne crinita Hook
Digitaria didactyla Willd
- . .
- . •
- . -
tenuiflora Beauv
Diplachne dubia Scribn
+ • •
+ . .
+ . .
- . -
Echinopogon ovatus Palis
1- .
Ehrharta calycinaSw., var. versicolor
Eleusine wgyptiaca Pers
indica Gaertn
| | 1 1 1 1 + + J
. | 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1
1 I 1 1 1 1 • • •
+ . .
I | 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
. . 1 • 1 • • • 1
+ . .
Elymus arenareus Linn
+ . .
robustus Scribn
" * ~
virginicus Linn
""" • —
Eragrostis Brownii Nees
curvula Nees
diandra Steud
1 1 1 •
1 1 1 1
636
HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS, 11.
Jan.
April.
Aug.
Nov.
Eragrostis leptostachya Steud
- - +
' 1 + I • •
••II • '
1 1 1 1 - 1
' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 • • 1 1 1 1 + 1 | 1 1 1 1 | | | 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
'.I--.. . . + | . . . | | . . |.+.|||..|.||.+l
- . .
pilosa Beauv
plana Nees
- . -
Erianthus raveniue Beauv
Festuca bromoides Linn
— — -f-
- . -
- . +
+ . .
- - +
- - +
- . +
- - +
1 1 1 1 1 1 ' | 1 1 1 | 1 1 1 1 i + 1 1 1 1 1 1 | | 1 | | 1 '
II... 1 1 - - . . . •
1 + • 1 • - - | 1 1 • | 1 • 1 1 1 • + 1 • • 1 '
elatior Linn
elatior Linn., subsp. arundinacea
aigantea Vill
- . -
Hookeriana F.v.M
ovina, var. tenuifolia, Sibth. . .
rubra Linn
Glyceria For deana F.v.M
Hatmarthria compressa R.Br
Isachne australis R.Br
Lagurus ovatus Linn
Leptochloa decipiens R.Br. ( Stapf )
Lolium multijlorum Lam
perenne Linn
temulentum Umu
Microlcena stipoides R.Br
Mis'canthus sinensis, var. zebrina . .
Oplismenus Burmanni Beauv., var.
variegatus
1 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 • + 1 1 • III
Oryzopsis miliacum Benth
Panicum bicolor R.Br
bulb osum H.B.K
colonum Linn
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
divaricatissimum R.Br., var.
normale Benth
flavidum Retz
flavidum, var. tenuior Retz . .
gracile R.Br
1 1 1
• 1 +
leucophceum H.B.K
marginatum R.Br
- . .
|
BY JAMES M. PETRIE.
637
Panicum parvijiorum R.Br.
plicatum
sanguinale Linn
striatum R.Br
teneriffw R.Br
Paspalum dilatatum Poir. . . .
distichum Linn
Iceve Michx
paniculatum Linn
platycaule Poir
scrobiculatum Linn.
stoloniferum Desv
■andulatum Poir
virgatum Linn
Pennisetum compressum R.Br,
latifolium Spreng
longistylum Hochst
macrorum Trin
orientate Rich., var. triflorum
Phalaris bulbosa Linn
ccerulescens Desf
minor Retz
Poa annua Linn
c&spitosa Forst
compressa Linn
nemoralis Linn
pratensis Linn
Pollinia fulva Benth
Saccharum officinarum Linn.
sara
Secale dalmaticum Vis
Setaria imberbis Roem. & Sehult.
Spinifex hirsutus Labill
Sporobolus diander Beauv. . .
indicus R.Br
virginicus Knnth
Wrightiana
Stipa elegantissima Labill. . .
pubescens R.Br
tenuis sima Trin
Jan
April.
Aug.
Nov.
+
- +
638
HYDROCYANIC ACID IN PLANTS. 11.
Jan.
April.
Aug.
Nov.
Stipa verticillata Trin
Themeda avenacea
Forskali Hack
gigantea Hack
Triodia albescens Munro
Trypsacum dactyloides Linn
Uniola latifolia Michx
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I
1 1 • . 1 • • •
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 ..... • 1
+ • • • 1 • 1 +
-
. -
Zoysia pungens Willd
-
The author desires to express his indebtedness to Professor
Anderson Stuart for laboratory facilities afforded for this in-
-
639
NOTES ON THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE
COBAR DISTRICT. No. ii.
By Archdeacon F. E. Haviland.
The following List is supplementary to that reported in the
Proceedings of this Society for 1911 (p. 507): and brings the
number of species, exclusive of varieties, to more than 500,
including a number of Cryptogams.
There are, in this district, certain genera which, from their
isolated occurrence and weakened constitutions, appear to be
vanishing. Among such may be noted Thysanotus, of which only
two species, T. Baueri and T. Patersoni remain; and Ranunculus,
of which only one species, R. parviflorus, remains. Such as
these appear only when conditions are specially favourable ;
indeed, from their texture, one would think that they were quite
unsuitable for these droughty parts. Moreover, from a merely
casual survey of the vegetation of this district, one becomes con-
vinced that, for ages past, there has been a diminution of that
class of vegetation which, though apparently luxurious in the
former times with an equable climate, has had, since the present
physical features brought about normal conditions of drought, a
struggle to live. As may be expected, those species are thriving
best which, either by a thickened cuticle, or double and even
triple palisade-cells, or by excretions of wax, resins, or gums,
have the means of reserving plant-foods.
A matter bidding to become of more than passing interest, in
the near future, is the recourse to mixing certain bushes as
fodder for starving stock. It is a matter that is self-adjusted by
travelling stock thenselves, as they then have an opportunity of
picking at various bushes, and are not restricted to one species; and
anyone accustomed to watch the habits of travelling stock, well
640 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, ii.,
knows how sheep will nibble at a bush, and suddenly leaving it,
attack a different species, and so satisfying their tastes by
variety; but when sheep have to be hand-fed, on a run, it is a
different matter; and here it is that some scientific adjustment is
needed. Mr. F. B. Guthrie has done something towards this
end, in his computations of the nutrient values of some of our
fodder-shrubs (see Agricultural Gazette, Vol.xviii., p. 351 ). There
are some of our bushes which would act as a valuable pickle,
whereby to aid the digestion of some of the more plentiful edible
shrubs not so readily eaten by stock. The mixing, for instance,
of the "Apple Rosewood " — Heterodendron olecefolium with the
Mulga, Acacia aneura, which is more plentiful, but not so
nourishing, is reputed to be an improvement upon the latter
eaten alone. In Mr. Guthrie's Table, the ratio of the albuminoids
to the carbohydrates and fats, in H. olecefolium, is given as 1 to
3^, and the nutrient value as 69; while the ratio of the same
constituents in A. aneura is as 1 to 2 J, and the nutrient value as
30J . The comparative poorness of the Mulga is, therefore, com-
pensated for in the richness of the Apple Rosewood. It must,
however, be remembered that what makes the Mulgas the more
valuable bushes, is not in their nourishing qualities, but their
more widespread distribution, and their endurance in times of
extreme drought. If such an adaptation of our fodder-shrubs
were to be practised, there would be much economising of the
more valuable fodder-shrubs, and some use might then be made
of shrubs which so far are problematical as to their profitable
uses. Such shrubs as the " Warrior Bush " {Apophyllum anoma-
lum), " Budtha Bush" (Eremophila Mitchelli), and the " Turpen-
tine Bush " (E. Sturtii), according to the Table quoted, would
even be of better use than that of making brooms of one, and
sand-barriers of the others. On some species noted in my first
List, I have added further notes herein, culled from additional
observations.
Again I have to acknowledge, with thanks, the co-operation of
those friends who have assisted me in the collection of specimens,
thus contributing to a more complete census of western plants as
represented in the Cobar district.
BY F. E. HAVILAND.
641
Synopsis of Plants noted.
(The following numbers represent totals of genera and species
contained in this and the previous List.)
Dicotyledons.
Orders.
Genera
Species
Orders.
Genera. Species.
RaNUNCULACEjE
.. 1
1
RUBIACEiE ...
.. 4
5
PaPAVERACEjE
.. 3
3
Composite
.. 40
67
CRUCIFERjE
.. 8
17
GoODENIACEjE
.. 4
10
VlOLACEiE ...
.. 1
1
Campanulace,e
.. 2
2
CAPPARIDEiE
2
2
PRIMULACEiE
.. 1
1
Resedace^e
.. 1
1
JASMINEiE ...
.. 1
2
PlTTOSPOREiE
.. 1
1
ApOCYNEjE
2
3
Caryophylle^e
.. 6
6
AsCLEPIADEiE
.. 3
3
PORTULACEiE
.. 2
2
Gentiane,e
2
2
Malvaceae
.. 7
12
Boragine^e
.. 5
5
STERCULIACEiE
.. 1
1
CoNVOLVULACEiE
.. 4
4
LlNE^E
.. 1
1
SOLANEiE ...
.. 3
8
ZYGOPHYLLEiE
o
5
SCROPHULARINEiE
.. 4
6
Geraniace^e
.. 2
2
BlGNONIACEvE
.. 1
1
RUTACEiE ...
... 4
6
ACANTHACE^E
1
1
Meliace,e ...
.. 1
1
MYOPORINEiE
o
11
CELASTRINEiE
.. 1
1
VeRBENACEjE
.. 2
2
StACKHOUSIEjE
.. 1
3
Labiatve ...
.. 8
11
RHAMNEiE ...
2
2
Plantagine^e
... 1
1
SaPINDACEjE
... 4
12
SALSOLACEiE
.. 8
28
LEGUMINOSiE
.. 14
53
Amarantaceje
.. 3
8
CRASSULACEiE
.. 1
1
POLYGONACE^E
.. 3
7
HALORAGEiE
2
2
Nyctagine/e
... 1
1
Myrtace^e...
... 5
17
Proteace^e
... 2
5
ONAGRARIEiE
... 1
1
Thymele^e...
... 1
2
CuCURBITACEjE
... 1
2
EuPHORBIACEiE
... 5
5
FlCOIDE^E ...
... 1
1
Urtice^e ...
... 2
3
UmBELLIFER^E
... 4
5
Casuarine/e
... 1
3
LoRANTHACEjE
... 1
7
Santalace^e
... 3
4
c
47
JONIFER^E ...
... 1 5
:
L ■
L10RAR
\.
642
INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, 11.,
Orders.
Orchidete...
Amaryllide^e
LlLIACEjE ...
Marsiliace^e
FlLICES
Monocotyledons.
Genera. Species. Orders.
... 1 1 Juncace^e ...
1 1 Naiades ...
... 4 5 Cyperack^e
Gramine^e ... ... 31 57
Acotyledons.
... 1 3
... 4 4
Fungi
Dicotyledons . .
Monocotyledons
Acotyledons
Genera. Species.
. 3 8
. 1 1
. 4 6
Musci
... 3
4
Lichens
... 6
6
... 15 21
Orders. Genera.
Species.
59 ... 201 .
.. 387
7 ... 45 .
.. 79
5 ... 29 .
.. 38
71
275
504
Indigenous Plants in the Cobar District.
Class i. DICOTYLEDONS.
Subclass POLYPETALiE.
Series i. Thalamiflorae.
PAPAVERACE.K.
*Fumaria officinalis Linn. Wuttagoona. September.
*Pa paver hybridum Linn. Wuttagoona. September. Orange-
coloured petals, the lower one having a dark blotch.
CRUCIFERiE.
Stenopetalum nutans F.v.M. Wuttagoona. September.
Card amine laciniata F.v.M. Wuttagoona. September.
Lepidium hyssopifolium Desv. Wuttagoona. September.
Sisymbrium orientale. Cobar.
Violace^e.
Hybanthus filiformis F.v.M. Wuttagoona. September.
by f. e. haviland. 643
Caryophylle^e.
Gypsophila tubulosa Boiss. "Soapwort." Wuttagoona. Sep-
tember.
Stellaria palustris Retz. Wuttagoona.
Polycarpon tetraphyllum Linii.f. Cobar. September, March.
Malvaceae.
Sida petrophila F.v.M. Wuttagoona. September.
Abutilov cryptopetalum F.v.M. Cobar. September.
Hibiscus Sturtii var. Muetleki. Cobar. October, March
var. grandiflora. Cobar. October, March.
Series ii. Discif lora.*.
Rutacea:.
Eriostemon linearis Cunn. On rocky slopes at Wuttagoona.
September.
Correa speciosa Andr. At Wirlong(Mr. Cambage's List).
STACKHOUSIEiE.
Stackhousia muricata Lindl. On Box-flats at Amphitheatre
and towards Louth. Also a stellate, pubescent form at
Amphitheatre.
S. plava Hk. This sulphur-coloured specimen comes nearest
to this species.
Rhamnace^e.
Cryptandra amara Sm. On spinifex country at Shuttleton.
September.
SAPINDACE/E. "
Heterodendron ole.efolium Desf. (additional note). The leaves
of this species are subject to small pillar-shaped galls
formed by leaf-mites of the family Eriophyridse,
" elongated, minute, transparent creatures of which the
Pear-leaf Mite is an example" (Mr. Froggatt). The
leaves of the two species of this genus, when cut up
with Mulga-leaves, make very good fodder.
644 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, ti.,
DodonjEA BORONiiEFOLiA Don. The wings of the fruits of this
species are more wrinkled than those of others. It is
an attractive shrub in appearance. At Restdown.
Fruiting in September.
D. triangularis Lindl.
D. sp.(?). Having foliage answering to D. megazyga F.v.M.
At Shuttleton.
D. attenuata Cunn. Cobar.
Cardiospermum Halicacabum Lerida. " Balloon-Climber " No-
vember-April.
Series iii. Calyciflorae.
LEGUMINOSiE.
Suborder Papilionacece.
Eutaxia empetrifolia Schl. On the spinifex-country, 6 miles
east of Shuttleton. September.
Lotus australis var. parviflorus. Kergunyah. November.
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. Wuttagoona. September.
P. tenax Lindl.
Swainsona galegifolia R.Br. " Darling Pea." Wuttagoona.
September.
S. luteola F.v.M. At the rifle-butts, Cobar. June.
S. phacoides Benth.
Suborder Ccesalpiniece.
Cassia Sturtii R.Br. A narrow-leaved variety is growing at
Shuttleton, and shows a more profuse flowering than
that of the typical species.
Suborder Mimosece.
Acacia rig ens Cunn. Wuttagoona.
A. calamifolia Sweet. Shuttleton.
A. salicina (additional note). The natural habitat of this
species is the river-country, where it is easily distin-
guished by its drooping habit; but in the Cobar dis-
trict, it grows on the ridges, and its branches are more
spreading, so that, when attaining any size, the foliage
becomes so heavy as to force the slender stem to bend
over to the ground, causing an ascending habit in the
BY F. E. HAVILAND. 645
extremities of the branches. It is subject to a tender
gall much like a gooseberry in appearance, but very
bitter.
A. implexa Benth. At Shuttleton, and on the granite-hills
at Nymagee.
A. triptkra Benth. "Wait-a-while." Nymagee and Sandy
Creek. September.
A. lineata Cunn. A very viscid species about Shuttleton.
September.
A. amblygona Cunn. On hilly country at Wirlong. Sep-
tember.
A. ixiophylla Benth. South of Wirlong.
A. decurrens var. Muellkriana Maiden & Betche. At
Gilgunnia. September.
A. dkalbata Link. A green variety near Gilgunnia.
A. obliqua Cunn. On the spinifex-country near Shuttleton.
September.
A. undulifolia Fraser, var. pubescens. Shuttleton. Sep-
tember.
A. cibaria F.v. M., (additional note). On account of its
general appearance, it is locally known as "Umbrella-
Mulga." The phyllodia are 4-6 inches long, and 1-1 £
lines broad, and very thick. Growing in gregarious
patches over extensive areas, in the western portions of
the district.
A. homalophylla (additional note). There are several
varieties about the district. A long-leaved form grow-
ing at Lerida; a broad, oblong form 3 miles west of
Cobar; and a narrow, slightly falcate form south of
Cobar. A peculiarity connected with the " Yarrens "
is, that the foliage assumes a light yellow or seared
colour during the winter and flowering-season, but
regains its natural green colour during the fruiting-
season. There is a " Ring Yarren," but beyond seeing
a specimen of the wood, I have not yet come across the
bush, nor can T get any information as to its varietal
characteristics.
646 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, ii.,
A. ankura (additional note). A variety having phyllodia
4-6 inches long, and f-1 line broad, and almost terete,
but with the fruit typical of the species, is growing
near Lerida. August.
The Mulga-Balls, mentioned in my first List, are
formed in the podge of sheep, and are considered to be
the result of the sheep eating the young shoots and
branchlets of the Mulga, especially of the narrow-
leaved forms. A report from the Bacteriological Dept.
says : — " This consists, for the most part, of long cells
usually tapering at each end, but sometimes truncated
at one end, sometimes at both ends. Through the
centre of the cells, there runs frequently a narrow
canal. The walls of the cells are very thick, and some-
times apparently pitted. These cells have the appear-
ance of bast-fibres, and as several may frequently be
found adhering, this view is strengthened. A small
number of spiral vessels and wood tracheides are also
present. Interspersed among all these, is a brown
powdery deposit without cell-structure. It is suggested
that the balls are due to the bark of a tree eaten by the
sheep. The brown colouring matter of the balls is due
to the undigested outer particles of the bark " (Mr. G.
P. Darnell-Smith, B.Sc).
A. harpophylla F.v.M. "Brigalow." Tindare and Wutta-
goona.
HaLORAGEjE.
Halokagis aspera Lindl. (H. ceratophylla Endl.). On the spini-
fex-country, 6 miles east of Shuttleton. September.
Myrtace^e.
Leptospkrmum ellipticum Endl. At Restdown. September.
Thryptomene ciliata F.v.M. Chiefly on ridges of Devonian
rocks, at Boppy Mount, but gradually spreading to other
soils. September.
Melaleuca uncinata R.Br. On the granite hills at Nymagee,
at Mount Boorandara, and Wuttagoona.
BY F. E. HAVILAND. 647
Kunzea peduncularis F.v.M. Boorandara.
Eucalyptus sideroxylon Cunn. "Red-flowered Ironbark," at
Shuttleton.
E. dealbata F.v.M. " Cabbage-Gum," "White Gum."
Near Shuttleton. September.
E. terminalis. " Blood wood." Mount Dijou.
E. melanophloia(?) probably, but I am waiting for con-
firmation as to the flowers. This tree, with a deeply
furrowed black bark, is growing on sedimentary soils,
over a stratum of limestone, at the Meadows, and quite
isolated from any other Ironbark; it is the only tree of
the Series known in the far west. It is impossible to
conjecture as to how it became domiciled there.
E. spp.(?). Three species collected by Mr. Andrews, and of
which I am awaiting flowers and fruits. One with
ovate, constricted, truncate fruits; a second with foliage
resembling E. viridis, but with globular depressed buds
3 lines in diameter; and a third somewhat resembling
E. Behriana.
FlCOIDE^E.
Mollugo Glinus Harv. Wuttagoona. September.
UMBELLIFERiE.
Trachymene incisa Budge, (Didiscus albijiora DC.;. Near the
23-mile Tank, Wilcannia Road. October.
Didiscus eriocarpus F.v.M. In shady spots at Wuttagoona.
September.
D. pilosa Benth. Wuttagoona. September.
Subclass ii. MONOPETAL^E.
RUBIACE.E.
Asperula confehta Hk. On Box-flats and other damp places
at Amphitheatre. October.
Composite.
Vittadinia triloba DC. Scarce about Cobar. September.
Minukia Candollei F.v.M.
648 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, ii.,
Calotis scabiosifolia Sond. & F.v.M. Wuttagoona. September.
C. plumulifera F.v.M. Wuttagoona. This answers in all
respects to the type, but has no plumose hairs on the
achenes of my specimen.
C. microcephala Benth. Cobar. June.
Epaltes australis Less. O'Gorman's Tank, and at other places
about Cobar
Myriocephalus rhizocephalus Benth. Meryula. September.
Leptorrhyncus Waitzia Sond. Towards Louth and Wutta-
goona. September.
Chthonocephalus pseudoevax Steetz. Wuttagoona. Septem-
ber. A peculiar sessile Composite growing in crevices
and hollows of rocks.
Helichrysum bracteatum Willd. A variety differing from the
type in having narrow linear leaves.
H. diotophyllum F.v.M. At 4 miles south of Shuttleton.
September.
Helipterum floribundum (additional note). This is considered
a good sheep-fodder herb while dry weather lasts, but
heavy rain turns it black, and sheep will not then eat
it. Spreading very quickly and thickly, it kills out all
other herbs. I have seen areas of quite two miles
square quite covered with it, and when in flower, the
ground has the appearance of being snow-covered.
H. LyEVK Benth. A small herb of only a few inches. Wutta-
goona. September.
Hypochceris glabra Linn. " Hogweed." The leaf-veins of my
specimen are scabrous. Hospital Hill, Cobar. Sep-
tember.
*Sonchus oleraceus. This was wrongly recorded as S. arvensis
in my first List. My specimen was an abnormal growth
having a glandular-pubescent calyx, and I mistook it
for a modified form of the latter.
*Carthamus lanatus Linn. " Saffron Thistle," but known to
some asa" Star-Thistle." A troublesome weed, getting
a great hold on several runs, and spreading both west
and south. When dry, young sheep will eat it; but
BY F. E. HAVILAND. 649
when advanced, nothing can get near it on account of
its long spines. Being chiefly confined to damp spots,
it is hoped that it will kill itself out.
Carduus pycnocephalus Linn. Wuttagoona.
Taraxacum dens-leonis Desf. " Dandelion." In places.
GOODENIACE^E.
Velleya paradoxa R.Br. Scattered over the western portions
of the district. September.
Goodenia glabra R.Br. Cobar. March and October.
G. Havilandi Maiden & Betche (antea, p.250). On left
side of Louth Road, 11 miles from Cobar; and at Alley
Trig. Station. September.
Gentiane.e.
Lemnanthemum sp.^). At Wuttagoona. October.
BoRAGINEjE.
Echinospermum concavum F.v.M. At rear of Hospital Hill,
Cobar. August.
CONVOLVULACEjE.
Porana sericea F.v.M. A first record from New South Wales.
Growing near Amphitheatre Station, and thus connect-
ing its habitat with West Australia and North Queens-
land.
Dichondra repens Forst. Near the old Reservoir at Cobar.
SCROPHULARINE.E.
Mimulus prostratus Benth. At Fort Bourke Reservoir. Sep-
tember.
M. gracilis R.Br. Wuttagoona. September.
*Linaria cymbalaria Mill. Cobar. June.
MYOPORINEiE.
Myoporum acuminatum R.Br. A narrow-leaved variety grow-
ing on the quartzite and felspar porphyry-ridges towards
North Peak, Shuttleton. Fruiting in September.
650 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, ii.,
Eremophila latifolia (additional note). This shrub has become
subject to a scale-insect known as Eriococcus buxi ;
though often covering the leaves and branches, it does
not apparently injure the shrub.
Labiate.
Prostanthera nivea Cunn. On ridges of Pre-Silurian age, near
Shuttleton. The flowers are mainly of a pure white,
but occasionally relieved with a tinge of lilac. Sep-
tember.
P. aspalathoides Cunn. (P. coccinea F.v.M.). On hills of
Pre-Silurian age, near Shuttleton. A profusely flower-
ing bush with scarlet flowers. September.
Wkstringia rigida R.Br. On spinifex-count^y south of Shut-
tleton. September.
Teucrium corymbosum R.Br. On dense quartzite- ridges, north
of Nymagee. September.
*Stachys arvensis Linn. Wuttagoona. September.
Subclass iii. MONOCHLAMYDEJE.
Salsolace^e.
Atriplex vesicaria Hewart. A dioecious form, at Springfield.
October.
A. Muelleri Benth. North Cobar.
A. prostrata R.Br.
Kochia humillima F.v.M. Cobar.
K. villosa var. eriantha Lindl.
Bassia (Sclerombna) diacantha Benth. North Cobar.
B. enchyl^enoides F.v.M.
AMARANTACEiE.
Ptilotus alopecuroideus Lindl. (additional note). There is a
form of this species, which sometimes appears at Ker-
gunyah, which is quite devoid of floral bracts and stem-
leaves, and has a perianth of a reddish colour, though,
upon boiling, the reddish colour gives place to the
typical green-yellow of the species.
P. hemisteirus F.v.M.
BY F. E. HAVILAND. 651
PoLYGONACEiE.
Rumex halophilus F.v.M. Cobar.
R. crispus Linn. Occidental Tank, Wright ville. September.
Polygonum plebium R.Br.
PROTEACEiE.
Hakea leucopteka R.Br. On red sandy soil, in several places.
September.
Euphorbiace^e.
Euphorbia Dkummondii Boiss., (additional note). " Poison-
Weed. ' I had, in my first List, written this as a
poisonous plant; but though drovers are very emphatic
about it as such, in laboratories it is not considered as
containing any virus. Probably, therefore, it is only
mechanically dangerous to stock, especially when
animals, having empty stomachs, after a long and hot
day's journey, are turned on to it.
E. ekemophila Cunn. Wuttagoona.
Poranthera microphylla Brongn. Nymagee. September.
Phyllanthus Fuernrohrii F.v.iVJ. Wuttagoona. September.
Santa LACFiE.
Exocarpus cupressiformis Labill. On granite-hills at Nymagee.
Subclass iv. GYMNOSPERM^.
Conifers.
Callitris verrucosa R.Br. " Turpentine- Pine." On sandy
slopes, 40 miles south west of Cobar, and south of
Nymagee.
C. gracilis (additional note). There is an abundance of this
Pine growing on the Meadows runs, about 45 miles west
of Cobar. It seems to choose low-lying ridges of crushed
sandstone, over a substratum of limestone. It freely
intermixes with C. glauca.
The local Pines, though by some authorities said to
be suitable for sleepers, etc., are quite useless when
once the timber is dry, to bear any such strain; it has
a habit of breaking up almost like earthenware.
652 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISTRICT, ii.,
Class ii. MONOCOTYLEDONS.
AmARYLLIDEjE.
Calostemma purpureum R.Br. Wuttagoona. Growing among
the rocks at the Falls. The rock- wallaby is very partial
to this plant.
LlLIACEjE.
Anguillaria dioica R.Br. Wuttagoona. September.
Thysanotus Patkksoni R.Br. A few instances of this climbing
species at Shuttleton. September.
JuNCACEjE.
Juncus pauciflorus R.Br. Cobar and Amphitheatre. Sep-
tember.
J. polyanthkmus. Meryula. October.
Fimbristylis ferruginea Vahl. Wuttagoona. This is favoured
as a good fodder-plant.
F. communis Kunth. Wuttagoona.
NAIADEiE.
Potamogeton crispus Linn.
CyperacejE.
Cyperus sanguineo-fuscus Hk. Wuttagoona.
Scirpus debilis Pursh. In a garden, at Cobar. September.
Carex inversa R.Br. Towards Louth. September.
Gramine,e.
Eriochloa annulata Kunth.
Andropogon pertusus Willd. Wuttagoona.
Phalaris minor Retz. This grass has become well established
over the district, and is sometimes called " Canary
Grass."
Aristida arenaria Gaud. Wuttagoona.
A. ramosa R.Br. Cobar. October.
Stipa (additional note). The most prevalent forms in this dis-
trict are S. scabra Lindl., and S. semibarbata R.Br.
The seeds of these species are ripe at shearing-time;
hence to avoid depreciation in the value of the clip by
BY F. E. HAVILAND.
653
reason of grass-seeds, it is necessary to get the shearing
over before the shedding of the seeds. These seeds are
also troublesome to the eyes of the sheep : the reflexed
hairs, towards the point of the achene, give a pushing
motion to the awn, while the "corkscrew" arrangement
higher up forces the point to bore into the cornea,
causing blindness, and then starvation.
S. setacea R.Br. Wuttagoona. September.
DiCHEr.ACHNE sciurea Hk. Cobar. October.
D. crinita Hk. Mount Boppy. October.
Deyeuxia Forsteri Kunth. Growing in a watercourse at the
Meadows. October.
Amphibromus Nkesii Steud.
Danthonia setacea R.Br. About three miles from Cobar, on
the Louth Road. September.
Amphipogon strictus R.Br. Cobar. May.
Pappophorum commune F.v.M. Cobar. October.
P. nigricans R.Br. Cobar and Mount Boppy. October.
Triodia irritans R.Br. " Spinifex." This grass gives its name
to the south and south-west portions of the district.
Leptochloa decipens Hof. A rare grass, collected on the hill-
tops of Wuttagoona, by Mr. L. Abrahams.
Eriachne mucronata R.Br. Near Louth. October.
Eragrostis fai.cata Gaud. Near Louth. October.
Bromus unioloides Humb. Cobar. October.
*Festuca bromoides Linn. Cobar. September.
Agropyrum scabrum Beau v. Scattered over the district. Oc-
tober.
Class iii. ACOTYLEDONS.
Subclass i. ACROGEN^E.
Marsiliace^e.
Marsilea Drummondii A.Br. Fort Bourke Tank, Cobar.
Musci.
Funaria apophysata Tayl. Mount Boppy.
P. Tasmanica. Fairly common in shaded spots at Yanda
Creek, Meryula.
654 INDIGENOUS PLANTS IN THE COBAR DISOEICT, ii.,
Gigaspermum repens Hk. Mount Boppy.
Goniomitrium enerve. Meryula.
Subclass ii. THALLOGEN^.
Lichenes.
Pertusaria sp.C?).
Theloschistes chrysosthalmus. Two species only were seen,
both growing on dead wood, and were conspicuous by
their golden colour.
Usnea barbata. On trees at Bulgoo.
Parmelia congkuens. Wuttagoona and elsewhere.
Rhizocarpon geographicum. This is a remarkable form, found
on outcrops of rock in the roughest of exposed situa-
tions. In appearance, it resembles a greenish-yellow
mineral stain.
Graphis scuipta (?). Very rare in the west.
Fungi.
Ly coper dacece.
Mycenastkum carium. Mount Boppy and M eryula. This speci-
men was of giant-proportions, being 4 inches in diameter,
globular in shape, like a puff-ball, and having purple
spores.
Tulostoma McAlpinanum. Mount Boppy.
T. maximum. In a cultivation-paddock at Cobar.
T. albicans. Yanda Creek, Meryula.
Scleroderma sp.C?). A hard ball-formation. Meryula.
Lycoperdon sp.C?). Mount Boppy.
L. pusillum. A small puff-ball. Meryula.
Calvatia lilacina. A bluish-coloured puff-ball. Brura Tank.
Geaster sp.C?). "Earth-Star." An ash-coloured species, on
damp shaded flats at Meryula.
Bovista scabra. Of a dark brown colour. Meryula.
Polyporacece.
Hexagona sp.C?). Mount Boppy.
H. Gunni. Mount Boppy.
BY F. E. HAVILAND. 655
Polystictus sanguineus. Red fungus, generally on dead wood.
P. cinnabarinus. Snuff-coloured; generally found on dead
wood. Mount Boppy.
P. versicolorC?). Cobar.
Polyporus sp.C?). Meryula.
Nidulariacece.
Cyathus sp.(?). Yellow-coloured "Birds' Nest" fungus. Brura
Tank.
Phalloidece.
Phallus sp.(?). A gigantic specimen, 6 inches long.
Videphoracece.
HYMENOCHiETE sp.(?). Mount Boppy.
Calostoma sp.C?). Mount Boppy.
Podaxacece.
Podaxon iEGYPTiACUS. Wuttagoona. Dark brown, and having
a fine, dark brown spore-dust.
656
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
November 26th, 1913.
Mr. W. S. Dun, President, in the Chair.
Mr. William Anderson, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., Sydney, was elected
an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The President reminded Candidates for Fellowships, 1914-15,
that Saturday, 29th inst., was the last day for submitting their
applications.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (22th October, 1913), amounting to 5 Vols.,
43 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 9 Pamphlets,
received from 39 Societies, etc., and three individuals, were laid
upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. D. G. Stead showed examples of a frog, Crinia signifera,
common on the Kosciusko Tableland, even at the highest eleva-
tions, near water.
Mr. Froggatt exhibited cotypes of eight species of Cicadidse,
part of a collection made by Mr. H. Brown, at Cue, N. W. Aus-
tralia, and recently described by Mr. W. L. Distant; also a cotype
of another species, from Cooma, N.S.W. Mr. Froggatt showed
also, a number of small Chalcid wasps, parasitic upon the maggots
and pupae of the Sheep Maggot-Fly {Calliphora rufifacies). These
were obtained, in large numbers, by Mr. J. L. Froggatt, Officer
in charge of the Government Sheep-Fly Experiment Station, and
himself, emerging from dried pupae beneath a dead foal at Yarra-
win Station, Brewarrina district. Each pupa examined, con-
tained, on an average, twenty Chalcid wasps.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 657
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens, and a drawing, of
Strychnos psilosperma F.v.M., the source of the alkaloid strych-
nicine, described in Dr. Petrie's paper. The specimens were
gathered from a tree growing near the source of the Tweed
River, New South Wales, in 1897.
Mr. Bassett Hull exhibited the nest and eggs of the Lord
Howe Island " Rainbird " (Pseudogerygone insularis Ramsay).
The nest is similar to those of the Australian members of the
genus, but the " tail " is very short, in fact almost rudimentary.
The eggs, three in number, resemble closely those of P. fucsca
Gould, the shell being white, slightly glossy, covered with dull
pink spots or freckles, forming a cap at the larger end. A set of
three eggs of the Lord Howe Island Crow-Shrike (Strepera
crissalis Sharpe), a variety of the mainland species, S. graculina
White, was also exhibited. These eggs cannot be distinguished
from those of the last-named species. The specimens were taken
in the Erskine Valley, Lord Howe Island, in September and
October, 1913.
Mr. Mackinnon, for Mr. G. P. Darnell-Smith and himself,
showed a number of specimens from the Biological Branch, De-
partment of Agriculture, including, " Take All " [Ophiobolus
graminis (Sacc.)] on (a) wheat, (b) barley, (c) Algerian oats (Col.
G. Johnston), from Bathurst Experiment Farm, a new record on
oats for Australia, but recorded, last year, on oats from North
Wales by Mr. G. Massee, Kew; - Sclerotina sp., on£ommon Lemon
seedlings, one-year old, from Wyong (E. Mackinnon);— Sclero-
tinia sp., on Garden Stock; Burro wa, August, 1913; — Podospori-
ella(1) on wheat-grains ; Henty; — Diplodia zece, previously ex-
hibited, on maize-stems and ears; from Tenterfield district. Also
inflorescences of Plantago lanceolata in a teratological condition,
from Ashfield.
Mr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited a fine series of butterflies,
representing the five subspecies of Tisiphone abeona Don. The
Victorian race, and the New South Wales race occurring south
of the Hunter River, are almost alike, differing only in the
48
658 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
breadth of their markings, and in their colouration. The indi-
vidual variation, in specimens of either of these races, is very
slight. In Northern New South Wales and South Queensland
occur two other races, very different from the typical form, differ-
ing from one another only in degree, and also showing slight
individual variation. At Port Macquarie, a fifth race occurs;
this exhibits remarkable variation. Specimens caught during
October, 191.3, showed every gradation between the Northern
New South Wales race, and that occurring in the south. The
transition from one race to the other, is not a gradual one, for
the characters of either race may be combined, in every possible
way, in individual specimens. It is suggested that 7'isiphone
originally was confined to the Main Dividing Range, and became
differentiated into two distinct forms concomitantly with the
changes which gave rise to the low drier area through which the
Hunter River flows. Subsequently, the species were able to
reach the coast, and, at Port Macquarie, we have the result of
the refusion. — Mr. Waterhouse also exhibited two historically
interesting examples of butterflies caught in the Eastern Archi-
pelago, by the late Alfred Russell Wallace.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited and contributed notes on a series of
interesting grasses, comprising Vulpia My uros Gmel., Syn. Festuca
Myuros L., spelt "Myurus" by several authors, (Rat's-tail Grass);
and V. ciliata Link, Syn. F. ciliata Pers., (Ciliated Rat's-tail
Grass). Both species are from Centennial Park, and Government
Domains, Sydney; and there are also specimens in the National
Herbarium from South Australia, and from several localities in
West Australia. They have been mixed up with V. bromoides
S. F. Gray [Festuca bromoides L.), but are more common than
the latter. — Avena barbataBrot., (Slender Oat-Grass); Centennial
Park(E. Cheel; November, 1899), and Government Domain (No-
vember, 1912). For two additional localities, see These Pro-
ceedings, 1912, p.653; and Victorian Naturalist, 1913, p.85, for
previous records. — Cynosurus echinatus L., Cock's-comb Grass);
Hunter's Hill(W. F. Blakely; January, 1913). — Panicum queens-
landicum Domin, New South Wales, without specific locality (ex
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 659
herb. Dr. Woolls); plains near Barradine (W. Forsyth; October,
1899); Bongbilla, Moulamein (T. Grieve; March, 1903); Zara,
via Hay, (Miss E. Officer; February, 1904); Gulargambone (G.
Ryder; IVIarch, 1908); Burren Junction (J. L. Boorman; June,
1907); Brewarrina (C. Stewart; June, 1909); Collarenebri (W.
E. Turnbull; June, 1908); Yanco(G. S. Kedley; August, 1910;
and Wenholz; April, 1913); Murray Downs, Cryan, via Walgett
(G. Clark; March, 1911); Hay(E. Break well ) : Victoria, Wira-
mera (ex herb. Hooker), Swan Hill, Murray River (C. Walter).
The above specimens have been variously included under P.
prolutum F.v.M., but are separable from that species by the
narrower leaves and more spreading panicle. — P. prolifemm Lam.,
Coolabah(R. N. Peaccck; June, 1900); Lachlan River (W. S.
Campbell; March, 1901); Zara, via Hay, (Miss E. Officer; Feb-
ruary, 1904); Hawkesbury Agricultural College (W. M. Carne;
March, 1909); Botanic Gardens, Sydney (W. F. Blakely; March,
1913). — P. notochthonum Domin. Specimens of this species, in
the National Herbarium, are from Yandama (A. W. Muller;
April, 1906); Tongo Station, Wilcannia, ( W. J. Hourigan; Jan-
uary, 1912); Girilambone (Grigg; April, 1913). Domin points
out that this is P. helopus of Bentham's Fl. Aust.(vii., 476), but
not of Trinerius. It is also quite distinct from P. helopus var.
glabrior of Bentham. — P. Buncei F.v.M., Darling Downs (Dr.
Woolls); Breeza(W. Court; May, 1899); Moree (Max Farland;
April, 1203); south-west of Boggabri(D. A. Porter; March, 1906);
Gravesend, via Moree (E. Breakwell; March, 1913). Previously
recorded only from Queensland. — P. Benthami Domin, Brisbane
River (F. M. Bailey); Breeza (W. Court; April, 1899); Ben
Lomond and Stonehenge ( J. H. Maiden; December, 1899); In-
verell (E. O. Thomas; December, 1912); Lochinvar, Singleton,
and Moree (E. Breakwell; June, 1912); Gular(W. D. Brown;
June, 1913); Narandera (Stock Inspector; April, 1913). This
species has previously been included under P. trachyrhachis var.
tenuior Benth., but, as pointed out by Domin, it is quite distinct
from that variety, and P. trachyrhachis of North Australia is
also quite distinct from this series. — P. strictum R.Br., Blue
Mountains (E. Betche; December, 1882); Randwick (E. Betche,
660 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
May, 1885); Mount Victoria (J. H. Maiden; December, 1896);
Mount Seaview (J. H. Maiden ; November, 1897) ; Woronora
River (J. H. Camfield; January, 1898); Como ( J. H. Camfield;
March, 1898); Centennial Park (E. Cheel ; December, 1898);
Conjola(W. Heron; September, 1899); Farm Cove (J. H. Cam-
field; January, 1903); Port Jackson (J. H. Maiden; October, 1900);
Bateman's Bay (J. L. Boorman ; June, 1906); Hurstville (E.
Cheel; November, 1910); Richmond (C. T. Musson; April, 1907);
Lawson(W. M. Came; March, 1912); Barber's Creek (J. H.
Maiden). This is included under P. marginatum R.Br., as a
variety, by Bentham; but the different habit, and the wide dis-
tribution indicate that it is worthy of specific rank, as pointed
out by R. Brown in his Prodromus (p. 190). — Sporobolus austra-
lasicus Domin. Specimens of this species, in the National Her-
barium, are from Camooweal. It is separated from the closely
allied S. pulchellus R.Br., by the longer and coarser leaves, the
larger panicle, and the more globular grain. It has been figured
in the Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales (xix., 1908,
opposite p. 1010), under the name S. pulchellus. — Notochlo'e
microdon Domin, (Triraphis(^.) microdon Benth., and Triodia
microdon F.v.M., of Moore and Betche's Handbook, p. 493),
Lawson and Wentworth Falls (E. Betche; December, 1882, and
1894); King's Tableland (W.Forsyth; November, 1898); Govett's
Leap, Blackheath (E. Cheel; December, 1900).
By sanction of the Curator of the Australian Museum, Mr.
North sent for exhibition the eggs of seven species of birds col-
lected by the late Dr. P. H. Metcalfe on Fanning Island, North
Pacific, during 1912-13 — Tatare pistor, Sula sula, S. piscatrix,
Phaethon lepturus, Anous stolidus, Micranous leucocapillus, and
Gygis Candida. The eggs of Tatare pistor, three in number for a
sitting, were taken on the 15th March, 1913, from a deep cup-
shaped nest, constructed throughout of fibre, and built in an
" Umbrella-tree." The eggs are elongate-oval in form, the shell
being close-grained, smooth, and lustreless, of a greyish-white
groundcolour, over which are uniformly and freely distributed
freckles, dots, and small irregularly shaped spots of umber-brown
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 66 1
and blackish-brown, with which are intermingled similar under-
lying markings of faint slaty-grey, the markings being rather
larger on the thicker end. Length (A) 92 x 0-65 ; 0*91 x 063 ;
0*9 x 0*63 inches. The eggs of this species closely resemble those
of a variety of the introduced House Sparrow (Passer domesticus).
The egg of the Noddy Tern {Anous stolidus) is remarkable, from
its being taken from a nest near the top of a Screw Palm, 30 feet
from the ground.
Mr. E. I. Bickford showed a seedling, and also dried flowers,
of the Black Kangaroo-paw (Macropodia fumosa Drumm.) of
West Australia.
662
THE GEOLOGY AND PETROLOGY OF THE GREAT
SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Part iii. Petrology.
By W. N. Benson, B.A., B.Sc.
(Plates xxv.-xxvii.)
Before commencing the detail of this chapter, I wish to record
my indebtedness to many friends, for advice and assistance in this
portion of the work. Professor Bonney has given me constant
help, placing his unrivalled knowledge and collections of ultra-
basic rocks at my disposal. Mr. Harker has rendered every assist-
ance possible in checking petrological determinations, and direct-
ing me to the broader aspects of the work, and the most useful
literature. Mr. Hutchinson has guided me through analytical dif-
ficulties, and has given every facility for working in the Mineralo-
gical Laboratory at Cambridge. To the guidance of Dr. Flett in
the Lizard area, and of Mr. Dewey in North Cornwall, I am
indebted for field-knowledge of English serpentines and spilitic
rocks ; while, by permission of the Director of the British Geologi-
cal Survey, and the Petrologist, Mr. H. H. Thomas, I have been
able to examine the official collections of slices of these rocks
Many useful facts, also, were gleaned from a study of the collec-
tions of the University of Paris, to which I was given access by
Professor Lacroix. To all these gentlemen, I offer most hearty
thanks.
The following chapter is based upon a collection of about 900
specimens, and over 320 microscopical slides of rocks gathered
from all parts of the area. These are very varied in character, and
must be described under many heads. The igneous rocks are
treated in the first portion of this chapter; the breccias, agglomer-
ates, tuffs, and normal sedimentary rocks in the second portion.
BY W. N. BENSON. 663
A. Igneous Rocks.
These are described in the order of their geological age, as far as
is known, and the following divisions are adopted: —
1. Devonian spilite-lavas.
2. Keratophyre of Hanging Rock.
3. Dolerite-intrusions associated with the spilites.
4. Lower Carboniferous lavas.
5. Middle Carboniferous peridotites, etc.
6. Gabbro-rocks associated with the peridotites.
7. Certain post-peridotite dolerites, and some acid dykes in the
serpentine.
8. The Blue Knob group of dolerite and dolerite-porphyrites.
9. Granites, granodiorites, and porphyries, varying in age from
late Carboniferous (?) to early Mesozoic.
10. Lamprophyres.
11. Alkaline rocks of the Nandewar Mountains.
12. Tertiary basalts, with the basanites, teschenites, and dolerites
of the Nundle district.
{I) The Spilites. — The name spilite, according to Brongniart's
original definition and Continental usage, indicated somewhat
altered lavas of a gabbroid composition, characterised by an amyg-
daloidal structure, platy or spheroidal parting (pillow-structure),
a tendency to a variolitic texture, and an abundance of secondary
silicated minerals, the last feature being especially emphasised.
Messrs. Dewey and Flett, however, have confined the term to those
rocks which are characterised by the presence of a very sodic
plagioclase, primary or secondary. Such rocks are very wide-
spread, very uniform in mineral-features and chemical composi-
tion, and should certainly be classed under a specific name; but it
is very questionable whether the old term "spilite" should be
revived and redefined for this purpose. Many of the rocks,
formerly classed as spilites, do not fall into this narrowed division,
as e.g., the only spilite-analysis quoted by Rosenbusch (Elemente
der Gesteinslehre. Edition of 1910, p. 410). Moreover, the rocks
described below, while their mineralogical and chemical composi-
tion is clearly that of the spilites of Messrs. Dewey and Flett, their
664 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
freedom from secondary silicates, and frequently non-amygdaloi-
dal character remove them entirely from the group of spilites as
recognised by Brongniart. The major primary characters, and not
the accidental secondary features, are surely those of specific value.
The name spilite, therefore, is applied to them, but in the hope that
a better one will eventually be adopted.*
The spilites are extremely abundant in the lower portion of the
Devonian System. They form several important flows in the
Woolomin and Tamworth Series, and occur interstratified in the
Baldwin agglomerate. The breccias of the Tamworth Series, and
the above agglomerate, are largely made up of fragments of spilite,
and in the latter it is often very pumiceous. In hand-specimen,
they are more or less vesicular, but rarely amygdaloidal. Very
frequently they are quite compact, and sometimes resemble a dark
green hornfels. The grain-size is usually small, and even, but
porphyritic examples are not infrequent. About two dozen speci-
mens have been sliced. The texture varies considerably; usually
it is pilotaxitic, and exceedingly finely crystallised ; often it is more
coarsely grained, with more or less variolitic character. Again, it
may approach the granular structure of some basalts.
The least altered specimen [N.T., 415*] occurs on the French
man's Spur, near Nundle. It is rather less finely grained than
usual, and has a granulitic to sub-variolitic ground-mass, with an
occasional idiomorphic crystal of augite (Plate xxv., fig.l). The
felspar is primary acid oligoclase; the augite is but slightly decom-
posed, with production of chlorite and epidote. In chemical com-
position (see Table i., p. 704), this rock is quite analogous to the
Cornish spilites described by Messrs. Dewey and Flett.
* Messrs. Dewey and Fletts' use of the term Spilitic Suite is even less
justifiable. Surely a group of rocks embracing picrites, dolerites, soda-
porphyries, and keratophyres is not well described as the "altered basic
lava suite.,: I understand that these authors have, in preparation, an
extensive memoir on these rocks, and I trust they will take the oppor-
tunity of reconsidering their nomenclature before establishing more firmly
such inappropriate terms.
t These numbers refer to specimens in the Mining Museum, Sydney
Duplicates of nearly all the slides specially mentioned here, have been
deposited in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge.
BY W. N. BENSON. 665
The more altered rocks are far more common. In these, the
augites are generally changed to chlorite, with the development of
much carbonates; more rarely they pass into fibrous amphibole.
The felspars are frequently too decomposed for determination, and
have been changed to paragonitic mica sprinkled with epidote. If
the specimen has come from the eastern side of the serpentine-line,
it is usually crushed and sheared, and veins of quartz, paragonite,
epidote, or rarely prehnite may have been introduced. In other
rocks, there is a varying amount of glassy residuum, with crystal-
lites of magnetite and felspar, and giobulites probably of augite.
In others, the glass appears to be devitrifying. Felspar and
augite are the main constituents, the former usually very altered,
clouded with secondary mica, but when fresh it is usually very
acid. Magnetite varies exceedingly in quantity, from great abund-
ance to complete absence. It contains most of the titanium in the
rock, as the augite is rarely purplish. A single pseudomorph,
doubtfully referred to olivine (bowlingite), is the only approach
to an indication of that mineral.
Porphyritic spilites are less abundant. One [M.B., 50], which
occurs on the upper Bingara track, six miles south of Bingara,
is quite free from magnetite. It contains felspar-phenocrysts
(oligoclase albite), 3 mm., in diameter, in a very finely granular
augite and felspar ground-mass. The spilite-flow in the agglomer-
ates on Anderson's Creek [M.B., 17] contains large phenocrysts of
andesine, but with a hypocrystalline base filled with microlites of
felspar, augite, and magnetite. In one southern rock [N.T., 277]
the phenocrystic constituent, augite, is completely changed to
actinolite.
The hypocrystalline types are best exemplified by the lava
[N.T., 31] which flowed over the coral-reef, now forming the lime-
stone on Moonlight Hill, south of Nundle (See p. 575). This is an
excellent instance of skeleton-crystallisation. Magnetite has formed
in small plates, standing perpendicularly out from the felspar
microlites and from the long, ropy masses of dusty material,
augite-globulites and carbonates (?), while there is some glassy
background. The few larger felspar-crystals, with their swallow-
666 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
tailed extremities, are a very marked feature (Plate vxv., fig. 2),
In some of the spilite-fragments included in the Baldwin agglomer-
ate, this becomes even better marked. Among these, there are
strongly pumiceous types.
The spilites, that occur east of the serpentine-line, are very abun-
dant, and are greatly altered by pressure. Sometimes they have
received a schistose structure, with phacoidal cleavage, and, if not
vesicular, are easily mistaken for altered sedimentary rocks. An
excellent example of these is M.B., 56, from Woods' Reef. This,
when seen microscopically, shows that it has been sheared in
several directions. Some shear-lines are marked by finely pulver-
ised rocks, the adjacent felspar-laths being sometimes dragged out
and bent. Crossing these, are numerous carbonate-filled veins,
which have been slightly sheared also.
N.T., 283, is a spilite from Folly Creek, near Nundle, occurring
adjacent to the serpentines on Folly Creek, that have been changed
to carbonates, and has been affected by the same solutions that
altered the serpentine. The ferromagnesian minerals are gone, and
much carbonate, talc, and a little pyrites have been introduced,
while the rock has been much bleached.
(2) The keratophyre on Opossum Creek, Hanging Rock, forms a
roughly circular area about 30 yards in diameter, and is probably
a volcanic plug. It is buff-coloured, fine-grained, with calcite-
filled vesicles [N.T., 195]. It is pilotaxitic in texture, composed
almost entirely of laths of acid oligoclase. A few magnetite grains
occur, but the augite, which occurred interstitially and in small
phenocrysts, is completely replaced by chlorite.
(3) Devonian Dolerites. — These rocks have a medium grain-size,
varying from 1-3 mm., in diameter. The texture of the rock is not
constant; in one instance only is it gneissic; in the others, it is
never more than subophitic, and, more usually, the augite is more
prismatic and idiomorphic than the felspar, and is sometimes bent,
through movement during consolidation. In these rocks, with both
main constituents partially idiomorphic, there are interstitial areas
filled in with finely crystallised, lath-like felspar or quartz-grains,
or quartz and felspar conjointly. The constituent minerals are
BY W. N. BENSON. 667
plagioclase, augite, titaniferous magnetite, apatite, and a little
quartz and pyrites, but the proportions between the minerals vary
greatly, as also does the type of felspar present. The handsome
rock, forming the bold cliffs of Hanging Rock [N.T., 327] is one
of the most felspathic (See analysis). It is composed of large,
platy crystals of albite, very slightly decomposed. Between these,
and eating into the main crystals, is a matrix composed of small,
lath-like albite, sometimes with a roughly parallel structure, some-
times with an irregular, confused mat, like the felspar of some
trachytes. The pyroxene is in irregular grains, sometimes imbedded
in the large felspar crystals, frayed out at the ends, and rarely well
bounded; often also it forms small wispy patches lying in the
phenocryst or in the ^felspar mat (Plate xxv., fig. 3). The
pyroxene is almost entirely converted into actinolite. Ilmenite and
apatite, in small amount, make up the rest of the rock, together
with a few grains of epidote. The spongy nature of the felspar, in
this rock, seems good evidence of its secondary origin by recrystal-
lisation through the action of sodic solutions. In others [e.g.,
M.B., 12; see analysis], the felspar is quite fresh in appearance,
not at all spongy, and is albite. The pyroxene, however, is entire-
ly changed to pale, fibrous amphibole. This rock is the "country"
of a small quartz-reef, south-east of Bingara, and is associated
with Tamworth rocks, though east of the serpentine-line.
The majority of the rocks, however, have a plagioclase of about
the composition of andesine. Some slides [e.g., N.T., 197; also from
Hanging Rock], show well how albitisation is proceeding inwards,
with clarification of the dusty andesine. Its change of composition
is clearly not zonal, as it occurs chiefly on the exposed parts of the
crystals, i.e., where they project into the interstices. Concurrently,
the amphibolisation of the pyroxene is in process. This rock is
noteworthy for the abundance of the interstitial quartz, which is
clearly primary. In other rocks, [e.g., N.T., 172, from near the
Swamp Creek Falls (Nundle)], the pyroxene and felspar (ande
sine) are both comparatively fresh. This rock intrudes into a fine-
grained tuff, and contains small interstitial areas of pilotaxitic
rock like spilite.
668 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
The very coarse-grained dolerite-pegmatite, that occurs in the
dolerite of Bowling Alley Point ( 'Possum Mine), is also not albi-
tised; the felspar is andesine and the pyroxene is only slightly
uralitised. It is intersected by many small veins of quartz and
epidote.
In the neighbourhood of Horsearm Creek, Attunga, there is a
series of dolerites altered by the granite-intrusion, and closely
resembling the contact-altered albite-dolerites of Cornwall(35). A
typical example [M.B., 177] has a structure approaching the
ophitic type. Plagioclase is the dominant mineral, in large grains
and smaller laths. The strongly pleochroic, green hornblende is
probably derived from ophitic augite. Some crystals of the same
mineral are scattered about interstitially. Numerous aggregates
occur, composed of small crystals of biotite, together with some
magnetite. A little interstitial quartz occurs with magnetite and
abundant apatite-needles.
(4) Lower Carboniferous Lavas. — It has been shown that the
Rocky Creek conglomerates are interbedded with flows of rhyolite
and other lavas, and contain numerous beds of acid tuff. The
pebbles of the conglomerate largely consist of material derived
from the interstratified flows, together with much quartz, porphyry;
granite, et cetera. While, as yet, the actual lava-flows have not
been studied in detail, and the collections made are entirely from
the pebbles of the conglomerate, it will be best to describe the lavas
among them in this place, rather than as inclusions in the sedimen-
tary series, to show better the sequence of igneous activity in the
area studied.
A dozen rocks were sliced, which have all proved to be rhyolites
of very varying character. The ferromagnesian minerals are very
subordinate, and are usually biotite, often containing zircon. Mag-
netite is present in small quantity only.
The structures present differ considerably. In some [M.B., 9],
the rock is noncrystalline, with phenocrysts of quartz and oligo-
clase, full of glassy inclusions set in a matrix of small felspar-
grains, in a granophyric ground-mass. In another [M.B., 10], the
flow-structure is well pronounced, the flow-lines being marked by
BY W. N BENSON. 669
long rows of axiolites, with a central string of minute magnetite
grains. Here and there, the flow-lines diverge around some pheno-
eryst of orthoclase, or spherulitic patch, or quartz-area free from
flow-structure (Plate xxv., fig. 5). The glassy rocks have similar
quartz and felspar phenocrysts, set in a ground-mass which may
be purely glassy, with a definite flow-band on a rippling structure,
or may be more or less homogeneous. This is usually devitrified, to
a greater or less extent. In one interesting rock [M.B., 7], the
phenocrysts, quartz, oligoclase, biotite, hornblende, and magnetite,
are greater in amount than the glassy matrix in which they are
imbedded.
In the last rock, the felspar is nearly all plagioclase, but, in the
majority of the rocks, orthoclase is abundant. This point is im-
portant, as it would show this series of rocks to be normally potas-
sic lavas, not sodic keratophyres ; and, therefore, not part of the
spilite-keratophyre group, as instituted by Messrs. Dewey and
Flett. The lavas, here described, have not been chemically investi-
gated, but they are almost certainly comagmatic with the Carboni-
ferous rhyolites of the Maitland District, described by Walkom
and Browne(13), which are normally potassic, as may be seen from
Mr. Mingaye's analysis. Walkom and Browne's analysis of a pitch-
stone, from the same region, would, however, show that sodic rocks
are also present.
A rock [M.B.,233] occurs in Jerry's Creek, four miles south of
Crow Mountain, which may possibly be connected with this
series. It consists of xenocrysts of plagioclase and augite, which
have been rolled about in a cooling lava. The rock has a regu-
larly slaggy structure, and bent microlites of felspar throng its
brown, glassy ground-mass (Plate xxv., fig.6).
(5). Peridotites and associated Rocks. — The ultrabasic rocks
are fairly constant throughout the whole length of the serpentine-
belt. As shown by Mr. Andersond), the dominant rock was a
harzbergite, but locally, by diminution in the amount of enstatite,
the rock approaches to the dunites, while the presence of diallage
throws the rock into the Iherzolites. Diminution or absence of
olivine gives an enstatite-rock, " Enstatolite " of Pratt and
Lewis(35).
670 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
Chromite is not common in the pyroxenites, but, in the perido-
tites, it may increase in amount, until it becomes the dominant
constituent.
Associated with the peridotites and pyroxenites, are rarely
amphibolites and olivine-gabbros, more frequently eucrites and
anorthosites. No picrites, troctolites, and norites have been
found yet.
The rocks will be described under the following divisions : —
(a) Peridotites; (b) Pyroxenites; (c) Amphibolites.
(a). The peridotites are almost entirely harzbergites. It is rare
that diallage is present in sufficient amount to cause the rocks to
pass into the lherzolites, while the proportion of rhombic pyroxene
is almost always too great to allow the rock to be classed as a
dunite. There are three main structures developed, the granular
porphyritic, and poikilitic. In the first, the grains of olivine and
enstatite are roughly equal in size, being about 2 mm. in diameter,
while the small chromite-grains rarely exceed J mm. in diameter.
This last mineral has two forms of occurrence. In most cases, it
forms irregularly shaped, but not angular grains. In other cases,
it is quite granophyric in habit, running in irregular, twisting
and branching strings; and while not forming a definite grano-
phyric intergrowth with its host, it seems generally associated
with monoclinic pyroxene. Sometimes the strings of chromite
rise perpendicular from the outer boundary of the enclosing
crystal [bastite in N.T., 238].
In the porphyritic rocks, the pyroxenes are distinctly larger in
size than the olivine. As is seen elsewhere, in thoroughly serpen-
tinised rocks, there may be developed a false porphyritic appear-
ance, owing to the enstatite changing intact to large plates of
bastite, while the olivine has formed a small mesh work of serpen-
tine. In the poikilitic or lustre-mottled types, large bronzite
crystals form the ground-mass of the rock, in which smaller
olivine-grains are set. The best examples of this type of rock
may be obtained on Chrome Hill, behind Bowling Alley Point,
where plates of bastite four inches long, studded with serpentinised
olivine, have been collected. They are a deep brown in colour.
BY W. N. BENSON. 671
So far no examples of bending, as an original structure,
(" Schlieren ") have been obtained.
No rocks yet found in the belt have escaped chemical altera-
tion. The processes of alteration may be classed as : —(a) Normal
serpentinisation ; (/?) Change to antigorite ; (y) Carbonation ;
(8) Silicification with oxidation.
The two latter occur together, the one or the other predominat-
ing, and both are subsequent to the two former. The products
of these processes further differ according to the degree of
pressure they have undergone during their change.
(a). The formation of normal serpentine has been so often de-
scribed, that a brief note will here suffice. The process affects,
but in different ways, olivine, enstatite, and diallage. Olivine
produces its well-known mesh-structures, with, frequently, sepa-
ration of magnetite, which is generally deposited in the strings
of the mesh, along the first-formed cracks; occasionally these
cracks are quite free from magnetite, and the deposition is in the
interstices of the mesh [e.g., N.T., 132]. Enstatite forms large,
clear, platy pseudomorphs, with occasional deposition of magnetite
in the cleavage-cracks. Usually the enstatite becomes very
cloudy while the change is in process, but the finished product,
bastite-serpentine, is quite clear. The alteration of the diallage
is not exhibited by any of the New South Wales serpentines,
further than the grain becoming cloudy, and a small amount of
serpentine forming in the narrow cracks. The chromite is quite
unaltered during this change, and in all subsequent changes also.
There are two types of massive serpentine, which are more
clearly distinguished in the field than under the microscope.
One marks a strong outcrop, with a rough weathering surface
stained red or brown. The oli vine-serpentine is etched out on
weathering, the bastite and talc remain in high relief. On
fracture, the rock is dark, often poikilitic, and frequently con-
tains small, irregular, white patches of steatite, which is exceed-
ingly finely divided and nearly isotropic, owing to mutual com-
pensation. The chemical and physical difference between this
type of rock and its derived soils is shown by the difference in
soil-colour, here reddish, and in the vegetation.
672 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
The other massive serpentine is more purely raagnesian,
weathers to a fairly smooth surface, and whitens by change to
talc, which mineral also forms small veins rarely. Frequently,
the rocks show green and cream-coloured patterns, in varying
shades, of great beauty, reminding one of "alligator-skin" leather.
Rarely they are reddish, and, in one instance, the rock is vesicular
[N.T., 218]. Some constituent has been removed, leaving very
irregular cavities, but what that mineral was, is not at all obvious.
On fracture, the rock shows a fairly smooth, sometimes oily, green
surface flecked by bastite-crystals.
The least altered rock [N.T , 388] occurs in the lower portion
of Munro's Creek. It is chiefly yellowish serpentine, with very
numerous olivine-residuals in its meshes. The pyroxene is
diallage, which has a poikilitic structure. It is but slightly
altered, the serpentine growing out from its cleavages, or inwards
from its outer margin. The presence of the monoclinic pyroxene
makes this rock one of the few lherzolites yet observed in the
area. Chromite is present in only small amount, but white,
cloudy masses of steatite are not infrequent.
The effect of pressure is first marked by the production of an
undulose extinction in the bastite, and the development of
chrysolite-veins throughout the rock. In these, further move-
ment shears the fibres, breaking them into frayed wisps; small
veins are formed, traversing the olivine and bastite serpentine,
filled by fibres and plates crossing them perpendicularly, and
these later become sheared out of position. The movements
naturally tend to take place along the major mesh-lines of the
original serpentinisation, which are marked by the presence of
long strings of magnetite. In such rocks, the original enstatite
may be represented by only an oval patch, with a slightly less
sheared structure, and a greater freedom from bastite than the
rest of the rock. Ultimately even this distinction is lost.
A few examples may be specially noted. The serpentine, in
the highly displaced rocks of Gulf Creek Mine, shows shearing
developed to its greatest degree. The lenticle is apparently
fairly narrow. Its best exposure is in the Mine- workings, for it
is scarcely seen on the surface; and it seems quite impossible,
BY W. \. BKNSON. 673
that the hydration of that small ham! «»f serpentine could be the
causo of its own shearing ami the local dislocation. In bhe main
intrusion, the schistose serpentines bend to occur along the cast
wall, ami, to a less extent, on the west wall of the intrusion,
points where the easterly thrust would he most felt. Mere, the
massive serpentine is locally drawn out into schistose serpent ine.
Leaving " eyes " of massive rock imbedded in the schist, gradually
diminishing in size till the zone oi maximum shear is reached.
This is a feature sometimes observed in Alpine serpentines (fide
Professor Bonney).
A few rocks occur, in which pressure has produced a linear-
parallel, rather than a Lamellar parallel or schistose structure.
This seems to he the result of simple pressure without shear.
Such rocks are rare, hut instances occur at the Lone Hand Mine,
south oi Bingara [M.B., L99] and elsewhere, Less well developed.
From Mr. I). A. Porter, 1 have received a serpentine occurring
probably near the head of Attunga Creek. It is a bastite-
serpentine traversed by numerous parallel veins oi chrysotile,
about half an inch apart, narrow where traversing the bastite-
crystals, but splitting up into liner, anastomosing veins where
crossing the intervening oli vine-serpentine (Plate xxvi., fig.7).
(6). Before describing typical antigorite serpentines, a group of
rocks should be mentioned, that appear to show the first stages
in the transformation into antigorite serpentine. For eon-
venience, these may be termed "felted serpentines." The mass
of the rock is a tine, grey-brown, fell like mass of a dusty nature,
polarising in yellowish tints. In the main, its appearance sug-
gests derivation from a pyroxene, perhaps diallage, for true
bastite occurs also, and a kind of mesh-structure in some portions
likewise. Small, branching veins traverse the rock, bordered
perpendicularly by chrysolite fibres; and sheared chrysolite-veins
may be present also [e.g., N.T., 143; a compact, mottled-green
serpentine from the mouth of Sheep Station Creek, Bowling
Alley Point]. The further stage in alteration is exemplified by
N.T., 103, occurring on the Peel River, a mile to the north-west.
In this, the dusty-brown material has diminished in quantity ;
wide zones, separating the dusty areas, consist of mica like
49
674 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
antigorite-flakes growing out perpendicularly from a central
crack, and stabbing into (clearly replacing) the dusty portions.
Some pseudomorphs of bastite present, are also being replaced in
the same manner, but the process has not gone on so far. Grano-
phyric chromite is also present.
An interesting series of slides shows the successive steps in the
replacement of normal mesh-structure serpentine by antigorite.
An early stage is shown in N.T., 258, from Munro's Creek. This
rock is a harzbergite, so poor in pyroxene as to pass almost into
the dunites. It has first been serpentinised in the normal
manner, and the typical mesh-structure is well seen, accompanied
by the usual disposition of the lines of magnetite-particles. The
pyroxene has passed into bastite. The rock is traversed by
major cracks, marked by a plentiful amount of magnetite-dust,
on either side of which, the normal serpentine has been recrystal-
lised as antigorite, forming large flakes parallel, transverse, or
inclined to the direction of the vein, and stabbing, dagger-like,
into the brownish mesh-serpentine on either side. Here, again,
the replacement of the bastite is not so far advanced (Plate xxvi.,
fig.8).
More advanced in this alteration, is N.T., 383 (Plate xxvi.,
fig.9), a massive serpentine from the Razorback, in Munro's
Creek. The rock was a bastite-serpentine. The whole of the
ground-mass has now become antigorite, disposed in small plates
aggregated into sheaf-like bundles, spreading and fraying out at
either end. Often two sheaves cross one another at right angles,
their separate elements appearing as if interwoven, while the
outer portions may spread so widely as to give the whole mass
the appearance of a spherulite. The large bastite-plates are still
present, but in them, also, the change to antigorite is in process.
The mineral is arranged in similar though large sheaf-like masses,
single or crossed, the warp and woof of the matted plates being
very distinct. Single flakes of antigorite also occur, with their
characteristic, sharp, dagger-like outline in the bastite ground-
mass The position of the strings of magnetite-particles alone
remains to show the original mesh-structure of the matrix of the
rock. A little chromite and carbonates are present. The
BY W. N. BENSON. 675
chemical composition of this rock is of the normal serpentine-
character (See analysis, Table ii. ).
Finally, the completely changed rock is seen in N.T., 491, from
the same locality. All the bastite has passed into antigorite, its
former position being indicated by areas in which the magnetite-
dust occurs in parallel bands. In the remainder of the rock, the
magnetite is in the irregular bands and kernel-aggregates, charac-
teristic of ordinary olivine-serpentine mesh-structure. The posi-
tion of the pseudospherulites of antigorite is quite without rela-
tion to the magnetite-bands, and, consequently, without any
reference to the original cleavage of the pyroxene-minerals, of
which they are the second derivative. Moreover, the appearance
of the interwoven sheaves, both in the olivine and pyroxenic
areas, as combined with the straight extinction of the antigorite,
which makes just those portions that are at right angles, in the
45° position, in polarised light, gives so close a similarity to
what has been termed " gitter struktur " as to strongly sup-
port Professor Bonney's contention, that this structure is more
apparent than real, and by no means a valid indication of the
presence of pyroxene(36). This rock also contains a small amount
of carbonate.
Antigorite-serpen tines also occur in the northern region, but
differ in structure from those described above. A good example
of these is M.B., 319, which occurs in Hall's Creek, fourteen miles
south of Bingara. This is a dark green rock, with a granular
fracture. It consists of blade-like, platy antigorite, usually
arranged standing perpendicularly to a parallel series of cracks.
Often the arrangement is much more irregular. Scattered about
the rocks are irregular grains of chromite. The rock passes, in
the spaces of an inch, into a mass of fibrous, radiating, -pale green
tremolite. The small width of passage-rock is very beautiful in
microscopic section, the antigorite being interspersed with long
prisms, diamond-shaped cross-sections, or isolated, radiating
aggregates of tremolite-prisms (Plate xxvi., fig. 10). The tremo-
lite is frequently surrounded by that most perplexing, greenish
decomposition-product, which Lacroix, while retaining the original
name bowlingite, considers to be probably a variety of idding-
676 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
site(37). It has a very fine, confusedly fibrous structure, high
birefringence, often low by mutual compensation, and varying
green to brown pleochroism. A careful description of this
mineral was given by me, in a paper on some basic inclusions in
the Dundas volcanic pipe near Sydney(38). The suggestion there
was, that the mineral was produced by the action of atmospheric
agencies, as is usually the case.
As pointed out by Professor Bonney (op. cit.), it is nearly
always possible to distinguish an antigorite-serpentine in the
field. It is peculiarly tough under the hammer, and breaks with
a rather rough, granular fracture.
As antigorite-serpentine is frequently present in the Alpine
areas that have suffered the greatest pressure, a series of density-
determinations was made, to discover whether there was any
change in the passage from normal to antigoritic serpentine.
Five rocks were chosen, which, from their colour and micro-
scopical appearance, were considered to be the most nearly allied
in composition, and two carefully selected chips of each were used.
The results were as follows : —
N. T. , 2 1 5 . Mesh serpentine and bastite rather
deficient in magnetite 2*570 to 2-598
N.T.,230. Mesh-serpentine and bastite ... 2-602 to 2-611
N.T.,240. Mesh-serpentine and bastite ... 2-612 to 2-615
N.T.,383. Antigorite-serpentine with bastite 2597 to 2-617
N.T.,491. Antigorite-serpentine 2-620 to 2-632
The difference in specific gravity, between an antigorite- and
a normal serpentine, is thus within the limit of variability of a
single specimen. Though the antigorite appears slightly the
higher, this may be due to the presence of magnetite, the specific
gravity of which is 3*1. It maybe concluded that the formation
of antigorite from mesh-serpentine is not accompanied by any
noteworthy change in density. The first serpentinisation is, of
course, associated with a decrease in density. The least altered
peridotite present, N.T., 212, has a mean specific gravity of
2-815, while a rather more serpentinised rock has a mean density
of 2-739. Fresh harzbergite varies, as a rule, from 3'17 to 3*35
in specific gravity (Rosenbusch).
BY W. N. BENSON. 677
(y). The carbonation of the serpentine naturally resulted in the
freeing of a considerable amount of silica, so that the rocks of
this group may be considered as overlapping, to some extent,
those of the next group, (8) the silicated rocks. They are de-
veloped to a great extent between the Folly and Quackanacka
Creeks, near Nundle, and occur at intervals along the western
side of the intrusion, from Crow Mountain northwards, forming
very large masses near the head of Hall's Creek, " Red Rock/'
and on Myall Creek, near Bingara. The Folly Creek rocks are
pseudomorphous after massive bastite-serpentine. They consist
of talc and carbonate in varying proportions, with dusty mag-
netite, which is so disposed as to show conclusively that it was
developed during serpentinisation, prior to the carbonation, for
it lies in the mesh-structure of olivine-serpentine, on the parallel
lines of bastite-serpentine.
In N.T., 280, and, to a less degree, N.T., 176, 294, and 297,
the bastite pseudomorphs can be seen, in hand-specimen, as large,
purplish-grey plates, splitting along the original bastite-cleavage.
Microscopically, they are composed partly of fine, matted talc,
with a general arrangement parallel to the lines of magnetite,
and partly of roughly idiomorphic carbonate-crystals without
regular orientation, though, in some, the magnetite-lines are the
major diagonals of their cleavage-rhombs, i.e., the original bastite
cleavage-planes become the basal planes of the carbonate-crystals.
Occasionally [e.g., N.T., 176], there is developed a little micaceous
mineral parallel to the same bastite-cleavage, with a marked
green to yellow pleochroism. It is probably clinochlore. The
olivine-serpentine ground-mass is also composed of talc and car-
bonates, the latter being more irregular in shape, and appearing
occasionally to replace residual olivine. The arrangement of talc
is sometimes radial, generally matted. The chromite-grains, in
the specimens examined, are usually granophyric, and analysis
shows that one [N.T., 280] contains 0-55 per cent, of chromic
oxide (See Table ii., p.705).
The schistose carbonate-rocks show also, though not so de-
finitely, their derivation from serpentine by chemical changes.
The rock near the Trevena Mine, on Folly Creek, is strongly
678 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
sheared, and is composed of light and dark carbonate-grains, with
numerous cross-veinlets. The talc and carbonates are very
irregularly distributed, and the former presence of chrysolite-
veins is occasionally indicated. The distribution of the magnetite
is typically that of a sheared serpentine-rock. Sometimes the
rock is silicified by the development of chalcedonic veins.
The rocks on Eumur Creek, Crow Mountain, 20 miles south-
east of Barraba, are also interesting. They are both massive
and schistose. The surface is brown, and the silica-veins are
etched out by chemical erosion. On fracture, they are flesh-pink,
with carbonate and clear siliceous veins. Small, green patches
occur, which prove to be chalcedonic replacements of serpentine,
stained with a little green chlorite. They are sometimes very
finely granular, but occasionally are quite coarsely grained; the
carbonate-mineral (ankerite1?) is quite idiomorphic, and grows
out on either side of the shear-lines that anastomose throughout
the rock.
The ore-body of the Trevena Mine mentioned above, should
also be described here. It is a creamy-white rock, sometimes
quite friable, with a glistening appearance suggesting a decom-
posed, fine-grained greisen (and it is locally termed greisen). It
is full of large and small cubical pyrites. Microscopically, it
varies somewhat in character. One specimen consists of radiate
spherulites of talc, 1 mm. in diameter, dotted with small apatite-
crystals and well-developed, sagenitic webs of rutile. The pyrites-
crystals are in strings, with perfectly formed, minute rhombs of
siderite deeply stained by the separation of haematite. In other
examples, e.g., N.T., 504, the talc is in little flakes, placed in such
a manner as to suggest derivation from antigorite. There is a
little brownish, almost isotropic, matrix, chiefly chalcedony; and
into this, the talc-plates cut sharply, rather in the dagger-like
manner of antigorite. A little quartz is present, with pyrites
and sagenite. Some rocks are very siliceous [e.g., N.T., 499], con-
sisting of quartz with very undulose extinction, talc with pyrites,
carbonate, etc. The foot wall of the ore-body [N.T., 492], is a
green and grey mottled rock, consisting of finely divided talc,
with an antigorite (pseudo-gitter) arrangement. It is dotted
BY W. N. BENSON. 679
with grains of carbonate, and the disposition of the abundant
magnetite-dust suggests the former presence of bastite.
(8). The silicated rocks are also widespread. They are best
developed at the head of Oakenville Creek, near Nundle, at the
head of Munro's Creek, and the mouth of Sheep Station Creek
valley, near Bowling Alley Point. While silicification may occur
with carbonation, it is often quite a separate process. In the
Sheep Station Creek rocks, normal, partly sheared bastite-serpen-
tine passes into isotropic opal, and becomes veined, small open-
ings are dissolved out, and these become lined with radiating
chalcedony [N.T., 130]. In the further altered rocks, such as
those of Oakenville Creek, the greater part of the serpentine may
be dissolved away. The magnesia is removed, and the iron
remains as limonite-powder, in the meshes of a network of large
and small silica-veins, with vughs lined with chalcedony and
quartz-crystals. In fact, a regular sinter is produced. In some
of these " vughs " the magnesite is deposited in dense white,
roughly mammillated masses. Particularly fine specimens of
chalcedony, in mammillated or stalactic form, used to be obtained
on Dangar's Gully, a tributary of Oakenville Creek.
In Spring Creek, about two miles south of Moonbi Railway
Station, is an opaline sinter, passing into massive, white opal,
stippled with small dendrites [N.T., 471].
Non-sin tery, secondary silica-rocks are also divisible into mas-
sive and schistose groups. Among the massive types are some
pyritous chalcedony-rocks, products of extreme silicification,
associated with the carbonate rocks of Folly Creek[N.T., 181,182],
These appear to contain finely divided talc. The rocks between
this point and Munro's Creek consist, of bottle-green opal with
white veins, and a considerable amount of talc. The haematite
thrown out forms a deep red, silicified covering around the green
interior in some cases [N.T., 150], while in others, there are small
cavities lined with chalcedony [N.T., 122], In the same locality
is a slightly schistose, pale green rock with dark green kernels
[N.T., 153]. This consists of pale brown opal crowded with tiny
plates of talc, and containing a few small crystals of chromite,
A somewhat similar green-veined talc-bearing rock is the sole
680 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
representative of the serpentine on Cope's Creek, five miles north
of Bowling Alley Point. On Chrome Hill, the eastern side of
the serpentine is highly schistose, streaked with grey and green
in an opaque white, talc-bearing, siliceous ground-mass, which
has thin films of limonite in all its shearing surfaces [N.T., 44].
We see, therefore, that, here, change to normal serpentine may
be followed by a further change to antigorite, or by carbonation
and silicification, with introduction of metalliferous minerals.
The significance of these observations will be fully discussed in a
later communication.
{b). The pyroxenites are those rocks in which pyroxene becomes
dominant over the olivine. They are not at all abundant. In
two localities only have they been found to any extent. At the
head of Hall's Creek, south of Bingara, they are most abundant.
They consist [M.B., 323] of olivine passing into serpentine with
the mesh-structure and talc ; enstatite, changing along the
cleavages and on the periphery to green and brown anthophyllite,
and white, colourless tremolite passing from the boundaries out,
parallel to the vertical axis of the crystals; and diallage inter-
laminated with the enstatite, and in separate grains which are
less altered. A little granophyric chromite is present also.
The rock from the head of Yellow Rock Creek, south of Crow
Mountain [M.B., 197] is almost a pure enstatite-rock. It contains
very little diallage and olivine, and is decomposing directly into
talc, with here and there a little serpentine.
(c). The amphibolites are even more rare. They occur at the
Paling Yard, north-east of Barraba, and form the country of the
peculiar orbicular chromite. The unaltered rock [M.B., 189] is
compact, green, rough to the touch, and exceedingly tough under
the hammer. It is composed entirely of nearly colourless, tremo-
litic hornblende, which is prismatic in habit, rarely reaching a
greater length than 1 mm., and often multiply twinned. Scattered
about interstitially is a very small amount of clinochlore with a
noticeable pleochroism, yellow-brown to pale green. The double
refraction is too strong to allow it to be pennine, which it
resembles in pleochroism. The chemical analysis of this rock is
fully confirmatory of the microscopical determination. The
BY W. N. BENSON. 681
excess of potash over soda was unexpected, but a duplicate
analysis gave almost identical figures.
The rock passes into a serpentine like antigorite; it does not
appear so crystalline to the naked eye, but cleavage-surfaces
remain, showing a bronzy lustre [M.B., 186]. These are due to
the development of small schiller-plates in the amphibole-
cleavages. The serpentine, like antigorite, grows inwards from
the periphery of the grains, and forms small, dagger-like flakes
stabbing the residual kernels (Plate xxvi., fig. 11).
Two curious rock-types, associated with the serpentine, may
be mentioned here. The chrome-bearing rock at Paling Yard,
east of Barraba, is quite unique as far as has been seen. It is
pale green in colour, crowded with spheroidal aggregates of
chromite about 5 mm. in diameter (or less). They may vary in
amount, from about 25% of the rock till, in extreme cases, they
are present almost to exclusion of the serpentine-matrix. These
spherules are made up of exceedingly minute, but perfectly
crystallised chromite-cubes, and sometimes contain a little anti-
gorite. The matrix is made up of bladed antigorite and kam-
mererite, the pink chrome-bearing chlorite. The latter is in
plates, with a low birefringence and straight extinction. Occa-
sionally, it shows a radial structure. The chemical composition
of this rock [N.T., 475] is given in Table ii., p. 705.
The other rock-type is very different. It occurs in fragments,
in a water-race near the head of Oakenville Creek, Nundle; and,
though not found in situ, it probably forms veins in the serpen-
tine. The previous notice of this rock was by Mr. W. A.
Dixon(39), who referred to it as a kind of chlorite. He described
it as forming a vein in the serpentine, and stated it to be "massive
translucent, with a sea-green colour, waxy lustre, and unctuous
feel; gives a white streak and powder. In a sealed tube gives
off water and becomes white; before the blowpipe it is infusible,
but becomes opaque and reddish- white, and is not acted on by
hydrochloric acid. Hardness 2. Specific gravity 2-68."
All the above statements hold for the specimens collected by
the writer. The physical properties are those of pseudophite.
Dixon's analysis (see Table ii.) does not give any recognisable
682 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
formula, but a new analysis [N.T., 321] gives figures approximat-
ing to the chlorite-formula :
5(MgFe)0, (AlFeCr)203, 3 Si02, 4 H20.
The earlier analysis shows a great excess of alumina and
deficiency of magnesia, and this is doubtless due to the use of
only one or two precipitations of alumina with it. In the newer
analysis, the first alumina-precipitate was noticeably more bulky
than the second and third, and five reprecipitations, in all, were
employed. Mr. Mingaye, on my calling attention to the unsatis-
factory nature of the older analysis, made another, of a specimen
in the Mining Museum in Sydney, with the result tabulated.
This shows more alkalies and nickel, and less water than N.T.,
321. The latter analysis was, therefore, checked and confirmed
in the figures for those oxides. A real variation does, therefore,
exist.
Other occurrences of pseudophite are quite different from this.
Dr. Flett, in the Lizard (40), and Professor Lacroix, in the
Pyrenees(28), have both noted pseudophite occurring with peri-
dotite; but, in both cases, it replaced alkaline felspar, and showed
a pseudomorphous character, and want of homogeneity.* The
Hanging Rock specimen is absolutely homogeneous and structure-
less, and so finely divided it is with difficulty possible to make
out the individual chlorite flakes in the mutually compensating
mass.
(6). The gabbroid rocks occur here and there, and in greater
or less amount, all along the serpentine-belt. In the localities
where they are but slightly developed, it is clear that they
intrude into the serpentine; but where they are most abundant,
as east of Cobbadah, their relationships are not so obvious. The
original rocks must have been fairly uniform in character They
were eucrites composed of pale green dial lage and bytownite, and
had an even, granitic texture, and medium grain-size. The ex-
ceptions to this were comparatively few, and comprise pegmatitic
eucrites and olivine-gabbro.
* Mr. Howard Fox, who first noted this mineral at Kynance (Minera-
logical Magazine, 1891, p.275) thought it replaced plagioclase. That is
not possible at (jew Graze, but may be elsewhere in the Lizard.
BY W. N. BENSON. 683
Many alterations have taken place. The most frequent change
is the passage of the felspar into saussurite, so often described
from other areas; but, in addition, grossularite and prehnite-
bearing rocks are developed, as well as other types.
Very few fresh specimens of eucrite are obtainable The least
altered [N.T , 118] occurred south of Chrome Hill, Bowling Alley
Point. Its pyroxene (chrome-diopside) is pale green in colour,
almost mica-like, and is set in a matrix of clear, even-grained
plagioclase. The pyroxene, which is moulded on the felspar, has
commenced to change into tremolite, and the specific gravity of
the felspar (2-751 ) indicates that it is anorthite. This determina-
tion is confirmed by the analysis given [Table ii.].
The only olivine-gabbro found, occurs intruding into the ser-
pentine in Spring Creek, Moonbi. It is a dark grey in colour,
and very decomposed superficially. It consists of saussuritised
plagioclase, with a little prehnite forming along the cracks ;
diallage irregularly bounded and intergrown with the plagioclase;
and olivine in fairly idiomorphic grains, more or less decomposed
into serpentine, and bordered by a band of noticeably pleochroic
pink to white hypersthene, which is quite fresh.
The pegmatitic types are best developed on Chrome Hill,
Bowling Alley Point. They consist of grey-brown pyroxene and
white felspar. Sometimes the crystals are comparatively small,
i.e., 3-5 mm., in diameter, but usually they are much larger;
diallage-plates more than 5 cm., in length, have been collected.
These rocks frequently show ophitic structure very well developed
in hand-specimens. A little magnetite may also be visible.
Under the microscope, the diallage of most coarse-grained speci-
mens was found to be more or less akered to tremolite, lying
parallel to the vertical axis, or occasionally in a small knot of
fibres. Dotted about the plate, and occurring especially around
the periphery, are small, brown flakes and bands of hsematiteC?).
The felspar is completely saussuritised, and there are a few
irregular veins of prehnite. The smaller-grained examples [N.T.,
7] are more interesting. The felspar is less altered. The diallage
shows some peculiar intergrowths of several individuals of pyrox-
ene. Along lines of cleavage, fracture, or other plane of weak-
684 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 111.,
ness, the mineral has commenced to pass into tremolite. Usually
this is placed parallel to the vertical axis of the diallage, and
developed fairly evenly throughout the grain, giving it a peculiar,
mottled appearance. In other cases, the whole plate will have
passed into tremolite, forming a multiply twinned mass of parallel
amphibole-fibres.
The normal types of highly altered, fine-grained eucrites in
hand-specimen are opaque white, with dull green spots, just like
the typical euphotides or saussuritic gabbros of the Alps and
Appenines; and, under the microscope, show the same features.
They consist of dusty diallage more or less completely changed to
tremolite, and dull grey-white saussurite traversed by small veins
of clinozoisite. The original twin-lamellae of the plagioclase can
still be seen in some cases, e.g., M.B., 327, from Upper Bingara.
Occasionally, the saussurite would be flaked with lighter spaces,
which consist of optically continuous prehnite. Rarely, hyper-
sthene is found in these rocks, a good instance occurring at the
old Paling Yard Diggings [N.T., 481]. The mineral is in rounded
grains, about 3 mm., in diameter, and is faintly pleochroic. In
this rock, the felspar has altered in an unusual manner The
cracks in some grains have been marked by the development of
grey-brown, dusty bands, increasing in number until the whole
mass becomes opaque. These pass into areas without sharp
demarcation, which consist of very finely divided prehnite(?),
while some of the diallage has passed into serpentine, partly
fibrous, and partly platy; the hypersthene is quite unaltered.
In N.T., 469, from Moonbi, the felspar has changed entirely to
rather coarsely granular zoisite, with characteristic blue inter-
ference tint. The diallage is much strained, but is otherwise
unaltered.
Another modification occurs at Upper Bingara, and is dis-
tinguished by the presence of much prehnite. This striking
mineral forms in veins; the individual grains are rarely as much
as 1 mm., in diameter. Its large, optical, axial angle, optically
positive character, straight extinction, and high refractive index
and birefringence are very characteristic. The saussurite, on
either side, is seen to have passed almost entirely into a fine
BY W. N. BENSON. 685
mosaic of prehnite-grains. It is evident that this change has
taken place after the felspar has been partly saussuritised, with
the development of dust-filled cracks; these now remain in the
prehnite. The diallage in this rock [M.B., 17] is being altered,
partly to tremolite, but chiefly to antigorite and pale pink garnet,
occurring as little irregular blebs, formed owing to reaction with
the felspar.
In another example of the development of garnet, the case is
rather different. This rock [N.T., 417] occurred at Bowling
Alley Point, and, in some features, recalled the rocks of the
Paringu massif in Roumania, studied by G. M. Murgoci(Sl). The
original minerals were apparently diallage and plagioclase only.
The diallage is sometimes fresh, but usually only an outer shell
remains, the central portion having passed into antigorite, which
is bordered by numerous, small, colourless crystals of fassaite.
The plagioclase, where in contact with the ferromagnesian
minerals, has passed into a dusty aggregate of finely granular
garnet, and small strings of these grains are working into the
main mass of the felspar along the cleavage-cracks.* The de-
velopment of prehnite, from the felspar, is also in progress, and
this mineral, with the garnet and cloudy saussuritic products,
completely replaces the original plagioclase. The cleavage of
the felspar is preserved in the pseudomorph, even though it has
become merely a patchwork of brightly polarising, variously
oriented prehnite-grains. This mode of occurrence of prehnite,
is considered by Weinschenk ( Petrographic Methods, p. 299) to
be the same form described as lotrite by Murgoci.
Another type of saussurite-gabbro is shown by M.B., 181, from
south of Gulf Creek. It is quite similar in appearance to the
other saussurite-gabbros, but differs in the presence of coarsely
crystallised clinozoisite. The rock, as a whole, is extensively
altered. The diallage is sometimes bent, but may remain other-
wise unaltered, or have passed into tremolite, and, locally, still
further into fibrous and platy serpentine. This last passes parallel
* The saussurite-gabbro, described by Prof. Bonney from the Saasthal,
shows also this feature, of a garnet-border to the pyroxenes. See Phil. Mag.
1892, p. 243.
686 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
to the vertical axis of the diallage up into veins, where it becomes
twisted and irregular. Sometimes it is without definite orienta-
tion, and exhibits the thorn-structure. The clinozoisite occurs
in isolated grains, and is very irregularly distributed. The
grains are unusually large, sometimes 2 mm., in length. They
are prismatic in habit, usually twinned singly or multiply, and
such twinning throws the basal cleavage-lines, on each side, into
a herring-bone or zigzag pattern. Optically, it is distinguished
by its high refractive index, low anomalous birefringence, low
extinction, and large, optical, axial angle. The grains are usually
surrounded by prehnite (Plate xxvi., fig.ll).
South of Bingara, there are a number of other peculiar modifi-
cations of gabbro. In the field, they are remarkable for their
density; they are either greenish-white in character, or trans-
lucent and grey, and are spotted with greyish or greenish ser-
pentine-masses pseudomorphous after pyroxene. M.B., 36, of the
translucent grey type, has a specific gravity of 3*420, while that
of the unaltered gabbro, N.T., 118, is 2-930. The rock consists
entirely of garnet locally darkened by the segregation of dusty
particles. It contains lakelets of antigorite representing the
residue of the original pyroxenes, for there can be no doubt that
the garnet has encroached considerably on the pyroxene-bound-
aries. The chemical composition of this rock is given in Table
iii. The whitish rocks [e.g., M.B., 43] differ from this, in that
there is a considerable development of prehnite in little scales,
quite invisible in ordinary light.
The garnet-gabbros are also developed at Bowling Alley Point,
as for instance, N.T., 261, which consists of minute grains of
colourless garnet and serpentine. In this connection may be
mentioned Mr. Porter's discovery of well crystallised, colourless
garnet (topazolite) in the serpentine of Sheep Station Creek, in
the same neighbourhood.
A most interesting slide [N.T., 486] from the mass east of
Cobbadah, shows that decomposition of the pyroxene is not an
essential part of the process of garnet-making. The rock, which
is aphanitic, pale green and translucent, consists of a few dis-
torted, but otherwise unaltered diallage-crystals in a ground-mass
BY W. N. BENSON. 687
of translucent, finely divided prehnite developing at the expense
of the colourless garnet, which forms the ground-mass.
This garnet-rock is, doubtless, that described by Professor
Judd(42) as forming a vein near Bingara; and which has been com-
pared by Professor Marshall to the grossularite-diallage rock from
the Dun Mountain, New Zealand, which lie has termed rodin-
gite(43). The comparative study of some of his material, as well
as chemical analysis, shows the correctness of this identification,
but I cannot concur in Professor Marshall's views as to the origin
of this rock. Abandoning his former view, that they were gabbros
modified by absorption of limestone!**), he now considers them
to have crystallised out in their present state; and he compares
them with the ariegite group of garnet-peridotites. I have
studied Professor Lacroix's type-collection of ariegites, and cannot
see that they resemble rodingite at all. The long series of
alterations of eucrite recorded above, and the regular increase in
specific gravities, show clearly that the grossularite-rock is an
extremely altered form of eucrite. It often occurs with prehnite,
as seen above, and as recorded by Marshall. The Bingara rodin-
gite occurs among saussuritic eucrites, but, until field-evidence
has been more fully studied, I cannot suggest how they have
become so altered. It was certainly not by absorption of lime-
stone.
A final and entirely different manner of alteration is shown by
M.B., 51, from Upper Bingara. In hand-specimens, it appears
to be a gabbroid rock that has been highly sheared and veined.
Mineralogically, it is altered beyond recognition as a gabbro. It
consists chiefly of tremolite aggregated in ragged, multiply-
twinned plates. These have a rough parallelism with a single
shearing direction, but are locally contorted and interwoven.
They are set in a ground-mass of clear albite-felspar, occasionally
showing bent, multiple twinning. The rest of the rock is made
up of large veins of prehnite.
The various changes in the gabbros, that have been described,
are usually those considered as taking place under pressure.
Besides the very frequent distortion which the altered rocks
have suffered, an interesting confirmation is obtained by the
688 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, iti.,
gradual increase in density. The following table shows the con
dition and density of a number of specimens so chosen that the
proportion between pyroxene and felspar should be, as far as
possible, equal in each, to exemplify truly the change in rock-
density.
Table showing the increase in the density of the gabbro with
increasing mktamorphism.
Rock.
NT.
M.B.
N.T.
N.T.
M.B.
, 118
, 181
,417
,477
, 17
Nature.
N.T.,486
M.B.
M.B.
43
36
M.B.,51
Eucrite-gabbro, almost quite fresh .
Felspar from the same (anorthite) ...
Chrome-diopside
Rock much more felspathic than N.T. ,118, entirely
changed, with formation of saussurite, a little
prehnite and scattered crystals of clinozoisite...
Rock with less pyroxene than N.T. , 118, and this
changed to serpentine; the felspar is saussurite
with commencement of formation of garnet
Gabbro rich in pyroxene, with saussuritised felspar
and prehnite...
Very felspathic gabbro entirely saussuritised, with
further changes to prehnite, affecting nearly
half
Rock in which the felspar is almost entirely
changed to grossularite, which is passing in
turn into prehnite ; but the pyroxene is un-
altered
Rock almost entirely garnet, with a minor amount
of prehnite ...
Garnet-rock, with a very little serpentine
Prehnite
Grossularite
2 8
3 55
Highly crushed gabbro, composed of tremolite,
prehnite, and albite
Density.
2 930
2751
3-202
2-823
2 945
3001
3011
3194
3 352
3 420
to 2-95
to 3-66
2-940
(7a). The post-peridotite dolerites differ in microscopical char-
acters from the earlier dolerites, They have been most studied
between the Paling Yard and Crow Mountain, and as yet their
equivalents have not been discovered in the Nundle district.
They vary considerably in character. Some are intimately
associated with the gabbros and peridotites, and have suffered
the same alterations to grossularite- and prehnite-bearing types
BY W. N. BENSON. 689
as are seen among the gabbros, with which they are probably
genetically connected. A series of rock exist, however, which
show increasing amounts of quartz, and approach to a panidio-
morphic structure, thus exhibiting some resemblance to certain
of the lamprophyres.
The following may be considered as typical examples — M.B.,
225 : intrusive into the serpentine, five miles south of Crow
Mountain. In hand-specimen resembling the Nundle dolerites,
medium grain-size, and dark greyish-green colour, with grey and
pinkish felspars. It consists of rough idiomorphic augite, making
up about one-half the rock-mass. It has usually a large, optic,
axial angle, but, in one instance, this was only 65a. Hence
there may be some excess of the enstatite-molecule present. It
is partly converted to actinolite. The felspar is slightly zoned,
and is basic andesine; a little orthoclase is present, and possibly
a little quartz. A similar rock [M.B., 229] intrudes into the
serpentine at Crow Mountain, and is noteworthy for the presence
of a clear zone of secondary plagioclase (andesine) around each
felspar-prism.
The dyke of dolerite in the serpentine at the Paling Yard[M.B.,
68], and that three miles south of Gulf Creek [M.B., 194], on the
eastern side of the serpentine, differ from the above in their
greater approach to panidiomorphism, and the abundance of the
interstitial quartz, either granular [M.B., 194] or granophyric.
Small veins of prehnite occur in the Paling Yard rock.
There are others, however, which are quite free from quartz.
A dyke in the serpentine on Eumur Creek [M.B., 198] consists of
plagioclase, and small, roughly idiomorphic augite, giving a
granulitic structure. This felspar is very clear, and the augite
quite undecomposed. It occasionally has sahlite-striation, but
the optic, axial angle is always large. Veins of prehnite are
abundant, and small, isolated patches of the same mineral occur
throughout the rock. A little pennine and titanomorphite are
also present. M.B., 187, from the same locality, appears exactly
similar in ordinary light, save for the greater roughness of the
50
690 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
colourless portion. This is due to the fact, that the whole of the
felspar has been replaced by prehnite, which forms very irregu-
larly shaped, interlocking patches. The crushing of the rock
has induced a very undulose, sometimes anomalous, extinction in
the prehnite, making its determination difficult. In unstrained
areas, and especially on the borders of the slide, where the
cleavage shows better, the following observations were made,
which determine the mineral to be prehnite. The refractive
index is greater than anorthite, but less than pyroxene, the ex-
tinction being parallel to the cleavage. The optical character is
positive, the optic, axial angle slightly greater than 125°, and the
axial plane is perpendicular to the cleavage. The double refrac-
tion-colours are often low, but tints, higher than those of the
highest colour for the diallage, have been observed. Sometimes
rocks such as this are porphyritic, with prehnite as phenocrysts,
e.g., M.B., 236, a dyke on Crow Mountain.
Another curious rock forms a dyke in the serpentine on the
road near Wood's Reef [M.B., 83]. It forms a dense, red,
weathering skin on an interior of hard, aphanitic, buff-coloured
rock. This consists of small twinned pyroxenes, sometimes with
the herring-bone structure, lying in a ground-mass of finely
granular, almost homogeneous garnet. A similar but more coarse-
grained rock, [M.B., 28] differs in being pale green in colour; the
garnet is clouded with dusty, oblong areas, both large and small,
the appearance of which strongly suggests that they represent
the original felspar-laths and phenocrysts. The rock was pro-
bably somewhat sheared before its alteration.
Finally may be mentioned, a dyke-rock [M.B., 185] occurring
at Paling Yard. It is greenish, recalling a dunite, but consists
of kaolinised felspar with secondary albite, epidote, and streaks
of chlorite.
The mineralogical changes in these rocks are closely analogous
to those that have been undergone by the gabbros, and are clearly
pressure-effects, which, as will be seen, have not been suffered by
any subsequent rocks to anything like such an extent, It must,
therefore, be taken that these dolerites were closely associated
BY W. N. BENSON. 691
with the serpentine and gabbro intrusions, and modified by the
same dynamic action as these. They are to be sharply separated,
therefore, from the entirely distinct dolerites of the Blue Knob
group.
In Dr. Bonney's collection are some specimens indistinguish-
able from M.B., 83, described above, which were obtained by Dr.
J. M. Bell, from the Serpentine Belt, Narsatas Hill, (Urals 1)
Siberia. They have not yet been described, and I am much
indebted to Dr. Bonney for permission to mention them here.
(6,6). There is a small series of acid dykes intruding into the
serpentine at several localities. M.B., 316, occurs near the
Devonian limestones, 14 miles south of Bingara. It is a purplish-
blue in colour, with small, white felspar-phenocrysts. It consists
of albite in three forms. The idiomorphic phenocrysts are slightly
clouded by decomposition, and twinned on the albite and mane-
bach laws. They are sometimes corroded, and show also strain-
effects. The ground-mass consists of very finely divided albite
in a mosaic, with irregularly shaped patches and lenticles of
water-clear, larger crystals. Set all through, are radiating
fibrous aggregates of pleochroic pennine, changing from pale
purplish-blue to green. There are also numerous, small, irregular
fragments of sphene, and some yellow clinochlore.
M.B., 230, which intrudes into the serpentine, south of Eumur
Creek, is a paler rock. It consists of large, strained albite-
crystals, with more or less granulated edges, lying in a mosaic of
highly strained, interlocking quartz-grains. A very little of the
fibrous pennine is also present. In M.B., 21, the granulation
has proceeded still further, and the felspars are almost entirely
replaced by exceedingly, minutely powdered albite, lying in a
mass of larger, recrystallised but strained quartzes. Where still
intact, the albite is passing into tiny flakes of mica. The pennine
is absent, but small strings of granular diopside(?) occur. There
are also a few grains of rutile. This specimen is a hard, white,
granular rock, occurring near the limestone and serpentine at
Spring Creek, Bingara, in such a way as to seem an alteration-
product of the marble produced by the peridotite-intrusion. The
692 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
microscope, however, shows that it must be a dyke later than
either.
The presence of albite-bearing dykes, in the serpentine, calls
for some remark. Prof. Lacroix(28) instances dykes similar to
the above, accompanying the ultrabasic rocks, in support of his
contention that the ultrabasic magmas gave out alkaline emana-
tions. The " granite " of Gew Graze, at the Lizard(40), which is
changed locally into pseudophite, is very similar in microscopical
appearance, and contains identical needles of pale green pennine.
Similar rocks again occur in the Serpentine Belt at Narsatas
Hill, Siberia, where it was found by Dr. J. M. Bell. The slices
studied were found in the collection of Dr. Bonney, by whose
kind permission they are here noted. The association of serpen-
tine with sodic solutions may possibly account for the production
of glaucophane in the sediments altered by the intrusion of the
peridotite at Angel Island, Calif ornia(*9).
(8). So far as they have been examined, the dolerites and
dolerite-porphyrites of the Blue Knob group of intrusions are a
fairly homogeneous series of rocks within certain limits. They
are quite different in character from both the older dolerites, and
the post-peridotite group of rocks, and are probably younger than
either.
The typical dolerite of the Blue Knob laccolite [M., 312] is a
medium-grained rock, composed chiefly of idiomorphic labradorite,
which is strongly zoned, and clouded with epidote and probably
zoisite. With this is a large amount of idiomorphic augite, partly
quite fresh and pale yellow in colour, but, in the main, completely
decomposed to bright yellow-green chlorite. Large grains of
ilmenite are abundant. Between the crystals, there is a small
amount of more finely crystallised matter. This consists of
quartz, decomposed felspar, and abundant, small crystals of
apatite, which mineral does not occur in the plagioclase-pheno-
crysts, except in their outer edges.
The porphyrites occur in the narrower intrusions, dykes, and
sills. As typical of these, M.B.,326, may be described. It occurs
on the main road, two miles south of Cobbadah. It is a hand-
some rock, with a fine-grained, dark green ground-mass, a few
BY W. N. BENSON. 693
darker augite-phenocrysts, and abundant, pale green crystals of
plagioclase, 3 mm. in diameter, showing zonary banding very
distinctly. This is labradorite. The augite-phenocrysts have
passed into peculiar, spherulitic masses of chlorite. The ground-
mass is finely crystallised, lathy andesine, with a little epidote
and chlorite, and much leucoxene. Some pyrites is present.
Occasionally, the rock is very rich in veins and spherules of white
prehnite, as in M.B., 64, from the intrusions on the Manilla River
at Plumthorpe, 10 miles west of Barraba.
Possibly there should be classed with this group M.B., 285, a
purplish-green rock forming a narrow band in the mudstone one
mile west of Eulowrie homestead, on the Horton River. It con-
sists of large and small phenocrysts of zoned plagioclase, with
pseudomorphs of calcite and chlorite after a pyroxene, possibly
hypersthene, though they are not unlike the augite-pseudomorphs
in the Blue Knob dolerite. The ground-mass is quite subordinate.
It consists of orthophyric plagioclase-crystals, with a little augite
and some magnetite, set in a small amount of glassy base.
(9). Granites, Granodiorites, and Porphyries. — The grouping
in order of age, given in Part i., was as under : —
(a)Felsites, etc., of the Bingara District.
(b)Granodiorites of Nun die and their associated porphyries.
(c)Sphene-granites of Moonbi.
(d)Tingha granite.
(e)Acid granite.
(/) Tourmaline-granite.
(a) An example of this group occurs near the Ruby Hill basalt-
neck, south of Bingara. Mr. Pittman describes it as a microcrystal-
line quartz-felsite.
(b) The chief feature of the second group is the immense number
and variety of the porphyritic apophyses. As typical of the
plutonic members, are described N.T., 384, from the upper end of
Duncan's Creek, and N.T., 413, from Mt. Ephraim. The former
has a hypidiomorphic, granular texture, and consists of zoned oligo-
clase-andesine, a very little orthoclase, abundant quartz showing
694 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
strain-effect, biotite (slightly chloritised, with haloed zircon-inclu-
sions), twinned hornblende sometimes idiomorphic, well crystal-
lised magnetite, and apatite, together with a little secondary epi-
dote. This may clearly be classed as a granodiorite. N.T., 413,
will fall into the same group, though it differs in its smaller grain-
size, greater amount of orthoclase, absence of hornblende, rarity of
magnetite, and presence of a little sphene. The grain-size is less
regular, and the orthoclase occurs in a few large grains poikiliti-
cally enclosing quartz and plagioclase.
Of the apophyses, the most striking are the black felspar-por-
phyries, or malchites. These are very abundant, especially east of
Munro's Creek. They have a dark, aphanitic ground-mass, with
white phenocrysts of plagioclase, and sometimes smaller, dark
phenocrysts of hornblende. Microscopically, the rocks are seen to
consist of idiomorphic prisms of brown hornblende, with usually
small, fibrous extensions of actinolite, as described by Cross. The
felspar is also idiomorphic; it is zoned and twinned on the albite,
pericline, carlsbad, and (rarely) manebach laws; its average com-
position varies from acid labradorite to basic oligoclase. It is often
much decomposed, with formation of zoisite, sericite, etc. The
ground-mass is exceedingly fine-grained, consisting of lathy or
granular plagioclase crowded with very minute, but perfect horn-
blende-prisms. Some magnetite is present in the phenocrysts and
ground-mass. Sometimes a little biotite is present. In N.T., 89, is
a large, chloritising flake encircled by small hornblende-prisms.
This interesting specimen shows also a contact-surface with the
spilites and the edge of the epidote-veins in these basic rocks. A
vein in the spilite stops short at the boundary of the porphyry.
Along the surface of contact, there is a zone only 2 mm. thick,
crowded with phenocrysts with general flow-direction. In places,
a small vein of quartz appears in the actual line of contact (Plate
xxvii., Fig. 13).
Sometimes these porphyries are entirely decomposed {e.g., N.T.,
62), and are then dense, cream-coloured rocks, in which the origi-
nal hornblende is represented by limonite-pseudomorphs.
BY W. N. BENSON. 695
Related to these rocks, are two other groups of porphyries. The
first group may be termed the grey porphyries, being less dark than
the last group. They are very frequent about the head of Munro's
Creek, and are characterised by the more coarsely crystalline
nature of the felsitic base. The felspar-phenocrysts are generally
smaller and often fresh. The hornblende is usually much smaller,
and is considerably decomposed to chlorite, or to chlorite, biotite,
and calcite [N.T., 82], and the secondary material is distributed
about the rock. In one [N.T., 33], hornblende forms long, faintly
coloured prisms of a brownish-pink tint, and decomposes to red-
brown chlorite. There is often apatite noticeably present, and
quartz is not infrequent in the base, and occurs occasionally
as xenocrysts [N.T., 82]. The ground-mass is usually a mosaic
of irregularly granular material, but sometimes [N.T., 319], it is
pilotaxitic. This last rock is remarkable in containing a little
pyrite. Its porphyritic character is not pronounced, and still less
so is that of N.T., 387, which has quite a schistose appearance in
hand-specimen. Orthoclase is present in these rocks, but only in
small amount.
A second variation is afforded by the granophyric porphyries, in
which there is a considerable amount of micrographic structure.
A regular sequence can be traced, from rocks in which spherulitic
structure is just suggested in the base mosaic [N.T., 42, 99], to those
in which it becomes well marked in the base [N.T., 142, 516] ; and.
finally, to those rocks in which the whole base is granophyric, and
set with seriate* phenocrysts of plagioclase. In this rock, biotite
replaces hornblende.
The quartz-porphyries have also their fine- and coarse-grained
varieties. Several, very fine-grained examples occur on the water-
shed between Duncan's and Munro's Creeks. They are grey or
creamy-pink in colour, and consist of more or less idiomorphic
quartz-grains often strained, in a micro-felsitic base, which some-
* A useful term suggested by Iddings.
696 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
times shows strong fluxional arrangement [e.g., N.T., 87]. The
rocks are almost free from ferromagnesian minerals, or may con-
tain a small amount of biotite. finally, there is a rock [N.T., 404]
occurring on the same ridge, composed of rounded grains of
quartz and acid plagioclase about 1 mm. in diameter, with a very
little, fine-grained base. It may be considered a soda-aplite.
(c)The sphene-granites of Moonbi have been described by Mr.
G. W. Card(18, p. 2 10). Summarising his remarks, the rock is
not conspicuously porphyritic. It contains hornblende and biotite,
with a tendency to segregate with magnetite into basic patches.
Sphene is plentiful. Felspars predominate, with orthoclase and
plagioclase in varying proportion, the latter zoned oligoclase.
Quartz is not very abundant. An analysis is given of the granite
from Walcha Road, a portion of the same massif (Table iii., p.
706).
These granites also extend northwards from Tamworth to At-
tunga, and, in Horsearm Creek, many basic segregations were
noticed by the present writer. In these, the colourless and coloured
minerals are present in about equal amounts. Orthoclase and oli-
goclase are about equal, quartz is rather less abundant. The pre-
dominant, coloured constituent is biotite, which contains a little
zircon. Almost colourless augite is rather subordinate, and decom-
poses peripherally to actinolite. A little magnetite is present in
small cubes.
(d),(e),(/) Tne Tingha granite (d), and the acid tin-bearing
granites occur near the great bend on the Gwydir River, 30 miles
south-east of Bingara. They have been described by Mr. Andrews
and Mr. Cotton. Mr. Andrews classes the Bendemeer granite with
the acid granite(18, p.212, 219; 19, p.742).
The Tingha granite is porphyritic with plagioclase and quartz
phenocrysts, with biotite, hornblende and accessory apatite, and a
second generation of quartz and felspar in the base. Local modifi-
cations are very porphyritic, and contain pegmatites and tourma-
line felsite dykes. The acid granites are coarsely crystalline, con-
sisting of quartz and orthoclase, with sometimes a little biotite and
BY W. N. BENSON. 697
magnetite. Mr. Cotton, at first, classed the tourmaline-granites as
a modification of the acid granites (op. cit.), but he now considers
them to be a separate intrusion. He found them near Tingha.
Mr. Stonier has reported them to occur "east of Bingara," and
the present writer found them near New England Creek, east of
Manilla, 50 miles south of Tingha.
(10) The lamprophyric rocks are of uncertain age and affinities.
They intrude into Devonian, and probably Carboniferous rocks,
forming small dykes, and all the occurrences noted are within a
few miles of the serpentine-belt. In the absence of definite evi-
dence to the contrary, they will be considered to be a late phase
of the granitic intrusion, as is usual. The rocks collected, show a
considerable range of character, and may be referred to several
types. The minettes are represented by M.B., 145, occurring in a
dyke near the contact of granite and serpentine at Attunga. It is
a dark, medium to fine-grained rock, with glistening mica-plates.
It contained abundant idiomorphic biotite, decomposing with
separation of magnetite and diopside in well defined prisms,
slightly uralitised. The felspathic constituent is chiefly orthoclase
in singly twinned prisms or more irregular grains, while a minor
amount of oligoclase is present. Interstitial quartz occurs in
small amount, and apatite is abundant. There is a little secondary
calcite. The analysis indicates the strongly potassic character of
the rock (Table iii.).
A very fine minette [M.B., 200] occurs about one-quarter of a
mile south-west of Eumbra homestead, Crow Mountain (Plate xxvn.,
Fig. 14). It forms a small intrusion in the mudstone, beside an
intrusion of dolerite, but the relation of the rocks to each other
has not been ascertained. Unfortunately^ the minette is very
decomposed and friable. It consists of coarsely granular ortho-
clase, and abundant, hexagonal plates of strongly pleochroic bio-
tite, containing minute zircons. Small, idiomorphic prisms of
diopside, thick needles of apatite, and a very little interstitial
quartz are also present.
The vosgesites are more abundant, and have been found on the
Frenchman's Spur, near Nundle [N.T., 190, 317], and on Tom
698 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
Tiger Hill, opposite N.T., 390 ; on Wiseman's Arm Creek, north of
Attunga [M.B., 144], on Bungemullagalarno Peak [M.B., 275],
and north of Namoi River. They are fine-grained rocks, usually
pink in colour, with abundant, small crystals of green hornblende.
Rarely, in the freshest specimens, they are grey. Microscopically,
they are seen to be chiefly composed of lath-like felspar, orthoclase
dominating over plagioclase, while there is a good deal of intersti-
tial quartz. The hornblende-prisms are up to 2 mm. in length, and
are passing into chlorite. A little apatite and magnetite occur,
also a small amount of secondary calcite.
Augite-vosgesite occurs on Deep Lead Creek, Mt. Sheba [N.T.,
207]. It is a light greenish-grey, fine-grained rock, with patches
of dark chlorite, which weathers easily, giving a pitted surface. It
consists of idiomorphic, thick, fresh prisms of augite, about 1 mm.
in length, set in a very fine-grained ground-mass of thin augite-
prisms, and plates of chloritised biotite, on a background of fel-
spar, chiefly orthoclase, and a little quartz. Some calcite is pre-
sent, and masses of chlorite, with quartz and calcite, occur, pro-
bably replacing augite.
N.T., 77, which occurs as a dyke on the slope east of the Peel
River, three miles south of Bowling Alley Point (Moonlight Creek),
may be classed as an odinite, though differing in some respects
from the type-rock. It consists of a network of acid plagioclase-
crystals, generally rather elongated, and sometimes 1 mm. in
length. There is a considerable amount of interstitial quartz. The
ferromagnesian mineral was chiefly hornblende, in long, thin
prisms, but it is now almost entirely decomposed to chlorite and
carbonates.
A beautiful camptonite [M.B., 228] was found, unfortunately
not in situ, but as a boulder by the Manilla track, four miles south
of Crow Mountain. It is dark blue-black, fine-grained, and has
glistening mica-plates. It consists of small, idiomorphic crystals
of diopside, vivid brown biotite-plates, and large olivine-crystals,
the last completely replaced by quartz, carbonates, and pilite.
There is a little magnetite. The ground-mass is composed of finely
BY W. N. BENSON. 699
granular plagioclase, with abundant, small crystals of apatite
(Plate xxvii., Fig. 15).
(11) The alkaline rocks of the Nandewar Mountains have been
described in detail by Dr. JensenO). He considers them to be of
Eocene age, and he determined the occurrence of the following
types :—
Volcanic — alkaline rhyolite, trachytes, phonolites, alkaline ande-
sites, and basalts.
Hypabyssal — alkaline syenite-porphyry, pulaskite-porphyry,
augite-porphyrites and teschenites, monchiquitic lamprophyres.
(12a) The Tertiary basalts are of several varieties. In general,
they are normal, fine-grained olivine-basalts, quite noncrystalline
and undecomposed. In other places, they are hypocrystalline, and,
east of Hanging Rock, some layers of very decomposed basalt-
scoria have been discovered. There are also more coarsely grained
and porphyritic types. For convenience, we will describe the
Nundle and Barraba basalts separately, as they present somewhat
different features, and are possibly not of the same age.
The following rocks are the most typical of those developed in
the northern district. M.B., 75, which occurs four miles east of
Barraba, and forms portion of the Bell's Mountain flow, is a
medium-grained, holocrystalline rock, with well developed ophitic
structure, consisting of laths of andesine, faintly purple augite,
small olivine-grains, well formed ilmenite-plates, long apatite-
needles, and a few minute flakes of biotite. M.B., 193, occurred in
Chain of Ponds Creek, eight miles north-west of Barraba. It was
not in situ. It is a fine-grained rock, with a pilotaxitic texture,
composed of labradorite-laths, olivine, granular augite, platy ilmen-
ite, and apatite-needles. In this matrix are large, clear crystals of
bytownite, free from schiller-plates, and considerably corroded.
Here and there, felspar has been secondarily deposited on the pre-
viously corroded surface. These large crystals are not zoned, and
are probably xenocrysts, though it is not impossible that they
should have been derived from the magma by an intratelluric crys-
700 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
tallisation. M.B., 341, which covers the auriferous gravels of Tea-
Tree Gully, is a fine-grained rock, with small olivine-crystals visible
in hand-specimen. It consists of idiomorphic laths of basic labra-
dorite, olivine, and numerous smaller grains of augite. There is a
considerable amount of dark groundmass, which contains, in a
glassy base, microlites and skeleton-crystals of felspar, augite-
needles, and abundant, minute plates of ilmenite standing perpen-
dicularly to the crystal-surfaces of the earlier-formed crystals and
the microlites. As noticed by Mr. Card, in his description of the
basalts overlying the diatomaceous earths near Chain of Ponds
Creek(32a)} all these basalts are remarkably fresh, a fact support-
ing their comparatively recent extrusion.
The basaltic neck in the Hall's Creek Valley, near Bingara
("Ruby Hill"), has been described petrologically by Mr. Card(45),
from specimens collected by Mr. Pittman. He drew attention to
the occurrence, in it, of an eclogite, with kelyphitically bordered
garnet, and omphacite which was included in the basalt, either in
fragments of rock (xenoliths), or in isolated xenocrysts. The
basalt rises up, in dykes, through a breccia, with fragments and
xenocrysts from the same rock.
The basalts of the Nundle region are also varied. The fine-
grained rocks may be divided into two types, the granular, and the
fluidal. The granular rocks have a rough surface on weathering,
and break with a hackly fracture, appearing to be an aggregate of
pellets of basalt, rather than a simple rock. Some rocks can be
divided into granular masses of the size of small peas, e.g., N.T.,
160, which occurs on the Yerrowinn-flow, one mile west of the sum-
mit. Microscopically, this rock shows no sign of such a structure ;
it is a normal, fine-grained rock, consisting of very small felspar-
laths, augite-prisms, magnetite-cubes and octahedra, and larger
crystals of olivine, decomposing with the formation of limonite.
Here and there are inclusions of a rather more coarsely-grained,
ophitic basalt, in which the olivine is in tiny, ovoid grains. The
*Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W. 1897, Vol. v., Part 3, p.20.
BY W. N. BENSON. 701
main basalt shows a cooling rim of more dense crystallisation about
such inclusions. The fluidal basalts have a smooth weathering sur-
face, break with a more regular fracture, and atmospheric cor-
rosion etches out the flow-lines as they twist round xenocrysts, or
pass regularly through the rock [N.T., 174]. Microscopically,
these are distinctly fluidal, the felspar-laths have a general direc-
tion, the magnetite and augite of the base are very minute indeed,
while the olivine-crystals are larger. They are decomposing into
bowlingite. Fluxional structure is also seen in the bending of the
rock, in zones of slightly different grain-size, and the enrichment
of some zones in magnetite. There are small inclusions of coarse-
grained rock, chiefly composed of felspar-laths and ilmenite, while
large xenocrysts of olivine are visible in hand-specimens.
Other normal basalts occur, without this granular or fluidal
structure, and, in them, the usual nodules of olivine-enstatite and
picotite occur, together with large grains of pleonasteC?) nearly
half an inch in diameter.
Associated with these basalts are some dolerites very rich in
chlorite, occurring south and east of Sheba Mountain. As an
example, N.T., 171, may be described. It is subophitic in texture,
with medium grain-size. About half the augite is replaced by a
yellow-green aggregate of chlorite-spherulites, surrounded by a
double layer of chlorite, the inner, green, the outer, brown. These
consist of minute fibres standing perpendicularly to the enclosing
and included laths of felspar. The augite is purplish, and there
are a few pseudomorphs after olivine. Ilmenite and apatite occur
in small amount. Other rocks differ in the presence of one chlorite
layer only.
The interesting alkaline rocks of the Nundle district, and similar
rocks in the Mount Royal Range, have been already described by
the present writer, and reasons have been given for considering
that they occur as sills in the Tertiary basalt(H). A few more
particulars may now be given.
The rock capping Square Top Hill, three miles west of Nundle,
is dark grey in hand-specimens, with purple-brown augites, and,
702 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
on weathered surfaces, white felspar-laths can be distinguished.
Microscopically, the augites are seen to be strongly zoned, purplish
and weakly pleochroic in the centre, greyish-green in the outer-
most portion. The outer zone is usually full of irregular cavities,
probably originally filled with liquid, while fragments of felspar,
olivine and magnetite are also present. Numerous small pheno-
crysts of olivine occur and well shaped cubes of magnetite. Occa-
sionally, there are long black rods composed chiefly of minute mag-
netite-crystals, which are, possibly, decomposed crystals of horn-
blende. The ground-mass consists essentially of plagioclase, sanidine
and nepheline, the last being very abundant. The plagioclase
varies considerably in amount. In N.T., 414, though subordinate,
it is present in notable amount, and has the composition of sani-
dine ; but in another example, N.T., 418, very little is present, and
sanidine is more abundant. In addition, there are numerous, small
prisms of augite and apatite, magnetite and chlorite forming, with
sanidine microlites, small aggregates interstitial in the base of the
rock. In some rocks, more or less natrolite is present, forming
small, dusty patches. The rock, which is clearly to be classed as a
nepheline-basanite, may pass into a nepheline-basalt, when the
plagioclase is not developed. The chemical composition of N.T.,
418, is given in Table iii.
The coarse-grained dolerites of the Peel River gravels have been
further studied, and their description, as originally given, is here
slightly modified. They consist of large, purple phenocrysts of
augite, sometimes half an inch in diameter, strongly pleochroic,
and not infrequently containing laths of plagioclase, and olivine-
grains. Olivine-phenocrysts occur also, smaller, and subordinate
to the augite. Ilmenite is abundant, and apatite is present in small
amount. Green aegyrine-augite, of the second generation, forms in
the base, in small but long, ragged prisms. The felspar forms
irregular tabulae, and is andesine. Interstitially, there are masses
of chlorite-stained analcite and natrolite, associated with minute
laths of sanidine, apatite, and green augite. The mineral, here
stated to be analcite, is the brown, platy mineral of zeolitic nature,
mentioned in the Preliminary Note. The dolerites have, then,
BY W. K. BENSON. 703
teschenitic characters, and their relation to the basanites is quite
obvious.
The rock, N.T., 163, described in the Note as forming a small
neck, one mile from Goonoo Goonoo, is of quite similar character,
and less decomposed. Analcite, not previously recorded, has since
been found, and sanidine and orthoclase are present in small
amount. Apatite and abundant ilmenite also occur, the latter often
surrounded by tiny mica-plates, perhaps the result of the inter-
action of the analcite and ilmenite. The augite shows hourglass-
structure, and is free from inclusions. Small grains of the second
generation are also present. Olivine forms large, fresh crystals.
It is possibly better to regard this rock as a teschenite-dolerite
than as an essexite. There seems little reason to doubt the pri-
mary nature of the analcite.
In the Preliminary Note on these rocks, their extension from Mt.
Warrawalong to Nundle was shown, but a large increase in this
area can now be indicated. The Prospect essexite near Sydney,
recently described by Jevons, Jensen, Siissmilch, and Taylor(46)
is, in its nature, related to the essexitic or teschenitic dolerites of
Nundle. The analcite-dolerites and essexites described by Jensen,
in the Nandewar Mountains [N., 17; N., 28; and N., 57] ; (9, pp.
880-883), are clearly of this type, and are found in sills; while the
rock of Delungra Peak, near Gragin, 20 miles east of Warialda,
described by Mr. Came and Mr. Card (27), is also one of this
series, and is probably similar to that of Mt. Warrawalong in its
manner of occurrence. I have also received, from Mr. R. A.
Wearne, a specimen from Mt. Melora, .near Ipswich, which has
proved to be a most beautiful example of teschenite, showing
partial replacement of the plagioclases by analcite and natrolite
There can be no doubt that it belongs to this intrusive series, and
is well worth further investigation. This emphasises the remarks,
made formerly, of the close association of these with the Tertiary
basalts, and the manner in which they reflect the varying degree
of alkalinity of those basalts. The extent now proved for these
rocks is nearly 500 miles (Sydney to Ipswich).
704
GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
Carboniferous
Pitch stone,
Pokolbin,
N.S.W.
OS — I -h f~ CO 00 ■*< 00 — ' — < — i
!>. ip -i 00 <N ~> 00 CO CO !>• .CI
00t>(NMNi>'*6Noi^ : : : : : : : :
U5 — 1
8
S
0
"3
Carboniferous
Rhyolite,
Pokolbin,
N.S.W.
WCOOOJWINtOaOtDMIN^N C*
OO^MpNINOOTKfCOOOOp • -jj 'PiJ
t^ — O O O O O l>.^-i O O O O O " ** ' O -^
1
>»
cS
a
i
Albitised Do-
lerite, Hang-
ing Rock,
Nundle,
N.T., 327.
OOfNCM-^CCCO-^OcOCC CO •* ~h • i« ift -1
oococpT<t^--o — t--i,Nl_.cp^r-2'?^ -2
IC-h CO
0
b
OS
Albitised Do-
lerite,S.S.W.
of Bingara,
MB., 12.
«M(Ncp'«<pciT*<oooT<ooTHcc29'T : 2 :
Ma-ahiai^OHbH-Hoojoo : *j
10 CO.
00
b
0
Spilite,
Mullion
Island,
Cornwall.
^CJCO00O>OiCO(^ICp'^OS^^O< ;OM ,2
«3
8
2
02
Spilite,
Tregidden,
Cornwall.
xooanocooNMcooooi^axo mo _j
W5 O 00 CO CC 00 O -^ OS CO ON71 <N • p t*> . ;o .
QO^Ht^ia^b^bHrtbo :bb : .« :
CO
CO
3
i
2
Spilite,
Frenchman's
Spur.Nundle,
N.T., 415.
CN 00 »p CN ip 00 Oi tJ« »p — 1 <<* cp CN CO .S C (N «- «2
oo4«<bb«5oo'^b(Nb'— Nbb-»»'bbw^
co
b
0
e
BY W. N. BENSON.
'05
Chromite-
Serpentine,
Paling Yard,
N.T.,475.
CO CC -~ © o
CN <-h . »p 30 . . .00
t^ ib : co ^-i : '■ : t*< : : :
1 -< rn Ol
co
• T~ • •
: r>. : :
CO
S3
8
M
fc
£
Pseudophite,
Hanging
Rock,
Nundle.
35-72
38 60
8-64
5 40
061
10 96
...
CO
©
©
©
c
o
s
Pseudophite,
Hanging
Rock,
Nundle.
MOO^CC* t^ O <M •<* CM
coipr-ccipoj^iC'iTfco —
cc ib © cb -*« -2 © b ~ © ©
co — co « ^h
*
r*< CO t>-
. © <N ©
: © © © t
CQ
.O t-
a*3
co
i-H
b
©
8}
be
3
Pseudophite,
Hanging
Rock,
Nundle,
N.T.,321.
33 43
16 86
0 55
4-18
33-71
nt.fd.
nt.fd.
nt.fd.
12-47
0-13
nt.fd.
0 05
qo co oi
. © © <N
oo
CO
©
Tremolite-
rock, Paling
Yard,
M.R., 189.
ipcposooipos^ico^O'ac'i
■^c^b-^cobbb-*©^-©
© io oo
<n © ©
© © b
©
©
©
PQ
Enstatite-
rock, south
of Crow Mt.,
M.B., 197.
lO CO CO !>• — © • • CO -«* • t^
iC>pip!N©r^r0rOOl'7-ir37H
co^b^ib-^^^cN©'*]©
io co -S "g ^
0 42
tr.
012
©
00
©
©
PQ
Carbonated
Serpentine,
Folly Cr'k.,
Nundle,
N.T., 280.
00 CC N 00 © CO • • CO 00 © Oa U3 ■<# I>.
Qcbb4fcbb^-'*t--Hbibj2bbbb : :
01 CO "Z q Ol
©
©
©
©
Antigorite-
Serpentine,
Bowling
Alley Pt.,
N.T., 383.
CO CO !>« CO OS Oi • .OWN*
C-iTti(^ir^cr>©T373oo»p»p©
co co ,_ "S *h
0-36
0 06
0-21
8
43
00
G
<
51
706 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
Nepheline-
Basanite,
Square Top,
Nundle,
N.T.,418.
(OOOfN^iOO^OW .OKJOKJ CO 00
^us^iujiiwiNO^iNOob : © += © *
1
PQ
£
EH
Sphene-
Granite,
Walcha Rd.,
nr. Moonbi.
p^^-t^»Oi»p>7icc^-.e»3FH(NC07H ;«,?.;.;©.;
Oi^OrtHMM^OOOOO : "5 *> *» -*» © •*»
CD f-I TO
*
8
.2°
'3
h
O
s
K
go
K
H
Minette,
Willow Tree
Creek,
Attunga,
M.B.,145.
p CO (N <N I>> t^ CO O OS 7H <n © © -H ^ . 7H ^ -^ .
sico-^oicb^cb©©©*©*©©^ :©^o :
OS
OS
CO
»
K
00
«
O
o
Grossularite,
Roding
River,
New Zealand.
CO •<*< .©©OS ^ (M .O tf3 »D
M© bOWh (-H CO w© • •© ; 7H . . .
cbib-M©©cb © © -2© : :© •© : : :
co cn w co w
00
OS
OS
s
S
3
Rodingite,
Dun Mt.,
New Zealand.
\a ^H QO 00 CO «3 0 10 . CN .0000
99^90)9 7H 00 03 ■r* . . jifiw . . .
CO OS ^H CD »D CO © •** "5© " • 'S © © • ■ •
CO >— 1 CN w w
©
©
a
"B
9
"o
eo
O
Ph
s
o
u
•J
•«!
O
a
s
Garnet-Gab-
bro, BoraCk.,
Bingara,
M.B.,36.
oo t>* eo r- co t» . t>» . •* os -«*
pcocoooeotN • tBOOw© . © . © . .
IO <N © i^H CO CO ^> 'SCO'S© : :© :© : : :
CO OJ CO to to
00
©
©
pa
Be
o
Eucrite-
Gabbro,
Bowling Alley
Pt.,N.T.,118.
IO CD (M CO © CO 00 CO CM CO .© .00 !>■ _J
<* p © OS 00 00 -^ (N 00 ~* 07 CO . 00 <N .© - g
00 cb©oi ^ 0 © © ^h ©*2 © 'i*© '© " ^» '
•^ fH •-! — 1 row c
CO
OS
OS
0-°I°Io °o 3© 0 c > .0-cr ^00 0 0 0
+3
CD
S
BY W. N. BENSON. 707
B. Sedimentary Rocks.
Classification. — The sedimentary rocks will be described in order
of their stratigraphical succession, an arrangement which, while
necessitating some slight repetition, will best indiqate the re-
semblances and differences, in the lithological characters, of the
various series.
(l)The rocks of the eastern series are all much altered. They
consist of phyllites, jaspers, and metamorphosed members of the
western Devonian, and possibly Carboniferous groups. As before
pointed out, spilite-lavas occur in great abundance throughout this
series, and, where greatly sheared, veined, and otherwise altered,
they are easily mistaken, in hand-specimen, for altered, sedimen-
tary rocks, more especially if the spilite be one of the highly
felspathic type.
Unfortunately, only a small collection of eastern rocks was
made, and hence this paragraph can give but an incomplete
description of the series. Such studies, as have been made, show
that it is only by the microscopical study of a large series of these
rocks, that the nature and stratigraphy of the eastern series can be
finally elucidated.
The following are the rocks that have been determined, and
their probable equivalents, among the unaltered types, are indi-
cated. The mudstones and clay-shales are represented by sericitic
phyllites. In the neighbourhood of the red jaspers, these may
become more ferruginous, and pass locally into hsematitic schists.
Conglomerates, such as cross the Peel River, south of Nundle, are
represented in the narrow band of schistose conglomerate on the
Namoi River, near its junction with Ireland Creek. They contain
fragments of granite, etc.
The altered breccias, that occur on Wiseman's Arm Creek. M.B.,
273, can be clearly correlated with the Tamworth breccias; while
green, schistose greywaekes may represent the tuffs of the Upper
Tamworth beds. Occasionally, these may contain small, circular
or oval areas, suggesting the presence of radiolarian casts. A
typical, altered tuff [e.g., M.B., 53; from Woods' Reef] is com-
708 GREAT SERPENTINE BKLT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
posed of crystals of felspar, and grains of quartz, in a fine-grained
ground-mass, greatly sheared and decomposed. Some tuffaceous
rocks, like M.B., 243, are fine-grained, black, aphanitic, and non-
schistose; and consist of fragments of felspar, quartz, spilite, and
felsite in a very fine-grained ground-mass. Here and there, lenses
of white, saccharoidal marble or limestone occur, usually fairly
pure, but sometimes containing a considerable amount of siliceous
material in parallel planes of bedding.
The most notable rocks are the jaspers, which occur parallel to
the serpentine-belt, all along its length. In several localities,
radiolarian casts have been found in them, viz., at Woods' Reef and
Bingara, by Messrs. David and Pittman; at Nundle, the Namoi
River, and near Warialda by the present writer. The radiolaria
occur as chalcedonic casts in a siliceous matrix coloured by ex-
tremely finely divided particles of haematite. Frequently, the rock
is seamed with small veins of chalcedony, and considerably brec-
ciated, radiolarian, and non-radiolarian fragments being pressed
together in a most irregular fashion [e.g., N.T., 101, from near
Bowling Alley Point]. In places, the jasper-like rocks are banded ;
for instance, in Gulf Creek, about one mile below the mine, the
rock is a yellow and red, banded chert, which proves to consist
entirely of radiolarian remains, the faint outlines of the oval
patches being just visible. Except for the red colour and the
absence of finely divided epidote, etc., this rock is identical with the
crushed, radiolarian cherts of Bowling Alley Point.
Here and there along the serpentine-line, now east, now west of
the intrusion, are peculiar rocks full of holes, which are clearly
due to the dissolving out of limestone-fragments. The insoluble
matrix of these, when non-schistose, appears to be identical with
the breccias of Tamworth and Bowling Alley Point ; and the whole
rock is more or less analogous to the limestone-bearing breccias of
Moonlight Hill, near Bowling Alley Point. If this be so, a definite
horizon is thus obtained, for the commencement of the study of the
stratigraphy of the eastern series.
(2) The Tamworth Series consists of radiolarian claystones.
cherts, limestones, tuffs, and breccias, with coralline limestone
BY W. N. BENSON. 709
The intrusion of granite into this series has further complicated
matters, by providing a number of very interesting metamorphic
rocks.
The clay-shales and mudstones of the series have been described
by Professor David and Mr. Pittnian, from the railway-cuttings
east of Tamworth. They consist of very finely divided quartz
with biotite, chlorite, and a little carbonaceous matter, with some
iron -staining ; felspar is present in some amount; sometimes, it
may be of secondary origin. Occasionally, tourmaline and apatite
are present, but rutile is remarkably rare. Frequently, the layers
of deposition are very well marked. Radiolaria are present, in
some specimens, in enormous abundance, about one million to the
cubic inch, according to the above authors. Occasionally, they
can be seen with a pocket lens, or even with the naked eye. The
rocks are fine-grained, and evenly interbedded with bands of sub-
marine tuff.
The cherts are banded light and darker green in colour, as a rule,
though sometimes black. Very little can be determined from these
in microscopical examination; they are more or less completely
made up of radiolaria. Pressure has frequently forced all these
into an oval shape. The material of the radiolaria is chiefly chal-
cedony, while the ground-mass of the rock contains finely granular
quartz, felspar, epidote, and carbonate with or without carbonace-
ous matter. Analysis of a black chert showed that it contained
91-06 per cent, of silica(3, p. 32). These cherts are intimately
mixed with tuff; and the peculiar entanglement of chert and tuff,
figured by Professor David and Mr. Pittman, is repeated all along
the horizon of the cherts. In the neighbourhood of Horsearm
Creek, Attunga, these rocks have been metamorphosed by the in-
truding granite. A considerable variety of specimens may be
obtained, but few have been studied as yet. It has been consider-
ably recrystallised, and is now a mosaic of quartz and acid felspar,
chiefly water-clear albite, dotted with numerous, small, brown bio-
tite-flakes. The aluminous portion of the rock has been segregated
into needles of sillimanite, pale brown in colour, and very abun-
dant. A little magnetite is also present.
710 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OP NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
The breccias are generally greenish in colour, and consist of
finely divided, volcanic material, with large, angular pieces of
radiolarian chert, which are not infrequently much bleached around
their edges. A few limestone-fragments are sometimes present.
The igneous fragments consist of finely crystallised, vesicular, or
hypohyaline spilites and andesites, which are sometimes little
more than pumice. The vesicles of the pumice are filled in with
calcite, chlorite, and epidote. There are also crystals and grains
of plagioclase and augite, that might have been derived from a
dolerite, rounded or angular fragments of quartz, rarely a little
orthoclase.
The chief difference between the breccias and the tuffs is that
the latter are finer-grained, and more usually consist of single
minerals than rock-fragments. On the other hand, by increase in
size of the fragments, the breccias pass into the agglomerate-type.
Radiolaria are sometimes present in these rocks, occasionally per-
fectly preserved.
The tuffs are more rare in the Tamworth Series than the breccia,
but are more important in the rocks of the Nun die Beds ; they are
greyish or brownish in colour, with an even, medium grain-size,
with occasionally larger felspars. They consist of fragments and
crystals of andesine, augite, which is decomposing to actinolite
and chlorite, less commonly quartz, also fragments of chert, and
pilotaxitic and hyalopilitic spilite with chlorite-filled vesicles. The
ground-mass consists of finely divided material of the same com-
position. Occasionally, radiolarian casts are observable. Mag-
netite, pyrites, epidote, and carbonates are developed to a varying
amount. The tuffs differ from one another in the amount of augite
and quartz, the perfect crystal-outline, or the fractured or rounded
nature of the mineral-grains, the proportion between base and
large grains, and the nature of the volcanic rock-fragments. In
one tuff, occurring with the limestone at Attunga(M.B., 147), the
volcanic fragments are of an extremely basic glass, crowded with
dusty magnetite and felspar-microlites. A similar inclusion has
been observed in the breccia near Bingara. There are, in addition,
a few fragments of the usual type of lava and radiolarian chert.
BY W. N. BENSON. 711
The chief mineral-particles are large plagioclase-grains, with a
few quartzes, suggesting origin from a grano-dioritic rock.
Where the Moonbi granite intrudes into these rocks, some inter-
esting contact-rocks are developed. They have been crushed, and
recrystallised into a fine mosaic of quartz and plagioclase, with
larger crystals of the latter mineral. The ferromagnesian portion
appears as green hornblende or actinolite. The foreign fragments
have suffered more or less alteration. Sometimes, when easily
affected, they appear only as minutely comminuted areas, or the
quartz-grains are crushed to single, small, clear mosaics. The
augite-crystals and grains pass into hornblende, and epidote or
clinozoisite is developed. The felspar-fragments generally seem to
suffer least, and occasionally they are enlarged. The fragments of
spilite are more or less sheared, and their original augite is
changed to actinolite. The most advanced stage, in the alteration
of these rocks, appears to be the development of long bands of
green hornblende, and biotite running irregularly parallel through
the finer-grained ground-mass.
Specimens N.T., 460-465, exemplify this series of rocks, which
will repay more detailed study.
The limestones of the Tamworth Series are of two kinds. The
radiolarian limestone, described by Messrs. David and Pittman,
and the purer, coralline limestone. The former, they say, is a dark
bluish-grey rock, weathering into a deep chocolate-brown, pul-
verent crust, with greenish patches. The greater part of the rock
is insoluble in hydrochloric acid ; no primary quartz is present. In
some examples, there are fragments of a chiastolite-bearing clay-
shale, and patches of chalcedonic quartz. The radiolarian tests
have their original substance preserved, in most cases, lie imbedded
in calcite, and are filled with the same material. Generally, the
tests are broken, the spines and outer tests suffering more than the
medullary tests.
Near the Cuerindi homestead, on Hall's Creek (Manilla), a simi-
lar, brown, weathering-grey limestone occurs [M.B., 65]. It con-
sists very largely of tuffaceous material, such as fragments of
spilite, felspar-crystals, and grains of quartz.
12 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
The coralline limestone has been described as being of a greyish-
blue character, near Bowling Alley Point. It is associated with
tuffs, and contains a considerable amount of foreign, insoluble
matter. In places, it has been entirely swamped by spilites and
breccias, and is represented by the occurrence of isolated frag-
ments of limestone, frequently fossiliferous, in these two pyrogenic
rocks. Southwards, on Folly Creek, white, crystalline limestone
occurs, containing bands of insoluble, siliceous material. North-
wards, on Black Jack, the rock is a pinkish, brecciated marble, with
much secondary calcite. Further north, white and pink crystal-
line limestone occurs, near Moonbi, but it is much altered by con-
tact with the granite. Altered limestones, again, occur at Car-
michael's farm, east of Tamworth. The crystalline limestones of
Tamworth are greyish in colour, and stretch northwards to
Attunga, where they are greatly altered by contact with the gran-
ite, in two localities. Further northwards, the limestones are
unaltered. The few specimens of this limestone that have been
analysed, all show a surprisingly small percentage of magnesia.
The following are the figures for some of these rocks, obtained
from Mr. Carne's "Copper Mining Industry in New South Wales,"
pp.325 and 33'2(47).
Warialda,
Kelly's Gully.
Warialda,
Hamilton's.
Near
Gulf Creek.
CaCos
MgC03 & undetermined
Fe2Os and A1203
Gangue ...
98-28
0-08
0-22
1-42
98 07
0 43
0-28
1-22
92 35
0 37
160
5-68
100 00
100 00
100 00
At Moonbi, Tamworth, and Attunga, where the limestone is
invaded by granite, some very interesting rocks occur.
The Moonbi rocks form an intricate complex, and, as yet, have
been little studied. Besides the altered forms of the more or less
pure limestones, there are several rocks which probably originated
from calcareous shales. Of these, M.B., 172, and 173, are most
BY W. N. BENSON. 713
peculiar. The former contains a ground-mass of finely-divided
quartz and green omphacite, with a little felspar and bands of
coarse oligoclase, wollastonite, irregularly shaped diopside and cal-
cite. A few, large, clear plates of scapolite are present. Irregular
patches of sieve-like garnet occur in the ground-mass, full of inclu-
sions of diopside, and there is also a little irregularly shaped
vesuvianite.
M.B., 173, is a dark green rock, with lighter, yellowish-green
patches, containing small aggregates of macroscopic crystals of
epidote and plagioclase. The main mass of the rock consists of a
tine mosaic of quartz, with dusty orthoclase and some plagioclase,
and much irregularly shaped, partly sieve-like epidote. A little
zircon is also present.
The limestones at CarmichaeTs, near Tamworth, furnish several
interesting specimens. Rocks, like N.T., 444, consist of brownish
garnet in a grey, silicate matter, set in a matrix of crystalline cal-
cite. The silicate matter is made up of very finely divided ortho-
clase and oligoclase, quartz, wollastonite, and diopside. The
garnets are pale brown, and are filled, sieve-like, with inclusions of
the above minerals. In addition, there are small, square patches
of more coarsely crystallised wollastonite, frequently associated
with a little garnet and calcite. There are also grey-green, silicate
rocks, containing coral-fossils (Syringopora*!), the tubes of which
have been filled with wollastonite, which, weathering more quickly
than the main mass, exposes the markings on the coral tube-walls,
in naturally etched specimens. The matrix differs from the last
rock in containing green omphacite.
The rocks that occur on Horsearm Creek, near Attunga, are most
handsome. They are chiefly composed of a cinnamon-brown gar-
net, frequently forming idiomorphic crystals. They are charged
with chalcopyrite, which decomposes to azurite, colouring the rock
very brilliantly. Certain parts of the rock become dark or black
by the development of much magnetite with the chalcopyrite. One
of the rocks [M.B., 128] consists chiefly of brown or reddish gar-
net, very irregular in outline, and full of inclusions of calcite,
hornblende passing to chlorite, small plates of brown mica, chlori-
714 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, ill.,
tising omphacite, and irregular reddish-brown areas, recalling the
pleochroic decomposition-products of olivine in certain gabbros
and basalts, though not quite like iddingsite. Magnetite, which is
very abundant, and chalcopyrite, occur in irregular grains, the
former having been the earlier to crystallise. The carbonate-matrix
contains the same ferromagnesian minerals, and small grains of
sphene. Another example contains calcite, garnet, and diopside
only; while several are analogous to N.T., 444, at Carmichael's
Farm. They consist of orthoclase and albite in intimate mosaic,
together with finely granular quartz. Orthoclase predominates.
Green diopside occurs, scattered about in irregular, isolated but
optically continuous areas. Garnet forms highly irregular plates,
and is sieve-like on the margin; it may contain groups of narrow
calcite-plates.
Some rocks also occur, differing from the above in the presence
of granular, green omphacite, and the dominance of oligoclase over
orthoclase.
These rocks are distinguished from all the other limestones by
the character of the garnets, and the presence of the copper-
minerals.
The small patch of altered limestones in Portion 159, of Attunga
Parish, is the most complex. All the specimens to be described,
occurred within a yard or two of each other, and no granite was
seen, in situ, nearer than two miles away. It is probable that this
small occurrence of metamorphic limestone lies at the extremity of
an apophysis of the granite-massif, and has been in a favourable
situation to receive much new material from the granitic emana-
tions.
The intrusive rock is probably M.B., 167, a grey rock, with pink
felspar-crystals. It consists of oligoclase and orthoclase, both
coarsely granular, and the former showing well marked pericline
twinning. There are also numerous, large grains of sphene. Much
of the limestone has been absorbed, and has given rise to diopside
in numerous prisms, and phlogopite in small flakes. Both of these
are decomposing to chlorite. Birefringent garnets also occur.
Much carbonate still remains, in one slice forming about one-third
BY W. N. BENSON. 715
of the rock. The action of pneumatolysis is shown in the passage
of the plagioclase into scapolite, which is commencing to form in
isolated, but optically parallel plates throughout the felspar.
The limestone, before its alteration, was almost pure, and, in all
probability, it had a composition little different from those cited
above.
The types of altered limestones are many and varied, but a few
will be described here.
M.B., 164, is a glistening, white, crystalline rock, consisting
chiefly of wollastonite, often twinned, diopside, a little dark green,
pleochroic hornblende, and some calcite. Orthoclase occurs inter-
stitially, but is very decomposed. There are a few birefringent.
reddish-brown garnet-grains, and some irregular grains of a highly
birefringent, optically positive, uniaxial, pleochroic mineral, that is
probably cassiterite, its refractive index being less than that of
rutile.
There are also white crystalline rocks studded with idiomorphic
and granular vesuvianite. Microscopically examined, the vesuvi-
anite generally shows a sieve-like structure, containing numerous
inclusions of phlogopite and calcite. It is set in a ground-mass
composed of calcite, orthoclase, and prehnite, the last showing
undulose extinction. The vesuvianite is zoned, and where it exhibits
crystal-outline, there are peculiar, comb-like extensions from the
crystal-surface into the matrix. The orthoclase is curiously
stippled, and the carbonate is scattered through the rock in sharply
bounded plates, elongated along (0001), and frequently well termi-
nated. It also forms rhombohedra, and irregular grains. A small
amount of irregular, brown garnet also is present. There are, in
addition, a few small rods, and shorter prisms of colourless diop-
side.
Another type of rock, here, is the prehnite-garnet rock, which con-
sists entirely of these two minerals, together with a few, irregular
carbonate-grains or crystals, and a little, brown phlogopite. The
garnets are in rounded grains and dodecahedral crystals, red-brown
in the centre but paler on the periphery. They lie in a matrix of
prehnite, with undulose extinction, and rarely showing spherulitic
716 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
arrangement (Plate xxix., Fig. 16). The garnets are often sur-
rounded by one or two thin shells of garnet, separated from the
mam crystals by prehnite, sometimes optically continuous with
that of the ground-mass. Finally may be noticed, a pink crystal-
line rock, studded with deep red garnets [M.B., 165]. This is a
most complex rock. It consists of beautifully zoned, red garnets, a
small amount of vesuvianite, with very anomalous, unusually high,
birefringence, and positive optical character (a rare feature) ;
a considerable amount of orthoclase, and also albite, some calcite,
and a brightly polarising ground-mass, part of which is wollaston-
ite, but which has undergone some alteration, and recrystallisation
that cannot be traced throughout in the single specimen available.
If the determination of cassiterite in 164 be correct, it is evident
that these rocks must have been affected by highly active, pneuma-
tolytic solutions.
(3) The Baldwin Agglomerates present an exaggeration of the
features of the Tamworth breccias. In the northern part of Hall's
Creek, near Bingara, where they become finer-grained, it is impos-
sible to distinguish them from the breccias, but, further south, the
size of the inclusions and their general characters become very
distinct. They were partially described by Messrs. David and Pitt-
man(3), who state that the matrix of the Cleary's Hill rock has
the appearance of the interstratified tuft's. It consists of much
fractured and corroded, macroscopic crystals of felspar and augite,
and calcite, with interstitial felsitic material, and here and there
small fragments of microcrystalline felsite, and larger, pebble-like
lumps of porphyritic andesite. The felspar is plagioclase, and, in
addition, quartz, ilmenite, pyrites, and epidote occur. In other
instances, much chlorite and prehnite are found. In this matrix, a
wide variety of pebbles is found. The following may be noticed :
granite and quartz-porphyry (rarely) ; keratophyres with pheno-
crystic albite and orthoclase(?), in a felsitic, sometimes spheru-
litic, base; black keratophyre with albite-orthoclase and augite-
crystals in a glassy, nuidal base, enclosing fragments of other
glassy keratophyres, rich in magnetite; trachytes; spilites, very
similar to those in the Eastern Series; trachy-andesites, with car-
BY W. N. BENSON. 717
bonate replacements of their ferromagnesian minerals, andesites,
porphyritic, noncrystalline, or more or less glassy, vesicular
or even pumiceous, with the cavities filled with calcite and
chlorite; basalts, vesicular or glassy, differing from the andesite
only in the amount of magnetite; augite-diorite porphyries, as
described by David and Pittman, with phenocrysts of plagioclase,
orthoclase, augite, and sphene in a greyish felsitic ground-mass (in
hand-specimen, this rock resembles the malchites of the Nundle
district, but the microscope shows it to be distinct, and allied to the
Tamworth tuffs) ; dolerite containing granophyric quartz, and
very similar to the rock of Hanging Rock, near Nundle; chert, in
large or small angular fragments, often radiolarian; limestone,
either in dense blue rocks or more crystalline, sometimes contain-
ing fossils, as Heliolites, Syringopora, Stromatopora and crinoid-
stems, or indeterminable traces of microscopic forms; and numer-
ous, isolated crystals or fragments of felspar, quartz, and augite.
These rocks rest directly on radiolarian rocks at Tamworth ; they
rest on, or are interbedded with the same cherts west of Bingara;
they contain interstratified bands of chert with radiolaria, or, as in
Cobbadah Creek Gorge, fine-grained tuffs, composed of minute
felspar-laths with pyroxene, and secondary chlorite and prehnite
in a very finely granular ground-mass of quartz and felspathic
material, which also contains some radiolarian casts. In three
localities, flows of porphyritic spilite-lava have been found, inter
bedded in these agglomerates.
(4) The Barraba Series consists of mudstones, tuffs, breccias, and
limestones. The mudstones and claystones do not differ in micros-
copical character from those of the Tamworth Series, to any great
amount. The chief changes are in the coarse grain of the majority
of the series, and in the abundance of narrow bands of felspathic
tuff. The rocks are well bedded, and consist of fragments of quartz
and felspar, with a little chlorite and an irresolvable base, the
whole stained more or less with iron-oxide. Carbonaceous matter
may, or may not, be present. In certain rocks, it is very abundant.
The tuff is interlaminated, usually in very thin bands, perhaps
718 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, iii.,
only 1 mm., across, but sometimes increasing up to a yard or more
in width. The rocks are sometimes richly radiolarian, and at other
times quite free from these organisms. The only apparent distinc-
tion is in the size of the constituent particles, for the radiolaria
do not usually occur in rocks in which the grains of sediment,
quartz, etc., are more than about one-third of the diameter of a
radiolarian test, and are best preserved in rocks of the finest grain-
size. This rule does not hold, however, for the tuffaceous bands,
and abundant radiolaria may be present in association with quite
large felspar-grains, as will be seen in Plate xxix., Fig. 18, from a
rock [M.B., 71], occurring one mile east of Barraba. Nor is it
true that the radiolaria are most abundant in the fine-grained
rocks ; the well preserved radiolaria of the exceedingly fine-grained
rock [M.B., — ], occurring near the limestone on Hall's Creek, 15
miles south of Bingara, are not nearly so abundant as in the more
coarsely-grained rocks of Barraba and Upper Manilla, or as in the
rock, N.T., 410, from near Nundle, shown in Plate xxix., Fig. 17.
which exhibits the effect of crushing. This rock is very rich in car-
bonaceous matter.
The breccias and agglomerates occur in narrow bands here and
there, but need no special description, being very similar to the
Baldwin agglomerates, but are not so coarsely grained. Locally
also, the presence of pebbly and sandy bands has been noted
among the Barraba rocks.
The tuffs are remarkable for the sharply bounded character of
their grains and in their acidity, for they are albite-oligoclases
with a refractive index distinctly lower than that of Canada bal-
sam. In some rocks, however, the plagioclase is a more basic oli-
goclase. In some specimens, a few grains of orthoclase occur.
The felspathic tuff is usually a creamy-coloured rock, and some-
times it may contain plant-stems. Occasionally, there are very
fresh, hard layers which, in hand-specimen, are most difficult to
tell from true igneous felsite, and the intrusions would be mapped
as sills, were it not for the absence of contact-effects. Such occur-
rences are found on Hawkin's Creek, near the Horton Road, west
of Barraba, in the hills east of Upper Manilla, and, again, on the
BY W. N. BENSON. 719
other side of the area of older rock to the east. These are almost
identical, microscopically [see M.B., 76, and 263], and their clas-
tic nature is quite obvious. They are chiefly acid plagioclase in
crystals and grains, with a little quartz, and a finely felsitic ground-
mass. Considering the geological occurrence of the rock, there is a
surprising amount of crushing and bending of the felspar. Mag-
netite, chlorite, epidote, and calcite occur in varying amounts;
apatite very rarely. The impression given by the felspar-grains,
that they have been derived from a granodiorite or diorite, is
strengthened by the investigation of M.B., 63, a tuff on Cobbadah
Creek, about one mile west of the serpentine, of which, however,
the stratigraphical horizon is not known. It is practically a dis-
integrated diorite, consisting of hornblende, quartz, and minor
amounts of colourless augite; biotite, orthoclase, magnetite, apa-
tite, zircon, and pyrites, together with small fragments of cherty
mudstone, and andesite. There is a small amount of fine-grained
matrix composed of the same minerals, comminuted and decom-
posed. A rather similar rock occurs on Borah Creek, west of the
Black Mountain fault.
The limestones of this series are a fairly constant feature, dark
blue in colour, with a white or greyish weathering surface, They
are exceedingly finely grained, and never show any sign of origi-
nal, organic structure. Occasionally, there are a few lighter rhom-
boid or rectangular patches, which stand out on weathered surfaces,
and are probably pseudomorphs, but the original mineral is quite
indeterminable. There is more or less carbonaceous matter pre-
sent, and sometimes finely divided quartz.
(5) The Burin di Series consists of mudstones, tuffs, agglomer-
ates, and limestones, with occasional conglomerate-bands. The
mudstones are indistinguishable from the coarser type of the
Barraba Series, until the fossil-bearing horizons are reached, where
the rock becomes finer-grained, and darker green in colour, pro-
bably due to increase in the amount of chlorite and carbonaceous
matter. The tuffs and agglomerates, also, are identical with those
of the Barraba Series. A rock, the stratigraphical position of
which is quite uncertain, though mapped as of Burindi age, is that
720 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
occurring adjacent to the serpentine, west of Gulf Creek. It should
possibly be classed with the Rocky Creek beds, for it consists of a
mass of rhyolite and trachyte-fragments of several types, with
quartz-grains in a finely divided quartz and felspar ground-mass
[N.T., 483].
The limestones are of several types. Where fossiferous, they
are remarkable for being composed almost entirely of crinoid-
ossicles, and are sometimes quite pure, at other times very ferru-
ginous. Oolitic limestones occur at several localities. That near
the junction of the Horton River with Rocky Creek, was briefly
described by Mr. Etheridge (see Stonier's Map, 6d). Oolitic lime-
stones occur also near Mr. Hamilton's house on Oakey Creek, five
miles south of Warialda. That near the serpentine, half a mile
east of the house, consists of normal, zoned, radially fibrous oolites,
about 3 mm., in diameter, in a tuffaceous matrix of quartz-grain s,
felspars, chlorite, and fragments of a basaltic rock. Crinoid-
ossicles are also present abundantly.
Some limestones of this series, as, for instance, a small band by
the HalPs Creek Falls [M.B., 284] are very impure, full of pebbles,
weathering with a brown crust, and are indistinguishable from the
Devonian limestone occurring near Cuerindi [M.B., 85, p. 711].
Nothing especially noteworthy, petrologically, is to be remarked in
the very fossilferous Lithostrotion limestone near here. It is fairly
pure and crystalline.
(6) The Rocky Creek Series consists of volcanic flows, tuffs, con-
glomerates, grits, sandstones, and cherty rocks. The clastic rocks
all contain fragments of the interbedded lavas, and of other
igneous rocks also. Even the finest-grained cherty rocks contain
fragments of granite. There are not, however, as far as has
been noted, any red jaspers or other rocks comparable with the
rocks of the Eastern series, to be found as inclusions in the Rocky
Creek beds. The suspicion that arose, in one or two cases, has
been dispelled on microscopical examination. The following are
micropetrological notes on a few slides: —
Cherts: [M.B., 16]. Interbedded in the conglomerates on Rocky
Creek. Composed of very finely grained, angular quartz and fel-
BY W. N. BENSON. 721
spar-fragments, with a very little kaolin, chlorite, and magnetite.
Fragments of trachyte and granite, and, occasionally, large, broken
crystal-grains.
Jasper: [M.B., 120]. Pebble in conglomerate; composed of
very fine, even-grained quartz, and abundant biotite; no signs of
radiolaria are visible.
Pebbles of igneous rocks: all the rhyolites described in the ear-
lier portion of this chapter (p. ,). Many varieties of trachyte
and rhyolite-tuff in various stages of decomposition. Several kinds
of granitic rock, e.g., M.B., 8, a rock composed of phenocrysts of
felspar and quartz, in a coarse-grained, granophyric matrix, with a
little magnetite, sphene, and chlorite after biotite. Also, M.B.,
347, a granodiorite with included fragments of a finer-grained rock
(microdiorite), differing from its host only in grain-size, the rarity
of quartz, and the abundance of the ferromagnesian minerals. It
consists of hornblende, magnetite, sphene, and oligoclase, with a
little orthoclase.
Aplites and quartz or felspar porphyries are abundant. Rocks
of a basic character, however, are notably absent.
I am indebted to Mr. A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, for sections of many
of these rocks, and for comparison of the rhyolites with those he
has studied from Pokolbin, 200 miles to the south.
(7) The Permo-Carboniferous rocks are sandstone, in Bowling
Point and in the Nan de war region. The former consists of abun-
dant, rounded or subangular, fairly fresh grains of plagioclase,
with smaller, angular grains of quartz; fragments of keratophyre
(?) and spilite in a fine-grained, felspathic matrix, coloured with
chlorite, limonite, etc. There are no signs of straining or crush-
ing( Slide, N.T., 204).
Bocks of Uncertain Origin. — A most remarkable rock occurs,
forming a large, oval patch in the serpentine, at the head of Yel-
low Rock Creek, south of Crow Mountain. It consists of a white,
granular matrix, containing long, green, prismatic (? ) crystals.
Microscopically [M.B., 231, and 262], it is seen to consist chiefly of
zoisite and clinozoisite. The former is the more abundant. It has
a well marked, prismatic habit and cleavage, and characteristic,
52
722 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.,
low, anomalous birefringence, and is in grains 1 mm., or more, in
diameter. The elinozoisite has a less well-marked cleavage, and its
polarisation-tints pass zonally from low outer colours, to bright
second order tints, in the kernel of the grain. In addition, there
are large flakes of white mica, and, interstitially, large plates of fel-
spar, chiefly oligoclase and possibly some orthoclase. Large grains
of apatite are present in some amount, and there are a few grains
of sphene; a very little calcite is also present. The greenish
mineral, though in hand-specimen it suggests hornblende, is micro-
scopically without definite structure, consisting of aggregated
chlorite-spherulites.
The origin of this rock is unknown; the only suggestion, at all
reasonable, seems to be, that it is a highly altered gabbro-pegma-
tite; but that is quite unproven.
The statement, that glaucophane-schist occurs near Barraba, has
appeared in print. The specimen at first attributed to the Barraba
district, later was stated to some from Gilgai, near Inverell; and
the specimen was carefully described by Mr. H. P. White(48) as
from that locality. Mr. L. A. Cotton informs me, that he knows
of no locality, near Gilgai, where it might have occurred; and no
signs of such rocks were found near Barraba by me, though, mind-
ful of Ransome's discoveries in Angel Island(49)) I carefully
searched the whole length of the serpentine-belt for glaucophane-
rock. Possibly it was brought by a miner from New Caledonia, at
the northern end of which, such rocks are abundant.
BIBLIOGRAPHY;
Additional to References cited in Parts i. and ii.
34. Geol. Survey of Great Britain. " The Geology of the Launceston and
Tavistock District Sheet." Memoir 337, p. 63.
35. Pratt, J. H., and Lewis, J. V. — " Corundum and Peridotites." Bull.
Geol. Surv. North Carolina, No. 1, p. 30.
36. Bonney, T. G., and Raisin, C. A. — "The Microscopical Structure of
the Minerals forming Serpentine, and their Relation to its History."
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, 1905, pp.690-715.
BY W. N. BENSON. 723
37. Lacroix, A. — " La MineYalogie de France et ses Colonies."
38. Benson, W. N. — "The Volcanic Necks of Hornsby and Dundas."
Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, p. 509.
39. Dixon, W. A.— Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales, 1879.
40. Flett, J. S., and Hill, J. B. — "The Geology of the Lizard and
Meneage." Memoirs Geol. Surv. Great Britain, 1912.
41. Murgoci, G. — Ueber die Einschlusse von Granatvesuvianfels in dem
Serpentin des Paringu Massifs." Bulletinul de Sciinte, Bukarest.
ix. Jahrgang, 1900.
42. Judd, J. W. — " On some simple Massive Minerals (Crystalline Rocks)
from India and Australia." Mineralogical Magazine, 1895, p. 63.
43. Bell, J. M., Marshall, P., and Clarke, E. DeC— " The Geology of
the Dun Mountain Subdivision." Bull. Geol. Surv. of New Zealand,
No.12, 1911, pp.31-35.
44. Marshall, P. — " Note on the Gabbro of Dun Mountain." Trans.
N.Z. Inst. , pp. 320-322. Also, "The Geology of the Dun
Mountain Subdivision." Bull. Geol. Survey of New Zealand, No.12,
1911, pp.31-35.
46. Card, G. W, — "An Eclogite-bearing Breccia from the Bingara Dia-
mond Fields." Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Vol. vii., p. 39.
46- Jevons, Jensen, Sdssmilch, and Taylor. — "Geology and Petrology
of the Prospect Intrusion." Journ; Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales,
1911, pp. 445-553.
47. Carne, J. E. — "The Copper Mining Industry." Geol. Surv. N. S.
Wales. Mineral Resources, No. 6, pp. 322-6.
48. White, H. P. — " Chemical Notes on Glaucophane Schists from Aus-
tralia and New Caledonia." Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Vol.
vii., p. 47.
49. Ransome, F. L. — "The Geology of Angel Island." Bull. Dept. Geol.,
Univ. of California, Vol. i., No. 7, pp. 198-224(1894).
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVII. -XXIX.
Plate xxvii. Photomicrographs.
Fig.l. — Spilite [N.T., 415]; Frenchman's Spur, Nundle ( x 20).
Fig.2.— Spilite, rapidly chilled [N.T., 31]; Moonlight Hill, Nundle ( x 100).
Fig. 3. — Dolerite with primary labradorite, and abundant ilmenite [N.T.,
501]; Red Rock, Munro's Creek, Bowling Alley Point ( x 12).
Fig. 4. — Albitised dolerite, with spongy felspar [N.T., 327]; Hanging
Rock, Nundle ( x22) [polarised light].
Fig.5. — Flow-structure in lava [M.B., 233]; Jerry's Creek, Crow Mountain.
Fig. 6. — Spherulitic rhyolite, with flow-structure [M.B., 1]; pebble in con-
glomerates, Rocky Creek ( x 20) [polarised light].
724 GREAT SERPENTINE BELT OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Hi.
Plate xxviii. Photomicrographs.
Fig.7. — Bastite in schistose serpentine, with chrysotile-veins ; "North of
Tamworth" ( x 12) [polarised light].
Fig. 8. — Antigorite ccmmencing to form in normal mesh-serpentine [N.T.,
258]; Bowling Alley Point ( x 22) [polarised light].
Fig. 9. — Antigorite completely replacing normal serpentine, and com-
mencing to form in bastite [N.T., 383]; Bowling Alley Point ( x .10)
[polarised light].
Fig.10.— Tremolite-antigorite-chromite rocks[M. B., 319]; Hall's Creek, 15
miles south of Bingara( x 12) [polarised light].
Fig. 11. — Multiply twinned clinozoisite in saussurite-gabbros [M.B., 181];
3 miles W.S. W. of Gulf Creek ( x 10) [polarised light].
Fig.12. — Amphibolite passing into antigorite, showing multiple twinning
of the hornblende [M.B., 186]; Paling Yard, Barraba ( x 20) [polar-
ised light].
Plate xxix. Photomicrographs.
Fig. 13.— Intrusion of plagioclase-porphyry (left) into spilite (right) [N.T.,
89]; Bowling Alley Point ( x 12).
Fig.14.— Vosgesite [M.B., 144]; 6 miles north of Attunga ( x 22).
Fig.15.— Camptonite[M.B., 228]; near Crow Mountain ( x 21).
Fig.16. — Prehnite and garnet in contact-altered limestone [M.B., 163] ;
Attunga ( x 11) [polarised light].
Fig. 17.— Radiolarian mudstone [N.T., 410]; Nundle( x 20).
Fig. 18. — Radiolarian mudstone with felspathic (tuffaceous ?) bands [M.B.,
71]; Barraba ( x 22).
CORRIGENDA.
P.662, line 5— for Plates xxv.-xxvii., read Plates xxvii.-xxix.
Pp.664, 666, 667, 669, in the references to figs. 1-6— for PI. xxv., read PI.
xxvii.
Pp.673, 674, 675, 681, 689, in the references to figs. 7-11— for PI. xxvi., read
PI. xxviii.
Pp.694, 697, 699, in the references to figs. 13- 15— /or PI. xxvii., read PI.
xxix.
725
CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-
FERTILITY. Nos. vii. to xi.
Ry R. Grkig-Smith, D.Sc., Macleay Bacteriologist to the
Society.
vii. The Combined Action of Disinfectants and Heat upon Soils.
In previous researches, I have shown that the action of a moder-
ate heat upon soil, differs from that of the volatile disinfectants, so
far as the subsequent growth of bacteria is concerned. According
to certain authors, the results should be similar, because both bring
about the same result, namely, the destruction of the phagocytic
protozoa. If the result is the same, it should be immaterial, in
cases where the soil has been treated both with disinfectant and
heat, whether the one is applied before the other or vice-versa. A
preliminary test, with a garden-soil, showed a considerable differ-
ence in this respect, and led to further work upon the matter.
At first, an alluvial soil was used. The heating consisted of
exposing it to 60°-65° for 30 minutes, and, where necessary, it was
treated with 5% chloroform overnight. The tests were moistened
with sterile water to bring the moisture to 16% and the tem-
perature of incubation was that of the room, viz., 15°, which
gradually rose to 20° as the season advanced.
Experiment i.
Alluvial soil.
Bacteria In millions per gram of air-
dried soil.
Start.
7
15
43
64da3's.
Untreated ...
Heated only
Heated, then chloroformed
Chloroformed only
Chloroformed, then heated
12
11
1-0
4-8
3-0
48
31
34
53
7"3
61
7-2
68
2 1
46
5 4
62
6 0
15
51
6 9
6-8
7 3
726 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OP SOIL-FERTILITY, Vli. -XI.,
As the differences were less than had been expected, a second
experiment was made, in which the moisture was brought to 19%
with sterile water. This was equivalent to half -saturation.
Experiment ii.
Alluvial soil.
Bacteria in millions per gram of air-
dry soil.
5
11
18
32
61 days.
Untreated ...
Heated only
Heated, then chloroformed
Chloroformed
Chloroformed, then heated
2 9
4-0
51
56
5-8
2 5
2 9
67
97
71
16
17
5 0
9-8
68
17
23
6 9
9 4
8 6
18
2 5
56
7-6
71
These experiments show that there is only a slight difference
effected by the different treatments, the small difference, however,
being in favour of the preliminary treatment with chloroform. As,
according to my view, the differences produced by the antiseptic
treatment are caused largely by the native agricere, I continued
the experiments with a soil richer in this substance than the allu-
vial soil which had been used.
An air-dried garden-soil was heated for 45 minutes at 62°-68°,
or treated overnight with 5% chloroform. In the first experiment,
No. iii., the soils were moistened with a soil-suspension containing
an equivalent of 1% of raw soil, while, in the second, sterile water
was employed. The chloroformed soils were difficult to moisten,
and accordingly were thoroughly stirred and gently pressed flat.
Experimknt iii.
Garden-soil.
Bacteria in millions per gram of air-dry
soil.
5
11
75 days.
Control ...
Heated only
Heated, then chloroformed ...
Chloroformed only
Chloroformed, then heated ...
4 2
4 2
36
78
80
5 6
8-4
48
47
67
1-5
1-8
8*4
172
16'4
BY R. GREIG SMITH.
Experiment iv.
727
Bacteria
in millions
per gram of air-dry
Garden-soil.
soil.
6
12
16
37 days.
Control ... ... ... ...
36
24
11
Heated only
3 6
36
22
Heated, then chloroformed ...
21
18
10-6
10-6
Chloroformed only
37
32
315
32 2
Chloroformed, then heated
33
33
32 5
32 2
The experiments show decided differences between the sets
according to the order of treatment. The effect of heat is small
compared with that of chloroform, and in the tests receiving the
double treatment, the differences between heat then chloroform,
and chloroform then heat, are marked; and it is fair to conclude
that the order of treatment is not immaterial, when a soil is heated
and treated with a volatile disinfectant. Why this should be so, is
not clear.
The great differences in the counts of the soils treated with heat
alone, and chloroform alone, especially when the soils are fairly
rich in organic matter, show that the volatile disinfectant makes
more nutriment available for the bacteria. The study of the nutri-
tive effects of extracts of soils before, and after chloroform-treat-
ment, frequently shows this in a marked manner. (Posted p. 733.)
After treatment with a volatile antiseptic, the particles of soil
are undoubtedly altered physically, for such soils are difficult to
wet. This has been shown by Egorow, and is confirmed by the fol-
lowing observations upon the capillary rise of water.
. Capillary Power.
145 hours.
Normal garden-soil
Chloroformed garden-soil.
2
20
50
73
11-3
0-9
17
2 5
21
2-7
23
3
29 cm.
3 cm.
Once the soil is thoroughly wetted, water probably passes as
freely through it as through an untreated soil. At any rate, experi-
728 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
ments upon the comparative rate of evaporation of water, in soils,
bore this out. The trouble is in getting the treated soil thoroughly
moistened, for unless this is done, the evaporation, as compared
with that of an untreated soil, is slower or faster, according to
whether the soil is wetted from below or from above. A thoroughly
wetted and chloroformed soil lost slightly more during the first
three days, but afterwards kept pace with the untreated soil.
viii. The Toxins of Soils.
In former papers of this series, I have shown that there are, in
soils, substances which act as toxins towards bacteria. Their effect
is not so clearly shown in soils themselves as in extracts obtained
from them. The toxic extract, obtained by digesting soils with
water and filtering through porcelain, showed its activity by either
reducing the numbers of a sensitive bacterium, such as Bac. prodi-
giosus, or by retarding the speed of multiplication of the ordinary
soil-bacteria. The sensitive Bac. prodigiosus was used, because it
is typical of a class of soil-bacteria ; it can be readily counted when
grown upon plates, it can be evenly distributed in water, and it
grows well in fluid and solid media.
The growth of bacteria, in soil-extracts, depends upon at least
two factors, the nutriment in the extract, and the toxins. The
former acts as an accelerant, increasing the number ; while the lat-
ter behaves as a depressant, either destroying or hindering growth.
In all extracts, these two play their respective parts, so that the
final result will depend upon the relative preponderance of the
one or the other. So far as is known, the nutrients are stable, and
their effect is, therefore, constant. The toxins, on the other hand,
are unstable, and according to the temperature, decay with greater
or less rapidly. They are destroyed by heat and by sunlight.
As further information regarding the behaviour of the toxins
should be interesting, and possibly useful, it was decided to deter-
mine the effect of extracting the soil with water under varying con-
ditions; and, if possible, of devising a method for measuring the
toxicity of soils.
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
729
The method of extracting the toxins consists in taking a quantity
of the soil, and shaking it with water, 50 times every five minutes
for an hour. With a very toxic soil, this is unnecessary, but with
soils in which the toxicity is masked by the nutrients, the full
shaking is required.
Experiment i.
10 bacteria became
Stored soil.
Raw soil.
Shaken 600 times in one hour, then filtered
Shaken 20 times in an hour, then filtered
Shaken 10 times, and filtered at once ...
125
290
13
55
The extract is then filtered through paper on the filter-pump, the
first turbid runnings being returned, and the clear filtrate is fil-
tered through a Pasteur-Chamberland F. candle. The first 20-30
c.c, are thrown away. Ten c.c. of the filtrate are pipetted into a
Freudenreich flask, and seeded with 1 c.c. of a suspension of Bac.
prodigiosus, containing a suitable number of cells.* The Freuden-
reich flasks are incubated overnight, and counts made by the plate-
method; one-fortieth c.c. of several dilutions are smeared on set
agar-plates, dried at 37°, and incubated at 28°.
In the following experiment, an air-dried garden-soil, which had
been stored in the laboratory for three weeks, was extracted with
distilled water.
Experiment ii.
100 grams of dry garden-soil shaken
with distilled water.
75 c.c.
100 c.c.
150 c.c.
200 c.c.
250 c.c.
Water-control
1,000 bacteria after 20 hours
at 28° became
420
0
123
202
5,580
14
* A heaped 2 mm. loop of a 20 hours' agar-culture distributed in 10 c.c.
of water by blowing, is centrifugalised until the clumps are sedimented ;
one c.c. of the supernatant suspension is shaken with 100 c.c. of water, and
one to two c.c. of this are shaken with 100 c.c. One c.c. of this last
dilution, when added to 10 c.c, and one-fortieth c.c. taken, gives a count
of about 200 cells.
730 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OP SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
The graph of these numbers is interesting, but the water-control
showed that distilled water had a destructive action upon the added
bacteria; and as this was not desired, tap-water was subsequently
employed.
In the next experiment, the soil had been air-dried for two
days.
Experiment iii.
100 grams of dry garden-soil with tap-water.
75 c.c. ...
100 c.c. ...
150 c.c. ...
200 c.c. ...
250 c.c. ...
Water-control
1,000 bacteria became
3
115
12
12
168
1,093
It is clear that the soil is toxic in all proportions used. In No. 2,
the plates showed that the culture was impure, and this suggested
that possibly extraneous bacteria might have an accelerating influ-
ence upon Bac. prodigiosus. This was tested in the following ex-
periment, which was made nine days later, the soil having been
stored for 11 days. In the second part, a drop of the unfiltered
extract of No. 1 was added to each test.
Experiment iv.
100 grams air-dried
1,000 bacteria in 20 hours, at 28°, became
garden soil, stored
11 days, with water.
in the presence of
mixed soil-bacteria
1. 80 c.c.
2. 100 c.c.
3. 150 c.c
4. 200 c.c.
5. Water-control
125
70
1,900
16,200
7,200
7
33
1,600
16,500
The soil furnished toxic extracts, although when compared with
Experiment iii., the toxicity appears to be diminishing. The pre-
sence of the mixed soil-bacteria did not materially influence the
growth of Bac. prodigiosus. Five days later, a further test of the
toxicity was made.
BY K. GKEIG-SMITH.
Experiment v.
731
100 grams air-dried
garden-soil stored 16
days, with water.
1,000 bacteria,
in 20 hours
at 28°, became
extract diluted one-half
with water.
1. 40c.c.
200,000
2. 50c.c.
1,400,000
1,200,000
3. 80c.c.
140
380
4. 100 c.c.
12
136
5. 150 c.c.
250
980
6. 200 c.c.
230,000
7. 800 c.c.
180,000
8. Water-control
15,600
Later experiments, with this specimen of air-dried soil, showed
that, upon the twenty-ninth clay of storage, the toxicity had dimin-
ished considerably.
The effect of dilution upon a toxic soil-extract was studied, in
order to find out, if possible, the point of dilution at which the
added bacteria maintained their numbers, or, at any rate, equalled
the control or water-increase. Previous experiments had shown
that dilution so weakened the activity of toxin, that the nutrients
caused an increase. If a balanced action could be demonstrated, a
road might be found to estimate the toxicity of soils. The first
experiment in this direction was upon the same soil used in the last
experiment, but it had been stored for 29 days.
Experiment vi.
Equal parts of soil and water.
10 bacteria in 21 hours at
28° became
Undiluted
Diluted 1:1
Diluted 1 :3
Diluted 1:7
Diluted 1 : 15 ^
Water-control ...
10,000
16,400
8,300
4,000
200
100
The loss of toxicity, by this specimen of soil, is shown by the
thousandfold increase in the undiluted extract; 13 days before, the
toxicity had produced a hundredfold decrease.
732 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
At this time, the soil in the garden had been subjected to heavy
rains, about 4 inches having fallen in four days, and it was not
expected that it would be toxic. A trial bore this out.
Experiment vii.
Equal parts of raw soil and water.
10 bacteria, in 19 hours,
at 28°, became
Undiluted
Diluted 4:1
Diluted 3:2
Diluted 2:3
Diluted 1:4
Water-control ...
500
750
125
13
150
25
The loss of toxicity of raw soils, being coincident with the occur-
rence of heavy rains, has been already noted.* That it returns
again upon the cessation of the rain, and the prevalence of drying
winds, is shown in the next experiment, the soil, for which, was
taken after a three days' spell of cool, dry S.-W. winds.
Experiment viii.
Equal parts of raw soil and water.
10 bacteria, in 19 hours,
at 28°, became
1. Undiluted ...
2. Diluted 1 :1
3. Diluted 1 :3
4. Undiluted
5. Second extraction of 1
6. Water-control
13
2,540
1,670
55
1,460
70
The return of the toxicity of this specimen of soil, taken 12 days
after that of Experiment vii., is evident; and that it is toxic, is
shown in test No. 4, which differed from No. 1, in having been
shaken only ten times, and immediately filtered. The residual soil
from No. 1 was extracted a second time with the same quantity
of water, viz., 200 c.c. to 200 grams, and the filtrate was nutritive
(No. 5).
After a dry spell of five days, garden-soil was air-dried in the
laboratory for three hours, and was found to contain 3-5 %
moisture. It was treated with chloroform overnight, and the dis-
These Proceedings, 1911, p. 684.
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
733
infectant aired off in the morning". The same soil, without treat-
ment, as well as raw soil taken upon the following morning, were
also tested.
Experiment ix.
100 bacteria became
Extract
full strength.
half-
strength.
quarter-
strength.
Partly dried soil taken 4/6/13 ...
The same chloroformed ..
Raw soil taken 5/6/13
4
3,000
15
4,500
3,600
30
3,200
40,800
850
The toxicity of the soil is undoubted, and portions were used
with varying quantities of water for extraction. The effect of
chloroforming the soil is well seen.*
Having obtained a toxic soil, the extraction, with varying
amounts of water, was continued.
Experiment x.
100 grams soil,
seven days old, with water.
100 bacteria became
1. 40
85,000
2. 50
300
3. 66
5
4. 100
(2,030)
5. 133
30
6. 200
30,150
7. Water-control
290
Five (22°) and eight (28°) days later, the same sample of soil
was used, as the employment of fresh soil was prevented by the
prevalence of rain. The tests were incubated overnight at 22° and
at 28°.
Experiment xi.
100 grams soil, with
water.
10-bacteria became
at 22°
at 28°
a
b
a
b
1. 50
2. 75
3. 100
4. 150
5. 200
6. 250
7. Water-control
530
600
160
(1,170)
60
230
40
500
690
530
70
40
220
12
6,600
6,300
5,800
3,100
3,700
2,500
90
7,200
7,900
(12,000)
3,900
4,700
2,300
100
• Compare these Proceedings, 1910, 814.
734 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OP SOIL-FERTILITY, vii. -xi.,
In this and the preceding experiment, the bracketed numbers
are probably excessive. It is frequently found, in a series of tests,
that one is out of what appears to be the normal sequence. For
this reason, the last experiment was made in duplicate, so that a
discrepancy might be allowed for.
It is seen that the toxicity of the soil, manifest in Experiments
ix., and x., has disappeared by the twelfth day of storage, but
although now nutritive, there is some confirmation of the toxicity
being most evident when about equal parts of soil and water are
taken.
The return of the toxins to the soil, after dry weather, shows
that, though they may be disguised by the soil-nutrients, they
should be reckoned with, when considering the seasonal variation
of bacteria in soils. The seasonal variation has been noted by
many writers. Conn found that the numbers were high in Feb-
ruary, and, rising in the summer, fell again in the autumn. Hiltner
and Stormer showed that the bacteria did not tend to increase as
the temperature rose, the August counts being no higher than those
of February, and, in some cases, they were less. It is true that one
cannot trace a direct relationship between the rainfall and the
bacterial numbers of some investigations,* but the question may
have to be determined in tropical or subtropical countries, where
the rain falls during regular monthly or quarterly periods. The
removal of toxin, by drainage-waters, is another question that
deserves consideration.
From the irregularity of the results obtained by diluting the soil-
extracts, it would appear that this method offers no means of deter-
mining the toxicity of soils. As the toxins are thermolabile, the
action of heat might prove more successful; and, accordingly, ex-
periments were made in this direction. Two years previously* it
had been found that, in a certain soil-extract, 1,000 bacteria be-
came reduced to 73 ; but when the extract had been raised to boil-
* As, for example, Engberding, Centrl. Bakt. 2te., 23, 569.
t These Proceedings, 1911, 815.
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
735
ing point, they were reduced only to 667 ; and, when boiled for an
hour, they increased to three and one-quarter millions.
Extracts of the garden-soil at various depths were made, in order
to see to what extent the toxins had been washed down by previous
rains, and instead of subjecting the extracts to 100°, the lower tem-
perature of 60° was employed. The top inch of the soil was re-
moved, and the succeeding three-inch portions were taken. The
two lower layers contained some clay, which had probably been
put there when the sandy soil had been used as a garden, about
twenty years ago.
Experiment xii.
Moisture
%•
10 bacteria became
Moist garden-soil.
Extract
not heated.
Heated at 60° for
20 minutes.
60 minutes.
First three inches
Second three inches
Third three inches
Water-control
143
103
111
1,500
1,060
160
13
1,130
810
65
1,110
1,060
56
The first and second three inches, which, together, may be taken
as representing the soil, have much the same nutritive power, and
have much the same behaviour. The third three inches, which may
be taken as the subsoil, is much less nutritive. The toxin is appar-
ently different, for heat, at 60°, does not increase the nutritive
effect. It does not appear that the soil-toxin has been retained by
the subsoil, unless it is that the rain of the previous three days
had been excessive. On the 28th, 29th, and 30th June, the soil
received 3, 25, and 71, points of rain, respectively, that is, a total
of, practically, an inch of rain upon the three days preceding that
on which the soil was taken. The conditions were, therefore,
against finding toxin in the soil. There appears to be an increase
of toxicity upon heating the extracts of the subsoil at 60°, or, what
may be the equivalent in this case, a diminution of nutritive effect,
which does not occur in toxic soils. The portions of soil were cut
out with a circular tin-cylinder of 3-5 inches diameter, and three
inches deep. Each portion weighed approximately 400 grams. The
736 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
inch of rain, which fell upon the surface-area, measured approxi-
mately 160 c.c. Each portion, therefore, held 57, 41, and 44 c.c.
respectively, or 142 c.c. in all, so that the soil had been leached by
the 160 c.c. of rain.
The experiment was repeated in a modified form, a week later,
and during this time, no rain had fallen. A saline solution, con-
taining 0-2 % of potassium sulphate, was used in making the ex-
tracts, as the flocculation of the clay-particles, by water, retarded
the filtration of the soil-suspensions. Instead of heating the ex-
tracts at 60°, they were boiled in flasks fitted with aerial conden-
sers. In this, and the previous experiment, 400 grams of moist
soil were shaken with 400 c.c. of tap-water or saline for an hour.
Experiment xiii.
Moisture.
10 bacteria became
Bacteria
Depth of
garden-soil.
Unboiled.
Boiled
in 1 gram,
of
15 min.
60 min.
dry soil.
2 to 4 in.
10 to 12 in.
Saline-control ...
9-7%
10-3%
6
11
18
17
10
1,350
2
5,200,000
2,500,000
The soil is decidedly, though feebly, toxic, and, according to
expectation, the toxins were destroyed by heat, allowing the nutri-
ents to produce an increase of bacteria. The subsoil is also toxic,
inasmuch as the unboiled extract produced fewer bacteria than the
saline control. The action of heat, upon the subsoil-extract, is in
contrast with the soil-extract, but is confirmatory of the previous
experiment. Thus there appear to be two toxins in soil, one ther-
molabile, the other thermostable, unless it is that the latter is a
product of the action of heat upon some soluble and filterable soil-
constituent. Prolonged or excessive heat develops thermostable
toxins in the soil itself, and the thermostability of the extracts of
the subsoil, and, in some cases, of the soil, may be due to a similar
phenomenon. As it is, we have to deal with a complex action.
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
737
Fifty days later, the soils were again tested. No rain had fallen
for nearly a month, and the soil was consequently very dry.
Experiment xiv.
Moisture.
10 bacteria became
Depth of garden-soil.
Unboiled.
Boiled
15 min.
60 min.
H to 4£ inches ...
9 to 12 inches
Saline-control
4-6%
7-1%
125
22
37
775
7
2,800
0
The soil was nutritive, but, as shown by the effect of heat, it con-
tained thermolabile toxins. The subsoil was toxic, and the toxicity
was increased by boiling the extracts. One expected to find the soil
strongly toxic after the spell of dry weather, and the failure to
realise this, shows that an accumulation of toxic substances does
not occur in dry soils. The condition is similar to that which takes
place in the laboratory, with soils that are air-dried and stored.
They rapidly lose their toxicity and become nutritive. Inferen-
tially, a certain percentage of moisture is necessary for the forma-
tion of toxins in soils.
From these experiments, it is seen that the demonstration of
toxins in soils depends upon obtaining a soil in which the toxins
preponderate over the nutrients, and in using an appropriate dilu-
tion in making the extracts. Equal parts of soil and water gener-
ally yield the most toxic extract. The toxins of the soil are thermo-
labile, while those of the subsoil used were thermostable. The
existence of two kinds of soil-bacteriotoxins are thus indicated.
ix. The Formation of Toxins in the Soil.
The leaching out of the thermolabile toxins from soil by rain, the
occurrence of thermostable toxins in the subsoil, and the reappear-
ance of thermolabile toxins in the soil, make it appear probable
that thermolabile toxins are produced entirely in the soil, and do
53
738 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
not rise from below. The production may take place rapidly, as a
sample taken after a rainfall of 4-75 inches, and stored in the
laboratory for three days, showed the following: —
Experiment i.
Raw extract, unboiled .
Extract boiled £ hour .
Extract boiled one hour
Saline-control
100 bacteria at 22° became
3
1
20
228
Again, a soil was extracted at once, and after storage in a bucket,
in the laboratory, for seven days, during which, the moisture fell
from 10% to 8%.
Experiment ii.
100 bacteria at 22° became
Unboiled.
Boiled
15 min. 60 min.
Control.
Raw soil
After seven days' storage ...
60
0
170
7
13,650
360
180
127
A soil, which was nutritive in the fresh condition, was incubated
at 28° for 14 days. Unfortunately, the plug in the bottle permit-
ted the soil to dry, and the moisture fell from 10% to 4-5%, so
that the conditions for toxin-formation and preservation were not
the most favourable. However, the soil became toxic, as the follow-
ing shows: —
Experiment iii.
10 bacteria became
Diluted.
Water-
Undiluted.
4/5
3/5
2/5
1/5
1/10
control.
Fresh soil ...
The same incubated
14 days at 28° ...
187
106
107
4
124
13
210
970
73
14
38
41
18
164
The increase of toxicity is seen upon comparing the undiluted
numbers with the water-controls. It is also seen in all dilutions.
BY R. GREIG-SMITtf.
739
excepting the two-fifth. The effect of dilution is peculiar, but,
beyond recording the counts, little can be said, at present, regard-
ing the matter.
A spell of dry weather prevented the continuation of similar
tests at the time, and, therefore, a quantity of soil was put into a
Biichner porcelain-funnel, and treated, during one day, with a
quantity of distilled water, equivalent to one inch of rain. On the
following day, the drainage was filtered and tested, the soil mixed
and divided into portions, each containing 200 grams of dry soil.
These were stored in bottles at 22°, and tested from time to time.
Experiment iv.
100 bacteria at 22° became
Unboiled.
boiled £hr.
boiled 1 hr.
Control.
Soil-drainage...
270
510
3,640
100
Soil extracted at once
1,910
4,640
5,520
100
Soil extracted after 5 days ..
104
534
10,090
550
Soil extracted after 13 days.
380
875
23,600
600
Soil extracted after 33 days.
113
41,000
54,600
900
Soil extracted after 49 days.
56
2,400
23,000
194
A rich, brown, alluvial soil, from the Hawkesbury Agricultural
College, had been stored in the laboratory for about a year. It
contained 1*5% of moisture. Two hundred gram.portions were
weighed out into 700 c.c. bottles, and moistened with 40 c.c. of a
soil-suspension of the same soil, which "had been growing maize-
plants in the glasshouse. Ten grams of the soil were shaken with
500 c.c. of sterile water, to make the suspension. The bottles were
corked, and divided into two sets, one being kept at 28°, the other
at laboratory-temperature (15° to 20°). When required, each bottle
received 160 c.c. of water containing 4 c.c of 10% potassium
sulphate. The shaking and nitration -were done in the usual
manner.
Experiment v.
At start
After 6 days..
After 30 days.
100 bacteria became at 22c
Soil incubated at 15°-20°
unboiled
extract.
35,000
9,000
420
boiled
15 min. 66 min.
129,000
34,000
6,000
476,000
78,000
24,600
incubated at 28°.
unboiled
extract.
35,000
1,500
3,900
boiled
15 min. 60 min.
129,000
12,000
9,000
476,000 ! 370
43,000 i 390
17,800 ! 194
740 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-FERTILITY, vii. -XI.,
The experiment shows that a soil, from which the toxins had
decayed during long storage, became less nutritive or more toxic
upon being moistened. At a comparatively low temperature
(15°-20°), the change was slower to develop than at a higher
temperature (28°), but when formed, it was more persistent.
Observations made, during these investigations, show that soil
has a variable, bacteriotoxic content. Rain washes the toxin
out, and the soil becomes non-toxic. When the rain ceases,
bacteriotoxins are again formed, and persist, if the soil remains
moist. With continued dry weather, and consequent lowering
of the soil-moisture, the toxins decay. Experiments in the
laboratory confirmed these observations. A soil originally toxic,
became non-toxic when washed with water, and, upon incubation,
again became toxic. Another soil, originally nutritive, became
very much less so upon incubation.
x. The action of Chloroform upon Blood treated with Vaseline.
When a soil is treated with a volatile disinfectant, it behaves
as if more nourishment had been liberated for the growth of the
surviving bacteria. The volatile disinfectants are also fat-
solvents, and, after noting their visible action in the soil, I sug-
gested that the effect, produced by the disinfectant, was by virtue
of its removing the fat or agricere, and so facilitating the decay
of the organic matter. Certain experiments* upon the growth
of bacteria, in various layers of disinfected soil, bore out this
suggestion. In endeavouring to confirm the hypothesis, I have
made experiments with the ammoniacal fermentation of blood
saturated either with paraffin or vaseline, and treated with chlo-
roform. These, however, are rather against the hypothesis, and
are here recorded as a contribution to the subject.
Dried blood was heated for a day, at 56°, with paraffin melting
at 43°, and the excess removed. After being ground and sifted,
two gram portions were weighed out, mixed with 50 grams of
sand, and treated with chloroform. One hundred and thirty
grams of dry soil were added, and 30 c.c. of soil-infusion. The
tests were incubated at 22°, for 6 days; then water was added,
* These Proceedings, 1911, pp.696 tt seq.
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
741
and the bottles shaken for a day, and the extract filtered off in
the morning. The filtrates were distilled with magnesia, and the
ammonia determined.
Experiment i.
Paraffined blood, untreated...
Paraffined blood, chloroformed
Milligrams of ammoniacal nitrogen.
41
43
38
—41
39
43
41
—41
EXPERIMKNT ii.
Milligrams
of
ammoniacal nitrogen.
Vaselined blood, untreated ...
60
60
65
—62
Vaselined blood, chloroformed
53
53
61
-56
The next experiment was made with vaselined blood and sand.
No soil was used, and, as a fermenting agent, a suspension of Bac.
prodigiosus was added. A tube containing a strip of paper
moistened with dilute sulphuric acid, was placed in the test-
bottle, to prevent any possible loss of ammonia.
Experiment in.
Milligrams of ammoniacal nitrogen.
Vaselined blood, untreated ...
134
123
12-5
137
130
Vaselined blood, chloroformed
134
141
11-9
11-5
12-7
The experiments show that dried blood, saturated with paraffin
or vaseline, and afterwards treated with chloroform, does not
decay quicker on account of the chloroform-treatment.
742 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
xi. The Action of Naphthalene in Soil.
The action of certain chemicals, used as fungicides, in increas-
ing the yield of crop, has been frequently noted. Of these, per-
haps, the most conspicuous example is the effect of spraying
potatoes with Bordeaux mixture. As a rule, the treatment shows
that the mixture has a decided manurial effect. We do not
know, however, whether it is the lime or the copper that pro-
duces the result, and, in a series of tests upon the growth of
bacteria in soils, that I made with copper sulphate, lime, a
mixture of these and with superphosphate, the results were
negative; that is to say, the control-test showed a greater number
of bacteria, from time to time, than any of the others.
Meanwhile, Mr. Hugh Dixson called my attention to the pro-
posed use of sulphur and naphthalene in horticultural practice.
Both are said to augment the crop in unsterilised soils, and I
decided to test them, with regard to any action they might have
upon the increase of bacteria. The sulphur was used as precipi-
tated sulphur, and the naphthalene as "vapo-naphtha," generally
used, in conjunction with lime, for destroying injurious insects.
In a previous paper, I showed that sodium thiosulphate increased
the growth of bacteria in soil-extracts, and, as the same might
occur in soils, it was used with other salts in an experiment. The
test was made upon soils contained in bottles closed with a cork
furnished with a glass tube drawn out to an open capillary point,
and were incubated at 22°.
Experiment i.
Bactei
•ia at 22° in millions per gram
of air-dried soil.
Garden-soil, with 16% moisture.
6days.
19dys.
28dys.
47dys.
123 dys.
Precipitated sulphur, 0*1%
48
24
2 2
1-2
06
Naphthalene, 0'1%
90-0
107
105
23-4
8 0
Sodium thiosulphate, 0'1% ...
98
15-8
168
15-0
2 2
Control
24
16
10
12
11
Calcium sulphate, 0*1%
3 4
09
0-2
0-8
0-7
Ferrous sulphate, 005%
0 4
06
10
0 8
0 6
Copper sulphate, 004%
0-6
05
07
07
07
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
'43
As 0-1% is approximately equivalent to 27 cwts. per acre, the
quantities added were excessive, but they have shown that naph-
thalene and thiosulphate have a decided effect upon the numbers
of bacteria. In the case of the naphthalene, the amount used
was about eighty times that recommended, assuming that it was
thoroughly mixed with the soil. The sulphur was about ten
times that used by Boullanger in his experiments. The prevail-
ing bacterium, in the six days' naphthalene-test, was Bad.
putidum (85 millions).
A second experiment was prepared, using varying quantities
of naphthalene and thiosulphate. The soil was an alluvial, and
received raw soil-extract equivalent to 1% of soil. The bottles
were stored in the laboratory.
Experiment ii.
Bacteria in millions per gram
Alluvial soil.
(18°-27°).
6 days.
12dys.
I8dys.
28dys.
99 days.
Control ...
1-2
21
2*4
16
IS
Sodium thiosulphate, 0075%
1-7
2-9
2 6
2 5
2 8
Sodium thiosulphate, 01 5% ...
2-3
2-7
22
14
2 2
Naphthalene, 00187%
21-7
6-2
8-8
56
3 0
Naphthalene, 0 0375%
5-8
21-2
18-4
188
39
Naphthalene, 0 075%
56
321
23 0
30-2
4 7
In this soil, the thiosulphate does not show the difference over
the control that it did in the previous experiment with garden-
soil, while the behaviour with naphthalene is confirmed. The
different action of thiosulphate, in the two kinds of soil, may
possibly be explained by the greater agricere-content of the
garden-soil, which is comparatively rich in this substance, while
the alluvial soil is comparatively poor. Seymour Jones* says
that sodium thiosulphate possesses the property of being able
to remove grease from pelt or from leather, and it may have the
same effect, therefore, upon the organic matter of the soil.
Naphthalene is used as an insecticide, and to disguise disagree-
able odours, such as occur in urinals, etc. It is soluble in oils,
* Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., 1912, 1130, abstract.
744 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.-xi.,
a solution in olive oil being used in cases of scabies. Molten
naphthalene dissolves paraffin, grease-paint, unguentum resinse,
etc., and it acts, therefore, much as a volatile disinfectant. That
its antiseptic value is exceedingly poor, is evident from the
numbers of bacteria obtained in the experiments. This, however,
applies only to the quantities taken; a larger quantity might
show a disinfecting action. Small quantities of certain poisons,
such as ether, carbon bisulphide, potassium bichromate, copper
sulphate, etc., have a stimulating influence upon bacterial growth,
while certain others have not;* and it is possible that the naph-
thalene, in the experiment, exerted an accelerating action.
The great multiplication of Bad. putidum, in the first experi-
ment, points to the probability that naphthalene will induce an
increased ammonification. To prove this, an experiment was
made by adding two grms. of dried blood to 200 grms. of dried
garden-soil, and adding a soil-suspension, made by shaking 100
grams of raw soil with a litre of water. With this, the moisture-
content was made up to 19%. The bottles, containing the soil,
stood upon the laboratory-bench for seven days, when they
received two grms. of copper sulphate, and 500 c.c. of water.
They were shaken 50 times, at hourly intervals, for a day,
allowed to rest overnight, and the supernatant liquid filtered in
the morning. The ammonia was determined, in the usual way,
by distilling with magnesium oxide. The numbers are the average
of three, and sometimes of four tests.
Experiment iii.
Milligrams of naphthalene added
Ammoniacal nitrogen formed from 2 grams
to 100 grams soil.
of dried blood in 7 days; milligrams.
None.
66
0 5
64
5
63
25
62
50
21
This unexpected lowering of the ammonification led to another
experiment being made.
* Fred, Centrlbl. f. Bakt., 2te Abt., 31, 185.
BY R. GREIG-SMITH.
Experiment iv.
745
Milligrams of naphthalene added
to 100 grams soil.
Ammoniacal nitrogen formed from 2 grams
of dried blood in 6 days; milligrams.
None.
1
10
50
250
60
60
58
35
23
It is clear, that when 1% of dried blood is contained in soil,
naphthalene acts as a depressant, so far as ammonification is con-
cerned. In the experiments with soil and naphthalene, the latter
showed itself to be an accelerant of bacterial growth, and, in-
ferentially, of the rapidity of decay. The sets of experiments
are, therefore, at variance. In an endeavour to find the cause of
the variance the following was obtained.
Experiment v.
Milligrams of naphtha-
lene added to 100
grams soil.
Ammoniacal nitrogen
formed from 2 grams
dried blood in 4 days
at 21°; milligrams.
Bacteria in millions per
gram of dry soil.
The result shows that, under the conditions of the experiment,
there is no difference in the bacterial counts; and that, in the
presence of dried blood, the stimulating action of naphthalene is
not evident.
As it would be interesting to know what ammonification occurs
when unmanured soil is used, a similar experiment, without the
blood, was made. This extended over 14 days, and the result
showed that no ammonia had been formed from the organic
matter of the soil; that is to say, no ammonia was detected,
upon distilling the soil-extracts with magnesium oxide. In
54
746 CONTRIBUTIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OP SOIL-FERTILITY, vii.- xi.
spite of this, the bacterial counts showed a rise almost propor-
tional to the amount of naphthalene added.
Experiment vi.
Milligrams of naphtha-
lene added to 100 grams
soil.
Bacteria in millions per gram, grown upon
Lipinan-Brown synthetic agar.
Total
colonies.
True bacteria.
Cladothrix
Moulds.
Mixed
types.
Trans-
lucent.
Gummy.
None.
1
10
50
250
37
4-9
11*7
47 0
98 0
15
27
4 5
122
196
01
0 2
15
141
58-8
0
0-2
0
0
59
2 4
1-8
57
20-7
137
The great bulk of the translucent colonies consisted of a small,
inert cocco-bacterium.
Some pot-experiments were made with oats and maize, in soil
containing none, 0-001, and 0-005 per cent, of naphthalene; but
although the plants started somewhat better in the naphthalened
soils, the others soon overtook them, and ultimately there was
no difference.
The conclusion arrived at, from these experiments, is that
while naphthalene induces an increase in the number of bacteria
in unmanured soils, there is no corresponding increase in the
formation of ammonia from the organic matter originally present
or added as dried blood.
747
A REVISION OF THE CULICIDjE IN THE MACLEAY
MUSEUM, SYDNEY.
By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S., Entomologist to the Austra-
lian Institute of Tropical Medicine.
(Plate xxx.)
The following paper contains a description of Skuse's types in
the above Museum, at the Sydney University.
It is proposed to refer Anopheles stigmaticus and A. atratipes
to the genus Pyretophorus; Culexjlavifrons and C. vittiger to
Culicada, and to give a new name to Grabhamia flavifrons of
Theobald; Culex linealis is placed in the genus Culicelsa. Culex
atripes has been transferred to the genus Scutomyia, and shown
to be distinct from Slegomyia punctolateralis Theob.
I wish to express my indebtedness to Professors W. A. Haswell
and T. W. E. David, for their kindness in allowing me access to
the collection, when recently in Sydney. I have also to thank
Mr. Shewan, Acting Curator, for many courtesies.
Pyretophorus stigmaticus (Skuse).
Anopheles stigmaticus Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2),
iii., p.1758, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., p.207, 1901.
9. Head yellowish-brown, clothed with yellowish, upright,
forked scales, and brown hairs, with numerous yellowish ones
overhanging the eyes from the centre; antennae brown, basal lobe
dusky brown, second segment pale at the base; palpi brown,
clothed with dusky scales, shorter than the proboscis, which is
brown.
Thorax brown, with three dusky patches, one anterior and two
posterior, clothed with scanty, narrow-curved, golden-yellow
scales ; scutellum brown ; metanotum dusky-brown ; pleurae
blackish; prothoracic lobes prominent.
748 REVISION OF CUL1CIDM IN THE MACLEAY MUSEUM,
Legs brown, clothed with brown scales, changing to dusky-
brown on the tarsi.
Wings with the costa black; veins clothed with light brown
scales; fringe brown; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the
second fork-cell, base of the former nearer the base of the wing
than that of the latter; the stem of the first fork-cell about the
length of its cell, stem of the second longer than the cell; super-
numerary and posterior cross-veins parallel, the latter scarcely
nearer the apex of the wing.
Abdomen dark brown, sparsely covered with golden hairs ;
venter brown.
(J. Very similar to female; antennae yellowish-brown, shorter
than proboscis, plumes brown, and very dense ; palpi brown,
shorter than proboscis, last segment spatulate, and clothed with
short brown hairs; proboscis brown and slender; wings as in £;
mid cross- vein slightly nearer the apex of the wing than the
posterior cross- vein. Length, 4-5 to 5 mm.
Hah. — Blue Mountains, N. S. Wales.
Obs. — A very distinct species, belonging to the genus Pyreto-
phorus, easily distinguished from other Australian Anophelines.
Pyretophorus atratipes (Skuse).
Anopheles atratipes Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2),iii.,
p.1755, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., p.208, 1901; v., p.43,
1910.
9. Head dusky brown, clothed with white narrow-curves, and
upright forked scales, border-bristles dark brown, with numerous
long, white hairs overhanging the eyes from the centre; eyes
black; antennae brown, basal lobe dusky, second segment about
twice the length of third; palpi dark brown, slightly shorter than
the proboscis, apex creamy-yellow; proboscis black, fairly long,
slender.
Thorax brown, with a moderately large, dusky patch on the
anterior end, and two small ones towards the lateral edges in
front of the wing-roots, and one, median, immediately in front of
the scutellum, with three rows of narrow-curved, hair-like scales,
and a few scattered dusky hairs, lateral border-bristles white,
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 749
densest above the wing-roots; scutellum brown, with a few narrow-
curved, white scales; metanotum dark brown; pleurae dark brown.
Abdomen dark brown, clothed with golden-yellow hairs.
Wings with the costa, subcostal, and first longitudinal veins
dark brown-scaled, remaining veins brown-scaled; there is a dark
spot at the base of the third longitudinal vein, and at the bases
of the branches of the fifth longitudinal vein, sixth long vein
white-scaled, with the apical third brown-scaled; first fork-cell
longer and narrower than the second, base of the former nearer
the base of the wing than that of the latter; stem of the first
fork-cell about as long as its cell, stem of the second longer than
the cell; fringe at the apex of wing white, remainder brown ;
halteres brown.
Legs : coxae and trochanters brown; femora brown, fore femora
slightly club-shaped at the base, pale at the apex; tibiae dark
brown; tarsi dusky. Length, 6 5 mm.
Hah.— Berowra, N.S.W.
Nyssokhynchus annulipes Walker.
Walker, Ins. Saund., i., p. 4 33, 1850; Anopheles musivus Skuse,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., p. 1754, 1888; A. mastersi
Skuse, ibid., p.1757; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., pp.164, 165, 1901.
This species was redescribed by Theobald, in his Monograph,
rendering it unnecessary for me to do so.
A critical examination of the type of A. mastersi, has proved,
beyond doubt, that it is the same as Skuse's A. musivus, in all
essentials. At most, it can be regarded only as a variety of N.
annulipes, which is somewhat given to variation It is possible
to breed the two forms from the same batch of larvae.
TOXORHYNCHITES SPECIOSA (Skuse).
Megarrhina speciosa Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2),
iii., p.1722, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid, i., p.228, 1901; Ban-
croft, Ann. Queensland Mus., No.8, p. 16, 1908; Taylor, Ann.
Kept. Aust. Inst. Trop. Med., p.51 (1911), 1913.
This species has been fully described in the above publications.
The type agrees, in all details, with that published by me.
750 REVISION OP CULICIDJ? IN THE MACLEAY MUSEUM,
MUCIDUS ALTERNANS Westwood.
Westwood, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., iv., p. 681, and Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond , iii , p. 384; Culex hispidiosus Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, (2), iii., p. 1726, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., p. 269,
1901.
This species has already been fully described by Theobald, in
his Monograph, rendering further description unnecessary.
SCUTOMYIA ATRIPES (Skuse).
Culex atripes Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii.,
p.1750, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., ii., pp.58, 256, 1901 ;
Theobaldia atripes Neveu-Lemaire (nee Skuse), Arch. Parasitolo-
gic, vi., p.615, 1902; Mimeteomyia atripes (Skuse) Cleland, Second
Kept Gov. Bureau Microbiology, Sydney, p. 144, 1912.
£. Head clothed with flat, dusky scales with violet reflections,
and a small patch of narrow-curved ones in the mid-region, with
a patch of flat, creamy, lateral ones ; border-bristles brown;
antennae black, verticillate hairs black, clothed with short whitish
pile; palpi black; clypeus black; proboscis black; eyes violet-
black.
Thorax clothed with thin, brown, narrow-curved scales; pro-
thoracic lobes prominent, clothed with large, dense, flat, white
scales and brown hairs; lateral border-bristles brown, densest
above the wing-roots; scutellum brown, mid-lobe clothed with
large, dusky, loosely applied, flat scales, lateral lobes with paler
ones; pleurae black, densely clothed with white, flat scales.
Abdomen black, scaled with white, lateral spots on segments
6 to 8; venter dark brown, clothed with small, white scales.
Wings with the costa, subcostal, and first long veins clothed
with dusky scales, remaining veins clothed with brown scales, the
lateral ones linear, the median small and flat; first fork-cell longer
and narrower than the second, its base nearer the base of the
wing than that of the latter; stem of the first fork-cell about
one-third the length of the cell, that of the second about two-
thirds as long as the cell; posterior cross- vein longer than, and
BY PRANK H. TAYLOB. 751
about thrice its own length from the mid cross-vein; fringe brown.
Halteres with the stems yellowish, knobs dusky.
Legs [the fore and mid wanting], hind dusky, the tarsi in some
lights with a coppery tinge; ungues small, equal and simple.
(J. Similar to £. Palpi broken; antennae with the nodes dark,
plumes brown, about two-thirds the length of the proboscis.
Wings as in Q, but with the post cross-vein only about twice its
length distant from the mid cross-vein.
Legs steel-black; femora white beneath, with a white apical
spot above; apical tarsus of the fore-legs pale; fore and mid
ungues unequal, the larger with a tooth, hind small, equal and
simple. Length, 4 mm.
Hab.— Sydney, Blue Mountains, N.S.W.
Obs. — Edwards places this species in the genus Mimeteomyia,
and Neveu-Lemaire in the genus Theobaldia; it clearly belongs to
the genus Scutomyia; their determinations were based on a mis-
conception of the species. Edwards also says that Stegomyia
punctolateralis Theob., is a synonym of the above. They are
quite distinct; a comparison of the two species shows that, inter
alia, the abdominal spots and the ungues of the male differ con-
siderably.
Grabhamia theobaldi, nom.nov.
Grabhamia Jlavifrons Theobald (nee Skuse), Mon. Culicid, iv.,
p.304, 1907.
Specimens of the above were sent to Theobald by Dr. T. L.
Bancroft, from Southern Queensland. Theobald thought they
were Skuse's species, on account of the yellowish appearance of
the wings, mentioned by Skuse. A specimen in the Institute
collection from Brisbane, when compared with the type, proved
that they were distinct species, belonging to two different genera.
CULICADA FLAVIFRONS (SkllSe).
Culex Jlavifrons Skuse (nee Theobald), Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, (2), iii., p. 1735, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., p.421,
1901; iv., p.304, 1907.
752 REVISION OF CULICID^E in the maclkay museum,
(J. Head dark brown, clothed with creamy-yellow, narrow-
curved, and upright forked scales, with flat, creamy yellow ones
on the sides; palpi four-jointed, brown, slightly longer than the
proboscis, clothed with mixed brown and creamy scales, second
segment the longest, with its apex and the last two segments
densely clothed with yellowish-brown hairs; antennas light brown,
nodes dark brown, plumes light brown, last two segments long,
densely covered with short pile; proboscis long, slender, brown;
eyes black and silvery.
Thorax brown, clothed with golden-yellow, narrow-curved
scales ; prothoracic lobes prominent, brown, clothed with flat
scales and golden hairs; prealar bristles yellow; scutellum brown,
clothed with narrow-curved, light golden-yellow scales, posterior
border-bristles yellow; pleurae brown, clothed with patches of
white, flat scales, and golden bristles.
Abdomen brown [denuded].
Legs brown; coxae and trochanters dark brown; femora pale
beneath; tibiae and tarsi with white basal banding; ungues of
forelegs very unequal, [mid wanting], hind equal.
Wings with the costa dark brown, vein-scales paler, with a few
scattered, yellow scales; first fork-cell longer and narrower than
the second, the base of the latter nearer the base of the wing
than that of the former; stem of the first fork-cell nearly the
length of its cell ; stem of the second longer than its cell ;
posterior cross-vein shorter than, and scarcely its own length
distant from, the mid cross-vein; fringe pale. Halteres with the
stems pale brown, knobs dark brown. Length, 6 mm.
Q. Very similar to £. Abdomen clothed with dark brown
scales, with creamy basal banding, penultimate segment clothed
with creamy scales. Wings with the stem of the first fork-cell
about two-thirds the length of its cell, stem of the second not
quite the length of the cell. Legs similar to <J; ungues wanting.
Length, 5 mm.
Hab. — Blue Mountains, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Queensland.
Obs. — The species described by Theobald as Grabhamia flavi-
frons Skuse, is quite distinct from the true C. Jiavifrons Skuse,
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 753
the latter being much more robust, and having entirely different
squamose characters on the wings, besides differing in numerous
other details. I propose to rename the former, Grabhamia theo-
baldi (antea, p.751).
CULICADA VITTIGER (Skuse).
(Plate xxx., figs. 1-2.)
Culex vittiger Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii.,
p.1728, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., p.387, 1901 ; Giles,
Handbk. Gnats, 2nd Ed., p.419, 1902.
$ Head brown, clothed with long, loosely applied, creamy-
white, narrow-curved scales, and pale yellowish upright forked
ones, with creamy-white flat ones at the sides, a row of brown
border-bristles round the eyes, with a few pale ones overhanging
the eyes from the centre ; eyes black, with silvery patches ;
antennae brown, verticillate hairs dark brown, pubescence white,
second segment yellowish-brown, basal lobes darker; palpi long,
covered with ochraceous and dark brown scales, clothed beneath
with ochraceous scales, except the apex, which is almost entirely
clothed with dark scales.
Thorax deep blackish-brown, paler towards the edges and pos-
teriorly, with four broad lines of browny-black, narrow-curved
scales, the two centre ones the whole length of the thorax, the
lateral ones not extending the full length of the thorax, the rest
of the thorax clothed with creamy-white, narrow-curved scales
and golden bristles, which are denser above the roots of the
wings ; scutellum brown, clothed with greyish-white, narrow-
curved scales, mid-lobe with sixteen, golden border-bristles, seven
to the lateral lobes; metanotum dark* brown; pleurae with the
ground-colour mottled light and dark brown, and clothed with
numerous, flat, white scales.
Abdomen brown, densely clothed with pale, creamy-white
scales, segments 2 to 4 with the apical half brown-scaled, first
segment clothed with a patch of white scales and pale creamy
hairs; posterior border-bristles creamy; venter yellowish-brown,
clothed with white scales.
754 REVISION OF CUL1CID.E IN THE MACLEAY MUSEUM,
Wings with the costa brown-scaled, with a few scattered white
ones; subcostal and first longitudinal veins with scattered creamy-
white scales, those on the latter basal; first fork-cell longer and
narrower than the second, base of the latter nearer the base of
the wing than that of the former; stem of the first fork-cell
about two-thirds the length of the cell, stem of the second about
as long as its cell; posterior cross- vein shorter than the mid, and
not quite its own length distant from it. Halteres light brown.
Legs: coxae and trochanters brown; femora light brown, brown-
scaled above, white beneath, with a dark brown apical band ;
tibiae white-scaled, with a brown, dorsal, longitudinal line, and a
narrow, apical, brown band; first tarsals white, with deep brown
apical banding, second to fourth brown-scaled, with a decreasing
white, basal banding, fifth brown; ungues stout, each with a
small tooth. Length, 7*2 mm.
Hab. — Gosford (type), N.S.W.; Bowen and Wide Bay District,
Queensland.
£. Head as in £; antennae densely plumose, the latter brown,
nodes brown, internodes pale yellowish, basal lobes reddish-
brown, penultimate and apical segments blackish ; palpi pale
yellowish-brown, the middle third of the first segment creamy-
yellow, the apex of the first, second, and third segments with
brown hairs; proboscis light yellow, with apical half brown.
Thorax and abdomen as in £.
Legs as in £; fore-legs with the fourth tarsals very short and
broad, fifth with a large spur on the ventral surface at the base;
ungues of the fore-legs unequal, uniserrate; ungues of the mid-
legs very unequal, the larger with a large, blunt notch towards
the base, the smaller with a moderately large tooth in the middle,
hind-ungues equal, small, nearly straight.
Wings with the first fork-cell longer and narrower than the
second, the base of the latter nearer the base of the wing; stem
of the first fork-cell scarcely the length of its cell; posterior cross-
vein shorter than the mid cross-vein, and slightly more than its
own length from the latter. Length, 7 '5 mm.
#a&.-Townsville, 9/3/13 (F. H. Taylor).
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 755
Obs.— This is the first time that the male has been met with,
when a single specimen was taken, together with several females,
amongst grass. Giles states that the female palpi are distinctly
five-jointed, whereas they are only four-jointed. He also gives a
very brief diagnosis of a male which shows some discrepancies
when compared with the above description. He was probably
dealing with another species.
CULICELSA LINEALIS (SkllSe).
Culex linealis Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii.,
p.1747, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., ii., p.165, 1901.
9. Head black, clothed with creamy-white, narrow-curved, and
black, upright, forked scales, wTith flat, creamy- white ones on the
sides; eyes violet-black and silver; palpi covered with dense,
dark brown scales, and numerous brown bristles, the base with a
few pale scales; proboscis dark brown.
Thorax dark brown, clothed with dark brown, narrow-curved
scales, with four rows and the lateral borders of creamy-white
ones; scutellum dark brown, clothed with creamy-white, narrow-
curved scales; pleurae blackish-brown, clothed with patches of
white, flat scales.
Abdomen [damaged | clothed with black scales, banding not
distinguishable; venter pale-scaled.
Legs dark brown ; femora and tibiae pale beneath ; ungues
equal and simple.
Wings with the veins clothed with brown scales; costa dark
brown; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the second, its
stem about one-half the length of its cell, stem of the second
about two-thirds the length of the cell; base of the second fork-
cell nearer the base of the wing than that of the first fork-cell.
£. Head similar to £; palpi longer than the proboscis, dark
brown, penultimate and apical segments brown, clothed with
fairly long, brown hairs; antennae pale brown, clothed with brown
plumes, last two segments brown, moderately long.
Thorax similar to 9 ; scutellum pale brown, clothed with
narrow-curved, pale, creamy-white scales, mid-lobe with four,
pale golden, posterior border-bristles, lateral lobes with three.
756 REVISION OF CULICIDjE in the macleay museum,
Abdomen clothed with dusky-brown scales, and white basal
banding on segments 2 to 7, first segment clothed with brown
scales, and long, pale brown hairs, eighth segment with a median
patch of white scales; venter white-scaled, with narrow, brown,
apical banding. Legs as in £; ungues wanting. Length, £ 5*5
mm.; $ 5 mm.
Hab. — Blue Mountains (type), and Wheeney Creek, N.S.W.
06s. — A very distinct and handsome species. The male, though
undescribed by Skuse, undoubtedly belongs to this species.
CULICELSA VIGILAX (Skuse).
Culex vigilax Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii.,
p. 1731, 1888; Culex marinus Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., pp.395,
396, 1901.
This species has been redescribed by Theobald, whose descrip-
tion agrees with the type in all details. The extent of the pale
creamy scales, on the proboscis, is very variable. I have seen
specimens in which the proboscis is almost entirely clothed with
them, while, in others, they are all but absent.
CULICELSA ANNULIROSTRIS (Skuse).
Culex annulirostris Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2),
iii., p.1737, 1888; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., i., pp.365, 367, 1901;
iii., p.162, 1903.
This species has been redescribed by Theobald, rendering
further details unnecessary.
Culex occidentalis Skuse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., 1729, 1888 ; Theobald,
Mon. Culicid, i., p.419, 1901; iii., p.179, 1903.
£. Head dark brown, clothed with creamy-white, narrow-
curved, and light brown, upright, forked scales in the centre, and
reddish-brown, narrow-curved ones bordering the eyes, sides with
alternate patches of white and brown, flat scales; border-bristles
brown, with a few paler ones overhanging the eyes from the
centre; eyes black and silvery; clypeus brown; palpi black-scaled,
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 757
with a few, scattered, dark hairs, and a small patch of white
scales on the apex of the penultimate segment, apex of the last
segment white-scaled; antennae dark brown, pubescence greyish,
verticillate hairs brown, basal lobes brown, basal half of second
segment creamy-yellow; proboscis dark brown at the base.
Thorax reddish-brown, clothed with pale creamy, narrow-
curved scales, and bronzy brown ones; scutellum brown, clothed
with pale, narrow-curved scales ; prothoracic lobes fairly pro-
minent, brown, clothed with pale, narrow-curved scales and
yellowish hairs; metanotum brown; pleurae brown, clothed with
patches of creamy-white, flat scales.
Abdomen brown, clothed with brown scales, segments with
white basal banding; venter white-scaled, with narrow, apical,
brown banding.
Wings with the costa black, veins clothed with dark brown
scales; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the second, their
bases about level; stem of the first fork-cell about one-half the
length of the cell, stem of the second about two-thirds the length
of the cell; posterior cross-vein shorter than, and a little more
more than its own length distant from it; second incrassation
well marked. Halteres creamy, with black knobs.
Legs clothed with dark brown scales; first three tarsals of the
fore and mid legs with white basal banding; [hind legs damaged];
fore and mid ungues equal, stout, each with a small tooth.
Length, 5*5 mm.
Hab. — King George's Sound, W.A. (type unique).
Obs. — This is a very distinct species, not to be confused with
other Australian species. Dr. Cleland kindly presented speci-
mens to the Institute collection, which he informed me had been
so named, for him, by Mr. F. W. Edwards; and which, on com-
parison with the type, proved to be quite distinct, and corres-
ponded with Strickland's description of Culicada vandema. The
two species are not to be confused, as the latter is much more
robust, and has a large, brown spot on the wings, which the
former lacks, besides other differences.
758 REVISION OF CULICIDjE in the macleay museum,
Culex procax Skuse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., p.1742, 1888; Theobald,
Mon. Culicid., L, p. 4 15, 1901.
£. Head brown, clothed with white, narrow-curved scales, and
upright, forked ones, with flat, white ones on the sides; proboscis
dark brown, pale at the base; palpi brown; antennae brown, ver-
ticillate hairs deep brown, pubescence pale.
Thorax brown, with a median, dark stripe running the full
length of the thorax, clothed with pale yellowish-brown and dark,
narrow-curved scales; scutellum brown, clothed with pale scales;
prothoracic lobes brown, clothed with brownish, narrow-curved
scales and hairs; pleurae brown, with patches of white, flat scales.
Abdomen deep brown, clothed with dark brown scales, seg-
ments with white basal banding, with traces of white, lateral
spots, border-bristles yellow; venter brown, apparently clothed
with white scales.
Wings with the costa black, vein-scales brown, first fork-cell
longer and narrower than the second, its base nearer the base of
the wing than that of the latter; stem of the first fork-cell about
two-thirds the length of its cell, stem of the second about as long
as the cell; posterior cross- vein shorter than, and about its own
length distant from the mid cross-vein. Halteres creamy-white.
Legs [in the type, the fore and mid are wanting], brown-scaled;
femora pale beneath, knee-spots white; first three tarsals of fore
and midlegs with white basal banding, fourth and fifth unhanded,
all the tarsi of the hind-legs with white, basal banding; ungues
equal and simple. Length, 4 mm.
Hab. - Gosford (type), Clifton, Illawarra District, KS.W.
Obs. — The type is in very poor condition. The head and abdo-
men are almost denuded, and the fore and mid legs are wanting.
Culex sagax Skuse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., p.1744, 1888; Theobald,
Mon. Culicid., ii., p.87, 1901; iii., p.205, 1903.
9. Head brown, clothed with narrow-curved, pale golden scales,
and yellowish and black, upright, forked ones, with white, flat
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 759
ones on the sides; antennae black; proboscis black; clypeus black;
palpi black-scaled, with a few pale ones at the apex.
Thorax dark brown, with brown and a few pale narrow-curved
scales; scutellum clothed with pale narrow-curved scales; meta-
notum brown; pleurae brown, clothed with patches of flat, white
scales.
Abdomen black-scaled, with basal creamy banding to the seg-
ments; venter clothed with yellowish scales, with apparently
darker median spots.
Legs deep brown, unhanded; femora pale beneath; ungues of
fore and mid legs equal, and uniserrate, hind equal and simple.
Wings clothed with brown scales; first fork-cell longer and
narrower than the second, its base nearer the base of the wing
than that of the latter; stem of the first fork-cell about one-third
the length of the cell, stem of the second about two-thirds the
length of its cell; posterior cross- vein longer, and about its own
length distant from the mid cross-vein. Halteres deep yellow.
Length, 5*5 mm.
Hab. — Murrumbidgee District, N.S.W.
CULEX MACLEAYI Skuse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., p. 1746, 1888; Theobald,
Mon. Culicid., ii., p.162, 1901.
This is an abraded C. fatiyans Wied. The thorax of the speci-
mens is distinctly abraded. Large numbers of specimens have
been examined, and, occasionally, forms have been found to cor-
respond to Skuse's description, but, in each case, the thorax has
been somewhat denuded. The name C. macleayi must, therefore,
sink as a synonym of C.fatigans WiecL.
Culex sp., Skuse.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., p.1748, 1888; Theobald,
Mon. Culicid., ii., p. 162, 1901; Culex fatigans Wied., var. Skusi
Giles, Handbook Gnats, 2nd Ed., p.441, 1902.
Skuse thought that this was probably a variety of C. ciliaris
Linn. An examination of his specimens, contained in the
Macleay Museum, has proved, beyond doubt, that they are
760 REVISION OP CULICIDjE in the macleay museum.
abraded specimens of C. fatigans Wied., and consequently Giles'
name must sink as a synonym of C. fatigans Wied.
iEDEOMYIA VENUSTIPES (Skuse).
(Plate xxx, fig.3.)
jEdes venustipes Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii.,
p.1761, 1898; Theobald, Mon. Culicid., ii., p. 223, 1901; v., pp.469,
477, 1910; Taylor, Bull. Northern Territory, No. i., p. 62, 1912;
Ann. Rept. Aust. Inst. Trop. Med., p.59, (1911) 1913.
This species has been fully described by me, and specimens
from Queensland, when compared with the type, were seen not
to differ from it.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX
Fig.l. — Culicada vittiger (Skuse) $ ; head.
Fig.2. — Culicada vittiger (Skuse) 9; wing.
Fig.3. — jEdeomyia venustipes (Skuse) 9 ; wing.
Figures approximately x 13.
761
NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF STRYCHNICINE.
By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow
of the Society in Biochemistry.
(From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.)
Strychnos psilosperma is a small tree, endemic in northern New
South Wales, and Queensland. Its leaves possess a bitter taste, and
are found to contain the little-known alkaloid strychnicine, accom-
panying strychnine and brucine.
Occurrence. — Strychnicine was discovered by Dr. van Boorsmar
in 1902.* He isolated this alkaloid from the leaves of Strychnos nux-
vomica, detecting it even in their earliest stages. He also found it
in the pulp of the ripe fruit, in the hard shell, and in the thin
orange-coloured skin of the fruit. The seeds contained a trace, and
sometimes none. It was also identified in the leaves of Strychnos
tieute of Java; and was shown to be absent from the bark and
wood of both these species. In the former it is associated, in the
leaves, with both strychnine and brucine, while in the latter species
with strychnine only.
Van Boorsma likewise tested Strychnos laurina and S. mono-
sperma (E. Indies), leaves and branches, both young and old, but
found no strychnicine.
Since its discovery, in 1902, this alkaloid has apparently been
entirely neglected. The original paper, occurring in a botanical
journal, published in the Dutch East Indies, has probably not been
available to all workers; and perhaps for this reason, the Strych-
nos species which have been examined, other than those mentioned,
have not been tested for strychnicine.
Separation of Strychnicine. — The leaves of Strychnos psilo-
sperma were extracted with alcohol, the solvent distilled off in
* Bull, de l'instit. bot. de Buitenzorg, xiv., 1902, 3.
55
762
NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF STRYCHNICINE,
vacuo, and the residue dissolved in acidulated water. From this
solution, containing alkaloids, the colouring matter was removed
with ether and chloroform; then, on adding a slight excess of
sodium hydroxide, the alkaloids were precipitated, and extracted
with chloroform. The extract was shaken with acidulated water,
and back into chloroform, a number of times in succession. Finally,
the chloroform was distilled off, and the residue converted into
sulphates, which were then dissolved in hot water and crystallised.
The alkaloids readily separated in this way, and left in the mother-
liquor a small amount of brucine, and most of the glucoside loga-
nin, which imparted to the solution its characteristic purple tint.
The sulphates of the combined alkaloids were recrystallised from
water and alcohol, and this left a peculiar green fluid, which gra-
dually changed to brown on long standing. This point was ob-
served also by Hooper* in his examination of S. nux-vomica leaves,
and stated by him to be due to an acid resin.
The white crystallised sulphates were next dissolved in the mini-
mum quantity of water, and precipitated by a considerable excess
of sodium hydroxide. Van Boorsma states that the strychnicine
redissolves under these conditions. The precipitate which was
separated by the centrifuge, consisted of strychnine, and the super-
natant fluid was examined for strychnicine. On the addition of
more alkali to this fluid, further deposition took place of a bulky
precipitate, first white, then turning to pink, brown, and dark
brown. This precipitate appeared also to be easily soluble on
adding a very little water, and was removed by shaking out with
chloroform. The remaining aqueous solution, and from which
nothing more could be removed by chloroform, still gave a Mayer
reaction when tested, and became fluorescent when acidulated; it,
however, did not taste bitter. The chloroform-extract then con-
tained that portion of the alkaloids which was not permanently
precipitated by sodium hydroxide. After removal of the chloro-
form, and dissolving in dilute sulphuric acid, to the solution, potas-
*Pharm. Joum. xxi., 1890, 493.
BY JAMKS M. PETRIE. 763
sium ferrocyanide was added, in order to separate any strychnine.
This ferrocyanide precipitate and filtrate were separately ex-
amined.
Results. — The small ferrocyanide precipitate, when extracted
with ammonia and chloroform, and the latter distilled off, left a
residue, which — (1) gave all the general reactions for alkaloids,
(2) with sulphuric acid and bichromate did not give the character-
istic colour-reaction for strychnine, (3) gave no red colouration
with nitric acid. This ferrocyanide precipitate, therefore, con-
tained an alkaloid, which was not strychnine, and not brucine.
The filtrate from the ferrocyanide was also shaken out with
alkali-chloroform, the solvent removed by distillation and the resi-
due tested: (1) It gave all the general alkaloidal reactions, (2) it
did not give the strychnine colour-test with sulphuric acid and
bichromate, but (3) gave a faint positive reaction with nitric acid
for brucine. The ferrocyanide filtrate, therefore, also contained an
alkaloid, which was not strychnine, and in which only a trace of
brucine was detected.
The alkaloid in both ferrocyanide precipitate and filtrate, when
dissolved in a little dilute acid, gave precipitations with Wagner
and Mayer solutions, picric, phosphotungstic, phosphomolybdic,
tannic acids. When treated with excess of sodium hydroxide and
filtered, the solution gave with hydrochloric acid the purple colour
due to stryclmicine, a reaction which the discoverer states to be
characteristic of this new alkaloid. Barium hydroxide in excess
and the solution then acidified with hydrochloric acid, also gives
the characteristic purple reaction.
References. — It is noteworthy that, in the literature on the
Strychnos species, before van Boorsma's discovery, there are defi-
nite indications of a probable new alkaloid; for example, Shen-
stone (Journ. Chem. Soc. 37, 1880, 235) states, that the igasurine
of Desnoix is a mixture of strychnine and brucine, with a trace of
some persistent impurity. Koefoed (Chem. Zeit., Mar. 16, 1889,
78; thro. Pharm. Journ. xix., 864) shows evidence which led him to
conclude, that commercial strychnine and brucine each contain two
764 NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF STRYCHNICINE.
alkaloids. Fractional crystallisation of the platinum salts gave two
different compounds containing different amounts of Pt. ; the mole-
cular difference represented CH2, and the author distinguished the
new compound by the prefix "homo." Hooper (Pharm. Journ. xxi.,
1890, 493) in his investigation of the constituents of the leaves of
S. nux-vomica, found that potassium ferrocyanide gave only a
small precipitate, but that this did not possess the properties of
strychnine; it did not give the sulphuric-bichromate reaction.
Summary. — The alkaloid discovered by van Boorsma in 1902,
in the leaves of Strychnos nux-vomica, and named by him, strych-
nicine, is identified in the leaves of the Australian endemic species,
Strychnos psilosperma. This strychnicine is found in the mother-
liquor, after separating strychnine and brucine by sodium
hydroxide and crystallisation. It is only partially precipitated by
ferrocyanide, on long standing at a low temperature. It is recog-
nised by its giving all the general alkaloid reactions, by giving a
negative result for strychnine with sulphuric and bichromate, and
a negative brucine result with nitric acid. Its solubility in sodium
hydroxide, and its colour-reaction with barium or sodium
hydroxide and hydrochloric acid are characteristic.
I am indebted to Mr. F. Turner, F.L.S., for the supply of
material, which was sent to him by Dr. Bancroft, from North
Queensland, and to both I take this opportunity of expressing my
thanks. I have also to thank Professor Anderson Stuart for
laboratory accommodation and facilities.
765
STUDY OF THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA IN
RELATION TO THE BASSIAN ISTHMUS.
By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S., Science Research Student
in the University of Sydney.
Introduction.
The Bassian Isthmus is the name given to that portion of land,
now sunk beneath the sea, which once connected Tasmania with the
mainland of Australia. Although all scientists are agreed on the
previous existence of such a connection, yet there is not, so far,
sufficient evidence to enable us to say, definitely and precisely,
when, where and how long it existed, and at what period of past
time it broke down.
A short summary of the opinions expressed on the point will
perhaps make the position clear.
Professor Baldwin Spencer* (1892), on the evidence afforded by
the Mammalia, concluded that "at some period during Tertiary
times, .... and comparatively early in the period, Tasmania began
to be gradually separated off from the mainland. . . . When Tas-
mania became separated off, it contained a series of forms identi-
cal, so far as genera are concerned, with those of what is now Vic-
toria, and in species almost identical with those of Southern Vic-
toria." And again : "We must conclude from the mammalian
fauna that there has been no absolute land-connection between
South-East Australia and Tasmania since practically the end of
the Tertiary Period or early in Pleistocene times, as otherwise it
would be impossible to account for the absence, not only of the
dingo, but also of the large and specialised Diprotodont fauna, of
* Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc, Hobart, 1892. pp.117, 118.
56
766 STUDY OF THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA,
which the Pleistocene Period saw the rise and fall upon the main-
land."
The late Mr. A. W. Howitt*, in an able discussion on the Tas-
manian aborigines, states: "In early Tertiary, or even late pre-
Tertiary times . . . the northern part of Tasmania was relatively
higher above sea-level by at least 270 feet than it is now." Later,
"a period of great basaltic extrusion covered and protected many of
the Older Tertiary Sediments, and culminated in a widespread sub-
sidence to some 1,000 feet on the west coast and 700 feet on the
north coast of Tasmania. . . . Subsequently there was a re-elevation
of the land during Pleiocene and more recent times. . . . The com-
mencement of this later connection of Tasmania and Victoria may
be provisionally placed in the Pleiocene epoch." He also gives a
map showing the 50 and 100 fathom lines for the depth of the sea
over the area in question, from which it can be seen that the eleva-
tion of 270 feet mentioned, would be quite sufficient to lay bare
nearly all that portion now known as Bass Straits.
Mr. C. Hedleyf (1903), in a very interesting paper, shows that
the marine Molluscan fauna of the southern coast-line of Australia
is not continuous from east to west, but can be subdivided into two
very distinct faunas, the "Adelaidean" westwards and the "Pero-
nian" eastwards, each distinguished by the possession of many
special forms. Further, though the fauna of the east coast to Cape
Howe is Peronian, the fauna of Hobson's Bay and Westernport is
shown to be Adelaidean. The striking conclusion is drawn, that the
Bassian Isthmus must, therefore, have lasted much later, as a nar-
row connection between Wilson's Promontory and the North-East
of Tasmania, than it did as a connection with the north-west of the
island. Mr. Hedley wisely does not attempt to fix dates, but points
out that the fact of these two marine faunas not yet having had
time to intermingle, places the submergence of the Isthmus neces-
sarily at a very late and, probably, post-Tertiary period.
•Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc, Sydney, 1898, p. 740.
t These Proceedings, 1903, p.876.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 767
Dr. Fritz Noetling* (1910) argues ably, from his knowledge of the
very low state of civilisation of the Tasmanian aboriginals, that
they could not possibly have reached the island in canoes, but must
have crossed over on dry land. The date of submergence of the
Isthmus must, therefore, have been recent enough to allow of the
passage of man across it beforehand, though the crossing of later
arrivals (the Australian aboriginals and the dingo) was prevented.
He gives the following approximate dates, which can be only re-
garded as purely hypothetical: —
Last Glacial Epoch. — 60,000 years ago.
Post-Glacial Epoch. — Existence of a broad Isthmus 50,000 years
ago. Submergence began 10,000 years ago, about the time that the
gigantic Marsupials disappeared.
Prehistoric Epoch. — Submergence still going on, 7,000 years
ago; Tasmanian aborigines arrived. Formation of Bass Straits
completed about 5,000 years ago; the dingo reached Australia.
The discovery of the remains of the giant Diprotodon in Tas-
mania, and the strong evidence in favour of the dingo having been
brought to Australia in a semidomestic condition by the Aus-
tralian aborigines, make it evident that Professor Baldwin Spen-
cer was placing the limit too far back, when he argued for the
complete isolation of Tasmania since the close of the Tertiary
period. On the other hand, recent discoveries -of prehistoric man
in Europe make it appear extremely probable that the time of
man's past existence on the earth can be considerably lengthened.
And since the Tasmanian aborigines are recognised as having been
as low in the scale of civilisation, as any of the recently discovered
prehistoric men in Europe, there is no need to accept such exceed-
ingly close limits as Dr. Noetling would place on the time of final
submergence of the Isthmus. The Diprotodon, too, was almost cer-
tainly pre-Glacial, and its existence in Tasmania does not, there-
fore, offer any evidence in support of Dr. Noetling's dates.
For the purposes of this paper, it will not be necessary to fix
the geologic time at which the change took place. I propose simply
•Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1910, p.261.
768 STUDY OP THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA,
to divide the era under discussion into three parts, which I shall
name and define as follows: —
A. Pre-Isthmian. — All that period of time, including the early
Tertiary period of elevation (Howitt), the period of submergence,
and the final re-elevation, up to the formation of a broad land-con-
nection, with running rivers, between Tasmania and the mainland.
Fig.l. — Pre-Isthm[an.
Fig. 1 gives a hypothetical sketch of the coast-line towards the close
of this period.
B. Isthmian. — The period during which a gradual narrowing
of the connection took place, resulting in the formation of the nar-
row Isthmus on the east side, as suggested by Hedley(Fig. 2), and
up to its final submergence.
BY K. J. TILLYAUD. 769
C. Post-Isthmian. — The period from the final submergence of
the Isthmus to the present day (Fig. 3).
In the summer of 1908-9, I spent a month collecting Odonata in
Tasmania, and obtained fairly comprehensive collections from
many localities in the north, north-east, centre and south of the
Fig. 2. —Isthmian.
island. Though dragonflies were fairly numerous, the number of
species obtained (nineteen) was surprisingly small.
Since then, I have received small collections from the west coast
and from Ben Lomond, also a very complete collection from Mr.
F. M. Littler, taken in various localities around Launceston and
770 STUDY OF THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA,
along the north-western line. These have not added any new
species to the list.
An examination of the material in the Hobart Museum enabled
me to add further localities to my list, and also to note the occur-
rence of a new species in the Hobart district. The total number of
species, therefore, now stands at twenty.
Though it is probable that further careful collecting may result
in the addition of a few more species, yet the list, as it stands, must
be by now fairly complete. As it presents some very extraordinary
features which seem to me to offer very decisive evidence concern-
ing the nature and extent of the land-connection (Bassian Isth-
mus), known to have existed formerly between Tasmania and the
mainland, I have thought it advisable to put the facts on record.
Two facts strike one, at once, as being very remarkable in the
case of the Tasmanian Odonata : —
(1) Although the island is richly watered almost everywhere by
permanently running rivers, very few Odonata occur on them;
whereas the 0 donate fauna of the lagoons and lakes is astonishing-
ly abundant.
(2) Many of the very commonest species, to be found all over
Southern Victoria, are completely absent from Tasmania.
It occurred to me that the nature and extent of the Bassian Isth-
mus must have played a very considerable part in this distribution.
If the Isthmus was, for a very long time, too broken or narrow to
possess any permanent running water, it would follow that only
those Odonata that were capable of breeding in stagnant water
(small lagoons, pools or waterholes), would be able to cross into
Tasmania, while all those species, whose larvae require running
water, would be shut out. I, therefore, made a list of the dragon-
flies of Southern Victoria (for which the records are very com-
plete) and divided them into two portions.
A. — Those that have never been known to breed in still water.
B. — Those that habitually breed in still water.
This list comprises forty-two species, including all the known
Victorian Odonata except a few exceedingly rare species only re-
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 771
corded from North Gippsland (Alexandra), which do not approach
close enough, in their distribution, to the southern coast of that
State to be taken into consideration.
Fig.3. — Post Isthmian (presknt day).
To these, I have added the, as yet, undescribed species from
Hobart (Austroceschria sp.), making a total of forty-three.
Dividing these into lists A and B, and including in both A and B
the species Austrogomphus gue'rini, which, although habitually
breeding in slowly running water, has occasionally been observed to
breed in still water, we find that list A contains twenty-four species,
and list B twenty. In list B, however, we have the two geminate
species, or rather subspecies, Synth emis eustalacta Burm., (occur-
ring only on the mainland) and S. tasmanica Tilly ard (occurring
772
STUDY OF THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA,
only in Tasmania). From the point of view of this paper, S. tas-
manica must clearly be reckoned as the Tasmanian portion of S.
eustalacta. Counting, therefore, these two forms as two races of
one species, list B will contain nineteen species.
I propose to give these two lists in full, and then to draw what
appear to be very obvious conclusions from them : —
List A. — Species which have never been known to breed in
still water (except Austrogomphus guerini occasionally). * present,
— absent.
Name.
Diphlebia lesto'ides Selys
Argiolestes icteromelas Selys
Argiolestes griseus Selys
Synlestes weyersi Selys ...
Austrolestes cingulatus IJurm. ..
Nososticta solida Selys ...
Isosticta simplex Martin
Austrogomphus guerini Pvamb....
Austrogomphus ochraceus Selys
Austrogomphus heteroclitus Selys
Austroceschna, n.sp.
Austroceschna longissima Martin
A ustrocBschna unicornis Martin
Austroceschna tripunctata Martin
Austroceschna sagittata Martin...
Austroceschna parvistigma Selys
Austroceschna multipunctata Martin
Austroceschna atrata M artin
^Eschna brevistyla Ramb.
Metathemis guttata Selys
Metathemis brevistyla Selys
Metathemis virgula Selys
Hemicordulia australice Ramb.
D ]iplacodes hcematodes Burm. ...
Total present in Southern Victoria ... ... 22
Total present in Tasmania ... ... ... 5
Total common to both ... ... ... 3
Percentage of Tasmanian to S. Victorian forms, 22*7%.
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
773
List B.— Species which habitually breed in still water (except
Anstrogomphus guerini, which does so occasionally).
Name.
Austrolestes lecla Selys ...
Austrolestes psyche Selys
Austrolestes annulosus Selys
Austrolestes analis Ramb.
Agriou lyelli Tillyard ...
Ischnura heterostu-.ta Burm.
Ischnura aurora Br.
Austroagrion cyane
Austrogomphus guerini Ramb —
Anax papuensis Burm. ...
( Synthemi.s eustalacta eustalacta
\S. eustalacta tasmanica Tillyard
*S'. macrostigma orieiitalis 'lillyard
Procordulia jacksoniensis Selys
Hemicordulia tan Selys...
Nannophya dalei Tillyard
Austrothemis nigrescens Martin
Diplacodes bipunctata Br.
Diplacodes melanopsis Martin ...
Orthetrum caledonicum Br.
Burm
Tasmania.
Total present in Southern Victoria
Total present in Tasmania
Total common to both ...
19
15
H
Percentage of Tasmanian to S.Victorian forms, 78*9%.
The contrast between the results given in these two lists is most
striking and calls for some definite explanation. How is it that so
few running-water forms, of the many found in Southern Victoria,
also occur in Tasmania? How is it, oii the other hand, that the
great majority of those still-water forms found in Southern Vic-
toria, also occur in Tasmania? How is it, in particular, that of
species in the same genus, equally common and widespread in
Southern Victoria, only the still-water species occur in Tasmania,
while the running-water species do not? For instance out of five
species of Austrolestes, only one, A. cingulatus, and that the most
abundant of all in Southern Victoria, does not occur in Tasmania ;
774 STUDY OP THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA,
exactly that one species, be it noted, that is unable to breed in still
water. Again, out of three species of Austrogomphus, only A.
guerini, which habitually prefers slowly running water, and occa-
sionally breeds in still water, occurs in Tasmania. And again, out
of two species of Hemicordulia, that one (H. tau), which breeds in
still water is present in Tasmania, while the equally common H
anstralice, which breeds only in running water, is absent.
The evidence, afforded by the above facts, seems to me to point
conclusively to the existence, for a very considerable period, of a
Bassian Isthmus so narrow or incomplete, that only still-water
species were able to pass across it into Tasmania. No permanent,
running streams could have been present during the time that these
migrations were in progress, or, at the best, they must have been
very few and far apart.
Next let us examine the exceptions to the general rule as pre-
sented above.
Firstly, the species of the genus Austroceschna are all running,
water forms, yet three occur in Tasmania, and one of these is
peculiar to the island. Coupled with this, is the fact that the
running- water species, JEschna brevistyla, is also abundant there.
The answer to this anomaly, lies in the admittedly great an-
tiquity of the jEschnince. As these genera occur on both sides of
the present barrier quite abundantly, and their larvae cannot breed
in still water (that of jEschna brevistyla prefers slowly running
water, but all the species of Austroceschna require fairly fast}
running water), it seems fair to argue, that their appearance on
the scene took place at an earlier period than that of the other
groups in question, at a time when the Bassian Isthmus was large
and well-supplied with running streams. The fact that Tasmania
also possesses, in the undescribed species of Austroceschna* its
only truly autochthonous species, points to the greater antiquity of
this genus, compared with those whose species have remained
undifferentiated.
I am of opinion that both A ustroceschna and jEschna arose from
a common Mesozoic ancestor, which, first of all, differentiated into
* The description of this species will shortly be published.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 775
two main types, represented at the present day by the two main
divisions of the uEschnine stem, viz., the Brachytronini (to
which Austroceschna belongs) and the uEschnini. Of these, the
jEschnini soon became dominant in all the regions of the earth
except the Australian, while the Brachytronini decreased rapidly
everywhere except in Australia, where (like the Marsupials) they
enjoyed an uninterrupted development, and increased to form the
large genus Austroceschna and its allies. Somewhat later, the
JSschnincB, spreading rapidly through the Neotropic Region, sent
out a few vigorous species down into Archiplata, and reached
across into a temperate Antarctica. Finally, a single species,
^Eschna brevistyla, found its way into New Zealand, and also
into Tasmania, and crossed the Bassian Isthmus, while it was still
large and supplied with running streams. The fact that uEschna
brevistyla is so abundant in Tasmania, and becomes rapidly rarer
as we go northwards, finally failing to reach the extreme north of
the continent, is a strong argument in favour of this supposition,
and against the theory, held by Dr. Ris, of the origin of ^Eschna
brevistyla from a common parent with the tropical Anaciceschna
jaspidea.
Next, let us turn to the very extraordinary distribution of the
Libellulinai of the region under survey. In Southern Victoria, the
only really common species are the three species of Diplacodes,
which are abundant everywhere along the coast and inland also.
Orthetrum caledonicum is abundant in the warmer parts, but gets
rare along the colder southern coast. Nannophya dalei and Aus-
trothemis nigrescens are distinctly rare. Yet, of all these species,
which breed equally freely in still water, only the two rarest occur
in Tasmania. We can only conclude that the commoner Diplacodes
and Orthetrum, both known to be offshoots from tropical genera,
did not reach their present southern limit until after the disappear-
ance of the Bassian Isthmus. It would follow, that Nannophya
and Austrothemis are much older genera, which were present in
Tasmania before the Isthmus disappeared. Nannophya is known
to be an archaic genus, with a somewhat discontinuousdistribution.
Austrothemis is a puzzle, having no very close allies, and only one
776 STUDY OF THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA,
species, confined to the southern parts of Australia. There seems
very little doubt that it, too, must be a remnant of some ancient
Libelluline group now almost extinct.
Not less extraordinary than the case of Diplacodes, is the failure
of the strong-flying and very abundant still-water species, Anax
papuensis, to appear in Tasmania. This species may often be
seen flying in the streets of the city of Melbourne, and it seems that
it can only be a matter of time before it must establish itself in
Launceston, considering the frequent communication between the
two ports. The fact that it has failed, so far, to negotiate 200
miles of sea, with islands en route, shows how very seldom Odonata
are dispersed across even narrow straits. Apart from a strong
tendency to migrate, exhibited by a few Libellulid genera, there
seems no reason to suppose that dragonflies are ever carried far
from their breeding grounds. When storm or wind arises, they
immediately seek shelter; indeed, they do so usually some time
before the disturbance breaks upon them.
Argiolestes icteromelas and Hemicordnlia australice are both
very abundant in Southern Victoria; but, as they breed in running
water, their inability to cross over is explainable on the hypothesis
already offered.
The case of Hemicordnlia tau has some special features. This
species is exceedingly abundant in Victoria, but quite rare in Tas-
mania. It is only in occupation of occasional pools and water-
holes, and, in particular, of artificially constructed dams. It is the
only southern Australian species which has developed a migratory
tendency. Particularly in the autumn, when a second brood
appears, it is recorded at intervals of a few years apart, as appear-
ing in thousands over large areas, and travelling for many miles.
I am strongly of opinion that Hemicordnlia tau is the most recent
addition to the 0 donate fauna of Tasmania, and that the scanty
colonisation of the island, by this species, has been brought about
by the successful passage of Bass Straits by portion of one of these
migratory swarms, probably within the last few years. The fact
that it has not yet colonised the large swamps and lagoons, is a
strong argument for this view.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 777
Let us next consider the ease of the Synthemina, of which the
two still-water species, S. eustalacta and S. macrostigma, are repre-
sented in Tasmania, while the running-water species of the genus
Metathemis do not occur there. The typical form of S. tasmanica
discovered by me at St. Patrick's River, differs very considerably,
both in size and colouration, from S. eustalacta. But I also found,
at Launceston, breeding in still-water, a form whose colouration
was almost exactly that of S. eustalacta, and whose size was inter-
mediate between the latter and typical S. tasmanica. We see,
therefore, that S. eustalacta crossed over as a still-water form, but
that it is now developing into a running-water species on the island,
and is assuming, with the change of habit, the darker and duller
colouration already attained by Metathemis on the mainland. S.
macrostigma, on the other hand, still keeps to the swamps, and
shows no variation from the mainland form.
The Synthemina are admittedly the most archaic of the Cordu-
liince. There can be little doubt that they attained their present
group-characters at least as early as the beginning of the Tertiary
period. It seems probable, therefore, that they may have crossed
to Tasmania during the very earliest part of the . Pre-Isthmian
period (the period of Howitt's "first elevation"). Such a supposi-
tion is in keeping with their comparative rarity on the island, if
we see in all the other still-water Libellulidae a more recently
arrived band of competitors.
Metathemis is a specialised offshoot of Synthemis, and only
breeds in running water. The fact that this genus keeps to the high
lands, and only approaches the coast where it is very hilly, pre-
vents us from using it as an argument for the absence of running
water on the land-connection during Howitt's "first elevation"
period.
Summing up, we now have the following facts : —
(l)Of the running- water forms, only 22% have succeeded in
passing from Victoria to Tasmania. These consist of the most
archaic forms found in the island (Austroceschna, JEschna).
Hence only during the earliest period of the land-connection (Pre-
Isthmian) was there sufficient running water for the passage of
such forms.
778 STUDY OF THE ODONATA OF TASMANIA.
(2) Of the still-water forms, 79% have passed over. These
include all except the most csenogenetic genus of the jEschnince
(Anax), and the more recent genera of the Libellulidce (Dip-
lacodes, Orthetrum, Hemicordulia). Hence, for a very long period
of time, probably during the whole of the Isthmian period, there
was not sufficient running water on the isthmus to allow of the
passage of running-water forms; but there was a good supply of
still water, by means of which an abundant migration of still-water
forms flourished. This conclusion will be seen to support, very
strongly, Mr. Hedley's contention for a narrow Eastern Isthmus.
Let us now mvert the problem, and classify our genera on the
evidence before us. We may divide them into three groups: —
(l)Pre-Isthmian genera.
(a) Running-water forms that passed over in Pre-Isthmian
times : — Austroceschna, jEschna brevistyla (this latter most pro-
bably passed from Tasmania into Victoria).
(b) Still-water forms that passed over during the period of "first
elevation" : — \Synthemis.
(2) Isthmian genera.
(a) Running-water forms that failed to get across: — Diphlebia,
Argiolestes, Synlestes, Austrolestes cingulatus, Nososticta, Iso-
sticta, Austrogomphus (except A. guerini), Metathemis(1), Hemi-
cordulia australice.
(b) Still-water forms that succeeded in crossing: — Austrolestes
(A. leda, A. annulosus, A. psyche, A. analis), Agrion, Ischnura,
Austroayrion, Austrogomphus gue'rini, Procordulia, JVannophya,
Austrothemis.
3. Post-Isthmian genera.
Still-water forms that have failed to cross: — Anax papuensis
Hemicordulia tau (very recent migration only), Diplacodes, Orthe-
trum.
The above classification, though it fails to give us any exact geo
logical age in which to place the arrivals of the various genera into
the area in question, is still of great value in exhibiting the com-
parative ages of the different groups, as shown by their arrivals
at their southern limits of distribution.
779
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Received during the period November 28th, 1912,
to November 26th, 1913.
(From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned.)
Adelaide.
Department of Mines : Geological Survey of South Aus-
tralia—
Annual Report, 1912(1913).
Bulletin, Nos.l-2(1912-13).
Review of Mining Operations in the State of South Australia
during the Half-years ended December 31st, 1912, and
June 30th, 1913, Nos.l7-l8(1913).
Report No. ii. The Mount Grainger Goldfield. By R. L.
Jack(1913).
Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia—
Report of the Board of Governors for 1911-12(1912).
Royal Society of South Australia —
Memoirs, ii., 3-4(1911-12).
Transactions and Proceedings, and Report. xxxvi.(1912).
Woods and Forests Department of South Australia —
Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration
for the year 1911-12(1912). By W. Gill, F.L.S., F.R.H.S.,
Conservator of Forests.
Albany, N.Y.
New York State Library —
Sixty-fourth Annual Report of the New York State Museum,
1910(2 vols.; 1912).
Amsterdam.
KONINKLIJKE AKADEMIE VAN WETENSCHAPPEN
Jaarboek, 1911(1912).
Proceedings of the Section of Sciences. xiv.(1911-12).
780 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Verhandelingen. xvii. 1(1912).
Verslag van de Gewone Vergaderingen. xx. (191 1-12).
Ann Arbor.
University of Michigan—
University Bulletin N.S. xiv., 16(1913).
Antwerp.
SOCIETE ROYALE DE GeOGRAPHIE D'ANVERS —
Bulletin, xxxv, xxxvi., 1-4(1912-13).
Baltimore.
Johns Hopkins University —
Hospital Bulletin, xxiii., 261-262; xxiv., 263-272(1912-13).
University Circulars. 1912,2-10; 1913,1-6(1912-13).
Basle.
Natukforschende Gesellschaft in Basel —
Verhandlungen. xxiii.(1912).
Batavia
Konink. Natuurkundige Veueenigin<; in Nederl. Indie
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. lxx.-lxxii.(191 1 13).
Berkeley, Cal.
University of California —
Library: Contents-Index. Vol. i.( 1889-90).
Publications. Botany, iv , 16-19; v., 1-5(1912-13).
Geology. Bulletin, vii., 6-19(1912-13).
Pathology, ii., 9-13(1912-13).
Physiology, iv., 17-18(1912-13).
Zoology, x., 9; xi., 1-8(1912-13).
Separates : (a) " Experimental Study of Poison-Oak," by E.
von Adelung [Arch. Internal Med., ii., 1913]; (b) Classi-
fication of the Streptothrices," &c, by E. J. Claypole
[Journ. Exp. Med., xvii., 1913]; (c-e) " Agglutination of
encapsulated Bacteria," " Relative frequency of B. coli
communior in contaminated Water," and " Entwicklung
und gegenwartiger Stand der Immunitatsforschung in
America," by J. G. Fitzgerald [Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and
Med., x., 1912; Jahresber. ueber die Ergebnisse der
Immunit. 1911]; "A Method of correlated Teaching of
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 781
Pathology and Bacteriology," etc., by F. P. Gay [Johns
Hopkins Hosp. Bull., xxiii., 1912); (g-h) "Induced Varia-
tions in the A gglutin- Ability of Bacillus typhosus" and
" Specific and Extreme Hyperleucocytosis," &c, by F. P.
Gay, and E. J. Claypole [Journ. Amer. Med. Assoc, lx.,
1913]; (i-l) "Antigenic Properties of Split Products of
Casein," "Antigenic Properties of a Protein compounded
with Casein," "Antigenic Properties of Globin Caseinate,''
" Comparison of Paranuclein split from Casein," &c, by F.
P. Gay and T. B. Robertson [Journ. Exp. Med., xvi.-xvii.,
1912-13; Journ. Biol. Chem., xii., 1912]; (w) "Studies on
the Locus of Antibody-Formation," by F. P. Gay and G.
Y. Rusk [Trans. Fifteenth Internat. Congress on Hygiene,
&c, 191 2]; (n) "A Constant Temperature Oven for Paraffin-
imbedding " [Zeitschr. f. wissenschaftl. Microscopie, tfcc.i
xxix., 1912].
Berlin.
Deutsche Entomologische Gesellschaft zu Berlin —
Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1912, 6 ; 1913, 1-5
(1912-13).
Entomologischer Verein zu Berlin —
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, lvii., 1-2 ; lviii., 1-2
(1912-13).
Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde zu Berlin —
Zeitschrift. 1912, 8-10; 1913, 1-7(1912-13).
Berne.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern —
Mitteilungen aus dem Jahre 1912 (1913).
SOCIETE HeLVETIQUE DES SCIENCES NaTURELI.ES —
Actes, 95me.Session, 1912 (2 vols. : 11913).
Birmingham.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society —
List, 1913; Annual Report for 1912(1913).
Pamphlet : " Introduction to the Fauna of the Midland
Plateau." By P. E. Martineau(1913).
Proceedings, xiii., 1(1913).
57
782 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Bonn.
Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn —
Sitzungsberichte. 1911,2; 1912,1(1912-13).
Verhandlungen. lxviii., 2; lxix., 1(1912-13).
Boston.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences —
Proceedings, xlvii., 16-22; xlviii., 2-20; xlix., 1-2(1912-13).
Bremen.
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein —
Abhandlungen. xxi., 2; xxii., 1(1913).
Brisbane.
Colonial Botanist's Department —
Botany Bulletin No. xvii.(1913).
Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants, both In-
digenous and Naturalised. By F. M. Bailey, C.M.G.,
F.L.S.(8vo Brisbane, 1912?).
Descriptive List of Queensland Grasses on exhibition at the
Office of the Department of Agriculture and Stock, Bris-
bane. By F. M. Bailey, C.M.G., F.L.S.
Fourteen Separates: "Contributions to the Flora of Queens-
land" [Queensland Agricultural Journal, 1912-13].
One Separate : " Botanic Notes, No. ii.", by C. T. White
["Queensland Naturalist," February, 1913].
Department of Agriculture and Stock —
Queensland Agricultural Journal, xxix., 6; xxx., 1-6; xxxi.,
1-5(1912-13).
Geological Survey of Queensland —
Publications. Nos.238-239(1913).
Queensland Museum —
Annals, No. 10(1 911)— Memoirs, i.(1912).
Royal Geographical Society of Australasia : Queensland
Branch —
Proceedings and Transactions, xxvi.-xxvii.(in one) [1912].
Royal Society of Queensland —
Proceedings, xxi v.(l 913V
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 783
Brussels.
ACADEMIE ROYALE DE BELGIQUE —
Annuaire. 79,ne.Annee(1913).
Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences. 1912, 8-12; 1913, 1-6
(1912-13).
SOCIETE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE BELGIQUE —
Annales. lvi.(1912).
Memoires. xx.-xxi.(1912).
SOCIETE ROYALE BOTANIQUE DE BELGIQUE —
Bulletin, xlix., I.(Vol. Jubilaire) [1912-13].
Budapest.
Museum Nationale Hungaricum —
Annales. x., 2; xi., 1(1912-13).
Buenos Aires.
Museo Nacional de Buenos Airks —
Anales. Tomo xxiii.(1912).
Buffalo, USA.
Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences—
Bulletin, x., 2(1912).
Calcutta.
Geological Survey of India —
Memoirs. xli.(1913).
Records, xliii., 1-2(1913).
Indian Museum —
Annual Report, 1911-12, Parts i.-ii. (1912) .
Crinoids of the Indian Ocean. By A. H. Clark(4to.l912).
"Indian Fish of proved utility as Mosquito-Destroyers," by
R. B. Sewell, and B. L. Chauduri(1912).
Memoirs, hi., 3(1913).
Records, iv., 10; vii., 1-5; viii., 1-2; ix., 1-2(1912-13).
Superintendent of Goveknmknt Printing, India —
Description of the Imperial Bacteriological Laboratory, Muk-
tesar : its Work and Products. By J. D. E. Holmes
(Calcutta, 1913).
784 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Cambridge, England.
Cambridge Philosophical Socikty —
Proceedings, xvii., 1-3(1913).
Transactions, xxii., 2(1913).
Cambridge, Mass.
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College —
Annual Report of the Curator for 1911-12(1912).
Bulletin, liv., 16-18; lv., 2; lvi., 1; lvii., 1(1912-13).
Cape Town.
Department of Minks, Cape of Good Hope —
Four Palseontological Separates [Ann. S. African Mus. vii.,
JNo.5, 1912].
Sixteenth Annual Report of the Geological Commission, 1911
(1912).
Royal Society of South Africa —
Transactions, ii., 5; iii., 1-2(1912-13).
South African Museum —
Annals, vii., 6; x., 4-6; xi., 3-5; xii., 1; xiii., 1(1912-13).
Report for the years 1910, 1911, 1912 (in one) [1913].
Cherbourg.
Societe Nationale dks Sciencks Naturelles, &C.
Memoires. xxxviii. (1911-12).
Chicago.
Field Museum of Natural History —
Botanical Series, ii., 8(1912).
Geological Series, iv., 2(1912).
Report Series, iv., 3(1913).
Ghristchurch, N.Z.
Canterbury College (University of New Zealand) —
Records of the Canterbury Museum, i., 4(1912).
Philosophical Institute of Canterbury —
Jubilee Celebration : Presidential Address, and Annual Report,
1912(1912).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
785
Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute,
xlv., 1912(1913).
Ohristiania.
Videnskab-Sklskabet i Ohristiania —
Forhandlinger, 1911, 1912(1912-13).
Skrifter i. Math-naturvid. Klasse, 1911, 1912(1912-13).
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Cincinnati Society of Natural History —
Journal, xxi., 3(1912).
Lloyd Library —
Bibliographical Contributions. Nos. 7-10 (1912-13).
Colombo, Ceylon.
Colombo Museum —
Spolia Zeylanica. viii., 31-32; ix., 33-34 (1912-13).
Columbus, Ohio.
Biological Club of the Ohio State University —
Ohio Naturalist, xiii., 1-8(1912-13).
Ohio State University
University Bulletin, xvi., 2(1911).
Copenhagen.
ACADKMIK ROYALE DES SCIENCES ET DBS LETTRES DE DaNE-
MARK —
Bulletin. 1912, 4-6; 1913, 1-2(1912-13).
Kjobenhavns Universitets Zoologiske Museum —
Danmark-Ekspeditionen til Gronlands Nordostkyst, 1906-08.
Bind iii., 15(1913).
"The Danish Ingolf -Expedition." ii.-> 5 ; iii., 3 ; v., 3 (1912-13) .
Decatur, 111.
American Microscopical Society —
Transactions, xxxi., 2-4; xxxii., 1(1912-13).
Dublin.
Royal Dublin Society —
Economic Proceedings, ii., 5(1912).
Scientific Proceedings. New Series, xiii., 24-37(1912-13).
786 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Royal Irish Academy —
Proceedings. Section B., xxx., 3-5; xxxi., 3, 15, 25, 32-34, 45,
48-50, 55, 61, 62; xxxii., 1-2(1912-13).
Durham.
University of Durham Philosophical Society —
Proceedings, iv., 5(1912).
Edinburgh.
Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh —
Proceedings, xviii., 4; xix., 1-3(1912-13).
Royal Society of Edinburgh —
Proceedings, xxxii., 4-5; xxxiii., 1-3(1912-13).
Transactions xlviii., 2-4; xlix., 1(1912-13).
Scottish Microscopical Society —
Proceedings, vi., 1909-12(1912).
Florence.
Societa Entomologica Italiana
Bulletino. xliii., 1911(1912).
Frankfurt am Main.
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft—
Abhandlungen. xxxi., 2-3; xxxiv., 3(1912).
Bericht, 43, 1912, 1-4(1912).
Freiburg i. Br.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. Br.—
Berichte, xx., 1 (1913).
Garrison, N.Y.
American Naturalist, xlvi., Nos. 551-552; xlvii., Nos. 553-
562(1912-13).
Geneva.
Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve—
Compte Rendu, xxix., 191 2(8 vo., 1913).
Genoa.
Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Gknova —
Annali. Serie 3a. v.(1911-13).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 787
Grahamstown, S. Africa.
Albany Museum —
Records, ii., 5-6(1913).
Haarlem.
SOCIETE HOLLANDAISE DES SCIENCES
Archives Neerlandaises. Serie iii., B. i., 3-4(1912).
Hague.
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging —
Entomologische Berichten. Deel iii., 67-72, T.p., etc. (1909-13)
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. lv., 4; lvi., 1-2(1913).
Halifax.
Nova Scotian Institute op Science —
Proceedings and Transactions, xiii., 2(1912).
Halle.
Kaiserlich. Leopoldinisch-Carol. Deutsche Akademie der
Naturforscher —
Leopoldina. xlvii.-xlviii., 1911-12(1911-12).
Hamburg.
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein —
Abbandlungen. xx., 1(1912).
Verhandlimgen, 1911. Dritte Folge, xix.(1912).
Hamilton, Canada.
Hamilton Association —
Journal and Proceedings, No. xxvii., 1911-12(1912).
Helder.
Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging —
Aanwinsten der Bibliotheek, 1910-11.
Tijdschrift. 2de. Serie. xii., 3(1912).
Helsingfors.
Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennicaj —
Acta. xxxvi.(1912).
Meddelanden. xxxviii.(1911-12).
788 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
SOCIETAS SCIENTIARUM FeNNICA —
Acta. xxxviii.(Otto Donner Muistopuhe, 1913), xl., 5; xli.,
1, 8; xlii., 1-3, Minnestal (1912-13).
Bftrag till Kannedom, 71(3), 72(1), 75(1), 76(1) [1913]
Meteorologisches Jahrbiieh fin* Finlande. vii. ; viii., 1; ix., 1,
1907-09(1912).
Oefersigt. liv., 1911-12, Afd. A, B, C(1912-13).
Schnee- und Eisverhaltnisse in Finland im Winter, 1898-99,
Von W. W. Korhonen(1912).
Hobart.
Department of Mines —
Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania for the Quar-
ters ending 30th September and 31st December, 1912; 31st
March and 30th June, 1913(1912-13).
Geological Survey Bulletins. Nos. 10-12(1911-12).
Report of the Secretary of Mines for the Year, 1912(1913).
Royal Society of Tasmania —
Papers and Proceedings, 1912(1913).
Honolulu, T.H.
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum —
Fauna Hawaiiensis, i., 6, T.p., etc. (1913).
Occasional Papers, v., 3-4(1913).
Indianopolis, Ind.
Indiana Academy of Science —
Proceedings. 1911(1912).
Jena.
Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft —
Jenaische Zeitschrift. xlviii., 4; xlix., 1-4; L, 1-3(1912-13).
La Plata.
Museo de La Plata—
Revista. xviii. (1911-12).
Leipsic.
Zoologischer Anzeiger. xl., 12-13; xli.; xlii.,1-12 (1912-
13). From the Publishers.
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 789
Leyden.
Rijks Herbarium —
Mededeelingen, Nos.8-14(in one)[1912].
Liege.
Societe Geologique de Belgique^
Annales. xxxviii., 4; xxxix., 1-4; xl., 1-2(1912-13) — Annexes
au T. xxxviii. -xl. [Publications relatives an Congo Beige,
5 Nos.].
Memoires, 1911-12, 1-2, T.p.&c.(1912).
Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege —
Memoires. 3e Serie. ix.(1912).
London.
Board of Agriculture and Fisheries —
Journal of the Board of Agriculture, xix., 8-12; xx., 1-7 and
Supplement Nos. 10-11(1912-13).
Leaflets: Nos. 79, 197, 220, 228, 264-266, 268-274(1912-13).
British Museum (Natural History) —
Catalogues : (a, Chsetopoda, A. Polychseta. Part i., Areni-
colidse. By J. H. Ashworth(1912); (6)Chiroptera. Second
Edition. By K. Andersen. Vol. i., Megacbiroptera(1912);
(c) Heads and Horns of Indian Big Game bequeathed by
A. O. Hume. By R. Lydekker(1913); (d) Lepidoptera
Phalaense. By Sir G. Hampson, Bart. Vols. xi.(Text and
Plates), xii. (Text) [1912-13] ; (e) Mammals of Western
Europe (exclusive of Russia). By G. S. Miller (1912);
(/) Marine Reptiles of the Oxford Clay. By C. W.
Andrews. Part ii.(4to. 1913). — ^Economic Series. No.l.
By E. E. Austen( 191 3). —General Index to Hand-List of
the Genera and Species of Birds, Vols, i.-iv., (1912). —
Guide to the Exhibition of Animals, Plants, and Minerals
mentioned in the Bible(Second Edition; 1911). — Mono-
graph of the Mycetozoa : Descriptive Catalogue of the
Species in the Herbarium of the B.M. By A. Lister ;
Second Edition, revised by G. Lister(l 911). —Revision of
the Ichneumonidse. By C. Mo,rley. Parts i.-ii(l 91 2-1 3),
58
790 donations and exchanges.
Entomological Society —
Transactions. 1912, 1-5 ; 1913, 1-2 ( 1912-13 ) .
Geological Society —
Geological Literature added to the Society's Library during
the year ended December 31st, 1911(1912).
List, April, 1913(1913).
Quarterly Journal, lxviii., 4; lxix., 1-2(1912-13).
Linnean Society —
Journal. Botany, xli., 280-283 (1912-13). Zoology, xxxii.,
214-215(1912-13).
List of the Society. 1912-13(1912).
Proceedings, 124th Session, 1911-12(1912).
Transactions. Second Series. Botany, vii., 19-20; viii., 1-2
(1912-13). Zoology, xi., 11-12; xv., 2-4; xvi., 1(1912-13).
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew< —
Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, 1912(1912).
Hooker's Icones Plantarum. Fourth Series, x., 4 (1913)
From the Bentham Trustees.
Royal Microscopical Society —
Journal. 1912, 5-6; 1913, 1-5(1912-13).
Royal Society —
Philosophical Transactions. Series B. cciii., 296-302; cciv.,
303-306(1912-13).
Proceedings. Series B. lxxxv., 583 ; lxxxvi., 584-591 ; lxxxvii.,
592-593(1912-13).
Zoological Society —
Abstract of Proceedings. Nos. 112-123 (1912-13) .
List of Fellows, May, 1913(1913).
Proceedings. 1912, 4; 1913, 1-3(1912-13). Index, 1901-10
(1912).
Transactions, xx., 3-4 (1913).
Lyons.
Societe Botanique de Lyon' —
Nouveau Bulletin, i., 1-3 ( 1913 ) .
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 791
Madrid.
Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural —
Boletin. xii., 9-10; xiii., 1-5(1912-13).
Memorias. vii., 4-7 ( 1912-13 ) .
Manchester.
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society —
Memoirs and Proceedings, lvi., 3; lvii., 1-2(1912-13).
University of Manchester : Manchester Museum —
Publications of the Manchester Museum. No. 73 (1912).
Manila, P.I.
Bureau of Forestry : Dept. of the Interior —
Annual Report of the Director for year ended June 30th, 1912
(1912).
Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine
Island St —
Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Science, 1911-12
(1913).
Philippine Journal of Science. Section A, vii., 3-6; viii., 1-2
— Section B., vii., 3-6; viii., 1-4 — Section C, vii., 5-6; viii.,
1-4— Section D., vii., 4-6; viii., 1-3(1912-13).
Melbourne.
Australasian Journal of Pharmacy —
Vols, xxvii., 323-324; xxviii., 325-334(1912-13). From the
Publisher.
Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics —
Official Year-Book of the Commonwealth of Australia. No. 6,
1901-12(1913).
Commonwealth of Australia : Department of External
AFFAIRS' —
Bulletin of the Northern Territory. Nos.l, la (1912).—
Bulletin of the Territory of Papua. No.l(1913).
Department of Agriculture of Victoria —
Journal, x., 12; xi., 1-11(1912-13).
792 donations and exchanges.
Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria —
Victorian Naturalist, xxix., 8-12; xxx., 1-5, 7(1912-13).
Public Library, Museums, &c, of Victoria- —
Report of the Trustees for 1912(1913).
Royal Australasian Ornithologists' Union —
"The Emu," xii., 3-4 and Supplement; xiii., 1-2(1913).
Royal Geographical Society of Australasia: Victorian
Branch.
Victorian Geographical Journal. xxix.(1912).
Royal Society of Victoria —
Proceedings. New Series, xxv., 2; xxvi., 1(191 3).
University of Melbourne —
Calendar. 1913(1912).
Mexico.
Instituto Geologico de Mexico —
Boletin. Num. 29(Text and Atlas)[1912].
Parergones. iv., 1(1912).
Moclena.
La Nuova Notarisia — From the Editor, Dr. G.B.De Toni
Serie xxiv. Aprile, Luglio, Ottobre, 1913(1913).
Monaco.
MUSEE OCEANOGRAPHIQUE DE MONACO
Bulletin, ix., 247-252, T.p.etc; x., 253-271(1912-13).
Montreal.
Royal Society of Canada —
Proceedings and Transactions Third Series, vi., (1912-13).
Moscow.
Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes —
Bulletin. Annee 1911,4; 1912(1913).
Munich.
Konigliche Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften
Abhandlungen der Math.-physikal. Classe. xxv., 9-10; xxvi.,
1-2(1911-13).-Supplement Band ii., 8-9(1912).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 793
Sitzungsberichte der Math.-physikal. Classe. 1912,2-3(1912).
Pamphlet : " Physik und Technik auf dem Wege zum abso-
luten Nellpunkte der Temperatur." Von Dr. C. v. Linde
(1912).
Nantes.
Societe des Sciences Naturelles de l'Ouest de la France —
Bulletin. 3meSerie. ii., 1-2(1912).
Naples.
Zoologische Station zu Neapel —
Mittheilungen. xxi., 1-5(1913).
New Haven, Conn.
Connecticut Academy —
Transactions, xvii., pp.213-361, 363-538 ; xviii., pp.1-137
(1912-13).
New York.
American Geographical Society —
Bulletin, xliv , 10-12; xlv., 1-10(1912-13).
American Museum of Natural History —
Annual Report [Forty-fourth] for the Year 1912(1913;.
Bulletin. xxxi.(1912).
Memoirs. N.S. i., 1-4(1912-13).
New York Academy of Sciences —
Annals. xxii.(1912-13).
Ottawa.
Geological Survey of Canada —
Publications : Memoirs, Nos. 13, 17 R, 21, 33, 35 [Nos. 1121,
1160, 1175, 1242, 1186](1912-13)— Summary Report fcr
1911[No.l218](1912).
Oxford.
Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum —
Catalogue of Books added during 1912(1913).
Palo Alto, Cal.
Leland Stanford Junior University —
Publications. University Series. Nos. 9, 11, 12(1912-13).
794 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Paris.
Journal de Conchyliologie. lx.,2-4; lxi. ,1(1912-13).—
Pamphlet: "En faveur de la Loi de Priorite." Par E.
Hartert(n.d.).
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle —
Bulletin. Anneel911,7; 1912,1-2(1911-12).
Catalogue de la Coll. de Lepidopteres, Pt. i., Papilionidse
(1912).
SOCIETE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE FRANCE
Annales. lxxxi., 2-4; lxxxii., 1-3(1912-13).
Bulletin, 1912, Nos.15-21; 1913, 1-14(1912-13).
SOCIETE ZOOLOGIQUE DE FRANCE —
Memoires. xxix.(1911).
Perth, WA.
Geological Survey of West Australia—
Annual Progress Report for the Year 1912(1913).
Bulletin, Nos.42, 43, 45, 46, 47, 50(1912-13).
Government Statistician, West Australia —
Monthly Statistical Abstract. 1912, Nos. 149-151 ; 1913,
Nos.l52-161(1912-13).
Philadelphia.
Academy of Natural Sciences —
Proceedings, lxiv., 3; lxv., 1(1913).
American Philosophical Society —
Proceedings, li., 203 and 205-207; lii., 208-209(1912-13).—
General Index to Vols. i.-L, 1838-1911(1912).
List of Members, August, 1912(1912).
Transactions. N.S. xxii., 2(1912).
University of Pennsylvania —
Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory, iv., 1(1911).
Zoological Society of Philadelphia —
Forty-first Annual Report of the Board of Directors, April,
1913(1913).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 795
Plymouth.
Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom —
Journal. N.S. ix., 4(1913).
Prague.
Koeniglich-Boehmische Gesellschaft der Wiss., in Prag —
Jahresbericht, 1911, 1912(1912-13).
Sitzungsberichte, Math.-Naturwiss. CI., 1911, 1912(1912-13).
Societas Entomologica Bohemia
Acta, ix., 3-4; x., 1-2(1912-13).
Pusa, India.
Agricultural Research Institute —
Bulletin, No.32(1912).
Memoirs of the Department of A griculture in India. Botani-
cal Series, v., 1-5; vi., 1 and 3(1912-13). Entomological
Series, iv., 4-5(1912-13)— Report of the Agricultural Re-
search Institute, 1911-12(1913)— Report on the Progress
of Agriculture in India for 1911-12(1913).
Richmond, N.S.W.
Hawkesbury Agricultural College —
H. A. C. Journal, ix., 4, 12; x., 1-7, 9-11(1912-13).
Nature-Studies : Suggestions for Teachers. By C. T. Musson,
W. M. Carne, C. Potts, and M. S. Benjamin(1913).
Rochester, NY.
Rochester Academy of Science —
Proceedings, v. pp. 39-58(1912).
St. Louis.
Missouri Botanical Garden —
Twenty-third Annual Report, 1912(1912).
St. Petersburg.
ACADEMIE IMPERIALE DES SCIENCES
Annuaire du Musee Zoologique. 1911, xvi., 4; 1912,
xvii., 1-4(1911-13).
Bulletin. 6e Serie. 1912, 14-15, 17-18; 1913, 1-5, 7-8, 10, 12-13
(1912-13).
796 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Faune de la Russie et des Pays Limitrophes — Hydroidea
ii., 1(1912); Marsipobranchii et Pisces, iii., 1(1912).
Comite Geologique (Institut des Mines) —
Bulletins, xxx, 6 10; xxxi., 1-8(1911-12).
Memoires. Nouvelle Serie. Livraisons 58, 62-65, 69, 72,
74-76, 78-79, 81, 86(1911-13).
Russisch-Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft —
Materialen zur Geologie Russlands. xxv.(1912).
Verhandlungen. Zweite Serie. xlviii.(1912).
Societas Entomologica Rossica
Hone Entomologicae. xl., 3-6(1912-13).
Revue Russe d'Entomologie. xii., 2-4; xiii., 1(1912-13).
San Francisco
California Academy of Natural Sciences —
Proceedings. Fourth Series, i., pp. 431-446; iii., pp.
187-264(1912).
Sendai, Japan.
Tohoku Imperial University —
Science Reports, i., 2-3(1913).
Stockholm
Entomologiska Foreningen i Stockholm —
Entomologisk Tidskrift. xxxiii., 1-4(1912).
KONGL. SVENSKA VETENSKAPS- AkADEMIE
Arkiv f. Botanik. xi., 1-4; xii., 1-2(1912). — Kemi. iv.,
3-5(1912). — Mathematik, Astronomi och Fysik. vii., 3-
4; viii., 1-2(1912).— Zoologi. vii., 2-4(1912-13).
Arsbok, 1912(1912).
Handlingar, N.F. xlvii., 2-11, T.p.&c. ; xlviii., 1-7, T.p.
&c. ; xlix., 1-10 (et " Aurivillius, C", Forteckning ofver
Skrifter, utgifna af Prof. G. Retzius), T.p ifec. ; 1., 1
(1911-13).
Lefnadsteckningar, iv., 5(1912).
Les Prix Nobel en 1911(1912).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 797
Meddelanden fran K. Vetenskapsakademiens Nobelinsti-
tut. ii., 2(1912).
Skrifter af Carl von Linne. v. [Iter Lapponicum](1913).
Sydney, N.S.W.
Australian Museum —
Annual Report, 1911-12(1913).
Memoir iv., 17(1913).
Miscellaneous Series. No. viii.,(1913).
Records, viii., 4;ix., 2-4 ; x., 1-6(1913).
Special Catalogue No. i. iv., 1-3(1913).
Australasian Medical Congress —
Transactions of the Ninth Session, Sydney, September, 1911
(2 vols.; 1913).
Botanic Gardens and Domains, Sydney —
Annual Report for 1911(1912).
Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus, ii., 7-8(1912-
13). By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist, &c.
Bureau of Statistics —
Official Year Book of New South Wales, 1912(1912-13).
Department of Agriculture, N.S.W. —
Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, xxiii., 12 ;
xxiv., 1-11(1912-13).
Science Bulletin. Nos. 6, 7(1912).
Department of Agriculture, Forest Branch, N.S.W. —
Forest Flora of New South Wales. By J. H. Maiden,
Government Botanist, &c. v., 10(1912).
Report of the Forestry Branch for the Year ended 30th
June, 1912(1912).
Department of Mines —
Annual Report of the Department of Mines for 1912
(1913).
Mineral Resources. Nos. 7(2nd ed.), and 17(1913).
Department of Public Instruction —
Public Instruction Gazette of New South Wales, vi., 11
12; vii., 1-11 and two Supplements(1912-13).
798 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Department of Public Instruction : Teachers' College —
Records of the Education Society. Nos. 7, 14-17(1913).
Teachers' College Calendar, 1913(1913).
Department of Public Instruction : Technical Educa-
tion Branch —
Annual Report, 1911(1912).
Technical Education Series. No. 18, Cabinet Timbers
(1913).
Technical Gazette of New South Wales, iii., 1-2(1913).
Harrington's Photographic Journal. xxi.,247 ; xxii.,
248-257(1912-13).
Institution of Surveyors, N.S.W. —
"The Surveyor." xxv., 11-12; xxvi., 1-10(1912-13).
New South Wales Naturalists' Club —
"Australian Naturalist." ii., 13-16(1913).
Public Library of New South Wales —
Annual Report, 1911(1912).
Royal Anthropological Society of Australasia —
" Science of Man " N.S. xiv., 1-2(1912-13).
Royal Society of New South Wales —
Journal and Proceedings, xlvi., 1-2; xlvii., 1(1912-13).
University of Sydney —
Calendar, 1913(1913).
Reprints of Pveports from the Science Laboratories, B.1908-
09 to 1910-11(1912).
Tokyo.
College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo —
Journal, xxxii., 8-10; xxxiii., 1(1912-13).
Tokyo Zoological Society —
Annotationes Zoologicse Japonenses. viii., 2(1913).
Toronto.
Canadian Institute —
Transactions, ix., 3(1912).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 799
Townsville.
Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine —
Report for Years 1910, 1911(1911-12).
Tunis.
Institut Pasteur de Tunis —
Archives. 1912, 4; 1913, 1-2(1912-13).
Turin.
MUSEO DI Z00L0GICA,&C.,DELLA R.UNIVERSITA DI TORINO
Bolletino xxvii., Nos.645-664(1912).
Upsal.
Kongl. Universitets-Bibliotheket i Upsal —
Akademisk Af handling af H. Nelson [" Om Randdeltan och
Randasar i Mellersta och Sodra Sverige."] (8vo., 1910) —
Akademisk Afhandling af Sten de Geer [" Klaralfvens
Serpentinlopp och Flodplan."] (1911)— Inbjudningsskrift
till Ahorande af der Offentliga Forelasning," &c, af H.
Schiick. Haft l-2(Upsala, 1911) -Schedule ad S.J. Enandri
Salices Scandinavise Exsiccatas, Fascs. i.-ii.( 191 1) — Svensk
Flora : Beskrifning of ver Sveriges Fanerogamer och Orm-
bunkar, af N. C. Kindberg (12 mo., n.d.) — Zoologiska
Bidrag fran Uppsala. Band i.(1912).
Vienna.
K. K. Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum in Wien —
Annalen. xxvi., 3-4; xxvii., 1-2(1912-13).
K. K. ZOOLOGISCH-BOTANISCHE GESELLSCHAFT
Verhandlungen. lxii., 5-10; lxiii., 1-8(1912-13).
Washington, D.O.
Bureau of American Ethnology —
Annual Report, xxvii., 1906-07(1912).
Bulletin. Nos.47, 52, 54(1912-13).
Carnegie Institute of Washington —
Department of Experimental Evolution : Annual Report of
the Director, 1 9 1 2 [Reprint from Year Book, No.xi.]( 1912).
800 donations and exchanges.
Smithsonian Institution —
Annual Report of the Board of Regents for the Year ending
June 30th, 1911(1912).
U. S. Department of Agriculture —
Bulletin. Nos.5 and 8(1913).
Bureau of Entomology : Bulletin, T.p.&c. of Nos.82 and 90,
91, 95 Part vii., T.p.&c, 96 Pt. vi., 99 Pt. ii., 109 Pt. vii.,
111,113, 115 Pts.ii.-iii., 116Pts.ii.-v., 117-122, 127 Pts.i.-ii.
(1912-13).— Circular, Nos. 162-173 (1912-13).— Technical
Series, T.p.&c. of No. 12, No. 16 Pts. v.-vii., 20 Pt. vi., 27
Pt. 1.(1912-13).
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 5 12(1 9 12).
Year-Book, 1912(1913).
U. S. Geological Survey —
Bulletin. Nos.448, 4 66, 470, 471, 484, 485, 491-494, 496-521,
523,524(1911-12).
Mineral Resources, 1910, 1911, Partsi.-ii.(19ll-12).
Monograph. Ii., (Text and Atlas; 1912).
Professional Papers. Nos.69, 71, 74, 77(1912).
Publications of the U.S.G.S. (not including Topographic
Maps). N.S. No.2(1912).
Thirty-second and Thirty-third Annual Reports, 1911-12
(1911-12).
Water Supply and Irrigation Papers. Nos.259, 271, 278-291,
293, 294, 296-301, 304, 310, 311, 313, 316(1911-13).
U. S. National Museum —
Annual Report for the Year ending June 30th, 1912(1913).
Bulletin. Nos.79, 81(1912-13).
Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, xvi., 2-9
and 12; xvii., 1-3(191 2-13).
Proceedings, xli., xlii , xliii. (1912-13).
Wellington, N.Z
New Zealand Institute —
Transactions and Proceedings, xliv.-xlv., 1911-12(1912-13).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
801
PRIVATE DONORS.
Bonnesen, F. P., Boggild, 0. B., og Ravn, J. P. J., Copenhagen
— Pamphlet : "Carlsbergfondets Dybdeboring, i Grondals
eng ved Kjobenhavn 1894-1907, og dens Nidenskabelige
Resultater(4to., Copenhagen, 1913).
Chkkl, E., Sydney - One Separate: " Vegetations-Charakter
der Samoa-Inseln," von E. Betche [Monatsschr. Yer. zur
Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den K. preuss. Staaten,
1881].
Janet, C, Voisinlieu pres Beauvais (Oise). — Two Pamphlets and
two Separates : (a) " Constitution Morphologique de Fln-
secte," (b) "Le Sporophyte et le Gametophyte du Vegetal :
le Soma at le Germen de l'insecte [F. 29-30 : Limoges, 1911-
12] — (c) Organes sensitifs de la mandibule de l'Abeille, Apis
mellifera L. " (d) " Sur l'existence d'un organe chordotonal
et d'une vesicule pulsatile antennaires chez l'Abeille, et sur
la morphologie de la tete de cette espece [21-21 : CR. cli.-clii.,
1910-11] — List of Papers in the " Comptes Rendus des
Seances de l'Academie des Sciences."
McAlpine, D., Melbourne— Handbook of Fungus Diseases of
the Potato in Australia, and their Treatment. By D.
McAlpine (8vo., Melbourne, 1911). - Bitter Pit Investiga-
tion : the Past History and Present Position of the Bitter
Pit Question. By D. McAlpine, First Progress Report,
1911-12(4to., Melbourne, 1913).
Oliver, W. R. B., Auckland, N.Z. — Separate : " Geographic
Relationships of the Birds of Lord Howe, Norfolk, and the
Kermadec Islands " [Trans. N.Z. Institute, xliv.(1912)].
Shirley, J., D.Sc , Brisbane —Pamphlet: "A List of the known
Lichens of Tasmania " (1912).— Separate : "The Flora of
the Basaltic Tablelands of S.E. Queensland " [Rept. Austr.
Assoc. Adv. Science, xiii.,(1912)].
Smith, E. A., I.S.O., London— (a) Two Separates : " Description
of a new Species of Acmcea from Bombay, <fcc," and " On
the generic name to be applied to the Venus Islandica Linn."
802 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
[Proc. Malacol. Soc. ix., x.(1911-12)].— (b) Four Separates:
"Note on Helix rufescens of Pennant," and "On the
Pennant Collection of British Shells " [Journ. of Conch.,
Feb.-March, 1913]; "Note on Murex mancinella Linn."
[Proc. Malacol. Soc, x., 1913]; " Note on Helix rufescens of
Pennant" [Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xi., 1913].— One
Separate : " On the Survival of a Miocene Oyster in Recent
Seas." By E. B. Newton, and E. A. Smith [Rec Geol. Surv.
India, xlii., 1912].
Smith, R. Greig-, Sydney — Report of the Dove Marine Labora-
tory, Cullercoats, Northumberland, for Years ending 30th
June, 1912, 30th June, 1913(1912-13).— Three Abstracts of
Bacteriological Papers [Central bl. f. Bakt. xxxiv., 1912].
Steel, T., F.L.S., Sydney — Pamphlet : " Notes on the Cane-
Borer" (issued by the Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Ltd.,
1911).
Symmonds, R. S , Sydney — Pamphlet : " Our Artesian Waters :
Observations in the Laboratory and in the Field " (8vo.,
Sydney, 1912).
Turner, F., F.L.S., Sydney— Pamphlet : "A Census of the
Grasses of New South Wales." Issued by direction of the
Minister for Mines and Agriculture (8vo., Sydney, 1890).
Waters, A. W., F.L.S., Bournemouth, Eng.— Two Separates :
(a) " A Structure in Adeonella (Laminopora) contorta
(Michelin), and some other Bryozoa, together with Remarks
on the Adeonidce [Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix., 1612[; (b)
" The Marine Fauna of British East Africa and Zanzibar,
&c. Bryozoa: Cheilostomata [Proc. Zool. Soc, 1913].
[Printed off, 17th March, 1914.]
(1913.)
(a) GENERAL INDEX.
Aboriginal stone-axe,'exhibited,525.
Acacia hybrid, exhibited, 110.
Acokanthera, inquiry respecting
toxic properties of, 109.
Address of the President, March
26th, 1913, 1
Algae, marine, exhibited, 109.
Notes on Australian Marine,
i., 49.
Amycterides, Eevision of the, ii.,
340.
Anderson, W., elected a Member,
656.
Andrews, E. G., Development of
the N. O. Myrtaceae, 529.
Announcements : Calendar-reform,
395 — Fellowships, 603, 657 —
Grants in aid of research, 395.
Antarctic Petrel, exhibited, 255 —
Pycnogonid, exhibited, 113.
Arum Lily, teratological, exhibit-
ed, 606.
Atriplex campanulata, abnormal,
exhibited, 169.
Australia, new Fossorial Hyme-
noptera of, 608.
Australian Carabidae, Eevisional
Notes on, Pt. iv., 404.
Civilisation, a Century
of, from a Zoologist's point of
vi'ew, 15.
Curculionidae, Revision
of, Pt. xii., 451.
Marine Algae, Notes on,
i., 49.
Microlepidoptera, Stu-
dies in, 174.
Mollusca, Studies on,
Pt., xi., 258.
Odonata, Descriptions
of new Forms of, 229.
Bacteriologist, Macleay, to the
Society, Resume of year's work,
11.
B<adham, C, elected a Member, 450.
Baker, R. T., Descriptions of three
new Species of Myrtacece, 591.
See Discussion, 522
— See Exhibits, 526.
Balance Sheet, 1912, 44.
Bassian Isthmus, Odonata of Tas-
mania in relation to, 765.
Benson, W. N., Geology and Pet-
rology of the Great Serpentine-
Belt of New South Wales, Part
i., Introduction, 491 — Part ii.
Geology of the Nundle District,
569— Part iii. Petrology, 662.
Betche, E., notice of his decease,
395.
Betche, E., and Maiden, J. H.,
Notes from the Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, No. 18, 242.
Bickford, E.I., see Exhibits, 48, 661.
Bill, Importation of Plumage (Pro-
hibition), 528.
Bird-Protection, 528.
Birds, see Exhibits (L. Harrison;
A. F. B. Hull; A. J. North).
Blackburn, Rev. T., Obituary notice
of, 7.
Blood-sera, freezing points of, 170.
Boerhaavia diffusa, exhibited, 170.
Botanic Gardiens, Sydney, Notes
from, No. 18, 242.
Bradley, C. H. B., elected a Mem-
ber, 395.
Brisbane Water, photo, of Leopard
Seal captured in, exhibited, 525.
Butterflies ' (Tisiphone abeona),
series of, exhibited, 657 — Col-
lected by the late Dr. A. R. Wal-
lace, exhibited, 658.
11.
INDEX.
Calendar-reform, circular respect-
in, 395.
Calf-lymph, apparatus for filling-
capillary tubes with, 518.
Callistemon hybrid, exhibited, 112.
Cambage, 11. II., re-elected to the
Council, 43— Resolution re Im-
portation of Plumage (Prohibi-
tion) Bill, 528.
Campbell, J. H., Hon. Treasurer's
Financial Statement and Bal-
ance Sheet, 42, 44— Re-elected
Hon. Treasurer, 106— Re-elected
to Council, 43.
Carabiclce, Revisional Notes on
Australian, 404.
Carne, J. E., Elected to Council,
43.
See Exhibits, 113.
Carter, H. J., Revision of Aus-
tralian Species of the Subfami-
lies, Cyphaleince and Cnodaloni-
nce, 61.
. See Exhibits, 398.
Cassia, fascia ted growth of, exhi-
bited, 108.
Cedar, Red, damaged by fungi,
exhibited, 526.
Century of Civilisation from a
Zoologist's point of view, 15.
Chapman, H. G., re-elected to
Council, 43— Remarks on colour-
changes of a frog, 606— Results
on the freezing points of blood-
sera, 170— See exhibits, 170.
Cheel, E., Note on Red Clover
Rust, 397— See Exhibits.
Cicadidce, cotypes of Australian,
exhibited, 656.
Cicindela, Descriptions of two new
Species from W. Australia, 401.
Civilisation, a Century of, from a
Zoologist's point of view, 15.
Cleland, J. B., re-elected to Coun-
cil, 43 — See Discussion, 521.
Cnodalonince, Revision of Aus-
tralian Species of, 61.
Cobar District, Notes on the indi-
genous Plants in the, Pt.ii., 639.
Coccolaba, xerophytic specimen of,
exhibited, 520.
Coconut leaf-mining beetle, exhi-
bited, 521.
Coleoptera : Descriptions of two
new Species of Cicindela, 401 —
Revisional Notes on Australian
Carabidce, 404 — Revision of the
Amycterides, ii., 340 — Revision
of Australian Curculionidce, xii.,
451 — Revision of Australian
Species of Cyphaleince and Cno-
dalonince, 61— See Exhibits, 398,
521.
Colour-changes in dragonfly-lar-
va-, 604— in a frog, 606.
Contributions to our Knowledge of
Soil-Fertility, Nos. vii.-xi., 725.
Coral, Silurian, exhibited, 607.
Cox, Dr. J. C, Obituary notice of.
5.
Crouch, Miss, N., elected a Mem-
ber, 525.
Cryptorhynchides, Revision of,
xii., 451.
Culicidce, Revision of, in the Mac-
leay Museum, Sydney, 747. _
Curculionidce, Australian, Revision
of, xii., 451.
Cyphaleince, Revision of Australian
Species of, 61.
Deane, H., retirement from the
Council, 9.
Descriptions of new Forms of Aus-
tralian Odonata, 229.
1 two new Species of
Cicindela, 401.
three new Species
of Myrtacece, 597.
Development of the N.O. Myrta-
cece, 529.
Discussion on the ''Study of Zoo-
geographical Distribution by
means of Specific Contours,"
172, 400— Resume, 521.
Dixon, J. R. L., elected a Mem-
ber, 253.
Dixson, T. Storie, re-elected to
Council, 43.
Dodd, S., inquiry as to the toxic
properties of Acohanthera, 109.
Dog, freezing-point of blood-serum
of, 170.
D'Ombrain, E. A., See Exhibits,
110.
Donations and Exchanges, 48, 106,
169, 253, 395, 450, 525, 603, 656.
INDEX.
Dragonfly-larva* , colour - changes
of, 604.
Dim, W. S., elected President, 43
— See Exhibits, 399, 607.
Elections: Auditor, 43 — Council,
43— Hon. Treasurer, 106— Lin-
nean Macleay Fellows, 13 — New
Members, 106, 169, 253, 395, 450,
525, 656— President, 43— Vice-
Presidents, 106.
Eucalypts exhibited, 48, 170.
Exhibits: —
Baker, R. T., Red Cedar dam-
aged by fungi ; entomogenous
fungus, 526.
Bickford, E. I., West Austral-
ian plants (Eucalyptus, and
Black Kangaroo-Paw), 48, 661.
Came, J. E., Lantern-views of
New Guinea and Java, 113.
Carter, H. J., Coleoptera of the
genus Notonomus, 398.
Chapman, H. G., A rare Cepha-
lopod, Spirula spirula, 170.
Cheel, E., Grasses (Eragrostis
spp.) ; fruit of Snake Gourd ; a
creeping Xanthium ; and a hy-
brid Callistemon,, lift — Fungi,
including Rusts and Smuts,
170 — Fungi, including Rusts,
254 — Lichens, and Fungi, 396
— Xerotes sp., and Tetrathrcn
spp., 527 — Various plants, 606
— Grasses, 658.
D'Ombrain, E. A., Portion of
plank injured by a marine
Wood-borer, 110.
Dun, W. S., Photograph of rep-
tilian footprints in shale, 399
—Silurian Coral, 607.
Fletcher, J. J., Fruits of Tecdma
radicans, 113.
Froggatt, W. W., Insects trap-
ped by flowers of Oleander,
108 — Insects from the New
Hebrides, 521 — Cicadida?, and
Chalcid parasites of the Sheep
Maggot-fly, 656.
Grant, R., Apparatus for filling
tubes with calf -lymph, 518.
Hamilton, A. A., Two unrecord-
ed introduced plants ; a rare
Leucopogon, 110 — Two unre-
corded introduced plants;
Exhibits : —
Boerhaavia diffusa, 170 — Two
introduced plants; Chenopo-
dium triangulare, 254 — "Hot-
tentot Fig" ; variable leaves of
Senecio, 396 — Plants exempli-
fying teratology, 520, 605.
Hamilton, A. G., Teratological
example of Arum Lily, 606.
Harrison, L., Hippoboscid flies
with Mallophaga, from birds,
108.
Hedley, C, Japanese postcards,
and bonbons resembling shells,
255.
Hull, A. F. B., Nest and eggs of
two Lord Howe Island birds,
657.
Hunter, J. G., An enormous
Antarctic Pycnogonid, 113.
Hynes, Miss S., Fruits and a
drawing of Hernandia bivalis;
coloured illustrations of native
plants; 48 — Coccoloba platy-
clada showing xerophytic char-
acters, 520.
Jenkins, R. J. H., Flaked abo-
riginal stone-axe, from Wov
Woy, 525.
Lucas, A. H. S., Mounted
marine alga?., 109.
McCulloch, A. R., Freshwater
turtle taken in salt water, 110
— Drawings of fishes on spe-
cial paper, 396.
Mackinnon, E., Micro-fungi;
Plantago lanreolata in a tera-
tological condition, 657.
Maiden, J. H., Photographs of
fruits of Macrozamia ; a hybrid
Acacia, 109 — Fruits and flow-
ers of a rare Eucalypt from
West Australia, 170.
Mjoberg, E., Zoological speci-
mens from North Queensland,
606.
North, A. J., Birds and eggs
from Fanning Island, 171, 660
— Skin and eggs of the Ant-
arctic and Silvery-grey Pet-
rels, 255 — Black-banded Fruit-
Pigeon from the Northern
Territory, 398— Skins of Yel-
low-breasted Robin and Su-
perb Warbler, exemplifying
59
IV.
INDEX.
Exhibits : —
climatic and individual varia-
tion, 607.
Oliver, W. R. B., Mollusca from
the Kermadec Islands, 605.
Stead, D., Tail-barb of a Sting-
ray extracted from another
individual of the same species,
169 — Photograph of a Leo-
pard-Seal captured in Brisbane
Water, 525 — Californian Rain-
bow-trout of the same age, dif-
fering in size, 603 — Frog from
the Kosciusko Tableland, 656.
Steel, T., Snail-shells after
manipulation by the common
brown rat, 107.
Turner, F., Grasses; fasciated
growth of Cassia Candolleana,
107 — Grasses ; an abnormal
growth of Atriplex cdmpanu-
lata, 169— Grasses, 398, 526—
Grasses (Eragrostis spp.), 604
— Specimen and a drawing of
Stnjchnos psilosperma, 657.
Waterhouse, G. A., Series of
Butterflies, representing the
five subspecies of Tisiphone
abeona, 657.
Fanning Island birds and eggs, ex-
hibited, 171, 660.
Fauna, ocean littoral, effect of
gales on, 106.
Fellows, Linnean Macleay : Resu-
mes of the year's work, 12.
Fellowships, Announcements re-
specting, 603, 656 — Elections to,
13.
Ferguson, E. W., Revision of the
Amycterides, Part ii., Talauri-
n us (continued), 340.
See Discussion,
521.
Fishes exhibited, 603 — Drawings
of, exhibited, 396 — Injurious
effects of gales on, 106.
Fletcher, J. J., On a case of Natu-
ral Hybridism in the genus Gre-
villea [Title], 449.
See Discussion, 522
— See Exhibits, 113.
Flies, Fruit-, exhibited, 521^-
Flies, Hippoboscid, with Mallo-
phaga from birds, exhibited, 108
— Flies trapped by Oleander
flowers, exhibited, 108— Fly,
Sheep Maggot, Chalcid parasites
of, exhibited, 650.
Freezing points of various blood-
sera, 170.
Frog, colour-changes of a, 656 —
From Kosciusko Tableland, ex-
hibited, 656.
Froggatt, W. W., elected a Vice-
President, 106 — Presidential Ad-
dress, March 26th, 1913, 1— See
Exhibits. 108, 521, 65G.
Fruit-pigeon from Northern Terri-
tory, exhibited, 398.
Fry, D. B., elected a Member, 169.
Fungi, See Exhibits (R. T. Baker;
E. Cheel; E. Mackinnon).
Gales, effect of, on the ocean litto-
ral fauna, 106.
Garland, J. R., re-elected a Vice-
President, 106.
Geology and Petrology of the
Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales, Part i., 491; Part
ii., 569; Part iii., 662.
— of the Permo-Carbonife-
rous System in the Glendon-
brook District, near Singleton,
N.S.W., 146.
Stratigraphical, of the
Carboniferous System in the
Maitland-Branxton District, 114.
Glendonbrook District, Geology of
the Permo-Carboniferous Sys-
tem in, 146.
Glendonite, Notes on some recent-
ly discovered Occurrences of,
160.
Grant, R., See Exhibits, 518.
Grants in aid of research, offered
by the Royal Society of S.A.,
395.
Grasses of New South Wales, Hy-
drocyanic acid in, 624.
See Exhibits (E. Cheel ; F
Turner).
Grevillea, a case of natural hybrid-
ism in the genus [Title], 449.
Hallmann, E. F., re-election to a
Linnean Macleay Fellowship, 13
— Resume of year's work, 13.
INDEX.
Hamilton, A. A., See Exhibits.
A. G., re-elected to
Council, 43— See Exhibits, 606.
Harrison, B., elected a Member,
106.
L., See Exhibits, 108.
Haviland, F. E., Notes on the In-
digenous Plants in the Cobar
District, No. ii., 639.
Hedlev, C, elected a Vice-Presi-
dent, 106.— See Exhibits, 255.
Studies on Australian
Mollusca, Part xi., 258. #
Hernandia bivalvis, fruits and
drawing of, exhibited, 48.
Hill, G. F., elected a Member,
106.
Hippoboscid flies with Mallophaga,
exhibited, 108.
Hottentot Figs, exhibited, 396.
Hull, A. F. B., See Exhibits, 657.
Hunter, J. G., See Exhibits, 113.
Hybrid Acacia exhibited, 109 —
Callistemon exhibited, 110.
Hybridism in the genus Grevillea
[Title], 449.
Hydrocyanic Acid in Plants, Part
ii., Its Occurrence in the Grasses
of New South Wales, 624.
Hvmenoptera, new Fossorial, 608.
Hvnes, Miss S., See Exhibits, 48.
520.
Illinois State Academy and calen-
dar-reform, 395.
Insects, See Exhibits (H. J. Car-
ter; W. W. Froggatt; L. Har-
rison ; G. A. Waterhouse).
Java, See Exhibits (J. E. Carne).
Jenolan River, lyrebirds and mar-
supials at, 518.
Kermadec Islands, mollusca exhi-
bited, 605 — Evolution of the
Islands, 605.
Kesteven, H. L., rectification of
an omission in a paper, 395 —
See Discussion, p. 522.
Kosciusko Tableland, frog from,
exhibited, 651.
Lea, A. M., Revision of the Aus-
tralian Curculiomdce belonging
to the Subfamily Cryptorhyn-
chides, Part xii., 451.
Leucopogon, a rare, exhibited, 110.
Lichens, See Exhibits (E. Cheel),
396.
Lord Howe Island birds, See Ex-
hibits (A. F. B. Hull), 657.
Lucas, A. H. S., elected a Vice-
President, 106— See Exhibits,
109.
Notes on Marine
AlgaB, i., 49.
Lyrebirds at Jenolan River, 518.
McCulloch, A. R., See Exhibits,
110, 396.
Mackinnon, E., See Exhibits, 657
— See Discussion, 522.
Macleay Museum, Revision of the
( 'ulieidce, in, 747.
Macrozamia, fruits. Sec Exhibits,
109.
Magpie, Grey, hippoboscid fly and
Mallophaga from, exhibited, 108.
Maiden, J. H., and Betche, E.,
Notes from the Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, No. 18, 242.
1 See Discussion,
522— See Exhibits, 109, 170.
Maitland-Branxton District, Per-
mo-Carboniferous System in,
114.
Mallophaga on hippoboscid flies,
exhibited, 108.
Man, freezing point of blood-
serum of, 170.
Masters, G., Obituary notice of, 2
—Portrait of, presented, 399.
Metcalfe, P. H., birds and eggs
collected by, exhibited, 171, 660.
Microlepidoptera, Studies in Aus-
tralian, 174.
Mjoberg, E., See Exhibits, 606.
Mollusca, See Exhibits (W. R. B.
Oliver), 605.
Studies on Australian,
Part xi., 258.
Myrtaeeai, Descriptions of three
new Species of, 591 — Develop-
ment of the N.O., 529.
Lawson, A. A., elected a Member, Narooma, N.S.W., specimens of
106. Spirula from, exhibited, 170.
VI.
INDEX.
New Guinea, See Exhibits (J. E.
Came), 113.
New Hebrides, insects from, See
Exhibits (Froggatt,W. W.), 521.
Newman, L. J. W., elected a Mem-
ber, 169.
New South Wales, Geology and
Petrologv of the Great Serpen-
tine Belt of, 490, 569, 662—
Hydrocyanic acid in Grasses
of, 624 — Permo Carboniferous
Palaeogeography in, 139.
North, A. J., See Exhibits.
North Queensland, SfC Exhibits
(E. Mjbberg), 606.
Northern Territory, Fruit-pigeon
from, exhibited, 398.
Note on Red Clover Rust, 397— On
the Occurrence of Strychnicine,
761.
Notes from the Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, No. 18, 242.
on Australian Marine Alga?,
i., 49.
Parasites of Sheep Maggot-Fly,
exhibited, 656 — Ectoparasites of
birds, exhibited, 108 — Micro-
fungi, See Exhibits (E. Cheel ;
E. Mackinnon.
Paumoto Group, birds from, exhi-
bited, 521.
Permo-Carboniferous Palseogeo-
graphy in New South Wales,
139 — Geology of, in the Glen don-
brook District, 146 — Stratigra-
phical Geology of, in the Mait-
land-Branxton District, 114.
Petrels, skins and eggs of, exhibit-
ed, 255.
Petrie, J. M., Hydrocyanic Acid
in Plants, Part ii., Its Occur-
rence in the Grasses of New
South Wales, 624.
Note on the Occur-
rence of Strychnicine, 761.
Re-election to a
on some recently discovered
Occurrences of the pseudomorph,
Glendonite, 160.
on the indigenous plants in
the Cobar District, No. ii., 639.
on the Permo-Carboniferous
Palseogeography in New South
South Wales, 139.
Re visional, on Australian
Carabidcc, 404.
Notonomus, Revisional Notes on
the Genus, 404— See Exhibits
(H. J. Carter), 398.
Nundle District, Geology of, 569.
Nuytsia, flourishing seedling of,
destroyed by fire, 48.
Odonata, Descriptions of new
Forms of Australian, 229 — Tas-
manian, in relation to the Bas-
sian Isthmus, 765.
Oleander, insects trapped by the
flowers of, exhibited, 108.
Oliver, W. H. B., See Exhibits,
605.
Ox, freezing point of blood-serum
of, 170.
Pala?ogeography, Permo-Carboni-
ferous, in New South Wales,
139.
Linnean Macleay Fellowship, 13
— Resume of year's work,, 12.
Petrology of the Great Serpentine-
Belt of New South Wales, 662.
Plants, exhibited, See Exhibits —
Hydrocyanic acid in, 624 — Indi-
genous in the Cobar District,
639.
Portraits of Professor W. J.
Stephens and Mr. G. Masters,
presented, 255, 399.
Pycnogoid, Antarctic, exhibited,
113.
Rayment, F. H., elected Auditor,
43.
Regent Bird, hippoboscid with
Mallophaga from, exhibited, 109.
Reptilian footprints in shale, ex-
hibited, 399.
Revision of Australian Species of
the Subfamilies Cyphaleince and
Cnodalonince, 61.
Australian Curculioni-
dce belonging to the Subfamily
0 rijptorhynchides, 451.
Culicidce in the Mac-
leay Museum, 747.
the Amycterides, 340.
Royal Society of S. Australia,
grants in aid of research, 395.
Rust on Red Clover, note on, 397.
INDEX.
Vll.
Rusts affecting plants, See Exhi-
bits (E. Cheel ; E. Mackinnon).
Seal, Leopard, photograph of, ex-
hibited, 525.
Serpentine-Belt of New South
Wales, Geology and Petrology
of, 490, 569, 662.
Sheep, freezing point of blood-
serum of, 170.
Sloane, T. G., Descriptions of two
new Species of Cicindela from
W. Australia, 401.
Revisional Notes on
Australian Carabidce, Part iv.,
The Genus Notonomus, 404.
Smith, G. P. D., See Discussion,
522.
R. Greig, Contributions to
our Knowledge of Soil-Fertility,
Nos. vi.-xi., 725.
Resume of the
year's work of the Macleay Bac-
teriologist to the Society, 11.
Snails destroyed by rats, exhibit-
ed, 107.
Snake-Gourd, fruits of exhibited,
112.
Soil-Fertility, Contributions to our
Knowledge of, Nos. vii.-xi., 725.
Specific Contours, Study of Zoo-
geographical Distribution by
means of, See Discussion on,
172, 400, 521.
Spirula spirula exhibited, 170.
Stead, D. G., Observations on the
effect of gales on the ocean-litto-
ral fauna, 106 — On lyrebirds and
marsupials near Jenolan, 518 —
See Exhibits.
Steel, T., See Exhibits, 107.
Stephen, A. E., birds collected by,
exhibited, 521.
Stephens, the late Prof. W. J.,
presentation of portrait, 255.
Stingray barb exhibited, 169.
Strychnicine, Note on the occur-
rence of, 761.
Strychnos psilosperma, exhibited,
657.
Studies in Australian Microlepi-
doptera, 174 — On Australian
Mollusca, Part xi., 258.
Study of the Odonata of Tasmania
in relation to the Bassian Isth-
mus, 765.
Syncarpy in Macrozamia fruits,
exhibited, 109.
Talaurinus, Revision of the genus
continued, 340.
Tasmania, new Fossorial Hymcn-
optera from, 608 — Odonata of,
in relation to the Bassian Isth-
mus, 765.
Taylor, F. H., Revision of the
Culicidce in the Macleay
Museum, Sydney, 747.
Tecoma radicans, fruits of, exhi-
bited, 113.
Tetratheca spp., exhibited, 627.
Tillyard, R, J., A Study of the
Odonata of Tasmania in relation
to the Bassian Isthmus, 765.
1 Observations on a
two-year-old seedling of Nuyt-
sia, eventually destroyed by
fire, 48 — On colour-changes in
Dragonfly larva-, 604— See Dis-
cussion, 172, 523.
Some Descriptions
of new forms of Australian Odo-
nata, 229.
Trout, Californian Rainbow, exhi-
bited, 603.
Tnrnbull. A. H., elected a Mem-
ber, 106.
Turner, A. J., Studies in Aus-
tralian Microlepidoptera, 174.
F., See Exhibits.
R. E., New Fossorial
Hymenoptera from Australia
and Tasmania, 608.
Turtle, freshwater, taken in salt
water, exhibited, 110.
Walkom, A. B., Notes on some re-
cently discovered occurrences of
the pseudomorph, Glendonite,
1.60.
Stratigraphical
Geology of the Permo-Carboni-
ferous System in the Maitland-
Branxton District : with some
Notes on the Permo-Carbonife-
Vlll.
INDEX.
rous Palseogeography in New
South Wales, 114.
The Geology of
the Permo-Carboniferous System
in the Glendon brook District,
near Singleton, N.S.W., 146.
Resume of year's
work as Linnean Macleay Fel-
low, 13 — Retirement from Fel-
lowship, 13.
Wallabies near Jenolan, 518.
Waterhouse, G. A., See Discus-
sion, 522— See Exhibits, 657.
West Australia, Descriptions of
two new Species of Cicindela
from, 401.
■ , Plants from,
exhibited, 48, 170, 661.
Wilson, J. T., retirement from the
Council, 9.
Wombats, near Jenolan, 518.
Wood-borer, marine, exhibited,
110.
Zoogeographical Distribution,study
of, by means of Specific Con-
tours, discussed, 172, 400, 521.
INDEX.
(ft) BIOLOGICAL INDEX.
Names in italics are synonyms.
Page.
Abntilon cryptopetalum . . . . 643
Acacia 532
amblygona 645
aneura 640, 646
Baileyana 110
calamifolia 644
cibaria 645
dealbata 645
decurrens var. mollis . . 110
var. Muelleriana . . . . 645
glaucescens 606
harpophylla 646
homalophylla 645
implexa 645
ixiophylla 645
lineata 645
obliqua 645
ripens 644
salicina 644
triptera 645
unduli folia var. pubescens 645
Acallcs bisignatus .. .. 472, 474
immansuetus 463,464
luridus 464
Acanthacea? 641
Acokanthera spectabilis . . . . 109
Acroeephalus pistor 171
Acrocercops 177
alysidota 178
apoblepta 180
autadelpha, 178, 179, 180, 191
calicella 178
epimicta 183
enchlamyda 178
eumetalla 178
eupetala 178
hedymopa 181
heliopla 178
hierocosma 177
hoplocala 178
irrorata 178
laciniella 179
leucotoma 180
macaria 181
melanommata 184
mendosa 177
nereis 179
obscurella 178
ochroptila 181
Page.
Acrocercops ophiodes 179
ordinatella 177
parallela 178
plebeia 179
poliocephala 182
pj^rigenes 179
spodophylla 184
stereomita 182
sj'nipliyletes 179
symploca 183
tetrachorda 180
tricimeatella 178
tristaniae 178
unilineata 179
zaplaca 178
Actinoconchns planosulcatus 507
Actinocrimis sp 505
Actinocystis ( ?) cornubovis .. 498
Actinodium 539
Adelina? 174, 225
Adeorbis 294
angasi 294
angulata 294
kimberi 294
platymna 294
vincentiana .' 294
Adetipa punctata 445
yEdeomyia venustipes • • • • 760
Mdes venustipes 760
Aelurns aurifrons 611
^Eschna 774, 777
brevistyla, 604, 772, 774, 775,
778
/EschninsB 774, 775, 778
/Eschnini 775
iEsopus australis 324
cuming-j 324
far. queenslandica. . .. 224
Agriomyia 615
Agrion 778
lyelli 773, 778
Agropyrum scabrnm . . 634, 653
Agrostis alba 634
stolonif era 631
var. g if/a ii tea 634
verticillata 634
vulgaris 171, 634
Alaba 285
vibex 288, 339
X.
INDEX.
Page.
Alaba 285
imbrivdta 287, 339
lauta 287
monile 287, 335
puf/odula 287, 339
pulchra 286, 339
sulcata ' 296
Alcyna exigua 278
Alethopteris sp 5\i
A1gse 49
Allorisma curvatum 121
SP 507
Alopecurus geniculatus . . . . 634
A1tes 63, 64
Alveolites sp 493
subaequalis 499
Amarantaceaj 641, 650
Amarygmimus 64
Amaryllidese 642, 652
Amethylus 478
Aninicola diemense . . . . 284, 339
Amphibromus Neesii 653
Antphidcsma exarata 274
sebuense 273, 274
Amphipogon strictus 653
Amphiroa (Metagoniolithon)
granifera 58
Amphithera 223
heteroleuca 223
heteromorpha 223
monstruosa 223, 225
Amplexus sp 505
Ampulicinae 618
Ampullaria tasmanica 283
Amycteridae 521
Amycterides 340
Amycterus granosus .... 354, 356
Manglesi 388, 389
Wcstwoodi 354
Anaciaeschna jaspidea 775
Anausis 63, 65, 70
Kershawi 70
Maclea}d 70, 71
metallescens 70, 71
quadrispinosus 70, 71
spinosus 70,71
tricolor 70
Westwoodi 70
Anax 778
papuensis 773, 778
Anchithyrus 455, 458, 459
caliginosus 459
Page.
Anchithyrus laticollis 459
muticus 459
reticularis 459
Ancilla cingulata 301, 302
mauritiana 302
obesa . . 302
Ancillaria bicolor 302
cingulata 301, 302
inornata 302
nana 302
novae-zelandiae 302
sinenses 302
tricolor 301, 302
tricolor 301, 302
Andropogon affinis 634
annulatns 634
australis 634
bombycinus 634
fi'r.ylliis 626,629, 639
halepensis 627
car. mntica . . . . 626, 639
intermedins, 169, 626, 629, 639
isehaemmn, 398, 626, 629, 639
micranthus .... 626, 629, 639
pertusns 652
saccharides var. barbi-
noclis 634
schsenanthus 634
sericeus 634
sorghum var. saccharatus, 626
628
var. vulgaris . . . . 626, 628
Anennites ovata 509
SP 509
Angophora, 530, 540, 554, 560, 564,
565, 566, 568
cordifolia 564, 565
intermedia 565, 601
lanceolata 555
melanoxylon 565
ochrojDhylla 601
subvelutina 565
Anguilla reinhardtii 107
Auguiliaria dioica 652
Anilaus. 453, 475
costirostris 475,476
sordidus 475
Anisopogon avenaceus .. .. 626
Anopheles atratipes .... 747, 748
master si 749
musivus 749
stig maticus 747
INDEX.
XI.
Page.
Anous stolidus .... 171, 660, 661
Anthoxanthum odoratum . . 634
Anticrates metreta 196
paraxantha 196
phsedima 197
zapyra 196
Aphanaia gigantea 137
sp 121, 124, 135
Aphelotoma rufiventris . . . . 618
Apicalia guentheri .. .. 296, 297
Apocynacea? 109, 641
Apollo argns 297
Apomestris 63,64
Apophyllum anomalum . . . . 640
Area pistachia 264
radula 264
semitorta 271
trapezina 271
Arcnaeoeklaris sp 138, 139
Archaeopteris wilkinsoni . . .. 509
Arcularia compacta . . . . 317, 318
Argiolestes 778
aureus 238
chrysoides 229, 237, 238, 241
griseus 772
icteromelas 772, 776
Argobiiccinuni argus 298
tumidum 297, 298
vexillnm 298
Ariphron bicolor 610
petiolatus 610
r if/id id us 610
Aristida arenaria 652
ramosa 634, 652
Artactes 61
Artemis ccerulea 269
incisa 269
lamellata 269
subrosca 270
tumid a 268
Arundinella nepalensis . . . . 634
Asclepiadae 606, 641
Asperella hystrix 634
Asperococcus compressus .... 58
Asperula conferta 647
Astartea 540
Astartila corpulenta 123
polita 136
sp 587
Astralium tentoriforme . . . . 283
Astrebla triticoides 634
Athyris sp 507
Page.
Atriplex campanulata 169
Muelleri 650
prostrata 650
vesicaria 650
Atrypa reticularis 499
sp 499, 507, 576
Atteva albiguttata 196
charopis 196
niphocosma 196
Aulacocarpus 542
Auricula australis 334
bidens 334
doliolum 332
ornata 334
ovata 334
pellucida .. .. 332, 333, 339
Austrectopsis 453, 488
oblongus 488
Austroa?schna . . 774, 775, 777, 778
atrata 772
longissima 772
multipunctata 772
parvistigma 772
sagittata 772
sp 771, 772, 774
tripunctata 772
unricornis 772
Austroagrion 778
cyane. . 773
Austrogomphus 778
amphiclytus 235
angeli 229, 233
australis 235
guerini, 771, 772, 773, 774, 778
heteroclitus 772
ochraceus 772
Austrolestes 778
analis 773, 778
anuulosus 773, 778
eingnlatus .... 772, 773, 778
leda 773, 778
psyche 773, 778
Austrothemis 775, 778
nigrescens 773, 775
Arena barbata 658
Avicula intumescens 122
sp 507
Aviculopecten englehardti . . 119,
124, 136, 152
granulosus 507
mitchelli,121, 123, 125, 126, 153
ponderosus 136
XIV.
INDEX.
Page.
Chsetomorpha aerea 59
Chaetophora elegans 59
Chretum bromoides 635
Chalcopterus 76
iridicolor 76
Chamselaucium 539,566
Chantransia sp 58
Chariotheca 67, 101
ameroides 102
Besti 102
cupripennis 102, 1 03
striato-pnnctata 103
viridipennis 103
Chart opteryx. . . . 62, 63, 64, 67, 68
_ Blackburni 68, 91
Childreni 67
glaber 68
imperialis 68, 91, 105
Mastersi 68, 92
planus 68, 90, 105
victoriensis 68, 92
Chenopodium ambrosioides . . 255
mult A fid um 254
triangulare 255
Chloris giayana 635
petrsea 626, 630, 635
polydactyla .... 626, 630, 635
submutica 635
truncata 626, 630, 635
ventricosa .... 626, 630, 635
Chloritis prunum 271
Chlorophanes punctopennis . . 105
Chlorophycese 58
Cholipus 102
Chondria coerulescens . . . . 57
curdieana 57
succulenta 58
Chondropsis semivirklis . . . . 396
Chonetes laguessiana 506
sp 119, 124
Choreutis bjerkandrella . . . . 209
Chrysobalus fulgidipennis . . 69
Chrysophrys australis 106
Chthonocephalus pseudoevax 648
Cicindela albolineata 403
browni 401
ignicollis 402
lineifera 402, 403
saitigera 401
tetragramma 402, 403
trivittata 403
ypsilon 401
Page.
Cicindelida? 408
Cinnamomum sp. 591
Citharopsis 325
Cladochonus tenuicollis . . . . 505
Cladonia degenerans 397
foliacea 397
var. convoluta 397
Cladophora cont'ervondes .... 59
flaccida 59
pellncida 59
Cladostephus verticillatus . . 58
Clanculus conspersus . . 278, 338
jucundus 277, 278, 338
ringens 271
Clathrus pusillus 398
Clathurella brenchleyi 311
peregrina 311
ssonulata 310, 311
Claudea bennettiana 60
Clava bitubercnlata 290
nodnlosa 290
Clavatula quisqnalis 311
Clematis glycinokles 606
Clerida? 461
Clerodendron tonientosiim . . 591
Cloezia 541, 553
Cli/peoJa tenuis 289
Cnodalonina- . . 61, 62, 67, 101, 102
Coccoloba (Mnehlenbeckia)
platyclada 520
Cochlis 298
Codhim bursa 59
galeatnm 59
Ccelodon aversus 266
elongatns 266
elongatus 266
Coix lachrymi-Jobi 635
Colpomenia sinuosa 58
Columbella 322
abyssicola 325
acleonta 321, 322
albomaculata 320
angasi 325
attenuata 321
attenuata 321
bartia 324
bicincta 318
bicincta 318
brcvissima 326
cumingi 324
ilancini 325
digglesi 325
INDEX.
XV.
Page.
Colnmbella diminnta 326
discors 322
duclosiana 319, 320
eximia 318, 319
fil'merce 319
franklinensis 325
fulgida 325, 326
garretti 325
gowlandi 325
infnmata 324
interrupt a 325
irrorata 323
jaspidea 321, 322
lachryma 325
legrandi 325
lunata 326
marquesa 322
mel villi • .. 325
menkeana 319
mercatoria 322
minuta 325
rmbeculata 323
nux 324
nycteis 319
pamila 325
peasei 325
planaxiformis 318
plexa 326
plicaria 321, 322
plurisulcata 324
pulla 323, 324
regains 325
remoensis 325
roblini 323
rorida 326
russelli 325
semipunctata 322
smithi 325
tayloriana 320
troglodytes 325
vincta 323
vittata 323
Colnmbella ( Mat r ell a) alizonae 321
Colnmbellidae 325
Combretacea? 547
Cominella, albolirata 330
maurns 269
Composite. . .. 249, 534, 641, 647
Conifera? 534, 641, 651
Conocardinm australe . . 137, 138
Conopomorpha 177
Conottoamnns 540
Page.
Connlaria inornata, 122, 123, 124,
155
laevigata 120, 122, 164
sp 119, 137, 507
tenuistriata 123
Conns anemone 307,308
rar. jukesii 308
var. macnlosus 308
rar. nova?-hollandin? . . 307
aplnstre 308, 309
ardisiaens 308
borneensis 308
cabriti 308
eompressns 308
cookii 308, 309
coxeni 309
cyanostoma 309
grayi 308
innotabilis 309
jukesii 307
maculatus 307
maeulosus 307
magus 310
mnltioatenatns 309
neglect us 308, 309
novce-hollandice 307
peasei 308
pontifiealis 271
portoricanns 308
rosaceus 308
rossiteri 307
rntn'lns 309
scutor 308
taylorianus 308
tasmanice 309
tinianns 308
Convnlvulaceae 641, 649
Coralliophila elaborata . . 331, 339
rnbrocoecinea 331
wiUoni 331
Corduliinse 777
Cordyceps(?) Gunnii 527
Correa speciosa 643
Cortaderia argentea 625
var. gigantea . . 626, 630, 635
var. rosea.. .. 626, 630, 635
var. varieg-ata, 626, 630, 635
conspicna 625
kermesiana 625
Corymbosa 562, 563
Corynephorus canescens . . . . 635
Cosmos sp 605
XVI.
INDEX.
Page.
Craspedotriton 328, 329
convolntns 328
fimbriates 328
pholidotns 329
scalariformis 328
speciosus 327
Cra^sulaceae 641
Crenulata modiolaris 271
Crepidula tomentosa 289
Crinia signifera 656
Crotalaria mitchelli var. to-
mentosa 245
Crucifera- 641, 642
Crypsis 61
Crypt andra amara 643
Crvptomya elliptica, 275, 276, 338
truncata 276
Cryptorhynchides 451
Cryptorhynchns 478
cariosus 480, 481
futiginosus 463,464
Lapathi 478
Ctimene 64
Cncurbitaceae 641
Ciilex annulirostris 756
atripes 747, 750
ciliaris 759
fatigans 759, 760
var. sknsi 759
flarifrons 747, 751
hispkliosus 750
linealis 747, 755
macleayi 759
marinu8 756
occidentals 756
procax 758
sagax 758
sp 759
vigilax 756
vittiger 747, 735
Culicada flavifrons . . 747, 751, 752
vandema 757
vittiger 747, 753, 760
Cnlicelsa annulirostris . . . . 755
linealis 747, 756
vigilax 756
Culicidse 747
Curcnlionidae 451
Cntleria multifida 58
Cyamiomactra balaustina . . 268
nitida , . • • • 268
Page.
Cyathocrnnns sp 505
Cyat'hophyllnm obtortum .... 498
sp. . . * 498, 505
Cyathus sp 655
Cyclophanes.. .. 62, 63, 65, 69, 92
gloriosns 69, 94, 105
splendens 69, 96, 105
variegatns. . 69, 93, 96, 97, 105
Cycloporopterns 453, 477
mysticns 477
Cyclostigma australe 509
kiltorkense 509
Cyclotorna 194
diplocentra 195
eg<ena 195
experta 195
monocentra 195
Cyclotornina? 194
Cyclotrema Tcingii 300
Cymatium bolteniannm . . . . 297
doliarium 297
Cymodocea sp 55
Cynodon dactyl on 632,635
incompletns, 626, 627, 630, 632,
635
Cynosnrus echinatns 658
Cyperaceae 642, 652
Cyperus sangnineo-fuscus . . 652
Cyphaleina? 61, 63, 64, 101
Cyphaleus .. .. 61, 62, 63, 65, 68
aereus 68, 69, 98
aterrimns 68
cupricollis 68, 69
formosus 68, 69
fulgidipennis 68,98
insignitus 68,98
iopterus 68, 69
rugosns 68, 98
Schmelzi 68, 69
valdivianns 61
Cyphosticha 184,186
albomarginata 186
pancowita 187
pandoxa 186
pj'rochroma 187
Cyrenella moretonensis . . 267, 338
Cyrtina(?) sp 123
Cystiphyllum australicum( ?) 498
Cystophora siliquosa 58
torulosa 58
INDEX.
Page.
Cystophyllum 50
australe 51
muricatum 50, 51
rar. binodis 51
onustum 51
Cytherea costata 271
diemensis 270
planatella 270, 271
Dactylis glomerata 635
Dact}iopsila trivirgata . . . . 606
Dacus cucurbit ae .. 521
frenchi 521
sp. . , 521
Dahlia sp 527
Danthonia racemosa .... 626, 635
semiannularis . . 626, 632, 635
setacca 653
Uaphnella casta 335
marquesa 322
Darwinia 530, 539, 566
Dasyatis sp 169
Daviesiella sp. (?) 506
Decaspermum 542
Decialma 62,64,66,67
striato- punctata 103
viridipeitnis 103
Degeeriella hectica 109
sp 109
Delisea 59
Deltopecten farleyensis, 119, 123,
125, 136
fittoni .... 121, 123, 137, 139
illawarrensis 121
leniusculus .... 136, 137, 138
limseformis 121, 12H
sp 136, 141, 586
subquinquelineatus, 119, 120,
123, 164
Dendricopora hardyi 505
Dentalium sp 507
Deyeuxia Forsteri 653
Diala imbricata 287, 339
lauta 286, 339
monile 287, 339
pagodula 287, 339
picta 285, 286, 339
pulchra 286, 339
suturalis 285, 339
translucida 286
varia 286, 339
Page.
Dichelachne crinitia . . . . 635, 653
sciurea 653
Dictoerotropis 388
cavirostris 388
Dameli 388
Dichondra repens 649
Dictyota sp 54
Didiscus albiflora 647
eriocarpus 647
Dielasma amygdala . . . . 124, 138
biundata .. 123, 124, 136, 138
cymboeformis .. 123, 124, 138
hastia.ta, 121, 124, 136, 138, 506
inversa 124, 136
sacculus 121, 124
sp. 123, 152
Digitaria didactyla .... 632, 635
tenuiflora 635
Dilleiriaceae 242
Diomedea sp 107
Diphlebia 778
euphoeoides coerulescens, 229,
235
hybridoides • . . . 229, 236, 237
lestoides 236, 237, 772
Diphyphylhun porteri 498
robustum 493
SP 498, 575, 576
Diplachne dubia, 626, 627, 632, 635
Diplacodes 775,776,778
bipunctata 773
haematodes 772
melianopsis 773
Diplodia zeae 657
Diplodonta globulosa 267
moretonensis 267
Diprotodon sp 767
Dipsaceae 606
Dischidia sp 606
Dodonaea attenuata 644
boroniaefolia 644
hirsuta 245
megazyga 644
peduncularis 245, 520
sp 644
triangularis 644
Donax nitida 274
nitidus 275
striatellus 274, 338
veruinus 274, 275
Doratnthynnus orientalis . . .. 616
spryi 615
XV111.
INDEX.
Page.
Doryphora sassafras ...... 12
Dosinia caerulea 269
circinaria 269
coryne 270
crocea 270
cydippe 269
diana 269
grata 270
noUUs 269
scnlpta 269, 270
subrosea 270
tenella 269, 270, 338
tumida 268, 269
Drassicus 456
illotus 458
infaustus 458
nigricornis 457
Drillia aemula .... 311, 312, 339
crenularis 312
exarata 312
harpularia 312
lucida 311
vexillum 310
Duboisia, Leichhardtii 13
myoporoides 12
Duplicaria addita 306
vallesia 306, 307
Dj^soxylon 530
Ecliinocarpus 530
Echinopogon ovatus, 107, 108, 635
Echinospermum concavum . . 624
Ecildaus 454, 487
glabricornis 487
melancholicus 487
personatus 487
Ectorisma granvlata 265
Edmonditai(?)nobilissima, 119, 120,
122, 123, 124, 164
sp 506, 587
Ehrharta calycina var. versi-
color 635
Eirone celsissima 609
ichneumoniformis 610
Elachista australis 58
Eloeocarpus 530
Wlenchus exlguus 278
Eleusine regyptiaca, 626, 633, 635
indica 626, 633, 635
Elymus arenarius 635
robustus 635
spp 625
Page.
Elymus virginicus 635
Emarginulia, bajula 276
dilecta 276
Embiidse 521
Encyalesthus 102
Endophyllum schlueteri . . . . 499
Enteromorpha prolifera .... 58
Entoliiim aviculatum 507
Entomis jonesi 138
Eopsaltria australis 607
Epacris 530, 531
Epaltes australis 648
Ephidonius 63
Epicephala 174
acrobaphes 175
albistriatella 174
australis 175
colymbetella 175
eugonia 175
trugicola 174, 175
lomatographa 176
nephelodes 177
trigonophora 175
Epicroesa amblosia 208
thiasarcha 208
Epitonium feldmanni 306
Eragrostis abyssinica 604
asper 606
Brownii 635
curvula 635
diandra 635
Dielsii 112
falcata 112, 653
interrupta var. tenuissima,
112, 604
lacunaria 112
laniflora 253, 254
leptostachya 636
major 636
nigra var. trachycarpa. .. 112
pilosa, 110, 111, 112, 604, 606,
636
var. pellucida Ill
plana 636
plumosa 112
Purshii Ill, 636
tenella 112, 604
trachycarpa 112
Eremsea 540
Eremophila latifolia. 650
Mitchelli 640
Sturtni 640
INDEX.
XIX.
Page.
Eretmocera 219
chrysias 219, 220
cyanauges 220
flavicincta 219
Eriachne mncronata 653
scleranthoides 526
Erianthus ravennse 636
Eriochloa annulata 652
Eriococcus buxi 650
Eriophyridae 643
Eriostemon linearis 643
Erythroclonium muelleri .... 58
Espites 101, 103
basalts 67, 103
sumptuosus 102, 103
Eucalyptus, 523, 529, 532, 534, 540,
543, 545, 553, 554, 555, 558, 561,
563, 565, 591
Abergiana 556, 562
acmenioides 557, 562
albens 563
alpina . . 564
amygdalirua. 559, 562
Behriana 563, 647
Bosistoana 563
botryoides 556
Bridgesiana 601
buprestium 562
cassia 564
calophylla 556, 562
Cambagei 559, 563
capitellata 562
Oayleyi 557, 563
canerea 563
clavigera 556
coccifera 558, 562
conica 563
cordata 563
coriacea 558, 562
cornuta 564
corymbosa 556,562
cosmophylla 564
crebra 563
dealbata 647
Delegetensis 561
dichromophloia 556
diversicolor 564
dives 562
dumosiai 558,564
erythrocorys 170, 561
eudesmioides 561
eugenioides 562
Page.
Eucalyptus eximia . . . . 556, 562
ferruginea 556, 562
ficifolia 556, 562
fcecunda 564
Foelscheana 556
globulus 559, 563, 564
gomphocephala 564
goniocalyx 559, 563
gracilis 557, 558, 563
Gunnii 564
haemastoma 558, 562
hemiphloia 563
incrassata, 558
intermedia 556
laevopinea 562
leucoxylon 557, 563
loxophleba 564
macrocarpa 48, 564
macrorbyncha 562
maculata 556, 562
Maideni 559, 563
marginatta. 562
megacarpa 564
meianophloia 647
melanoxylon 563
melliodora 557, 563
microcorys .... 557, 558, 562
microtheca 563
miniata 556,562
Morrisii .. 564
Muelleriana 562
IMaudiniana 540, 557
Nova-Anglica 563
obliqua 561, 562
odontocarpa 561
odorata 563
oleosa 558, 564
padhyphylla 558
paniculata 563
peltata 556, 562
perfoliata 556, 562
Perriniana 564
phoenicea 556
pilularis 562
piperita 562
platyphylla 564
polyanthemos 563
populifolia 563
pruinosa 563
ptychocarpa. 556
pulvigera 563
pyriformis 564
XX.
INDEX.
Page.
Eucalyptus pyrophora . . . . 556
radiata 559
redunca 564
resinifera 556
Risdoni 562
robusta 556
rostrata 564
rubida 559
saligna 556
santalifolia 562
sepulchralis 556
setosa. 556, 562
siderophloia 563
sideroxylon 557, 647
Smithii 562
sp 254, 623, 647
stellulata 558, 562
terminalis . . . . 556, 562, 647
tesselaris 556, 562
tetragona. 561
tetrodonta 561
trachyphloia 556, 562
uncinata 557, 558, 563
urnigera 564
vernicosa 564
viminalis 559, 563
viridis 564, 647
vitrea 562
Watsoniana 556
Woollsiana 563
Euchelus atratus 312
Eudesmia 557, 561, 563
Eudromus 407
Eudyptula minor 107
Eufaustia 451,452,483
mirabilis 483
Eugenia .. 530, 536, 538, 542, 543,
547, 549, 550
cyanocarpa 248
Tomlinsii 247, 248
Ventenatii 248
Eugenia (Syzy glum) Smithii . . 550
Eulima augair 295
constellata 295
guentheri 297
piperita 296
proxima 295
subangulata 295
Eunaticina 294
Euomphalus sp 122, 499, 507
Eupatorium sp 249
Euphorbia Drummondii . . . . 651
eremophila 651
Page.
Euphorbiaceae 641, 651
Eurydesma . . 141
cordata, 116, 120, 121, 123, 126,
153, 156
var. ovale 123
hobartense 139
Euryporopterus 454, 479
angularis 479, 480
annulipes 479
funereus 479, 480
tenudfasciatus . . . . 479, 480
Eutaxia 530
empetrif olia 644
Euthorybeta 200
ochroplaca 201
xanthoplaca 201
Exithioides 453,483
punctatus 483
Exithius 453, 480, 481
brevis 481, 483
capucinus 480, 481
cariosus 481
conspiciendus 481,482
f errugineus 481, 482
fumatus 481, 483
inamabilis 481, 482
loculosus 481, 482
musculus 481, 482
sculptilis 480, 481, 482
simulator 481, 483
Exocarpus cupressiformis . . 651
Favosites basaltica var. moon-
biensis 498
crummeri(?) 498
forbesi 498
gothlandica 498
multitabulata 498
pittmani(?) 498
reticulata 498
salebrosa 498
sp 498, 575
sqamulifera 498
Feijoa 542
Fenella 284, 285
Fenella 284, 285
Fenestella fossula, 119, 121, 122,
123, 126, 136, 137
internata 119,122,137
multiporata 505
plicatula 137
INDEX.
Page.
Fenestella propinqua 505
spp. .. 123, 125, 139, 152, 505
Fenestellida? 136, 152
Fenzlia 542
Fcronia chalybea 446
impressipennis 432
masters* 432
philippi 446
purpureolimbata 428
viridmarginata 432
Feronia (Percus) bipunctata 446
Festuca bromoides . . . . 636, 653
bromoidcs 658
ciliata 658
duriuscula 636
elatior 636
subsp. arundinacea . . 636
gigantea 636
Hookeriana 636
Myuros 658
ovina 636
var. temiifolia 636
poa 625
rubra 636
Ficoideae 641,647
Ficus 530
scabra 591
Filices.. 642
Fimbrist3rlis communis . . . . 652
ferruginea 652
Finella 284, 285
Fissurella corbicula . . . . 276, 277
jukesii 277
lanceolata 276, 277
lineata 269
scutella 269
similis 277
Fissuridea corbicula 276
jukesii 277
Flindersia sp 591
Floridese 58
Fucoidese 49, 58
Fumaria officinalis 642
Funaria apophysata 653
Tasmanica 653
Fungi 642, 654
Fusus cereus (?) 329
hanleyi 329
recurvus 329
Galerus lamarcki 288
pellucidus 289
Page.
Gangamopteris sp 116, 119
Geaster sp 654
Gentianeae 641, 649
Geraniacese 641
Gigaspermum repens 654
Girellai tricuspidata 106
Glauconome bipinnata . . . . 505
Glossopteris sp 130, 513, 586
Glyceria Fordeana 636
Glycymeris cardiiformis . . 265
emberiza 264
fringilla 264
hoylei 265
multicostatus 265
Glyphipteryginae 208
Glyphipteryx 219
acinacella 211, 214
argyrosema 212
argyrotoxa 214
asteriella 212
autopetes 214
calliscopa . .. 212
chalceres 215
chalcodsedala 215
chrysoplanetis 211
cometophora 212, 218
cyanochalca 213
cyanophracta 212
drosophaes 211
euthybelemna 211
gemmipunctella 212
harpogramma 214
hyperlampra 216
iometalla 212
isozella 212
leucocerastes 211
leucoplaca 217
lycnophora 213
macrantha 211
marmaropa 218
meteora 211, 215
palaeomorpha 211
parazona 212
phosphora 212
platydisema 211
polychroa 213
protomacra 211
pyrtistacta 213
pyrophora . . 217
rhanteria 213
tripselia 213
Glyptoporopterus 455, 462
asper 462
XX11.
INDEX.
Page.
Gmelina 530
Gompholobium 530
Goniatitis micromphalus, 123, 124,
136, 137, 139
Gonomitrinm enerve 654
Goodenia glabra 640
Havilandi 250, 649
pusilMflora 250
Goodeniaceae 250, 641, 649
Gorytes frenchi 621
ruf omixtus 620
Grabhamia flavifrons, 747, 751, 752
theobaldi 751, 753
Gracilaria aeglophanes . . . . 191
albicincta 190
albispersa 190
alMstriatclla 174
crasiphiila 189
euglypta 190
enrycnema 190
enxesta 193
iophanes 189
lencolitha 189
megalotis 192
octopunctata 190
cenopella 189
panchrista 191
perixesta 193
plagata 190
plagiotoma 190
thiophylla 192
xanthopharella 190
xylophanes 190
xystophanes 192
Gracilarianae 174
Graminese 642, 652
6ra.pb.is scripta( ?) 654
Grateloupia filicina var. luxu-
rians 58
Grevillea 449, 530
Guerinius confusus 616
Gygis Candida 171, 660
Gymnoporopterus 455, 489
pictipes 489
Gymnosorns variegatns . . . . 58
Gypsophila tubulosa 643
Haemarthria compressa. . . . . 636
Hakea 530
leucoptera 651
Halfordia drupif era 181
Haliotis diversicolor 277
funebris 277
Page.
Haliotis taylorian a 277
Haliseris 52
aclirostichoides 53
areschoiigii 52
anstralis 53
crassinervia 53
muelleri 52, 53
partialis 53
plagiogramma 54
polypodioides 52
var. denticulata .... 52
woodwardia 52
Halorag-eae 641
Haloragis aspera 646
ccratophylla 646
Harpactophilus 623
Hectus 62, 64
Helichrysum bracteatum. . .. 648
diotophyllum 648
Heliolites porosa 498, 576
sp 499, 575, 717
Heliophyllum sp 575
Helipternm floribundnm . . . . 648
laeve 648
Helix adonis 260
anadyomena 260
aspersa 107
bea trice 260
broughami 260
casrulescens 260
carcharias 260
cassandra 260
coxiana 260
curtisiana 260
cyrtopleura 260
deidamia 260
deiopeia 260
eros 260
evandaleana 260
eyrei 260
flindersi 260
forrestiana 260
hermione 260
howardi 260
induta 260
juanita 260
kooringensis 260
lmcolnensis 260
lyndi 260
malantensis 260
mendana 261
moresbyi 261
partunda 261
INDEX.
XXlll.
Page.
Helix patruelis 260
perinflat a . . 260
phillipsiana 261
pliilomela 261
psyche 261
ramsdeni 261
rhoda 261
rossiteri 261
sdlveri 261
stutchburyi 260
zenobia 260
Helophilus bengalensis . . . . 108
Helopinae 101
Hemicordulia .. 778
australiae .. 772, 774, 776, 778
tau 773, 774, 776
Hemicyclus . . 62, 64, 67, 87, 92, 94
flavipes 67, 89
grandis 67, 102
met alliens 67
Reaumuri 67
Hemicyclus (Tetraphyllus) Re-
aumuri 67, 102
Hemiphlebia mirabilis . . . . 241
Hernandia bivalvis 48
Heterocrita 222
chersodes 223
Heterodendron oleaef olium 540,643
Hexagona Gunni 654
sp 654
Hibbertia data 242
fasciculata 242
hypericoides 243, 244
Kochii 24?!
saligna 243
Hibiscus Sturtii var. grandi-
flora 643
var. Muelleri 643
Hispidae 621
Holcus lanatus 625
Homoranthus 539
Hoplodecilaus . . . . 451, 455, 456
marmoratus 456
Hopothyris 506
Hormosira articulata 51
banksii 52
Hybanthus filif ormis 642
Hybomorphus 470
Hydrobia gunnii 283, 338
Hydrobiidae 284
Hyla ccerulea 606
Hymenochaete sp 655
Page.
Hyolithes lanceolatus . . 123, 137,
152, 153
Hypocalymna 540
Hypochceris glabra 648
Hypoglossum heterocystideum 58
Hyponomeuta internellus. . .. 195
myriosemus 196
paurodes 196
Hyponomeutinae 195
Ichneumonidae 610
Ichnium gampsodactylum . . 399
Illidgea 454, 463
16-tuberculata 463
Imaliodes 455, 456
edentulus 456, 458
f rater 456, 458
illotus 458
infaustus 458
nigricornis 456,457
nodulosus 456
ovipennis 456, 458
scitulus 456,458
scrota 458
subfasciatus 456
terreus 456, 457
Imma 208
acosma 205
albifasciella. 205
atrosignata 206
cleis 207
loxoscia 207
lyrifera 205
marileutis 205
platyxantha 206
Iravadia clathrata .. .. 284, 339
Isachne australis . . . . 399, 636
Ischnura 778
aurora 773
heterosticta 773
Isopogon 530
Isosticta simplex 772
Jambosa 538, 550
Jasminea? 641
Jasminum didymum 251
var. pubescens 251
singuliflorum 251
Joannisiella moretonensis, 267, 338
Juncaceae 642, 652
Juncus pauciflorus 652
polyanthemus 652
INDEX.
Page.
Kalydon 330
vinos us 330
Keeneia platyschismoides, 120, 122
sp 119, 164
Kellia bafaustina 268
Knorria sp 509
Kochia humillima 650
villosa var. eriantha . . . . 650
Kunzea.. .. 530, 540, 561, 566, 568
Cambagei 246
capitata 246
micrantha 247
Muelleri 247
parvifolia 246
var. alba 246
peduncularis 647
Labiatae 641, 650
Laccocephalum basilapiloides 171
Laciniorbis 294
Lactura 197, 199, 208
calliphylla 198
cristata 198
dives 197
egregiella 197
erythractis 198
laetifera 197
mactata 198
pilcheri 198
pteropoecila 198
suffusa 197
Lagurus ovatus 6
Lamarchea 540
Lamarckia aurea 624, 625
Lambertia 530
Laonicus 64
Larrinae 621
Lasma balaustina 268
Lasriocladia sp 123
Lataurinus 383
rugiceps 384
Latiaxis nodosa 331
Laurencia botryoides 58
Lecythideae 538, 547
Leguminosae, 245, 529, 534, 641, 644
Leiodomus 304
Lciopyrga cingulata. . .. 281, 338
Leiostraca acutissima 295
constellata 295, 296
le»bia 295
Iemnanthemum sp 649
Lepidium hyssopifolium . . . . 642
Page.
Lepidodendron australe, 497, 499,
502, 508, 579, 581
dichotomum 509
sp 580
veltheimianum . . . . 508, 509
volkmannianum 509
Lepispilus 64, 65
rotundicollis 65
stygianus 65
sulcicollis 65
Leptaena sp 506
Leptaena ( Strophomena) rhom-
boidalas var. analoga . . . . 506
Leptochloa decipiens, 626, 633, 636,
653
Leptodomus duplicicostata . . 136
Lepton cummingii 267, 268
Leptorrhynchus Waitzia . . . . 648
Leptospermum, 530, 531, 540, 549,
552, 553, 561, 566, 568
ellipticum 646
flavescens 540
scoparium 540
Leptothyra armillata 283
crassilirata .... 282, 283, 338
Lepus cumi cuius 33
europaeus 39
Leuconopsis inermis 333
pellucidus .... 332, 333, 339
victorias 333
Leucopogon appressus 110
Leucotina 285, 335
amoena 335
casta 335
concinna 335
csthcr 335
pura 335
Leucotreron alligator 398
Libellulidae 777, 778
Libellulinse 775
Lichenes 642, 654
Liliaceae 642,652
Linari a cymbal aria 649
Lineae 641
Lingula sp 506
Lithostrotion columnare . . . . 505
irregulare 505
sp 504
Litiopa lauta 286
vlbex 288
Litophyllum Konincki 499
sp 504, 720
Litsea dealbata 177
INDEX.
XXV.
Page.
Littoridina diemensis . . 284, 339
gunnii 283, 284, 338
Littorina paludinella 283
Livistona 530
Llotzkya 539
genetylloides 539
Lolium multiflorum 636
perenne 636
temulentum 636
Lophocheilus distinctus . . . . 613
Lophophyllum corniculum . . 505
minutum 505
Loranthacese 641
Lotorium australe 312
argus . . .. 298
Lotus australis var. parvi-
florus 644
corniculatus 625
Loxonema babbindoonensis . . 507
sp 507
Lucilia caesar 108
Lucina munda 267
strangei 267, 338
vcnusta 266
Lucina (Codakia) munda .. 267
Lycoperdaceae 654
Lycoperdon pusillum 654
sp 654
Lygestira 65, 71
funerea 71
lata 71, 72
simplex 70, 71, 72
Lyroda mnchaelseni .. .. 621, 622
subsp. tasmanica . . 621, 622
Lysicarpus . 541
Lysurus australiensis 398
Macarangela leucochrysa . . 193
Macrocallista planatella . . . . 270
Macrocheilus sp 507
Macropodia fumosa 661
Macros tola 187
Macrozamia Moorei 109
Perowskiana 109
Maeonia carinata, 123, 125, 126, 136,
137, 138, 139
fragilis 138
spp 119, 120, 124, 164
valida.. 136
Mallophaga 109
Malurus australis .. 607
Malvaceae 641, 643
Page.
Mammilla maura 301
Mangelia australis . . . . 310, 339
jacksonensis . . .... . . 310
mitralis 310, 339
nassoides 310
tasmanica 310
Mangilia atkinsoni 325
Marginella attenuata 303
vitida 303
paxillus 303
pygmaea 303
sp. 320
strangei 303
translucida 302, 303
turbinata 303
volutiformis 302, 303
Marinula patula 333
Marlieria 542
Marsilea Drummondii 653
Marsiliaceae 642, 653
Martiniopsis cyrtiformis. . .. 138
oviformis 136, 137, 138
sp 135, 141, 587
subradiata, 119, 121, 123, 124,
125, 126, 136, 137, 139, 152,
153, 164
var. konincki . . . . 124, 137
var. mornisii, 119, 121, 123,
124, 136, 139
var. transversa 136
Medicago sativa 254
Mcgarrhina speciosa 749
Melaleuca, 530, 531, 540, 543, 549,
552, 553, 561, 566, 568
Ciuniiigiana 597
Cunninghamii .. .. 597, 601
lanceolata . . . . 597, 600, 601
land folia 597
leucadendron . . 540, 597, 599,
600, 601
var. Cunninghamii.. .. 597
var. lancifolia 597
var. saligna 597
Maidewi .. 598, 600, 601, 602
mimosoides 597
minor 597, 601
saligna 597, 601
Smithii 598, 599, 602
uncinata 646
viridiflora .... 597, 600, 601
Melampus quoyi 333
stutchburyi 334
tetricus 334
INDEX.
Page.
Melaraphe mauritiana 283
prsetermissa 283
Melastomacese 547
Meliaoese 641
Melica altissima 625
ciliata 625
nutans 625
nniflora 625
Merismopteria macroptera . . 122
sp 119, 122, 137
Mesembryanthemum sequila-
terale 396
edule 396
Metablastus sp 505
Metathemis 777,778
brevistyla 232, 772
guttata 231, 232, 772
var. pallida 232
guttata aurol'ineata 231, 232
guttata melanosoma, 229, 231,
232, 233
nigra 230, 232, 235
nigra xanthosticta, 229, 230,
232
subjuncta 232
virgula 231, 772
Methidrysis 454, 463, 486
afflicta 486
Metis umbonella 271
Metrosideros 541, 552, 554
Michelinia sp 505
Micranous leucocapillus, 171, 660
Microcryptorhynchus . . 455, 489
cylindricollis 489
echinatus 489
pygmseus 489
Microlsena stipoides 636
Micromyrtus 539, 566
Microplasma parallelum . . . . 498
Milvus affinis 18
Mimetomyia atripes.. . . 750, 751
Miraulus gracilis 649
prostratus 649
Minuria Candollei 647
Miscanthus sinensis var. zeb-
rina 636
Miscera 200, 201
androgyna 203
centropus 202
desmotona 202,204
heterozyga 202
holodisca 202
leucopis 202
Page.
Miscera lygropis 204
mesochrysa 202
micrasta 202
pammelas 204
Mithippa 65, 72
aurita 72
Jansoni 72
Mitra analogica 314
badia 312, 313
carbonaria 312, 313
cookii 313, 314
delicata 315
digna 312
hamillei 315
hebes 315
lachryma 325
legrandi 314
melaniana 312
obeldscus 315
rhodia 313
rosettse 313
schomburgki 314
scitula 315
sculptilis 315
solida 313
tatei 315
variabilis 314
Mitrephorus 64, 83
convexicollis 83, 105
Modiola atra 265
confusa 265
crassissima 121
fluviatilis 265
pulex 265
Modiolopsis sp 124
Moerodes 63, 64, 65, 70
Kershawi . . . . 64, 70, 100, 105
Mastersi 64
Westwoodi .. 63, 64, 70, 101
Mollugo Glinus 647
Monoptygma amcena 335
concinna 335
pura 335
suturalis 285, 339
Monotigma casta 335
Monotoca 530
Mourlonia rotundata. . .. 119,164
sp 119, 153, 587
Mucidns alternans 750
Mugil dobula 106
georgii 106
peronii 106
INDEX.
Page.
Murex acanthopterus 327
angasi 296
brazieri 296
cordis mci 296
cristatus 327
doliarium 297
endivia 312
fimbriatus 328, 329
pettardi 327
pholidotus 329
planiliratus 328, 329
polypleurus 329
saibaicnsis 327
scalarinus 327, 328
serotinus 326, 339
Muricopsis blainvillei 326
Musci 642, 653
Mi/a elliptica 276
Mycenastrum carium 654
Myonia ainozna 335, 336
concinna 335
speciosa 336
Myoporinea? 641, 649
Myoporum acuminatum . . . . 649
Myrcia 536, 542, 543, 550
Myniocephalus rhizocephalus 648
Myriocladia sciurus . . . . 54, 58
Myrrhinum 542, 550
Myrtaeese, 246, 529, 533, 534, 535,
536, 537, 538, 540, 543, 544, 545,
547, 548, 549, 551, 555, 556, 565,
566, 567, 597, 641, 646
Myrtsea venusta 266, 338
Myrtesis 451, 452, 476
caligata 477
nasuta 477
pullata 477
Myrtus, 530, 542, 543, 547, 549, 550
communis 542, 550
Mytilus bigsbyi 124
crassus 265
sp 135, 507
Myxus elongatus 106
Naiadeae 642,652
Nania 541,553
Nannophya 775, 778
dalei 773, 775
Napecoetes 218
crossospila 219
NaiMcava 294
angasi 294
Page.
Naricava angulata 294
kimberi 294
vincentiana 294
Nassa compacta 317
curta 317
decussata 317
horrida 317
paupera 317
reposta 318
rufocincta 317, 318
Nassaria curta 317
Natica 299
avellana 299
bicolor 301
chemnitzii 300
chemnitzii 300, 301
conica 300
didyma 300
gualteriana 298, 299
maroccana 298, 299
marochiensis 298,299
maura 301
pyramis 300
stellata 299, 300
tasmanica 301
vitellus 299, 300
vitellus 299
Nausitoria saulii 110
Nelitris 492
Nemophora 228
iolampra 228
leptosticta 228
Nemotois 225
brachypetala 225
opalina 225, 227
orichalchias 226
panreola 225, 226
polydsedala 225, 226
selasphora 225, 227
sparsella 225, 226
topazias 225
Neodecilaus 455
gratus 455
picus 455
Neozeleboria 615
lacteimaculata 614
Nephelium Forsythii 244
Merita fasciata 299
nuxcastanca 301
rufa 299
stellata 299
vitellus 299
Nerium Oleander 108
xxvm.
INDEX.
Page.
Niconotus • • • 455, 466
stenotarsns 467
tarphioides 467
Nidulariacese 655
Nitophyllum erispatum .... 55
punctatum ^ 55
sinuosum 55, 60
Nososticta J78
solida 772
Notocalviceps.. 454, 487
punctipennis 487
rarns 487
Notochloe microdon 6^°
Notomya cuneata 121
sp 119, 121
Notonomns, 398, 404, 405, 406, 407,
408, 409, 4.11., 445
acccdcns 421
seneodorsis 435
ceneomicans 437
sequalis 433, 434
amabilis 437
angulosus . . . . 418, 419, 422
angustibasis, 405, 410, 424, 425
apicalis, 405, 410, 437, 439, 441
arthuri 418, 419
atripennis 413
var. froggatti 412
atrodermis 410,425
australasia? 438
australis, 409, 411, 425, 436, 437
var. lapej^rousei . . . . 437
bakewelli 433, 434
banksi 434
bassi 423
belling eri 432
besti 405, 434, 435
bodeae .... 412, 414, 415, 436
carteri 418, 419
chalybeus, 405, 407, 411, 421,
441, 445, 446, 447
colossus 437
crenulatus 437
croesus 420
cupricollis 408
cupricolor . . 407, 408, 410, 411
412
cyancocinctus 432
cylindriciis 442
darling! 409
depressipennis 409
discorimosus 427
Page.
Notonomns doddi 438, 439
dyscoloides, 411, 437, 439, 440,
441
var. simul an s 440
eques, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409,
410, 411, 412, 416, 417, 436
exc'isipennis 410
f ergusoni 438
frcnchi 419, 420
froggatti 412, 413
gippsiensis 433,434
gravis 445, 446
howitti 407, 434, 435
illidgei 426, 430, 431
incras8attis 439
ingrains 409
jerrciisis 439
johnstoni 424
kershawi 446, 447
kingi, 405, 406, 407, 408, 411,
437, 438, 447
kosciuskoanus . . . . 418, 419
lateralis, 405, 408, 411;, 441,
442, 443, 444, 447
latibasis 432
leai 438
lesneuri .... 405, 408, 411, 447
liragerus 409, 438
longus 412, 416
macoyi.. .. 406, 407, 434, 435
marginatum 438
var. sydneyensis . . . . 438
mediosulcatus.. 406, 407, 408,
411, 444, 445
melas 427
metallicus..409, 418, 419, 423,
424
miles 447
minimus 438, 439
molestus 445
mnelleri 405, 418, 419
nitescens 426, 431, 432
var. bellingeri 432
var. cyaneocineta . . 432, 433
var. obtusicollis 433
var. violaceomarginata 432
nitidicollis, 409, 425, 426, 432
var. viridicincta 432
var. viridilimbata. .432, 433
nitidicollis 432
opacicollis, 405, 406, 408, 410,
412, 425, 426, 428, 429, 430
opacistriatus 409
INDEX.
Page.
Notonomus opulentus . . 405, 41 8,
419, 423, 424
var. gippslandicus . . . . 423
opulentus 436
parallelomorphus, 407, 410,
411, 412, 436
peroni .... 418, 419, 421, 422
philippi, 413, 421, 445, 446, 447
var. arcuata 446
var. ot vayensis 446
phillipsi 412, 413, 417
planipectus 427, 433
var. purpurata 433
pluripunctatus . . 406, 417, 418
plutus, 410, 418, 419, 420, 421
politulus 418, 419, 422
polli 409, 426, 429
pristonychoides . . . . 421, 422
prominens . . . . 426, 430, 431
purpureipennis 432
queenslandicus 427
rainbowi 406, 433, 434
resplendens.. .. 409, 423, 424
ruflpalpis 425
rugitarsis . . 412, 414, 415, 416
rugosicollis 428
ssepestriatus 438
satrapus .. 408, 410, 417, 418
scotti 409, 438
semiplicatus 410
simulans 440
spenceri 412,416
sphodroides, 405, 408, 410, 412,
418, 419, 421, 422, 425, 433,
440, 445
sphodroides 421
striaticollis 409, 429
strzeleckianus . . . . 412, 414
subiridescens 409, 425
subopacus 433
sydneyensis 438
taylori 418, 419
tenuistriatus . . 405, 410, 418,
419, 420, 445
var. recticollis 421
tessellatus 426,427
tillyardi 433, 434, 435
triplogenoides, 411, 435, 438,
439
var. jervensis 439
tubericaudus . . 418, 419, 422
variicollis . . . . 418, 419, 443
victoriensis 438, 440
Page.
Notonomus violaceus . . 405, 407,
410, 418, 433, 434, 435, 436
viridilimbatus 432
wentworthi .... 442, 443, 444
wilcoxi 427, 433
Notophes 385
Nototheia anomala 51
Nucula antipodum 263
consobrina 263, 338
cumingii 264, 338
loringi 264, 338
simplex 263, 338
sp 507
strangei 263
superba 264
Nuculana waterhousei 124
Numenius tahitiensis 171
Nuytsia floribunda 48
Nyctaginese 641
Nyssoninse 620
Nyssorhynchus annulipes . . . . 749
Obtortio . 285
Odonata . . 173, 229, 765, 769, 770,
776
(Emethylus 454, 478
lumbaris 478
triangularis... 478
Oleaceae 251
Oligotoma sp 521
Olisthaena, 62, 64, 66, 83, 84, 85, 102
Erichsoni 66
nitida 66
Pascoei 66, 67
tenuitarsis 66, 67
Omaseus Occident alia 445
sat anas 445
Omydaus 453, 463
confusus 463, 465
contractus 463,464
f uliginosus 463
impressicollis 463, 465
oblongopunctatus . . 463, 465
plinthoides 463, 464
subf asciatus 463, 464
Onagrariese 641
Onidistus 452, 453, 483
araneus 484, 485
nodipennis 484
odiosus 484, 485
subfornicatus . . 483, 484, 485
Ophicardelus irregularis .... 334
minor 333, 334
XXX.
INDEX.
Page.
Ophicardelus ornatus . . 333, 334
quoyi 333, 339
stutchburyi 33-4, 339
sulcatus 333, 334, 339
Ophiobolus graminis 657
Ophthalamycterus 386
laticeps 386
Opigenia 64
Oplismenus Burmanni var.
variegatus 636
Orbicula sp. 506
Orbiculoidea nitida t>06
Orbitus purpureipennis .. . . 428
Orchidea? 642
Oremasis 62, 63, 65, 92, 94
Ornithomyia sp 109
Orthetrum 775, 778
caledonicum 773, 775
Orthis spp 506
Orthis (Rhipidomella) australis 506
Orthis (Schizophoria) resupi-
nata 506
Orthoceras martinianum . . .. 507
sp 123, 507
Orthonota sp 121, 507
Orthonychia altum 121
sp 507
Orthoporopterus 453, 488
elongatus 488
Orthotetes crenistria 506
Oryzopsis miliacum 636
Osbornia 541, 552
Ouroporopterus 453, 478
diurus 478
Pachydomus antiquatus . . . . 121
lsevis 121
oralis 121
sp., 119, 123, 124, 125, 126, 141,
152, 153, 164
Pachyporopterus 454, 461
satyrus 462
Paivoea 542
Palsearca subarguta 122
Palseaster clarkei 123, 136
giganteus 123
stutchburii 123
Paleticus 467, 483, 486
Paletonidistns 454, 486
trisinuatus 486
Panax 530
Pandora elongata 266
Page.
Panicum Benthami 659
bicolor 636
bulbosum 636
Buncei 659
cap: Hare 108
colonum 636
decompositum 636
divaricatissimum var. nor-
male 636
flavidum 636
var. tenuior 636
gracile 636
helopus 659
var. glabrior 659
junceum 625
leucophaeuni 636
marginatum 636
maximum . . . . 625, 636, 660
melananthum 169
miliare 636
muticum 625
notochthonum 659
parviflorum 637
plicatum 399, 637
var. niveo-vittatum . . 399
proliferum 659
prolutum 659
queenslandicum 658
sanguinale 637
strictum 637, 659
teneriffse 637
trachyrhacis 659
var. tenuior 659
Papaver dubium 170
hybridum 642
Papaveraceas 641, 642
Pappophornm commune . . . . 653
nigricans 653
Parallelanthera 563
Paraphanes 62, 65, 86, 87
Dumbrelli 86
nitida 87
Parectopa 187
chalceopla 188
eurythiota 189
formosa 188
ida 188
polyplaca 188
thalassias 187
thiosema 188
trapezoides 188
Parmelia congruens 654
hypoxantha 396
INDEX.
XXXI.
Page.
Parmelia semiviridis 396
var. major 397
Parmeliopsis semiviridis . . . . 396
Paronychia chilensis 110
Paspalum dilatatum 637
distichum 637
laev-e 637
paniculatum 637
platycaule 637
scrobiculatum 637
stoloniferum 637
imdulatum 637
virgatum 637
Passer domesticus 661
Pecten sp 507
Pcctuiiculus hoylei 265
Pemphredoninae 622
Pennisetnm compressum . . 637
latifolium 637
longistylum 637
macrorum 637
orientale var. triflorum . . 637
Percus bipunctatus 446
Peripatus sp 607
Peritalaurinus 383, 384
macrocephalus 385
Persoonia 530
Pertusaria sp 654
Petaloconchus nerinaeoides . . 293
Petosiris annulipes 479
Petrophila 530
Petterdiana paludinella . . . . 283
Phaethon lepturus 660
Phalangitis pellochroa . . . . 224
veterana 224
Phalaris bulbosa 637
caerulescens 637
minor 637, 652
PhaJloideae 398, 655
Phallus sp 655
Phaseolus vulgaris 254
Phialocrinus princeps 138
Philanthinas 619
Phillipsastraea sp 499,574
Phillipsia dubia 507
grandis 507
Philopterus 109
leontodon 109
Phitymorpha imbricata . . . . 5 s
Phos roseata 317
terebra 316
Page.
Phragmidium Barnardi .... 171
longissimum 171
subcorticium 171
Phrixosceles 184
holoteles 185
lechriotoma 185
lithographa 185
niphadias 186
zophasta 185
Phyllanthus Ferdinandi .. .. 1/6
Fuernrohrii 651
Phyllopteris 514
Phymatocarpus 540
Phymatothynnus nitidus. .612, 613
pygidialis 611
Piestoceros conjunctella . . . . 199
Pileanthus 539, 566
Piliocalyx 541, 553
Pimenta 542
Piptatherum multiflorum .. 526
Pisania bednalli 316
delicatula 316
reticulata 280
Pittosporeae 641
Plantagineae 641
Plantago lanceolata.. .. 520, 657
Platyceras altum 123, 507
sp 121
Platycrinus sp 505
Platyphanes 64, 65
chalcopteroides . . 66, 75, 105
Clarki 66, 74, 105
creber 66, 73, 74
cyaneipennis 66
cyaneus . . . . 66, 78, 80, 81, 83
ellipticus, 66, 77, 78, 81, 83, 105
elongatulus 66, 80
elongatus 76
Frenchi 66, 79, 105
giihbosus 66
Godeffroyi 66
minor 66, 77, 78, 105
oblongus 66, 75, 81
parallelus 66, 78, 105
punctipennis 83
quadrifoveatus..60, 80, 81, 105
var. subangulatus, 66, 81, 105
simplex 73
striato-punctatus . . . . 66, 72
superbus 66, 75
vittatus 66
Platyporopterus 461
INDEX.
Page.
Platyschisma depressa . . . . 122
bculus, 120, 122, 124, 126, 136,
153
rotundatum 124, 137
sp., 119, 121, 122, 123, 126, 141
Plesiotrochus fischeri 291
souverbianus 291
unicinctus 291, 339
Pleurooalyptus 542
Pleurophorus gregarius . . . . 1 24
morrisii 137
sp 119, 121, 123, 164
Pleurotoma exarata 312
nassoides 310, 311
trailli 311
vexillum 310
Pleurotomidae 325
Pluchea baccharoides 249
Plutella maculipennis 224
PUitellidae 174
Plutellinse 222
Poa annua 637
aquatica 624, 625
caespitosa 637
compressa 637
nemoralis 637
pellucida Ill
pratensis 624, 625, 637
tenella 604
Podaxaceae 655
Pod axon aegyptiacus 655
Podolepis cupulata 249
Lessoni 250
Podosporiella(?)sp 657
Pcecilus k'mgi 439
semiplicatus 410
Polinices aulaeoglossa . . 300, 301
conicus 300
maura 301
nuxcastanea 301
tasmanica 301
Pollinia fulva 637
Polycarpon tetraphyllum. . .. 643
Polygonaceae 641, 651
Polygonum plebeium 651
Polypora sp 121, 505
Polyporaceae 654
Polyporus eucalyptorum . . . . 254
mylittae 170
rhinocertis 170
sacer 170
sp 655
Page.
Polyporus tumulosus 171
Polysiphonia caespitula .... 58
compacta 56
macrarthra 59
Polystictus cinnabarinus. . .. 655
sanguineus 655
versicolor 655
Pompilidce 617
Porana sericea 649
Poranthera 563
microphylla 651
Poromya illaevis 265, 266
Poropterculus 453, 465
subnitidus 465
Poropterellus 454, 462
intercoxalis 462
Poropterinus 453, 465
trilobus 465
Poropterus, 451, 452, 456, 460, 461,
463, 464, 475, 478
musculus 481, 482
satyr us 461,462
Portulaceae 641
Porzana atra 521
Posidonia sp 507
Potamogeton crispus 652
Potamopyrgus woodsii . . . . 284
Primulaceae 641
Priocella glacialoides 255
Procelsterna caerulea 171
Procordulia 778
jacksoniensis 773
Productus aculeatus 506
barringtonensis 506
brachythaerus .. 136, 137, 138
cora var. f arleyensis . . .. 124
fragilis 124
grandicosta 506
longispinus 506
murchisoni 506
muricatus 506
pustulosus 506
semireticulatus 506
sp 506
spinulosus 506
undatus 506
Promecotheca antiqua 521
opacicollis 521
reichei 521
sp 521
Prophanes .. 61, 62, 63, 65, 70, 87
aculeatus . . . . 63, 70, 98, 99
INDEX.
XXX111.
Page.
Prophanes brevispinosus . . 70, 99,
105
chalybeipennis 70
cupreipennis 70
cupricollis 98
ducalis 70, 97, 98, 105
Mastersi .. 69, 96, 97, 98, 99
quadrispinosus 100
spinosus 70, 71
striatopunctatus . . . . 70, 72
submetallicus 70
tricolor 70
Prostanthera aspalathoides . . 650
coccinca 650
nivea 650
Prostomus scutellaris 466
Proteaceae . . . . 449, 534, 641, 651
Protoretepora ampla . . 136, 137
konincki 137
sp 125, 138, 139
Psalidura sp 381
Psammobia palmula 274
rugulosa 274
squamosa 274
Psammocharidae 617
Psammothynnus depressus . . 613
kershawi 613
ao. nigricans 614
ah. atripes 614
Pseudaegeria hyalina 222
polytita 221
Pseudagrion 778
cyane 773
Pseudocordulia circularis . . 230
elliptica 229, 230, 241
Pseudogeryg-one fusca . . . . 657
insularis 657
Pseudomydaus 453, 465
tenuis 465
Pseudonidistus 453,485
cordatus 485
Psidiopsis 542
Psidium 536, 542, 543, 550
Psoralea cinerea 644
Pterinea sp 507
Pterocladia capillacea. 58
lucida 58
Pteronites pittmani 507
tanipteroides 507
Pteroporopterus 453, 465
lacunosus 465
Pterostichus semiviolaceus . . 440
victoria? . . , 440
Page.
Ptilonia australasica 60
intermedia 59
subulifera 60
Ptilopus insularis 521
Ptilotus alopecuroideus . . . . 650
hemisteirus 650
Ptycomphalina morrisiana . . 122
nuda 119
sp 122, 125, 153, 587
trifilata .. 119, 122, 123, 152
Puccinia 522
Purpura glirina 316
littorinoides 330
propinqua 330
Pyramidella amozna 335
Pyramidellidae 285
Pyrene 322
aeleonta 321
acuminata 319
alizona? 321
angasi 325
oeachportensis 325
beddomei 321
calva 326
discors 322
dolicha 325
duelosiana 319
fenestrate 325
filmera? .. .; 319
gemmulifera 326
iiitricata 326
Jaffa en sis 325
lucida 325
menkeana 319
peroniana 318, 319
pnlla 323, 324
punctata 322
rhomoiferum 322
tayloriana 320
tenebrica 323
vittata 323
Pyretophorus atratipes . . 747, 748
stig-maticus 747, 748
Pyrgula 284
clathrata 284, 339
Pythina cumingii 267
Ranella argns 298
tumida £97
vexillum 297, 298
Ranunculaeeae 641
Ranunculus 639
parviflorus 639
XXXIV.
INDEX.
Page.
Ranunculus scleratus 170
Rapa incurva 330, 331
rapa 331
Rapana nodosa 331, 339
Rapistrum rugosum 606
Regelia 540, 561, 566
Resedaceae 641
Retepora laxa 505
sp 505
Reticularia lineata 507
Retizafra brevissima 326
calva 326
gemmulifera 326
intricata 326
plexa 326
Retusa apicina 337
decussata 337
impasta 337
Retzia sp 506
Rhabdonia robusta 58
Rhabdotus 411
Rhacopteris inaequilatera . . 509
intermedia 509
roemeri 509
septentrionalis 509
sp 115, 116, 151
Rhagigaster jubilans 608
laevigatus 608
Rhagigasterinae 698
Rhamneae 641, 643
Rhizocarpon geographicum . . 654
Rhizoclonium tortuosum .... 59
Rhizophoreae 547
Rhodamnia 542, 549
Rhodomyrtus 542, 549
Rhombopora sp 505
Rhynchaenus luridus 464
Rhynchium superbum 617
Rhynchonella pleurodon . . . . 506
sp 124
Ricinula adelaidensis var. . . 330
Ringuicula arctata . . . . 336, 337
arctata 336
caron 336
denticulata 336
doliaris 336, 337
semisculpta 336
Rissoa 285, 294
Rissoidae 285
Roche fortia excellens .. 267, 268
Roptoperus 454,488
occidentalis 488
tasmaniensis 488
Page.
Rosa centifolia 171
sp 520
Roubieva multifida 254
Rubiaceae 641, 647
Rubus moluceanus 171
parvifolius 171
Rumex crispus 651
halophilus 651
Rutaceae 244, 641, 643
Saccharum officinarum . . . . 637
sara 637
Salcus 455,468,471,476
elevatus 469, 471
globosus 470, 471
latissimus 469, 470
Salmo arideus 603
Salsolaceae 641, 650
Sanidophyllum davidis . . . . 498
Santalaceae 641, 651
Sapindaceae 244, 641, 643
Sargassaceae 50
Sargassum 50
linearifolium 58
paradoxum 58
Sarticus 445
Scaldia (?) sp 153
Schkuhria isopappa 254
Scholtzia 540
Sciaena antarctica 106
Scintilla Strang ei 268,338
Scirpus debilis 652
Scleroderma sp 654
Sclerorrhinella 383,388
geniculata .... 389, 390, 392
granuliceps .... 389, 390, 391
Manglesi 389, 390, 392
melanopsis .... 389, 390, 392
Sclerorrhinus 388, 389
echinops 351, 352
Sclerotinia sp 657
Scolyphrus 451, 453, 460
obesus 460
semipunctatus 460
Scrophularineae 641, 649
Scutomyia atripes . . 747, 750, 751
Secale dalmaticum 637
Semele ada 273,338
duplicata 273, 274
exarata 274, 338
Seminula 325
sp 136
Senecw> lautus , . 396
INDEX.
XXXV.
Page.
Sericuhis chrysocephalus . . 109
Setaria imberbis 637
Sida petrophila 643
Sigupatella 288
scutum 289
Sigaretus 294
Sillago ciliata 106
Sima?tbis basalis 210
limonias 210
metallica 210
ophiosema 210
periploca 210
sycopola 210
Sirophysalis binodis 51
Sisymbrium orientale 642
Snellenia 219
capnora 221
hylsea 221
lineata 220, 221
Solanaceae 252, 641
Solanum hystrix 252
spp 13
Solecardia strangei .... 268, 338
Solen aspersus 275
brevis 275
fonesii 275
jonesii 275
t run cat us 275
vagina 275
vaginoides 275
Solenopsis sp 121, 123
Sonchus arvensis 648
oleraceus 605, 648
Sondera bennettiana . . . . 57, 60
Sorghum halepense . . . . 625, 628
nigrum 625
plumosnm 628
saccharatum 625
tartaricum 625
vulgare 625
Spermatochnus lejolisii . . 54, 60
Spermolepis 541,553
Sphanin elliptica .... 275, 338
Sphegidje 618
Sphenophyllum sp 509
Sphenopteris clarkei 509
Sphodrotes punctuosus . . . . 620
Spilomena australis 623
hobartia 622
Spinifex hirsutus 637
Spirifer avicula 119, 136
clarkei 121, 138
convoluta . . 136, 137, 138, 139
Page.
Spirifer duodecimcostata, 119, 123,
124, 125, 136, 137, 138, 139, 152,
153
sp., 121, 122, 123, 135, 137, 141
stokesi, 119, 121, 124, 137, 152
strzeleckii 136, 137
stutchburii 138
tasmaniensis .. 119, 121, 123,
124, 125, 126, 136, 137, 152,
153, 164
vespertilio, 119, 121, 126, 136,
137, 164
Spirifera bisulcata 506
convoluta 506
disjuncta 506
humerosa 506
lata 506
pinguis 506
sp 506
striata 506
S,piriferina cristata 506
Spirula peronii 170
spirula 170
Spongophyllum giganteum . . 498
Sporobolus australicus . . 660
diander 637
indicus 637
pulchellus 660
virginicus 637
Wrig-htiana 637
Stiachys arvensis 13, 650
Stackhousia flava 643
muricata 643
Stackhousieas .. , 641, 643
Stegomyia punctolateralis, 747, 751
Stellaria palustris 643
Stenopetalum nutans 642
Stenopora crinita 138, 139
ovata 121
sp 121, 122, 126, 137, 505
tasmaniensis . . 119, 121, 125
Stenoporopterus 454, 487
canaliculars 487
Stephopoma tricuspe .... 294, 339
Sterculia 530, 591
Sterculiacese 641
StiUfer crotaphis 296
gnentheri 296
lodderce 296
marg-inata 296
Stipa capillata 625
elegantissima 637
gigantea 625
61
XXXVI.
INDEX.
Page.
Stipa hystricina 625
leptostachya 625
Lessingiana 625
pubescens *. 637
scabra 652
semibarbata 652
setacea 653
tennissima 637
tortilis 625
verticillata 638
Strepera crissalis 657
graculina 657
versicolor 108
Strigilla disjuncta 273
grossiana 272, 273
sincera 272, 273
Stromatopora sp. . . 498, 499, 717
Strombus campbelli 296
Strophalosia clarkei .... 137, 138
gerardi 137, 138
jukesi 119, 136, 137
sp 139
Strychnos laurina 761
monosperma 761
nux-vomica . . . . 761, 762, 764
psilosperma 761, 764
spp 761, 763
tieute 61
Sturnus vulgaris 109
Stutchburia compressa . . . . 137
costata 136, 137
farleyensis 124
Styphelia 530, 531
Subularia piperita 295
Sula piscatrix 171, 660
sula 660
Swainsona galegi:folia . . . . 644
luteola 644
phacoides 644
Syncarpia . . . . 541, 552, 553, 554
Synechodes 200
ooniophora 200
Synlestes 778
albicanda .. .. 229, 238, 241
weyseri 238, 241, 772
Synthemina 777
Synthemis 777, 778
eustalacta . . 771, 772, 773, 777
macrostigmia 773, 777
tasmanica . . 771, 772, 773, 777
Syringopora auloporoides. . .. 498
nova?cambrensis . . . . 499, 505
porteri 498
Page.
Syringopora sp., 499, 505, 607, 713,
717
Syringothyris cuspidata . . . . 506
exsuperans 506
Syzygium 538
propinquum 550
Smitbii 550
Tachynomyia aurifrons . . . . 611
Tacit ynothynuus confusus . . 616
sulcifrons 616
Talaurinus, 340, 341, 385, 386, 388,
389
aberrans 368
acutipennis 345, 347
alternans 341, 344
alternatus 347, 349
ambiguus 381, 382, 383
var. dubius 382
aniyctcroides 349
angustatus.. .. 377, 378, 380
bucephalus, 350, 354, 356, 357,
394
Camdenensis 354
capito 378
cariosus 388
Carteri 370
catenula.tus 349, 394
caviceps 350
cavirostris 380
costipennis 373
crenulatus .... 370, 374, 376
Dameli 388
dubius.. 383
echinops 351, 352
encaustus 362, 363
excavatus 364
fossulatus 368
foveatus .. 365, 366, 367, 369
var. montanus 366
foveipennis 375
foveo-granulatus 346
funerens 351, 352, 353
geniculatus 389, 390
hiscipcnuis 371,372
humeralis 376
impressicollis .. 371, 372, 374
ineanescens .... 362, 363, 364
var. muricatus 363
irroratus 361
Kirbyi 372
lacunosus . . . . 366, 367, 369
lsevicollis 347, 372
INDEX.
XXXV11.
Page.
Talaurinns latieepa . . .. 386, 389
longipes 342
Macleayi 363
Mangiest 389, 392
melunopsis 389,392
miliaris 343
Mitchelli 344
nutrient us 363, 364
nm mini bid gen sis 354
mythitoides 376
niveo-vittatus . . . . 369, 371
pastillarius .... 351, 353, 361
prypnoides 379
pustulatus . . 351, 352, 353, 354
Rayneri 380, 382
Roei 351
rudis 354, 356
rugiceps 383, 384
rugicollis 348
rugifer. .364, 365, 366, 368, 372
rugosus 354
salebrosus 354
scaber 368
scaber 365, 367
scabricollis.. .. 365, 367, 369
scabrosus 359
semispinosus 351, 352
simillimus 365
simulator .. .. 351, 352, 354
sobriuus 350, 358
subvittatus .... 356, 358, 359
tessellatus 351
tuberculatus 353, 360
tumulosus 350, 393
typicus, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344,
345, 346, 348, 350, 383, 394
verrucosus .... 359, 361, 362
victor 350, 351
Westwoodi 356
Tanaoctena 204
ooptila 205
Taraxacum dens-leonis . . . . 649
Tat are pi st or 660
Tecoma radicans 113
Tellina brazneri 272
chloroleuca 272
lata 272
quoyi 272
recurva 272
sincera 272
sowerbyi 272
ticaonica 272
Telopea 530
Page.
Tenebrionida> 61
Tenebrioninae 102
Tentegia 455, 471, 472, 475
anopla 472, 474, 475
basalis 474
bisignata 472, 474
favosa 471, 474
ingrata 472, 474
parva 473
quadrnseriata . . 472, 474, 475
quadrisignata . . 472, 474, 475
sana 474
Spenceri 472, 473, 474
tortipes 472, 475
Tepalicus 454, 478
semicalvus 478
Tepualia 542
Terebra 259
addita 306
albocincta 304
beddomei 321
brevicula 304, 306
buccinulum 304
m lata 305
exigua • • 305
fenestrata 305
flammea 306
geminata 306
gracilis 306
incomparabilis 306
polygyrata 305
spectabilis 306, 307
sub text His 305
textilis 305
turrita 305
Ternox 445
Terporoporus 454, 488
tenuicornis 488
Teteng-ia 452, 454, 477
solenopa 477
Tetraphyllus 62, 67, 102
Beaumuri •• ..62, 67, 102
snmptuosus .. 62, 67, 102, 103
Tetratheca ericifolia .... 527, 528
juneea 528
pilosa var, dentdculata . . 528
thymifolia 527
Teucrium corymbosum . . . . 650
Thalassoeca antarctica . . . . 255
Thalotia tricingulata .. 278, 279
Thamniscus sp 505
Theloschistes chrysosthalmus 654
XXXV111.
INDEX.
Page.
Themeda avenacea.. 638
Forskali 638
gigantea 638
Theobaldia .. .. 751
Theobaldia atripes 750
Thesilea 101, 102
cuprina 102
oblon ga 102
planicollis 102, 103
Thracia cultrata 266
Thryptomene 539, 566
ciliata 646
Thynnidae 608,616
Thynninae 610
Thynnus campanularis . . . . 616
confusus 616
leachiellus 616
pctiolatus 610
sulcifrons 616
Thysanotus Baueri 639
Patersoni 639, 652
Tilletia striaeformis 171
Tinaegerianae 219
Tisiphone 658
abeona 657
Titaena 101, 102
alcyonea 102
coliimbina 102, 104
minor 102, 104
tasmanica 102, 105
tyrrhena 102, 103
varicolor 102, 103
Tonza pnrella 196
Torenma 64, 84
cnprenm 85, 105
Tornatnna apicina 337
brenchleyi 337
fnsiformis 337
fusiformis 337
olivaeformis 337
Tornns. 294
Tortricomorpha atrosignata. . 206
leiochroa 205
Tortyra 200
exanthista 209
libanota 208
prodigella 209
Toxorhynchites speciosa . . . . 749
Trachinotns baillonii 106
Trachymene incisa 647
Trachypora sp 505
w'iJkinsoni 136, 137
Page.
Trachystoma petardi 106
Tragopns 452, 455, 564
plagiatus 466
tuberosus 466
Tribrachiocrimis corrugatus 139
sp 119
Trichosanthes anguina .. .. 112
Trichosternus 406
Trifolium glomeratum . . . . 171
pratense 171,254
pratense-perenne. . .. 171,398
repens 171, 398
Trigonotoma anstralis 437
Trigonotomini 407, 408
Triodia albescens 658
irritans 653
microdon 660
Triphora scitula 292
Trlphoris festivus 292
pfeifferi 292
scitulus 292
Triraphis (?) microdon .. .. 660
Trisilus 64
f emoralis 83, 105
pnnctipennis 83
Tristania .. .. 541, 552, 553, 554
Triton boltenianus 297
ranelliformis 298
speciosus 328
spengleri 297
turritns 317
Triton (Cumia) speciosus .. 328
Tritonidea fusiformis 316
subrubiginosa 316
Tritonium doliarium 297
Trochita pellucida 290
Trochns adamsi 280
calyptrceformis 288
comtus 280
exilis 291
fournieri 281
lepidus 281
millegranus 279
poupineli 280
tinctus 296
Troclws (Calliostoma) Adamsi 279
Trophon eburnea 328
hanleyi 329, 330
paivaz 329, 330
petterdi 327
recnrvus 329,330
Truncaria australis 324
filosa 324
INDEX.
XXXIX.
Page.
Trychnomera 199
anthemis 199
Tryplasma sp 498
Trypsacum dactyloides . . . . 638
Tulostoma albicans 654
McAlpinaum 654
maximum 654
Turbinaria conoides 49
var. evesiculosa 50
decurrens 49, 50
gracilis 49
murrayana 49, 50
ornat a 49
sp 49
trialata 49
Turbinolopsis sp 505
Turbo cepoides 282
imperialis 282
imperialis 282
militaris 282
Siriu8 283
speciosus 282
Turritella carlottae 292
gunni 296
phillipensis 296
vittata 292
Ubius hilli 395
Ulva lactuca 55, 60
Umbelliferse 641,647
Uniola latifolia . . . . 638
Urachne parviflora 526
Uromyces 522
appendiculatus 254
striatus 254
trifolii 171, 254, 398
Urticeae 641
Usnea barbata 654
Utriculus avenarius 337
Vanikoridae 294
Vanikoro 294
Velleya paradoxa 649
Venerupis planicosta . . .. 271,338
subdecussata 271, 338
Verbenaceae 641
Vertagus Mtuberculatus .. .. 291
Verticordia 539,566
Videphoraceae 655
Villi kuhli 171
stepheni 521
Violaceae 641,642
Page.
Vittadinia triloba 647
Voluta discors 322
Volvaria secalina 303
Vulpia bromoides 658
ciliata 658
Myuros 658
Wehlia 539
Westringia rigida 650
Worthenia canaliculata . . . . 507
Xanthium catharticum . . . . 112
Xanthostemon 541,552
Xerotes sp 527
Xylomelum 530
Xylostroma giganteum . . . . 254
Xyrosaris dryopa 194
Zafra 324, 325, 326
abyssicola 325
atkinsoni 325
beachportensis 325
darwini 325
digglesi 325
dolicha 325
fenestrata 325
franklinensis 325
fulgida 325
gowlandi 325
jaffaensis 325
legrandi 325
lurida 325
melvilli 325
mitriformis 324
peasei 325
pupoidea 325
regula 325
remoensis 325
russelli 325
smithi 325
troglodytes 325
Zaphrentis culleni 505
phymatoides 138, 139
robusta 136, 137
sp 505
sumphuens 505
Zaspilothynnus campanularis 616
excavatus 617
interruptus 617
ochrocephalus 617
rhynchioides 616
Zea Mays 625
Mi
m:^m
W:t
« r
-
Hp .JX-*
,
^ '
qij^ ^iJIH^'^
,
PL S.N.S.W. 1913.
^fibres
ML
ah
&®
AKta)
flljj
I
w
ktifmf-'
Melaleuca Maideni, n.sp.
.L.8.N.S.W. 1913.
1 f A-
Melaleuca Sniitbii, n.sp.
m z
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
5 6
Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
II 12
Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1013.
17 18
Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Figs. 1-2.
( 'ulicada vittiger
(SkuseJ.
Fig. 3.
ffldeomyia ven ustvpes
(Skuse).
Issued 17th September, WIS
WJ Vol. XXXVIII.
Part 1. NO. 149
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LiriNEfiN Society
OF
New South Waees
FOR THE YEAR
1913 0
= . j LI 8 R
PART I. (pp. l-6228.)
y^r^'
Containing Papers read i
MARCH-MAY (in part)
WITH FOURTEEN PLATES
(Plales i.-xiv.)
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
W. A. PEPPERDAY &l CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
PRICE - 14/-
AQENTS IN EUROPE:
Messrs. Dui.au & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.
Messrs. R. Friedl/ender & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W
NOTICE
With the exception of Volumes T.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the
following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s. ;
Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, os. ;
Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Second Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.;
Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s.; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ;
Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d.
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d.
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s. ;
Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3,
10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 10s. 6d. ; Part 3,
10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s.
6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for ] 904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2,
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.-—Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. Qd:; Part 2, 25s. 0d.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to?, li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n.
five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also, obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1913, PART 1.
CONTENTS.
PAGES
Presidential Address delivered at the Thirty-eighth Annual
General Meeting, March 26th, 1913, by W. W. Froggatt,
F.L.S 1-42
Notes on Australian Marine Algce, i. By A. H. S. Lucas,
, M.A., B.Sc. (Plates i.-v.) 49-60
Revision of Australian Species of the Subfamilies Cyphaleince
and Cnodalonince [Coleoptera : Tenebrionidce}. By H. J.
Carter, B. A., F.E.S. (Plates vi.-vii.) « ... 61-105
Stratigraphical Geology of the Pernio Carboniferous System in
the Maitland-Branxton District : with some Notes on the
Permo-Carboniferbus Palseogeography in New South Wales.
By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society in Geology. (Plates viii.-xiii.) .. ... ... ... 114-145
The Geology of the Permo-Carboniferous System in the Glen-
donbrook District, near Singleton, N.S. W. By A. B.
Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellotv of the Society in
Geology. (Plate xiv.) 146-159
Notes on some recently discovered Occurrences of the Pseudo-
morph, Glendonite. By A. B. Walkom, B.Sc, Linnean
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology ... ... ... 160-168
Studies in Australian Microlepidoptera. By A. Jefferis Turner,
M.D., F.E.S ... 174-228
Hon. Treasurer's Financial Statement, Balance Sheet, etc ... 42-47
Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... 48, 106, 169
Notes and Exhibits 48,106,169
Issued 5th November, WIS
1 Vol. XXXVIII.
Part 2.
No. 150
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LiNNEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1913
PART II. (pp. 229-400.)
Containing Papers read in
MAY (in part)-JUJ\fE
WITH FIVE PLATES.
(Plates xv.-xix.)
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
W. A. PEPPERDAY & CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
PRICE - 7/6.
AGENTS IN EUROPE:
^|§ Messrs. Dui.au & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.
$iiXi Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. f/\b
TO
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau k Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the
following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol: VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s. ;
Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.;
Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Second Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.;
Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.;
Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.;
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s,
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 12b. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s. ;
Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3,
10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d. ; Part 3,
10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3; 5s. ;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s.
6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2,
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. 0d.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913— Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., LI. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n.
five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1913, PART 2.
CONTENTS.
PAGK8
Some Descriptions of new Forms of Australian Odonata. By R.
J. Tjllyard, M.A., F.E.S. (Plate xv.) 229-241
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 18. By J. H.
Maiden and E. Betche 242-252
Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xi. By C. Hedley,
F.L.S. (Plates xvi.-xix.) *. 258-339
Revision of the Amycterides. Part ii. Talaurinus (continued)
[Coleoptera] ... 340-394
Elections and Announcements ..253,395
Notes and Exhibits 253-255,395-400
Report of proceedings in connection with the presentation of a
portrait in oils of the late Prof. W. J. Stephens, M.A., for
some time President of the Society ... 255-257
Issued 19th December, WIS.
^S&Yrti
^ Vol. XXXVIII. ^5$
Part 3. No. i5i
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
Linnmri Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1913
PART III. (pp. 401-568.)
Containing Papers read in
JULY, AUGUST, and SEFTEMBERdn part)
WITH TWO PLATES.
(Plates xx.-xxi.)
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
W. A. PEPPERDAY & . CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
PRICE - 6/-.
AGENTS IN EUROPE:
Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.
Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
K. Friedlander <fc Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the
following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s. ;
Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 5s. ;
Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Second Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.;
Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ;
Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d.
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d.
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3,
10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 10s. 6d. ; Part 3,
10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 5s. ;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s.
6d., Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9». ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2,
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s, ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912— Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. 0d.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913— Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £l} net.
The Transactions op the Entomological Society op New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n.
five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1913, PART 3.
CONTENTS.
Pages
Descriptions of two new Species of Gicindela [Coleoptera : Cara-
bidce] from Western Australia. By Thomas G, Sloane ... 401-403
Revisional Notes on Australian Garabidce. Part iv. The Genus
Notonomus. By Thomes G. Sloane ... 404-449
On a Case of Natural Hybridism in the Genus Grevillea [N.O.
Protbacea:]. By J. J. Fletcher. [Title] ... 449
Revision of the Australian Curculionidce belonging to the Sub-
family Gryptorhynch ides[CoLEOPTERA]. Part xii. By Arthur
M. Lea, F.E.S. 451-489
The Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales. Part i. Introduction. By. W. N. Benson,
B.A., B.Sc. (Plates xx. -xxi.) ... 491-517
The Development of the N.O. Myrtacece. By E. C. Andrews,
B.A.,F.G.S.... 529-568
,t
Discussion 521
Elections and Announcements .. ... ... ... ...450,525
Notes and Exhibits .518,525
Issued 23rd March, 1911+.
m
Vol. XXXVIII.
Part 4.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LinNEflN Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1913 ££ ,^
4fA«*
PART IV. (pp. 569-802, i.-xl)
Containing Papers read in
SEPTEMBER, OCTOBER, and NOVEMBER
WITH NINE PLATES.
(Plates xxii.-xxx.)
SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
W. A. PEPPERDAY k CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
PRICE - 13/-
AQENTS IN EUROPE: A
Messrs. Pulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. >^-
Messrs. R. FriedL/ENDER & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. J&Q
: '-'gmmi
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the
following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Gd. ; Part 2, 10s. ;
Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, os. ;
Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884V Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Second Series-
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.;
Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.;
Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d.
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d.
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s. ; Part 2, lis.
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s. ;
Part 4, 14s.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. • Part 3,
10s. ; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 10s. 6d. ; Part 3,
10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part I, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 5s. ;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s.
6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2; 12s. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 3904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2,
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7sr; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. 0d.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 13s.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4 to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. if.
tive Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1913, PART 4
CONTENTS.
The Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales. Fart ii. The Geology of the Nundle District.
By W. N. Benson, B.A., B.Sc. (Plates xxii.-xxiv.)
Descriptions of three new Species of Myrtacece. By R. T. Bakek,
F.L.S. (Plates xxv.-xxvi.)
New Fossorial Hymenoptera from Australia and Tasmania. By
Rowland E. Tukner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
Hydrocyanic Acid in Plants. Part ii. Its Occurrence in the
Grasses of New South Wales. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc,
F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Biochemistry
Notes on the Indigenous Plants in the Cobar District, N.S. W.
No. ii. By Archdeacon F. E. Haviland
The Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New
South Wales. Part iii. Petrology. By W. N. Benson,
B. A., B.Sc. (Plates xxvii.-xxix.)
Contributions to our Knowledge of Soil- Fertility. Nos. vii.-xi.
By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sc, Macleay -Bacteriologist to the
Society
A Revision of the Gvlitidm in the Macleay Museum, Sj'dney.
By Frank H. Taylor, F. E.S., Entomologist to the Austra-
lian Institute of Tropical Medicine. (Plate xxx.)
Note on the Occurrence of Strychuicine. By James M. Petrie,
D.Sc, F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in
Biochemistry
Study of the Odonata of Tasmania in relation to the Bassian
Isthmus. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S., Science
Research Student iu the University of Sydney
Elections and Announcements
Notes and Exhibits 603-607
List of Donations and Exchanges, 11)12-13
Title-page
Contents
List of Plates ... ... ... ... .-
List of new Generic. Names ...
Corrigenda
Index
PAGBS
569-596
597-602
608-623
624-638
639-655
662-724
725-746
747-760
761-764
765-778
603, 656
, 656-661
779-801
i.
iil.
vii.
vi.
vi.
i.-xl.
MBL/WHOI LIBRARY
WH 1ADJ t.
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11